Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout066065-V4 - Construction-Related - Contract - Webber Waterworks LLCORT WORTH® CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF CSC No. 66065-V4 Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility City Project No. C01239 Mattie Parker Jesus "Jay" Chapa Mayor City Manager Chris Harder Director, Water Department Prepared for The City of Fort Worth Water Department VOLUME 4 OF 12 APRIL 2026 EXECUTED PLUMMER Plummer Associates, Inc j *=• ........... • • • • • • • *�� OFFICIAL RECORD 1320 S University Drive, Suite 300 JOSHUA P. FRISINGER / t Fort Worth, Texas 76107 l •• 97545 q CITY SECRETARY TBPE Firn1 No. F-13 g,ss�Rw°��,�� 11 IONAt FT. WORTH, TX 1r���� -� In Association with . 6/10/2026 Jrj ci4 GAI Gupta & Associates, Inc ` " �uYC CONSULTING ENGINEERING Automation - A company of TllfrastrLlcture `vJ MCKIM&CREED A N D S C A Jacobs ARCHITECTS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK MARYS CREEK WRY SECTION 00 01 07 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. TBPE FIRM NO. F-13 Joshua P. Frisinger, P.E. #97545 Section Number and Title Division 00 Procurement And Contracting Division 01 General Requirements (Except 01 45 33 Special Inspection Observation and Testing and 01 88 15 Anchorage and Bracing) Division 02 Demolition 06 70 00 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Products & Fabrications 06 74 13 Fiberglass Weirs and Baffles 13 34 23.33 Precast Concrete Buildings 22 14 29 Submersible Sump Pump 32 31 00 Fences and Gates 33 0110.58 Disinfection Potable Water Piping and Tanks 33 05 13 Manholes 33 05 39.41 Reinforced Concrete Pipe 33 32 26 Ejector Pumps 35 20 16.25 Fabricated Slide Gates and Stop Logs 40 01 05 Field Testing of Piping Systems 40 05 05 Piping System, Basic Materials and Methods 40 05 15 Piping Support Systems 40 05 19 Ductile Iron Pipe 40 05 23 Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing 40 05 24 Steel Pipe 40 05 31.13 PVC and CPVC Process Pipe 40 05 33 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Process Pipe 40 05 36 Piping System, Fiberglass Pressure Pipe 41 22 13.13 Overhead Cranes 41 22 23.16 Portable Davit Crane and Winch 41 22 23.19 Monorail Hoists 43 22 10 Common Requirements for Pumps 43 40 01 Polyethylene Storage Tank rE'�q�ll 43 23 69 44 42 56.16 Chemical Feed Systems Peristaltic Hose Pump * . irtl� I JOSHUA P. FRISINGER r --------------- � 1� O- 97545 3/30/2026 Joshua P. Frisinger, P.E. #97545 ,.-� MARCH 23, 2026 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 0001 07- 1 MARYS CREEK WRF SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. TBPE FIRM NO. F-13 Paula A. Monaco, PhD, P.E. #132844 Section Number and Title 40 75 00.01 Bioreactor Instrumentation System 40 05 74.13 Diaphragm Valves for Aeration Control 43 11 12 Blower High Speed Turbo 43 21 39 Pumps, Dry -Pit Submersible Centrifugal 43 22 56.01 Submersible Mixers 4442 25.02 Aluminum Flat Panel Cover System 4442 56.04 Submersible Pumps 4445 16.02 Fine Bubble Air Diffuser System 46 25 34 FOG and Scum Mixing Equipment PAULA A. MONACO a# 132844 iQr % 1,1���\ 3/30/2026 Paula A. Monaco, PhD, P.E. #132844 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE MARCH 23, 2026 0001 07-2 ©C0PYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRF SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. TBPE FIRM NO. F-13 Jenny Beth Murray, P.E. #142379 Section Number and Title 44 42 19.04 Rotary Positive Displacement Blower 4442 56.13 Progressing Cavity Pumps 46 51 21 Aeration System, Coarse Bubble Membrane Diffusers .�P�E ?L ...t 1 *; ...............................:.... JENNY BETH MURRAY .................................... 142379 : c 3/30/2026 Jenny Beth Murray, P.E. #142379 MARCH 23, 2026 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 0001 07-3 MARYS CREEK WRF SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. TBPE FIRM NO. F-13 Bradley Deaton, P.E. #133296 Section Number and Title 44 42 56.03 44 42 56.04 �.:�:• .....................*: BRADLEY T. DEATON II �I ...:......133296 ....; .... ENS Vertical Turbine Pumps Submersible Pumps Bradley Deaton, P.E. #133296 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE MARCH 23, 2026 0001 07-4 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRF SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. TBPE FIRM NO. F-13 Hannah Salinas Frels, P.E. #130165 Section Number and Title 13 34 23 Prefabricated Fiberglass Shelters 33 21 00 Non -Chlorinated, Non -Potable Plant Water System 40 05 36.13 Foul Air Fiberglass Ductwork 40 05 64.43 Fiberglass Dampers 43 1119 Foul Air Fans 44 3111 Biological Tower Type Odor Control System 44 3116 Carbon Adsorber Odor Control System 44 31 83 Foul Air Collection System Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing HANNAH E. SALINAS FRELS 130165 L ENb'� 03/31/2026 Hannah Salinas Frels, P.E. #130165 MARCH 23, 2026 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 0001 07-5 MARYS CREEK WRF SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. TBPE FIRM NO. F-13 Raviola Wenno, P.E. #142677 Section Number and Title 46 46 23 Tank Washdown and Booster Pump System NAt '.\' 3/30/2026 Raviola Wenno, P.E. #142677 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE MARCH 23, 2026 0001 07-6 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRF SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY GUPTA AND ASSOCIATES, INC. TBPE FIRM NO. F-2593 Andrew Reed, P.E. #123384 Section Number and Title Division 26 Electrical 40 41 00 Electrical Heat Tracing �P�E OF r jANDREW A..REED� �9�•.•.123384 ENS �.•� 03/30/2026 Andrew Reed, P.E. #123384 MARCH 23, 2026 ©C0PYRIGHT 2025 PLUMIVR ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE 000107-7 MARYS CREEK WRF SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY SIGNATURE AUTOMATION TBPE FIRM NO. F-4711 Anthony V. Scudieri, P.E. #89088 Section Number and Title 28 00 05 Electronic Security System 40 61 00 Process Control Systems General Provisions 40 61 21 Process Control System — Testing 40 61 21A Instrument Calibration Certificate 40 61 21B Unwitnessed Factory Test Forms 40 61 21 C Witnessed Factory Test Forms 40 61 21D Operational Readiness Test Forms 40 61 21E Functional Demonstration Test Forms 40 61 21F Site Acceptance Test Forms 40 61 26 Process Control Systems — Training 40 61 93 Process Control Systems Input Output List 40 61 96 Control Descriptions 40 62 00 Computer Hardware and Software 40 63 00 PLC Hardware and Software 40 66 00 Network Equipment 40 66 33 Fiber -Optic Communication Cabling and Connectors 40 6643 Radio Equipment and Systems 40 66 66 Communication Towers 40 67 00 Control Panels and Components 40 67 63 Uninterruptible Power Supplies 40 68 00 Applications Engineering Services 40 71 00 Flow Instruments 40 72 00 Level Instruments 40 73 00 Pressure Instruments 40 74 00 Temperature Instruments 40 75 00 Liquid Analytical Instruments 40 76 00 Gas Analytical Instruments Anthony V. Scudieri, P.E. #89088 /)J? O ANTHONY V. SCUDIERI .............................. -o. 89088 ; � �t��FSS�C E N S NG��AW 6 3�3 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE MARCH 23, 2026 0001 07-8 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRY SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY JQ-IMEG LLC TBPE FIRM NO. F-26651 Ovidiu M. Sipos, P.E. #111707 Section Number and Title 31 10 00 Site Clearing 31 23 23.1 Borrow 31 25 00 Erosion and Sediment Control 31 37 00 Riprap 32 13 13 Concrete Paving 32 13 20 Concrete Sidewalks, Driveways, and Barrier Free Ramps 32 13 73 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 32 1723 Pavement Markings 33 4110 Reinforced Concrete Storm Drain Pipe Culverts 33 49 10 Storm Drain Manholes and Junction Boxes 33 49 20 Curb and Drop Inlets OF Tf 1�+ J / w : ...........:.... OVIDIU M. SIPOS 111707 tkW Ovidiu M. Sipos, P.E. #111707 MARCH 23, 2026 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 0001 07-9 MARYS CREEK WRF SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY CCA LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS, INC. TBAE# 3027 Jaclyn Clark Szafranic, Registered Landscape Architect #3165 Section Number and Title 01 56 39 Tree Protection, Removal, and Pruning 32 84 00 Landscape Irrigation System 32 92 00 Turf and Grasses 32 93 00 Landscaping 03/30/2026 Jaclyn Clark Szafranic, Registered Landscape Architect #3165 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE MARCH 23, 2026 0001 07- 10 ©C0PYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRF SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP TBPE FIRM NO. F-2966 Lei Wei, PE No. 99776 Section Number and Title 31 1000 31 23 13 31 23 16 31 23 19.01 31 2323 31 23 23.15 314100 Site Clearing Subgrade Preparation Excavation Dewatering Fill and Backfill Trench Backfill Shoring MARCH 31, 2026 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 00 01 07 - 11 MARYS CREEK WRF SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP TBPE FIRM NO. F-2966 Alex Shefferman, P.E. Section Number and Title 21 13 13 2831 00 ALEX F RMAN j 1, -- 14.:::: 09 i 3/30/26 Alex Shefferman, P.E. Wet -Pipe Sprinkler Systems Fire Detection and Alarm MARCH 31, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE 00 01 07- 12 MARYS CREEK WRF SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP TBPE FIRM NO. F-2966 Brian Lee Hendon, Registered Architect No. 25284 Section Number and Title 04 21 13.13 Masonry Veneer 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry 06 16 00 Sheathing 06 41 00 Architectural Wood Casework 06 82 00 Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic 07 13 53 Elastomeric Sheet Waterproofing 07 21 01 Therman Insulation 07 26 16 Below Grade Vapor Retarders 07 27 26 Fluid -Applied Membrane Air Barriers 07 40 00 Roofing and Siding Panels 07 42 13.23 Metal Composite Material Wall Panels 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07 70 00 Roof Specialties and Accessories 07 84 00 Firestopping 07 92 00 Joint Sealants 07 95 13 Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies 08 11 16 Aluminum Flush Doors 08 12 16 Interior Aluminum Frames and Doors 08 16 13 Fiberglass Doors 08 31 23 Floor Doors 08 33 23 Overhead Coiling Doors 08 41 13 Aluminum -Framed Entrances and Storefronts 08 44 13 Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls 08 71 00 Door Hardware 08 80 00 Glazing 08 90 00 Louvers and Vents 09 22 16 Nonstructural Metal Framing 09 29 00 Gypsum Board 09 30 00 Tiling 09 5113 Acoustical Panel Ceilings 09 65 00 Resilient Flooring 09 67 00 Fluid -Applied Flooring 09 77 01 Fiberglass -Reinforced Plastic (FPR) Panel Walls 09 80 00 Acoustical Wall Panel System 09 90 00 Painting and Coating 10 14 00 Signage 10 21 00 Toilet Compartments 10 28 00 Toilet and Bath Accessories 10 44 00 Fire Protection and Safety Equipment 10 51 00 Lockers 10 73 00 Metal Awnings and Canopies ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE MARCH 23, 2026 0001 07 - 10 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRF 10 8113 Architectural Bird Control 11 31 00 Appliances 12 35 53.13 Metal Laboratory Casework 12 48 16 Entrance Floor Grilles March 30. Brian Lee Hendon, Registered Architect No. 25284. MARCH 23, 2026 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 0001 07 - 11 MARYS CREEK WRF SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP TBPE FIRM NO. F-2966 Phillip K. Dewolfe, P.E. Section Number and Title 23 05 14B HVAC Adjustable Frequency Drives 23 05 48B Vibration Isolation and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 93B Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC 23 07 00B HVAC Insulation 23 09 00B Instrumentation and Control Devices for HVAC 23 09 13 HVAC Controls — Field Components and Instruments 23 09 23B Direct Digital Control System for HVAC 23 23 00B Refrigerant Piping 23 31 13B Metal Ducts and Accessories 23 3116.16B Thermoset Fiberglass -Reinforced Plastic Ducts and Accessories 23 34 00B HVAC Fans 23 36 00B Air Terminal Units 23 37 00B Air Outlets and Inlets 23 77 00 Air Handling Units 23 81 00 Unitary Air -Conditioning Equipment 23 82 00 Terminal Heating and Cooling Units ,IIJ PFGILLOP fit_ pEW'OLFE �.. .................. - 3+34,'6 Phillip K. DeWolfe, P.E. No. 102003 MARCH 31, 2026 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 0001 07- 15 MARYS CREEK WRF Section Number and Title 22 07 00 Plumbing Piping Insulation 22 10 01 Plumbing Piping and Accessories 22 10 01.02 Polyvinyl Chloride Drain Waste and Vent Pipe and Fittings 22 10 01.03 Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings 22 10 01.04 Acid -Resistant Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings 22 10 01.06 Acid -Resistant Polypropylene Waste and Vent Pipe and Fittings 22 10 01.08 High -Density Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings — Water and Sewer Service 22 10 01.12 Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings — Natural Gas Service 22 30 00 Plumbing Equipment 22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures . .............. � PHILLIP K DEVVOLFE 3/30.2 Phillip K. DeWolfe, P.E. No. 102003 ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE MARCH 31, 2026 0001 07- 16 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRY SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP TBPE FIRM NO. F-2966 Alex Bannerot, P.E. No. 91686 Section Number and Title 01 45 33 Special Inspection, Observation, and Testing 01 88 15 Anchorage and Bracing 03 01 32 Repair of Vertical and Overhead Concrete Surfaces 03 01 33 Repair of Horizontal Concrete Surfaces 03 10 00 Concrete Forming and Accessories 03 15 00 Concrete Joints and Accessories 03 21 00 Steel Reinforcing 03 30 00 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03 35 00 Concrete Finishing 03 39 00 Concrete Curing 03 40 00 Precast Concrete 03 62 00 Grouting 03 63 00 Concrete Doweling 03 64 23 Epoxy Injection Grouting Injection Grouting 03 64 24 Polyurethane Injection Grouting 04 22 00 Concrete Unit Masonry 05 05 19 Post -Installed Anchors 05 05 23 Welding 05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing 05 21 19 Open Web Steel Joist Framing 05 31 00 Steel Decking 05 41 00 Structural Metal Stud Framing 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications 05 51 19 Aluminum Stairs and Platforms 05 52 16 Aluminum Guardrails (Railings) 05 53 00 Metal Gratings 06 82 00 Glass -Fiber -Reinforced Plastic 13 34 19 Metal Building Systems 33 16 13.15 Prestressed Concrete Tank with Steel Diaphragm ALEX SANNEROT 916B6 iur,kr 34 Wit 2026 aacbns Enginearirar� Group inc. Alex Bannerot, P.E. No. 91686 Texas Risiration 42966 APRIL 6, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE 00 01 07-17 MARYS CREEK WRF SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY JACOBS ENGINEERING GROUP TBPE FIRM NO. F-2966 Arifur Rahman, PE No. 133452 Section Number and Title 4442 56.13 Progressing Cavity Pumps 4444 63.01 Polymer Feed System, Liquid 4446 13.02 Screw Conveyor System 4446 26.03 Rotary Drum Thickeners .• �.1 ..Ir ••AI•, . •. * . 00 ■.a+.....................i Ar ARIFUR RAHI.IA - I� R� 135 342 .• 30 March 2026 Arifur Rahman, PE No. 133452. MARCH 31, 2026 ©C0PYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER ENGINEER'S SEALS PAGE 0001 07- 18 TABLE OF CONTENTS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Volume 1 Section Number and Title DIVISION 00 - CONTINUED 00 00 00 Cover 00 01 07 Engineer's Seals Pages 00 0110 Table of Contents 00 05 10 Mayor and Council Communications (M&C) 00 05 15 Addendum 1, 2 and 3 Volume 2 DIVISION 00 - CONTINUED 0005 15 Addendum 4 Volume 3 DIVISION 00 - CONTINUED 00 05 15 Addendum 5, 6, 7, and 8 Volume 4 DIVISION 00 - CONTINUED 00 1113 Invitation to Offerors 00 2113 Instructions to Offerors 00 35 13 Conflict of Interest Statement 00 41 00 Proposal Form 00 42 43 Offeror's Proposal Form 0043 13 Proposal Security 00 43 37 Vendor Compliance to State Law Non Resident Proposer 00 45 12 Subcontractor and Major Equipment Supplier List 00 45 26 Contractor Compliance with Workers Compensation Law 00 52 43 Agreement 0061 13 Performance Bond 0061 14 Payment Bond 00 6119 Maintenance Bond 00 61 25 Certificate of Insurance 00 72 00 General Conditions 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions July 30, 2026 TABLE OF CONTENTS COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 00 01 10 - 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY DIVISION 00 - CONTINUED 00 80 00 TWDB Required Documents 00 80 01 TWDB Forms and Templates DIVISION 01 01 11 00 Summary of Work 01 11 17 Installation of Pre -Selected Equipment 01 12 16 Sequence of Construction 01 2110 Unit Bid Items 01 25 00 Substitution Procedures 01 26 00 Contract Modification Procedures 01 26 13 Requests for Information 01 29 00 Payment Procedures 01 31 13 Project Coordination 01 31 19 Preconstruction Meetings 01 31 20 Project Meetings 01 32 16 Construction Progress Schedule 01 32 33 Preconstruction Video 01 32 35 Aerial Photographic Documentation 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 01 35 13 Special Project Procedures 01 40 00 Quality Requirements 01 42 13 Abbreviations and Acronyms 01 43 33 Manufacturer's Field Services 01 45 16.13 Contractor Quality Control 01 45 23 Testing and Inspection Services 01 45 33 Special Inspection Observation and Testing 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 56 39 Tree Protection, Removal, and Pruning 01 57 13 Storm Water Pollution Prevention 01 58 13 Temporary Project Signage 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements 01 70 00 Mobilization and Remobilization 01 71 23 Construction Staking and Survey 01 73 00 Execution Requirements 01 7423 Cleaning 01 75 01 Equipment Factory Acceptance Testing 01 76 00 Asset Management List 01 77 00 Closeout Procedures 01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data 01 78 36 Warranties 01 78 39 Project Record Documents TABLE OF CONTENTS July 30, 2026 000110-2 © COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER TABLE OF CONTENTS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY DIVISION 01- CONTINUED 01 78 43 Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials 01 88 15 Anchorage and Bracing 01 9114 Equipment Testing and Facility Startup DIVISION 02 02 41 00 Demolition DIVISION 03 03 01 32 Repair of Vertical and Overhead Concrete Surfaces 03 01 33 Repair of Horizontal Concrete Surfaces 03 10 00 Concrete Forming and Accessories 03 15 00 Concrete Joints and Accessories 03 21 00 Steel Reinforcing 03 30 00 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03 35 00 Concrete Finishing 03 39 00 Concrete Curing 03 40 00 Precast Concrete 03 62 00 Grouting 03 63 00 Concrete Doweling 03 64 23 Epoxy Resin Injection Grouting 03 64 24 Polyurethane Injection Grouting Volume 5 DIVISION 04 0421 13.13 Masonry Veneer 04 22 00 Concrete Unit Masonry DIVISION 05 05 05 19 Post -Installed Anchors 05 05 23 Welding 05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing 05 2119 Open Web Steel Joist Framing 05 31 00 Steel Decking 05 41 00 Structural Metal Stud Framing 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications 05 5119 Aluminum Stairs and Platforms July 30, 2026 TABLE OF CONTENTS COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 000110-3 TABLE OF CONTENTS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY DIVISION 05 - CONTINUED 05 52 16 Aluminum Guardrails Railings 05 53 00 Metal Gratings DIVISION 06 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry 06 16 00 Sheathing 06 41 00 Architectural Wood Casework 06 70 00 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Products & Fabrications 06 74 13 Fiberglass Weirs and Baffles 06 82 00 Glass -Fiber -Reinforced Plastic DIVISION 07 07 13 53 Elastomeric Sheet Waterproofing 07 21 01 Thermal Insulation 07 26 16 Belowgrade Vapor Retarders 0727 26 Fluid Applied Membrane Air Barriers 07 40 00 Roofing and Siding Panels 07 42 13.23 Metal Composite Material Wall Panels 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07 70 01 Roof Specialties and Accessories 07 84 00 Firestopping 07 92 00 Joint Sealants 07 95 13 Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies DIVISION 08 08 11 16 Aluminum Flush Doors 08 12 16 Interior Aluminum Frames and Doors 08 16 13 Fiberglass Doors 08 31 23 Floor Doors 08 33 23 Overhead Coiling Doors 08 4113 Aluminum -Framed Entrances and Storefronts 08 44 13 Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls 08 71 00 Door Hardware 08 80 00 Glazing 08 90 00 Louvers and Vents TABLE OF CONTENTS July 30, 2026 000110-4 © COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER TABLE OF CONTENTS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY DIVISION 09 09 22 16 Nonstructural Metal Framing 09 29 00 Gypsum Board 09 30 00 Tiling 09 5113 Acoustical Panel Ceilings 09 65 00 Resilient Flooring 09 67 00 Fluid -Applied Flooring 09 77 01 Fiberglas Reinforced Plastic Panel Walls 09 80 00 Acoustic Wall Panel System 09 90 00 Painting and Coating 09 90 01 Paint System Data Sheet (PSDS) 09 90 02 Paint Product Data Sheet (PDS) 09 96 35 Chemical -Resistant Coatings DIVISION 10 10 14 00 Signage 10 21 00 Toilet Compartments 10 28 00 Toilet and Bath Accessories 10 44 00 Fire Projection and Safety Equipment 10 51 00 Lockers 10 73 00 Metal Awnings and Canopies 10 8113 Architectural Bird Control 10 90 00 Identification, Stenciling, and Tagging DIVISION 11 11 31 00 11 53 13 Appliances Laboratory Fume Hoods Related Products and DIVISION 12 12 35 53.13 Metal Laboratory Casework 12 48 16 Entrance Floor Grilles DIVISION 13 13 21 50 Laboratory Environmental Controlled Chambers and Rooms 13 34 19 Metal Building Systems 13 34 23 Prefabricated Fiberglass Shelters 13 34 23.33 Precast Concrete Buildings July 30, 2026 TABLE OF CONTENTS COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 000110-5 TABLE OF CONTENTS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY DIVISION 21 2113 13 Wet -Pipe Sprinkler Systems DIVISION 22 22 07 00 Plumbing Piping Insulation 22 10 01 Plumbing Piping and Accessories 22 10 01.02 Polyvinyl Chloride Drain Waste and Vent Pipe and Fittings 22 10 01.03 Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings 22 10 01.04 Acid -Resistant Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings 22 10 01.06 Acid -Resistant Polypropylene Waste and Vent Pipe Fittings 22 10 01.08 High -Density Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings 22 10 01.12 Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings for Gas 22 14 29 Submersible Sump Pump 22 30 00 Plumbing Equipment 22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures Volume 6 DIVISION 23 23 05 14 HVAC Adjustable Frequency Drives 23 05 48 Vibration Isolation and Seismic Control For HVAC Piping And Equipment 23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC 23 07 00 HVAC Insulation 23 09 00 Instrumentation and Control Devices for HVAC 23 09 13 HVAC Controls, Field Components, and Instruments 23 09 23 Direct -Digital Control System for HVAC 23 23 00 Refrigerant Piping 23 3113 Metal Ducts and Accessories 23 3116.16 Thermoset Fiberglass -Reinforced Plastic Ducts and Accessories 23 34 00 HVAC Fans 23 36 00 Air Terminal Units 23 37 00 Air Outlets and Inlets 23 77 00 Air Handling Units 23 81 00 Unitary Air -Conditioning Equipment 23 82 00 Terminal Heating and Cooling Units DIVISION 26 26 00 00 Electrical General Provisions 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 26 05 13 MV Cables 26 05 19 LV Wires and Cables TABLE OF CONTENTS July 30, 2026 000110-6 © COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMIER TABLE OF CONTENTS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY DIVISION 26 - CONTINUED 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding System 26 05 29 Electrical Support Hardware 26 05 33 Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures, and Fittings 26 05 36 Cable Trays 26 05 43 Underground System 26 05 73 Power System Study 26 12 19 Pad Mounted Transformers 26 13 13 Medium Voltage Metal Clad Switchgear 26 20 00 Low -Voltage AC Induction Motors 26 22 13 Distribution Dry -Type Transformers 26 24 13 LV Distribution Switchboards 26 24 16 Panelboards 26 24 19 LV Motor Control Centers 26 25 02 MV Metal -Enclosed Bus Duct 26 27 13 Power Metering and Protective Relays 26 27 26 Light Switches and Receptacles 26 28 16 LV Enclosed Circuit Breakers and Safety Switches Vnlnmo 7 DIVISION 26 - CONTINUED 26 29 23 Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 26 29 86 Mechanical Equipment Control Panels 26 29 87 Electrical Control Panels 26 32 13 Engine Generator Set 26 33 00 Station Battery System 26 33 54 3 -Phase Uninterruptible Power Supply 26 36 23 LV Enclosed Automatic Transfer Switches 26 41 00 Lightning Protection System 26 43 13 LV AC Surge Protective Devices 26 50 00 Lighting System DIVISION 28 28 00 05 Electronic Security System 28 31 00 Fire Detection and Alarm July 30, 2026 TABLE OF CONTENTS COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 000110-7 TABLE OF CONTENTS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY DIVISION 31 31 10 00 Site Clearing 31 23 13 Subgrade Preparation 31 23 16 Excavation 31 23 19.01 Dewatering 31 23 23 Fill and Backfill 31 23 23.1 Borrow 31 23 23.15 Trench Backfill 31 25 00 Erosion and Sediment Control 31 3700 Riprap 31 41 00 Shoring DIVISION 32 32 13 13 Concrete Paving 32 13 20 Concrete Sidewalks, Driveways, and Barrier Free Ramps 32 13 73 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 32 17 23 Pavement markings 32 31 00 Fences and Gates 32 84 00 Landscape Irrigation System 32 92 00 Turf and Grasses 32 93 00 Landscaping DIVISION 33 33 0110.58 Disinfection Potable Water Piping and Tanks 33 05 13 Manholes 33 05 39.41 Reinforced Concrete Pipe 33 16 13.15 Prestressed Concrete Tank with Steel Diaphragm 33 21 00 Non -Chlorinated, Non -Potable Water System 33 32 26 Ejector Pumps 33 4110 Reinforced Concrete Storm Drain Pipe Culverts 33 49 10 Storm Drain Manholes and Junction Boxes 33 49 20 Curb and Drop Inlets DIVISION 35 35 20 16.25 Fabricated Slide Gates and Stop Logs TABLE OF CONTENTS July 30, 2026 00 01 10 - 8 © COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER TABLE OF CONTENTS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Volume 8 DIVISION 40 40 01 05 Field Testing of Piping Systems 40 05 05 Piping System, Basic Materials and Methods 40 05 15 Piping Support Systems 40 05 19 Ductile Iron Pipe 40 05 23 Stainless Steel Process Pipe and Tubing 40 05 24 Steel Pipe 40 05 31.11 Piping System, Chemical Feed 40 05 31.13 Polyvinyl Chloride and Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride Process Pipe 40 05 33 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Process Pipe 40 05 36 Piping System, Fiberglass Pressure Pipe 40 05 36.13 Foul Air Fiberglass Ductwork 40 05 64.43 Fiberglass Dampers 40 05 74.13 Diaphragm Valves for Aeration Control 40 27 02 Process Valves and Operators 40 41 00 Electrical Heat Tracing 40 42 13 Process Piping Insulation 40 46 16 Protective Liquid Linings and Coatings for Substrates Exposed to Corrosive Wastewater Environment 40 47 00 Dumpster Conveyor System 40 61 00 Process Control Systems General Provisions 40 61 21 Process Control System — Testing 40 61 21A Instrument Calibration Certificate 40 61 21B Unwitnessed Factory Test Forms 40 61 21C Witnessed Factory Test Forms 40 61 21D Operational Readiness Test Forms 40 61 21E Functional Demonstration Test Forms 40 61 21F Site Acceptance Test Forms 40 61 26 Process Control Systems — Training 40 61 93 Process Control Systems Input Output List 40 61 96 Control Descriptions 40 62 00 Computer Hardware and Software 40 63 00 PLC Hardware and Software July 30, 2026 TABLE OF CONTENTS COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 000110-9 TABLE OF CONTENTS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY Volume 9 DIVISION 40 - CONTINUED 40 66 00 Network Equipment 40 66 33 Fiber -Optic Communication Cabling and Connectors 40 6643 Radio Equipment and Systems 40 66 66 Communication Towers 40 67 00 Control Panels and Components 40 67 63 Uninterruptible Power Supplies 40 68 00 Applications Engineering Services 40 71 00 Flow Instruments 40 72 00 Level Instruments 40 73 00 Pressure Instruments 40 74 00 Temperature Instruments 40 75 00 Liquid Analytical Instruments 40 75 00.01 Bioreactor Instrumentation System 40 76 00 Gas Analytical Instruments Volume 10 DIVISION 41 41 22 13.13 Overhead Cranes 41 22 23.16 Portable Davit Crane and Winch 41 22 23.19 Monorail Hoists DIVISION 43 43 11 12 Blower High -Speed Turbo 43 11 19 Foul Air Fans 43 21 39 Pumps, Dry -Pit Submersible Centrifugal 43 22 10 Common Requirements for Pumps 43 22 56.01 Submersible Mixers 43 32 69 Chemical Feed Systems 43 40 01 Polyethylene Storage Tank DIVISION 44 44 3111 Biological Tower Type Odor Control System 44 3116 Carbon Adsorber Odor Control System 44 31 83 Foul Air Collection System Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing 44 42 19.04 Rotary Positive Displacement Blower 4442 25.02 Aluminum Flat Panel Cover System 4442 56.03 Vertical Turbine Pumps TABLE OF CONTENTS July 30, 2026 00 01 10 - 10 © COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER TABLE OF CONTENTS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY DIVISION 44 - CONTINUED 4442 56.04 Submersible Pumps 4442 56.13 Progressing Cavity Pumps 44 42 56.16 Peristaltic Hose Pump 4444 63.01 Polymer Feed System, Liquid 4445 16.02 Fine Bubble Air Diffuser System 44 46 13.02 Screw Conveyor System 4446 26.03 Rotary Drum Thickeners DIVISION 46 46 25 34 FOG and Scum Mixing Equipment 46 46 23 Tank Washdown and Booster Pump System 46 51 21 Aeration Systems, Coarse -Bubble Membrane Diffusers July 30, 2026 COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 10- 11 TABLE OF CONTENTS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS CITY OF FORT WORTH MARY'S CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY The following documents are for information: Volume 11 APPENDIX I — Selection of Membrane Equipment System Supplier for the Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Appendix 1 1 P,-eselectio., Package 1 Proposal Documents Appendix I.2 Approved Veolia Submittal APPENDIX II — Selection of Preselection Package 2 for the Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Appendix ff1 Preselection Package 2 Proposal Documents Appendix II.2 Vulcan — Coarse Screens Appendix II.3 Old Castle— Grit Removal Appendix II.4 Saveco — Fine Screens Volume 12 6 APPENDIX H — Continued Appendix II.5 Trojan — UV System Appendix II.6 Vaughan — Submersible Chopper Pump Appendix II.7 Vaughan — Submersible Chopper Pump Appendix II.8 GEA — Dewatering System APPENDIX III — Funding Requirements 00 75 43 Employment Requirements and Wage Rates DB-0 154 Davis Bacon Wage Rate Monthly Compliance — Owner DB-0 155 Davis Bacon Wage Rate Monthly Compliance TWDB-0100 Clean Water State Revolving Fund Loan Program TWDB-0551 Supplemental Construction Contract Conditions for Non -Equivalency Projects under the Clean Water State Revolving Fund Programs TWDB-1106A AIS Monthly Certificate of Compliance — Owner TWDB-1 106B AIS De Minimis Log TWDB-1106C AIS Final Certificate TWDB-1109A Project Signage WIFIA Funding Requirements APPENDIX IV — Geotechnical Report APPENDIX V — City Obtained Permits TABLE OF CONTENTS July 30, 2026 00 01 10 - 12 © COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 001113 INVITATION TO OFFERORS Page 1 of 4 SECTION 00 11 13 INVITATION TO OFFERORS RECEIPT OF COMPETITIVE SEALED PROPOSAL Electronic Competitive Sealed Proposals for the construction of the Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility C01239 ("Project") will be received by the City of Fort Worth via the Procurement Portal https://fortworthtexas.bonfirehub.com/portal/?tab=openOpportunities, under the respective Project until 2:00 P.M. CST, Thursday, Junc2sJuly 9, 2026. Competitive Sealed Proposals will then be publicly opened and the names of the Offerors and their monetary proposals will be read aloud beginning at 2:00 PM CST in the City Council Chambers. Your submissions must be uploaded, finalized and submitted prior to the Project's posted due date. The City strongly recommends allowing sufficient time to complete this process (ideally a week prior to the deadline) to begin the uploading process and to finalize your submission. Uploading large documents may take time, depending on the size of the file(s) and your Internet connection speed. The Bonfire portal can be accessed using Microsoft Edge, Google Chrome, or Mozilla Firefox. Javascript must be enabled. Browser cookies must be enabled. Electronic submission is subject to electronic interface latency, which can result in transmission delays. All bidders or proposers assume the risk of late transmission/ submission. The City shall not be held liable if an interested bidder or proposer is unable to submit a complete bid/response before the published deadline due to transmission delays or any other technical issues or obstructions. The City strongly recommends allowing sufficient time to complete the submission process (ideally a week before the deadline) to begin the uploading process and to finalize your submission to give adequate time in the event an issue arises. All submissions must be submitted electronically prior to the close date and time under the respective Project via the Procurement Portal: https://fortworthtexas.bonfirehub.com/portal/?tab=openOpportunities Failure to submit all completed required information listed in the respective Solicitation will be grounds for rejection of a competitive sealed proposal as non -responsive. No late bids/proposals shall be accepted. Bids delivered in any other manner than using the Bonfire Platform (Procurement Portal) will not be accepted or considered. If, upon being opened, a submission is unreadable to the degree that material conformance to the requirements of the procurement specifications cannot be ascertained, such submission will be rejected without liability to the City, unless such offeror provides clear and convincing evidence (a) of the content of the submission as originally submitted and (b) that the unreadable condition of the Electronic Competitive Sealed Proposal was caused solely by error or malfunction of the Bonfire Platform (Procurement Portal). Failure to scan a clear or readable copy of a proposal into the system does not constitute and shall not be considered an error or malfunction of the Bonfire Platform (Procurement Portal). Offerors are encouraged to fully review each page of every document within their submission prior to submitting to ensure all documents are clear, legible, and complete. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised 2/08/24 001113 INVITATION TO OFFERORS Page 2 of 4 SUPPORT For technical questions, visit Bonfire's help forum at https://vendorsupport.gobonfire.com/hc/en- us Contact the Bonfire support team at Support@GoBonfire.com or by calling 1-800-354-8010. To get started with Bonfire, watch this five-minute training video: Vendor Registration and Submission [VIDEO] — Bonfire Vendor Support (gobonfire.com) GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK The major work will consist of the (approximate) following: Construction of the new 10 -million gallons per day (MGD) Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility located at 11091 12300 Chapin Road, Fort Worth, Texas 76108. This is a greenfield site. A portion of the major equipment has been preselected, with specific information included in the appendices. Facilities and improvements will include: 1. Equalization and peak flow storage basins with mixing systems; 2. Preliminary Treatment Unit (PTU) with coarse screens, grit removal, fine screens, and flow control valves; 3. Bioreactor distribution box; 4. Bioreactors with a scum pump station; 5. Membrane tanks; 6. Return activated sludge (RS) and waste activated sludge (WS) pump station; 7. Operations Building with administration facilities, maintenance bay, blower room, pump room, and electrical room; 8. Ultraviolet disinfection system; 9. Cascade aeration system; 10. Outfall; 11. Chemical feed and storage systems for ferric sulfate, supplemental carbon (glycerin), and sodium hypochlorite; 12. Reuse and Service Water Pump Station; 13. Sludge holding tanks; 14. Solids Building with thickening equipment, dewatering equipment, polymer feed and storage systems, blowers, and electrical and control rooms; 15. Return Flow Pump Station; 16. Odor control facilities; 17. Electrical Buildings and related electrical systems throughout; 18. Radio communications tower; 19. Civil site work including paving, grading, vaults, excavation and excavation support, and yard piping; and 20. Instrumentation and controls and physical security measures for an integrated and operational system. DOCUMENT EXAMINATION AND PROCUREMENTS The Competitive Sealed Proposal and Contract Documents may be examined or obtained via the Procurement Portal https://fortworthtexas.bonfirehub.com/portal/?tab=openOpportunities, under the respective Project. Contract Documents may be downloaded, viewed, and printed by interested contractors and/or suppliers. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised 2/08/24 D 001113 INVITATION TO OFFERORS Page 3 of 4 EXPRESSION OF INTEREST To ensure potential offerors are kept up to date of any new information pertinent to this project, all interested parties should indicate their intent to bid in the Procurement Portal by selecting "yes" under the Intent to Propose section. All Addenda will be posted in the Procurement Portal https://fortworthtexas.bonfirehub.com/portal/?tab=openOpportunities, under the respective Project. PREPROPOSAL CONFERENCE - In person A non -mandatory preproposal conference will be held as discussed in Section 00 21 13 - INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS at the following date, and time: DATE: May 27, 2026 TIME: 9:00 a.m. LOCATION: Westside Water Treatment Plant ADDRESS: 12200 Old Weatherford Road, Aledo, TX 76008 Attendees will need to call in to security at the gate, identify themselves, and state the meeting they will be attending to be allowed access to the facility. A site visit to the Mary's Creek WRF site will follow conference. A The presentation and any questions and answers provided at the conference will be issued as an Addendum m to the call for Competitive Sealed Proposal The presentation and any questions and answers provided at the conference will be posted as a Public Notice to the Bonfire bidding website. CITY'S RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT PROPOSALS City reserves the right to waive irregularities within and to accept or reject any or all proposals. AWARD City will award a contract to the Offeror that provides the best value to the City based on an evaluation of the proposals using the process presented in Section 00 21 13 - INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS. FUNDING The Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Project is expected to be funded from the Water Infrastructure Finance Innovation Act (WIFIA) loan and a Texas Water Development Board (TWDB) loan. Failure to secure funds from these sources will be grounds to cancel the project. The Contractor will be responsible for meeting the requirements of these loans as outlined in Section 00 21 13 - INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS and Appendix III Funding Requirements. This contract is contingent upon release of funds from the Texas Water Development Board. Neither the environmental Protection Agency (EPA) or the State of Texas, nor any of their departments, agencies, or employees, are or will be a party to this Invitation to Offerors or any resulting contract. For Clean Water State Revolving Fund, any contract(s) awarded under this Invitation to Offerors is/are subject to the American Iron and Steel (AIS) requirements of federal law, including federal appropriation acts and/or Section 608 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised 2/08/24 001113 INVITATION TO OFFERORS Page 4 of 4 Equal Opportunity in Employment — All qualified Applicants will receive consideration for employment. The Davis -Bacon prevailing wage requirements apply. Proposals submitted under this Invitation for Offerors must include the current Davis -Bacon wage determinations for the area where construction will occur. For additional information on the Davis -Bacon Wage Rate Requirements and its applicability to this contract, please consult TWDB Guidance No. DB-0 156. Proposer shall submit evidence of authority to conduct business as a Nonresident Offeror in the state of Texas in accordance with Section 00 43 37 — Vendor Compliance to State Law Non - Resident Bidder. Each Proposal must be accompanied by a Proposal Security (Bid Bond and/or Bid Guarantee) made payable to City in amount of five (5) percent of Offeror's maximum proposal price, on the form attached or equivalent, issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions. Refer to 00 21 13 Instructions to Offerors for more information. ADVERTISEMENT DATES April 29, 2026 May 6, 2026 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised 2/08/24 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 1 of 30 SECTION 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Defined Terms 1.1. Capitalized terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS are defined in Section 00 72 00 - GENERAL CONDITIONS. 1.2. Certain additional terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS have the meanings indicated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. 1.2.1.Competitive Sealed Proposal: Proposal provided by Offeror, on prescribed forms setting forth qualifications and prices for performing the Work described in the Contract Documents. Competitive Sealed Proposal may also be referred to as CSP or Proposal within these documents. 1.2.2. Offeror: Any person, firm, partnership, company, association, or corporation acting directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a Competitive Sealed Proposal for performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents. 1.2.3. Nonresident Offeror: Any person, firm, partnership, company, association, or corporation acting directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a Competitive Sealed Proposal for performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents whose principal place of business is not in the State of Texas. Non-resident Offerors shall be registered and in good standing with the State of Texas Secretary of State Office with the CSP submittal. 1.2.4. Successful Offeror: The responsible and responsive Offeror to whom City (on the basis of City's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. 2. Copies of Proposal Documents 2.1. Neither City nor Engineer shall assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the Offerors use of incomplete sets of Competitive Sealed Proposal Documents. 2.2. City and Engineer in making electronic Proposal Documents available do so only for the purpose of obtaining Proposals for the Work and do not authorize or confer a license or grant for any other use. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 2 of 30 3. Qualification of Offerors 3.1. All offerors submitting proposals shall have the experience, staffing, and bonding capabilities required to perform the work and meet the schedule requirements of the Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility project. Offerors must meet the requirements stipulated in the Competitive Sealed Proposal evaluation criteria of this specification, but no prequalification prior to submitting proposals is required. 4. Examination of Competitive Sealed Proposal and Contract Documents, Other Related Data, and Site 4.1. Before submitting a Proposal, each Offeror: 4.1.1. Shall examine and carefully study the Contract Documents and other related data identified in the Proposal Documents (including "technical data" referred to in Paragraph 4.2. below). No information given by City or any representative of the City other than that contained in the Contract Documents and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the City. 4.1.2. Should visit the site to become familiar with and satisfy Offeror as to the general, local and site conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 4.1.3. Shall consider federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 4.1.4. Is advised that, City, in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C. 2000d to 2000d-4 and Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Department of Transportation, Subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, Nondiscrimination in Federally -assisted programs of the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby notifies all offerors that it will affirmatively insure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit proposals in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in consideration of award. 4.1.5. Shall study all: (i) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) that have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing reliable "technical data" and (ii) reports and drawings of Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at the Site that have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing reliable "technical data." CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 3 of 30 4.1.6. Is advised that the Contract Documents on file with the City shall constitute all of the information which the City will furnish. All additional information and data which the City will supply after promulgation of the formal Contract Documents shall be issued in the form of written addenda and shall become part of the Contract Documents just as though such addenda were actually written into the original Contract Documents. No information given by the City other than that contained in the Contract Documents and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the City. 4.1.7. Should perform independent research, investigations, tests, borings, and such other means as may be necessary to gain a complete knowledge of the conditions which will be encountered during the construction of the project. For projects with restricted access, upon request, City may provide each Offeror access to the site to conduct such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies as each Offeror deems necessary for submission of a proposal. Offeror must fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former conditions upon completion of such explorations, investigations, tests and studies. 4.1.8. Shall determine the difficulties of the Work and all attending circumstances affecting the cost of doing the Work, time required for its completion, and obtain all information required to make a proposal. Offerors shall rely exclusively and solely upon their own estimates, investigation, research, tests, explorations, and other data which are necessary for full and complete information upon which the proposal is to be based. It is understood that the submission of a proposal is prima-facie evidence that the Offeror has made the investigations, examinations and tests herein required. 4.1.9. Shall promptly notify City of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities or discrepancies in or between the Contract Documents and such other related documents. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any gross error or omission in the Contract Documents, and the City shall be permitted to make such corrections or interpretations as may be deemed necessary for fulfillment of the intent of the Contract Documents. 4.1.10. Indicate their intent to submit a Competitive Sealed Proposal by selecting "yes" in the Procurement Portal under the Intent to Propose section. You must indicate your intent to propose to be able to submit a Competitive Sealed Proposal to the City. 4.2. Reference is made to Section 00 73 00 — Supplementary Conditions for identification of: 4.2.1. Those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site which have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents. The logs of Soil Borings, if any, on the plans are for general information only. Neither the City nor the Engineer guarantee that the data shown is representative of conditions which actually exist. 4.2.2. Those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 4 of 30 4.2.3. Copies of such reports and drawings will be made available by City to any Offeror on request. Those reports and drawings may not be part of the Contract Documents, but the "technical data" contained therein upon which OFFEROR is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02. of the General Conditions has been identified and established in Paragraph SC 4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions. Offeror is responsible for any interpretation or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any other data, interpretations, opinions or information. 4.2.4. Standard insurance requirements, coverages and limits. 4.3. The submission of a Competitive Sealed Proposal will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Offeror: (i) that Offeror has complied with every requirement of this Paragraph 4, (ii) that without exception the Offer is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents and applying the specific means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (if any) that may be shown or indicated or expressly required by the Contract Documents, (iii) that Offeror has given City written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities and discrepancies in the Contract Documents and the written resolutions thereof by City are acceptable to Offeror, and when said conflicts, etc., have not been resolved through the interpretations by City as described in Paragraph 6., and (iv) that the Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the Work. 4.4. The provisions of this Paragraph 4, inclusive, do not apply to Asbestos, Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material covered by Paragraph 4.06. of the General Conditions, unless specifically identified in the Contract Documents. 5. Availability of Lands for Work, Etc. 5.1. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities, construction equipment or storage of materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work are to be obtained and paid for by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities are to be obtained and paid for by City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 5.2. Outstanding right-of-way, easements, and/or permits to be acquired by the City are listed in Paragraph SC 4.01 of the Supplementary Conditions. In the event the necessary right- of-way, easements, and/or permits are not obtained, the City reserves the right to cancel the award of contract at any time before the Offeror begins any construction work on the project. 5.3. The Offeror shall be prepared to commence construction without all executed right-of- way, easements, and/or permits, and shall submit a schedule to the City of how construction will proceed in the other areas of the project that do not require permits and/or easements. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 0021 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 5 of 30 6. Interpretations and Addenda 6.1. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Proposal Documents are to be directed to City electrically through the Vendor Discussions section under the respective Project via the Procurement Portal https://fortworthtexas.bonfirehub.com/portal/?tab=openOpportunities on or before -2 p.m., TWO MONDAYS prior to the Proposal opening 5:00 p.m., June 25, 2026. 5 Questions received after this day may not be responded to. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by City in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 6.2. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Proposal Documents as deemed advisable by City. 6.3. Addenda or clarifications shall be posted under the respective Project via the Procurement Portal https://fortworthtexas.bonfirehub.com/portal/?tab=openopportunities 6.4. A preproposal conference will be held at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or INVITATION TO OFFERORS. Representatives of City will be present to discuss the Project. Offerors are encouraged to attend and participate in the conference. City will transmit to all prospective Offerors of record such Addenda as City considers necessary in response to questions arising at the conference. Oral statements may not be relied upon and will not be binding or legally effective. 7. Proposal Security (Bid Bond or Bid Guarantee) 7.1. Each Proposal must be accompanied by a Proposal Security (Bid Bond and/or Bid Guarantee) made payable to City in an amount of five (5) percent of Offeror's maximum proposal price, on the form attached or equivalent, issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions. If a bid bond is provided, the Contractor shall utilize a surety company that is authorized to do business in Texas in accordance with Surety Bonds and Related Instruments, Chapter 3503 of the Insurance Code. 7.2. The Proposal Security provided by an Offeror will be retained until the conditions of the Notice of Award have been satisfied. If the Successful Offeror fails to execute and return the Contract Documents within 14 days after the Notice of Award conveying same, City may consider Offeror to be in default, rescind the Notice of Award and act on the Proposal Security. Such action shall be City's exclusive remedy in the event Offeror is deemed to have defaulted. 8. Contract Times The number of days within which, or the dates by which, Milestones are to be achieved in accordance with the General Requirements and the Work is to be completed and ready for Final Acceptance is set forth in the Agreement or incorporated therein by reference to the attached Proposal Form. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 0021 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 6 of 30 9. Liquidated Damages Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement. 10. Substitute and "Or -Equal" Items The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment described in the Proposal Documents without consideration of possible substitute or "or -equal" items. Whenever it is indicated or specified in the Proposal Documents that a "substitute" or "or - equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by Contractor if acceptable to City, application for such acceptance will not be considered by City until after the Effective Date of the Agreement. The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor and consideration by City is set forth in Paragraphs 6.05A., 6.05B. and 6.05C. of the General Conditions and is supplemented in Section 01 25 00 of the General Requirements. 11. Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others 11.1. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, other person or organization against whom Contractor or City has reasonable objection. 12. Proposal Form 12.1. The Proposal Form is included with the Competitive Sealed Proposal Documents. 12.2. All blanks on the Proposal Form must be completed and the Proposal Form signed electronically or signed in ink and scanned. A Proposal price shall be indicated for each Proposal item, alternative, and unit price item listed therein. In the case of optional alternatives, the words "No Bid," "No Change," or "Not Applicable" may be entered. Offeror shall state the prices for which the Offeror proposes to do the work contemplated or furnish materials required. 12.3. Proposals by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the signature. 12.4. Proposals by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner, whose title must appear under the signature accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 12.5. Proposals by limited liability companies shall be executed in the name of the firm by a member and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The state of formation of the firm and the official address of the firm shall be shown. 12.6. Proposals by individuals shall show the Offeror's name and official address. 12.7. Proposals by joint ventures shall be executed by each joint venture in the manner indicated on the Proposal Form. The official address of the joint venture shall be shown. 12.8. All names shall be typed or printed in ink below the signature. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 0021 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 7 of 30 12.9. The Proposal shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda, the numbers of which shall be filled in on the Proposal Form. 12.10. Postal and e-mail addresses and telephone number for communications regarding the Proposal shall be shown. 12.11. Evidence of authority to conduct business as a Nonresident Offeror in the state of Texas shall be provided in accordance with Section 00 43 37 — Vendor Compliance to State Law Non Resident Bidder. 13. Submission of Proposals Proposals shall be submitted electronically in the Procurement Portal on the prescribed Proposal Form, provided with the Proposal Documents, prior to the time indicated in the Advertisement or INVITATION TO OFFERORS. 14. Withdrawal of Proposals 14.1. Proposals submitted electronically may be withdrawn prior to the time set for Proposal opening via the Procurement Portal https://fortworthtexas.bonfirehub.com/portal/?tab=openOpportunities. 15. Opening of Proposals Proposals will be opened and Offerors will be identified publicly at the proposal opening, with monetary proposals read aloud. An abstract of the amounts of the base Proposals and major alternates (if any) will be made available to Offerors after evaluations of proposals are complete. 16. Proposals to Remain Subject to Acceptance All Proposals will remain subject to acceptance for a minimum of 90 days or the time period specified for Notice of Award and execution and delivery of a complete Agreement by Successful Offeror. City may, at City's sole discretion, release any Proposal and nullify the Proposal security prior to that date. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 0021 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 8 of 30 17. Evaluation of Proposals and Award of Contract 17.1. As this is a solicitation by Competitive Sealed Proposals, the City will select an Offeror whose Proposal is determined to be the most advantageous to the City considering the relative importance of price and the other evaluation factors included in this Instructions to Offerors. The City has attempted to provide a comprehensive statement of requirements through this Invitation to Offerors for the work contemplated. Written proposals must present the Offeror's qualifications and understanding of the work to be performed. Offerors are asked to address each evaluation criteria and to be specific in presenting their qualifications. Proposals must be as thorough and detailed as possible so that the City may properly evaluate capabilities to provide the requested services. By submission of a proposal, Offeror acknowledges acceptance of the evaluation process, the evaluation criteria, scope of work, approach and methodology, and all other terms and conditions set forth in this Invitation to Offerors. Further, Offerors acknowledge that subjective judgements must be made by the City during this process. The evaluation process may include but is not limited to the following steps. Steps may be omitted or reordered depending on the proposal evaluation process. 17.1.1. CLARITY AND QUALITY OF PROPOSAL Offerors must provide comprehensive responses to every section within this Invitation to Offerors in the described format. It is not the intent of the City to constrain Offerors with regard to content, but to assure that specific requirements set forth in this Invitation to Offerors are addressed in a uniform manner amenable to review and evaluation. 17.1.2. PROPOSAL EVALUATIONS The City has established specific criteria for selection. This section presents the evaluation criteria, description, and number of points assigned to each (100 points total maximum). The City will evaluate each offeror's responses to the requirements contained in this Instructions to Offerors. Proposals will be evaluated by a Selection Committee consisting of a minimum of four (4) City of Fort Worth project team members. These stakeholders will assign scores to each of the criteria presented below. The scores for all evaluation team members will be totaled for each criterion. The average score for each criterion will then be totaled for each Proposal. The Offeror with the highest cumulative score will be considered the Offeror that provides the best value to the City and will be recommended to the City Council for approval of contract award. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 9 of 30 17.1.3. COST EVALUATION Prices shall be considered in evaluating the proposals but is not the sole determining factor. Cost Proposal: 70 points total The qualified offeror with the lowest price will be awarded 70 points. All other proposers will be awarded a rating value calculated by dividing the lowest proposal by the offeror's proposal price and multiplying that ratio by seventy (70) points to obtain the total score for this criterion. Example Calculation: ($400 M / $450 M) * 70 points = 62.2 points 17.1.4. EXPERIENCE WITH SIMILAR PROJECTS: 10 points total Supply one -page project descriptions for up to five representative projects completed in the last ten years, including references. References must include a contact person name, telephone number, project name and total cost, key employees involved with the project, major subcontractors (and their experience with large water/wastewater projects), and type of work performed. For each project description provide the construction period as established at the time of bid and the actual substantial and final completion dates. Should schedule differences greater than 30 days be shown, provide a brief description as to the source of the delay. Include a description of why the Key Staff, subcontractors, and assembled team are competent to perform this work. Supply a list of all projects current or completed for the last ten calendar years over $100 million in construction value. The satisfactory completion by the offeror over the last ten years of three or more projects of at least $100 million in cost at fully operational drinking water or wastewater treatment plants will be required to meet expectations. Provide information on projects that included membranes and which membrane supplier was included as part of the project. Include information on experience with projects that utilize Texas Water Development Board funding and Water Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act (WIFIA) funding. Provide information on wastewater treatment plant projects that required full plant startup and commissioning. The prospective offeror shall submit a one -page 11 -inch x 17 -inch organizational chart for the proposed team delivering the project, including subcontractors, and up to 2 -page resumes for Key Staff identified as: the project manager, project superintendent, scheduler, quality control, and commissioning coordinators. Include key subcontractors included in the proposed team, what value they bring to the team, and experience with large water/wastewater treatment plant projects. Highlight projects where subcontractor and prime contractor have worked together. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 10 of 30 Contractor and subcontractors shall document experience working with key equipment suppliers. Scoring will include all components of the project team's experience, to include general contractor, general contractor's key team members, and key subcontractors. Provide in narrative form why Contractor is confident their assembled team is experienced and competent to perform this work. The Key Staff resumes should include a list of all projects completed within the last five (5) years to demonstrate ability to coordinate complex water and/or wastewater treatment plant work and to perform work while maintaining critical shutdown schedules, regardless of by whom they were employed. Provide list of contact persons for all projects (preferably field inspectors or resident engineers) with names and phone numbers for the last five years' projects. Provide the Offeror's Worker's Compensation Insurance Experience Modification Rate (EMR) for the past three years as evidenced in Workmen's Compensation Insurance premiums. Selection Committee members will subjectively evaluate the information submitted based on review of the references, key staff, major subcontractor experience, successful work using similar treatment processes, and previous work in the past ten years and assign up to a maximum of 10 points. 17.1.5. PROJECT APPROACH AND SCHEDULE: 20 points total Offerors shall submit a detailed narrative of their specific approach to completing the project milestones and project in total within the times indicated in the contract documents. Provide proposed approach related to the startup and commissioning plan for Mary's Creek. Project specific information to be provided includes: 1. Prepare an up to 10 -page Preliminary Summary Critical Path Method (CPM) schedule showing Offeror's plan to complete the Project and meet milestone 0, milestone 1, milestone z, and the substantial and final completion 3 milestones presented in the documents. Refer to the Agreement for the time allowed for each milestone and the liquidated damages for each of the deadlines. 2. Provide an up to 5 -page narrative summary to describe: a. The Contractor's approach to meeting the schedule in narrative form. Clearly identify key milestones and completion dates important to the Contractor's completion of the project. b. The number of General Contractor crews and Subcontractor crews, their roles and responsibilities, and critical equipment throughout the construction duration. c. The top five risks the Offeror sees in constructing this project and what their planned risk mitigation approach is for each. d. A narrative description discussing the Offeror's approach to quality control on -site and safety. e. Potential innovative approaches to completing the work that may provide additional value to the City, and value engineering options that would provide additional cost savings to the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 11 of 30 f. Higher scoring will be assessed to submittals that are sufficiently detailed to show the Contractor has considered all of the work components (to include critical equipment deliveries), meets project milestones, and complies with contractual substantial and final completion dates. 3. Provide an up to 5 -page approach to discuss the Offeror's approach to testing, training, start-up and commissioning. The Selection Committee members will evaluate the information submitted for approach and schedule and assign up to a maximum score of 20 points. Scores will be based on the Offeror's thoroughness of the approach to construction and the construction schedule provided in the proposal; understanding of the project schedule as a whole and specifically the ability to meet the milestone completion dates; innovative approaches to completing the project that may provide additional value to the City; value engineering options that would provide additional cost savings to the City; and the thoroughness regarding plant startup and commissioning. 17.2. City reserves the right to reject any or all Proposals, including without limitation the rights to reject any or all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Proposals and to reject the Proposal of any Offeror if City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Offeror. City reserves the right to waive informalities not involving price, contract time or changes in the Work and award a contract to such Offeror. Discrepancies between the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of the words. 17.2.1. Any or all Proposals will be rejected if City has reason to believe that collusion exists among the Offerors, Offeror is an interested party to any litigation against City, City or Offeror may have a claim against the other or be engaged in litigation, Offeror is in arrears on any existing contract or has defaulted on a previous contract, Offeror has performed a prior contract in an unsatisfactory manner, or Offeror has uncompleted work which in the judgment of the City will prevent or hinder the prompt completion of additional work if awarded. 17.3. In addition to Offeror's relevant qualifications, City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work where the identity of such Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations must be submitted as provided in the Contract Documents or upon the request of the City. City also may consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance data and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 12 of 30 17.4. City may conduct such investigations as City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Offeror and to establish the responsibility, qualifications, and financial ability of Offerors, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 17.5. Contractor shall perform with his own organization, work of a value not less than 35% of the value embraced on the Contract, unless otherwise approved by the City. 17.6. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the responsible and responsive Offeror whose evaluation by City indicates that the award will be in the best interests of the City. After ranking the proposals, the City will first attempt to negotiate a contract with selected Offeror. City and its Engineer may discuss with the selected Offeror options for a scope or time modification and any price change associated with the modification. If the City is unable to negotiate a contract with the selected Offeror, the City shall, formally and in writing, terminate negotiations with that Offeror and proceed to the next Offeror in the order of the selection ranking until a contract is reached or all proposals are rejected. 17.7. Pursuant to Texas Government Code Chapter 2252.001, the City will not award contract to a Nonresident Offeror unless the Nonresident Offeror's proposal is lower than the lowest proposal submitted by a responsible Texas Offeror by the same amount that a Texas resident offeror would be required to underbid a Nonresident Offeror to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident's principal place of business is located. 17.8. A contract is not awarded until formal City Council authorization. If the Contract is to be awarded, City will award the Contract within 90 days after the day of the Proposal opening unless extended in writing. No other act of City or others will constitute acceptance of a Proposal. Upon the contract award, a Notice of Award will be issued by the City. 17.8.1. The contractor is required to fill out and sign the Certificate of Interested Parties Form 1295 and the form must be submitted to the Project Manager before the contract will be presented to the City Council. The form can be obtained at https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/data/forms/1295/1295.pdf 17.9. Failure or refusal to comply with the requirements may result in rejection of Proposal. 18. SIGNING OF AGREEMENT 18.1. When City issues a Notice of Award to the Successful Offeror, it will be accompanied by an electronic copy of the project manual. Within 14 days thereafter, Contractor shall sign the Agreement. and return the contract book with the required Bonds, Certificates of Insurance, and all other required documentation. 18.2. City shall thereafter deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor. 19. PROJECT FUNDING CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 0021 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 13 of 30 19.1. The Mary's Creek WRF Project is expected to be funded from the Water Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act (WIFIA) loan and a Texas Water Development Board (TWDB) loans, which include SRF funds. The Offeror will be responsible for meeting requirements related to these loans. Refer to the funding guidance documents in Appendix III. 19.1.1. Any contract(s) awarded under this Invitation to Offerors is/are subject to the American Iron and Steel (AIS) requirements of 33 U.S.C §1388 for Clean Water State Revolving Fund projects or Public Law 114-113, Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2016. The Contractor must complete the statement of understanding regarding this requirement, found in Section III Supplemental Contract Conditions, Item No. 9. The statement of understanding must be signed by the Contractor. 19.1.2. The City has received a waiver for BABA requirements for this project confirmed by the EPA in an email dated February 19, 2025. 19.1.3. Refer to Section 00 80 00 and 00 80 01 for TWDB forms required with submittal of proposal. 19.2. This contract is contingent upon release of funds from the Texas Water Development Board. Any contract(s) awarded under this Invitation to Offerors is/are expected to be funded in part by a loan or loan with principal forgiveness from the TWDB and a grant from the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). Neither the State of Texas, the EPA, nor any of its departments, agencies, or employees, are or will be a party to this Invitation to Offerors or any resulting contract. 19.3. All qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 14 of 30 19.4. Davis -Bacon prevailing wage requirements apply to the construction, alteration or repair of treatment works carried out, in whole or in part, with assistance made available by the Clean Water State Revolving Fund (CWSRF). The Davis -Bacon prevailing wage requirements apply to Contractors and Subcontractors performing on federally funded or assisted contracts in excess of $2,000 for the construction, alteration or repair (including painting) of a treatment works project under the CWSRF. For prime contracts in excess of $100,000, Contractors and Subcontractors must also, under the provisions of the Contract Wage Hours and Safety Standards Act (CWHSSA), as amended, pay laborers and mechanics, including guards and watchmen, at least one and one-half times their regular rate of pay for all hours worked over 40 in a workweek. The Fair Labor Standards Act may also apply to Davis -Bacon covered contracts. Any contracts in excess of $2,000 must include the provisions of the Davis -Bacon Wage Rate Requirements. See Section III, Paragraph 10, Option 1 (governmental entities) and Option 2 (non -governmental entities) for contract clauses required for Davis -Bacon requirements. This information is also included in TWDB Guidance DB-0156, Appendix 1, Section 3, Section 4, and Section 5. The Contractor must ensure all prime contracts include the same full text in any subcontracts. The Owner must be able to review subcontracts to verify compliance. See TWDB Guidance DB-0 156 for the text of the contract language that must be included. Additional information on Davis -Bacon Wage Rate Requirements and its applicability to this contract can be found in TWDB Guidance DB-0156. 19.5. Contract and Subcontract Provisions The CONTRACTOR acknowledges that by entering into this contract with a contracting agency, funded by an EPA Assistance agreement (Grant), the Contractor agrees to comply with the following terms and conditions in accordance with 29 CFD 5.5 if this contract is for activities covered under Davis -Bacon and Related Acts (DBRA) and exceeds (or will exceed) $2,000. Definitions for many of the terms used below are provided in 29 CFR 5.2. 19.5.1. Minimum Wages. 19.5.1.1. Wage Rates and Fringe Benefits All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work (or otherwise working in construction or development of the project under a development statute), will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR part 3)), the full amount of basic hourly wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 15 of 30 As provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, the appropriate wage determinations are effective by operation of law even if they have not been attached to the contract. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under the Davis -Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 3141(2)(B)) on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of 29 CFR 5.5(a)(l)(v) of this section; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification(s) of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided, that the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iii) of this section) and the Davis -Bacon poster (WH-1321) must be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. 19.5.1.2. Frequently Recurring Classifications 19.5.1.2.1. In addition to wage and fringe benefit rates that have bene determined to be prevailing under the procedures set forth in 29 CFR Part 1, a wage determination may contain, pursuant to 29 CFR 1.3(f), wage and fringe benefit rates for classifications of laborers and mechanics for which conformance requests are regularly submitted pursuant to 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iii), provided that: 19.5.1.2.1.1. The work performed by the classification is not performed by a classification in the wage determination for which a prevailing wage rate has been determined; 19.5.1.2.1.2. The classification is used in the area by the construction industry; and 19.5.1.2.1.3. The wage rate for the classification bears a reasonable relationship to the prevailing wage rates contained in the wage determination. 19.5.1.2.2. The Administrator will establish wage rates for such classifications in accordance with 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iii)(A)(3) of this section. Work performed in such a classification must be paid at no less than the wage and fringe benefit rate listed on the wage determination for such classification. 19.5.1.3. Conformance 19.5.1.3.1. The contracting officer must require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 16 of 30 Conformance of an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits is appropriate only when the following criteria have been met: 19.5.1.3.1.1. The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and 19.5.1.3.1.2. The classification is used in the area by the construction industry; and 19.5.1.3.1.3. The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. 19.5.1.3.2. The conformance process may not be used to split, subdivide, or otherwise avoid application of classifications listed in the wage determination. 19.5.1.3.3. If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken will be sent by the contracting officer by email to the TWDB. The TWDB will transmit the request to DBAconformance@dol.gov. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification request within 30 days of receipt and so advise the TWDB or will notify the TWDB within the 30 -day period that additional time is necessary. 19.5.1.3.4. In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the TWDB will, by email to DBAconformance@dol.gov, refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt of the request and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30 -day period that additional time is necessary. 19.5.1.3.5. The contracting officer must promptly notify the contractor of the action taken by the Wage and Hour Division under paragraphs (a)(1)(iii)(C) and (D) of this section. The contractor must furnish a written copy of such determination to each affected worker, or it must be posted as part of the wage determination. The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(iii)(C) or (D) of this section must be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. 19.5.1.4. Fringe benefits not expressed as an hourly rate. Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor may either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or may pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. 19.5.1.5. Unfunded plans. If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may consider as part of the wages of any CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 17 of 30 laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, Provided, That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, in accordance with the criteria set forth in 29 CFR 5.28, that the applicable standards of the Davis -Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. 19.5.1.6. Interest. In the event of a failure to pay all or part of the wages required by the contract, the contractor will be required to pay interest on any underpayment of wages. 19.5.2. Withholding. 19.5.2.1. Withholding requirements. The EPA, grant recipient, subrecipient at any tier, and/or contracting agency may, upon its own action, or must, upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to satisfy the liabilities of the prime contractor or any subcontractor for the full amount of wages and monetary relief, including interest, required by the clauses set forth in paragraph (a) of this section for violations of this contract, or to satisfy any such liabilities required by any other Federal contract, or federally assisted contract subject to Davis -Bacon labor standards, that is held by the same prime contractor (as defined in 29 CFR 5.2). The necessary funds may be withheld from the contractor under this contract, any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally assisted contract that is subject to Davis -Bacon labor standards requirements and is held by the same prime contractor, regardless of whether the other contract was awarded or assisted by the same agency, and such funds may be used to satisfy the contractor liability for which the funds were withheld. In the event of a contractor's failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice or helper working on the site of the work (or otherwise working in construction or development of the project under a development statute) all or part of the wages required by the contract, or upon the contractor's failure to submit the required records as discussed in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(iv) of this section, the EPA, grant recipient, subrecipient at any tier, and/or contracting agency may on its own initiative and after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. 19.5.2.2. Priority to withheld funds. The Department has priority to funds withheld or to be withheld in accordance with 29 CFR 5.5(a)(2)(i) or 29 CFR 5.5(b)(3)(i) of this section, or both, over claims to those funds by: 19.5.2.2.1. A contractor's surety(ies), including without limitation performance bond sureties and payment bond sureties; 19.5.2.2.2. A contracting agency for its reprocurement costs; 19.5.2.2.3. A trustee(s) (either a court -appointed trustee or a U.S. trustee, or both) in bankruptcy of a contractor, or a contractor's bankruptcy estate; CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 18 of 30 19.5.2.2.4. A contractor's assignee(s); 19.5.2.2.5. A contractor's successor(s); or 19.5.2.2.6. A claim asserted under the Prompt Payment Act, 31 U.S.C. 3901-3907. 19.5.3. Records and Certified payrolls 19.5.3.1. Basic record requirements 19.5.3.1.1. Length of record retention. All regular payrolls and other basic records must be maintained by the contractor and any subcontractor during the course of the work and preserved for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work (or otherwise working in construction or development of the project under a development statute) for a period of at least three (3) years after all the work on the prime contract is completed. 19.5.3.1.2. Information required. Such records must contain the name; Social Security number; last known address, telephone number, and email of each such worker; each worker's correct classification(s) of work actually performed; hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in 40 U.S.C. 3141(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act); daily and weekly number of hours actually worked in total and on each covered contract; deductions made; and actual wages paid. 19.5.3.1.3. Additional records relating to fringe benefits. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(v) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in 40 U.S.C. 3141(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act, the contractor must maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. 19.5.3.1.4. Additional records relating to apprenticeship. Contractors with apprentices working under approved programs must maintain written evidence of the apprenticeship programs, the registration of the apprentices, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. 19.5.3.2. Certified payroll requirements. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 19 of 30 19.5.3.2.1. Frequency and method of submission. The contractor or subcontractor must submit weekly, for each week in which any DBA- or Related Acts- covered work is performed, certified payrolls to the contracting agency if the agency is a party to the contract, but if the agency is not such a party, the contractor will submit the certified payrolls to the applicant, sponsor, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, that maintains such records, for transmission to the contracting agency. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of all certified payrolls by all subcontractors. A contracting agency or prime contractor may permit or require contractors to submit certified payrolls through an electronic system, as long as the electronic system requires a legally valid electronic signature; the system allows the contractor, the contracting agency, and the Department of Labor to access the certified payrolls upon request for at least three (3) years after the work on the prime contract has been completed; and the contracting agency or prime contractor permits other methods of submission in situations where the contractor is unable or limited in its ability to use or access the electronic system. 19.5.3.2.2. Information required. The certified payrolls submitted must set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i)(B), except that full Social Security numbers and las known addresses, telephone numbers, and email addresses must not be included on the weekly transmittals. Instead the certified payrolls need only include an individually identifying number for each worker (e.g., the last four digits of the worker's Social Security number). The required weekly certified payroll information may be submitted using Optional Form WH-347 or in any other format desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this purpose from the Wage and Hour Division Web site at https://www.dol.gov/sites/dolgov/files/WHD/legacy/files/wh347/.pdf or its successor website. It is not a violation of this section for a prime contractor to require a subcontractor to provide full Social Security numbers and last known addresses, telephone numbers, and email addresses to the prime contractor for its own records, without weekly submission by the subcontractor to the sponsoring government agency (or the applicant, sponsor, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, that maintains such records). 19.5.3.2.3. Statement of Compliance Each certified payroll submitted must be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the contractor or subcontractor, or the contractor's or subcontractor's agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons working on the contract, and must certify the following: 19.5.3.2.3.1. That the certified payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be provided under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(iii), and such information and records are correct and complete. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 20 of 30 19.5.3.2.3.2. That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper and apprentice) working on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in 29 CFR part 3; and 19.5.3.2.3.3. That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification(s) of work actually performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. 19.5.3.2.4. Use of Optional Form WH-347 The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(ii)(C). 19.5.3.2.5. Signature The signature by the contractor, subcontractor, or the contractor's or subcontractor's agent must be an original handwritten signature or a legally valid electronic signature. 19.5.3.2.6. Falsification The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under 18 U.S.C. 1001 and 31 U.S.C. 3729. 19.5.3.2.7. Length of certified payroll retention The contractor or subcontractor must preserve all certified payrolls during the course of the work for a period of three (3) years after all the work on the prime contract is completed. 19.5.3.3. Contracts, subcontracts, and related documents The contractor or subcontractor must maintain this contract or subcontract and related documents including, without limitation, bids, proposals, amendments, modifications, and extensions. The contractor or subcontractor must preserve these contracts, subcontracts, and related documents during the course of the work and for a period of three (3) years after all the work on the prime contract is completed. 19.5.3.4. Required Disclosures and access 19.5.3.4.1. Required record disclosure and access to workers The contractor or subcontractor must make the records required under paragraph (a)(3)(i) through (iii) of this section, and any other documents that the EPA, recipient, or subrecipient at any tier, and/or contracting agency, or the Department of Labor deems necessary to determine compliance with the labor standards provisions of any of the applicable 29 CFR 5.1, available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the TWDB, EPA, recipient, or subrecipient at any tier, and/or contracting agency, or the Department of Labor, and must permit such representatives to interview workers during working hours on the job. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 21 of 30 19.5.3.4.2. Sanctions for non-compliance with records and worker access requirements If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, or refuse to permit worker interviews during working hours on the job, the Federal agency may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, that maintains such records or that employs such workers, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available, or to permit worker interviews during working hours on the job, may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. In addition, any contractor or other person that fails to submit the required records or make those records available to WHD within the time WHD requests that the records be produced will be precluded from introducing as evidence in an administrative proceeding under 29 CFR part 6 any of the required records that were not provided or made available to WHD. WHD will take into consideration a reasonable request from the contractor or person for an extension of the time for submission of records. WHD will determine the reasonableness of the request and may consider, among other things, the location of the records and the volume of production. 19.5.3.4.3. Required information disclosures Contractors and subcontractors must maintain the full Social Security number and last known address, telephone number, and email address of each covered worker, and must provide them upon request to the Environmental Protection Agency if the agency is a party to the contract, or to the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor. If the Federal agency is not such a party to the contract, the contractor, subcontractor, or both, must, upon request, provide the full Social Security number and last known address, telephone number, and email address of each covered worker to the applicant, sponsor, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, that maintains such records, for transmission to the EPA, recipient, or subrecipient at any tier, contracting agency, the contractor, or the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor for purposes of an investigation or other compliance action. 19.5.4. Apprentices and Equal Employment Opportunity 19.5.4.1. Apprentices CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 0021 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 22 of 30 19.5.4.1.1. Rate of Pay Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Office of Apprenticeship (OA), or with a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice, will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they perform in the first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such a program. In the event the OA or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the OA withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to use apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. 19.5.4.1.2. Fringe benefits Apprentices must be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringe benefits must be paid in accordance with that determination. 19.5.4.1.3. Apprenticeship ratio The allowable ratio of apprentices to journey workers on the job site in any craft classification must not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program or the ratio applicable to the locality of the project pursuant to 29 CFR 5.5(a)(4)(i)(D). Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(4)(i)(A), must be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under this section must be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. 19.5.4.1.4. Reciprocity of ratios and wage rates Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than the locality in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journey worker's hourly rate) applicable within the locality in which the construction is being performed must be observed. If there is no applicable ratio or wage rate for the locality of the project, the ratio and wage rate specified in the contractor's registered program must be observed. 19.5.4.2. Equal employment opportunity The use of apprentices and journey workers under this part must be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR part 30. 19.5.5. Reserved. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 0021 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 23 of 30 19.5.6. Subcontracts The contractor or subcontractor must insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in paragraphs (a)(1) through (11) of this section or a link to the DBRA Requirements for Contractors and Subcontractors Under EPA Grants document on EPA's Contract Provisions for Davis -Bacon and Related Acts webpage, along with the applicable wage determination(s) and such other clauses or contract modifications as the Environmental Protection Agency may by appropriate instructions require, and a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses and wage determination(s) in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor is responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in this section. In the event of any violations of these clauses, the Prime Contractor and any Subcontractor(s) responsible will be liable for any unpaid wages and monetary relief, including interest from the date of the underpayment or loss, due to any workers of lower -tier Subcontractors, and may be subject to debarment, as appropriate. 19.5.7. Reserved. 19.5.8. Reserved. 19.5.9. Reserved. 19.5.10. Certificate of Eligibility 19.5.10.1. By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of 40 U.S.C. 3144(b) or § 5.12(a). 19.5.10.2. No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of 40 U.S.C. 3144(b) or § 5.12(a). 19.5.10.3. The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Code, Title 18 Crimes and Criminal Procedure, 18 U.S.C. 1001. 19.5.11.Anti-Retaliation It is unlawful for any person to discharge, demote, intimidate, threaten, restrain, coerce, blacklist, harass, or in any other manner discriminate against, or to cause any person to discharge, demote, intimidate, threaten, restrain, coerce, blacklist, harass, or in any other manner discriminate against, any worker or job applicant for: 19.5.11.1. Notifying any contractor of any conduct which the worker reasonably believes constitutes a violation of the DBA, Related Acts, this part, or 29 CFR part 1 or 3; 19.5.11.2. Filing any complaint, initiating or causing to be initiated any proceeding, or otherwise asserting or seeking to assert on behalf of themselves or others any right or protection under the DBA, Related Acts, this part, or 29 CFR part 1 or 3; 19.5.11.3. Cooperating in any investigation or other compliance action, or testifying in any proceeding under the DBA, Related Acts, this part, or 29 CFR part 1 or 3; or (iv) Informing any other person about their rights under the DBA, Related Acts, this part, or 29 CFR part 1 or 3. 19.6. Contract Provisions for Contracts in Excess of $100,000 CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 0021 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 24 of 30 19.6.1. Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. The subrecipient shall insert the following clauses set forth in paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this section in full in any contract in an amount in excess of $100,000 and subject to the overtime provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. These clauses shall be inserted in addition to the clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5(a), above or 29 CFR 4.6. As used in this paragraph, the terms "laborers and mechanics" include watchmen and guards. 19.6.1.1. Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which they are employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. 19.6.1.2. Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b)(1) the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefore shall be liable for the unpaid wages and interest from the date of the underpayment. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchpersons and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b)(1), in the sum of $32 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b)(1). 19.6.1.3. Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages 19.6.1.3.1. Withholding process. The subrecipient may, upon its own action, or must upon the request of the EPA Award Official or an authorized representative of the Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to satisfy the liabilities of the prime contractor or any subcontractor for any unpaid wages; monetary relief, including interest; and liquidated damages required by the clauses set forth in this 29 CFR 5.5(b) on this contract, any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally -assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, that is held by the same prime contractor (as defined in 29 CFR 5.2). The necessary funds may be withheld from the contractor under this contract, any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally assisted contract that is subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act and is held by the same prime contractor, regardless of whether the other contract was awarded or assisted by the same agency, and such funds may be used to satisfy the contractor liability for which the funds were withheld. 19.6.1.3.2. Priority to withheld funds. The Department has priority to funds withheld or to be withheld in accordance with 29 CFR 5.5(a)(2)(i) or 29 CFR 5.5(b)(3)(i) of this section, or both, over claims to those funds by: 19.6.1.3.2.1. A contractor's surety(ies), including without limitation performance bond sureties and payment bond sureties; CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 25 of 30 19.6.1.3.2.2. A contracting agency for its reprocurement costs; 19.6.1.3.2.3. A trustee(s) (either a court -appointed trustee or a U.S. trustee, or both) in bankruptcy of a contractor, or a contractor's bankruptcy estate; 19.6.1.3.2.4. A contractor's assignee(s); 19.6.1.3.2.5. A contractor's successor(s); or 19.6.1.3.2.6. A claim asserted under the Prompt Payment Act, 31 U.S.C. 3901-3907. 19.6.1.4. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor must insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b)(1) through (5) and a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b)(1) through (5). In the event of any violations of these clauses, the prime contractor and any subcontractor(s) responsible will be liable for any unpaid wages and monetary relief, including interest from the date of the underpayment or loss, due to any workers of lower -tier subcontractors, and associated liquidated damages and may be subject to debarment, as appropriate. 19.6.1.5. Anti -retaliation. It is unlawful for any person to discharge, demote, intimidate, threaten, restrain, coerce, blacklist, harass, or in any other manner discriminate against, or to cause any person to discharge, demote, intimidate, threaten, restrain, coerce, blacklist, harass, or in any other manner discriminate against, any worker or job applicant for: 19.6.1.5.1. Notifying any contractor of any conduct which the worker reasonably believes constitutes a violation of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (CWHSSA) or its implementing regulations in this part; 19.6.1.5.2. Filing any complaint, initiating or causing to be initiated any proceeding, or otherwise asserting or seeking to assert on behalf of themselves or others any right or protection under CWHSSA or this part; 19.6.1.5.3. Cooperating in any investigation or other compliance action, or testifying in any proceeding under CWHSSA or this part; or 19.6.1.5.4. Informing any other person about their rights under CWHSSA or this part. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 0021 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 26 of 30 19.6.2. CWHSSA required records clause. In addition to the clauses contained in 29 CFR 5.5(b), in any contract subject only to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act and not to any of the other laws referenced by 29 CFR 5.1, the Subrecipient must insert a clause requiring that the contractor or subcontractor must maintain payrolls and basic records during the course of the work and must preserve them for a period of three (3) years after all the work on the prime contract is completed for all laborers and mechanics, including guards and watchpersons, working on the contract. Such records must contain the name; last known address, telephone number, and email address; and social security number of each such worker; each workers' correct classification(s) of work actually performed, hourly rates of wages paid, daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made, and actual wages paid. Further, the Subrecipient must insert in any such contract a clause providing that the records to be maintained under this paragraph must be made available by the contractor or subcontractor for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the EPA, TWDB, and the Department of Labor, and the contractor or subcontractor will permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. 19.6.3. Incorporation of contract clauses and wage determinations by reference. Although agencies are required to insert the contract clauses set forth in this section, along with appropriate wage determinations, in full into covered contracts, and contractors and subcontractors are required to insert them in any lower -tier subcontracts, the incorporation by reference of the required contract clauses and appropriate wage determinations will be given the same force and effect as if they were inserted in full text. 19.6.4. Incorporation by operation of law. The contract clauses set forth in this section (or their equivalent under the Federal Acquisition Regulation), along with the correct wage determinations, will be considered to be a part of every prime contract required by the applicable statutes referenced by 29 CFR 5.1 to include such clauses, and will be effective by operation of law, whether or not they are included or incorporated by reference into such contract, unless the Administrator grants a variance, tolerance, or exemption from the application of this paragraph. Where the clauses and applicable wage determinations are effective by operation of law under this paragraph, the prime contractor must be compensated for any resulting increase in wages in accordance with applicable law. 19.7. Compliance Verification and Enforcement 19.7.1. Agency responsibilities CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 27 of 30 19.7.1.1. (i) The Federal agency has the initial responsibility to ascertain whether the clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5 and the appropriate wage determination(s) have been incorporated into the contracts subject to the labor standards provisions of the laws referenced by 29 CFR 5.1. Additionally, a Federal agency that provides Federal financial assistance that is subject to the labor standards provisions of the Act must promulgate the necessary regulations or procedures to require the recipient or sub -recipient of the Federal assistance to insert in its contracts the provisions of 29 CFR 5.5. No payment, advance, grant, loan, or guarantee of funds will be approved by the Federal agency unless it ensures that the clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5 and the appropriate wage determination(s) are incorporated into such contracts. Furthermore, no payment, advance, grant, loan, or guarantee of funds will be approved by the Federal agency after the beginning of construction unless there is on file with the Federal agency a certification by the contractor that the contractor and its subcontractors have complied with the provisions of 29 CFR 5.5 or unless there is on file with the Federal agency a certification by the contractor that there is a substantial dispute with respect to the required provisions. 19.7.1.1.1. If a contract subject to the labor standards provisions of the applicable statutes referenced by 29 CFR 5.1 is entered into without the incorporation of the clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5, the agency must, upon the request of the Administrator or upon its own initiative, either terminate and resolicit the contract with the required contract clauses, or incorporate the required clauses into the contract (or ensure they are so incorporated) through supplemental agreement, change order, or any and all authority that may be needed. Where an agency has not entered directly into such a contract but instead has provided Federal financial assistance, the agency must ensure that the recipient or sub -recipient of the Federal assistance similarly incorporates the clauses required into its contracts. The method of incorporation of the correct wage determination, and adjustment in contract price, where appropriate, should be in accordance with applicable law. Additionally, the following requirements apply: 19.7.1.1.1.1. Unless the Administrator directs otherwise, the incorporation of the clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5 must be retroactive to the date of contract award or start of construction if there is no award. 19.7.1.1.1.2. If this incorporation occurs as the result of a request from the Administrator, the incorporation must take place within 30 days of the date of that request, unless the agency has obtained an extension from the Administrator. 19.7.1.1.1.3. The contractor must be compensated for any increases in wages resulting from incorporation of a missing contract clause. 19.7.1.1.1.4. If the recipient refuses to incorporate the clauses as required, the agency must make no further payment, advance, grant, loan, or guarantee of funds in connection with the contract until the recipient incorporates the required clauses into its contract, and must promptly refer the dispute to the Administrator for further proceedings under 29 CFR 5.13. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 0021 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 28 of 30 19.7.1.1.1.5. Before terminating a contract pursuant to this section, the agency must withhold or cross -withhold sufficient funds to remedy any back wage liability resulting from the failure to incorporate the correct wage determination or otherwise identify and obligate sufficient funds through a termination settlement agreement, bond, or other satisfactory mechanism. 19.7.1.1.1.6. Notwithstanding the requirement to incorporate the contract clauses and correct wage determination within 30 days, the contract clauses and correct wage determination will be effective by operation of law, retroactive to the beginning of construction, in accordance with 29 CFR 5.5(e). 19.7.1.1.2. Certified payrolls submitted pursuant to 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(ii) must be preserved by the Federal agency for a period of three (3) years after all the work on the prime contract is completed, and must be produced at the request of the Department of Labor at any time during the 3 -year period, regardless of whether the Department of Labor has initiated an investigation or other compliance action. 19.7.1.1.2.1. In situations where the Federal agency does not itself maintain certified payrolls required to be submitted pursuant to 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(ii), upon the request of the Department of Labor the Federal agency must ensure that such certified payrolls are provided to the Department of Labor. Such certified payrolls may be provided by the applicant, sponsor, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, directly to the Department of Labor, or to the Federal agency which, in turn, must provide those records to the Department of Labor. 19.7.1.1.3. The Federal agency will cause such investigations to be made as may be necessary to assure compliance with the labor standards clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5 and the applicable statutes referenced in 29 CFR 5.1. Investigations will be made of all contracts with such frequency as may be necessary to assure compliance. Such investigations will include interviews with workers, which must be taken in confidence, and examinations of certified payrolls, regular payrolls, and other basic records required to be maintained under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3). In making such examinations, particular care must be taken to determine the correctness of classification(s) of work actually performed, and to determine whether there is a disproportionate amount of work by laborers and of apprentices registered in approved programs. Such investigations must also include evidence of fringe benefit plans and payments thereunder. Federal agencies must give priority to complaints of alleged violations. 19.7.1.1.4. In accordance with normal operating procedures, the contracting agency may be furnished various investigatory material from the investigation files of the Department of Labor. None of the material, other than computations of back wages, liquidated damages, and monetary relief for violations of 29 CFR 5.5(a)(11) or (b)(5), and the summary of back wages due, may be disclosed in any manner to anyone other than Federal officials charged with administering the contract or program providing Federal assistance to the contract, without requesting the permission and views of the Department of Labor. 19.7.1.2. Department of Labor Investigations and other compliance actions CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 29 of 30 19.7.1.2.1. The Administrator will investigate and conduct other compliance actions as deemed necessary in order to obtain compliance with the labor standards provisions of the applicable statutes referenced by 29 CFR 5.1, or to affirm or reject the recommendations by the Agency Head with respect to labor standards matters arising under the statutes referenced by 29 CFR 5.1. 19.7.1.2.2. Federal agencies, contractors, subcontractors, sponsors, applicants, owners, or other entities, as the case may be, must cooperate with any authorized representative of the Department of Labor in the inspection of records, in interviews with workers, and in all other aspects of the investigations or other compliance actions. 19.7.1.2.3. The findings of such an investigation or other compliance action, including amounts found due, may not be altered or reduced without the approval of the Department of Labor. 19.7.1.2.4. Where the underpayments disclosed by such an investigation or other compliance action total $1,000 or more, where there is reason to believe that the contractor or subcontractor has disregarded its obligations to workers or subcontractors, or where liquidated damages may be assessed under CWHSSA, the Department of Labor will furnish the Federal agency an enforcement report detailing the labor standards violations disclosed by the investigation or other compliance action and any action taken by the contractor or subcontractor to correct the violations, including any payment of back wages or any other relief provided workers or remedial actions taken for violations of 29 CFR 5.5(a)(11) or (b)(5). In other circumstances, the Department of Labor will furnish the Federal agency a notification summarizing the findings of the investigation or other compliance action. 19.7.1.3. Confidentiality requirements. It is the policy of the Department of Labor to protect from disclosure the identity of its confidential sources and to prevent an unwarranted invasion of personal privacy. Accordingly, the identity of a worker or other informant who makes a written or oral statement as a complaint or in the course of an investigation or other compliance action, as well as portions of the statement which would tend to reveal the identity of the informant, will not be disclosed in any manner to anyone other than Federal officials without the prior consent of the informant. Disclosure of such statements is also governed by the provisions of the "Freedom of Information Act" (5 U.S.C. 552, see part 70 of this subtitle) and the "Privacy Act of 1974" (5 U.S.C. 552a, see part 71 of this subtitle). 19.8. Pursuant to Recent Executive Orders 19.8.1. The Contractor may not engage in any racially discriminatory DEI activities. 19.8.2. The Contractor must supply requested records, reports, and access to materials so the contracting agency can verify compliance. 19.8.3. Penalties would allow for the cancellation, termination, or suspension of the Contract, and the violating party may be barred from future federal contracts. 19.8.4. The Contractor must notify the City of any subcontractor behavior that is known —or reasonably should be known —to violate this order and must take any corrective actions the City directs. 19.8.5. The Contractor must inform the City if any subcontractor sues the Contractor and the lawsuit challenges the validity of this clause. 19.8.6. The Contractor will certify that it understands that compliance with this clause is material to government payment decisions under the False Claims Act. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 30 of 30 20. ITEM OF NOTE FOR OFFERORS 20.1. Offeror's attention is called to specification section 26 29 86 Part 2.03.H requirement for control panel wiring to be tinned stranded copper. 20.2. City shall furnish all chemical used for testing and startup of equipment systems. 20.3. City shall pay Oncor Contribution in Aid Construction (CAIC) outside of this contract. Project shall include work associated with Oncor onsite installation as defined in Section 26 00 00. 20.4. Offeror's attention is called to the biological process startup requirements in Section 01 9114 Equipment Testing and Facility Startup. 21. CONTINGENCY PROPOSAL ITEMS 21.1. Contingency Proposal Items included in the Proposal and in accordance with Section 01 2110 Unit Bid Items include the following: 21.1.1. Proposal Item 6 — Signage. Allowance for furnishing additional signage complete in place not included in Section 10 14 00 Signage only when ordered in writing by the City. 21.1.2. Proposal Item 18 — City's Allowance. Allowance for unanticipated items encountered during the course of construction, to be used only when ordered in writing by the City. 22. PRESELECTED CONTRACTS AND EQUIPMENT TO BE ASSUMED BY CONTRACTOR 22.1. The CITY has received equipment proposals from equipment manufacturers and selected suppliers listed in Section 01 11 17 INSTALLATION OF PRESELECTED EQUIPMENT. The proposals for the pre -selected equipment listed in Section 01 11 17 INSTALLATION OF PRESELECTED EQUIPMENT will be assigned to the CONTRACTOR for their purchase. The purchase price for these items are listed in Proposal Items PS 1.1 and PS2.1 through PS2.7. 23. DOCUMENTS TO SUBMIT WITH PROPOSAL 23.1. Refer to Section 00 41 00 Proposal Form for a list of documents, forms, and other information to be submitted with the proposal. END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 00 35 13 CONFLICT OF INTEREST STATEMENT Page 1 of 1 SECTION 00 35 13 CONFLICT OF INTEREST STATEMENT Each bidder, offeror or respondent to a City of Fort Worth procurement is required to complete a Conflict of Interest Questionnaire or certify that one is current and on file with the City Secretary's Office pursuant to state law. If a member of the Fort Worth City Council, any one or more of the City Manager or Assistant City Managers, or an agent of the City who exercise discretion in the planning, recommending, selecting or contracting with a bidder, offeror or respondent is affiliated with your company, then a Local Government Officer Conflicts Disclosure Statement (CIS) may be required. You are urged to consult with counsel regarding the applicability of these forms and Local Government Code Chapter 176 to your company. The referenced forms may be downloaded from the links provided below. Form CIO (Conflict of Interest Questionnaire) (state.tx.us) https://www.ethics.state.txus/data/forms/conflict/CIS.r)df a CIQ Form does not apply CIQ Form is on file with City Secretary Q CIQ Form is being provided to the City Secretary C CIS Form does not apply a CIS Form is on File with City Secretary CIS Form is being provided to the City Secretary BIDDER: By: Webber WaLwofs, LLC Signature: Emilio LO'p Pacetti Title: President END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised September 19, 2025 00 41 00 Bid Proposal Workbook.xlsx PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 0041 00 PROPOSAL FORM Page 1 of 4 !!............... 2 3. Offeror ceifies that this Proposal is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed individual or enti and is not submifted in confoi with any collusive agreement or rules of any group,association,organization, or CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised 9/19/2025 0041 00 PROPOSAL FORM Page 2 of 4 �E� _ erstse!rr.E •L!•J•tfl.!.3 •S ................................ ' o CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised 9/19/2025 0041 00 PROPOSAL FORM Page 3 of4 This Proposal Form, Section 00 11 00, by the Statement of Qualifications a. outlined in Part b. Required Proposal 17 of Section Security, 00 Section accompanied 21 13. 00 43 13 issued by the requirements of Paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions a surety meeting c. n ff ror's Proposal d. Vendor Compliance For to State Section Law 00 n2 13 Non eg+ Bidder, Section 00 13 37 e. Subcontractor and Major Equipment Supplier List, Section 00 45 12 f new Interest Affidavit, Section 00 35 13 g. Proposal Desc..;bi g Contractor Exre a co Schedule and Approach h. ED 1O3 Contractor's Act of Assurance i. ED 104 Cont.-actor's J• III D 255 Bidder's k. S 101 Pis 1. TWDB 0459 Vendor Act Certification ent Spensi Compliance of Assurance n Resolution Certification Reciprocity Non Resident Bidders Contractor Acknowledgement with date) on MS Requirements (TWDB 0551, m. (Sign and of Appendix TTT' Section n. Signed addenda TTT 9 [page 15 of 61 ]) CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised 9/19/2025 0041 00 PROPOSAL FORM Page 4 of 4 Respectfully submitted, CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Revised 9/19/2025 Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility C01239 ATTACHMENT 1-1 /t\ 0041 00 PROPOSAL FORM Page 1 of 4 SECTION 00 41 00 PROPOSAL FORM To: The Purchasing Manager c/o: The Purchasing Division 100 Fort Worth Trail City of Fort Worth, Texas 76102 For: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility City Project No: 01239 Units/Sections: N/A 1. Enter Into Agreement The undersigned Offeror proposes and agrees, if this Proposal is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with City in the form included in the Proposal documents to perform and furnish all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Proposal Price and within the Contract Time indicated in this Proposal and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 2. Offeror Acknowledgements and Certification 2-1. In submitting this Proposal, Offeror accepts all of the terms and conditions of the INVITATION TO OFFERORS and INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of the Bid Bond. 2-2. Offeror is aware of all costs to provide the required insurance, will do so pending contract award, and will provide a valid insurance certificate meeting all requirements within 14 days of notification of award. 2-3. Offeror certifies that this Proposal is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any collusive agreement or rules of any group, association, organization, or corporation. 2-4. Offeror has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Offeror to submit a false or sham Proposal. 2-5. Offeror has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from proposing. 2-6. Offeror has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing for the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph: CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised 9/19/2025 0041 00 PROPOSAL FORM Page 2 of 4 a. "corrupt practice" means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of any thing of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the Proposal process. b. "fraudulent practice" means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to influence the proposal process to the detriment of City (b) to establish Proposal prices at artificial non-competitive levels, or (c) to deprive City of benefits of free and open competition. c. "collusive practice" means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Offerors, with or without the knowledge of City, a purpose of which is to establish Proposal prices at artificial, non-competitive levels. d. "coercive practice" means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, persons or their property to influence their participation in the proposal process or affect the execution of the Contract. 3. Qualification The Offeror acknowledges that the following work types must be performed only by qualified contractors and subcontractors: a. Water/Wastewater Treatment Facilities 4. Time of Completion 4-0. The work for Milestone 0 (Temporary Entrance Road) shall be complete by May 1, 2027. 7 4-1. The work for Milestone 1 (Equalization and Peak Flow Storage Basins and Drain Piping) shall be complete within 730 calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Paragraph 2.02 of the General Conditions. 4-2. The work will be Substantially complete within 1,200 calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Paragraph 2.02 of the General Conditions. 4-3. The work will be complete for Final Acceptance within 1,290 1,350 calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Paragraph 2.02 of the General Conditions. 4-4. Proposer accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the work {and/or achievement of Milestones} within the times specified in the Agreement. 4-5. The milestone dates will be modified in the Agreement to reflect those presented in the Proposal if they are less than specified above. Liquidated damages will apply to the modified number of days. 5. Attached to this Proposal The following documents are attached to and made part of this Proposal: CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised 9/19/2025 00 41 00 PROPOSAL FORM Page 3 of4 a. This Proposal Form, Section 00 41 00, accompanied by the Statement of Qualifications outlined in Part 17 of Section 00 21 13. b. Required Proposal Security, Section 00 43 13 issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions c. Offeror's Proposal Form, Section 00 42 43 d. Vendor Compliance to State Law Non Resident Bidder, Section 00 43 37 e. Subcontractor and Major Equipment Supplier List, Section 00 45 12 f. Conflict of Interest Affidavit, Section 00 35 13 g. Proposal Describing Contractor Experience, Schedule and Approach h. ED -103 Contractor's Act of Assurance i. ED -104 Contractor's Act of Assurance Resolution j. WRD-255 Bidder's Certification k. SRF-404 Disbarment/Suspension Certification 1. TWDB-0459 Vendor Compliance with Reciprocity on Non -Resident Bidders m. Contractor Acknowledgement (Sign and date) of AIS Requirements (TWDB-055 1, Appendix III, Section III.9 [page 15 of 61]) n. Signed addenda 6. Total Proposal Amount 6-1. Offeror will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the following proposal amount. In the space provided below, please enter the total proposal amount for this project. Only this figure will be read publicly by the City at the proposal Opening. 6-2. It is understood and agreed by the Offeror in signing this proposal that the total proposal amount entered below is subject to verification and/or modification by multiplying the unit proposal prices for each pay item by the respective estimated quantities shown in this proposal and then totaling all of the extended amounts. Total Proposal (Signature Page to Follow) CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Revised 9/19/2025 $537,982,128.13 Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility C01239 004100 PROPOSAL FORM Page 4 of 4 7. Proposal Submittal This proposal is submitted on 7/9/2026 (Date) Respectfully submitted, By: nature) Emilio Lopez Pa etti (Printed Name) Title: President Company: Webber Waterworks, LLC by the entity named below. Address: 1725 Hughes Landing Blvd., Suite 1200 The Woodlands, TX 77380 State of Incorporation: Texas Point of Contact: Peter Bailey Email: peter.bailey@wwebber.com Phone: 713-805-8788 END OF SECTION Receipt is acknowledged of the following Addenda: Ini al Addendum No. I Addendum No. 2: Addendum No. 3: Addendum No. 4: Addendum No. 5: Addendum No. 6: Addendum No. 7: Addendum No. 8: Addendum No. 9 Corporate Seal: CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised 911912025 004243 OFFEROR'S PROPOSAL FORM Page 1 of 6 SECTION 0042 43 3 OFFEROR'S PROPOSAL FORM 7 s Proposal Proposal Item No. Dcscnption of �,e Proposal Unit Prim Proposal Value 4 Construction of the Mary's Creek Wate,. necl.,m.,tie.,. F.,,,;l;t., Milestone 1 t scope substantial completion, excluding Proposal Items 2 2 Construction of the Mary's Creek Water Reclamation cility for all work to final Faii f. } completiony fetal except Proposal Items 1 and 3 through , Development, design,and implementation the TS I of excavation and support protection systems, by the Occupational as required Safety and Health Administration, frirnished and installed, continuously in monitored, complete and place 4 Development, design, and pleme...t.,tion of the Sto,..v. Water Pollution Prevention Plan, } y including necessary materials and coordination for compliance otr..i, with water regulations and ordinances, frirnished and installed, continuously monitored, in complete and place A Unit Price Proposal Item signage to be .LS 1 $5,000.00 $0..00 additional used directed in by the only as writing OWNER to in complete and 6 A Unit Price Proposal Item for C- m thshing and installing Class A 4000 additional psi (for slab on reiorced concrete CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised 2/08/24 004243 OFFEROR'S PROPOSAL FORM Page 2 of 6 Proposal Item No. Dseri en Unit of �� Proposal Un Value including excavation,forms, rota,., concrete, placement, and directed by OWNER, curing,as with all materials s and labor, complete in in place, accordance A Unit Price Proposal Item for y y furnishing and installing Class A 4000 additional psi items reinforced concrete (for other than slab on grade and grade beams), including forms, excavation,' concrete, rebar>placement,and curing, as .directed by OWNER,with all ; materials labor, and complete place, in accordance th 8 A Unit Price Proposal Item for LBS 10,008 $ y furnishing and installing additional reinforcing steel, in in complete place accordance 9 A Unit Price Proposal Item for 00 y thrnishing and installing additional concrete pavingo Detail 1 Drawing C on -11O and Section 32 13 13, including per surface preparation, excavation, stabilization, formwork, finishing reinforcing, curbs, and all incidentals necessary to -the directed complete work, as by OWNER, with all materials 4-0 A Unit Price Proposal Item for S -4-00 furnishing and installing 8 inch flexbase additional paving Detail 3 Drawing C 171, per on including ti o an, stabilization, and all incidentals to the necessary complete work, as directed by OWNS v with all materials and labor, complete inplace, the as sho\ on standard details. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised 2/08/24 004243 OFFEROR'S PROPOSAL FORM Page 3 of 6 Proposal � 2 �$ Proposal Unit Price i�� 44 A Unit Price Proposal Item for furnishing and installing addition.l reinforced sidewalper Standard Detail 3000 k e mow strip per Standard Detail 3000 232, or pads, including excavation ands surface s, -E 540 z preparation, concrete, rebar, placement, -fi„ishing and curing as directed by OWNER, with all materials and labor, as specified in Section 32 13 20 and the standard ,aetails A Unit Price Proposal Item for CY nn 400 400 furnishing and installing additional ,,shed stone embedment for tren.. stabilization material or for foundation additional material as replacement for non suitable Specification 31 23 material per directed by 23, if needed, as OWNER, eludi., excavation, A Unit Price Proposal Item for X989 furnishing 1C #n+O i w/3 conduit per Specifications Division 26, as directed by OWNER, including installation 4-4 A Unit Price Proposal Item for EA 4 e 120 V an additional connection point no more than 100 linear feet from an electrical panel, as directed by OWNER, per Specifications Division 26, in including complete and place conduits and supports, wall penetrations, wire and U CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Revised 2/08/24 Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility C01239 004243 OFFEROR'S PROPOSAL FORM Page 4 of 6 Proposal . . Unit f Proposal Unit = rice Proposal Value Item Description �i including PLC and SCADA programming for new point, complete and in place including up to 100 LF of conduit and wire, and tor., •,...,tio at both e4-6 A Unit Price Proposal Item for additional small diameter water LF 4--99 $ S Allowance l owan e for Unforeseen Conditions during construction to be used on legitimate project related issues „, as structural, LS 4- $300,000.00 00.0. 9 eleetrical, instrumentation, etc.zto be used only as directed in Package 1 Membrane Equipment System P sciccted Fguipment * Preselected Equipment Price Adjusted by the Producer Price Index fim February 2025 to March 2026 Psi r For al \Vork defined in the DFD to supply complete Membrane Equipment System by Veolia Water Teeh o1ogg;es and Solutions (Section 46 53 49 PSi), including the Instrumentation and Controls,$7,087,607.40 , filtrate pumps, air scour blowers, chemical feed systems, membrane tank cover and cover support system, integration startup services, warranty, and Package 2 Preselected Equipment * Preseleci d Equipment Prices Adjusted by the Producer Price index from July 2025 to March 2026 PS2.1 For all \Vork defined in the DFD to supply the complete Coarse Screening Equipment by Vulcan Industries, Inc. including flexible', 4- $875,41 $875,417.02 rake bar screens (Section 16 21 16 PS2), sluice system, washer compactors (Section 46 21 73 For all \Vork defined in the RFP to supply the complete grit removal system by Old Castle LS 1 $1,204,048.80 $ 1siv ,040 (Hydro International) (Section 16 CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised 2/08/24 004243 OFFEROR'S PROPOSAL FORM Page 5 of 6 Proposal Item No. Description Unit of �� Proposal _____ cc e baffled grit removal equipment, ,,,-it 11 12 56 pumps (Section .12 PS2), grit washing and dewatering 46 23 63 (Section For Work defined iii the RFP bS 4-$1,358,253.53 $1,358,253.53 all to the Fine supply complete Screening by Saveco equipment North America including inclined drum rotary screens 4621 33 PS2), (Section auger screeningsconveyor (Section 11 12 13.16 PS2) and all associated controls. PS2.4 For Work defined in the RFP bS $988,296.12 $988,296.12 all to supply complete ultraviolet light disinfection equipment by Trojan Technologies 46 (Section 66 56 PS2) and all associated controls. For Wofk de fined i,,, the RFP �rJ 7 c+ 4- $573,630.08 $573,630.08 all to supply the complete basin equalization mixing system T ,. by Vaugh n C y, (Section nn n2 56.05 PS2), including chopper pumps and controls. 7�cr�f 6 For Work defined in the DFP 4- $573,630.08 $5'73,630. all to the flow supply complete peak basin b storage system y Vaughan Company, Inc (Section 56.05 PS2), chopper pumps and mixing nozzles, with controls. PS27 For .,11 Work defined in the RFP 4- 2zn nn $941,234.40 to the supply complete centriffige dewatering equipment yQonl Mechanical Equip.ti.e t I TS Inc. 46 76 33 DS2) (Section e with controls. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mal y's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised 2/08/24 00 42 43 OFFEROR'S PROPOSAL FORM Page 6 of 6 Project Item Information Offeror's Proposal Proposal Item No. 7T�� De Unit of Measure 1 �t Quantity Unit i __ s Proposal Proposal U*M-NO-. �i" Unit of ieasaic � T___ -i ___ P1 Total Proposal (Items 1 through 17 i PS1.l 1 i DC7 1 through DC7 7\ CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised 2/08/24 ATTACHMENT 3-14 UNIT PROPOSAL PRICE D SECTION 00 42 43 OFFEROR'S PROPOSAL FORM 004243 OFFEROR'S PROPOSAL FORM Page 1 of 6 OFFEROR'S APPLICATION Project Item Information Offeror's Proposal Proposal Description Unit of Proposal Unit Price Proposal Value Item No. Measure Quant i 1 Construction of the Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Milestone 1 scope to LS 1 $ 92,291,069.10 $ 92,291,069.10 substantial completion, excluding Proposal Items 2 through 17 below. 2 Construction of the Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility for all work to final LS 1 $ 430,889,686.52 $ 430,889,686.52 completion in total, except for Proposal Items 1, and 3 through 17. 3 Development, design, and implementation of the excavation and support protection systems, as required by the Occupational Safety and Health LS j $ 56,526.52 $ 56,526.52 Administration, furnished and installed, continuously monitored, complete and in place by lans and specifications. 4 Development, design, and implementation of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan, including necessary materials and coordination for compliance LS 1 $ 366,728.56 $ 366,728.56 with storm water regulations and ordinances, furnished and installed, continuously monitored, complete and in place by lans and specifications. 5 A Unit Price Proposal Item additional signage to be used only as directed in writing by the OWNER to complete and in place. LS 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Revised 2/08/24 Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility C01239 ATTACHMENT 3-14 004243 OFFEROR'S PROPOSAL FORM Page 2 of 6 Project Item Information Offeror's Proposal Proposal Description Unit of Proposal Unit Price Proposal Value Item No. Measure Quantity 6 A Unit Price Proposal Item for furnishing and installing additional Class A 4000 -psi reinforced concrete (for slab on grade and grade beams), including excavation, forms, CY 50 $ 1,000.00 $ 50,000.00 concrete, rebar, placement, and curing, as directed by OWNER, with all materials and labor, complete in place, in accordance with Division 3. 7 A Unit Price Proposal Item for furnishing and installing additional Class A 4000 -psi reinforced concrete (for items other than slab on grade and grade beams), including CY 50 y,' 2,500.00 $ 125,000.00 excavation, forms, concrete, rebar, placement, and curing, as directed by OWNER, with all materials and labor, complete in place, in accordance with Division 3. 8 A Unit Price Proposal Item for furnishing and installing additional reinforcing steel, LBS 10,000 120 $ 12,000.00 complete in place, in accordance with Division 3. 9 A Unit Price Proposal Item for furnishing and installing additional concrete paving per Detail 1 on Drawing C- 119 and per Section 32 13 13, including surface preparation, excavation, stabilization, formwork, reinforcing, finishing curbs, and all incidentals necessary to SY 300 $ 150.00 $ 45,000.00 complete the work, as directed by OWNER, with all materials and labor, complete in place. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised 2/08/24 ATTACHMENT 3-14 004243 OFFEROR'S PROPOSAL FORM Page 3 of 6 Project Item Information Offeror's Proposal Proposal Item No. Description Unit of Measure Proposal Quantity Unit Price Proposal Value 10 A Unit Price Proposal Item for furnishing and installing additional 8 -inch flexbase paving per Detail 3 on Drawing C-171, including excavation, stabilization, and all incidentals SY 100 $ 30.00 $ 3,000.00 necessary to complete the work, as directed by OWNER, with all materials and labor, complete in place, as shown on the standard details. 11 A Unit Price Proposal Item for furnishing and installing additional reinforced sidewalk per Standard Detail 3000-223, mow strip per Standard Detail 3000-232, or pads, including excavation and surface SF 500 $ 25.00 $ 12,500.00 preparation, concrete, rebar, placement, finishing, and curing as directed by OWNER, with all materials and labor, as specified in Section 32 13 20 and the standard details. 12 A Unit Price Proposal Item for furnishing and installing additional crushed stone embedment for trench stabilization material or for additional foundation material as CY 400 $ 90.00 $ 36,000.00 replacement for non -suitable material per Specification 31 23 23, if needed, as directed by OWNER, including excavation, material, and labor. 13 A Unit Price Proposal Item for furnishing 1C w/3 #4+G in a conduit per Specifications Division 26, as directed by OWNER, including installation and termination at both ends. LF 1,000 $ 80.00 $ 80,000.00 CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised 2/08/24 ATTACHMENT 3-14 004243 OFFEROR'S PROPOSAL FORM Page 4 of 6 Project Item Information Offeror's Proposal Proposal Description Unit of Proposal Unit Price Proposal Value Item No. Measure Quantity 14 A Unit Price Proposal Item for an additional 120 V connection point no more than 100 linear feet from an electrical panel, as directed by OWNER, per EA 10 $ 3,500.00 $ 35,000.00 Specifications Division 26, complete and in place including conduits and supports, wall penetrations, wire and termination at both ends. 15 A Unit Price Proposal Item for an 11O point analog or discreet, on an I/O card furnished under Proposal Item 2 or by a Preselected Equipment Supplier, per Specifications Division 40, as directed by OWNER, EA 10 $ 4,500.00 $ 45,000.00 including PLC and SCADA programming for new point, complete and in place including up to 100 LF of conduit and wire, and termination at both ends. 16 A Unit Price Proposal Item for additional small diameter water LF 100 $ 75.00 $ 7,500.00 piping1-inch HDPE piping). 17 Allowance for Unforeseen Conditions during construction to be used on legitimate project related issues such as structural, LS 1 $300,000.00 $300,000.00 electrical, instrumentation, etc. to be used only as directed in writing by the OWNER. 18 A Unit Price Proposal Item for furnishing and installing cold A3 mix asphalt road patching repair, as directed by OWNER, including, material, and labor. LB 2000 $ 10.00 $ 20,000.00 CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised 2/08/24 ATTACHMENT 3-14 004243 OFFEROR'S PROPOSAL FORM Page 5 of 6 Project Item Information Offeror's Proposal Proposal Description Unit of Proposal Unit Price Proposal Value Item No. Measure Quantity Package 1 Membrane Equipment System Preselected Equipment * Preselected Equipment Price Adjusted by the Producer Price Index from February 2025 to March 2026 Psi. i For all Work defined in the RFP to supply complete Membrane Equipment System by Veolia Water Technologies and Solutions (Section 46 53 49- PS1), including the Instrumentation and Controls, LS 1 $7,087,607.40 $7,087,607.40 filtrate pumps, air scour blowers, chemical feed systems, membrane tank cover and cover support system, integration startup services, warranty, and aftermarket support services. Package 2 Preselected Equipment * Preselected Equipment Prices Adjusted by the Producer Price Index from July 2025 to March 2026 PS2.1 For all Work defined in the RFP to supply the complete Coarse Screening Equipment by Vulcan Industries, Inc. including flexible LS 1 $875,417.02 $875,417.02 rake bar screens (Section 46 21 16-PS2), sluice system, washer compactors (Section 46 21 73- PS2) and all associated controls. PS2.2 For all Work defined in the RFP to supply the complete grit removal system by Old Castle (Hydro International) (Section 46 23 00-PS2), including inline LS 1 $1,204,048.80 $1,204,048.80 baffled grit removal equipment, grit pumps (Section 44 42 56.12- PS2), grit washing and dewatering (Section 46 23 63- PS2), and controls. PS2.3 For all Work defined in the RFP to supply the complete Fine Screening equipment by Saveco North America including inclined rotary drum screens (Section 46 21 33-PS2), auger LS 1 $1,358,253.53 $1,358,253.53 screenings conveyor (Section 41 12 13.16-PS2) and all associated controls. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised 2/08/24 ATTACHMENT 3-14 004243 OFFEROR'S PROPOSAL FORM Page 6 of 6 Project Item Information Offeror's Proposal Proposal Description Unit of Proposal Unit Price Proposal Value Item No. Measure Quantity PS2.4 For all Work defined in the RFP to supply complete ultraviolet light disinfection equipment by Trojan Technologies (Section 46 66 56-PS2) and all associated LS 1 $988,296.12 $988,296.12 controls. PS2.5 For all Work defined in the RFP to supply the complete equalization basin mixing system by Vaughan Company, Inc. LS 1 $573,630.08 $573,630.08 (Section 44 42 56.05-PS2), including chopper pumps and mixing nozzles, with controls. For all Work defined in the RFP to supply the complete peak flow storage basin mixing system by Vaughan Company, Inc. (Section PS2.6 44 42 56.05-PS2), including LS 1 $573,630.08 $573,630.08 chopper pumps and mixing nozzles, with controls. PS2.7 For all Work defined in the RFP to supply the complete centrifuge dewatering equipment by GEA Mechanical Equipment US, Inc. LS 1 $941,234.40 $941,234.40 (Section 46 76 33-PS2), with controls. Total Proposal (Items 1 through 1 -?1:' + PS 1.1 + PS2.1 through PS2.7). $ 537,982,128.13 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Revised 2/08/24 Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility C01239 Bond numbers: 765398 -Liberty -26-018, 765398 -Berkshire -26-002, 765398-CNA-26-003, 765398 -Zurich -26-003 00 43 13 PROPOSAL SECURITY Page 1 of 2 SECTION 00 43 13 PROPOSAL SECURITY KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, Webber Waterworks, LLC , known as "Offeror" herein and Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, Berkshire Hathaway Specialty Insurance Company The Continental Insurance Company, Zurich American Insurance Company corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as "Surety" herein, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of Texas, known as "City" herein, in the penal sum of five percent (5%) of Offeror's maximum bid price, in lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid or proposal to perform Work for the following project designated as Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the City shall award the Contract for the foregoing project to the Principal, and the Principal shall satisfy all requirements and conditions required for the execution of the Contract and shall enter into the Contract in writing with the City in accordance with the terms of such same, then this obligation shall be and become null and void. If, however, the Principal fails to execute such Contract in accordance with the terms of same or fails to satisfy all requirements and conditions required for the execution of the Contract, this bond shall become the property of the City, without recourse of the Principal and/or Surety, not to exceed the penalty hereof, and shall be used to compensate City for the difference between Principal's total bid amount and the next selected offeror's total bid amount. PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in Tarrant County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Fort Worth Division. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the 1St day of July , 2026. PRINCIPAL: Webber Waterwork BY: Signatu T: EX1t ti o itness as to Prin 'pal Name and Title CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 911912025 00 41 00 Bid Proposal workhook.xlsx (]043 13 PROPOSAL SECURITY Page 2 of 2 Address: 1725 Hughes Landing Blvd., Suite 1200 The Woodlands, Texas 77380 Liberty Mutual Insurance Cotiipany SURETY: Berkshire Hathawa r peeaty Insurance Company BY: Signature Gicelle Pajon, Attorney -in -Fact Name and Title 175 Berkeley Street, Boston, MA 02116 (Lib) Address: 1314 Douglas Street. Suite 1400. Omaha. NE 68102 (Ber) 151 N. Franklin Street, CHICAGO, I!_ 60608 (CNA) 1299 ZURICH WAY, CHAUMB� u IL 60146 7Zu;) Witnes s to Surety - Olga Iglesias, Surety Witness Attach Power of Attorney (Surety) for Attorney -in -Fact Telephone Number: 617-357-9500flib), 402-393-7255(Ber), 312-822-5000(CNA), 847-605-6000 (Zur) *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety's physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 911912025 00 41 00 Bid Proposal Workbook.xlsx Liberty POWER OF ATTORNEY Certificate No: 8204866 Mutual® Liberty Mutual Insurance Company SURETY The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company West American Insurance Company KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, that Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts, and West American Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana (herein collectively called the "Companies'), pursuant to and by authority herein set forth, does hereby name, constitute and appoint, Gicelle Paion all of the city of Miami , state of FL each individually if there be more than one named, its true and lawful attorney -In -fact to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents and shall be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed thereto this 1st day of July, 2024. V INSVQ V-IY INS& %Nst)4 J~JP oµvongro��fi �J3ooRrorr4 e�n VP((�\)ar gy� 2 F F Fof� 1912 O 0 1919 0 40NUe .a kAM45 YS /NOlAHP a� By: Liberty Mutual Insurance Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company West American Insurance Company .4 1L Nathan J. Zangerle, Assistant Secretary STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA ss COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY its On this 1st day of July, 2024, before me personally appeared Nathan J. Zangerle, who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, The = Ohio Casualty Company, and West American Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, execute the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained 0 a) by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal at Plymouth Meeting, Pennsylvania, on the day and year first above written. p PAg lV - (C'))) Q,�p4NVIICommonwealth of Pennsylvania - Notary Seal Teresa Pestntgo er Notary Public ,9 � � of Montgomery County 0 t- , My commission expires March 26.2029 By: � �, + Commission number 1126044 Teresa Pastella, Notary Public O Member, Pennsylvania Aseoclatlon of Notaries C N This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-laws and Authorizations of The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual ai N Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows: so ARTICLE IV --OFFICERS: Section 12. Power of Attorney. Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President, and subject to such limitation as the Chairman or the o . President may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys -in -fact, as may be necessary to act In behalf of the Corporation to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety E j any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in -fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, o 2 shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so executed, such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary. Any power or authority granted to any representative or attorney -in -fact under the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board, the Chairman, the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority. V ARTICLE XIII - Execution of Contracts: Section 5. Surety Bonds and Undertakings, o v Any officer of the Company authorized forthat purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe, Z shall appoint such attorneys -In -fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in -fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. Certificate of Designation — The President of the Company, acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company, authorizes Nathan J. Zangerle, Assistant Secretary to appoint such attorneys-infact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Authorization — By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the Company, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company In connection with surety bonds, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. I, Renee C. Llewellyn, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company do hereby certify that this power of attorney executed by said Companies is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this let day of jj,y , Py 1iJ5r/� P�qy INsrjq 1NSURq aoRPo�rb�C+tn �J �oopr'ol4gr `9yn _`pP GoµP oipgT tiC By: YYd� �TAONob`���a3 �° ` NAraeg�� bad ry, rNorAN� �a� Renee C. Llewellyn, Assistant Secretary 00 'r_ 0 C io c� CE 0 > Q � UJ G +, E 00 <0 oa ` N 0 00 1_co 00 C Co m .( L (9 O N w 0. Marsh MSurety POA LMIC OCIC WAIC Multi Co 012025 Liberty .Mutual SURETY Figure: 28 TAC § 1.601(a)(2)(B) Have a complaint or need help? If you have a problem with a claim or your premium, call your insurance company or HMO first. If you can't work out the issue, the Texas Department of Insurance may be able to help. Even if you file a complaint with the Texas Department of Insurance, you should also file a complaint or appeal through your insurance company or HMO. If you don't, you may lose your right to appeal. Liberty Mutual Insurance Company To get information or file a complaint with your insurance company or HMO: Call: Liberty Mutual Surety Claims at 206-473-6210 Online: www.LibertyMutualSuretyClaims.com Email: HOSCL@Iibertymutual.com Mail: P.O. Box 34526 Seattle, WA 98124 The Texas Department of Insurance To get help with an insurance question or file a complaint with the state: Call with a question: 1-800-252-3439 File a complaint: www.tdi.texas.gov Email: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov Mail: MC 111-1A, P.O. Box 149091, Austin, TX 78714-9091 �Tiene una queja o necesita ayuda? Si tiene, un problema con una reclamacion o con su prima de seguro, Ilame primero a su compania de seguros o HMO. Si no puede resolver el problema, es posible que el Departamento de Seguros de Texas (Texas Department of Insurance, por su nombre en ingles) pueda ayudar. Aun si usted presenta una queja ante el Deparamento de Seguros de Texas, tambien debe presentar una queja a traves del proceso de quejas o de apelaciones de su compania de seguros o HMO. Si no lo hace, podria perder su derecho para apelar. Liberty Mutual Insurance Company Para obtener informacidn o para presentar una queja ante su compania de seguros o HMO: LMS-15292e 9120 Llame a: Liberty Mutual Surety Claims al 206-473-6210 En linea: www.LibertyMutua[SuretyClaims.com Correo electrdnico: HOSCL@libertymutual.com Direccion postal: P.O. Box 34526 Seattle, WA 98124 El Departamento de Seguros de Texas Para obtener ayuda con una pregunta relacionada con los seguros o para presentar una queja ante el estado: Llame con sus preguntas al: 1-800-252-3439 Presente una queja en: www.tdi.texas.gov Correo electr6nico: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov Direccion postal: MC 111-1 A, P.O. Box 149091, Austin, TX 78714-9091 LMS-15292e 9120 'BE SI BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE Power Of Attorney BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY / NATIONAL LIABILITY & FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY 61716 Know all men by these presents, that BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY and NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY, corporation existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Nebraska, and NATIONAL LIABILITY & FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Connecticut (hereinafter collectively the "Companies"), pursuant to and by the authority granted as set forth herein, do hereby name, constitute and appoint Gicelle Pajon, Mary Ann Garcia, Amanda Turman-Avina, Laura E. Sudduth, Barbara Norton, Stephanie Gross, Jessica Richmond, Misty Witt, Dylan Youne located at 500 Dallas Street, Suite 1500 of the city of Houston, State of Texas as their true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fact to make, execute, seal, acknowledge, and deliver, for and on their behalf as surety and as their act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds, bid related commitments to include surety consents, surety consents for release or reduction of retained percentages, final estimates on engineering and construction contracts or other such writings obligatory in the nature thereof, in pursuance of these presents, the execution of which shall be as binding upon the Companies as if it has been duly signed and executed by their regularly elected officers in their own proper persons. This authority for the Attorney -in -Fact shall be limited to the execution of the attached bond(s) or other such related writings obligatory in the nature thereof as described herein. In witness whereof, this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer of the Companies, and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed hereto this date 17th of September, 2025. This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the Bylaws, Resolutions of the Board of Directors, and other Authorizations of BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY, NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY and NATIONAL LIABILITY & FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, which are in full force and effect, each reading as appears on the back page of this Power of Attorney, respectively. The following seals of the Companies and signatures by authorized officer of the Companies may be affixed by facsimile or digital format, which shall be deemed the equivalent of and constitute the written signatures of such officer of the Companies and original seals of the Companies for all purposes regarding this Power of Attorney, including satisfaction of any signature and seal requirements on any and all undertakings, bonds, or other such writings obligatory in the nature thereof, to which this Power of Attorney applies. BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY, INSURANCE COMPANY, USEAL Pyo\ECEAal` pEM �zr pO'ti�NATIONAL LIABILITY & FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, a ar 2y5F.AL�r l'v yyF11tE /h,S �` stlieTv � m By: By: David Fields, Executive Vice President David Fields, Vice President NOTARY State of Massachusetts. County of Suffolk, ss: On this 17th day of September, 2025 before me appeared David Fields, Executive Vice President of BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY and Vice President of NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY and NATIONAL LIABILITY & FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, who being duly sworn, says that his capacity is as designated above for such Companies; that he knows the corporate seals of the Companies; that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are such corporate seals; that they were affixed by order of the board of directors or other governing body of said Companies pursuant to its Bylaws, Resolutions and other Authorizations, and that he signed said instrument in that capacity of said Companies. [Notary Seal] CAITLIN NICOLE BOYDEN *,y Notary Public {y�l Cornmenwaolfh of Massachusetts My Commission Expires September 7, 2029 Notary Public I, Ralph Tortorella III, the undersigned, Officer of BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY, NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY and NATIONAL LIABILITY & FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, see hereunto affixed the seals of said Companies this July 1st, 2026. 14 —j Ralph Tortorella III, Officer BHSIC, NICO & NLF POA (8 2025) Berkshire Specialty One Lincoln Street, 23rd Floor Boston, MA 02111 Hathaway Insurance IMPORTANT NOTICE: To obtain information or make a complaint: You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverage, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance at: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: 1-512-490-1007 Your notice of claim against the attached bond may be given to the surety company that issued the bond by sending it to the following address: Physical Address: One Lincoln Street, 23rd Floor Boston, MA 02111 You may also contact the Berkshire Hathaway Insurance Company office by telephone at: 1-855-453-9675 or email claimsnotice@bhspecialty.com Texas Demand Address: BHSIC c/o Gieger, Laborde & Laperouse, LLC 5151 San Felipe , Suite 750, Houston, TX 77027 Phone: (832) 255-6000 PREMIUM OF CLAIM DISPUTES: If you have a dispute concerning a premium, you should contact the agent first. If you have a dispute concerning a claim, you should contact the company first. If the dispute is not resolived, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR BOND: This notice is for information only and does not become part or condition of the attached document. POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY -IN -FACT Know All Men By These Presents, That The Continental Insurance Company, a Pennsylvania insurance company, is a duly organized and existing insurance company having its principal office in the City of Chicago, and State of Illinois, and that it does by virtue of the signature and seal herein affixed hereby make, constitute and appoint Gicelle Paton °f Miami Florida its true and lawful Attorney(s)in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on its behalf bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature - In Unlimited Amounts - Surety Bond Number: 765398-CNA-26-003 Principal: Webber Waterworks, LLC Obligee: City of Fort Worth Water Department and to bind it thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of the insurance company and all the acts of said Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given, is hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By -Laws and Resolutions, printed below, duly adopted, as indicated, by the Board of Directors of the insurance company. In Witness Whereof, The Continental insurance Company has caused these presents to be signed by its Vice President and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed on November 24, 2025. st,• . The Continental Insurance Company t:. Larry Kasten, Vice President State of South Dakota, County of Minnehaha, as: On this November 24, 2025, before me personally came Larry Kasten to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he resides in the City of Sioux Falls, State of South Dakota, that lie is a Vice President of The Continental Insurance Company, a Pennsylvania insurance company, described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said insurance company; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said insurance company and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said insurance company. My commision expires November 2, 2028 A. ELLSWORTH NOTARY PUSt:C 4 SOUTH DAKOTA 0 CERTIFICATE A. Ellsworth, Notary Public 1, P. Kolsrud, Assistant Secretary of The Continental Insurance Company, a Pennsylvania insurance company, do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney herein above set forth is still in force, and further certify that the By -Laws and Resolutions of the Board of Directors of the insurance company printed below are still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the seal of the said insurance company on 07/01/2026 The Continental insurance Company P, Kolsrud, Assistant Secretary Authorizing By -Laws and Resolutions ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OP DIRECTORS OF THE CONTINENTAL INSURANCE COMPANY: This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company at a meeting held on May 10, 1995. "RESOLVED: That any Senior or Group Vice President may authorize an officer to sign specific documents, agreements and instruments on behalf of the Company provided that the name of such authorized officer and a description of the documents, agreements or instruments that such officer may sign will be provided in writing by the Senior or Group Vice President to the Secretary of the Company prior to such execution becoming effective." Form F6850-2/2024 Figure: 28 TAC §1.601(a)(3) 1 IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: 2 You may contact Continental Casualty Company, National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford, American Casualty Company of Reading, PA and Continental Insurance Company at 312-822-5000. 3 You may call Continental Casualty Company, National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford, American Casualty Company of Reading, PA and Continental Insurance Company's toll -free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1-877-672-6115 4 You may also write to Continental Casualty Company, National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford, American Casualty Company of Reading, PA and Continental Insurance Company at: CNA Surety, Surety Claims 151 North Franklin, 17th Floor Chicago, IL 606 5 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 6 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512) 490-1007 Web: www.tdi.texas.gov E -Mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov 7 PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact Continental Casualty Company, National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford, American Casualty Company of Reading, PA and Continental Insurance Company first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. 8 ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. Form F8277-6-2018 AVISO IMPORTANTE Para obtener informacion o para someter una queja: Puede comunicarse con Continental Casualty Company, National Fire Insurance Company de Hartford, American Casualty Company de Reading, PA y Continental Insurance Company al 312-822-5000. Usted puede llamar al numero de telefono gratis de Continental Casualty Company, National Fire Insurance Company de Hartford, American Casualty Company de Reading, PA y Continental Insurance Company's para informacion o para someter una queja al: 1-877-672-6115 Usted tambien puede escribir a Continental Casualty Company, National Fire Insurance Company de Hartford, American Casualty Company de Reading, PA y Continental Insurance Company: CNA Surety, Surety Claims 151 North Franklin, 17th Floor Chicago, IL 606 Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Seguros de Texas para obtener informacion acerca de companias, coberturas, derechos o quejas al: 1-800-252-3439 Puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de Texas: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512) 490-1007 Web: www.tdi.texas.gov E -Mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS O RECLAMOS: Si tiene una disputa concerniente a su prima o a un reclamo, debe comunicarse con el Continental Casualty Company, National Fire Insurance Company de Hartford, American Casualty Company de Reading, PA y Continental Insurance Company primero. Si no se resuelve Ia disputa, puede entonces comunicarse con el departamento (TDI). UNA ESTE AVISO A SU POLIZA: Este aviso es solo para proposito de informacion y no se convierte en parte o condicion del documento adjunto. nto. ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation of the State of New York, the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, a corporation of the State of Illinois, and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND a corporation of the State of Illinois (herein collectively called the "Companies"), by Christopher Nolan, in pursuance of authority granted by Article V, Section 8, of the By -Laws of said Companies, which are set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the date hereof, do hereby nominate, constitute, and appoint Gicelle Pajon , its true and lawful agent and Attorney -in -Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for, and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and undertakings, and the execution of such bonds or undertakings in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon said Companies, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at its office in New York, New York., the regularly elected officers of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at its office in Owings Mills, Maryland., and the regularly elected officers of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at its office in Owings Mills, Maryland., in their own proper persons. The said Vice President does hereby certify that the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article V, Section 8, of the By -Laws of said Companies, and is now in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice -President has hereunto subscribed his/her names and affixed the Corporate Seals of the said ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, this 31st day of March, A.D. 2025. ATTEST: ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND ,i'1' ,."`l j1asually an M1"IUA-- SEALmin_ By: Christopher Nolan Vice President By: Dawn E. Brown Secretai y State of Maryland County of Baltimore On this 31st day of March, A.D. 2025, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, Christopher Nolan, Vice President and Dawn E. Brown, Secretary of the Companies, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and acknowledged the execution of same, and being by me duly swot n, deposeth and saith, that he/she is the said officer of the Company aforesaid, and that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies, and that the said Corporate Seals and the signature as such officer were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporations. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year first above written. 5. ?ou,c. Z' CceusGw it'I )E.tttC�i_a' Genevieve M. Maison Notary Public My Commission Expire January 27, 2029 0 ZURICH Texas Important Notice IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may call Zurich North America's toll -free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1-800-382-2150 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights, or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance: P.Q. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512) 490-1007 Web: www.tdi.texas.gov E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim, you should contact the company first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. AVISO IMPORTANTE Para obtener informacion o para presentar una queja: Usted puede Ilamar al numero de telefono gratuito de Zurich North America's para obtener informacion o para presentar una queja al: 1-800-382-2150 Usted puode comunicarse con el Departamento de Se- guros de Texas para obtener informacion sobre com- panias, coberturas, derechos, o quejas al: 1-800-252-3439 Usted puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de Texas a: P.Q. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512) 490-1007 Sitio web: www.tdi.texas.gov E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov DISPUTAS POR PRIMAS DE SEGUROS O RECLAMACIONES: Si tiene una disputa relacionada con su prima do seguro o con una reclamacion, usted debe comunicarse con la compania primero. Si la disputa no es resuelta, usted puede comunicarso con el Departamento de Seguros de Texas. ADJUNTE ESTE AVISO A SU POLIZA: Este aviso es solamente para propositos informativos y no se con- vierte en parte o on condicion del documento adjunto. U -GU -296-E (06/15) Page 1 of 1 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 00 43 37 VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW Page 1 of 1 SECTION 00 43 37 VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW NON RESIDENT BIDDER Texas Government Code Chapter 2252 was adopted for the award of contracts to nonresident bidders. This law provides that, in order to be awarded a contract as low bidder, nonresident bidders (out-of-state contractors whose corporate offices or principal place of business are outside the State of Texas) bid projects for construction, improvements, supplies or services in Texas at an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a nonresident bidder in order to obtain a comparable contract in the State which the nonresident's principal place of business is located. The appropriate blanks in Section A must be filled out by all nonresident bidders in order for your bid to meet specifications. The failure of nonresident bidders to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder. Resident bidders must check the box in Section B. A. Nonresident bidders in the State of , our principal place of business, are required to be percent lower than resident bidders by State Law. A copy of the statute is attached. Nonresident bidders in the State of , our principal place of business, are not required to underbid resident bidders. B. The principal place of business of our company or our parent company or majority owner is in the State of Texas. m Yes BIDDER: By: atu Title: Emilio Lopez Pacetti, President Date: 7/9/2026 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised 9/3012021 00 41 00 Bid Proposal Workbook PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 00 45 12 SUBCONTRACTOR AND MAJOR EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER LIST Page 1 of 2 I.IDIIW lit [mx[IIII SIPA SUBCONTRACTOR AND MAJOR EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER LIST Each Offeror shall identify the major subcontractors whom they intend to utilize for the items listed. Major Work Type Contractor/Subcontractor Company Contractor/Subcontractor Point of Name Contact and Phone Number Electrical Acme Electric Brent McDaniel 817-654-1618 Instrumentation and Controls Prime Controls Jason Ford 713-244-9747 PLC and SCADA Programming Prime Controls Jason Ford 713-244-9747 HVAC Rapid Response Chris Conley 832-520-9559 Madero Engineers & Constructors Julio Burguete 817-609-0733 Coating Riley Industrial Services David Brackney 505-327-4947 Each Offeror shall circle the name of the manufacturer of the following specified equipment the Offeror will furnish for the applicable section. Failure to indicate the selected equipment in the table below may constitute a non -responsive Proposal: System/Equipment Description Manufacturer High Speed Turbo Blower (43 11 12) PG-Neuros Sulzer Kaeser Foul Air Fans (43 11 19) Hartzell Howden Dry Pit Submersible Centrifugal Pumps (43 21 39) Flygt SB Submersible Mixers (43 22 56.01) Flygt-Xylem, Inc KSB andia, Inc. Chemical Feed System (43 32 69) Watson -Marlow Pumps Blue -White Industries CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised 2/08/24 00 45 12 SUBCONTRACTOR AND MAJOR EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER LIST Page 2 of 2 System/Equipment Description Manufacturer Biological Tower Type Odor Control System (44 31 11) with Carbon Adsorber (44 31 16) BioAir Solutions, LLC Daniel Mechanical Compan Evoqua Water Technologic BIOREM Rotary Positive Displacement Blower (44 42 19.04B) Aerzen Gardner-Denver/Robuschi Kaeser Vertical Turbine Pumps Supplements (44 42 56.03B) ITT -Goulds Peerless Pentair Submersible Pumps (44 42 56.04) Flygt KSB Peristaltic Hose Pump (44 42 56.16) Verderflex Watson Marlow/Bredel Polymer Feed System (44 44 63 .01) Velodyne Clean Water Fine Bubble Air Diffuser System (44 45 16.02) ylem Samtaire Stamford Scientific International, Inc. (SSI) Evoqua Water Technologies (Envirex) Aquarius Technologies, Inc. Rotary Drum Thickener (44 46 26.03) Parkson Corporation Andritz Separation Technologies. Aeration System, Coarse -Bubble Membrane Diffusers (46 51 21) Xylem Sanitaire Stamford Scientific International, Inc. (SSI) Evoqua Water Technologies (Envirex) Aquarius Technologies, Inc. END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT C01239 Revised 2/08/24 004526-i CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW Page Iof2 SECTION 00 4526 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW Pursuant to Texas Labor Code Section 406.096(a), as amended, Contractor certifies that it provides worker's compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on City Project No. ©1239. Contractor further certifies that, pursuant to Texas Labor Code, Section 406.096(b), as amended, it will provide to City its subcontractor's certificates of compliance with worker's compensation coverage. CONTRACTOR: Webber Waterworks, LLC Company 1725 Hughes Landing Blvd,, Suite 1200 Address The Woodlands, TX 77380 City/State/Zip THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF ffl t- ontgomery By: _ Peter T.Baile (Pleas int) Signature: y G Title: Executive Vice President (Please Print) BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared Peter T. Bailey , known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same as the act and deed of Executive Vice President for the purposes and consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. GIVF,N UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this 2.E& day of 20Th Notary Public in rid for the State of Texas END OF SECTION `,o�tRw°�e�,� KATHY M. STRATTON _ y n, Notary Public, State of Texas „inu Notary ID 126179927 CITY OF FORT WORTH e11mr^'s Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 004526-2 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW Page 2 of 2 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 005243-I Agreement Page 1 of 8 SECTION 005243 AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT, authorized on August 25, 2026 , is made by and between the City of Fort Worth, a Texas home rule municipality, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager, ("City"), and Webber Waterworks, LLC , authorized to do business in Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized representative, ("Contractor"). City and Contractor may jointly be referred to as Parties. Owner's Representative is Plummer Associates, referred to as Engineer. City and Contractor, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: Article 1. WORK Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Project identified herein. Article 2. PROJECT The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is generally described as follows: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility C01239 Article 3. CONTRACT PRICE 3.1 Payment City agrees to pay Contractor for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents an amount, in current funds, of Five Hundred Thirty Seven Million Nine Hundred Eighty Two Thousand One Hundred Twenty Dollars and Thirteen Cents ($537,982,128.13). Contract price may be adjusted by change orders duly authorized by the Parties. 3.2 Retainage For each progress payment made prior to Substantial Completion of the Work, the Owner shall withhold five percent (5%) as statutory retainage. The City will pay the retainage in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Article 4. CONTRACT TIME 4.1 MILESTONES A7 Milestone 0 Temporary Entrance Road., .; Milestone 0 shall be substantially complete by May ``1, 2027. Milestone 0 may commence with the Notice to Proceed. Milestone 0 includes the following:; a. The temporary entrance road (Road C) from Chapin Road along the east side of the properly to the main entrance and south entrance of Mary's Creek Wate keclamatiori,Facility. Final entrance road (Road C) is required by Final gmpletion 1 B.Milestone 1— Equalization and Peak Flow Storage Basins and Drain Piping CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised September I9, 2025 (effective September 1, 2025) 005243-2 Agreement Page 2 of 8 1. Milestone 1 shall be substantially complete and operational within 730 days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Paragraph 2.02 of the general Conditions. Milestone 1 may commence with the Notice to Proceed. Milestone 1 includes the following: a. Equalization Basin and mixing system with instrumentation b. Peak Flow Storage Basin and mixing system with instrumentation c. Influent pipeline entering the tanks, including valve vaults d. Effluent piping from each Basin to the two drain vaults on C-054, 12 -inch drain pipe to manhole, and 20 -inch drain piping on C-054 from drain vault connection manhole to manhole at key note 566. e. All 36 -inch main drain piping shown on Sheets C-052, C-053, C-054, C-055, C- 057, and C-059. Contractor may install temporary drain piping. Milestone 1 excludes the following: a. Tank washdown system b. Paving 2. Training and Operation Manuals for all processes brought on-line and into operation included in Milestone 1. 3. Refer to Division 1 for additional startup and commissioning requirements related to construction completion and TCEQ acceptance for operating in the timeline outlined above. 4. This milestone must be met in order to conduct testing of the offsite pipeline. The return flow pump station does not have to be operational. 4.2 Substantial Completion The Work shall be Substantially Complete when all milestones have been achieved, all work described in the Summary of Work is substantially complete, the plant has been started up and placed into operation in full automatic mode, plant effluent is successfully meeting all discharge permit limits, and is expected to take no more than 1,200 calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run, as provided in Paragraph 2.02 of the General Conditions, plus any extension thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. 4.3 Final Acceptance The Work shall be complete for Final Acceptance within 1,350 calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run, as provided in Paragraph 2.02 of the General Conditions, plus any extension thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised September 19, 2025 (effective September 1, 2025) 005243-3 Agreement Page 3 of 8 4.4 Liquidated Damages Contractor recognizes that time is of the essence for completion of Milestones, if any, and to achieve Final Acceptance of the Work and City and the public will suffer from loss of use if the Work is not completed within the time(s) specified in Paragraph 4.2 above. The Contractor also recognizes the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving in a legal proceeding, the actual loss suffered by the City if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Contractor agrees that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty), Contractor shall pay City Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 4.2 for Substantial Completion until the City issues a Letter of Acceptance for Substantial Completion. Contractor shall pay the City Two Thousand Dollars ($2,000.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraphs 4.1 and 4.3 for Final Acceptance until the City issues the Final Letter of Acceptance. Article 5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 5.1 CONTENTS: A.The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between City and Contractor concerning the Work consist of the following: 1. This Agreement. Attachments to this Agreement: a. Instructions to Offerors b. Proposal Form 1) Conflict of Interest Statement 2) Proposal Form 3) Offeror's Proposal 4) Proposal Security 5) Vendor Compliance to State Law Non -Resident Bidder 6) Subcontractor and Major Equipment Supplier List 7) State and Federal documents (project specific) c. Current Prevailing Wage Rate Table d. Insurance Certification Form (ACORD or equivalent) e. Payment Bond f. Performance Bond g. Maintenance Bond h. Power of Attorney for the Bonds i. Worker's Compensation Affidavit 3. General Conditions. 4. Supplementary Conditions. Specifications, including appendices, specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or, if not attached, as incorporated by reference and described in the Table of Contents of the Project's Contract Documents. 6. Drawings. 7. Addenda. 8. Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement and, if issued, become an incorporated part of the Contract Documents: a. Notice to Proceed. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised September 19, 2025 (effective September 1, 2025) 005243-4 Agreement Page 4 of 8 b. Field Orders. c. Change Orders. d. Letter of Final Acceptance. 10. Preselected equipment, shop drawings, and proposal prices. City has entered into Special Engineering Service Agreements with the following manufacturers, which are included in Appendix I and Appendix II. a. Membrane System — Veolia b. Coarse Screens — Vulcan c. Grit Removal — Old Castle d. Fine Screens — Saveco e. UV Disinfection System - Trojan f. Equalization Basin Mixing System — Vaughan g. Peak Flow Storage Basin Mixing System — Vaughan h. Dewatering Centrifuges - GEA Article 6. INDEMNIFICATION 6.1 To the greatest extent allowed by Texas law, Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees under this contract. This indemnification provision is specifically intended to operate and be effective even if it is alleged or proven that all or some of the damages being sought were caused. in whole or in Hart. by any act, omission or negligence of the city. This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by the city in defending against such claims and causes of actions. 6.2 To the greatest extent allowed by Texas law, Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense, the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss, damage or destruction of property of the city, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this contract. This indemnification provision is specifically intended to operate and be effective even if it is alleged or proven that all or some of the damages being sought were caused, in whole or in part, by any act, omission or negligence of the city. Article 7. MISCELLANEOUS 7.1 Terms. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions and Article SC -1.01 of the Supplementary Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. 7.2 Assignment of Contract. This Agreement, including all the Contract Documents may not be assigned by the Contractor without the advanced express written consent of the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised September 19, 2025 (effective September 1, 2025) 005243-5 Agreement Page 5 of 8 7.3 Successors and Assigns. City and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, in respect to all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 7.4 Severability/Non-Waiver of Claims. Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be unconstitutional, void or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction shall be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon City and Contractor. The failure of City or Contractor to insist upon the performance of any term or provision of this Agreement or to exercise any right granted herein shall not constitute a waiver of City's or Contractor's respective right to insist upon appropriate performance or to assert any such right on any future occasion. 7.5 Governing Law and Venue. This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents is performable in the State of Texas. Venue for state court actions shall be in any state court of competent jurisdiction in Tarrant County, Texas; for federal actions, venue shall lie with the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas - Fort Worth Division. 7.6 Authority to Sign. Contractor shall attach evidence of authority to sign Agreement if signed by someone other than the duly authorized signatory of the Contractor. 7.7 Non -appropriation of Funds. In the event no funds or insufficient funds are appropriated by City in any fiscal period for any payments due hereunder, City will notify Vendor of such occurrence and this Agreement shall terminate on the last day of the fiscal period for which appropriations were received without penalty or expense to City of any kind whatsoever, except as to the portions of the payments herein agreed upon for which funds have been appropriated. 7.8 Prohibition On Contracts With Companies Boycotting Israel. Contractor, unless a sole proprietor, acknowledges that in accordance with Chapter 2271 of the Texas Government Code, if Contractor has 10 or more full time -employees and the contract value is $100,000 or more, the City is prohibited from entering into a contract with a company for goods or services unless the contract contains a written verification from the company that it: (1) does not boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract. The terms "boycott Israel" and "company" shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in Section 808.001 of the Texas Government Code. By signing this contract, Contractor certifies that Contractor's signature provides written verification to the City that if Chapter 2271, Texas Government Code applies, Contractor: (1) does not boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised September 19, 2025 (effective September 1, 2025) 005243-6 Agreement Page 6 of 8 7.9 Prohibition on Boycotting Energy Companies. Contractor acknowledges that in accordance with Chapter 2276 of the Texas Government Code, the City is prohibited from entering into a contract for goods or services that has a value of $100,000 or more, which will be paid wholly or partly from public funds of the City, with a company (with 10 or more full-time employees) unless the contract contains a written verification from the company that it: (1) does not boycott energy companies; and (2) will not boycott energy companies during the term of the contract. The terms "boycott energy company" and "company" have the meaning ascribed to those terms by Chapter 2276 of the Texas Government Code. To the extent that Chapter 2276 of the Government Code is applicable to this Agreement, by signing this Agreement, Contractor certifies that Contractor's signature provides written verification to the City that Contractor: (1) does not boycott energy companies; and (2) will not boycott energy companies during the term of this Agreement. 7.10 Prohibition on Discrimination Against Firearm and Ammunition Industries. Contractor acknowledges that except as otherwise provided by Chapter 2274 of the Texas Government Code, the City is prohibited from entering into a contract for goods or services that has a value of $100,000 or more which will be paid wholly or partly from public funds of the City, with a company (with 10 or more full-time employees) unless the contract contains a written verification from the company that it: (1) does not have a practice, policy, guidance, or directive that discriminates against a firearm entity or firearm trade association; and (2) will not discriminate during the term of the contract against a firearm entity or firearm trade association. The terms "discriminate," "firearm entity" and "firearm trade association" have the meaning ascribed to those terms by Chapter 2274 of the Texas Government Code. To the extent that Chapter 2274 of the Government Code is applicable to this Agreement, by signing this Agreement, Contractor certifies that Contractor's signature provides written verification to the City that Contractor: (1) does not have a practice, policy, guidance, or directive that discriminates against a firearm entity or firearm trade association; and (2) will not discriminate against a firearm entity or firearm trade association during the term of this Agreement. 7.11 Immigration Nationality Act. Contractor shall verify the identity and employment eligibility of its employees who perform work under this Agreement, including completing the Employment Eligibility Verification Form (I-9). Upon request by City, Contractor shall provide City with copies of all I-9 forms and supporting eligibility documentation for each employee who performs work under this Agreement. Contractor shall adhere to all Federal and State laws as well as establish appropriate procedures and controls so that no services will be performed by any Contractor employee who is not legally eligible to perform such services. CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY CITY AND HOLD CITY HARMLESS FROM ANY PENALTIES, LIABILITIES, OR LOSSES DUE TO VIOLATIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH BY CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR'S EMPLOYEES, SUBCONTRACTORS, AGENTS, OR LICENSEES. City, upon written notice to Contractor, shall have the right to immediately terminate this Agreement for violations of this provision by Contractor. 7.12 No Third -Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement gives no rights or benefits to anyone other than the City and the Contractor and there are no third -party beneficiaries. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised September 19, 2025 (effective September 1, 2025) 005243-7 Agreement Page 7 of 8 7.13 This Project is funded in part with federal funds and is subject to both federal procurement regulations and requirements of the Texas Water Development Board. As such, the Contractor shall comply with all requirements and restrictions imposed by the federal government and the Texas Water Development Board. The most current of these provisions shall be added to the Contract Documents, either directly or via an Addendum, prior to execution, and shall be enforceable as though set forth herein. Contractor shall abide by all federal regulations applicable to this Agreement, whether or not any given regulation is explicitly stated in the Contract Documents. 7.14 Recoupment. Contractor agrees that it is financially responsible for and will repay the City any and all indicated amounts following an audit exception which occurs due to Contractor's failure, for any reason, to comply with the terms of the Agreement. This duty to repay the City shall survive the termination of the Agreement. In the event of a violation of federal law, the funds shall be subject to recoupment by the City. Any funds paid to Contractor (1) in excess of the amount to which Contractor is authorized to retain under the terms of the Agreement; (2) that are determined by the United States government to have been misused; (3) are determined by the United States government to be subject to a repayment obligation pursuant to federal law; or (4) are otherwise subject to recoupment by the City, and have not been repaid by Contractor to the City shall constitute a debt to the City, and must be paid within thirty (30) days of Contractor's receiving notice thereof. Article 8. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION 8.1 Termination. The contract may be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions. 8.2 Suspension The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions. [ SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW. ] CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised September 19, 2025 (effective September 1, 2025) 005243-8 Agreement Page 8 of 3 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, City and Contractor have each executed this Agreement to be effective as of the date subscribed by the City's designated Assistant City Manager ("Effective Date"). Contractor: By: �7 Signatu Peter T Bailey (Printed Name) Executive Vice President Title 1725 Hughes Landing Blvd., Suite 1200 Address The Woodlands, TX 77380 City/State/Zip 8/2512026 Date OFFICIAL RECORD CITY SECRETARY FT. WORTH, TX City of Fort Worth By: Jesica McEachern Assistant City Manager 10/06/2026 Date 4FORT➢➢ of=°° �� �➢ad Attest: - a➢➢➢ nEXAS,�� Jannette Goodall. City Secretary (Seal) M&C: C : 26-0822 Date: August 25, 2026 Contract Compliance Manager: By signing. I acknowledge that I am the person responsible for the monitoring and administration of this contract, including ensuring all performance and reporting requirements. Suzanne Abbe, P.E. Engineering Manager, Plant Operations Approved as to Form and Legality: Stephen M. Hines Sr. Assistant City Attorney APPROVAL RECOMMENDED Christopher Ftarder, Chris Harder, P.E., Director, Water Department END OF SECTION CI I-1 OF FORT WORTH d/art s Creek )Water Reclamation: Faci/ui STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01'39 Revised September 19 2025 (effective September I 2022?) Bond.Numbers: 014267238(Lib), 47SUR300076010094(Berk), 30279547(CNA), 9499626(Zur) 006113-1 PERFORMANCE BOND Page 1 of 2 SECTION 00 61 13 PERFORMANCE BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT § That we, Webber Waterworks, LLC , known as Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, Berkshire Hathaway Specialty Insurance Company, "Principal" herein and The Continental Insurance Company, Zurich American Insurance Company a corporate s surety(sureties, if more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as "Surety" herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of Texas, known as "City" herein, in the penal Five1-lundred Thirty Seven Million Nine Hundred Eighty Two sum of, Thousand One Hundred Twenty Eight and 00/100 Dollars ($ 537,982,128.00 ), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the City awarded the25th day of August , 2026, which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment labor and other accessories defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work, including any Change Orders, as provided for in said Contract designated as Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility, C01239. NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform it obligations under the Contract and shall in all respects duly and faithfully perform the Work, including Change Orders, under the Contract, according to the plans, specifications, and contract documents therein referred to, and as well during any period of extension of the Contract that may be granted on the part of the City, then this obligation shall be and become null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in Tarrant County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Fort Worth Division. CITY OF FORT WORTH Marys Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS O01239 Revised December 8, 2023 006113-2 PERFORMANCE BOND Page 2 of 2 This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said statue. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the 25th day of August ,2026. ATTEST: (Princip ) ecretary fitness as to rincipal PRINCIPAL: Webber Waterworks, LLC BY: Sj nature Pe Cf T k. P cc t-hu( 'J Name and Title Pre ided Address: 1725 Hughes Landings B!vd. Suite 1200 The Woodlands, Texas 77380 SURETY: Liberty Mutual Insura Corn ny2erksh" ire 6thawa S ecialty I:isurance Company, The Continental Ins ante m ny, Zurich nsu nce Company BY: Signature Gicelle Pajon, Attorney -in -fact Name and Title 175 Berkeley Street, Boston, MA 02116(Lib) Address:1314 Douglas Street, Suite 1311Q O ba, NE 68102(Berk) 151 N. Franklin Street, Chicago, IL 60606(CNA) 1299 Zurich Way, Sc aumburg, IL 60196(Zur) itn as to Surety Telephone Number: 305-588-5875 Gig Iglesias Email Address: Gicelle.Pajon�marsh.com *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety's physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Marc's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised December 8, 2023 Bond Numbers: 014267238(Lib), 47SUR300076010094(Berk), 30279547(CNA), 9499626(Zur) 006114-1 PAYMENT BOND Page 1 oft SECTION 00 6114 PAYMENT BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT That we, Webber Waterworks, LLC , known as Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, Berkshire Hathaway Specialty Insurance Company, "Principal" herein, and The Continental Insurance Company, Zurich American Insurance Company , a corporate surety (sureties), duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as "Surety" herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation created pursilant to the l.ws o f the State f,Tew kp.owrri as " itv" erein in the penal IveHundredI y even Million Irle un red tig ty Iwo ' sum of Thousand One Hundred Twenty Eight and 00/100 Dollars ($ 537,982,128.00 ), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas, for the payment of which sum well and truly be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents: WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a certain written Contract with City, awarded the 25th day of August , 20 26 , which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment, labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work as provided for in said Contract and designated as Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility, C01239. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if Principal shall pay all monies owing to any (and all) payment bond beneficiary (as defined in Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended) in the prosecution of the Work under the Contract, then this obligation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said statute. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised December 8, 2023 0061 14-2 PAYMENT BOND Page 2 oft IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the 25th day of August 20 26 PRINCIPAL: Webber Waterworks, LLC ATTEST: (Principal) S cretary t&/L b4i Witness as o Principal (Surety) k6t Surety Witness a Iglesias Witness as to Surety Rosa M. Demera BY. Signatu �-1 kr1 f f,4 L CUI+i U fcWr,d4j Name and Title Address: 1725 Hughes Landings Blvd. Suite 1200 The Woodlands, Texas 77380 SURETY: berty Mutual Insur c pany, Be &shire Hathaway Specialty Insurance Company, ie Continen H surance o prlY, rich American insurance Company BY: Vi6e Gicelle Pajon, Attorney -in -fact Name and Title 175 Berkeley Street, Boston, MA 02116(Lib) Address: Omaha, NE 68102(Berk) 151 N. Franklin Street, Chicago, IL 60606(CNA) 1299 Zurich Way, Schaumburg, IL 60196(Zur) Telephone Number: 305-588-5875 Email Address: Gicelle.Pajon@mars%f corn Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety, there must be on file a certified extract from the bylaws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety's physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Mcrr!v's Creek WaterReclanralion Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised December 8, 2023 Bond Numbers: 014267238(Lib), 47SUR300076010094(Berk), 30279547(CNA), 9499626(Zur) 0061 19-1 MAINTENANCE BOND Page 1 of 3 SECTION 00 61 19 MAINTENANCE BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT That we Webber Waterworks, LLC , known as Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, Berkshire Hathaway Specialty Insurance Company, "Principal" herein and The Continental Insurance Company, Zurich American Insurance Company , a corporate surety (sureties, if more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as "Surety" herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas, known as "City" herein, in the sum Five Hundred Thirty Seven Million Nine Hundred Eighty Two 537,982,128.00 of Thousand lnt? Hunrirad TwAn y ght and on/ion Dollars ($ lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas, for payment of which sum well and truly be made unto the City and its successors, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the City awarded the 25th day of August , 20 26 , which Contract is hereby referred to and a made part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work, including any Work resulting from a duly authorized Change Order (collectively herein, the "Work") as provided for in said contract and designated as Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility, O01,239; and WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the Work in accordance with the plans, specifications and Contract Documents that the Work is and will remain free from defects in materials or workmanship for and during the period of two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work by the City ("Maintenance Period"); and WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to repair or reconstruct the Work in whole or in part upon receiving notice from the City of the need therefor at any time within the Maintenance Period. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised September 19, 2025 0061 19-2 MAINTENANCE BOND Page 2 of 3 NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if Principal shall remedy any defective Work, for which timely notice was provided by City, to a completion satisfactory to the City, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if Principal shall fail so to repair or reconstruct any timely noticed defective Work, it is agreed that the City may cause any and all such defective Work to be repaired and/or reconstructed with all associated costs thereof being borne by the Principal and the Surety under this Maintenance bond; and PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in Tarrant County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Fort Worth Division; and PROVIDED FURTHER, that this obligation shall be continuous in nature and successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches, CITY OF FORT WORTH Marys Creek WaterReclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised September 19, 2025 006119-3 MAINTENANCE BOND Page 3 of 3 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the 25th day of August ,2026. PRINCIPAL: Webber Waterworks ATT ST: (Principal) cret ry Witness as to rincipal Smut >yx Surety Witness Wirriess as t6 Surety Rosa M. Demera rJ Name and Title Address:l12. h.c %fS , $6l k tZcb 11YLO- SURETY: Liberty Mutual Insur The Continental I u Gicelle Pajon, Name and Title y InsurarcCompany, Company 175 Berkeley Street, Boston, MA 02116(Lib) Address: 1314 no,-glas Street Suite 1300Omaha, NE 68102(Berk) 151 N. Franklin Street, Chicago, IL 60606(CNA) 1299 Zurich Way, Schaumburg, IL 60196(Zur) Telephone Number: 305-588-5875 Email Address: Gicelle.Pajon@nmarsh.com *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. if Surety's physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 19, 2025 Mary's Creek Thaler Reclamation Facility C01239 Liberty POWER OF ATTORNEY Certificate No: 8204866 mutuale Liberty Mutual Insurance Company SURETY The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company West American Insurance Company KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, that Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts, and West American Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana (herein collectively called the "Companies"), pursuant to and by authority herein set forth, does hereby name, constitute and appoint, Gicelle Pajon all of the city of Miami ,state of FL each individually if there be more than one named, its true and lawful attorney -in -fact to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents and shall be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed thereto this 1st day of July, 2024. Liberty Mutual Insurance Company tT1SU-pq {Y iNSrj 1NSr/R The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company ��:PGeRPpR,gr 'y� yJQ'�oRvor�r�.p� �P�eRPo,�T'��y West American Insurance Company 1912 0 py1979�o Q 1991 0 d3ACNUBaa yOyAMP°'N d� rs M0IARP aa� By: ��T * *� '�Hl * ►� �M * b� Nathan J. Zangerle, Assistant Secretary vi a STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA ss C COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY @ On this 1st day of July, 2024, before me personally appeared Nathan J. Zangerle, who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, The Ohio Casualty Company, and West American Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, execute the foregoing Instrument for the purposes therein contained to , by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. cc IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal at Plymouth Meeting, Pennsylvania, on the day and year first above written. PA Commonwealth of Pennsylvania - Notary Seat M •— Teresa Postello, Notary Public 03 � �g, 91 Montgomery County 0 ` Ksvl �r My commission expires March 28, 2029 By ( a re Puy Commission number 1126044 I Teresa Pastella, Notary Public o N Member, Pennsylvania Association of Notarlea C This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-laws and Authorizations of The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows: cc a1 ARTICLE IV— OFFICERS: Section 12. Power of Attorney. Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President, and subject to such limitation as the Chairman or the o G President may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys -in -fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety Eof any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in -fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, o cL shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so executed, such Instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary. Any power or authority granted to any representative or attomey-in-fact under the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board, the Chairman, the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority. C) ARTICLE XIII - Execution of Contracts: Section 5. Surety Bonds and Undertakings. Z Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys -in -fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in -fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. Certificate of Designation — The President of the Company, acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company, authorizes Nathan J. Zangerle, Assistant Secretary to appoint such attorneys-infact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Authorization — By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the Company, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. I, Renee C. Llewellyn, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company do hereby certify that this power of attorney executed by said Companies Is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this 25th day of August 2026 v lN80,b 01 INS& d tt1SIll atiJ�`oRpoR9'�oy°�n Q 3`cogU�oy� ��PoeRrorryr�yniR 91912 c 1919 o 1991 0 By- ds ��AcNu5as y°yAM4gR\ a� �s 'y°IANa �a$ Renee C. Llewellyn, Assistant Secretary ��7 * 1"� �y1 ,r t•� 3�1 * to cE 00 O of me ..rs EE o Qo o- � N 0O 0 N o_ � 04 C II Marsh MSurety POA LMIC OCIC WAIC Multi Co 012025 Liberty Mutual SURETY Figure: 28 TAC § 1.601(a)(2)(B) Have a complaint or need help? If you have a problem with a claim or your premium, call your insurance company or HMO first. If you can't work out the issue, the Texas Department of Insurance may be able to help. Even if you file a complaint with the Texas Department of Insurance, you should also file a complaint or appeal through your insurance company or HMO. If you don't, you may lose your right to appeal. Liberty Mutual Insurance Company To get information or file a complaint with your insurance company or HMO: Call: Liberty Mutual Surety Claims at 206-473-6210 Online: www.LibertyMutualSuretyClaims.com Email: HOSCL@libertymutual.com Mail: P.O. Box 34526 Seattle, WA 98124 The Texas Department of Insurance To get help with an insurance question or file a complaint with the state: Call with a question: 1-800-252-3439 File a complaint: www.tdi.texas.gov Email: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov Mail: MC 111 -IA, P.O. Box 149091, Austin, TX 78714-9091 ITiene una queja o necesita ayuda? Si tiene, un problema con una reclamacion o con su prima de seguro, Ilame primero a su compania de seguros o HMO. Si no puede resolver el problema, es posible que el Departamento de Seguros de Texas (Texas Department of Insurance, por su nombre en ingles) pueda ayudar. Aun si usted presenta una queja ante el Deparamento de Seguros de Texas, tambien debe presentar una queja a traves del proceso de quejas o de apelaciones de su compania de seguros o HMO. Si no to hace, podria perder su derecho para apelar. Liberty Mutual Insurance Company Para obtener informacion o para presentar una queja ante su compania de seguros o HMO: LMS-16292e 9120 Llame a: Liberty Mutual Surety Claims al 206-473-6210 En Ilnea: www.LibertyMutualSuretyClaims.com Correo electr6nico: HOSCL@libertymutual.com Direccion postal: P.O. Box 34526 Seattle, WA 98124 El Departamento de Seguros de Texas Para obtener ayuda con una pregunta relacionada con los seguros o para presen₹ar una queja ante el estado: Llame con sus preguntas al: 1-800-252-3439 Presente una queja en: www.tdi.texas.gov Correo electronico: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov Direccion postal: MC 111 -IA, P.O. Box 149091, Austin, TX 78714-9091 LMS-15292e 9120 BHSI BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE 47-SU R-300076-01-0094 Power Of Attorney BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY! NATIONAL LIABILITY & FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY Know all men by these presents, that BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY and NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY, corporation existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Nebraska, and NATIONAL LIABILITY & FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Connecticut (hereinafter collectively the "Companies"), pursuant to and by the authority granted as set forth herein, do hereby name, constitute and appoint Gicelle Pa ion, Mary Ann Garcia, Amanda Turman-Avina. Laura E. Sudduth, Barbara Norton, Stephanie Gross, Jessica Richmond, Misty Witt, Dylan Young located at 500 Dallas Street, Suite 1500 of the city of Houston, State of Texas as their true and lawful attorneys) -in -fact to make, execute, seal, acknowledge, and deliver, for and on their behalf as surety and as their act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds, bid related commitments to include surety consents, surety consents for release or reduction of retained percentages, final estimates on engineering and construction contracts or other such writings obligatory in the nature thereof, in pursuance of these presents, the execution of which shall be as binding upon the Companies as if it has been duly signed and executed by their regularly elected officers in their own proper persons. This authority for the Attorney -in -Fact shall be limited to the execution of the attached bond(s) or other such related writings obligatory in the nature thereof as described herein. In witness whereof, this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer of the Companies, and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed hereto this date 17th of September, 2025. This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the Bylaws, Resolutions of the Board of Directors, and other Authorizations of BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY, NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY and NATIONAL LIABILITY & FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, which are in full force and effect, each reading as appears on the back page of this Power of Attorney, respectively. The following seals of the Companies and signatures by authorized officer of the Companies may be affixed by facsimile or digital format, which shall be deemed the equivalent of and constitute the written signatures of such officer of the Companies and original seals of the Companies for all purposes regarding this Power of Attorney, including satisfaction of any signature and seal requirements on any and all undertakings, bonds, or other such writings obligatory in the nature thereof, to which this Power of Attorney applies. BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY, By: David Fields, Executive Vice President g?EL1ALf NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY, i ....... r EMN� P3�` QR40ggT Hsi NATIONAL LIABILITY & FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, SEAL o;' 5'UItELL f �,�FIRt Ih,S v "PdR�•,�.G J: SGRF.TY n By� tio:•�nccs.`.�sa` David Fields, Vice President NOTARY State of Massachusetts, County of Suffolk, ss: On this 17th day of September, 2025 before me appeared David Fields, Executive Vice President of BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY and Vice President of NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY and NATIONAL LIABILITY & FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, who being duly sworn, says that his capacity is as designated above for such Companies; that he knows the corporate seals of the Companies; that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are such corporate seals; that they were affixed by order of the board of directors or other governing body of said Companies pursuant to its Bylaws, Resolutions and other Authorizations, and that he signed said instrument in that capacity of said Companies. [Notary Seal] CAITLIN NICOLE BOYDEN Notary Public fv�` Commonwealth of Massachusetts My Commission Expires September 7, 2029 Notary Public I, Ralph Tortorella III, the undersigned, Officer of BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY, NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY and NATIONAL LIABILITY & FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, see hereunto affixed the seals of said Companies this Ralph Tortorella III, Officer j BHSIC, NICO & NLF POA (8 2025) BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY (BYLAWS) ARTICLE V. CORPORATE ACTIONS EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS: Section 6.(b) The President, any Vice President or the Secretary, shall have the power and authority: (1) To appoint Attorneys -in -fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company bonds and other undertakings, and (2) To remove at any time any such Attorney -in -fact and revoke the authority given him. NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY (BY-LAWS) Section 4. Officers, Agents, and Employees: A. The officers shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, one or more Assistant Secretaries, a Treasurer, and one or more Assistant Treasurers none of whom shall be required to be shareholders or Directors and each of whom shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at each annual meeting to serve a term of office of one year or until a successor has been elected and qualified, may serve successive terms of office, may be removed from office at any time for or without cause by a vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, and shall have such powers and rights and be charged with such duties and obligations as usually are vested in and pertain to such office or as may be directed from time to time by the Board of Directors; and the Board of Directors or the officers may from time to time appoint, discharge, engage, or remove such agents and employees as may be appropriate, convenient, or necessary to the affairs and business of the corporation. NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY (BOARD RESOLUTION ADOPTED AUGUST 6,2014) Resolved, That the President, any Vice President or the Secretary, shall have the power and authority to (1) appoint Attorneys -in -fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of this Company bonds and other undertakings and (2) to remove at any time any such Attorney -In -fact and revoke the authority given him. NATIONAL LIABILITY & FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY (LAWS) ARTICLE IV Officers Section 1. Officers, Agents and Employees: A. The officers shall be a president, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, a secretary, one or more assistant secretaries, a treasurer, and one or more assistant treasurers, none of whom shall be required to be shareholders or directors, and each of whom shall be elected annually by the board of directors at each annual meeting to serve a term of office of one year or until a successor has been elected and qualified, may serve successive terms of office, may be removed from office at any time for or without cause by a vote of a majority of the board of directors. The president and secretary shall be different individuals. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not create contract rights. The officers of the Corporation shall have such powers and rights and be charged with such duties and obligations as usually are vested in and pertain to such office or as may be directed from time to time by the board of directors; and the board of directors or the officers may from time to time appoint, discharge, engage, or remove such agents and employees as may be appropriate, convenient, or necessary to the affairs and business of the Corporation. NATIONAL LIABILITY & FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY (BOARD RESOLUTION ADOPTED AUGUST 6, 2014) Resolved, That the President, any Vice President or the Secretary, shall have the power and authority to (1) appoint Attorneys -in -fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of this Company bonds and other undertakings and (2) to remove at any time any such Attorney -in -fact and revoke the authority given him. BHSIC, NICO & NLF POA (8 2025) "FJ Berkshire Hathaway Specialty Insurance One Lincoln Street, 23rd Floor Boston, MA 02111 IMPORTANT NOTICE: To obtain information or make a complaint: You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverage, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance at: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: 1-512-490-1007 Your notice of claim against the attached bond may be given to the surety company that issued the bond by sending it to the following address: Physical Address: One Lincoln Street, 23rd Floor Boston, MA 02111 You may also contact the Berkshire Hathaway Insurance Company office by telephone at: 1-855-453-9675 or email claimsnotice@bhspeciaity.com Texas Demand Address: BHSIC c/o Gieger, Laborde & Laperouse, LLC 5151 San Felipe , Suite 750, Houston, TX 77027 Phone: (832) 255-6000 PREMIUM OF CLAIM DISPUTES: If you have a dispute concerning a premium, you should contact the agent first. If you have a dispute concerning a claim, you should contact the company first. If the dispute is not resolived, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR BOND: This notice is for information only and does not become part or condition of the attached document. POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY -IN -FACT Know All Men By These Presents, That The Continental Insurance Company, a Pennsylvania insurance company, is a duly organized and existing insurance company having its principal office in the City of Chicago, and State of Illinois, and that it does by virtue of the signature and seal herein affixed hereby make, constitute and appoint Giceile Pajon of Miami Florida , its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on its behalf bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature - In Unlimited Amounts - Surety Bond Number: 30279547 Principal: Webber Waterworks, LLC Obligee: City of Fort Worth Water Department and to bind it thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of the insurance company and all the acts of said Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given, is hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By -Laws and Resolutions, printed below, duly adopted, as indicated, by the Board of Directors of the insurance company. In Witness Whereof, The Continental Insurance Company has caused these presents to be signed by its Vice President and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed on November 24, 2025. The Continental Insurance Company 44J Q' Larry Kasten, Vice President State of South Dakota, County of Minnehaha, as: On this November 24, 2025, before me personally came Larry Kasten to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he resides in the City of Sioux Falls, State of South Dakota, that he is a Vice President of The Continental Insurance Company, a Pennsylvania insurance company, described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said insurance company; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said insurance company and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said insurance company. My commision expires November 2, 2028 LA. ELLSWORTH NOW AKOTA $OUni DAKOTA CERTIFICATE A. Ellsworth, Notary Public 1, P. Kolsrud, Assistant Secretary of The Continental insurance Company, a Pennsylvania insurance company, do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney herein above set forth is still in force, and further certify that the By -Laws and Resolutions of the Board of Directors of the insurance company printed below are still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the seal of the said insurance company on August 25, 2026 ,.�h�ii3s�;k'•. The Continental insurance Company P. Kolsrud, Assistant Secretary Authorizing By -Laws and Resolutions ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE CONTINENTAL INSURANCE COMPANY: This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company at a meeting held on May 10, 1995. "RESOLVED: That any Senior or Group Vice President may authorize an officer to sign specific documents, agreements and instruments on behalf of the Company provided that the name of such authorized officer and a description of the documents, agreements or instruments that such officer may sign will be provided in writing by the Senior or Group Vice President to the Secretary of the Company prior to such execution becoming effective." Form F6850-212024 This Power of Attorney is signed by Larry Kasten, Vice President, who has been authorized pursuant to the above resolution to execute power of attorneys on behalf of The Continental Insurance Company. This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company by unanimous written consent dated the April 25, 2012. "Whereas, the bylaws of the Company or specific resolution of the Board of Directors has authorized various officers (the "Authorized Officers") to execute various policies, bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature; and Whereas, from time to time, the signature of the Authorized Officers, in addition to being provided in original, hard copy format, may be provided via facsimile or otherwise in an electronic format (collectively, "Electronic Signatures"), Now therefore be it resolved: that the Electronic Signature of any Authorized Officer shall be valid and binding on the Company." This Power of Attorney may be signed by digital signature and sealed by a digital or otherwise electronic -formatted corporate seal under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company by unanimous written consent dated the April 27, 2022: "RESOLVED: That it is in the best interest of the Company to periodically ratify and confirm any corporate documents signed by digital signatures and to ratify and confirm the use of a digital or otherwise electronic -formatted corporate seal, each to be considered the act and deed of the Company." Form F6850-2/2024 Figure: 28 TAC §1 .601(a)(3) 1 IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: 2 You may contact Continental Casualty Company, National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford, American Casualty Company of Reading, PA and Continental Insurance Company at 312-822-5000. 3 You may call Continental Casualty Company, National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford, American Casualty Company of Reading, PA and Continental Insurance Company's toll -free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1-877-672-6115 4 You may also write to Continental Casualty Company, National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford, American Casualty Company of Reading, PA and Continental Insurance Company at: CNA Surety, Surety Claims 151 North Franklin, 17th Floor Chicago, IL 606 5 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 6 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512) 490-1007 Web: www.td!.texas.gov E -Mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov 7 PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact Continental Casualty Company, National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford, American Casualty Company of Reading, PA and Continental Insurance Company first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. 8 ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. Form F8277-6-2018 AVISO IMPORTANTE Para obtener informacion o para someter una queja: Puede comunicarse con Continental Casualty Company, National Fire Insurance Company de Hartford, American Casualty Company de Reading, PA y Continental Insurance Company al 312-822-5000. Usted puede Ilamar al numero de telefono gratis de Continental Casualty Company, National Fire Insurance Company de Hartford, American Casualty Company de Reading, PA y Continental Insurance Company's para informacion o para someter una queja al: 1-877-672-6115 Usted tambien puede escribir a Continental Casualty Company, National Fire Insurance Company de Hartford, American Casualty Company de Reading, PA y Continental Insurance Company: CNA Surety, Surety Claims 151 North Franklin, 17th Floor Chicago, IL 606 Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Seguros de Texas para obtener informacion acerca de companias, coberturas, derechos o quejas al: 1-800-252-3439 Puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de Texas: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512) 490-1007 Web: www.tdi.texas.gov E -Mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS O RECLAMOS: Si tiene una disputa concerniente a su prima o a un reclamo, debe comunicarse con el Continental Casualty Company, National Fire Insurance Company de Hartford, American Casualty Company de Reading, PA y Continental Insurance Company primero. Si no se resuelve la disputa, puede entonces comunicarse con el departamento (TDI). UNA ESTE AVISO A SU POLIZA: Este aviso es solo para proposito de informacion y no se convierte en parte o condicion del documento adj u nto. ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation of the State of New York, the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, a corporation of the State of Illinois, and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND a corporation of the State of Illinois (herein collectively called the "Companies"), by Christopher Nolan, in pursuance of authority granted by Article V. Section 8, of the By -Laws of said Companies, which are set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the date hereof, do hereby nominate, constitute, and appoint Gicelle Pajon , its true and lawful agent and Attorney -in -Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for, and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and undertakings, and the execution of such bonds or undertakings in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon said Companies, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at its office in New York, New York„ the regularly elected officers of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at its office in Owings Mills, Maryland., and the regularly elected officers of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at its office in Owings Mills, Maryland., in their own proper persons. The said Vice President does hereby certify that the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article V, Section 8, of the By -Laws of said Companies, and is now in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice -President has hereunto subscribed his/her names and affixed the Corporate Seals of the said ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, this 31st day of March, A.D. 2025. ATTEST, ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND !r •I IG\dam ekH rl/_ Yary�,�y- c Q iwsvygti •y• o,q `•°M1`fOPO a'°a9lt Cgry,r�"•,•,•. '�o�. -�.�"�Ga 4P�'OR.y -`,,,GN,y Wf•Q,P �SEALmIK= !,≥ SEAL i �l SEALmiq_ - , J'• r` ' `• .g73,"' ° � i` yy" ree°.�•'Qa°' By: Chr islopher Nolan „"° , Vice President ��Ll,4t�if. M1.�Lf�Gi By: Dawn Dawn E. Brown Secretary State of Maryland County of Baltimore On this 31st day of March, A.D. 2025, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, Christopher Nolan, Vice President and Dawn E. Brown, Secretary of the Companies, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and acknowledged the execution of same, and being by me duly sworn, deposeth and saith, that he/she is the said officer of the Company aforesaid, and that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies, and that the said Corporate Seals and the signature as such officer were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporations. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year first above written. Genevieve M. Maison Notary Public My Commission Expire January 27, 2029 EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF THE COMPANIES "Article V. Section 8, Attorneys -in -Fact. The Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Executive Vice President or Vice President may, by written instrument under the attested corporate seal, appoint attorneys -in -fact with authority to execute bonds, policies, recognizances, stipulations, undertakings, or other like instruments on behalf of the Company, and may authorize any officer or any such attorney -in -fact to affix the corporate seal thereto; and may with or without cause modify of revoke any such appointment or authority at any time." CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Vice President of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that Article V, Section 8, of the By -Laws of the Companies is still in force. This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 15th day of December 1998. RESOLVED: "That the signature of the President or a Vice President and the attesting signature of a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and the Seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any Power of Attorney... Any such Power or any certificate thereof bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company." This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 5th day of May, 1994, and the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and held on the 10th day of May, 1990. RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any Vice -President, Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seals of the said Companies, this 25th day of August , 2026. SEAL -"'_ ` ,E SEAL fa e ? ;, u SEAL Yr¢5rF r.�1 p f / f fAjlf r, j__I p '''�a,�-nn``���4a. 5.1 r f'`.` y/ `+yn�na"mm�,"�`+ht"m u�m•v`•• Thomas O. McClellan Vice President TO REPORT A CLAIM WITH REGARD TO A SURETY BOND, PLEASE SUBMIT A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE CLAIM INCLUDING THE PRINCIPAL ON THE BOND, THE BOND NUMBER, AND YOUR CONTACT INFORMATION TO: Zurich Surety Claims 1299 Zurich Way Schaumburg, IL 60196-1056 www.renortsfclaims(li zurichna.com 800-626-4577 ZURICH Texas Important Notice IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may call Zurich North America's toll -free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1-800-382-2150 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights, or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512) 490-1007 Web: www.tdi.texas.gov E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim, you should contact the company first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. AVISO IMPORTANTE Para obtener informacion o para presentar una queja: Usted puede Ilamar al numero de telefono gratuito de Zurich North America's para obtener informacion o para presentar una queja al: 1-800-382-2150 Usted puede comunicarse con el Departamento de So- guros de Texas para obtener informacion sobre com- pahias, coberturas, derechos, o quejas al: 1-800-252-3439 Usted puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de Texas a: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512) 490-1007 Sitio web: www.tdi.texas.gov E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov DISPUTAS POR PRIMAS DE SEGUROS O RECLAMACIONES: Si tiene una disputa relacionada con su prima de seguro o con una reclamacion, usted debe comunicarse con la compahia primero. Si Ia disputa no es resuelta, usted puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Seguros de Texas. ADJUNTE ESTE AVISO A SU POLIZA: Este aviso es solamente para propositos informativos y no se con- vierto en parte o en condicion del documento adjunto. U -GU -296-E (06/15) Page 1 of 1 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 006125-1 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Page 1 of 2 SECTION 00 61 25 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 COMMENTS/REMARKS Where required by written contract, the following is addt'l insured for General Liability (GL) arising out of ongoing completed operations, Automobile Liability and Umbrella Liability on a primary & non-contriburory basis. GL, Auto & Workers Comp policies include waiver of subrogation on behalf of the following as required by written contract and where allowed by law. Insurer will endeavor to mail 30 days notice of cancellation to certificate holder. Umbrella/Excess liability follows form over GL, Auto and Work Comp. See Previous Page ----> I OFREMARK COPYRIGHT 2000, AMS SERVICES INC. Webber Waterworks, LLC 4/1/2026 to 4/1/2027 The following policy provisions and/or endorsements form part of the policies of insurance represented by this certificate of insurance. The terms contained in the policies and/or endorsements supersede the representations made herein. General Liability: Blanket additional insured Ongoing & Completed Operations performed by the insured #CG 73 24 03 23 Blanket primary/non-contributory #CG 73 24 03 23 Blanket Waiver of Subrogation as required by written contract and where allowed by law CG 70 63 04 17 Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems — Limitation of Coverage CG 71 67 04 08 Automobile: Blanket additional insured #CA 71 18 1109 Blanket waiver of subrogation as required by written contract and where allowed by law #CA 71 18 1109 Blanket primary/non-contributory CA 71 65 10 07 Workers Compensation: Blanket waiver of subrogation as required by written contract and where allowed by law #WC 42 03 04 B Longshore and Harbor Workers Compensation Act Coverage Endorsement WC 00 01 06 A Umbrella Liability: Additional Insured under any policy of the underlying will automatically be an insured on the Umbrella — CU 00 0104 13 Blanket waiver of subrogation as required by written contract and where allowed by law #CU 24 03 12 19 Primary Non -Contributory Coverage When Required By Written Agreement CU 74 67 03 23 Limits of Liability Amendment Per Project Aggregate — Other Hazards CU 72 12 08 07 GL, Auto, Umbrella Notice of Cancellation, NonRenewal or Material Change — Third Party — IL 70 66 07 14 Work Comp Notice of Cancellation or NonRenewal-Third Party — WC 99 06 45 07 14 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CONTRACTOR'S BLANKET FLEX ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT - FORM A This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART Policy Number Agency Number Policy Effective Date CPP2100907 4/1/2026 Policy Expiration Date Date Account Number 4/1/2027 Named Insured Agency Issuing Company Webber Waterworks, LLC VTC Insurance Group A. SECTION II - WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to add as an additional insured: 1. Any person ororganization with whom you have agreed in a "written agreement" that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on this policy, and any other person or organization you are required to add as an additional insured under such "written agreement". 2. If "your work" began under a written letter of intent or written work order, any person or organization who issued the written letter of intent or written work order, but: a. such coverage will apply only for 30 calendar days following the date the written letter of intent or written work order was issued; and b. the person or organization is an additional insured only for, and to the extent of, liability arising out of "bodily injury", "property damage", or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by your negligent acts or omissions, or the negligent acts or omissions of others working on your behalf, in the performance of your work as specified in the written letter of intent or written work order. This coverage does not apply to liability arising out of the independent acts or omissions of the additional insured. For the purposes of the coverage provided by this endorsement, a "written agreement" means a written contract or written agreement that: 1. requires you to include a person or organization as an additional insured for a period of time during the policy period; and 2. is executed prior to the occurrence of "bodily injury", "property damage", or "personal and advertising injury" that forms the basis for a claim under this policy. The insurance provided by this endorsement does not apply to any person or organization that is specifically listed as an additional insured on another endorsement attached to this policy. CG 73 24 03 23 Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission Page 1 of 3 B. The coverage provided to any person or organization added as an additional insured pursuant to Paragraph A.1 is limited as follows: 1. If the "written agreement" specifically and exclusively requires you to name the person or organization as an additional insured using the ISO CG 20 10 endorsement with edition dates of 11 85 or 10 01, or the ISO CG 20 37 10 01 endorsement, that person or organization is an additional insured, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage", or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of "your work" for that insured by or for you. 2. If the "written agreement" requires you to name the person or organization as an additional insured using the ISO CG 20 10 and or CG 20 37 endorsements without specifically and exclusively requiring the 11 85 or 10 01 edition dates, that person or organization is an additional insured, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage", or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by your acts or omissions or the acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf. 3. If the "written agreement" requires you to name the person or organization as an additional insured for operations arising out of your work and does not specify an ISO additional insured endorsement, that person or organization is an additional insured, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage", or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of your acts or omissions, or the acts or omissions of others working on your behalf, in the performance of your work as specified in the "written agreement". This coverage does not apply to liability arising out of the sole negligence of the additional insured unless specifically required in the "written agreement". 4. If none of the above paragraphs apply, then the person or organization is an additional insured only for, and to the extent of, liability arising out of "bodily injury", "property damage", or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by your negligent acts or omissions, or the negligent acts or omissions of others working on your behalf, in the performance of your work as specified in the "written agreement". This coverage does not apply to liability arising out of the independent acts or omissions of the additional insured. However, the insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law. C. The insurance provided to an additional insured under this endorsement does not apply to: 1. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" included in the "products -completed operations hazard" unless the "written agreement" specifically requires such coverage (including by specifically requiring the CG 20 10 11 85). To the extent the "written agreement" requires such coverage for a specified amount of time, the coverage provided by this endorsement is limited to the amount of time required for such coverage by the "written agreement". 2. "Bodily injury", "property damage", or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of an architect's, engineer's, or surveyor's rendering of, or failure to render, any professional services, including but not limited to: a. The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve: (1) Maps; (2) Drawings; (3) Opinions; (4) Reports; (5) Surveys; (6) Change orders; CG 73 24 03 23 Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission Page 2 of 3 (7) Design specifications; and b. Supervisory, inspection, or engineering services. D. The limits of insurance that apply to the additional insured are the least of those specified in the "written agreement" or declarations of this policy. Coverage provided by this endorsement for any additional insured shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. The limits of insurance that apply to the additional insured are inclusive of, and not in addition to, the Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. E. With respect to the coverage provided by this endorsement, SECTION IV - COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS, Paragraph 4. Other Insurance is deleted and replaced with the following: 4. Other Insurance. a. Coverage provided by this endorsement is excess over any other valid and collectible insurance available to the additional insured whether: (1) Primary; (2) Excess; (3) Contingent; or (4) On any other basis. In addition, this insurance is excess over any self -insured retentions, deductibles, or captive retentions payable by the additional insured or payable by any person or organization whose coverage is available to the additional insured. However, if the "written agreement" requires primary and non-contributory coverage, this insurance will be primary and non-contributory relative only to the other insurance available to the additional insured which covers that person or organization as a Named Insured, and we will not share with that other insurance. For any other insurance available to the additional insured where that person or organization is not a Named Insured, this policy will share coverage with that other insurance based on the terms specified in Paragraph b. Method of Sharing below. b. Method of Sharing If all the other insurance permits contribution by equal shares, we will follow this method also. Under this method, each insurer contributes equal amounts until it has paid its applicable limit of insurance or none of the loss remains, whichever comes first. If any of the other insurance does not permit contribution by equal shares, we will contribute by limits. Under this method, each insurer's share is based on the ratio of its applicable limit of insurance to the total applicable limits of insurance of all insurers. CG 73 24 03 23 Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission Page 3 of 3 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. TEXAS CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL LIABILITY EXTENSION ENDORSEMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1. Additional Definitions 9 2. Aggregate Limits Per Location 7 3. Aggregate Limits Per Project 6 4. Blanket Contractual Liability — Railroads 3 5. Broadened Bodily Injury Coverage 10 6. Broadened Knowledge Of Occurrence 8 7. Broadened Legal Liability Coverage For Landlord's Business Personal Property 7 8. Broadened Liability Coverage For Damage To Your Product And Your Work 10 9. Broadened Who Is An Insured 3 10. Co -Employee Bodily Injury Coverage for Managers, Supervisors, Directors or Officers see rovision 9, Broadened Who Is An Insured, ara ra h 2.a. 1 4 11. Contractual Liability — Personal And Advertising Injury 3 12. Damage To Premises Rented To You — Specific Perils and Increased Limit 7 13. Designated Completed Projects — Amended Limits of Insurance 11 14. Extended Notice Of Cancellation And Nonrenewal 8 15. Incidental Malpractice Liability 6 16. Increased Medical Payments Limit 7 17. Mobile Equipment Redefined 9 18. Nonowned Watercraft 3 19. Product Recall Expense 2 20. Property Damage Liability — Alienated Premises 2 21. Property Damage Liability — Elevators And Sidetrack Agreements 2 22. Property Damage Liability — Property Loaned To The Insured Or Personal Property In The Care, Custody And Control Of The Insured 2 23. Reasonable Force — Bodily Injury or Property Damage 10 24. Supplementary Payments 3 25. Transfer Of Rights (Blanket Waiver Of Subrogation) 8 26. Unintentional Failure To Disclose Hazards 8 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CG 70 63 04 17 Page 1 of 11 This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Under SECTION I — COVERAGE A. BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY, paragraph 2. EXCLUSIONS, provisions 1. through 6. of this endorsement are excess over any valid and collectible insurance (including any deductible) available to the insured, whether primary, excess or contingent (SECTION IV - COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS, paragraph 4. Other Insurance is changed accordingly). Provisions 1. through 6. of this endorsement amend the policy as follows: PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY — ALIENATED PREMISES A. Exclusion j. Damage to Property, subparagraph (2) is deleted. B. The following paragraph is deleted from Exclusion j. Damage to Property; Paragraph (2) of this exclusion does not apply if the premises are "your work" and were never occupied, rented or held for rental by you. 2. PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY — ELEVATORS AND SIDETRACK AGREEMENTS A. Exclusion j. Damage to Property, paragraphs (3), (4), and (6) do not apply to the use of elevators. B. Exclusion k. Damage to Your Product does not apply to: 1. The use of elevators; or 2. Liability assumed under a sidetrack agreement. 3. PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY — PROPERTY LOANED TO THE INSURED OR PERSONAL PROPERTY IN THE CARE, CUSTODY AND CONTROL OF THE INSURED A. Exclusion j. Damage to Property, paragraphs (3) and (4) are deleted.. B. Coverage under this provision 3. does not apply to "property damage" that exceeds $25,000 per occurrence or $25,000 annual aggregate. 4. PRODUCT RECALL EXPENSE A. Exclusion n. Recall of Products, Work or Impaired Property does not apply to "product recall expenses" that you incur for the "covered recall" of "your product". This exception to the exclusion does not apply to "product recall expenses" resulting from: 1. Failure of any products to accomplish their intended purpose; 2. Breach of warranties of fitness, quality, durability or performance; 3. Loss of customer approval or any cost incurred to regain customer approval; 4. Redistribution or replacement of "your product", which has been recalled, by like products or substitutes; 5. Caprice or whim of the insured; 6. A condition likely to cause loss, about which any insured knew or had reason to know at the inception of this insurance; 7. Asbestos, including loss, damage or clean up resulting from asbestos or asbestos containing materials; 8. Recall of "your product(s)" that have no known or suspected defect solely because a known or suspected defect in another of "your product(s)" has been found. B. Under SECTION III - LIMITS OF INSURANCE, paragraph 3. is replaced in its entirety as follows and paragraph 8. is added: 3. The Products -Completed Operations Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of: Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. Page 2 of 11 CG 70 63 0417 a. Damages under COVERAGE A BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY because of "bodily injury" and "property damage" included in the "products -completed operations hazard" and b. "Product recall expenses". 8. Subject to paragraph 5. above [of the CGL Coverage Form], $25,000 is the most we will pay for all "product recall expenses" arising out of the same defect or deficiency. 5. NONOWNED WATERCRAFT Exclusion g. Aircraft, Auto or Watercraft, paragraph (2) is deleted and replaced with the following: [This exclusion does not apply to:] (2) A watercraft you do not own that is: (a) Less than 75 feet long; and (b) Not being used to carry any person or property for a charge; 6. BLANKET CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY — RAILROADS Under SECTION V - DEFINITIONS, paragraph C. of "Insured Contract" is deleted and replaced by the following: c. Any easement or license agreement; Under SECTION V - DEFINITIONS, paragraph f.(1) of "Insured Contract" is deleted. 7. CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY — PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY Under SECTION I — COVERAGE B., paragraph 2. Exclusions, paragraph e. Contractual Liability is deleted. 8. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS Under SECTION I - SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS - COVERAGES A AND B, paragraph 1.b. is deleted and replaced with the following: 1. b. Up to $5,000 for cost of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle to which the Bodily Injury Liability Coverage applies. We do not have to furnish these bonds. 9. BROADENED WHO IS AN INSURED SECTION II - WHO IS AN INSURED is deleted and replaced with the following: If you are designated in the Declarations as: a. An individual, you and your spouse are insureds, but only with respect to the conduct of a business of which you are the sole owner. b. A partnership or joint venture, you are an insured. Your members, your partners, and their spouses are also insureds, but only with respect to the conduct of your business. C. A limited liability company, you are an insured. Your members are also insureds, but only with respect to the conduct of your business. Your managers are insureds, but only with respect to their duties as your managers. d. An organization other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, you are an insured. Your "executive officers" and directors are insureds, but only with respect to their duties as your officers or directors. Your stockholders are also insureds, but only with respect to their liability as stockholders. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CG 70 63 0417 Page 3 of 11 2. Each of the following is also an insured: Your "volunteer workers" only while performing duties related to the conduct of your business, or your "employees," other than either your "executive officers," (if you are an organization other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) or your managers (if you are a limited liability company), but only for acts within the scope of their employment by you or while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. However, none of these "employees" or "volunteer workers" are insured for: (1) "Bodily injury" or "personal and advertising injury": (a) To you, to your partners or members (if you are a partnership or joint venture), to your members (if you are a limited liability company), to a co -"employee" while in the course of his or her employment or performing duties related to the conduct of your business, or to your other "volunteer workers" while performing duties related to the conduct of your business; (b) To the spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of that co -"employee" or volunteer worker as a consequence of paragraph (1)(a) above; (c) For which there is any obligation to share damages with or repay someone else who must pay damages because of the injury described in paragraphs (1)(a) or (b) above; or (d) Arising out of his or her providing or failing to provide professional health care services except as provided in Provision 10. of this endorsement. Paragraphs (1)(a), (1)(b) and (1)(c) above do not apply to your "employees" who are: (i) Managers; (ii) Supervisors; (iii) Directors; or (iv) Officers; with respect to "bodily injury" to a co -"employee". (2) "Property damage" to property: (a) Owned, occupied or used by; (b) Rented to, in the care, custody or control of, or over which physical control is being exercised for any purpose by you, any of your "employees," "volunteer workers", any partner or member (if you are a partnership or joint venture), or any member (if you are a limited liability company). b. Any person (other than your "employee" or "volunteer worker"), or any organization while acting as your real estate manager. C. Any person or organization having proper temporary custody of your property if you die, but only; (1) With respect to liability arising out of the maintenance or use of that property; and (2) Until your legal representative has been appointed. d. Your legal representative if you die, but only with respect to duties as such. That representative will have all your rights and duties under this Coverage Form. e. Your subsidiaries if: (1) They are legally incorporated entities; and (2) You own more than 50% of the voting stock in such subsidiaries as of the effective date of this policy. If such subsidiaries are not shown in the Declarations, you must report them to us within 180 days of the inception of your original policy. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. Page 4 of 11 CG 70 63 0417 Any person or organization, including any manager, owner, lessor, mortgagee, assignee or receiver of premises, to whom you are obligated under a written contract to provide insurance such as is afforded by this policy, but only with respect to liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of that part of any premises or land leased to you, including common or public areas about such premises or land if so required in the contract. However, no such person or organization is an insured with respect to: (1) Any "occurrence" that takes place after you cease to occupy or lease that premises or land; or (2) Structural alterations, new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of such person or organization. g. Any state or political subdivision but only as respects legal liability incurred by the state or political subdivision solely because it has issued a permit with respect to operations performed by you or on your behalf. However, no state or political subdivision is an insured with respect to: (1) "Bodily injury", "property damage", "personal and advertising injury" arising out of operations performed for the state or municipality; or (2) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" included within the "products -completed operations hazard." h. Any person or organization who is the lessor of equipment leased to you, to whom you are obligated under a written contract to provide insurance such as is afforded by this policy, but only with respect to their liability arising out of the maintenance, operation or use of such equipment by you or a subcontractor on your behalf with your permission and under your supervision. However, if you have entered into a construction contract subject to Subchapter C of Chapter 151 of Subtitle C of Title 2 of the Texas Insurance Code with the additional insured, the insurance afforded to such person(s) or organization(s) only applies to the extent permitted by Subchapter C of Chapter 151 of Subtitle C of Title 2 of the Texas Insurance Code. No such person or organization, however, is an insured with respect to any "occurrence" that takes place after the equipment lease expires. i. Any architect, engineer, or surveyor engaged by you under a written contract but only with respect to liability arising out of your premises or "your work." However, if you have entered into a construction contract subject to Subchapter C of Chapter 151 of Subtitle C of Title 2 of the Texas Insurance Code with the additional insured, the insurance afforded to such person only applies to the extent permitted by Subchapter C of the Chapter 151 of Subtitle C of Title 2 of the Texas Insurance Code. No architect, engineer, or surveyor, however, is an insured with respect to "bodily injury," "property damage," or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of or the failure to render any professional services by or for you, including: (1) The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, change orders, designs or specifications; or (2) Supervisory, inspection, or engineering services. This paragraph i. does not apply if a separate Additional Insured endorsement providing liability coverage for architects, engineers, or surveyors engaged by you is attached to the policy. If the written contract or written agreement requires primary and non-contributory coverage, the insurance provided by paragraphs f. through i. above will be primary and non-contributory relative to other insurance available to the additional insured which covers that person or organization as a Named Insured, and we will not share with that other insurance. 3. Any organization you newly acquire or form, other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company and over which you maintain ownership or majority interest, will qualify as a Named Insured if there is no other similar insurance available to that organization. However: a. Coverage under this provision is afforded only until the end of the policy period; b. Coverage A does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization; Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CG 70 63 0417 Page 5 of 11 C. Coverage B does not apply to "personal and advertising injury" arising out of an offense committed before you acquired or formed the organization. d. Coverage A does not apply to "product recall expense" arising out of any withdrawal or recall that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization. 4. Any person or organization (referred to below as vendor) with whom you agreed under a written contract to provide insurance is an insured, but only with respect to "bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of "your products" that are distributed or sold in the regular course of the vendor's business. However, no such person or organization is an insured with respect to: a. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" for which the vendor is obligated to pay damages by reason of the assumption of liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that the vendor would have in the absence of the contract or agreement. b. Any express warranty unauthorized by you; C. Any physical or chemical change in "your product" made intentionally by the vendor; d. Repackaging, except when unpacked solely for the purpose of inspection, demonstration, testing, or the substitution of parts under instructions from the manufacturer, and then repackaged in the original container; e. Any failure to make such inspections, adjustments, tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business, in connection with the distribution or sale of "your products"; f. Demonstration, installation, servicing or repair operations, except such operations performed at the vendor's premises in connection with the sale of the "your product"; g. "Your products" which, after distribution or sale by you, have been labeled or relabeled or used as a container, part or ingredient of any other thing or substance by or for the vendor. h. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the sole negligence of the vendor for its own acts or omissions or those of its employees or anyone else acting on its behalf. However, this exclusion does not apply to: (1) The exceptions contained in subparagraphs d. orf.; or (2) Such inspections, adjustments, tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business, in connection with the distribution or sale of the products. This paragraph 4. does not apply to any insured person or organization from which you have acquired "your products", or any ingredient, part, or container, entering into, accompanying or containing "your products". This paragraph 4. also does not apply if a separate Additional Insured endorsement, providing liability coverage for "bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of "your product" that is distributed or sold in the regular course of a vendor's business, is attached to the policy. No person or organization is an insured with respect to the conduct of any current or past partnership, joint venture or limited liability company that is not shown as a Named Insured in the Declarations. 10. INCIDENTAL MALPRACTICE LIABILITY As respects provision 9., SECTION II - WHO IS AN INSURED, paragraph 2.a.(1)(d) does not apply to any nurse, emergency medical technician or paramedic employed by you to provide medical or paramedical services, provided that you are not engaged in the business or occupation of providing such services, and your "employee" does not have any other insurance that would also cover claims arising under this provision, whether the other insurance is primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis. Under SECTION III - LIMITS OF INSURANCE, provisions 11. through 14. of this endorsement amend the policy as follows: 11. AGGREGATE LIMITS PER PROJECT The General Aggregate Limit applies separately to each of your construction projects away from premises owned by or rented to you. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. Page6of11 CG 70 63 04 17 12. AGGREGATE LIMITS PER LOCATION The General Aggregate Limit applies separately to each of your locations, but only when required by written contract or written agreement. As respects this provision 12., your locations are premises you own, rent or use involving the same or connecting lots or premises whose connection is interrupted only by a street, roadway, waterway or right-of-way of a railroad. However, your locations do not include any premises where you, or others acting on your behalf, are performing construction operations. 13. INCREASED MEDICAL PAYMENTS LIMITS A. SECTION III - LIMITS OF INSURANCE, paragraph 7., the Medical Expense Limit, is subject to all the terms of SECTION III - LIMITS OF INSURANCE and is the greater of: 1. $10,000; or 2. The amount shown in the Declarations for Medical Expense Limit. B. This provision 13. does not apply if COVERAGE C MEDICAL PAYMENTS is excluded either by the provisions of the Coverage Form or by endorsement. 14. DAMAGE TO PREMISES RENTED TO YOU - SPECIFIC PERILS AND INCREASED LIMIT A. The word fire is changed to "specific perils" where it appears in: 1. The last paragraph of SECTION I — COVERAGE A, paragraph 2. Exclusions; 2. SECTION IV, paragraph 4.b. Excess Insurance. B. The Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations will apply to all damage proximately caused by the same event, whether such damage results from a "specific peril" or any combination of "specific perils." C. The Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit described in SECTION III -- LIMITS OF INSURANCE, paragraph 6., is replaced by a new limit, which is the greater of: $1,000,000; or 2. The amount shown in the Declarations for Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit. D. This provision 14. does not apply if the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit of SECTION I — COVERAGE A is excluded either by the provisions of the Coverage Form or by endorsement. E. "Specific Perils" means fire; lightning; explosion; windstorm or hail; smoke; aircraft or vehicles; riot or civil commotion; vandalism; leakage from fire extinguishing equipment; weight of snow, ice or sleet; or "water damage". "Water damage" means accidental discharge or leakage of water or steam as the direct result of the breaking or cracking of any part of a system or appliance containing water or steam. 15. BROADENED LEGAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FOR LANDLORD'S BUSINESS PERSONAL PROPERTY Under SECTION I — COVERAGE A BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY, 2. Exclusions, j. Damage to Property, the first paragraph following paragraph (6) is deleted and replaced with the following: Paragraphs (1), (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not apply to "property damage" (other than damage by fire) to a landlord's business personal property that is subject to, or part of, a premises lease or rental agreement with that landlord. The most we will pay for damages under this provision 15. is $10,000. A $250 deductible applies. Under SECTION IV - COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS, provisions 16. through 18. of this endorsement amend the policy as follows: Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CG 70 63 0417 Page 7 of 11 16. BROADENED KNOWLEDGE OF OCCURRENCE Under 2. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim, Or Suit, paragraph a. is deleted and replaced and paragraphs e. and f. are added as follows: a. You must see to it that we are notified as soon as practicable of an "occurrence" or an offense, regardless of the amount, which may result in a claim. Knowledge of an "occurrence" or an offense by your "employee(s)" shall not, in itself, constitute knowledge to you unless one of your partners, members, "executive officers," directors, or managers has knowledge of the "occurrence" or offense. To the extent possible, notice should include: (1) How, when and where the "occurrence" or offense took place; (2) The names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses; and (3) The nature and location of any injury or damage arising out of the "occurrence" or offense. e. If you report an "occurrence" to your workers compensation carrier that develops into a liability claim for which coverage is provided by this Coverage Form, failure to report such an "occurrence" to us at the time of the "occurrence" shall not be deemed a violation of paragraphs a., b., and c. above. However, you shall give written notice of this "occurrence" to us as soon you become aware that this "occurrence" may be a liability claim rather than a workers compensation claim. f. You must see to it that the following are done in the event of an actual or anticipated "covered recall" that may result in "product recall expense": (1) Give us prompt notice of any discovery or notification that "your product" must be withdrawn or recalled. Include a description of "your product" and the reason for the withdrawal or recall; (2) Cease any further release, shipment, consignment or any other method of distribution of like or similar products until it has been determined that all such products are free from defects that could be a cause of loss under the insurance. 17. UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS Paragraph 6. Representations is deleted and replaced with the following: 6. Representations By accepting this policy, you agree: a. The statements in the Declarations are accurate and complete; b. Those statements are based upon representations you made to us; and c. We have issued this policy in reliance upon your representations. We will not deny coverage under this Coverage Form if you unintentionally fail to disclose all hazards existing as of the inception date of this policy. You must report to us any knowledge of an error or omission in the description of any premises or operations intended to be covered by this Coverage Form as soon as practicable after its discovery. However, this provision does not affect our right to collect additional premium or exercise our right of cancellation or nonrenewal. 18. TRANSFER OF RIGHTS (BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION) Paragraph 8. Transfer of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us is deleted and replaced with the following: 8. If the insured has rights to recover all or part of any payment we have made under this Coverage Form, those rights are transferred to us. The insured must do nothing after loss to impair them. At our request, the insured will bring "suit" or transfer those rights to us and help us enforce them. However, if the insured has waived rights to recover through a written contract, or if "your work" was commenced under a letter of intent or work order, subject to a subsequent reduction to writing with customers whose customary contracts require a waiver, we waive any right of recovery we may have under this Coverage Form. 19. EXTENDED NOTICE OF CANCELLATION AND NONRENEWAL Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. Page8of11 CG 70 63 04 17 Paragraph 2.b. of A. Cancellation of the COMMON POLICY CONDITIONS is deleted and replaced with the following: b. 60 days before the effective date of the cancellation if we cancel for any other reason. Under SECTION IV - COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS, Paragraph 9. When We Do Not Renew is deleted and replaced with the following: 9. When We Do Not Renew a. We may elect not to renew this policy except, that under the provisions of the Texas Insurance Code, we may not refuse to renew this policy solely because the policyholder is an elected official. b. If we elect not to renew this policy, we may do so by mailing or delivering to the first Named Insured, at the last mailing address known to us, written notice of nonrenewal, stating the reason for nonrenewal, at least 60 days before the expiration date. If notice is mailed or delivered less than 60 days before the expiration date, this policy will remain in effect until the 61st day after the date on which the notice is mailed or delivered. Earned premium for any period of coverage that extends beyond the expiration date will be computed pro rata based on the previous year's premium. c. If notice is mailed, proof of mailing will be sufficient proof of notice. d. The transfer of a policyholder between admitted companies within the same insurance group is not considered a refusal to renew. 20. MOBILE EQUIPMENT REDEFINED Under SECTION V - DEFINITIONS, paragraph 12. "Mobile equipment", paragraph f. (1) does not apply to self-propelled vehicles of less than 1,000 pounds gross vehicle weight that are not designed for highway use. 21. ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS 1. SECTION V - DEFINITIONS, paragraph 4. "Coverage territory" is replaced by the following definition: "Coverage territory" means anywhere in the world with respect to liability arising out of "bodily injury," "property damage," or "personal and advertising injury," including "personal and advertising injury" offenses that take place through the Internet or similar electronic means of communication provided the insured's responsibility to pay damages is determined in a settlement to which we agree or in a "suit" on the merits, in the United States of America (including its territories and possessions), Puerto Rico and Canada. 2. SECTION V - DEFINITIONS is amended by the addition of the following definitions: "Covered recall" means a recall made necessary because you or a government body has determined that a known or suspected defect, deficiency, inadequacy, or dangerous condition in "your product" has resulted or will result in "bodily injury" or "property damage". "Product Recall expenses" mean only reasonable and necessary extra costs, which result from or are related to the recall or withdrawal of "your product" for: a. Telephone and telegraphic communication, radio or television announcements, computer time and newspaper advertising; b. Stationery, envelopes, production of announcements and postage or facsimiles; C. Remuneration paid to regular employees for necessary overtime or authorized travel expense; d. Temporary hiring by you or by agents designated by you of persons, other than your regular employees, to perform necessary tasks; e. Rental of necessary additional warehouse or storage space; Packaging of or transportation or shipping of defective products to the location you designate; and g. Disposal of "your products" that cannot be reused. Disposal expenses do not include: (1) Expenses that exceed the original cost of the materials incurred to manufacture or process such product; and Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CG 70 63 0417 Page 9 of 11 (2) Expenses that exceed the cost of normal trash discarding or disposal, except as are necessary to avoid "bodily injury" or "property damage". 22. REASONABLE FORCE — BODILY INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE Under SECTION I — COVERAGE A., paragraph 2. Exclusions, subparagraph a. Expected Or Intended Injury is deleted and replaced with the following: [This insurance does not apply to:] a. Expected Or Intended Injury "Bodily injury" or "property damage" expected or intended from the standpoint of the insured. This exclusion does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" resulting from the use of reasonable force to protect persons or property. 23. BROADENED LIABILITY COVERAGE FOR DAMAGE TO YOUR PRODUCT AND YOUR WORK A. Under SECTION I — COVERAGE A., paragraph 2. Exclusions, exclusion k. Damage to Your Product and exclusion I. Damage to Your Work are deleted and replaced with the following: [This insurance does not apply to:] k. Damage to Your Product "Property damage" to "your product" arising out of it or any part of it, except when caused by or resulting from: (1) Fire; (2) Smoke; (3) "Collapse"; or (4) Explosion. For purposes of exclusion k. above, "collapse" means an abrupt falling down or caving in of a building or any part of a building with the result that the building or part of the building cannot be occupied for its intended purpose. I. Damage to Your Work "Property damage" to "your work" arising out of it or any part of it and included in the "products -completed operations hazard". This exclusion does not apply: (1) If the damaged work or the work out of which the damage arises was performed on your behalf by a subcontractor; or (2) If the cause of loss to the damaged work arises as a result of: (a) Fire; (b) Smoke; (c) "Collapse"; or (d) Explosion. For purposes of exclusion I. above, "collapse" means an abrupt falling down or caving in of a building or any part of a building with the result that the building or part of the building cannot be occupied for its intended purpose. B. The following paragraph is added to SECTION III - LIMITS OF INSURANCE: Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. Page 10 of 11 CG 70 63 0417 Subject to 5. above [of the CGL Coverage Form], $100,000 is the most we will pay under Coverage A for the sum of damages arising out of any one "occurrence" because of "property damage" to "your product" and "your work" that is caused by fire, smoke, collapse or explosion and is included within the "product -completed operations hazard". This sublimit does not apply to "property damage" to "your work" if the damaged work, or the work out of which the damage arises, was performed on your behalf by a subcontractor. 24. BROADENED BODILY INJURY COVERAGE Under SECTION V - DEFINITIONS, the definition of "bodily injury" is deleted and replaced with the following: 3. "Bodily injury" a. Means physical: (1) Injury; (2) Disability; (3) Sickness; or (4) Disease; sustained by a person, including death resulting from any of these at any time. b. Includes mental: (5) Anguish; (6) Injury; (7) Humiliation; (8) Fright; or (9) Shock; directly resulting from any "bodily injury" described in paragraph 3.a. C. All "bodily injury" described in paragraph 3.b. shall be deemed to have occurred at the time the "bodily injury" described in paragraph 3.a. occurred. 25. DESIGNATED COMPLETED PROJECTS - AMENDED LIMITS OF INSURANCE When a written contract or written agreement between you and another party requires project -specific limits of insurance exceeding the limits of this policy; A. for "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurs within any policy period for which we provided coverage; and B. for "your work" performed within the "products -completed operation hazard"; and C. for which we previously issued Amendment Of Limits Of Insurance (Designated Project Or Premises) CG 71 94 either during this policy term or a prior policy term; and D. that designated project is now complete; the limits of insurance shown in the CG 71 94 schedule will replace the limits of insurance of this policy for the designated project and will continue to apply for the amount of time the written contract or written agreement requires, subject to the state statute of repose of the project location. These limits are inclusive of and not in addition to the replaced limits. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CG 70 63 0417 Page 11 of 11 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 71 67 04 08 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS - LIMITATION OF COVERAGE This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART All provisions of the coverage form apply except as stated in this endorsement. SCHEDULE Sub -Limits Each Occurrence Limit $1,000,000 Products —Completed Operations Aggregate Limit $1, 000, 000 Completion Date: 12/01/2001 Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section I — Coverages. The following is added: "Property damage" included in the "products completed operations hazard" arising out of work performed by you or on your behalf, is subject to the Additional Conditions specified in this endorsement if caused by or attributable to, whether in whole or in part "described work". B. Additional Conditions When Sub -Limits are shown in the Schedule: a. The Each Occurrence Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage A. of this Policy for all "property damage" included in the "products completed operations hazard" arising out of any one "occurrence" caused by or attributable to "described work"; and b. The Products —Completed Operations Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage A. of this Policy for the sum of all "property damage" included in the "products completed operations hazard" for all "occurrences" caused by or attributable to "described work". 2. Completion Date This insurance does not apply to "Described Work" completed prior to the Completion Date shown in the Schedule. C. Section V — Definitions. The following definitions are added: "Described work" means the construction, fabrication, preparation, installation, application, maintenance or repair, including remodeling, service, correction or replacement, of any "exterior insulation and finish system" or any part thereof, or any substantially similar system or any part thereof, including the application or use of conditioners, primers, accessories, flashings, coatings, caulking or sealants in connection with such a system. "Exterior insulation and finish system" means a non -load bearing exterior cladding or finish system, and all component parts therein, used on any part of any structure, and consisting of: 1. A rigid or semi -rigid insulation board made of expanded polystyrene and other materials; 2. The adhesive and/or mechanical fasteners used to attach the insulation board to the substrate; 3. A reinforced or unreinforced base coat; 4. A finish coat providing surface texture to which color may be added; and any flashing, caulking or sealant used with the system for any purpose. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CG 71 67 04 08 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. TEXAS ADVANTAGE COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE BROAD FORM ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by the endorsement. The premium for this endorsement is $ $97.00 BROAD FORM INSURED SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE, A.1. Who Is An Insured is amended by the addition of the following: d. Any organization you newly acquire or form, other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, and over which you maintain ownership or a majority interest, will qualify as a Named Insured. However, (1) Coverage under this provision is afforded only until the end of the policy period; (2) Coverage does not apply to "accidents" or "loss" that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization; and (3) Coverage does not apply to an organization that is an "insured" under any other policy or would bean "insured" but for its termination or the exhausting of its limit of insurance. e. Any "employee" of yours using: (1) A covered "auto" you do not own, hire or borrow, or a covered "auto" not owned by the "employee" or a member of his or her household, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business or your personal affairs; or (2) An "auto" hired or rented under a contract or agreement in that "employee's" name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. However, your "employee" does not qualify as an insured under this paragraph (2) while using a covered "auto" rented from you or from any member of the "employee's" household. f. Your members, if you are a limited liability company, while using a covered "auto" you do not own, hire or borrow and while performing duties related to the conduct of your business or your personal affairs. g. Any person or organization with whom you agree in a written contract, written agreement or permit, to provide insurance such as is afforded under this policy, but only with respect to your covered "autos". This provision does not apply: (1) Unless the written contract or agreement is executed or the permit is issued prior to the "bodily injury" or "property damage"; (2) To any person or organization included as an insured by an endorsement or in the Declarations; or (3) To any lessor of "autos" unless: (a) The lease agreement requires you to provide direct primary insurance for the lessor; (b) The "auto" is leased without a driver; and Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CA 71 181109 Page 1 of 5 (c) The lease had not expired. Leased "autos" covered under this provision will be considered covered "autos" you own and not covered "autos" you hire. h. Any legally incorporated organization or subsidiary in which you own more than 50% of the voting stock on the effective date of this endorsement. This provision does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" for which an "insured" is also an insured under any other automobile policy or would be an insured under such a policy, but for its termination or the exhaustion of its limits of insurance, unless such policy was written to apply specifically in excess of this policy. 2. COVERAGE EXTENSIONS - SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS Under Section II - LIABILITY COVERAGE, A2.a. Supplementary Payments, paragraphs (2) and (4) are deleted and replaced as follows: (2) Up to $2,500 for the cost of bail bonds (including bonds for related traffic law violations) required because of an "accident" we cover. We do not have to furnish these bonds. (4) All reasonable expenses incurred by the "insured" at our request, including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. 3. AMENDED FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXCLUSION Under SECTION II- LIABILITY COVERAGE, B. EXCLUSIONS, paragraph 5. Fellow Employee is deleted and replaced by the following: 5. Fellow Employee "Bodily injury" to: a. Anyfellow "employee" of the "insured" arising out of and in the course of the fellow "employee's" employment or while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. However, this exclusion does not apply to your "employees" that are officers, managers, supervisors or above. Coverage is excess over any other collectible insurance. b. The spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of that fellow "employee" as a consequence of paragraph a. above. 4. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE AND LOSS OF USE EXPENSE A. Under SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. COVERAGE, the following is added: If any of your owned covered "autos" are covered for Physical Damage, we will provide Physical Damage coverage to "autos" that you or your "employees" hire or borrow, under your name or the "employee's" name, for the purpose of doing your work. We will provide coverage equal to the broadest physical damage coverage applicable to any covered "auto" shown in the Declarations, Item Three, Schedule of Covered Autos You Own, or on any endorsements amending this schedule. B. Under SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A.4. Coverage Extensions. paragraph b. Loss Of Use Expenses is deleted and replaced with the following: b. Loss Of Use Expenses For Hired Auto Physical Damage, we will pay expenses for which an "insured" becomes legally responsible to pay for loss of use of a vehicle rented or hired without a driver, under a written rental contract or agreement. We will pay for loss of use expenses if caused by: (1) Other than collision, only if the Declarations indicate that Comprehensive Coverage is provided for any covered "auto"; Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. Page2of5 CA71181109 (2) Specified Causes of Loss, only if the Declarations indicate that Specified Causes Of Loss Coverage is provided for any covered "auto"; or (3) Collision, only if the Declarations indicate that Collision Coverage is provided for any covered "auto". However, the most we will pay for any expenses for loss of use is $30 per day, to a maximum of $2,000. C. Under SECTION IV - BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, B. General Conditions, 5. Other Insurance, paragraph b. is replaced by the following: b. For Hired Auto Physical Damage, the following are deemed to be covered "autos" you own: 1. Any covered "auto" you lease, hire, rent or borrow; and 2. Any covered "auto" hired or rented by your "employees" under a contract in that individual "employee's" name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. However, any "auto" that is leased, hired, rented or borrowed with a driver is not a covered "auto", nor is any "auto" you hire from any of your "employees", partners (if you are a partnership), members (if you are a limited liability company), or members of their households. 5. LOAN OR LEASE GAP COVERAGE Under SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. COVERAGE, the following is added: If a covered "auto" is owned or leased and if we provide Physical Damage Coverage on it, we will pay, in the event of a covered total "loss", any unpaid amount due on the lease or loan for a covered "auto", less: (a) The amount paid under the Physical Damage Section of the policy; and: (b) Any: (1) Overdue lease or loan payments including penalties, interest or other charges resulting from overdue payments at the time of the "loss"; (2) Financial penalties imposed under a lease for excessive use, abnormal wear and tear or high mileage; (3) Costs for extended warranties, Credit Life Insurance, Health, Accident or Disability Insurance purchased with the loan or lease; (4) Security deposits not refunded by a lessor; and (5) Carry-over balances from previous loans or leases. 6. RENTAL REIMBURSEMENT Under SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A.4. Coverage Extensions, paragraph a. Transportation Expenses is deleted and replaced by the following: a. Transportation Expenses (1) We will pay up to $75 per day to a maximum of $2,000 for transportation expense incurred by you because of covered "loss". We will pay only for those covered "autos" for which you carry Collision Coverage or either Comprehensive Coverage or Specified Causes of Loss Coverage. We will pay for transportation expenses incurred during the period beginning 24 hours after the covered "loss" and ending, regardless of the policy's expiration, when the covered "auto" is returned to use or we pay for its "loss". This coverage is in addition to the otherwise applicable coverage you have on a covered "auto". No deductibles apply to this coverage. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CA 71 181109 Page 3 of 5 (2) This coverage does not apply while there is a spare or reserve "auto" available to you for your operation. 7. AIRBAG COVERAGE Under SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE, B. EXCLUSIONS, paragraph 3. is deleted and replaced by the following: 3. We will not pay for "loss" caused by or resulting from any of the following unless caused by other "loss" that is covered by this insurance: (1) Wear and tear, freezing, mechanical or electrical breakdown. However, this exclusion does not include the discharge of an airbag. (2) Blowouts, punctures or other road damage to tires. 8. GLASS REPAIR -WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE Section III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, D. Deductible is amended to add the following: No deductible applies to glass damage if the glass is repaired rather than replaced. 9. COLLISION COVERAGE —WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE Under Section III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, D. Deductible is amended to add the following: When there is a loss to your covered "auto" insured for Collision Coverage, no deductible will apply if the loss was caused by a collision with another "auto" insured by us. 10. KNOWLEDGE OF ACCIDENT Under SECTION IV - BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, A. Loss Conditions, 2. Duties In The Event Of Accident, Claim, Suit Or Loss, paragraph a. is deleted and replaced by the following: a. You must see to it that we are notified as soon as practicable of an "accident", claim, "suit" or "loss". Knowledge of an "accident", claim, "suit" or "loss" by your "employees" shall not, in itself, constitute knowledge to you unless one of your partners, executive officers, directors, managers, or members (if you area limited liability company) has knowledge of the "accident", claim, "suit" or "loss". Notice should include: (1) How, when and where the "accident" or "loss" occurred; (2) The "insured's" name and address; and (3) To the extent possible, the names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses. 11. TRANSFER OF RIGHTS (BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION) Under SECTION IV - BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, A. Loss Conditions paragraph 5. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us is deleted and replaced by the following: 5. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us If any person or organization to or for whom we make payment under this Coverage Form has rights to recover damages from another, those rights are transferred to us. That person or organization must do everything necessary to secure our rights and must do nothing after "accident" or "loss" to impair them. However, if the "insured" has waived rights to recover through a written contract, or if your work was commenced under a letter of intent or work order, subject to a subsequent reduction in writing with customers whose customary contracts require a waiver, we waive any right of recovery we may have under this Coverage Form. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. Page 4 of 5 CA 71 181109 12. UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS Under SECTION IV - BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS , B. General Conditions, paragraph 2. Concealment, Misrepresentation Or Fraud is amended by the addition of the following: We will not deny coverage under this Coverage Form if you unintentionally fail to disclose all hazards existing as of the inception date of this policy. You must report to us any knowledge of an error or omission in your representations as soon as practicable after its discovery. This provision does not affect our right to collect additional premium or exercise our right of cancellation or non -renewal. 13. BLANKET COVERAGE FOR CERTAIN OPERATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH RAILROADS When required by written contract or written agreement, the definition of "insured contract" is amended as follows: The exception contained in paragraph H.3. relating to construction or demolition operations on or within 50 feet of a railroad; and Paragraph H.a. are deleted with respect to the use of a covered "auto" in operations for, or affecting, a railroad. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CA 71 181109 Page 5 of 5 POLICY NUMBER: CA2100906 COMMERCIAL AUTO CA 71 651007 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED INSURED - PRIMARY COVERAGE This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM The provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless changed by this endorsement. This endorsement identifies person(s) or organization(s) who are "insured" under the Who Is An Insured Provision of the Coverage Form. This endorsement changes the policy on the inception date of the policy, unless another date is shown below. Endorsement Effective;. /1/2026 Countersigned By: Named Insured: Webber Waterworks, LLC (Authorized Representative) (No entry may appear above. If so, information to complete this endorsement is in the Declarations.) Section II — Liability Coverage, A. Coverage, 1. Who Is An Insured is amended to add: Any Person or Organization with whom you have an "insured contract" which requires: i. that Person or Organization to be added as an "insured" under this policy; and ii. this policy to be primary and non-contributory to any like insurance available to the Person or Organization. Each such person or organization is an "insured" for Liability Coverage. They are an "insured" only if that person or organization is an "insured" under in SECTION II of the Coverage Form. The contract between the Named Insured and the person or organization is an "insured contract". Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. CA 71 65 10 07 Insurance Services Office., 1998. Page 1 of 1 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WC 42 03 04 B (Ed. 6-14) TEXAS WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in Item 3.A. of the Information Page. We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule, but this waiver applies only with respect to bodily injury arising out of the operations described in the Schedule where you are required by a written contract to obtain this waiver from us. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. The premium for this endorsement is shown in the Schedule. Schedule 1. ( ) Specific Waiver Name of person or organization (X) Blanket Waiver Any person or organization for whom the Named Insured has agreed by written contract to furnish this waiver. 2. Operations: 3. Premium: The premium charge for this endorsement shall be 0.020 percent of the premium developed on payroll in connection with work performed for the above person(s) or organization(s) arising out of the operations described. 4. Advance Premium: This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Endorsement Effective 4/1/2026 Policy No. WC2100904 Endorsement No.0 Insured Webber Waterworks, LLC Premium $ Insurance Company Countersigned by WC420304B (Ed. 6-14) © Copyright 2014 National Council on Compensation Insurance, Inc. All Rights Reserved. WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WC 00 01 06 A (Ed. 4-92) LONGSHORE AND HARBOR WORKERS' COMPENSATION ACT COVERAGE ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to work subject to the Longshore and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act in a state shown in the Schedule. The policy applies to that work as though that state were listed in Item 3.A. of the Information Page. General Section C. Workers' Compensation Law is replaced by the following: C. Workers' Compensation Law Workers' Compensation Law means the workers or workmen's compensation law and occupational disease law of each state or territory named in Item 3.A. of the Information Page and the Longshore and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act (33 USC Sections 901-950). It includes any amendments to those laws that are in effect during the policy period. It does not include any other federal workers or workmen's compensation law, other federal occupational disease law or the provisions of any law that provide nonoccupational disability benefits. Part Two (Employers Liability Insurance), C. Exclusions., exclusion 8, does not apply to work subject to the Longshore and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act. This endorsement does not apply to work subject to the Defense Base Act, the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act, or the Nonappropriated Fund Instrumentalities Act. Schedule Longshore and Harbor Workers' State Compensation Act Coverage Percentage TX 111% FL 58% The rates for classifications with code numbers not followed by the letter "F" are rates for work not ordinarily subject to the Longshore and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act. If this policy covers work under such classifications, and if the work is subject to the Longshore and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act, those non -F classification rates will be increased by the Longshore and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act Coverage Percentage shown in the Schedule. This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Endorsement Effective 4/1/2026 Policy No. WC2100904 Endorsement No.0 Insured Webber Waterworks, LLC Insurance Company Countersigned by Premium $ WC 00 01 06A Hart Forms & Services (Ed. 4-92) Copyright 1983, 1991 National Council on Compensation Insurance. Reorder No. 14-6989 (3) Any person or organization having proper temporary custody of your property if you die, but only: (a) With respect to liability arising out of the maintenance or use of that property; and (b) Until your legal representative has been appointed. (4) Your legal representative if you die, but only with respect to duties as such. That representative will have all your rights and duties under this Coverage Part. C. Any organization you newly acquire or form, other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, and over which you maintain ownership or majority interest, will qualify as a Named Insured if there is no other similar insurance available to that organization. However: (1) Coverage under this provision is afforded only until the 90th day after you acquire or form the organization or the end of the policy period, whichever is earlier; (2) Coverage A does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization; and (3) Coverage B does not apply to "personal and advertising injury" arising out of an offense committed before you acquired or formed the organization. 2. Only with respect to liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of "covered autos": a. You are an insured. b. Anyone else while using with your permission a "covered auto" you own, hire or borrow is also an insured except: (1) The owner or anyone else from whom you hire or borrow a "covered auto". This exception does not apply if the "covered auto" is a trailer or semitrailer connected to a "covered auto" you own. (2) Your "employee" if the "covered auto" is owned by that "employee" or a member of his or her household. (3) Someone using a "covered auto" while he or she is working in a business of selling, servicing, repairing, parking or storing "autos" unless that business is yours. (4) Anyone other than your "employees", partners (if you are a partnership), members (if you are a limited liability company), or a lessee or borrower or any of their "employees", while moving property to or from a "covered auto". (5) A partner (if you are a partnership), or a member (if you are a limited liability company) for a "covered auto" owned by him or her or a member of his or her household. (6) "Employees" with respect to "bodily injury" to: (a) Any fellow "employee" of the insured arising out of and in the course of the fellow "employee's" employment or while performing duties related to the conduct of your business; or (b) The spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of that fellow "employee" as a consequence of Paragraph (a) above. C. Anyone liable for the conduct of an insured described above is also an insured, but only to 3. Any additional insured under any policy of "underlying insurance" will automatically be an insured under this insurance. Subject to Section III — Limits Of Insurance, if coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: a. Required by the contract or agreement, less any amounts payable by any "underlying insurance"; or b. Available under the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. Additional insured coverage provided by this insurance will not be broader than coverage provided by the "underlying insurance". No person or organization is an insured with respect to the conduct of any current or past partnership, joint venture or limited liability company that is not shown as a Named Insured in the Declarations. Cu 00 01 0413 © Insurance Services Office, Inc.,2012 Page 11 of 18 POLICY NUMBER U21oo9o5 COMMERCIAL LIABILITY UMBRELLA CU 24 03 12 19 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US (WAIVER OF SUBROGATION) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL LIABILITY UMBRELLA COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Person(s) Or Organization(s): ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT OR CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. The following is added to Paragraph 9. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us of Section IV — Conditions: We waive any right of recovery against the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule above because of payments we make under this Coverage Part. This endorsement applies only to the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule above. CU 24 03 12 19 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2018 Page 1 of 1 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. PRIMARY NON-CONTRIBUTORY COVERAGE WHEN REQUIRED BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL LIABILITY UMBRELLA COVERAGE FORM With respect to any additional insured coverage provided under this policy, or by any endorsement to this policy, SECTION IV - CONDITIONS, paragraph 5. Other Insurance is deleted and replaced by the following: 5. Other Insurance a. Coverage provided by this endorsement is excess over any other valid and collectible insurance available to the additional insured whether: (1) Primary; (2) Excess; (3) Contingent; or (4) On any other basis. In addition, this insurance is excess over any self -insured retentions, deductibles, or captive retentions payable by the additional insured or payable by any person or organization whose coverage is available to the additional insured. However, if a "written agreement" requires primary and non-contributory coverage, this insurance will be primary and non-contributory relative only to the other insurance available to the additional insured which covers that person or organization as a Named Insured, and we will not share with that other insurance. For any other insurance available to the additional insured where that person or organization is not a Named Insured, this policy will share coverage with that other insurance based on the terms specified in Paragraph b. Method of Sharing below. b. Method of Sharing If all the other insurance permits contribution by equal shares, we will follow this method also. Under this method, each insurer contributes equal amounts until it has paid its applicable limit of insurance or none of the loss remains, whichever comes first. If any of the other insurance does not permit contribution by equal shares, we will contribute by limits. Under this method, each insurer's share is based on the ratio of its applicable limit of insurance to the total applicable limits of insurance of all insurers. For the purposes of the coverage provided by this endorsement, a "written agreement" means a written contract or written agreement that: 1. requires you to include a person or organization as an additional insured for a period of time during the policy period; and 2. is executed prior to the occurrence of "bodily injury", "property damage", or "personal and advertising injury" that forms the basis for a claim under this policy. CU 74 67 03 23 Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Offices, Inc with its permission Page 1 of 1 COMMERCIAL LIABILITY UMBRELLA CU 72 12 08 07 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. LIMITS OF LIABILITY AMENDMENT PER PROJECT AGGREGATE - OTHER HAZARDS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL LIABILITY UMBRELLA COVERAGE FORM All policy terms apply except as stated below. Paragraph 4. of form CU 73 19, Amended Limits Of Liability, is deleted and replaced with the following: 4. The Aggregate Limit of Insurance shown in 3.(b) of the Declarations is the most we will pay for the sum of all "ultimate net loss" paid under this policy as a result of the insured's liability arising out of: a. The "products -completed operations hazard"; b. Occupational disease of your employees; or c. All other hazards, except liability arising from the ownership, operation, maintenance, entrustment or use of a "covered auto". Use includes "loading or unloading". This limit applies separately to 4.a., b., and C. above. However, if the "underlying insurance" includes a Per Project Aggregate Limit, the Aggregate Limit for All Other Hazards, as shown in Item 3(b) of the Declarations and paragraph 4.c. above, shall apply separately to: ® Each of your projects located away from premises owned by or rented to you; or ❑ Each of your projects listed in the Schedule below and located away from premises owned by or rented to you. SCHEDULE CU 72 12 08 07 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. NOTICE OF CANCELLATION, NONRENEWAL OR MATERIAL CHANGE -THIRD PARTY This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: AUTO DEALERS COVERAGE FORM BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM BUSINESS AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE FORM COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM COMMERCIAL UMBRELLA LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM GARAGE COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM TRUCKERS COVERAGE FORM Subject to the cancellation provisions of the Coverage Form to which this endorsement is attached, we will not: 1. Cancel; 2. Nonrenew; or, 3. Materially change (reduce or restrict) this Coverage Form, except for nonpayment of premium, until we provide at least 60 days written notice of such cancellation, nonrenewal or material change. Written notice will be to the person or organization named in the Schedule. Such notice will be by certified mail with return receipt requested. This notification of cancellation, nonrenewal or material change to the person or organization named in the Schedule is intended as a courtesy only. Our failure to provide such notification will not: 1. Extend any Coverage Form cancellation date; 2. Negate the cancellation as to any insured or any certificate holder; 3. Provide any additional insurance that would not have been provided in the absence of this endorsement; or 4. Impose liability of any kind upon us. This endorsement does not entitle the person or organization named in the Schedule to any benefits, rights or protection under this Coverage Form. SCHEDULE Name Of Person Or Organization Mailing Address Any person or organization holding a certificate of insurance issued The address shown for that person or organization in for you, provided the certificate: that certificate of insurance 1. Refers to this policy; 2. States that notice of: a. Cancellation; b. Nonrenewal; or c. Material change reducing or restricting coverage; will be provided to that person or organization; 3. Is in effect at the time of the: a. Cancellation; b. Nonrenewal; or c. Material change reducing or restricting coverage; and 4. Is on file at your agent or broker's office for this policy IL 70 66 07 14 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. NOTICE OF CANCELLATION OR NON RENEWAL - THIRD PARTY This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY Subject to the cancellation provisions of the Policy to which this endorsement is attached, we will not: 1. Cancel; or 2. Nonrenew this Policy, except for nonpayment of premium, until we provide at least 60 days written notice of such cancellation or nonrenewal. Written notice will be to the person or organization named in the Schedule. Such notice will be by certified mail with return receipt requested. This notification of cancellation or nonrenewal to the person or organization named in the Schedule is intended as a courtesy only. Our failure to provide such notification will not: 1. Extend any Policy cancellation date; 2. Negate the cancellation as to any insured or any certificate holder; 3. Provide any additional insurance that would not have been provided in the absence of this endorsement; or 4. Impose liability of any kind upon us. This endorsement does not entitle the person or organization named in the Schedule to any benefits, rights or protection under this Policy. SCHEDULE Name Of Person Or Organization Mailing Address Any person or organization holding a certificate of insurance issued The address shown for that person or organization in for you, provided the certificate: that certificate of insurance 1. Refers to this policy; 2. States that notice of: a. Cancellation; b. Nonrenewal; or c. Material change reducing or restricting coverage; will be provided to that person or organization; 3. Is in effect at the time of the: a. Cancellation; b. Nonrenewal; or c. Material change reducing or restricting coverage; and 4. Is on file at your agent or broker's office for this policy WC 99 06 45 07 14 006125-2 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Page 2 of 2 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Article 1— Definitions and Terminology...................................................................................................... 1 1.01 Defined Terms.......................................................................................................................... 1 1.02 Terminology............................................................................................................................. 6 Article2 — Preliminary Matters..................................................................................................................... 7 2.01 Copies of Documents................................................................................................................ 7 2.02 Commencement of Contract Time; Notice to Proceed..............................................................7 2.03 Starting the Work...................................................................................................................... 8 2.04 Before Starting Construction..................................................................................................... 8 2.05 Preconstruction Conference...................................................................................................... 8 2.06 Public Meeting.......................................................................................................................... 8 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules................................................................................................ 8 Article 3 — Contract Documents: Intent, Amending, Reuse.......................................................................... 8 3.01 Intent......................................................................................................................................... 8 3.02 Reference Standards................................................................................................................. 9 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies....................................................................................9 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents...............................................................10 3.05 Reuse of Documents............................................................................................................... 10 3.06 Electronic Data....................................................................................................................... 11 Article 4 —Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions; Reference Points.......................................................................................................11 4.01 Availability of Lands............................................................................................................... 11 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions....................................................................................... 12 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions..........................................................................12 4.04 Underground Facilities............................................................................................................ 13 4.05 Reference Points..................................................................................................................... 14 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site............................................................................14 Article 5— Bonds and Insurance................................................................................................................. 16 5.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers................................................................................................ 16 5.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds.....................................................................16 5.03 Certificates of Insurance......................................................................................................... 16 5.04 Contractor's Insurance............................................................................................................18 5.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace.........................................................19 Article 6 — Contractor's Responsibilities........... 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 ..................................................................................... 19 .....................................................................................19 6.02 Labor; Working Hours............................................................................................................ 20 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment........................................................................................ 20 6.04 Project Schedule..................................................................................................................... 21 6.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals"................................................................................................... 21 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others ................................................................. 24 6.07 Wage Rates............................................................................................................................. 25 6.08 Patent Fees and Royalties....................................................................................................... 26 6.09 Permits and Utilities................................................................................................................ 27 6.10 Laws and Regulations............................................................................................................. 27 6.11 Taxes...................................................................................................................................... 28 6.12 Use of Site and Other Areas.................................................................................................... 28 6.13 Record Documents.................................................................................................................. 29 6.14 Safety and Protection.............................................................................................................. 29 6.15 Safety Representative.............................................................................................................. 30 6.16 Hazard Communication Programs.......................................................................................... 30 6.17 Emergencies and/or Rectification........................................................................................... 30 6.18 Submittals............................................................................................................................... 31 6.19 Continuing the Work............................................................................................................... 32 6.20 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee........................................................................ 32 6.21 Indemnification..................................................................................................................... 3 3 6.22 Delegation of Professional Design Services............................................................................ 34 6.23 Right to Audit......................................................................................................................... 34 6.24 Nondiscrimination.................................................................................................................. 35 Article 7 — Other Work at the Site............................................................................................................... 35 7.01 Related Work at Site............................................................................................................... 35 7.02 Coordination........................................................................................................................... 36 Article 8 — City's Responsibilities............................................................................................................... 36 8.01 Communications to Contractor............................................................................................... 36 8.02 Furnish Data............................................................................................................................ 36 8.03 Pay When Due........................................................................................................................ 36 8.04 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests................................................................................ 36 8.05 Change Orders........................................................................................................................ 36 8.06 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals........................................................................................... 36 8.07 Limitations on City's Responsibilities.................................................................................... 37 8.08 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition..................................................................37 8.09 Compliance with Safety Program............................................................................................ 37 Article 9— City's Observation Status During Construction......................................................................... 37 9.01 City's Project Manager...........................................................................................................37 9.02 Visits to Site............................................................................................................................ 37 9.03 Authorized Variations in Work............................................................................................... 38 9.04 Rejecting Defective Work....................................................................................................... 38 9.05 Determinations for Work Performed....................................................................................... 38 9.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work.....................38 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 Article 10— Changes in the Work; Claims; Extra Work.............................................................................. 38 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work............................................................................................ 38 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work........................................................................................ 39 10.03 Execution of Change Orders................................................................................................... 39 10.04 Extra Work............................................................................................................................. 39 10.05 Notification to Surety.............................................................................................................. 39 10.06 Contract Claims Process......................................................................................................... 40 Article 11— Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work; Plans Quantity Measurement .....................41 11.01 Cost of the Work..................................................................................................................... 41 11.02 Allowances..............................................................................................................................43 11.03 Unit Price Work...................................................................................................................... 44 11.04 Plans Quantity Measurement.................................................................................................. 45 Article 12— Change of Contract Price; Change of Contract Time............................................................... 46 12.01 Change of Contract Price........................................................................................................ 46 12.02 Change of Contract Time........................................................................................................ 47 12.03 Delays..................................................................................................................................... 47 Article 13 — Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work ......................48 13.01 Notice of Defects.................................................................................................................... 48 13.02 Access to Work....................................................................................................................... 48 13.03 Tests and Inspections.............................................................................................................. 48 13.04 Uncovering Work................................................................................................................... 49 13.05 City May Stop the Work......................................................................................................... 49 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work.............................................................................. 50 13.07 Correction Period.................................................................................................................... 50 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work............................................................................................... 51 13.09 City May Correct Defective Work.......................................................................................... 51 Article 14— Payments to Contractor and Completion................................................................................. 52 14.01 Schedule of Values..................................................................................................................52 14.02 Progress Payments.................................................................................................................. 52 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title................................................................................................ 54 14.04 Partial Utilization.................................................................................................................... 55 14.05 Final Inspection...................................................................................................................... 55 14.06 Final Acceptance.................................................................................................................... 55 14.07 Final Payment......................................................................................................................... 56 14.08 Final Completion Delayed and Partial Retainage Release....................................................... 56 14.09 Waiver of Claims.................................................................................................................... 57 Article 15 — Suspension of Work and Termination..................................................................................... 57 15.01 City May Suspend Work......................................................................................................... 57 15.02 City May Terminate for Cause................................................................................................ 58 15.03 City May Terminate For Convenience.................................................................................... 60 Article 16— Dispute Resolution.................................................................................................................. 61 16.01 Methods and Procedures......................................................................................................... 61 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 Article17 — Miscellaneous......................................................................................................................... 62 17.01 Giving Notice......................................................................................................................... 62 17.02 Computation of Times............................................................................................................ 62 17.03 Cumulative Remedies............................................................................................................. 62 17.04 Survival of Obligations........................................................................................................... 63 17.05 Headings................................................................................................................................. 63 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 1 of 63 ARTICLE 1 -DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in these General Conditions or in other Contract Documents, the terms listed below have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof, and words denoting gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter. Said terms are generally capitalized or written in italics, but not always. When used in a context consistent with the definition of a listed -defined term, the term shall have a meaning as defined below whether capitalized or italicized or otherwise. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda —Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement —The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between City and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Application for Payment —The form acceptable to City which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Asbestos —Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 5. Award — Authorization by the City Council for the City to enter into an Agreement. 6. Bid —The offer or proposal of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 7. Bidder —The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to City. 8. Bidding Documents —The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda). 9. Bidding Requirements —The advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid security of acceptable form, if any, and the Bid Form with any supplements. 10. Business Day — A business day is defined as a day that the City conducts normal business, generally Monday through Friday, except for federal or state holidays observed by the City. 11. Calendar Day — A day consisting of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 2 of 63 12. Change Order —A document, which is prepared and approved by the City, which is signed by Contractor and City and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 13. City — The City of Fort Worth, Texas, a home -rule municipal corporation, authorized and chartered under the Texas State Statutes, acting by its governing body through its City Manager, his designee, or agents authorized under his behalf, each of which is required by Charter to perform specific duties with responsibility for final enforcement of the contracts involving the City of Fort Worth is by Charter vested in the City Manager and is the entity with whom Contractor has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed. 14. City Attorney — The officially appointed City Attorney of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative. 15. City Council - The duly elected and qualified governing body of the City of Fort Worth, Texas. 16. City Manager — The officially appointed and authorized City Manager of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative. 17. Contract Claim —A demand or assertion by City or Contractor seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Time, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Contract Claim. 18. Contract —The entire and integrated written document between the City and Contractor concerning the Work. The Contract contains the Agreement and all Contract Documents and supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. 19. Contract Documents —Those items so designated in the Agreement. All items listed in the Agreement are Contract Documents. Approved Submittals, other Contractor submittals, and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. 20. Contract Price —The moneys payable by City to Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work). 21. Contract Time —The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Milestones, if any and (ii) complete the Work so that it is ready for Final Acceptance. 22. Contractor —The individual or entity with whom City has entered into the Agreement. 23. Cost of the Work —See Paragraph 11.01 of these General Conditions for definition. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 3 of 63 24. Damage Claims — A demand for money or services arising from the Project or Site from a third party, City or Contractor exclusive of a Contract Claim. 25. Day or day — A day, unless otherwise defined, shall mean a Calendar Day. 26. Director of Aviation — The officially appointed Director of the Aviation Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant, or agents. 27. Director of Parks and Community Services — The officially appointed Director of the Parks and Community Services Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant, or agents. 28. Director of Planning and Development — The officially appointed Director of the Planning and Development Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant, or agents. 29. Director of Transportation Public Works — The officially appointed Director of the Transportation Public Works Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant, or agents. 30. Director of Water Department — The officially appointed Director of the Water Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant, or agents. 31. Drawings —That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. Submittals are not Drawings as so defined. 32. Effective Date of the Agreement —The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 33. Engineer —The licensed professional engineer or engineering firm registered in the State of Texas performing professional services for the City. 34. Extra Work — Additional work made necessary by changes or alterations of the Contract Documents or of quantities or for other reasons for which no prices are provided in the Contract Documents. Extra work shall be part of the Work. 35. Field Order — A written order issued by City which requires changes in the Work but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price, Contract Time, or the intent of the Engineer. Field Orders are paid from Field Order Allowances incorporated into the Contract by funded work type at the time of award. 36. Final Acceptance — The written notice given by the City to the Contractor that the Work specified in the Contract Documents has been completed to the satisfaction of the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 4 of 63 37. Final Inspection — Inspection carried out by the City to verify that the Contractor has completed the Work, and each and every part or appurtenance thereof, fully, entirely, and in conformance with the Contract Documents. 38. General Requirements —Sections of Division 1 of the Contract Documents. 39. Hazardous Environmental Condition —The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, Radioactive Material, or other materials in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto. 40. Hazardous Waste —Hazardous waste is defined as any solid waste listed as hazardous or possesses one or more hazardous characteristics as defined in the federal waste regulations, as amended from time to time. 41. Laws and Regulations —Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 42. Liens —Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property. 43. Major Item — An Item of work included in the Contract Documents that has a total cost equal to or greater than 5% of the original Contract Price or $25,000 whichever is less. 44. Milestone —A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate Contract Time prior to Final Acceptance of the Work. 45. Notice of Award —The written notice by City to the Successful Bidder stating that upon timely compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, City will sign and deliver the Agreement. 46. Notice to Proceed —A written notice given by City to Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work specified in Contract Documents. 47. PCBs —Polychlorinated biphenyls. 48. Petroleum —Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non -Hazardous Waste and crude oils. 49. Plans — See definition of Drawings. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 5 of 63 50. Project Schedule —A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, in accordance with the General Requirements, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Time. 51. Project —The Work to be performed under the Contract Documents. 52. Project Manager —The authorized representative of the City who will be assigned to the Site. 53. Public Meeting — An announced meeting conducted by the City to facilitate public participation and to assist the public in gaining an informed view of the Project. 54. Radioactive Material —Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 55. Regular Working Hours — Hours beginning at 7:00 a.m. and ending at 6:00 p.m., Monday thru Friday (excluding legal holidays). 56. Samples —Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 57. Schedule of Submittals —A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related construction activities. 58. Schedule of Values —A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 59. Site —Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by City upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights -of -way, permits, and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by City which are designated for the use of Contractor. 60. Specifications —That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto. Specifications may be specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or, if not attached, may be incorporated by reference as indicated in the Table of Contents (Division 00 00 00) of each Project. 61. Subcontractor —An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 6 of 63 62. Submittals —All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 63. Substantial Completion — The stage in the progress of the Project when the Work is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents for Final Inspection. 64. Successful Bidder —The Bidder submitting the lowest and most responsive Bid to whom City makes an Award. 65. Superintendent — The representative of the Contractor who is available at all times and able to receive instructions from the City and to act for the Contractor. 66. Supplementary Conditions —That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 67. Supplier —A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or Subcontractor. 68. Underground Facilities —All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including but not limited to, those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 69 Unit Price Work —See Paragraph 11.03 of these General Conditions for definition. 70. Weekend Working Hours — Hours beginning at 9:00 a.m. and ending at 5:00 p.m., Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, as approved in advance by the City. 71. Work —The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction including any Change Order or Field Order, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. 72. Working Day — A working day is defined as a day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays authorized by the City for contract purposes, in which weather or other conditions not under the control of the Contractor will permit the performance of the principal unit of work underway for a continuous period of not less than 7 hours between 7 a.m. and 6 p.m. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in Paragraph 1.02.B through E are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 7 of 63 1. The Contract Documents include the terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered," "as directed" or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of judgment by City. In addition, the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of City as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action, or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the information in the Contract Documents and with the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). C. Defective: 1. The word "defective," when modifying the word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. has been damaged prior to City's written acceptance. D. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide: 1. The word "Furnish" or the word "Install" or the word "Perform" or the word "Provide" or the word "Supply," or any combination or similar directive or usage thereof, shall mean furnishing and incorporating in the Work including all necessary labor, materials, equipment, and everything necessary to perform the Work indicated, unless specifically limited in the context used. E. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2— PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Copies ofDocuments City shall furnish to Contractor one (1) original executed copy and one (1) electronic copy of the Contract Documents, and four (4) additional copies of the Drawings. Additional copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. 2.02 Commencement of Contract Time; Notice to Proceed The Contract Time will commence to run on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed maybe given no earlier than 14 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement, unless agreed to by both parties in writing. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 8 of 63 2.03 Starting the Work Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Time commences to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Time commences to run. 2.04 Before Starting Construction Baseline Schedules: Submit in accordance with the Contract Documents, and prior to starting the Work. 2.05 Preconstruction Conference Before any Work at the Site is started, the Contractor shall attend a Preconstruction Conference as specified in the Contract Documents. 2.06 Public Meeting Contractor may not mobilize any equipment, materials or resources to the Site prior to the Public Meeting if scheduled by the City. 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to City in accordance with the Schedule Specification as provided in the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 3- CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that reasonably may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result will be provided whether or not specifically called for, at no additional cost to City. C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by City. D. The Specifications may vary in form, format and style. Some Specification sections may be written in varying degrees of streamlined or declarative style and some sections may be relatively narrative by comparison. Omission of such words and phrases as "the Contractor shall," "in conformity with," "as shown," or "as specified" are intentional in streamlined sections. Omitted words and phrases shall be supplied by inference. Similar types of provisions may appear in various parts of a section or articles within a part depending on the format of the CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 9 of 63 section. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any variation of form, format or style in making Contract Claims. E. The cross referencing of specification sections under the subparagraph heading "Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to:" and elsewhere within each Specification section is provided as an aid and convenience to the Contractor. The Contractor shall not rely on the cross referencing provided and shall be responsible to coordinate the entire Work under the Contract Documents and provide a complete Project whether or not the cross referencing is provided in each section or whether or not the cross referencing is complete. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations 1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual, or code, or any instruction of a Supplier, shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of City, Contractor, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees, from those set forth in the Contract Documents. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to City, or any of its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents Before Starting Work: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therein against all applicable field measurements and conditions. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to City any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which Contractor discovers, or has actual knowledge of, and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from City before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. 2. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents During Performance of Work: If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents, or between the Contract Documents and (a) any applicable Law or Regulation, (b) any standard, specification, manual, or code, or (c) any instruction of any Supplier, then Contractor shall promptly report it to City in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 10 of 63 6.17.A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in Paragraph 3.04. 3. Contractor shall not be liable to City for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies: 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and the provisions of any standard, specification, manual, or the instruction of any Supplier (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents). 2. In case of discrepancies, figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions, Plans shall govern over Specifications, Supplementary Conditions shall govern over General Conditions and Specifications, and quantities shown on the Plans shall govern over those shown in the proposal. 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by a Change Order. B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work not involving a change in Contract Price or Contract Time, may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: 1. A Field Order; 2. City's review of a Submittal (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.18.C); or 3. City's written interpretation or clarification. 3.05 Reuse ofDocuments A. Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier shall not: 1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer, including electronic media editions; or 2. reuse any such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of City and specific written verification or adaptation by Engineer. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 11 of 63 B. The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. 3.06 Electronic Data A. Unless otherwise stated in the Supplementary Conditions, the data furnished by City or Engineer to Contractor, or by Contractor to City or Engineer, that may be relied upon are limited to the printed copies included in the Contract Documents (also known as hard copies) and other Specifications referenced and located on the City's on-line electronic document management and collaboration system site. Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other types are furnished only for the convenience of the receiving party. Any conclusion or information obtained or derived from such electronic files will be at the user's sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the electronic files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern. B. When transferring documents in electronic media format, the transferring party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by the data's creator. ARTICLE 4 -AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.01 Availability ofLands A. City shall furnish the Site. City shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. City will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. 1. The City has obtained or anticipates acquisition of and/or access to right-of-way, and/or easements. Any outstanding right-of-way and/or easements are anticipated to be acquired in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements. 2. The City has or anticipates removing and/or relocating utilities, and obstructions to the Site. Any outstanding removal or relocation of utilities or obstructions is anticipated in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding utilities or obstructions to be removed, adjusted, and/or relocated by others. B. Upon reasonable written request, City shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 12 of 63 C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports known to City of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site; and 2. those drawings known to City of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities). B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Contractor may not make any Contract Claim against City, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notice: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed either: 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 13 of 63 then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.17.A), notify City in writing about such condition. B. Possible Price and Time Adjustments Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time i£ 1. Contractor knew of the existence of such conditions at the time Contractor made a final commitment to City with respect to Contract Price and Contract Time by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or 2. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of the examination of the Contract Documents or the Site; or 3. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A. 4.04 Underground Facilities A. Shown or Indicated. • The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data furnished to City or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including City, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. City and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data provided by others; and 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibility for: a. reviewing and checking all such information and data; b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; c. coordination and adjustment of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities, including City, during construction; and d. the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. B. Not Shown or Indicated: 1. If an Underground Facility which conflicts with the Work is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 14 of 63 Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.17.A), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give notice to that owner and to City. City will review the discovered Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change may be required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility. Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such discovered Underground Facility. 2. If City concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Change Order may be issued to reflect and document such consequences. 3. Verification of existing utilities, structures, and service lines shall include notification of all utility companies a minimum of 48 hours in advance of construction including exploratory excavation if necessary. 4.05 Reference Points A. City shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in City's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. City will provide construction stakes or other customary method of marking to establish line and grades for roadway and utility construction, centerlines and benchmarks for bridgework. Contractor shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations. Contractor shall report to City whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations. The City shall be responsible for the replacement or relocation of reference points or property monuments not carelessly or willfully destroyed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall notify City in advance and with sufficient time to avoid delays. B. Whenever, in the opinion of the City, any reference point or monument has been carelessly or willfully destroyed, disturbed, or removed by the Contractor or any of his employees, the full cost for replacing such points plus 25% will be charged against the Contractor, and the full amount will be deducted from payment due the Contractor. 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify those reports and drawings known to City relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at the Site. B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Contractor may not make any Contract Claim against City, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 15 of 63 construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. Contractor shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible. D. If Contractor encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, Contractor shall immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.17.A); and (iii) notify City (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). City may consider the necessity to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. E. Contractor shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition or in any affected area until after City has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered written notice to Contractor: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered suitable for the resumption of Work; or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed. F. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then City may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work. City may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by City's own forces or others. G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06. G shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. H. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 do not apply to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 16 of 63 ARTICLE 5- BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds A. Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds, in accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253 or successor statute, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. B. Contractor shall furnish maintenance bonds in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security to protect the City against any defects in any portion of the Work described in the Contract Documents. Maintenance bonds shall remain in effect for two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance by the City. C. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All bonds signed by an agent or attorney -in -fact must be accompanied by a sealed and dated power of attorney which shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney -in -fact signed each bond. D. If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in the State of Texas or it ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 5.02.C, Contractor shall promptly notify City and shall, within 30 days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01 and 5.02.C. 5.03 Cert Jicates of Insurance Contractor shall deliver to City, with copies to each additional insured and loss payee identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (other evidence of insurance requested by City or any other additional insured) in at least the minimum amount as specified in the Supplementary Conditions which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain. 1. The certificate of insurance shall document the City, and all identified entities named in the Supplementary Conditions as "Additional Insured" on all liability policies. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 17 of 63 2. The Contractor's general liability insurance shall include a, "per project" or "per location", endorsement, which shall be identified in the certificate of insurance provided to the City. 3. The certificate shall be signed by an agent authorized to bind coverage on behalf of the insured, be complete in its entirety, and show complete insurance carrier names as listed in the current A.M. Best Property & Casualty Guide 4. The insurers for all policies must be licensed and/or approved to do business in the State of Texas. Except for workers' compensation, all insurers must have a minimum rating of A-: VII in the current A. M. Best Key Rating Guide or have reasonably equivalent financial strength and solvency to the satisfaction of Risk Management. If the rating is below that required, written approval of City is required. 5. All applicable policies shall include a Waiver of Subrogation (Rights of Recovery) in favor of the City. In addition, the Contractor agrees to waive all rights of subrogation against the Engineer (if applicable), and each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions 6. Failure of the City to demand such certificates or other evidence of full compliance with the insurance requirements or failure of the City to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's obligation to maintain such lines of insurance coverage. 7. If insurance policies are not written for specified coverage limits, an Umbrella or Excess Liability insurance for any differences is required. Excess Liability shall follow form of the primary coverage. 8. Unless otherwise stated, all required insurance shall be written on the "occurrence basis". If coverage is underwritten on a claims -made basis, the retroactive date shall be coincident with or prior to the date of the effective date of the agreement and the certificate of insurance shall state that the coverage is claims -made and the retroactive date. The insurance coverage shall be maintained for the duration of the Contract and for three (3) years following Final Acceptance provided under the Contract Documents or for the warranty period, whichever is longer. An annual certificate of insurance submitted to the City shall evidence such insurance coverage. 9. Policies shall have no exclusions by endorsements, which, neither nullify or amend, the required lines of coverage, nor decrease the limits of said coverage unless such endorsements are approved in writing by the City. In the event a Contract has been bid or executed and the exclusions are determined to be unacceptable or the City desires additional insurance coverage, and the City desires the contractor/engineer to obtain such coverage, the contract price shall be adjusted by the cost of the premium for such additional coverage plus 10%. 10. Any self -insured retention (SIR), in excess of $25,000.00, affecting required insurance coverage shall be approved by the City in regards to asset value and stockholders' equity. In CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 18 of 63 lieu of traditional insurance, alternative coverage maintained through insurance pools or risk retention groups, must also be approved by City. 11. Any deductible in excess of $5,000.00, for any policy that does not provide coverage on a first -dollar basis, must be acceptable to and approved by the City. 12. City, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to review the insurance requirements and to make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverage's and their limits when deemed necessary and prudent by the City based upon changes in statutory law, court decision or the claims history of the industry as well as of the contracting party to the City. The City shall be required to provide prior notice of 90 days, and the insurance adjustments shall be incorporated into the Work by Change Order. 13. City shall be entitled, upon written request and without expense, to receive copies of policies and endorsements thereto and may make any reasonable requests for deletion or revision or modifications of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions necessary to conform the policy and endorsements to the requirements of the Contract. Deletions, revisions, or modifications shall not be required where policy provisions are established by law or regulations binding upon either party or the underwriter on any such policies. 14. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for Contractor's insurance. 5.04 Contractor's Insurance A. Workers Compensation and Employers' Liability. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such insurance coverage with limits consistent with statutory benefits outlined in the Texas Workers' Compensation Act (Texas Labor Code, Ch. 406, as amended), and minimum limits for Employers' Liability as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them maybe liable: 1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees. B. Commercial General Liability. Coverage shall include but not be limited to covering liability (bodily injury or property damage) arising from: premises/operations, independent contractors, products/completed operations, personal injury, and liability under an insured contract. Insurance shall be provided on an occurrence basis, and as comprehensive as the current Insurance Services Office (ISO) policy. This insurance shall apply as primary insurance with respect to any other CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 19 of 63 insurance or self-insurance programs afforded to the City. The Commercial General Liability policy, shall have no exclusions by endorsements that would alter of nullify premises/operations, products/completed operations, contractual, personal injury, or advertising injury, which are normally contained with the policy, unless the City approves such exclusions in writing. For construction projects that present a substantial completed operation exposure, the City may require the contractor to maintain completed operations coverage for a minimum of no less than three (3) years following the completion of the project (if identified in the Supplementary Conditions). C. Automobile Liability. A commercial business auto policy shall provide coverage on "any auto", defined as autos owned, hired and non -owned and provide indemnity for claims for damages because bodily injury or death of any person and or property damage arising out of the work, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle by the Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. D. Railroad Protective Liability. If any of the work or any warranty work is within the limits of railroad right-of-way, the Contractor shall comply with the requirements identified in the Supplementary Conditions. E. Notification of Policy Cancellation: Contractor shall immediately notify City upon cancellation or other loss of insurance coverage. Contractor shall stop work until replacement insurance has been procured. There shall be no time credit for days not worked pursuant to this section. 5.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace If City has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the Contractor in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the City shall so notify the Contractor in writing within 10 Business Days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested). Contractor shall provide to the City such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the City may reasonably request. If Contractor does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents, the City shall notify the Contractor in writing of such failure prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. ARTICLE 6- CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 20 of 63 B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent, English- speaking, Superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to City. The Superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communication given to or received from the Superintendent shall be binding on Contractor. C. Contractor shall notify the City 24 hours prior to moving areas during the sequence of construction. 6.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during Regular Working Hours. Contractor will not permit the performance of Work beyond Regular Working Hours or for Weekend Working Hours without City's written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld). Written request (by letter or electronic communication) to perform Work: 1. for beyond Regular Working Hours request must be made by noon at least two (2) Business Days prior 2. for Weekend Working Hours request must be made by noon of the preceding Thursday 3. for legal holidays request must be made by noon two Business Days prior to the legal holiday. 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, Contractor required testing, start-up, and completion of the Work. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of City. If required by City, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 21 of 63 C. All materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. D. All items of standard equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be the latest model at the time of bid, unless otherwise specified. 6.04 Project Schedule A. Contractor shall adhere to the Project Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.07 and the General Requirements as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1. Contractor shall submit to City for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.07 and the General Requirements) proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Time. Such adjustments will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. 2. Contractor shall submit to City a monthly Project Schedule with a monthly progress payment for the duration of the Contract in accordance with the schedule specification 01 32 16. 3. Proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will change the Contract Time shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Adjustments in Contract Time may only be made by a Change Order. 6.05 Substitutes and "Or -Equals" A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or "or -equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to City for review under the circumstances described below. 1. "Or -Equal" Items: If in City's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by City as an "or -equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in City's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this Paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: a. the City determines that: 1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 22 of 63 2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole; and 3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work: 1) there will be no increase in cost to the City or increase in Contract Time; and 2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. 2. Substitute Items: If in City's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or -equal" item under Paragraph 6.05.A.1, it may be submitted as a proposed substitute item. b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow City to determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by City from anyone other than Contractor. c. Contractor shall make written application to City for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application shall comply with Section 01 25 00 and: 1) shall certify that the proposed substitute item will: a) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design; b) be similar in substance to that specified; c) be suited to the same use as that specified; and 2) will state: a) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice Contractor's achievement of final completion on time; b) whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with City for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item; CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 23 of 63 c) whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty; and 3) will identify: a) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified; b) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services; and 4) shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and Damage Claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change. B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction approved by City. Contractor shall submit sufficient information to allow City, in City's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall make written application to City for review in the same manner as those provided in Paragraph 6.05.A.2. C. City's Evaluation: City will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A and 6.05.B. City may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute. City will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or -equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until City's review is complete, which will be evidenced by a Change Order in the case of a substitute and an accepted Submittal for an "or -equal." City will advise Contractor in writing of its determination. D. Special Guarantee: City may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special performance guarantee, warranty, or other surety with respect to any substitute. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City and anyone directly or indirectly employed by them from and against any and all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorneys fees) arising out of the use of substituted materials or equipment. E. City's Cost Reimbursement: City will record City's costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.B. Whether or not City approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor may be required to reimburse City for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor may also be required to reimburse City for the charges for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with City) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute. F. Contractor's Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or "or -equal" at Contractor's expense. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 24 of 63 G. City Substitute Reimbursement: Costs (savings or charges) attributable to acceptance of a substitute shall be incorporated to the Contract by Change Order. H. Time Extensions: No additional time will be granted for substitutions. 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor shall perform with his own organization, work of a value not less than 35% of the value embraced on the Contract, unless otherwise approved by the City. B. Contractor shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, against whom City may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection (excluding those acceptable to City as indicated in Paragraph 6.06.C). C. The City may from time to time require the use of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities on the project, and will provide such requirements in the Supplementary Conditions. D. Small Business Goal Compliance: It is City policy to foster competition, expand the supplier base, and promote and encourage the participation of small business firms in the City's contracting opportunities. If the Contract Documents provide for a small business goal, Contractor shall comply with the City's Small Business Ordinance (as amended) by the following: 1. Contractor shall, upon request by City, provide complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a contracted small business and payment therefor. 2. Contractor will not make additions, deletions, or substitutions of accepted small businesses without written consent of the City. Any unjustified change or deletion shall be a material breach of Contract and may result in debarment. 3. Contractor shall, upon request by City, allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records, or files in the possession of the Contractor that will substantiate the actual work performed by the small business(es). Material misrepresentation of any nature may be grounds for termination of the Contract in accordance with Paragraph 15.02.A. Any such misrepresentation may be grounds for the disqualification of the Contractor to bid on future contracts with the City for a period of not less than one year. E. Contractor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between City and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity; nor CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 25 of 63 2. shall create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. F. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. G. All Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work shall communicate with City through Contractor. H. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of City. 6.07 Wage Rates A. Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code (as amended), including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these Contract Documents. B. Penalty for Violation. A Contractor or any Subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing wage shall, upon demand made by the City, pay to the City $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates stipulated in these contract documents. This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset its administrative costs, pursuant to Texas Government Code 2258.023. C. Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause. On receipt of information, including a complaint by a worker, concerning an alleged violation of 2258.023, Texas Government Code, by a Contractor or Subcontractor, the City shall make an initial determination, before the 31st day after the date the City receives the information, as to whether good cause exists to believe that the violation occurred. The City shall notify in writing the Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker of its initial determination. Upon the City's determination that there is good cause to believe the Contractor or Subcontractor has violated Chapter 2258, the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the claimant or claimants as the difference between wages paid and wages due under the prevailing wage rates, such amounts being subtracted from successive progress payments pending a fmal determination of the violation. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 26 of 63 D. Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved. An issue relating to an alleged violation of Section 2258.023, Texas Government Code, including a penalty owed to the City or an affected worker, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the Texas General Arbitration Act (Article 224 et seq., Revised Statutes) if the Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker does not resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th day after the date the City makes its initial determination pursuant to Paragraph C above. If the persons required to arbitrate under this section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 11th day after the date that arbitration is required, a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the petition of any of the persons. The City is not a party in the arbitration. The decision and award of the arbitrator is final and binding on all parties and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. E. Records to be Maintained. The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall, for a period of three (3) years following the date of acceptance of the work, maintain records that show (i) the name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor in the construction of the Work provided for in this Contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The records shall be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of Paragraph 6.23, Right to Audit, shall pertain to this inspection. F. Affadavit. Contractor shall submit an affidavit stating that the Contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code related to paying prevailing wage rates on completion of the project. G. Posting of Wage Rates. The Contractor shall post prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at all times. H. Subcontractor Compliance. The Contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its Subcontractors to comply with Paragraphs A through G above. 6.08 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if, to the actual knowledge of City, its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by City in the Contract Documents. Failure of the City to disclose such information does not relieve the Contractor from its obligations to pay for the use of said fees or royalties to others. B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 27 of 63 the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 6.09 Permits and Utilities A. Contractor obtained permits and licenses. Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses except those provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or Contract Documents. City shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement, except for permits provided by the City as specified in 6.09.B. City shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the Work. B. City obtained permits and licenses. City will obtain and pay for all permits and licenses as provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or Contract Documents. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to carry out the provisions of the permit. If the Contractor initiates changes to the Contract and the City approves the changes, the Contractor is responsible for obtaining clearances and coordinating with the appropriate regulatory agency. The City will not reimburse the Contractor for any cost associated with these requirements of any City acquired permit. The following are permits the City will obtain if required: 1. Texas Department of Transportation Permits 2. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Permits 3. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Permits 4. Railroad Company Permits C. Outstanding permits and licenses. The City anticipates acquisition of and/or access to permits and licenses. Any outstanding permits and licenses are anticipated to be acquired in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding permits and licenses. 6.10 Laws and Regulations A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, the City shall not be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 28 of 63 court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work. However, it shall not be Contractor's responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.02. C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the time of opening of Bids having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work may be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time. 6.11 Taxes A. On a contract awarded by the City, an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant to Texas Tax Code, Subchapter H, Sections 151.301-335 (as amended), the Contractor may purchase, rent or lease all materials, supplies and equipment used or consumed in the performance of this contract by issuing to his supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax, said exemption certificate to comply with State Comptroller's Ruling .007. Any such exemption certificate issued to the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall be subject to and shall comply with the provision of State Comptroller's Ruling .011, and any other applicable rulings pertaining to the Texas Tax Code, Subchapter H. B. Texas Tax permits and information may be obtained from: https://comptroller.texas. gov/taxes/permit/ 6.12 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work. 2. At any time when, in the judgment of the City, the Contractor has obstructed or closed or is carrying on operations in a portion of a street, right-of-way, or easement greater than is necessary for proper execution of the Work, the City may require the Contractor to finish the section on which operations are in progress before work is commenced on any additional area of the Site. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 29 of 63 3. Should any Damage Claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly attempt to resolve the Damage Claim. 4. Pursuant to Paragraph 6.21, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against City. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Site Maintenance Cleaning: 24 hours after written notice is given to the Contractor that the clean-up on the job site is proceeding in a manner unsatisfactory to the City, if the Contractor fails to correct the unsatisfactory procedure, the City may take such direct action as the City deems appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies cited to the Contractor in the written notice (by letter or electronic communication), and the costs of such direct action, plus 25 % of such costs, shall be deducted from the monies due or to become due to the Contractor. D. Final Site Cleaning: Prior to Final Acceptance of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by City or adjacent property owner. At the completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition or better all property disturbed by the Work. E. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.13 Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site or in a place designated by the Contractor and approved by the City, one (1) record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all accepted Submittals will be available to City for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, any operation and maintenance manuals, and Submittals will be delivered to City prior to Final Inspection. Contractor shall include accurate locations for buried and imbedded items. 6.14 Safety and Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 30 of 63 take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. C. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of City's safety programs, if any. D. Contractor shall inform City of the specific requirements of Contractor's safety program, if any, with which City's employees and representatives must comply while at the Site. E. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 6.14.A.2 or 6.14.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. F. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and City has accepted the Work. 6.15 Safety Representative Contractor shall inform City in writing of Contractor's designated safety representative at the Site. 6.16 Hazard Communication Programs Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 6.17 Emergencies and/or Rectification A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give City prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 31 of 63 changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If City determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Change Order may be issued. B. Should the Contractor fail to respond to a request from the City to rectify any discrepancies, omissions, or correction necessary to conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the City shall give the Contractor written notice that such work or changes are to be performed. The written notice shall direct attention to the discrepant condition and request the Contractor to take remedial action to correct the condition. In the event the Contractor does not take positive steps to fulfill this written request, or does not show just cause for not taking the proper action, within 24 hours, the City may take such remedial action with City forces or by contract. The City shall deduct an amount equal to the entire costs for such remedial action, plus 25%, from any funds due or become due the Contractor on the Project. 6.18 Submittals A. Contractor shall submit required Submittals to City for review and acceptance in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals (as required by Paragraph 2.07). Each submittal will be identified as City may require. 1. Submit number of copies specified in the General Requirements. 2. Data shown on the Submittals will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show City the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable City to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.18.C. 3. Submittals submitted as herein provided by Contractor and reviewed by City for conformance with the design concept shall be executed in conformity with the Contract Documents unless otherwise required by City. 4. When Submittals are submitted for the purpose of showing the installation in greater detail, their review shall not excuse Contractor from requirements shown on the Drawings and Specifications. 5. For -Information-Only submittals upon which the City is not expected to conduct review or take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. 6. Submit required number of Samples specified in the Specifications. 7. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as City may require to enable City to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.18.C. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 32 of 63 B. Where a Submittal is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to City's review and acceptance of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. C. City's Review: 1. City will provide timely review of required Submittals in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to City. City's review and acceptance will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. City's review and acceptance will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and acceptance of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 3. City's review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 and City has given written acceptance of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Submittal. City's review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 6.19 Continuing the Work Except as otherwise provided, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Project Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with City. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as City and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.20 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to City that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. City and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on representation of Contractor's warranty and guarantee. B. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 33 of 63 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. observations by City; 2. recommendation or payment by City of any progress or final payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Final Acceptance by City or any payment related thereto by City; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by City; 5. any review and acceptance of a Submittal by City; 6. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 7. any correction of defective Work by City. D. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the Work and pay for any damage to other work or property resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of two (2) years from the date of Final Acceptance of the Work unless a longer period is specified and shall furnish a good and sufficient maintenance bond, complying with the requirements of Article 5.02.B. The City will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. 6.21 Indemnification A. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the City, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees under this Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED. IN WHOLE OR IN PART. BY ANY ACT. OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by the City in defending against such claims and causes of actions. B. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense, the City, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss, damage or destruction of property of the City, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 34 of 63 SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT. OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. 6.22 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, City will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and Submittals prepared by such professional. Submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to City. C. City shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided City has specified to Contractor performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 6.22, City's review and acceptance of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. City's review and acceptance of Submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 6.18.C. 6.23 Right to Audit A. The Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this Contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of the Contractor involving transactions relating to this Contract. Contractor agrees that the City shall have access during Regular Working Hours to all necessary Contractor facilities and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph. The City shall give Contractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. B. Contractor further agrees to include in all its subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after fmal payment under this Contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of such Subcontractor, involving transactions to the subcontract, and further, that City shall have access during Regular Working Hours to all CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 35 of 63 Subcontractor facilities, and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph. The City shall give Subcontractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. C. Contractor and Subcontractor agree to photocopy such documents as may be requested by the City. The City agrees to reimburse Contractor for the cost of the copies as follows at the rate published in the Texas Administrative Code in effect as of the time copying is performed. 6.24 Nondiscrimination A. The City is responsible for operating Public Transportation Programs and implementing transit - related projects, which are funded in part with Federal financial assistance awarded by the U.S. Department of Transportation and the Federal Transit Administration (FTA), without discriminating against any person in the United States on the basis of race, color, or national origin. B. Title VI, Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended: Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Act and the Regulations as further defined in the Supplementary Conditions for any project receiving Federal assistance. ARTICLE 7- OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 7.01 Related Work at Site A. City may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with City's employees, or other City contractors, or through other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility owner, and City, if City is performing other work with City's employees or other City contractors, proper and safe access to the Site, provide a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of City and the others whose work will be affected. C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to City in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's Work except for latent defects in the work provided by others. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 36 of 63 7.02 Coordination A. If City intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: 1. the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors will be identified; 2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and 3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, City shall have authority for such coordination. ARTICLE 8- CITY'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.01 Communications to Contractor Except as otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, City shall issue all communications to Contractor. 8.02 Furnish Data City shall timely furnish the data required under the Contract Documents. 8.03 Pay When Due City shall make payments to Contractor in accordance with Article 14. 8.04 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests City's duties with respect to providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to City's identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized by City in preparing the Contract Documents. 8.05 Change Orders City shall execute Change Orders in accordance with Paragraph 10.03. 8.06 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals City's responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 13.03. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 37 of 63 8.07 Limitations on City's Responsibilities A. The City shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. City will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. City will notify the Contractor of applicable safety plans pursuant to Paragraph 6.14. 8.08 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition City's responsibility with respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Paragraph 4.06. 8.09 Compliance with Safety Program While at the Site, City's employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor's safety programs of which City has been informed pursuant to Paragraph 6.14. ARTICLE 9- CITY'S OBSERVATION STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.01 City's Project Manager City will provide one or more Project Manager(s) during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of City's Project Manager during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents. The City's Project Manager for this Contract is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. 9.02 Visits to Site A. City's Project Manager will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as City deems necessary in order to observe the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, City's Project Manager will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. City's Project Manager will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. City's Project Manager's efforts will be directed toward providing City a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. B. City's Project Manager's visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on authority and responsibility in the Contract Documents including those set forth in Paragraph 8.07. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 38 of 63 9.03 Authorized Variations in Work City's Project Manager may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on City and also on Contractor, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. 9.04 Rejecting Defective Work City will have authority to reject Work which City's Project Manager believes to be defective, or will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. City will have authority to conduct special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in Article 13, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. 9.05 Determinations for Work Performed Contractor will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Work performed. City's Project Manager will review with Contractor the preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written recommendation. City's written decision will be final (except as modified to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data). 9.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. City will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. B. City will render a written decision on any issue referred. C. City's written decision on the issue referred will be final and binding on the Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.06. ARTICLE 10 — CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS; EXTRA WORK 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, City may, at any time or from time to time, order Extra Work. Upon notice of such Extra Work, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). Extra Work shall be memorialized by a Change Order which may or may not precede an order of Extra work. B. For minor changes of Work not requiring changes to Contract Time or Contract Price, a Field Order may be issued by the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 39 of 63 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 6.17. 10.03 Execution of Change Orders A. City and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders covering: 1. changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by City pursuant to Paragraph 10.01.A, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 13.08 or City's correction of defective Work under Paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties; 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed. 10.04 Extra Work A. Should a difference arise as to what does or does not constitute Extra Work, or as to the payment thereof, and the City insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written orders and shall keep accurate account of the actual reasonable cost thereof. Contract Claims regarding Extra Work shall be made pursuant to Paragraph 10.06. B. The Contractor shall furnish the City such installation records of all deviations from the original Contract Documents as may be necessary to enable the City to prepare for permanent record a corrected set of plans showing the actual installation. C. The compensation agreed upon for Extra Work whether or not initiated by a Change Order shall be a full, complete and final payment for all costs Contractor incurs as a result or relating to the change or Extra Work, whether said costs are known, unknown, foreseen or unforeseen at that time, including without limitation, any costs for delay, extended overhead, ripple or impact cost, or any other effect on changed or unchanged work as a result of the change or Extra Work. 10.05 Notification to Surety If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted by the Contractor to reflect the effect of any such change. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 40 of 63 10.06 Contract Claims Process A. City's Decision Required: All Contract Claims, except those waived pursuant to Paragraph 14.09, shall be referred to the City for decision. A decision by City shall be required as a condition precedent to any exercise by Contractor of any rights or remedies he may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Contract Claims. B. Notice: 1. Written notice stating the general nature of each Contract Claim shall be delivered by the Contractor to City no later than 15 days after the start of the event giving rise thereto. The responsibility to substantiate a Contract Claim shall rest with the party making the Contract Claim. 2. Notice of the amount or extent of the Contract Claim, with supporting data shall be delivered to the City on or before 45 days from the start of the event giving rise thereto (unless the City allows additional time for Contractor to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Contract Claim). 3. A Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.01. 4. A Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.02. 5. Each Contract Claim shall be accompanied by Contractor's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the Contractor believes it is entitled as a result of said event. 6. The City shall submit any response to the Contractor within 30 days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless Contract allows additional time). C. City's Action: City will review each Contract Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the Contractor, if any, take one of the following actions in writing: 1. deny the Contract Claim in whole or in part; 2. approve the Contract Claim; or 3. notify the Contractor that the City is unable to resolve the Contract Claim if, in the City's sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the City to do so. For purposes of further resolution of the Contract Claim, such notice shall be deemed a denial. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 41 of 63 D. City's written action under Paragraph 10.06.C will be fmal and binding, unless City or Contractor invoke the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Article 16 within 30 days of such action or denial. E. No Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this Paragraph 10.06. ARTICLE 11- COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK; PLANS QUANTITY MEASUREMENT 11.01 Cost of the Work A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs, except those excluded in Paragraph 11.01.B, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order, the costs to be reimbursed to Contractor will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work. Such costs shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 11.01.B, and shall include but not be limited to the following items: 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by City and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time on the Work. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include; a. salaries with a 55% markup, or b. salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of Regular Working Hours, Weekend Working Hours, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by City. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. 3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by City, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 42 of 63 4. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by City, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to City and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to City, who will then determine, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 11.01. 5. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 6. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor. c. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Contractor is liable not covered under Paragraph 6.11, as imposed by Laws and Regulations. d. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. e. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work, provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of City. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor's fee. f. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. g. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone and communication services at the Site, express and courier services, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 43 of 63 h. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance Contractor is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. B. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 11.01.A.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 11.01.A.4, all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Expenses of Contractor's principal and branch offices other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind. C. Contractor's Fee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in Paragraph 12.01.C. D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to Paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.01.B, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to City an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. 11.02 Allowances A. Specified Allowance: It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to City. B. Pre -bid Allowances: 1. Contractor agrees that: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 44 of 63 a. the pre -bid allowances include the cost to Contractor of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and b. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the pre -bid allowances have been included in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. C. Contingency Allowance: Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole use of City. D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.03 UnitPrice Work A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by City subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.05. C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. Work described in the Contract Documents, or reasonably inferred as required for a functionally complete installation, but not identified in the listing of unit price items shall be considered incidental to unit price work listed and the cost of incidental work included as part of the unit price. D. City may make an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Paragraph 12.01 if: 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work. E. Increased or Decreased Quantities: The City reserves the right to order Extra Work in accordance with Paragraph 10.01. 1. If the changes in quantities or the alterations do not significantly change the character of work under the Contract Documents, the altered work will be paid for at the Contract unit price. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 45 of 63 2. If the changes in quantities or alterations significantly change the character of work, the Contract will be amended by a Change Order. 3. If no unit prices exist, this will be considered Extra Work and the Contract will be amended by a Change Order in accordance with Article 12. 4. A significant change in the character of work occurs when: the character of work for any Item as altered differs materially in kind or nature from that in the Contract or b. a Major Item of work varies by more than 25% from the original Contract quantity. 5. When the quantity of work to be done under any Major Item of the Contract is more than 125% of the original quantity stated in the Contract, then either party to the Contract may request an adjustment to the unit price on the portion of the work that is above 125%. 6. When the quantity of work to be done under any Major Item of the Contract is less than 75% of the original quantity stated in the Contract, then either party to the Contract may request an adjustment to the unit price. 11.04 Plans Quantity Measurement A. Plans quantities may or may not represent the exact quantity of work performed or material moved, handled, or placed during the execution of the Contract. The estimated bid quantities are designated as final payment quantities, unless revised by the governing Section or this Article. B. If the quantity measured as outlined under "Price and Payment Procedures" varies by more than 25% (or as stipulated under "Price and Payment Procedures" for specific Items) from the total estimated quantity for an individual Item originally shown in the Contract Documents, an adjustment may be made to the quantity of authorized work done for payment purposes. The party to the Contract requesting the adjustment will provide field measurements and calculations showing the fmal quantity for which payment will be made. Payment for revised quantity will be made at the unit price bid for that Item, except as provided for in Article 10. C. When quantities are revised by a change in design approved by the City, by Change Order, or to correct an error, or to correct an error on the plans, the plans quantity will be increased or decreased by the amount involved in the change, and the 25% variance will apply to the new plans quantity. D. If the total Contract quantity multiplied by the unit price bid for an individual Item is less than $250 and the Item is not originally a plans quantity Item, then the Item may be paid as a plans quantity Item if the City and Contractor agree in writing to fix the fmal quantity as a plans quantity. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 46 of 63 E. For callout work or non -site specific Contracts, the plans quantity measurement requirements are not applicable. ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME 12.01 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order will be determined as follows: 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03); or 2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum or unit price (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 12.0 1.C.2), and shall include the cost of any secondary impacts that are foreseeable at the time of pricing the cost of Extra Work; or 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum or unit price is not reached under Paragraph 12.01.B.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.01) plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 12.01.C). C. Contractor's Fee: The Contractor's additional fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 11.01.A.1, 11.01.A.2. and 11.01.A.3, the Contractor's additional fee shall be 15 percent except for: 1) rental fees for Contractor's own equipment using standard rental rates; 2) bonds and insurance; b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 11.01.A.4 and 11.01.A.5, the Contractor's fee shall be five percent (5%); 1) where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraphs 12.01.C.2.a and 12.0l.C.2.b is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 47 of 63 tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under Paragraphs 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and Contractor will each be paid a fee of five percent (5%) of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor, however in no case shall the cumulative total of fees paid be in excess of 25%; c. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 11.01.A.6, and 11.01.B; d. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to City for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Contractor's fee by an amount equal to five percent (5%) of such net decrease. 12.02 Change of Contract Time A. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order. B. No extension of the Contract Time will be allowed for Extra Work or for claimed delay unless the Extra Work contemplated or claimed delay is shown to be on the critical path of the Project Schedule or Contractor can show by Critical Path Method analysis how the Extra Work or claimed delay adversely affects the critical path. 12.03 Delays A. Where Contractor is reasonably delayed in the performance or completion of any part of the Work within the Contract Time due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Contract Claim is made therefor. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by City, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays described in this Paragraph. B. If Contractor is delayed, City shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. C. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time for delays within the control of Contractor. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. D. The Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work, except when direct and unavoidable extra cost to the Contractor is caused by the failure of the City to provide information or material, if any, which is to be furnished by the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 48 of 63 ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.01 Notice ofDefects Notice of all defective Work of which City has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. Defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13. 13.02 Access to Work City, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor's safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 13.03 Tests and Inspections A. Contractor shall give City timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. B. If Contract Documents, Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any of the Work (or part thereof) to be inspected, tested, or approved, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such independent inspections, tests, retests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish City the required certificates of inspection or approval; excepting, however, those fees specifically identified in the Supplementary Conditions or any Texas Department of Licensure and Regulation (TDLR) inspections, which shall be paid as described in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, re -tests, or approvals required for City's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, re -tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to City. D. City may arrange for the services of an independent testing laboratory ("Testing Lab") to perform any inspections or tests ("Testing") for any part of the Work, as determined solely by City. 1. City will coordinate such Testing to the extent possible, with Contractor; 2. Should any Testing under this Section 13.03 D result in a "fail", "did not pass" or other similar negative result, the Contractor shall be responsible for paying for any and all retests. Contractor's cancellation without cause of City initiated Testing shall be deemed a negative result and require a retest. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 49 of 63 3. Any amounts owed for any retest under this Section 13.03 D shall be paid directly to the Testing Lab by Contractor. City will forward all invoices for retests to Contractor. 4. If Contractor fails to pay the Testing Lab, City will not issue Final Payment until the Testing Lab is paid. E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of City, Contractor shall, if requested by City, uncover such Work for observation. F. Uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.03.E shall be at Contractor's expense. G. Contractor shall have the right to make a Contract Claim regarding any retest or invoice issued under Section 13.03 D. 13.04 Uncovering Work A. If any Work is covered contrary to the Contract Documents or specific instructions by the City, it must, if requested by City, be uncovered for City's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. B. If City considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by City or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at City's request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as City may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment. 1. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); or City shall be entitled to accept defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.08 in which case Contractor shall still be responsible for all costs associated with exposing, observing, and testing the defective Work. 2. If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. 13.05 City May Stop the Work If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, City may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of City to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of City to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 50 of 63 Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work A. Promptly after receipt of written notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work pursuant to an acceptable schedule, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, additional testing, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). Failure to require the removal of any defective Work shall not constitute acceptance of such Work. B. When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 13.06 or Paragraph 13.07, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair City's special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. 13.07 Correction Period A. If within two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance (or such longer period of time as maybe prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents), any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for Contractor's use by City or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in Paragraph 6.10.A is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to City and in accordance with City's written instructions: 1. repair such defective land or areas; or 2. correct such defective Work; or 3. if the defective Work has been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom. B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of City's written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, City may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 51 of 63 C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Acceptance of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Contract Documents. D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this Paragraph 13.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work may be required to be extended for an additional period of one year after the end of the initial correction period. City shall provide 30 days written notice to Contractor should such additional warranty coverage be required. Contractor may dispute this requirement by filing a Contract Claim, pursuant to Paragraph 10.06. E. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, City prefers to accept it, City may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to City's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work and for the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Final Acceptance, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and City shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. 13.09 City May Correct Defective Work A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from City to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by City in accordance with Paragraph 13.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, City may, after seven (7) days written notice to Contractor, correct, or remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09, City shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, City may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment incorporated in the Work, stored at the Site or for which City has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow City, City's representatives, agents, consultants, employees, and City's other contractors, access to the Site to enable City to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 52 of 63 costs) incurred or sustained by City in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and City shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of City's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09. ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.01 Schedule of Values The Schedule of Values for lump sum contracts established as provided in Paragraph 2.07 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to City. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.02 Progress Payments A. Applications for Payments: 1. Contractor is responsible for providing all information as required to become a vendor of the City. 2. At least 20 days before the date established in the General Requirements for each progress payment, Contractor shall submit to City for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 3. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that City has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate insurance or other arrangements to protect City's interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to City. 4. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of Contractor stating that previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor's legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. 5. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as described in subsection C. unless otherwise stipulated in the Contract Documents. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 53 of 63 B. Review ofApplications: 1. City will, after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment or return the Application to Contractor indicating reasons for refusing payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 2. City's processing of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will be based on City's observations of the executed Work, and on City's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of City's knowledge: a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated; b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Final Acceptance, the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, a final determination of quantities and classifications for Work performed under Paragraph 9.05, and any other qualifications stated in the recommendation). 3. Processing any such payment will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to City in the Contract Documents; or b. there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by City or entitle City to withhold payment to Contractor; or Contractor has complied with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work. 4. City may refuse to process the whole or any part of any payment because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, and revise or revoke any such payment previously made, to such extent as may be necessary to protect City from loss because: a. the Work is defective or completed Work has been damaged by the Contractor or subcontractors requiring correction or replacement; b. discrepancies in quantities contained in previous applications for payment; c. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; d. City has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.09; or CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 54 of 63 e. City has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraph 15.02.A. Retainage: C. For contracts less than $400,000 at the time of execution, retainage shall be ten percent (10%). D. For contracts greater than $400,000 at the time of execution, retainage shall be five percent (5%). E. Liquidated Damages. For each calendar day that any work shall remain uncompleted after the time specified in the Contract Documents, the sum per day specified in the Agreement will be assessed against the monies due the Contractor, not as a penalty, but as damages suffered by the City. F. Payment: Contractor will be paid pursuant to the requirements of this Article 14 and payment will become due in accordance with the Contract Documents. G. Reduction in Payment: 1. City may refuse to make payment of the amount requested because: a. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to City to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; b. there are other items entitling City to a set-off against the amount recommended; or c. City has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraphs 14.02.B.4.a through 14.02.B.4.e or Paragraph 15.02.A. 2. If City refuses to make payment of the amount requested, City will give Contractor written notice stating the reasons for such action and pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. City shall pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by City and Contractor, when Contractor remedies the reasons for such action. 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to City no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 55 of 63 14.04 Partial Utilization A. Prior to Final Acceptance of all the Work, City may use or occupy any part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which City determines constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work. City at any time may notify Contractor in writing to permit City to use or occupy any such part of the Work which City determines to be ready for its intended use, subject to the following conditions: 1. Contractor at any time may notify City in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use. 2. Within a reasonable time after notification as enumerated in Paragraph 14.05.A.1, City and Contractor shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If City does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, City will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. 3. Partial Utilization will not constitute Final Acceptance by City. 14.05 Final Inspection A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work is Substantially Complete in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. Within 10 days, City will schedule a Final Inspection with Contractor. 2. City will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective ("Punch List Items"). Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. B. No time charge will be made against the Contractor between said date of notification to the City of Substantial Completion and the date of Final Inspection. 1. Should the City determine that the Work is not ready for Final Inspection, City will notify the Contractor in writing of the reasons and Contract Time will resume. 2. Should the City concur that Substantial Completion has been achieved with the exception of any Punch List Items, Contract Time will resume for the duration it takes for Contractor to achieve Final Acceptance. 14.06 Final Acceptance Upon completion by Contractor to City's satisfaction, of any additional Work identified in the Final Inspection, City will issue to Contractor a letter of Final Acceptance. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 56 of 63 14.07 Final Payment A. Application for Payment: 1. Upon Final Acceptance, and in the opinion of City, Contractor may make an application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.03; b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; c. a list of all pending or released Damage Claims against City that Contractor believes are unsettled; and d. affidavits of payments for employees, subcontractors, and suppliers; and complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to City) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work. B. Payment Becomes Due: 1. After City's acceptance of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, requested by Contractor, less previous payments made and any sum City is entitled, including but not limited to liquidated damages, will become due and payable. 2. After all Damage Claims have been resolved: a. directly by the Contractor or; b. Contractor provides evidence that the Damage Claim has been reported to Contractor's insurance provider for resolution. 3. The making of the final payment by the City shall not relieve the Contractor of any guarantees or other requirements of the Contract Documents which specifically continue thereafter. 14.08 Final Completion Delayed and Partial Retainage Release A. If final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if City so confirms, City may, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for Payment, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by City for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in Paragraph 14.02.C, and if bonds have been furnished as required in Paragraph 5.02, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 57 of 63 portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to City with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Contract Claims. B. Partial Retainage Release. For a Contract that provides for a separate vegetative establishment and maintenance, and test and performance periods following the completion of all other construction in the Contract Documents for all Work locations, the City may release a portion of the amount retained provided that all other work is completed as determined by the City. Before the release, all submittals and final quantities must be completed and accepted for all other work. An amount sufficient to ensure Contract compliance will be retained. 14.09 Waiver of Claims The acceptance of final payment will constitute a release of the City from all claims or liabilities under the Contract for anything done or furnished or relating to the work under the Contract Documents or any act or neglect of City related to or connected with the Contract. ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.01 City May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, City may suspend the Work or any portion thereof by written notice to Contractor and which may fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. During temporary suspension of the Work covered by these Contract Documents, for any reason, the City will make no extra payment for stand-by time of construction equipment and/or construction crews. B. Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the Project due to causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and should it be determined by mutual consent of the Contractor and City that a solution to allow construction to proceed is not available within a reasonable period of time, Contractor may request an extension in Contract Time, directly attributable to any such suspension. C. If it should become necessary to suspend the Work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such a manner that they will not obstruct or impede the public unnecessarily nor become damaged in any way, and he shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed; he shall provide suitable drainage about the work, and erect temporary structures where necessary. D. Contractor may be reimbursed for the cost of moving his equipment off the job and returning the necessary equipment to the job when it is determined by the City that construction may be resumed. Such reimbursement shall be based on actual cost to the Contractor of moving the equipment and no profit will be allowed. Reimbursement may not be allowed if the equipment is moved to another construction project for the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 58 of 63 15.02 City May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events by way of example, but not of limitation, may justify termination for cause: 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, failure to adhere to the Project Schedule established under Paragraph 2.07 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Paragraph 6.04, or failure to adhere to the City's Business Diversity Enterprise Ordinance #20020-12-2011 established under Paragraph 6.06.D); 2. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 3. Contractor's repeated disregard of the authority of City; or 4. Contractor's violation in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract Documents; or 5. Contractor's failure to promptly make good any defect in materials or workmanship, or defects of any nature, the correction of which has been directed in writing by the City; or 6. Substantial indication that the Contractor has made an unauthorized assignment of the Contract or any funds due therefrom for the benefit of any creditor or for any other purpose; or 7. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has become insolvent or bankrupt, or otherwise financially unable to carry on the Work satisfactorily; or 8. Contractor commences legal action in a court of competent jurisdiction against the City. B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 15.02A. occur, City will provide written notice to Contractor and Surety to arrange a conference with Contractor and Surety to address Contractor's failure to perform the Work. Conference shall be held not later than 15 days, after receipt of notice. 1. If the City, the Contractor, and the Surety do not agree to allow the Contractor to proceed to perform the construction Contract, the City may, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, declare a Contractor default and formally terminate the Contractor's right to complete the Contract. Contractor default shall not be declared earlier than 20 days after the Contractor and Surety have received notice of conference to address Contractor's failure to perform the Work. 2. If Contractor's services are terminated, Surety shall be obligated to take over and perform the Work. If Surety does not commence performance thereof within 15 consecutive calendar days after date of an additional written notice demanding Surety's performance of its CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 59 of 63 obligations, then City, without process or action at law, may take over any portion of the Work and complete it as described below. If City completes the Work, City may exclude Contractor and Surety from the site and take possession of the Work, and all materials and equipment incorporated into the Work stored at the Site or for which City has paid Contractor or Surety but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as City may deem expedient. 3. Whether City or Surety completes the Work, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is fmished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by City arising out of or resulting from completing the Work, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to City. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by City will be incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this Paragraph, City shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. 4. Neither City, nor any of its respective consultants, agents, officers, directors or employees shall be in any way liable or accountable to Contractor or Surety for the method by which the completion of the said Work, or any portion thereof, may be accomplished or for the price paid therefor. 5. City, notwithstanding the method used in completing the Contract, shall not forfeit the right to recover damages from Contractor or Surety for Contractor's failure to timely complete the entire Contract. Contractor shall not be entitled to any claim on account of the method used by City in completing the Contract. 6. Maintenance of the Work shall continue to be Contractor's and Surety's responsibilities as provided for in the bond requirements of the Contract Documents or any special guarantees provided for under the Contract Documents or any other obligations otherwise prescribed by law. C. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 15.02.B, Contractor's services will not be terminated if Contractor begins within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt of said notice. D. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by City, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of City against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by City will not release Contractor from liability. E. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of Paragraph 5.02, the termination procedures of that bond shall not supersede the provisions of this Article. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 60 of 63 15.03 City May Terminate For Convenience A. City may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of City, terminate the Contract. Any termination shall be effected by mailing a notice of the termination to the Contractor specifying the extent to which performance of Work under the contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination becomes effective. Receipt of the notice shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established when the letter is placed in the United States Postal Service Mail by the City. Further, it shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established that such termination is made with just cause as therein stated; and no proof in any claim, demand or suit shall be required of the City regarding such discretionary action. B. After receipt of a notice of termination, and except as otherwise directed by the City, the Contractor shall: 1. Stop work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of termination; 2. place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services or facilities except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the Work under the Contract as is not terminated; 3. terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of the Work terminated by notice of termination; 4. transfer title to the City and deliver in the manner, at the times, and to the extent, if any, directed by the City: a. the fabricated or unfabricated parts, Work in progress, completed Work, supplies and other material produced as a part of, or acquired in connection with the performance of, the Work terminated by the notice of the termination; and b. the completed, or partially completed plans, drawings, information and other property which, if the Contract had been completed, would have been required to be furnished to the City. 5. complete performance of such Work as shall not have been terminated by the notice of termination; and 6. take such action as may be necessary, or as the City may direct, for the protection and preservation of the property related to its contract which is in the possession of the Contractor and in which the owner has or may acquire the rest. C. At a time not later than 30 days after the termination date specified in the notice of termination, the Contractor may submit to the City a list, certified as to quantity and quality, of any or all items of termination inventory not previously disposed of, exclusive of items the disposition of which has been directed or authorized by City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 61 of 63 D. Not later than 15 days thereafter, the City shall accept title to such items provided, that the list submitted shall be subject to verification by the City upon removal of the items or, if the items are stored, within 45 days from the date of submission of the list, and any necessary adjustments to correct the list as submitted, shall be made prior to final settlement. E. Not later than 60 days after the notice of termination, the Contractor shall submit his termination claim to the City in the form and with the certification prescribed by the City. Unless an extension is made in writing within such 60 day period by the Contractor, and granted by the City, any and all such claims shall be conclusively deemed waived. F. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any items): 1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; and 3. reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. G. In the event of the failure of the Contractor and City to agree upon the whole amount to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the termination of the Work, the City shall determine, on the basis of information available to it, the amount, if any, due to the Contractor by reason of the termination and shall pay to the Contractor the amounts determined. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.01 Methods and Procedures A. Either City or Contractor may request mediation of any Contract Claim submitted for a decision under Paragraph 10.06 before such decision becomes final and binding. The request for mediation shall be submitted to the other party to the Contract. Timely submission of the request shall stay the effect of Paragraph 10.06.E. B. City and Contractor shall participate in the mediation process in good faith. The process shall be commenced within 60 days of filing of the request. C. If the Contract Claim is not resolved by mediation, City's action under Paragraph 10.06.C or a denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.06.C.3 or 10.06.D shall become fmal and binding 30 days after termination of the mediation unless, within that time period, City or Contractor: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 62 of 63 1. elects in writing to invoke any other dispute resolution process provided for in the Supplementary Conditions; or 2. agrees with the other party to submit the Contract Claim to another dispute resolution process; or 3. gives written notice to the other party of the intent to submit the Contract Claim to a court of competent jurisdiction. ARTICLE 17 — MISCELLANEOUS 17.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if: 1. delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended; or 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. B. Business address changes must be promptly made in writing to the other party. C. Whenever the Contract Documents specifies giving notice by electronic means such electronic notice shall be deemed sufficient upon confirmation of receipt by the receiving party. 17.02 Computation of Times When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday the next Working Day shall become the last day of the period. 17.03 Cumulative Remedies The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 63 of 63 17.04 Survival of Obligations All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. 17.05 Headings Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007300 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 1 of 10 SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS Supplementary Conditions These Supplementary Conditions modify and supplement Section 00 72 00 - General Conditions, and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions of the General Conditions that are modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect as so modified or supplemented. All provisions of the General Conditions which are not so modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect. Defined Terms The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the General Conditions have the meaning assigned to them in the General Conditions, unless specifically noted herein. For projects procured through the Competitive Sealed Proposal (CSP) process, Offerors submit proposals for the project and the "Best Value" proposal is selected by the City. Within Section 00 72 00 — General Conditions, the following terms shall be replaced with appropriate terms for the CSP process. A. "Bid" shall be replaced with "Proposal" B. "Invitation to Bid" shall be replaced with "Invitation to Offerors" C. "Bidder" shall be replaced with "Offeror" D. "Bidding Documents" shall be replaced with "Proposal Documents" E. "Bidding Requirements" shall be replaced with "Competitive Sealed Proposal Requirements" F. "Successful Bidder" shall be replaced with "Successful Offeror" Modifications and Supplements The following are instructions that modify or supplement specific paragraphs in the General Conditions and other Contract Documents. SC -1.01, "Defined Terms" Add Definitions: A. Trimble Unity Construct — City's on-line, electronic document management and collaboration system. tem. B. Consultant or Engineer —Plummer Associates, 1320 S University Drive, Suite 300, Fort Worth, Texas 76107 C. Construction Manager — the individual or firm that will serve as the City and Engineer's representative in the administration of the Agreement. D. Substantial Completion — The date at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of the City, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Agreement and all Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended, Final Operation and Maintenance Manuals have been approved, Equipment Testing and Startup has been completed, and Operation and Maintenance Staff training has been completed, and field performance testing has been completed and approved. The terms "Substantially Complete" and "Substantially Completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Startup of the treatment processes to the point the effluent is meeting the TCEQ TPDES discharge permit and discharging into Mary's Creek, and automatic control using the plant SCADA system shall be complete prior to granting Substantial Completion. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised September 19, 2025 007300 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 2 of 10 E. Change Directive — An instructed directive of Extra Work memorialized by written notice by the City's Project Manager. SC -3.03B.2, "Resolving Discrepancies" Plans govern over Specifications and Specifications shall govern over standard details. SC -4.01A Easement limits shown on the Drawing are approximate and were provided to establish a basis for bidding. Upon receiving the final easements descriptions, Contractor shall compare them to the lines shown on the Contract Drawings. SC -4.01A.1., "Availability of Lands" The following is a list of known outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements to be acquired, if any as of April 2026: Outstanding Right -Of -Way, and/or Easements to Be Acquired PARCEL OWNER NUMBER TARGET DATE OF POSSESSION ATMOS [encroachment agreement] 9/1/2026 The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, and do not bind the City. If Contractor considers the final easements provided to differ materially from the representations on the Contract Drawings, Contractor shall within five (5) Business Days and before proceeding with the Work, notify City in writing associated with the differing easement line locations. SC -4.01A.2, "Availability of Lands" Utilities or obstructions to be removed, adjusted, and/or relocated The following is list of utilities and/or obstructions that have not been removed, adjusted, and/or relocated as of April 2026. EXPECTED UTILITY AND LOCATION OWNER TARGET DATE OF ADJUSTMENT City of Fort Worth Overhead Electrical to be Removed As required for Contractor City of Fort Worth Septic Tank, Location Unknown As required for Contractor City of Fort Worth 2 Water Wells, Location for 1 Unknown, refer to As required for Contractor General Sheet for Location of Other The Contractor understands and agrees that they are responsible for removal of the above -listed utilities. SC -4.02A., "Subsurface and Physical Conditions" The following are reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work: CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised September 19, 2025 007300 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 3 of 10 1. A Geotechnical Report, dated April 15, 2026, prepared by ITVJ Associates, a sub -consultant of Plummer Associates, a consultant of the City, providing additional information on subsurface conditions. The report is included in Appendix IV. SC -4.06A., "Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site" The following are reports and drawings of existing hazardous environmental conditions known to the City: None. SC -5.03A., "Certificates of Insurance" The entities listed below are "additional insureds as their interest may appear" including their respective officers, directors, agents and employees. (1) City (2) Engineer: Plummer Associates, Inc. (3) Construction Manager: TBD (4) Other: None. SC -5.04A., "Contractor's Insurance" The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph GC -5.04 shall provide the following coverages for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations: 5.04A. Workers' Compensation, under Paragraph GC -5.04A. Statutory limits Employer's liability $100,000 each accident/occurrence $100,000 Disease - each employee $500,000 Disease - policy limit SC -5.04B., "Contractor's Insurance" 5.04B. Commercial General Liability, under Paragraph GC -5.04B. Contractor's Liability Insurance under Paragraph GC -5.04B., which shall be on a per project basis covering the Contractor with minimum limits o£ $1,000,000 each occurrence $2,000,000 aggregate limit The policy must have an endorsement (Amendment — Aggregate Limits of Insurance) making the General Aggregate Limits apply separately to each job site. The Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall provide "X", "C", and "U" coverage's. Verification of such coverage must be shown in the Remarks Article of the Certificate of Insurance. SC 5.04C., "Contractor's Insurance" 5.04C. Automobile Liability, under Paragraph GC -5.04C. Contractor's Liability Insurance under Paragraph GC -5.04C., which shall be in an amount not less than the following amounts: (1) Automobile Liability - a commercial business policy shall provide coverage on "Any Auto", defined as autos owned, hired and non -owned. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised September 19, 2025 007300 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 4 of 10 $1,000,000 each accident on a combined single limit basis. Split limits are acceptable if limits are at least: $250,000 Bodily Injury per person / $500,000 Bodily Injury per accident / $100,000 Property Damage SC -5.04D., "Contractor's Insurance" The Contractor's construction activities will require its employees, agents, subcontractors, equipment, and material deliveries to cross railroad properties and tracks: None. The Contractor shall conduct its operations on railroad properties in such a manner as not to interfere with, hinder, or obstruct the railroad company in any manner whatsoever in the use or operation of its/their trains or other property. Such operations on railroad properties may require that Contractor to execute a "Right of Entry Agreement" with the particular railroad company or companies involved, and to this end the Contractor should satisfy itself as to the requirements of each railroad company and be prepared to execute the right -of -entry (if any) required by a railroad company. The requirements specified herein likewise relate to the Contractor's use of private and/or construction access roads crossing said railroad company's properties. The Contractual Liability coverage required by Paragraph 5.04D of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts, issued by companies satisfactory to the City and to the Railroad Company for a term that continues for so long as the Contractor's operations and work cross, occupy, or touch railroad property: (1) General Aggregate: (2) Each Occurrence: Required for this Contract X Not required for this Contract With respect to the above outlined insurance requirements, the following shall govern: 1. Where a single railroad company is involved, the Contractor shall provide one insurance policy in the name of the railroad company. However, if more than one grade separation or at -grade crossing is affected by the Project at entirely separate locations on the line or lines of the same railroad company, separate coverage may be required, each in the amount stated above. 2. Where more than one railroad company is operating on the same right-of-way or where several railroad companies are involved and operated on their own separate rights -of -way, the Contractor may be required to provide separate insurance policies in the name of each railroad company. 3. If, in addition to a grade separation or an at -grade crossing, other work or activity is proposed on a railroad company's right-of-way at a location entirely separate from the grade separation or at -grade crossing, insurance coverage for this work must be included in the policy covering the grade separation. 4. If no grade separation is involved but other work is proposed on a railroad company's right-of-way, all such other work may be covered in a single policy for that railroad, even though the work may be at two or more separate locations. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised September 19, 2025 007300 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page5of10 No work or activities on a railroad company's property to be performed by the Contractor shall be commenced until the Contractor has furnished the City with an original policy or policies of the insurance for each railroad company named, as required above. All such insurance must be approved by the City and each affected Railroad Company prior to the Contractor's beginning work. The insurance specified above must be carried until all Work to be performed on the railroad right-of-way has been completed and the grade crossing, if any, is no longer used by the Contractor. In addition, insurance must be carried during all maintenance and/or repair work performed in the railroad right-of-way. Such insurance must name the railroad company as the insured, together with any tenant or lessee of the railroad company operating over tracks involved in the Project. SC -6.04., "Project Schedule" Project schedule shall be tier 1 for the project. Refer to Section 0112 16 Sequence of Construction for schedule requirements. SC -6.05D., "Special Guarantee" On the second sentence of the paragraph, add the following words after they word "City"; "and it's Engineer." SC -6.06 D.1-3., "Small Business Goal Compliance" Replace the entirety of Part D and subparts 1 through 3 with the word "Reserved." SC -6.07 A.., "Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates" The following is the prevailing wage rate table(s) applicable to this project and is provided in Appendix III Funding Requirements: • Davis Bacon Wage Rates SC -6.09., "Permits and Utilities" SC -6.09A., "Contractor obtained permits and licenses" The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the Contractor: 1. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 2. Groundwater Dewatering, flea SC -6.09B. "City obtained permits and licenses" The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the City: 1. USACE Nationwide Permit 58 - Utility Line Activities for Water and Other Substances (Obtained) 2. Floodway Construction Permit 3. Driveway Access Permit 4. TCEQ Construction Permit 5. Tree Removal Permit 6. County Building Permit 7. Radio Communications Tower Permit 8. Texas Department of Licensure and Regulation SC -6.09C. "Outstanding permits and licenses" The following is a list of known outstanding permits and/or licenses to be acquired, if any as of April 2026: Outstanding Permits and/or Licenses to Be Acquired CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised September 19, 2025 007300 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 6 of 10 OWNER PERMIT OR LICENSE AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF POSSESSION City Floodplain Development Ae City Driveway Access Permit City TCEQ Construction Permit City Tree Removal Permit City Radio Communication Tower Permit City Texas Department of Licensure and Contractor Regulation Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan 3 Contractor Groundwater Dewatering,, if Required SC -6.24B., "Title VI, Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended" 9,'l/2026 5/8/2026 9/1/2026 6/29/2026 9/1/2026 9/l,'2026 5/8/2026 9/l,'2026 5/20/2026 Substantial Completion TBD TBD During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "Contractor") agrees as follows: 1. Compliance with Regulations: The Contractor shall comply with the Regulation relative to nondiscrimination in Federally -assisted programs of the Department of Transportation (hereinafter, "DOT") Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time, (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract. 2. Nondiscrimination: The Contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin, in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment. The Contractor shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by 49 CFR, section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the Regulations. 3. Solicitations for Subcontractors, Including Procurements of Materials and Equipment: In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by the contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurements of materials or leases of equipment, each potential subcontactor or supplier shall be notified by the Contractor of the Contractor's obligations under this contract and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or national origin. 4. Information and Reports: The Contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto, and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information and its facilities as may be determined by City or the Texas Department of Transportation to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders and instructions. Where any information required of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information the contractor shall so certify to the City, or the Texas Department of Transportation, as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. 5. Sanctions for Noncompliance: In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this Contract, City shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the Texas Department of Transportation may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to: a. withholding of payments to the Contractor under the Contract until the Contractor complies, and/or CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised September 19, 2025 007300 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page7of10 b. cancellation, termination or suspension of the Contract, in whole or in part. 6. Incorporation of Provisions: The Contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (6) in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant thereto. The Contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as City or the Texas Department of Transportation may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for non-compliance: Provided, however, that, in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the contractor may request City to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of City, and, in addition, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. Additional Title VI requirements can be found in the Appendix. SC -6.12A.4., "Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas" On the first sentence of the paragraph, add the following words after the word "City"; "and its Consultants." SC -7.02., "Coordination" The individuals or entities listed below have contracts with the City for the performance of other work at or near the Site: Vendor Scope of Work Coordination Authority Force main contractor, TBD Installation of 42" force main up CITY to connection point with plant GC Pump station and force main Pump station and impoundment Tarrant Regional Water District contractor, TBD of Mary's Creek, forcemain, (TRWD) water line Incoming Power Feed, Oncor Overhead Power Poles, Power CITY lines both overhead and through Plant Contractor furnished duct bank SC -8.01, "Communications to Contractor" None. SC -9.01., "City's Project Manager" The City's Project Manager for this Contract is Suzanne Abbe, P.E., or her successor pursuant to written notification from the Director of Water Department. SC -9.0B., "City's Project Representative" Project Representative may be filled by the Engineer or the Construction Manager throughout the documents. D SC -10.01A., "Authorized Changes in the Work" On the third sentence of the paragraph, add the following after the words "which may or may not precede an order of "Extra Work"; by "written Change Directive." CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 19, 2025 Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility C01239 007300 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 8of10 SC -13.03C., "Tests and Inspections" None. SC -14.02.A.5., "Applications for Payment" Change this sentence to read as follows: 5. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as described in subsection 3.2 of the Agreement unless otherwise stipulated in the Contract Documents. SC -14.10, "Substantial Completion" Add the following Section as follows: 14.10 Substantial Completion A. The date at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of the City, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Agreement and all Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended, Final Operation and Maintenance Manuals have been approved, Equipment Testing and Startup has been completed, and Operation and Maintenance Staff training has been completed, and field performance testing has been completed and approved. The terms "Substantially Complete" and "Substantially Completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Startup of the treatment processes to the point the effluent is meeting the TCEQ TPDES discharge permit and discharging into Mary's Creek, and automatic control using the plant SCADA system shall be complete prior to granting Substantial Completion. B. When Contractor considers the entire Work substantially complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents and this Agreement, such that the City may implement or use the Work for its intended purpose. Contractor shall notify the City in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete and request that the City issue a letter of Substantial Completion. Contractor shall at the same time submit to the City an initial draft punch list to be complete or corrected before fmal acceptance. C. Promptly after Contractor's notification, City and Contractor shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If City does not consider the Work substantially completed, City will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. D. If City considers the Work substantially completed. City will deliver to Contractor a letter of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the Letter of Substantial Completion a list of items to be completed or corrected before Final Acceptance. E. At the time of receipt of the letter of Substantial Completion, City and Contractor will confer regarding City's use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion. All surety bonds shall remain in effect until Final Payment. F. After Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall promptly begin work on the punch list of items to be completed or corrected prior to Final Acceptance. In appropriate cases. Contractor may submit monthly Application for Payment for completed punch list items, following the progress payment procedures set forth herein. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised September 19, 2025 007300 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 9 of 10 SC -15.01.A, "City May Suspend Work" Modify the paragraph as follows: At any time and without cause, City may suspend the Work or any portion thereof by written notice to Contractor and which may fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. During temporary suspension of the Work covered by these Contract Documents, for any reason, the City may make extra payment for stand-by time of construction equipment and/or construction crews in accordance with 11.01. Suspension of work shall be no more than 60 aggregate days or 30 consecutive days. SC -15.02.A.3, "City May Terminate for Cause" Remove the following sentence, "Contractor's repeated disregard of the authority of City: or" SC -15.02.A.8, "City May Terminate for Cause" Modify the sentence as follows: If procedures outlined in 16.01 are not followed and Contractor commences legal action in a court of competent jurisdiction against the City. SC -15.02.E, Add a new subsection E to read as follows: F. The failure of the City to exercise its right to terminate Contractor for cause due to the occurrence of one of more of the events described in subsection 15.02.A shall not constitute a waiver of the City's right to terminate the Contractor upon the recurrence of said event. SC -16.01C.1, "Methods and Procedures" None. END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised September 19, 2025 007300 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 10 of 10 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised September 19, 2025 MARYS CREEK WRF SECTION 00 80 00 TWDB REQUIRED DOCUMENTS A. Funding for this project is expected to be provided in part by a loan or grant from the Texas Water Development Board. Requirements for proposals are included in the following documents which also supplement and supersede Division 00 documents — Refer to Appendix III — Funding Requirements: I . TWDB-0551 "Supplemental Construction Contract for Non -Equivalency Projects under the Clean Water State Revolving Fund and Drinking Water State Revolving Fund Programs" B. PROPOSER is required to submit the following forms (if applicable) with the proposal package. These forms are included in Section 00 80 01 TWDB Forms and Template. 1. WRD-255, Bidder's Certifications Regarding Equal Employment Opportunity and Non -Segregated Facilities 2. SRF-404, Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension and Other Responsibility Matters 3. ED -103 Contractor's Act of Assurance 4, ED -104 Contractor's Act of Assurance Resolution 5. TWDB-0459 Vendor Compliance with Reciprocity on Non -Resident Bidders 6. WRD-255 Bidder's Certifications 7. ED -101 Site Certificate C. Additional TWDB forms required during construction are included in Appendix III — Funding Requirements. 1. DB-0154 Davis Bacon Wage Rate Monthly Compliance — Owner 2. DB-0155 Davis Bacon Wage Rate Monthly Compliance 3. TWDB-0 100 Clean Water State Revolving Fund Loan Program 4. TWDB-1106A AIS Monthly Certificate of Compliance — Owner 5. TWDB-1 106B AIS De Minimis Log 6. TWDB-1106C AIS Final Certificate 7. TWDB-1 109A Project Signage July 30, 2026 TWDB REQUIRED DOCUMENTS COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 00 80 00 - 1 MARYS CREEK WRF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK TWDB REQUIRED DOCUMENTS July 30, 2026 00 8000-2 O0 COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER FORT WORTH® DZI%i1DI1 TWDB FORMS AND TEMPLATE BIDDERS MUST PROVIDE COMPLETED FORMS WITH BID SUBMITTAL Prepared by: PLUMMER 1 1320 S University Drive, Suite 3001 Fort Worth, TX 76107 PLUMMER TBPE REGISTERED FIRM NUMBER F-13 IW_tolailk I121011to] ►r_1Iwa12102:3W:v1:1 WRD-255 01/17 BIDDER'S CERTIFICATIONS ProjcctName: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Project Number: Contract For: City of Fort Worth C01239 The following certifications must be completed by the bidder for each contract. A. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY: VI have developed and have on file at each establishment affirmative action programs pursuant to 41 CFR Part 60-1.7. I have: (■) participated in previous contract(s) or subcontract(s) subject to the equal opportunity clause under Executive Orders 11246 and 11375. I have filed all notices, contract specifications, and compliance reports due under the requirements contained in 41 CFR Part 60-4. ( ) not participated in previous contracts(s) subject to the equal opportunity clause under Executive Orders 11246 and 11375 and 41 CFR Chapter 60. B. NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES I certify that I do not and will not maintain any facilities provided for my employees in a segregated manner, or permit my employees to perform their services at any location under my control where segregated facilities are maintained; and that I will obtain a similar certification prior to the award of any federally assisted subcontract exceeding $10,000 which is not exempt from the equal opportunity clause as required by 41 CFR Part 60-1.8. I will obtain a similar certification from any proposed subcontractor(s), when appropriate. I understand that a false statement on this certification may be grounds for rejection of this bid proposal or termination of the contract award. Emilio Lopez Pacetti, President Typed Name and Title of Eliytder's Authorized Representative Signature of Representative Date Webber Waterworks, LLC, 1725 Hughes Landing Blvd., The Woodlands, TX 77380 Name and Address of Bidder IW_tolailk I121011to] ►r_1Iwa12102:3W:v1:1 SRF-404 08/23 Debarment / Suspension Certification Emilio Lopez Pacetti I, , hereby certify that I have checked on the federal (Authorized Representative of Recipient) System for Award Management (www.sam.gov) website and determined that Webber Waterworks, LLC (Name of entity) is not shown as an "excluded party" that is debarred, suspended or otherwise excluded from or ineligible for participation in federal assistance programs under Executive Order 12549. (See 2 CFR Part 180 and 2 CFR Part 1532 for additional information on the federal governmentwide debarment and suspension system for nonprocurement programs and activities.) I understand that a false statement herein may subject me to penalties under federal and state laws relating to filing false statements and other relevant statutes. 7/9/2026 Si Date Emilio Lopez Pacetti Title President Name of Recipient Verifying prime contractors and subcontractors for construction, equipment, supplies and services: Using the www.sam.gov website, the recipient must verify prior to awarding the contract that the prime contractor is not listed as an "excluded party" that is debarred, suspended or otherwise excluded from or ineligible. Once any subcontractors are known, they also must be verified as not listed as an "excluded party" prior to award of a subcontract. The recipient must print a dated record of the verification from the www.sam.gov website and retain a copy that is available for review by TWDB. The prime contractors and subcontractors must be verified prior to the contract award or the costs may be disallowed. IW_tolailk I121011to] ►r_1Iwa12102:3W:v1:1 ED -103 Reviewed 09/26/2016 CONTRACTOR'S ACT OF ASSURANCE STATE OF TEXAS § Montgomery§ COUNTY OF BEFORE ME Kathy M. Straiton qualified in and for the County of Montgomery a Notary Public duly commissioned and in the State of Texas came and appeared Webber Waterworks, LLC , as represented by Emilio Lopez Pacetti , the Corporation'sPresident Webber Waterworks, LLC who declares he/she is authorized to represent pursuant to provisions of a resolution adopted by said Corporation on the 9th day of March , 20 22 (a duly certified copy of such resolution is attached to and is hereby made a part of this document). Emilio Lopez Pacetti Webber Waterworks, LLC , as the representative declares that Webber Waterworks, LLC assures the Texas Water Development Board that it will construct Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility project at Houston , Texas, in accordance with sound construction practice, all laws of the State of Texas, and the rules of the Texas Water Development Board. GIVEN UNDER MY HAND and seal of office this 9th day of July , 2©26 Kathy Straiton KATHY M. STRAITCN _�`,•` Notary Public, State of Texas �e Comm. Expires 07-13-2027 Notary 10 126179927 (Notary Public in and for the State of Texas) (Print Name) [SEAL] Corporations Section E Q Jane Nelson P.O.Box 13697 .a Secretary of State Austin, Texas 78711-3697 Office of the Secretary of State CERTIFICATE OF FILING OF Webber Waterworks, LLC 801399128 [formerly: PLW Waterworks, LLC] The undersigned, as Secretary of State of Texas, hereby certifies that a Certificate of Amendment for the above named entity has been received in this office and has been found to conform to the applicable provisions of law. ACCORDINGLY, the undersigned, as Secretary of State, and by virtue of the authority vested in the secretary by law, hereby issues this certificate evidencing filing effective on the date shown below. Dated: 10/17/2024 Effective: 10/17/2024 ► AA !' A4 Jane Nelson Secretary of State Come visit us on the internet at https://www. sos. texas.gov/ Phone: (512) 463-5555 Fax: (512) 463-5709 Dial: 7-1-1 for Relay Services Prepared by: Angie Gardner TID: 10303 Document: 1414485940002 SECRETARY'S CERTIFICATE WEBBER WATERWORKS, LLC December 10, 2024 This Secretary's Certificate of Webber Waterworks, LLC, a Texas limited liability company (the "Company"), is provided to whom it may concern. The undersigned, being the duly appointed Secretary of the Company, hereby certifies as follows: 1. The following persons are the elected Managers of the Company: a. Jose Carlos Esteban b. Matt Little c. Emilio Lopez Pacetti d. W. Bryan Tate 2. The Following person are the elected Officers of the Company: a. Emilio Lopez Pacetti (President) b. Matt Little (Chief Financial Officer) c. W. Bryan Tate (Secretary) 3. In his capacity of President, Emilio Lopez Pacetti may sign bids and related contract documents on behalf of the company. 4. The following additional person has been delegated specific authority to sign bids and related contract documents on behalf of the Company: a. Peter Bailey, Executive Vice President, by delegation dated March 9, 2022. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this certificate as of the date first set forth above. Walton l to (10 dlc..202410:02 CST) W. Bryan Tate, Corporate Secretary IW_tolailk I121011to] ►r_1Iwa12102:3W:v1:1 ED -104 10/06/2016 CONTRACTOR'S ACT OF ASSURANCE RESOLUTION The Board of Managers I hereby certify that it was RESOLVED by a-gthc}r-ethetlieetar of the - Limited Liability Company Webber Waterworks (Name of Gerper-at-ierr), meeting on the 9th day of March Authorized Representative(s): Emilio Lopez Pacetti, President Peter T. Bailey, Executive Vice President 2022 , that: be, and hereby is/are authorized to act on behalf of Webber Waterworks Limited Liability Company (Name of Ia> }tiers), as its representative in all business transactions conducted in the State of Texas, and; the Managers That a-1-1 above resolution was unanimously ratified by the Board at said meeting and that the resolution has not been rescinded or amended and is now in full forces and effect; and; said In authentication of the adoption of this resolution, I subscribe my name a -ft€frx tl seal ar€t €eFper-tip this 25th day of June , 2026 0-1 (Secretary) W . Bryan Tat Copor e secretary Not required for Limited Liability Company [S" At -J SECRETARY'S CERTIFICATE WEBBER WATERWORKS, LLC December 10, 2024 This Secretary's Certificate of Webber Waterworks, LLC, a Texas limited liability company (the "Company"), is provided to whom it may concern. The undersigned, being the duly appointed Secretary of the Company, hereby certifies as follows: 1. The following persons are the elected Managers of the Company: a. Jose Carlos Esteban b. Matt Little c. Emilio Lopez Pacetti d. W. Bryan Tate 2. The Following person are the elected Officers of the Company: a. Emilio Lopez Pacetti (President) b. Matt Little (Chief Financial Officer) c. W. Bryan Tate (Secretary) 3. In his capacity of President, Emilio Lopez Pacetti may sign bids and related contract documents on behalf of the company. 4. The following additional person has been delegated specific authority to sign bids and related contract documents on behalf of the Company: a. Peter Bailey, Executive Vice President, by delegation dated March 9, 2022. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this certificate as of the date first set forth above. Walton l to (10 dlc..202410:02 CST) W. Bryan Tate, Corporate Secretary TWDB-0459 Rev 01117 VENDOR COMPLIANCE WITH RECIPROCITY ON NON- RESIDENT BIDDERS Texas Government Code Section 2252.002 provides that in order for nonresident bidders to be awarded a governmental contract, the bidder must bid projects for construction, improvements, supplies, or services in Texas at an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid the nonresident bidder in order to obtain a comparable contract in the nonresident bidder's state. A nonresident bidder is a person, including a contractor, whose principal place of business or corporate office is outside of the state of Texas. This requirement does not apply to a contract involving Federal funds. The appropriate blanks in Section A must be filled out by all nonresident bidders in order for your bid to meet specifications. The failure of a nonresident bidder to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder. Resident bidders must check the blank in Section B. A. Non-resident vendors in (give state), our principal place of business, are required to be percent lower than resident bidders by state law. A copy of the statute is attached. Non-resident vendors in (give state), our principal place of business, are not required to underbid resident bidders. B. Our principal place of business or corporate office is in the state of Texas: L1 BIDDER: Webber Waterworks, ILC Company The Woodlands, Texas 77380 City State Zip Emilio Lopez Pacetti By (print name) Signature President Title (print) THIS FORM MUST BE RETURNED WITH THE BID IW_tolailk I121011to] ►r_1Iwa12102:3W:v1:1 ATTACHMENT 1-2 STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF Tarrant SITE CERTIFICATE Before me, the undersigned notary, on this day personally appeared , a person whose identity is known to me or who has presented to me a satisfactory proof of identity. After I administered an oath, this person swore to the following: (1) My name is Jesica McEachern . I am over 18 years of age and I am of sound mind, and capable of swearing to the facts contained in this Site Certificate. The facts stated in this certificate are within my personal knowledge and are true and correct. (2) I am an authorized representative of city of Fort Worth an entity that has filed an application for financial assistance with the Texas Water Development Board for a (water) wastewater project. Please complete only those sections that apply to your project: LEGAL CERTIFICATION - LEASE/CONTRACT I certify that: NA (Legal Name of Applicant, i.e., City, District, etc.) has executed a written lease or other contractual agreement to use the property needed for this (water)(wastewater) project that extends through NA (date), the life of the Texas Water Development Board loan or grant that will be used to finance this project, either in whole or in part. A copy of this lease or agreement is attached hereto. LEGAL CERTIFICATION - PROPERTY EASEMENT I certify that: NA (Legal Name of Applicant, i.e., City, District, etc.) has executed an express easement to use the property needed for this (water) (wastewater) project that extends through the life of the Texas Water Development Board loan or grant that will be used to finance this project, either in whole or in part. The express easement to use the property needed for this (water) (wastewater) project extends through NA (date). A copy of the express easement agreement is attached hereto. ED -101 Rev 2/26 ATTACHMENT 1-2 LEGAL CERTIFICATION - OWNERSHIP INTEREST I certify that City of Fort Worth (Legal Name of Applicant, e.g. City, District, etc.) 9 Option A: has acquired the necessary real property interest, as evidenced by fee simple purchase, deed, fully executed earnest money contracts, or completion of eminent domain proceedings; that such acquisition will guarantee access and egress; and such interest will contain the necessary easements, rights of way, or unrestricted use as is required for the project being financed by the Texas Water Development Board. The legal description is referenced below. The property has been acquired with the use of eminent domain: ❑ True •False OR ❑ Option B: is in the process of acquiring the necessary real property interest, as evidenced by earnest money contracts, contracts for sale, firm option agreements to purchase the subject property, or the initiation of eminent domain procedures; that such acquisition will guarantee access and egress; and such interest will contain the necessary easements, rights of way, or unrestricted use as is required for the project being financed by the Texas Water Development Board. The legal description is referenced below. The anticipated date of acquisition is: The property will be acquired with the use of eminent domain: ❑ True ❑False If True, then reasonable considerations should be investigated with relevant stakeholders to reduce the necessity of exercising the power of eminent domain to obtain interests in real property by identifying opportunities to utilize existing transportation and utility easements. Location and Description of Property Interests acquired for Project: The property is the site of the Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility located at 11091 Chapin Road. The 100.167 acre site is located on the westside of the City of Fort Worth. Any deeds or other instruments required to be recorded to protect the title(s) held by City of Fort Worth (Legal Name of Applicant) have been recorded or filed for the record in the County deed records or other required location. The following documents are attached hereto: Special warranty deed, instrument number D211267292. Description of documents that were used or will be used to acquire the property: The Grantor of the fee simple acquisition was 820 Management Trust. The Grantee was the City of Fort Worth. The site was acquired in 2011. ED -101 Rev 2/26 ATTACHMENT 1-2 EXECUTED this day of Jesica McEachern Assistant City Manager Sworn to and subscribed before me by Jesica McEachern of April 2026 KATHLEEN BRADFORD Note Public STATE C?F TEXAS NAwy 4.O.12197197 Cmm. EXF.Aar. 12.2w [SEAL] ED -101 Rev 2/26 FA ( Signature) (Print Name) Title) on this 28th day (Notary Public in and for the State of Texas) TEXAS WATER DEVELOPMENT BDARD ATTACHMENT 1-2 Z 4 Ftattlllcl� NOTICE OF CONFIDENTIALITY RIGHTS: IF YOU ARE A NATURAL PERSON, YOU MAY REMOVE OR STRIKE ANY OR ALL OF THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION FROM ANY INSTRUMENT THAT TRANSFERS AN INTEREST IN REAL PROPERTY BEFORE IT IS FILED FOR RECORD IN THE PUBLIC RECORDS: YOUR SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR YOUR DRIVER'S LICENSE NUMBER. SPECIAL WARRANTY DEED W -c THE STATE OF TEXAS § Io § KNOW ALL PERSONS BY T COUNTY OF TARRANT § THAT, 820 MANAGEMENT TRUST (hereinafter referred to as "Gran r'),r['` in consideration of the sum of TEN AND NO/100 ($10.00) DOLLARS and other a ua o eran in hand paid by the CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS, a home rule Munici at o ora o o Stelve of Texas (hereinafter referred to as "Grantee"), whose address for Ice . Ms. Lear D. + Guzman, City Attorney's Office, 1000 Throckmorton Street, Fo ort 02, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, has GRANTED, SOLD and CO V YED, n by these presents does GRANT, SELL and CONVEY unto GRANTEE all of that cc in al r erty located in Tarrant County, Texas, consisting of approximately 100.167 of lan particularly described on EXHIBIT "A" attached hereto ("Land"), and including a o Grantor's rights, privileges, easements, rights -of -way, licenses, interests, and rights appurtenant h L d. The Land and all rights, property and interests above described being hereinafter referre rtpl t e as the "Property." Notwithstanding anything to the conveyance (and the Property does not in interest in (i) all surface and subsurf ce w held by Grantor in connection wit <tJ� under the Land; provided, how e surface of the Land except as e set forth herein, such surface s e e its lessees, successors and as s, o c the Land with one or n e location on other lands. am , MdT1ereby retains and reserves from this i , nd its successors and assigns, any and all terests in, on, or under the Land or otherwise and ( any and all oil, gas and other minerals in, on, or Jeer waives and relinquishes access to any use of the h hereinbelow. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary h above shall not prohibit Grantor, on behalf of itself and ucting well completion and/or development activities under zontal and/or directional wellbores drilled from a surface This Sp al eed is executed by Grantor and accepted by Grantee subject to those encumbr es gh o hird parties shown of record in the Real Property Records of Tarrant County, Texas, a�t cc ' on HIBIT "B" attached hereto (the "Permitted Encumbrances"). TO Xl D TO HOLD the above described Property, together with all and singular the right n a nances thereto in anywise belonging, unto GRANTEE and GRANTEE'S successors and assi s, as GRANTOR does hereby bind GRANTOR, and GRANTOR'S successors and assigns to WARRANT AND FOREVER DEFEND all and singular the said Property, subject to the Permitted Encumbrances, unto GRANTEE, and GRANTEE'S successors and assigns, against every person whomsoever lawfully claiming or to claim the same or any part thereof by, through, or under Grantor, but not otherwise. 1274868_1 1 ATTACHMENT 1-2 EXECUTED this the Z. day of,tl�ar� , 2011, 820 MANAGEMENT TRUST By: Na Ardon E. Moore Title: Attorney -in -Fact for Lee M. Bass, Truste STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF TARRANT § This instrument was acknowledged before me on they ay of , 2011, by Ardon E. Moore, Attorney -in -Fact for Lee M. Bass, Trustee, on behalf of 0 ana nt Trust. EMILY MARSHA OWEN NOTARY PUBUC STATE OF TEXAS My Comm. Exp. 09-15-2015 After Recording, Please Return Ms. Leann D. Guzman City Attorney's Office 1000 Throckmorton Street Fort Worth, Texas 76102 , 1274868_1 2 ATTACHMENT 1-2 EXHIBIT "A" Being a tract of land situated in the J. Johnson Survey, Abstract Number 871 and the C. K. Gleason Survey, Abstract Number 559, Tarrant County, Tatar, being all of that certain 88.383 acre tract of land conveyed by deed to Lc e M. Bass, Trustee for the 820 Management Trust, in Volume 13824, Page 335, Docd Rccords, Tarrant County, Texas (D.R.T.CT7'.) and a portion of that certain 284.53 acre tract of land conveyed by dead to Lee M. Baas, Trustee for the 920 Management Trust, in Volume 13824. Page 337, D.R.T.C.T. and being I'artha described by orates and bounds as follows: BEGINNING at a 112 capped inch Iron rod damped "Area Surveying" fund at the northwest coma of raid 88.383 acre Lee M. Bans tract and most northerly northeast comer of that certain tact of land conveyed by deed to West Side Sanitary Land Fill, b.c., in Volume 6477, Page 335. DJLT.C.T. and being in the south line of that certain tract of laud conveyed by dead to Waste Management of Texas, Inc., in Volume 12208, Page 2281, D.R.T.C.T., hero which an axle found for tin northwest corner of said West Side Sanitary Laud Fill tract bears N 89" 24' 40" 661.37 fee; Thence S 89" 24' 40" E, along the common north line of said 88.383 acre tract and the some li"'""�/ of said Waste Management of Texas tract, 168.55 feet to a railroad spike e southernmost southwest corner of said 284.53 acre tract and the southeast cx,rn o Management of Texas tract; Thence N 46" 41' 26" W, along the common west line of said 2 .53 ct tune cos inc of said Waste Management ofTexas trail, 237.95 fed to a rails kc act; Thence S 89.24' 40" E, crossing said 284.53 acre tract, 3,055.5 o a PK 5ilper in asphalt, being in the east line of said 284.53 axe tract and the centerline Co o N..untxr 1029 (Chapin Road); f Thence SO" 02' 57" W, along the common east line o id 4.53 acre tract and said centodine, 175,01 feet to a PK Nail set in asphalt, being the so of said 284.53 mere tract on the north line of said 88.383 acre tract, from which Inc ' o d bears N 89" 24' 40" W, 21.00 feet; 1 (/ Thence S 89" 24' 40" L, along the con of said County Road Number 1029 (C northeast comer of said 88.383 atracc 139 , Page deed to Lee jM 13824, Page 339, D. R T.; Thence S 08" 35' 4' , I t c of said 145.30' a ei e a di 1_ a lolal distam 224. I O1 ThenceSi 1 '57 4" in with cap s ItA 't' 1 MS 88.383 atrsce nil c n I 88.383 acre trod and the centerline 1. set to a PK Nail set in asphalt for the wear corner of that certain 145.309 acre the 820 Management Trust, in Volume rerun east line of said 88383 acre tract and the west line 15.08 feet pawing a found 1 inch iron rod found, la all inch iron rod (bond; along said common line, 859.04 feet l0 15/8 inch iron rod CORPORATION' act, being the southeast comer of said oaa northeasterly coiner of said West Side Sanitary Land Fill the rj 21" W, along the common southwest line of said 88.383 arse tract and the it s ofsaid Wed Side Sanitary Land Fill tract, 714.58 foci to r 5/8 inch iron rod wit TRANSYSTSMS CORPORRATION' set; 13r e 78" 10' 39° W, continuing along said common line, 408.70 feet to a 5/8 inch iron rod sth stamped 'TRANSYSTEMS CORPORATION' set; nee N 80" 13' 21" W, continuing along said common lice, 300.70 feet to a 518 inch iron rod with cap stamped TRANSYS'IFMS CORPORATION' set; lbbcuce N L9" 18' 21" W, continuing along said cntnnxln line, 671.20 feet to a 5/9 inch iron rod with cap xtaanpcd 'TRANSYSTEMS CORPORATION' rat; 'thence N 60` 38' 21" W, cootinuing along said common line, 811.25 feet toa5/8 518 inch iron rod with cap stamped 'TRANSYSTEMS CORPORATION' set; Thence N 30" 44' 21" W, continuing along said common line, 779.65 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING and containing 100.167 acres (4,363,279 rr{nua feet) of land, more or leas. 1274868_1 ATTACHMENT 1-2 EXHIBIT "B" Permitted Encumbrances 1. Standby fees, taxes and assessments by any taxing authority for the year 2011, and subsequent years. 2. Easement for right-of-way recorded in Volume 1768, Page 40, Deed Records of Tarrant County, Texas, as affected by instrument(s) recorded in Volume 8704, Page 2317, Deed Re s of Tarrant County, Texas, as noted on survey dated November 16, 2010, last revised Se to e 26, 2011, prepared by Kenneth D. Erwin, Registered Professional Land Surveyor No. 55 4. 3. Easement for right-of-way granted to TEXAS ELECTRIC SERVICE COMP i trurre t recorded in Volume 1827, Page 241, Deed Records of Tarrant County, Texas, ote o su ey dated November 16, 2010, last revised September 26, 2011, prepare et . Erwin, Registered Professional Land Surveyor No. 5554. 4. Interest in all oil, gas, and other minerals as reserved in dee o ed in e 4451, Page 675, Deed Records of Tarrant County, Texas. 1 Easement for right-of-way granted to TEXAS ELQRJC S VIZ` OMPANY by instrument recorded in Volume 4820, Page 141, Deed Recor sarrant County, Texas, and as shown on survey dated November 16, 2010, last revised 26, 2011, prepared by Kenneth D. Erwin, Registered Professional Land Surveyor]. 6. Terms, conditions, and stipulations of IN i at t o ea Of Solid Waste Disposal executed by WASTE MANAGEMENT OF TE _ rded in Volume 12363, Page 1278, Deed Records of Tarrant County, Texa rvey dated November 16, 2010, last revised September 26, 2011, prepay) a eth Erwin, Registered Professional Land Surveyor No. 5554. Terms, conditions, d at ertificate Of Area Of Solid Waste Disposal executed by WASTE MANAGE XAS, INC., recorded in Volume 12648, Page 10, Deed Records of Tarra u , exas, as shown survey dated November 16, 2010, last revised September 26, , e r y Kenneth D. Erwin, Registered Professional Land Surveyor No. 5554. 1� ) T s i i n siipulations of, and easements granted by Sewer Lines and Water Reclamation as t ed ecord under Clerk's File No. D205197616, Deed Records of Tarrant County, Te s, n a shown on survey dated November 16, 2010, last revised September 26, 2011, prep d y enneth D. Erwin, Registered Professional Land Surveyor No. 5554. 9. �e;�6'selonditions, and stipulations of Oil, Gas and Mineral lease, a Memorandum of which is dective December 6, 2005, filed for record under Clerk's File No. D206030633, Deed Records of Tarrant County, Texas, as affected by instrument(s) filed for record under Clerk's File No(s). D207451478, D207451479, D207451480, D207451481, 207451483, and D211 24,72 go , Deed Records of Tarrant County, Texas. 10. Easement for pipeline filed for record under Clerk's File No. D208013158, Deed Records of Tarrant County, Texas, as affected by instrument(s) filed for record under Clerk's File No(s). D211160081, Deed Records of Tarrant County, Texas, and as shown on survey dated 12748681 4 ATTACHMENT 1-2 November 16, 2010, last revised September 26, 2011, prepared by Kenneth D. Erwin, Registered Professional Land Surveyor No. 5554. 11. Easement for sanitary sewer filed for record under Clerk's File No. D210126719, Deed Records of Tarrant County, Texas, and as shown on survey dated November 16, 2010, last revised September 26, 2011 prepared by Kenneth D. Erwin, Registered Professional Land Surveyor No. 5554. 12. The rights of the public and others in any portion of the property lying within the boun es of County Road 1029 (Chapin Road) and the regulation of the use thereof by the State Cher governmental entity, and as shown on survey dated November 16, 2010, last revis er 26, 2011, prepared by Kenneth D. Erwin, Registered Professional Land Surveyor 13. Terms, conditions and stipulations of agreement to use water well by nw en 0 Management Trust and Chesapeake. 14. Terms, conditions and stipulations of Purchase Rights as evi ce n o um f Purchase Rights by and between 820 Management Trust and City of o o ated [ f , 2011 and filed for record under Clerk's File No. D211 Z g I eed Records of Tarrant County, Texas. �4) 1274868_1 ATTACHMENT 1-2 MARY LOUISE GARCIA H••-�. COUNTY CLERK ti 100 West Weatherford Fort Worth, TX 76196-0401 r .,• tip N•• PHONE (817) 884-1195 By MS LEANN D GUZMAN CITY ATTORNEYS OFFICE 1000 THROCKMORTON STREET FT WORTH, TX 76102 Submitter: RATTIKIN TITLE (OPR) THIS D -ISI Filed For Registration: Instrument #: L V 11/2/20114:4 P D211267 6 PGS $32.00 O2aAO ANY P VIH RESTRICTS THE SALE, RENTAL OR USE OF THE DESCRIBED REAL PROPERTY B OLOR OR RACEIS INVALID AND UNENFORCEABLE UNDER FEDERAL LAW. Prepared by: CAMADDOCK ATTACHMENT 1-2 IJ_Tela1019210111[o7►/_1Iwa12102QW.11►111 TWDB-0550 Rev. 4/2026 (e) In this section: "Building or construction" includes: • erecting or preparing to erect a structure, including a building, bridge, roadway, public utility facility, or related appurtenance; • remodeling, extending, repairing, or demolishing a structure; or otherwise improving real property or an appurtenance to real property through similar activities. "Governmental entity" means this state or a political subdivision of this state. The term includes a municipality. 9. American Iron & Steel If BABA does not apply, then the following AIS statement must be completed by the Contractor and made a part of the agreement between the Owner and the Contractor. The statement must be on a dedicated page within the contract that includes the Contractor signature and date; or the Contractor can choose to sign and date this page of the TWDB-0550. The Contractor acknowledges to and for the benefit of the Owner ("Purchaser') that it understands the goods and services under this Agreement are being funded with monies made available by the Clean Water State Revolving Fund or the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund that have statutory requirements commonly known as "American Iron and Steel" that require all of the iron and steel products used in the project to be produced in the United States ("American Iron and Steel Requirement") including iron and steel products provided by the Contractor pursuant to this Agreement. The Contractor hereby represents and warrants to and for the benefit of the Owner that (a) the Contractor has reviewed and understands the American Iron and Steel Requirement, (b) all of the iron and steel products used in the project will be or have been produced in the United States in a manner that complies with the American Iron and Steel Requirement, unless a waiver of the requirement is approved, and (c) the Contractor will provide any further verified information, certification, or assurance of compliance with this paragraph, or information necessary to support a waiver of the American Iron and Steel Requirement, as may be requested by the Owner. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any failure to comply with this paragraph by the Contractor shall permit the Owner to enforce this Agreement and recover as damages against the Contractor any loss, expense, or cost (including without limitation attorney's fees) incurred by the Owner resulting from any such failure (including without limitation attorney's fees incurred by the Owner resulting from any such failure (including without limitation any impairment or loss of funding, whether in whole or in part, from the TWDB or any damages owed to the Owner). Additional information on the American Iron and Steel (AIS) and its applicability to this contract can be found in the TWDB-1106 guidance. The Owner must receive and maintain files documenting the Contractor's use of Page 15 of 65 Emilio Lopez Pacetti, President Webber Waterworks, LLC PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 011100-1 SUMMARY OF WORK Page 1 of 6 SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Summary of Work to be performed in accordance with the Contract Documents B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2.A.2 2. Added 1.2.A.2 3. Added 1.4.A.2 through 1.4.A.7 4. Modified 1.4.B.1 5. Added 1.4.B.2 6. Added 1.4.C.2 through 1.4.C.3. 7. Removed 1.4.C.5. 8. Added 1.4.E through 1.4.G 9. Added 1.5 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Unit Price - Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this item. 2. Lump Sum Price — Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Work Covered by Contract Documents 1. Work is to include furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment, and performing all Work necessary for this construction project as detailed in the Drawings and Specifications. AA 2. The work of this Contract is located at the City's Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility (MCWRF), 109112300 Chapin Road, Fort Worth, Texas 76108. This is an undeveloped site. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised December 20, 2012 011100-2 SUMMARY OF WORK Page 2 of 6 3. This Section describes the project in general and provides an overview of the extent of the work to be performed. Detailed requirements and extent of work is stated in the applicable Specification Sections and shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall, except as otherwise specifically stated herein in any applicable parts of these Contract Documents, provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution, start-up and testing, and completion of work. 4. Any part or item of the work which is reasonably implied or normally required to make each installation satisfactorily and completely operable locally shall be performed by the Contractor and the expense thereof shall be included in the applicable unit prices or lump sum prices bid for the various items of work. It is the intent of these Specifications to provide the Owner with complete operable systems, subsystems, and other items of work. All miscellaneous appurtenances and other items or work that are incidental to meeting the intent of these Specifications shall be considered as having been included even though these appurtenances and items may not be specifically called for in the Specifications. 5. The work shall include all site, civil, structural, architectural, process mechanical, building mechanical, plumbing, electrical, instrumentation and SCADA integration, and all other work required for a complete and operable project. 6. The City is implementing a new 30-MGD water reclamation facility that will be constructed in phases. The initial phase of construction is designed for 10-MGD (annual average daily). All flow will enter the equalization basin at the start of the plant. Equalized flow will pass through coarse screens, the stacked tray grit removal system, fine screens, the four -stage biological nutrient removal bioreactors, membrane filtrations system, ultraviolet light disinfection, and post aeration before being discharged into Mary's Creek. The solids handling process includes waste activated sludge holding tanks, thickening equipment, and centrifuge dewatering equipment. Each equipment system shall be designed for future expansion to 30- MGD (annual average daily flow). 7. The work includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following_ a. Equalization and peak flow storage basins with mixing systems; b. Preliminary Treatment Unit (PTU) with coarse screens, grit removal, and fine screens; c. Bioreactor distribution box; d. Bioreactors with a scum pump station; e. Membrane tanks; f. Return activated sludge(RS) and waste activated sludge (WS)pump station; g. Operations Building with administration facilities, maintenance bay, blower room, pump room, and electrical room; h. Ultraviolet disinfection system; i. Cascade aeration system; j. Outfall; k. Chemical feed and storage systems for ferric sulfate, supplemental carbon Micro -C 2000, and sodium hypochlorite; 1. Reuse and Service Water Pump Station; m. Sludge holding tanks; n. Solids Building with thickening equipment, dewatering equipment, polymer feed and storage systems, blowers, and electrical and control rooms; o. Return Flow Pump Station; CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised December 20, 2012 011100-3 SUMMARY OF WORK Page 3 of 6 p. Odor control facilities; q. Electrical Buildings and related electrical systems throughout; r. Radio communications tower; s. Civil site work including paving, rading, dewatering, vaults, excavation and excavation support, fencing, and yard piping; and t. Instrumentation and controls and physical security measures for an integrated and operational system. B. Subsidiary Work 1. Unit Bid Price - Any and all Work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the project, such as conditions imposed by the Drawings or Contract Documents in which no specific item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal and the item is not a typical unit bid item included on the standard bid item list, then the item shall be considered as a subsidiary item of Work, the cost of which shall be included in the price bid in the Proposal for various bid items. 2. Lump Sum Price — Any and all Work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the project, such as conditions imposed by the Drawings or Contract Documents are included in the total lump sum bid price. C. Use of Premises 1. Coordinate uses of premises under direction of the city. 2. Limits on Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to areas within Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. a. Limits on Use of Site: Confirm construction operations to area of construction. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on -site. 3. Condition of Existing Grounds: Maintain portions of existing grounds affected b construction operations throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operation. 4. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of materials and equipment stored on the Site. 5. Use and occupy only portions of the public streets and alleys, or other public places or other rights of way as provided for in the ordinances of the City, as sho in the Contract Documents or as may be specifically authorized ; writing by the C;ty a. A reasonable amount of tools, materials, and equipment for construction purposes may be stored in such space, but no more than is necessary to avoid delay in the construction operations. b. Excavated waste and materials shall be stored in such a way as to not interfere with the use of spaces that may be designated to be left free and unobstructed and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property. c. If the street is occupied by railroad tracks, the Work shall be carried on in such manner as not to interfere with the operation of the railroad. 1) All Work shall be in accordance with railroad requirements set forth in Division 0 as well as the railroad permit. D. Work Within Easements 1. Do not enter upon private property for any purpose without having previously obtained permission from the owner of such property. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised December 20, 2012 01 11 00-4 SUMMARY OF WORK Page 4 of 6 2. Do not store equipment or material on private property unless and until the specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing by the Contractor and a copy furnished to the City. 3. Unless specifically provided otherwise, clear all rights -of -way or easements of obstructions which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the Work as a part of the project construction operations. 4. Preserve and use every precaution to prevent damage to all trees, shrubbery, plants, lawns, fences, culverts, curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements, to all water, sewer, and gas lines, to all conduits, overhead pole lines, or appurtenances thereof, including the construction of temporary fences and to all other public or private property adjacent to the Work. 5. Notify the proper representatives of the owners or occupants of the public or private lands of interest in lands which might be affected by the Work. a. Such notice shall be made at least 48 hours in advance of the beginning of the Work. b. Notices shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies and any corporation, company, individual, or other either as owners or occupants, whose land or interest in land might be affected by the Work. c. Be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the manner or method or execution of the Work, or at any time due to defective work, material, or equipment. 6. Fence a. Restore all fences encountered and temporarily removed during construction of the Project to the original or a better than original condition prior to completion of the project. b. The cost for all fence work within easements, including removal, temporary closures, and replacement, shall be subsidiary to the various items bid in the project proposal, unless a bid item is specifically provided in the proposal. E. Examination of the Site 1. Visit the site, to compare drawings and specifications with any work in place, and observe all site conditions, including other work, if any, is being performed. Failure to visit the site shall not relieve the Contractor from the necessity of furnishing materials or performing work required to complete work in accordance with the Contract Documents. F. Partial Owner Occupancy 1. The City reserves the right to take possession and use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work regardless of the time of completion of the Work, providing it does not interfere with the Contractor's work. Such possession or use of the Work shall not be construed as final acceptance of the project or any portion thereof. G. Owner Pre -Selected Equipment: CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised December 20, 2012 011100-5 SUMMARY OF WORK Page 5 of 6 1. Owner has pre -selected and received bids with suppliers of material and equipment to be incorporated into the Work. Owner assigns these Proposals to the General Contractor through execution of this Agreement. General Contractor shall include costs for purchasing, receiving, handling, storage if required, and installation of material and equipment in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated in the supplemental documents provided to the General Contractor during the proposal phase of the project. 2. Contractor's responsibilities are same as if Contractor had negotiated the Pre - Selected Product Contracts, including responsibility to purchase and to execute final purchasing agreements with these vendors. 1.5 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the stylef language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 2. Text Color: Text used in the Specifications, including units of measure, manufacturer product names, and other text may appear in multiple colors or underlined as part of a hyperlink; no emphasis is implied by text with these characteristics. 3. Hypertext: Text used in the Specifications may contain hyperlinks. Hyperlinks may allow for access to linked information that is not residing in the Specifications. Unless otherwise indicated, linked information is not part of the Contract Documents. 4. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise. B. Division 00 Contracting Requirements: General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to all Sections of the Specifications. C. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications. D. Drawing Coordination: Reauirements for materials and products identified on Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to identify materials and products: 1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in the individual Specification Sections. 2. Abbreviations; Materials and products are identified by abbreviations scheduled on Drawing and published as part of the U.S. National CAD Standard. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised December 20, 2012 011100-6 SUMMARY OF WORK Page 6 of 6 1.6 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.12 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.13 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised December 20, 2012 MARY'S CREEK WRF SECTION 01 11 17 INSTALLATION OF PRE -SELECTED EQUIPMENT PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. The OWNER has previously requested equipment proposals from equipment manufacturers and selected the Supplier(s) listed in Paragraph 3.4 to provide the equipment. The proposal(s) for the pre -selected equipment listed in Paragraph 3.4 will be assigned to the CONTRACTOR for their purchase. B. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all aspects of the pre -selected equipment as if bid directly to the CONTRACTOR, including placement of purchase orders; the delivery, handling, and storage; payment for the equipment; the installation; arranging for the manufacturer's representative; equipment testing, performance testing, functional testing, and startup; and for the training of the OWNER'S personnel. C. CONTRACTOR shall provide the required piping and wiring connections, foundations, supports, work platforms, and related Work required for equipment installation to provide a complete operating and functional system. D. Attachments: Following items are included: 1. Appendix I: Specifications for the membrane pre -selected equipment package, equipment bid, and scope documentation. 2. Appendix II: Specifications for Pre -Selection Package 2, equipment bids, and scope documentation. 3. One copy of Pre -Selected Equipment Contract Agreement, per equipment item. E. CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install the equipment previously pre -selected by the OWNER. The Pre -Selected Equipment proposal(s) received by the OWNER are included in Pre -Selected Equipment Specifications of the Contract Documents. F. CONTRACTOR shall provide the pre -selected equipment and furnish all labor, tools, equipment and machinery necessary to receive, inspect, unload, protect and install completely, in proper operating condition, the equipment pre -selected by the OWNER. G. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for furnishing and installing incidental items required for proper installation and operation of the pre -selected equipment. H. When the service of a manufacturer's representative is required to assist in installation and start-up of the equipment, the CONTRACTOR shall arrange for such and advise the OWNER as to the schedule. March 24, 2026 INSTALLATION OF PRE -SELECTED EQUIPMENT COPYRIGHT PLUMMER 2025 01 11 17 - MARY'S CREEK WRF I. When the service of a manufacturer's representative is required to provide training of the OWNER'S personnel, schedule the training with the OWNER. J. Installation, adjustments, and testing of the equipment shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. K. Piping connections, electrical and instrumentation connections, and related work shall be in accordance with the shop drawings, manufacturer's recommendations, and as shown on the Drawings. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals for pre -selected equipment will be provided to the CONTRACTOR, so that the CONTRACTOR will have earliest notification as to size, weight, components, equipment type, anchor bolts, etc., of the equipment. CONTRACTOR shall coordinate all equipment installation. Anchor bolts shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR. 1. Approved submittals for equipment in preselection package 1 is included in Appendix I. 2. Approved submittals for equipment in preselection package 2 will be provided to the General Contractor. B. The CONTRACTOR shall review submittals prior to submitting to ENGINEER and return to the Supplier in accordance with the specifications. The CONTRACTOR should note that the submittal is subject to review, changes, or rejection. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING OF PRE -SELECTED EQUIPMENT A. Deliver, handle and store equipment system components in accordance with manufacturers written instructions, the requirements of Division 1 Section 01 61 00 "Common Product Requirements," and the requirements of the following paragraphs. B. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with Supplier the date and time of delivery of pre -selected equipment to jobsite and provide instructions as to the appropriate time in order to make delivery. C. The CONTRACTOR shall provide personnel and equipment as necessary for the equipment unloading and placing in appropriate storage in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and these specifications. D. The CONTRACTOR shall provide a clean, dry place for storage of delivered equipment and store it until it is to be installed in its permanent location. If equipment manufacturer's instructions require, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and connect electrical power to equipment or those parts of equipment, such as heaters, etc., indicated in manufacturer's instructions. 2. The preferred storage method for equipment is in a weatherproof equipment storage trailer or shed constructed for the purpose of storing equipment. For items of equipment which are too large to be stored in a trailer or shed, storage shall be in a location protected from surface water drainage, and equipment shall be covered with waterproof tarpaulins or heavy plastic film. INSTALLATION OF PRE -SELECTED EQUIPMENT March 24, 2026 011117-2 © COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER MARY'S CREEK WRF 3. Motors stored in such a manner shall be provided with electric power connected to the motor heaters in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, and an incandescent light bulb shall also be provided adjacent to the motor to aid in preventing condensation on the motor. E. The CONTRACTOR shall protect all pre -selected equipment from damage during unloading, storage, removing equipment from storage for installation, or during installation of equipment. If any equipment is damaged after delivery of equipment and its removal from freight hauler, the CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs for repair or replacement, as directed by ENGINEER. F. Receive delivery, store, deliver to OWNER, and place spare parts in OWNER'S designated storage location. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. The pre -selected equipment is described and specified in the applicable Appendices I and II (Pre- Selected Equipment Specifications) of the Contract Documents. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Pre -selected equipment shall be installed by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Drawings, pre -selected equipment specifications, shop drawings, manufacturer's instructions, and Division 1 requirements. 1. Conflicts between Drawings, pre -selected equipment specifications, and manufacturer's instructions shall be reported to ENGINEER as soon as they are discovered. ENGINEER shall coordinate the resolution of such conflicts and provide the CONTRACTOR their resolution in writing. B. Install equipment, pumps, piping, valves, electrical and instrumentation in accordance with the Drawings, shop drawings, the manufacturer's instructions and the supplemental requirements below. 1. Equipment bases shall be set level and in alignment and shall be grouted in place in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Provide pipe supports for piping adjacent to connection to equipment. Provide gaskets and bolt sets for all connections unless specifically identified as being furnished by the Supplier. 3. Do not cut or weld any stainless steel or galvanized steel component in the field. Violation of this requirement may result in rejection of affected components. 4. Align, adjust and lubricate equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, and leave in proper working condition. 5. Touch up minor scratches and scrapes in galvanized finishes using at least 3 mils of zinc rich compound conforming to Federal Specification MIL -P -26915A. 6. Clean surface with wire brush and wipe clean with damp rag. Allow to dry March 24, 2026 INSTALLATION OF PRE -SELECTED EQUIPMENT COPYRIGHT PLUMMER 2025 011117-3 MARY'S CREEK WRF before application. 7. Electrical components shall be provided and installed in accordance with the Drawings and Division 26 of the Specifications. 8. Instrumentation and controls shall be in accordance with the Drawings and the Instrumentation Sections. C. Provide manpower, equipment, and related services to manufacturer's field representative and assist with equipment lubrication, alignment, adjustment, and start- up. Requirements for manufacturer's representative shall be as described in Division 1. 1. Furnish necessary lubricants for initial operation. The grades of oil and grease shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the equipment manufacturer. 2. CONTRACTOR shall observe equipment in operation after start-up and report any irregularities in equipment operation to ENGINEER. 3. CONTRACTOR shall assist equipment manufacturer in making adjustments to equipment to improve its performance and to reduce operating irregularities, rough operation, vibration, and noise such that equipment operates within acceptable limits set by manufacturer and typical for other similar installations. D. Provide cleanup and disposal of unneeded or surplus materials, which were delivered with equipment, after installation of equipment. If the OWNER desires, the CONTRACTOR shall remove unneeded or surplus materials, deliver to location designated by the OWNER, and unload and place in designated storage location for the OWNER'S future use. E. Provide a protective coating system in accordance with Section 09 91 00 "Painting and Protective Coatings." 1. Provide touch-up painting, as required, for equipment which is delivered painted, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for the paint system used for manufacturer's equipment. 2. Field paint piping, valves, connections and unpainted equipment as shown and specified in the specifications and drawings. F. Provide equipment identification and install signage in accordance with Division 10 requirements. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Assist manufacturer's representative with startup, adjusting, and site testing of the completed installation. Place system in proper operating condition. B. Operate equipment for the specified time periods in applicable pre -selected equipment section Appendices I and II (Pre -Selected Equipment Specifications) of the Contract Documents. 3.3 DEMONSTRATION A. Startup and test equipment in accordance with Division 1 requirements. INSTALLATION OF PRE -SELECTED EQUIPMENT March 24, 2026 011117-4 © COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER MARY'S CREEK WRF B. Provide the training of the OWNER'S personnel in accordance with Division 1 requirements. 3.4 PRE -SELECTED EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE A. The equipment listed in the Schedule below has been pre- Selected by the OWNER for installation by the CONTRACTOR. Section Number Section Title Supplier Remarks Preselection Package 1 Package 1, 43 11 12 -PS 1 Blower, High -Speed Turbo Sulzer Membrane Scour Blowers Membrane Equipment Veolia Water 46 53 49 -PSI System Technologies and Package 1 Solutions Horizontal, end -suction KSB Package 1, Filtrate centrifugal pumps and backpulse pumps Preselection Package 2 46 21 16-PS2 Flexible Rake Screens Vulcan Industries, Coarse Screen 46 21 73-PS2 Screenings Washing and Inc. Package Compacting Equipment Grit Removal Equipment Old Castle (Hydro 46 23 00-PS2 Grit Classifying and International) Grit Removal 46 23 63-PS2 Washing Equipment Hayward Gordon - Package 44 42 56.12-PS2 Induced Flow Recessed Grit Pumps Impeller Centrifugal Pum s 46 21 33-PS2 Rotary Drum Screens Saveco North 41 12 13.16-PS2 Auger Bulk Material America, Inc. Fine Screen Package Conveyor 46 66 56-PS2 Ultraviolet Disinfection Trojan Technologies UV System System 44 42 56.05-PS2 Chopper Pump Mixing Vaughan Company, Equalization Mixing System Inc. System 44 42 56.05-PS2 Chopper Pump Mixing Vaughan Company, Peak Flow Storage System Inc. Mixing System 46 76 33-PS2 Dewatering Centrifuges GEA Mechanical Dewatering Equipment US, Inc. Centrifuge END OF SECTION March 24, 2026 COPYRIGHT PLUMMER 2025 INSTALLATION OF PRE -SELECTED EQUIPMENT 011117-5 MARY'S CREEK WRF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK INSTALLATION OF PRE -SELECTED EQUIPMENT March 24, 2026 011117-6 © COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRY SECTION 01 12 16 SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Certain aspects of construction of this Project may occur after the facility has been started up or while the facility is operating to meet specific treatment limits. The operations necessary to meet these requirements are of higher priority than construction activities. Schedules of connections, renovations and modifications required after startup shall be submitted to the OWNER for approval, and all such items shall be coordinated throughout the entire construction period. These schedules shall permit full and normal treatment and conveyance of water. B. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit a project schedule within 15 days of the preconstruction meeting or within 7 days of notice to proceed, whichever comes first, outlining the schedule and time requirements for each item involving a treatment unit, piece of equipment, and conveyance system. No payment shall be made until these items are received. C. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER at least fourteen (14) days in advance and again three (3) days prior to beginning work on a particular area, and coordinate with the OWNER the specific items to be isolated and duration for each. Obtain written approval from the OWNER prior to each shutdown. High flow conditions or equipment outages may require the rescheduling of an approved shutdown. Any cost associated with rescheduling will be subsidiary to Project. D. After startup and transfer of operation to the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall not operate any valves or equipment in the facility unless directed to do so by the OWNER. E. Prior to beginning work, the CONTRACTOR shall have on -site all materials, equipment, and personnel necessary to complete the work in the time scheduled. F. Access to all components of the facility must be maintained at all times. G. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate and schedule each task necessary to complete all work within the time allowed for the project. Specific connection coordination items are described, but not limited to, the specific items listed in PART 3. H. Facility Piping Interconnections Requirements. All testing of pipes to be connected shall be completed and test reports furnished to the ENGINEER prior to making connections. JULY 30, 2026 SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION ©COPYRIGHT 2026 PLUMMER 01 12 16 - 1 MARYS CREEK WRY 1. Drain system connections should generally not require prior notification to proceed unless the existing pipe must be temporarily plugged or blocked for the connection. 2. Plant service water and potable water connections require advance notification and concurrence from the OWNER prior to isolating or shutting down the system for connection. Potable pipes should be flushed, and pressure tested prior to connection and disinfected following the connection. CONTRACTOR shall coordinate these items. 3. Reduce the number of shutdowns required for piping systems by combining as many connections at the same time as feasible. 4. Facility process piping connections are critical and shall be fully coordinated, expedited, and done in a continuous manner upon initiation. These pipes generally do not have isolation valves or parallel pipes and require shutting down the treatment process for connection. 5. Time shall be allowed for shutting down the process and dewatering the existing pipe and/or basin in addition to the actual connection time. CONTRACTOR shall provide all equipment, tools and labor to dewater the pipes for connections. This process water shall be contained in the facilities and not allowed to discharge over the ground or to the surface drainage systems. 6. All facility shutdowns must be coordinated with and approved by the OWNER. OWNER will not allow work to be performed in a series of shutdowns on back-to-back days. 7. Potable water piping shall be cleaned, disinfected, and tested prior to placing into service. CONTRACTOR shall provide taps, flushing, and blow -off connections to flush and disinfect each pipe section and treatment unit. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE FOR SPECIFIC ITEMS A. Milestone 0: The temporary entrance road (Road C) shall be substantially complete by May 1, 2027. Milestone 0 may commence with the Notice to Proceed. Work includes the temporary entrance road from Chapin Road along the east side of the property to the main entrance and south entrance of Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility. Final entrance road (Road C) is required by Final Completion. SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION JULY 30, 2026 01 12 16-2 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRY B. Milestone 1: The equalization and peak flow storage basins must be completed and operational within 730 days of the Notice to Proceed for testing of the offsite lift station and forcemain. Work includes the offsite pipeline entering the tanks and all drain piping. Contractor may install temporary drain piping. The return flow pump station does not have to be operational. C. The non -chlorinated service water pump station shall be operational prior to startup of the three odor control systems. D. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all connections to offsite pipelines. If offsite pipeline is not in place when CONTRACTOR is ready to install the plant portion of the pipeline, CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with offsite pipeline contractor. Coordination shall cover schedule, pipe alignment, pipe invert, and method of protecting pipe to prevent soil, debris, and water from entering pipeline. 3.02 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY TO OPERATION NEW TREATMENT FACILITIES UNTIL SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETE A. The CONTRACTOR will be solely responsible for the start-up and operation of new treatment facilities until they are determined to be substantially complete and are turned over to the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall fill basins, regulate flows, control the operation of equipment in the new facilities, and in all other ways shall be responsible for overall operation during startup of new treatment units. The CONTRACTOR shall consult with the OWNER's staff about the impacts of the operation on the rest of the plant and on discharge treatment limits. No flow may be discharged that does not meet the requirements of the TPDES discharge permit from treatment units under the operation of the CONTRACTOR. Any violations of the permit from treatment units under the operation of the CONTRACTOR that result in fines shall be paid by the CONTRACTOR. B. CONTRACTOR required to haul seed sludge from Village Creek for startup of bioreactor basins. Refer to Section 01 9114 for additional information. END OF SECTION JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 PLUMMER SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION 011216-3 MARYS CREEK WRY PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION JULY 30, 2026 01 12 16 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRF SECTION 0121 10 UNIT BID ITEMS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing unit bid items. 1. Certain items are specified in the Contract Documents by unit bid item. Unit bid items have been established in lieu of additional requirements and to defer selection of actual materials and equipment to a later date when additional information is available for evaluation. If necessary, additional requirements will be issued by Change Order. B. Types of allowances include the following: 1. Unit -price bid item. 2. Contingency bid item. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 00 42 43 "Offeror's Proposal Form." 2. Section 01 26 00 "Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for submitting and handling Change Orders for unit bid items. 3. Divisions 02 through 46 Sections for items of Work covered by unit bid item. 1.03 SELECTION AND PURCHASE - NOT USED 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in unit bid items, in the form specified for Change Orders. B. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in fulfillment of each unit bid item. C. Coordinate and process submittals for unit bid items in same manner as for other portions of the Work. JULY 30, 2026 UNIT BID ITEMS ©COPYRIGHT 2026 PLUMMER 01 21 10 - 1 MARYS CREEK WRY 1.05 COORDINATION A. Coordinate unit bid items with other portions of the Work. Furnish templates as required to coordinate installation. 1.06 UNIT BID ITEMS A. Definition - Unit price is an amount proposed by bidders as a price per unit of measurement for materials and/or services added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased. B. Unit Bid Items shall include cost to CONTRACTOR of specific products and materials ordered by OWNER and/or selected by ENGINEER under unit bid item and shall include taxes, freight, and delivery to Project site. C. Unless otherwise indicated, CONTRACTOR'S costs for receiving and handling at Project site, labor, installation, overhead and profit, and similar costs related to products and materials ordered by OWNER and/or selected by ENGINEER under unit bid item shall be included as part of the Contract Sum and not part of the unit bid item. D. Measurement and Payment: Refer to individual Specification Sections for work that requires establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are specified in those Sections. E. OWNER reserves the right to reject CONTRACTOR'S measurement of work -in - place that involves use of established unit prices and to have this work measured, at OWNER'S expense, by an independent surveyor acceptable to CONTRACTOR. 1.07 CONTINGENCY BID ITEM A. CONTRACTOR agrees that a contingency, if any, is for the sole use of the OWNER to cover unanticipated costs. B. Use the contingency bid item only as directed in writing by ENGINEER for OWNER'S purposes and only by Change Orders that indicate amounts to be charged to the bid item. C. CONTRACTOR'S overhead, profit, and related costs for products and equipment ordered under the contingency bid item are included in the unit bid items and are not part of any other Bid Item. These costs include delivery, installation, taxes, insurance, equipment rental, and similar costs. The contingency bid item is to be an all-inclusive cost for the work described in the Contingency Bid Item. D. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the contingency unit item to OWNER by Change Order. UNIT BID ITEMS JULY 30, 2026 01 2110-2 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRF PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine products covered by a unit bid item promptly on delivery for damage or defects. Return damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each unit bid item with related materials and installations to ensure that each unit bid item is completely integrated and interfaced with related work. 3.03 SCHEDULE OF BASE BID ITEMS A. Bid Item No. 1 (Base Bid Item) — Phase I Construction: This item is a lump sum base bid item and includes all work associated with the construction and work to place in operation Milestone 1 EQ and Peak Flow Storage Basins and Drain Lines as described in the specifications and further detailed in the drawings and includes all other direct, indirect, consequential and/or miscellaneous costs, except for the Base Bid Items listed separately below. Payment will be made at the respective lump sum set forth in the Contract. B. Bid Item No. 2 (Base Bid Item) — Phase I Construction: This item is a lump sum base bid item and includes all work associated with the construction and work to place in operation the substantial and final completion of the project as described in the specifications and further detailed in the drawings and includes all other direct, indirect, consequential and/or miscellaneous costs, except for the Base Bid Items listed separately below. Payment will be made at the respective lump sum set forth in the Contract. C. Bid Item No. 3 (Base Bid Item) — Trench Safety System: This item is a lump sum base bid item and includes all work associated with the development, design, and implementation of a trench safety system as described in the specifications. Payment will be made at the respective lump sum set forth in the Contract. D. Bid Item No. 4 (Base Bid Item) — Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan: This item is a lump sum base bid item and includes development, design, permitting, and maintenance of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. Payment will be made at the respective lump sum set forth in the Contract. E. Bid Item No. 5 (Allowance Bid Item) — Additional Signage: This item is a lump sum base bid item and includes all material costs for additional signage to be used as directed in writing by the OWNER. Cost of installation shall be included in Bid Item No. 2. Payment will be made at the respective lump sum set forth in the Contract. JULY 30, 2026 UNIT BID ITEMS ©COPYRIGHT 2026 PLUMMER 01 2110-3 MARYS CREEK WRF 3.04 SCHEDULE OF UNIT BID ITEMS A. Bid Item No. 6 (Unit Price Bid Item) — Reinforced Concrete for Slabs: This item is a unit price bid item and includes all work associated with the excavation, subgrade preparation, formwork, concrete, reinforcing steel, accessories, and finishing for installing additional reinforced 4000 psi Class A concrete slabs and grade beams as specified in Division 3. Payment will be made at the respective unit price set forth in the Contract. B. Bid Item No. 7 (Unit Price Bid Item) — Reinforced Concrete other than Slabs: This item is a unit price bid item and includes all work associated with the excavation, subgrade preparation, formwork, concrete, reinforcing steel, accessories, and finishing for installing additional reinforced 4000 psi Class A concrete (other than slabs and grade beams) as specified in Division 3. Payment will be made at the respective unit price set forth in the Contract. C. Bid Item No. 8 (Unit Price Bid Item) — Additional Reinforcing Steel: This item is a unit price bid item and includes all work associated with the procuring, bending, trimming, splicing, and placement of additional reinforcing steel. Payment will be made at the respective unit price set forth in the Contract. D. Bid Item No. 9 (Unit Price Bid Item) — Concrete Paving: This item is a unit price bid item and includes all work associated with the excavation, stabilization, formwork, reinforcing, finishing, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work for installing additional concrete paving as shown in the plans and related specifications and details. Payment will be made at the respective unit price set forth in the Contract. E. Bid Item No. 10 (Unit Price Bid Item) — Flexible Base Paving: This item is a unit price bid item and includes all work associated with the excavation, stabilization, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work for installing additional flexible base paving as shown in the plans and related specifications and details. Payment will be made at the respective unit price set forth in the Contract. F. Bid Item No. 11 (Unit Price Bid Item) — Concrete Sidewalk: This item is a unit price bid item and includes all work associated with the excavation, stabilization, formwork, reinforcing, finishing, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work for installing additional concrete sidewalk as shown in the plans and related specifications and details. Payment will be made at the respective unit price set forth in the Contract. G. Bid Item No. 12 (Unit Price Bid Item) — Crushed Stone Material: This item is a unit price bid item and includes all work associated with the excavation, removal, and disposal of soft material encountered during subgrade preparation and the replacement with crushed. Payment will be made at the respective unit price set forth in the Contract. UNIT BID ITEMS JULY 30, 2026 01 2110-4 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRF H. Bid Item No. 13 (Unit Price Bid Item) Wire: This is a unit price bid item and includes furnishing, installing, and terminating at both ends 1-3/C#4+G wire (or smaller sizes), in a conduit furnished under Bid Item No. 2. I. Bid Item No. 14 (Unit Price Bid Item) - 120V Connections: This is a unit price bid item and includes wire, conduit, supports, wall penetrations, and terminations at both ends for additional 120V connections within 100 linear feet from an electrical panel furnished under Bid Item No. 2 or by the preselected equipment suppliers. Bid Item No. 15 (Unit Price Bid Item) - 11O Points: This is a unit price bid item and includes all work associated with the additional wire, installation, and termination at both ends, of additional 11O points (analog or digital) to an 11O card, and associated PLC and SCADA programming, furnished under Bid Item No. 2 or by the preselected equipment suppliers. K. Bid Item No. 16 (Unit Price Bid Item) — Small Diameter Piping: This item is a unit price bid item and includes all work associated with procuring and installing additional 1 -inch HDPE pipes with isolation valve complete in place. Payment will be made at the respective unit price set forth in the Contract. L. Bid Item No. 17 (Contingency Bid Item) — Allowance for Unforeseen Conditions: This item is a contingency bid item to be used as directed by the OWNER in writing for unanticipated costs. M. Bid Item No. 18 (Unit Price Bid Item) — Cold Mix Asphalt Road Patching Repair: This is a unit price bid item and includes all work associated with providing patch repairs to existing asphalt roads as directed by the Owner. Contractor shall provide temporary asphalt repair at locations directed by the Owner on Chapin Road, Old Weatherford Road, and Old Weatherford Chapin Road. A temporary repair would consist of: 1. Excavating the damaged area 2. Saw cutting the edges of excavation to square them off 3. Cleaning out the excavated area 4. Spraying the excavated area with tack. Tack shall be bituminous liquid asphalt or emulsion. 5. Packing in cold mix asphalt. Cold mix patching product must meet TXDOT DMS 9202. For areas of damage larger than 3'x3', excavate down to a minimum of 4" before continuing repair. Contractor shall be responsible for traffic management during road repairs. Contractor to notify Shane Rhodes (682-249-8322) with Tarrant County prior to performing pavement repairs. Shane Rhodes shall be present during repair and provide county sign off. END OF SECTION JULY 30, 2026 UNIT BID ITEMS ©COPYRIGHT 2026 PLUMMER 01 2110-5 MARYS CREEK WRF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK UNIT BID ITEMS JULY 30, 2026 01 2110-6 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 PLUMMER 01 2500- 1 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 1 of 6 SECTION 0125 00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. The procedure for requesting the approval of substitution of a product that is assumed as an equal, or is not equivalent to a product which is specified by descriptive or performance criteria or defined by reference to 1 or more of the following: a. Name of manufacturer b. Name of vendor c. Trade name d. Catalog number 2. All substitutions and "or -equal" products shall follow all procedures specified herein. B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.1.A.1 2. Modified 1.1.A.2 3. Modified 1.2.A.1 4. Added 1.2.A.2 5. Modified 1.5.B.2 6. Modified 1.5.B.2.b.3 7. Added 1.5.B.2.b.4 8. Modified 1.5.B.2.b.5.a 9. Modified 1.5.B.2.b.6.a 10. Added 1.5.C.5.a 11. Modified 1.5.C.5.d 12. Modified 1.5.C.5.e C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0— Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Unit Price - Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 01 25 00- 2 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 2 of 6 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Request for Substitution - General 1. Within 30 days after award of Contract (unless noted otherwise), the City will consider formal requests from Contractor for substitution of products in place of those specified. 2. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in Specifications by means of references to names of manufacturers and vendors, trade names, or catalog numbers. a. When this method of specifying is used, it is not intended to exclude from consideration other products bearing other manufacturer's or vendor's names, trade names, or catalog numbers, provided said products are "or -equals," as determined by City. 3. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable substitutions under the following conditions: a. Or -equals are unavailable due to strike, discontinued production of products meeting specified requirements, or other factors beyond control of Contractor; or, b. Contractor proposes a cost and/or time reduction incentive to the City. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. See Request for Substitution Form (attached) B. Procedure for Requesting Substitution 1. Substitution shall be considered only: a. After award of Contract b. Under the conditions stated herein Submit 3 copics of each written an electronic request for substitution, including: a. Documentation 1) Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents 2) Data relating to changes in construction schedule, when a reduction is proposed 3) Data relating to changes in cost b. For products 1) Product identification a) Manufacturer's name b) Telephone number and representative contact name c) Specification Section or Drawing reference of originally specified product, including discrete name or tag number assigned to original product in the Contract Documents 2) Manufacturer's literature clearly marked to show compliance of proposed product with Contract Documents 3) Itemized comparison of original specified, and proposed product addressing product characteristics including, but not necessarily limited to: a) Size b) Composition or materials of construction c) Weight d) Electrical or mechanical requirements CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 01 25 00- 3 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 3 of 6 4) Shop Drawings: Include fabrication and installation drawings and details along with layouts reflecting changes to all affected trades with proposal. 5) Product experience a) Location of past projects utilizing product — minimum of 20 installations of similar size to proposed equipment, in operation for a minimum of 5 years of service. b) Name and telephone number of persons associated with referenced projects knowledgeable concerning proposed product c) Available field data and reports associated with proposed product 6) Samples a) Provide at request of City three physical copies to the Construction Manager. b) Samples become the property of the City. c. For construction methods: 1) Detailed description of proposed method 2) Illustration drawings C. Approval or Rejection 1. Written approval or rejection of substitution given by the City 2. City reserves the right to require proposed product to comply with color and pattern of specified product if necessary to secure design intent. 3. In the event the substitution is approved, the resulting cost and/or time reduction will be documented by Change Order in accordance with the General Conditions. 4. No additional contract time will be given for substitution. Substitution will be rejected if: a. In the City's or Engineer's opinion substitute proposal submittal is not thorough or complete with all the supporting product data, shop drawings, schematics (as applicable), specified product comparison, specification and design intent compliance certification. layout modifications. and other information as deemed necessary by the Engineer. b. Submittal is not through the Contractor with his stamp of approval c. Request is not made in accordance with this Specification Section d. In the City's and/or Engineer's opinion, acceptance will require substantial revision of the original design e. In the City's and/or Engineer's opinion, substitution will not perform adequately the function consistent with the design intent 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. In making request for substitution or in using an approved product, the Contractor represents that the Contractor: 1. Has investigated proposed product, and has determined that it is adequate or superior in all respects to that specified, and that it will perform function for which it is intended CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 01 25 00-4 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 4 of 6 2. Will provide same guarantee for substitute item as for product specified 3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into Work, to include building modifications if necessary, making such changes as may be required for Work to be complete in all respects 4. Waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which subsequently arise 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 01 25 00- 5 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 5 of 6 EXHIBIT A REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM: TO: PROJECT: DATE: We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for the above project: SECTION PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM Proposed Substitution: Reason for Substitution: Include complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. Fill in Blanks Below: A. Will the undersigned contractor pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? B. What effect does substitution have on other trades? C. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item? D. Differences in product cost or product delivery time? E. Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified items are: Equal Better (explain on attachment) The undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality are equivalent or superior to the specified item. Submitted By: For Use by City Signature as noted Firm Address Date Telephone For Use by City: Approved City Recommended Recommended Not recommended Received late By Date Remarks Date Rejected CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 01 25 00- 6 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 6 of 6 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 MARYS CREEK WRF SECTION 0126 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner may, in anticipation of ordering an addition, deletion, or revision to the Work, request Contractor to prepare a detailed proposal of cost and times to perform contemplated change. B. Proposal request will include reference number for tracking purposes and detailed description of and reason for proposed change, and such additional information as appropriate and as may be required for Contractor to accurately estimate cost and time impact on Project. C. Proposal request is for information only; Contractor is neither authorized to execute proposed change nor to stop Work in progress as result of such request. D. Contractor's written proposal shall be transmitted to Engineer promptly, but not later than 14 days after Contractor's receipt of Owner's written request. Proposal shall remain firm for a maximum period of 45 days after receipt by Engineer. E. Owner's request for proposal or Contractor's failure to submit such proposal within the required time period will not justify a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times (or Milestones). 1.02 CLAIMS A. Include, at a minimum: 1. Specific references including (i) Drawing numbers, (ii) Specification section and article/paragraph number, and (iii) Submittal type, Submittal number, date reviewed, Engineer's comment, as applicable, with appropriate attachments. 2. Stipulated facts and pertinent documents, including photographs and statements. 3. Interpretations relied upon. 4. Description of (i) nature and extent of Claim, (ii) who or what caused the situation, (iii) impact to the Work and work of others, and (iv) discussion of claimant's justification for requesting a change to price or times or both. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 0126 00- 1 MARYS CREEK WRF 5. Estimated adjustment in price claimant believes it is entitled to with full documentation and justification. 6. Requested Change in Contract Times: Include at least (i) Progress Schedule documentation showing logic diagram for request, (ii) documentation that float times available for Work have been used, and (iii) revised activity logic with durations including sub -network logic revisions, duration changes, and other interrelated schedule impacts, as appropriate. 7. Documentation as may be necessary as set forth below for Work Change Directive, and as Engineer may otherwise require. 1.03 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVES A. Procedures: 1. Engineer will: a. Initiate, including a description of the Work involved and any attachments. b. Affix signature, demonstrating Engineer's recommendation. c. Transmit electronic copy to Owner for authorization. 2. Owner will: a. Affix signature, demonstrating approval of the changes involved. b. Return electronic copy to Engineer, who will forward to the Resident Project Representative or other field representative and forward to Contractor. 3. Upon completion of Work covered by the Work Change Directive or when final Contract Times and Contract Price are determined, Contractor shall submit documentation for inclusion in a Change Order. 4. Contractor's documentation shall include but not be limited to: a. Appropriately detailed records of Work performed to enable determination of value of the Work. b. Full information required to substantiate resulting change in Contract Times and Contract Price for Work. On request of Engineer, provide additional data necessary to support documentation. c. Support data for Work performed on a unit price or Cost of the Work basis with additional information such as: 1) Dates Work was performed, and by whom. 2) Time records, wage rates paid, and equipment rental rates. 3) Invoices and receipts for materials, equipment, and subcontracts, all similarly documented. B. Effective Date of Work Change Directive: Date of signature by Owner, unless otherwise indicated thereon. CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600-2 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF 1.04 CHANGE ORDERS A. Procedure: 1. Engineer will prepare electronic copy of proposed Change Order and transmit such with Engineer's written recommendation and request to Contractor for signature. 2. Contractor shall, upon receipt, either: (i) promptly sign electronic copy and return to Engineer for Owner's signature, or (ii) return unsigned electronic copy with written justification for not executing Change Order. 3. Engineer will, upon receipt of Contractor signed copy, promptly forward Engineer's written recommendation and partially executed electronic copy for Owner's signature, or if Contractor fails to execute the Change Order, Engineer will promptly so notify Owner and transmit Contractor's justification to Owner. 4. Upon receipt of Contractor -executed Change Order, Owner will promptly either: a. Execute Change Order, and returning electronic copy to Engineer; or b. Return to Engineer unsigned copies with written justification for not executing Change Order. 5. Upon receipt of Owner -executed Change Order, Engineer will transmit electronic copy to Contractor and to Resident Project Representative or other field representative. If Owner fails to execute the Change Order, Engineer will promptly so notify Contractor and transmit Owner's justification to Contractor. 6. Upon receipt of Owner -executed Change Order, Contractor shall: a. Perform Work covered by Change Order. b. Revise Schedule of Values to adjust Contract Price and submit with next Application for Payment. c. Revise Progress Schedule to reflect changes in Contract Times, if any, and to adjust times for other items of Work affected by change. d. Enter changes in Project record documents after completion of change related Work. B. In signing a Change Order, Owner and Contractor acknowledge and agree that: 1. Stipulated compensation (Contract Price or Contract Times, or both) set forth includes payment for (i) the Cost of the Work covered by the Change Order, (ii) Contractor's fee for overhead and profit, (iii) interruption of Progress Schedule, (iv) delay and impact, including PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600-3 MARYS CREEK WRF cumulative impact, on other Work under the Contract Documents, and (v) extended overheads. 2. Change Order constitutes full mutual accord and satisfaction for the change to the Work. 3. Unless otherwise stated in the Change Order, all requirements of the original Contract Documents apply to the Work covered by the Change Order. 1.05 COST OF THE WORK A. In determining the supplemental costs allowed in Paragraph 12.01 of the General Conditions for rental equipment and machinery, the following will apply. B. Rental of construction equipment and machinery and the parts thereof having a replacement value in excess of $1,000, whether owned by Contractor or rented or leased from others, shall meet the following requirements: 1. Full rental costs for leased equipment shall not exceed rates listed in the Rental Rate Blue Book published by Equipment Watch as adjusted to the regional area of the Project. Owned equipment costs shall not exceed the single shift rates established in the Cost Reference Guide (CRG) published by Equipment Watch. The most recent published edition in effect at commencement of actual equipment use shall be used. 2. Rates shall apply to equipment in good working condition. Equipment not in good condition, or larger than required, may be rejected by Engineer or accepted at reduced rates. 3. Leased Equipment: For equipment leased or rented in arm's length transactions from outside vendors, maximum rates shall be determined by the following actual usage/Payment Category: a. Less than 8 hours: Hourly rate. b. 8 or more hours but less than 7 days: Daily rate. c. 7 or more days but less than 30 days: Weekly rate. d. 30 days or more: Monthly rate. 4. Arm's length rental and lease transactions are those in which the firm involved in the rental or lease of equipment is not associated with, owned by, have common management, directorship, facilities and/or stockholders with the firm renting the equipment. 5. Financial arrangements associated with rental and lease transactions that provide Contractor remuneration or discounts not visible to the Owner must be disclosed and integrated with charged rates. 6. Leased Equipment in Use: Actual equipment use time documented by Engineer shall be the basis that equipment was on and utilized at the Project Site. In addition to the leasing rate above, equipment operational CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600-4 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF costs shall be paid at the estimated hourly operating cost rate set forth in the Rental Rate Blue Book if not already included in the lease rate. Hours of operation shall be based upon actual equipment usage to the nearest quarter hour, as recorded by Engineer. 7. Leased Equipment, When Idle (Standby): Idle or standby equipment is equipment onsite or in transit to and from the Work Site and necessary to perform the Work under the modification, but not in actual use. Idle equipment time, as documented by Engineer, shall be paid at the leasing rate determined above, excluding operational costs. 8. Owned and Other Equipment in Use: Equipment rates for owned equipment or equipment provided in other than arm's length transaction shall not exceed the single shift total hourly costs rate developed in accordance with the CRG and as modified herein for multiple shifts. This total hourly rate will be paid for each hour the equipment actually performs work. Hours of operation shall be based upon actual equipment usage as recorded by Engineer. This rate shall represent payment in full for Contractor's direct costs. 9. Owned and Other Equipment, When Idle (Standby): Equipment necessary to be onsite to perform the Work on single shift operations, but not utilized, shall be paid for at the ownership hourly expense rate developed in accordance with the CRG, provided its presence and necessity onsite has been documented by Engineer. Payment for idle time of portions of a normal workday, in conjunction with original contract Work, will not be allowed. In no event shall idle time claimed in a day for a particular piece of equipment exceed the normal Work or shift schedule established for the Project. It is agreed that this rate shall represent payment in full for Contractor's direct costs. When Engineer determines that the equipment is not needed to continuously remain at the Work Site, payment will be limited to actual hours in use. 10. Owned and Other Equipment, Multiple Shifts: For multiple shift operations, the CRG single shift total hourly costs rate shall apply to the operating equipment during the first shift. For subsequent shifts, up to two in a 24 -hour day, operating rate shall be the sum of the total hourly CRG operating cost and 60 percent of the CRG ownership and overhaul expense. Payment for idle or standby time for second and third shifts shall be 20 percent of the CRG ownership and overhaul expense. 11. When necessary to obtain owned equipment from sources beyond the Project limits, the actual cost to transfer equipment to the Site and return it to its original location will be allowed as an additional item of expense. Move -in and move -out allowances will not be made for equipment brought to the Project if the equipment is also used on original Contract or related Work. 12. If the move -out destination is not to the original location, payment for move -out will not exceed payment for move -in. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONTRACT MODIFICATION MARCH 30, 2026 PROCEDURES ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 2600-5 MARYS CREEK WRF 13. If move is made by common carrier, the allowance will be the amount paid for the freight. If equipment is hauled with Contractor's own forces, rental will be allowed for the hauling unit plus the hauling unit operator's wage. If equipment is transferred under its own power, the rental will be 75 percent of the appropriate total hourly costs for the equipment, without attachments, plus the equipment operator's wage. 14. Charges for time utilized in servicing equipment to ready it for use prior to moving and similar charges will not be allowed. 15. When a breakdown occurs on any piece of owned equipment, payment shall cease for that equipment and any other owned equipment idled by the breakdown. 16. If any part of the Work is shut down by Owner, standby time will be paid during nonoperating hours if diversion of equipment to other Work is not practicable. Engineer reserves the right to cease standby time payment when an extended shutdown is anticipated. 17. If a rate has not been established in the CRG for owned equipment, Contractor may: a. If approved by Engineer, use the rate of the most similar model found, considering such characteristics as manufacturer, capacity, horsepower, age, and fuel type, or b. Request Equipment Watch to furnish a written response for a rate on the equipment, which shall be presented to Engineer for approval; or c. Request Engineer to establish a rate. 1.06 FIELD ORDER A. Engineer will issue Field Orders, with electronic copy to Contractor. B. Effective date of the Field Order shall be the date of signature by Engineer, unless otherwise indicated thereon. C. Contractor shall acknowledge receipt by signing and returning electronic copy to Engineer. D. Field Orders will be incorporated into subsequent Change Orders, as a no -cost change and no -time change to the Contract. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600-6 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF SECTION 01 26 13 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Construction General Requirements not included in the General and Supplementary Conditions and in the related Sections listed below. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 11 00 "Summary of Work" that expands provisions of the Section 00 52 43 "Agreement" and Section 00 72 00 "General Conditions" by summarizing Work required by Contract Documents. 2. Section 01 11 17 "Installation of Pre -Selected Equipment" for the administrative requirements for pre -selection of equipment by OWNER an assignment to CONTRACTOR for purchasing. 3. Section 01 12 16 "Sequence of Construction" provides for sequence of construction for various elements. 4. Section 01 31 13 "Project Coordination" for the construction management system using the internet and electronic transfer of submittals, Requests for Information, progress reports, and other construction administration work. 5. Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures" for the procedures for submitting Action, Informational, and Delegated -Design Submittals. 6. Section 01 45 16.13 "Contractor Quality Control" for the Quality Assurance and Control requirements and special inspections. 7. Section 01 43 33 "Manufacturer's Field Services" for administrative procedure and requirements for manufacturers' services. 8. Section 01 50 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for the temporary utilities and construction facilities for support, security, and protection. 9. Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures" for the administrative and procedural requirements for Contract closeout. 10. Section 01 78 23 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for the emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals for products and equipment. 11. Section 01 9114 "Equipment Testing and Startup" for the administrative and procedural requirements for testing equipment, operating systems, and startup of the facility. 12. Section 02 41 00B "Demolition" for demolition and removal of selected portions of buildings, structures, and site elements. 1.3 PROCEDURE: April 6, 2026 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 01 26 13 - 1 MARYS CREEK WRF A. Immediately on discovery of the need for interpretation or information of the Contract Documents, and if not possible to request interpretation at Project meeting, prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. 1. RFIs shall originate with CONTRACTOR. RFIs submitted by entities other than CONTRACTOR will be returned with no response. 2. ENGINEER may issues RFIs to clarify items as needed. 3. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in CONTRACTOR'S work or work of subcontractors. 1.4 CONTENT OF THE RFI: A. Include a detailed, legible description of item needing interpretation and the following: 1. Project name. 2. Date. 3. Name of CONTRACTOR. 4. Name of ENGINEER. 5. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 6. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 7. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 8. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 9. Contractor's suggested solution(s). If Contractor's solution(s) impact the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 10. Contractor's signature. 11. Attachments: Include drawings, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. 1.5 ENGINEER'S ACTION: A. ENGINEER will review each RFI, determine action required, and return it. Allow seven working days for ENGINEER'S response for each RFI. RFIs received after 1:00 p.m. local time will be considered as received the following working day. B. ENGINEER'S action may include a request for additional information, in which case ENGINEER'S time for response will start again. C. ENGINEER'S action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for CONTRACTOR to submit Change Proposal. D. If CONTRACTOR believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify ENGINEER in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response. E. On receipt of ENGINEER'S action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify ENGINEER within seven days if CONTRACTOR disagrees with response. REQUESTS FOR INFORAMATION April 6, 2026 01 26 13 -2 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRF 1.6 THE FOLLOWING RFIS WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT ACTION: A. Requests for approval of submittals. B. Requests for approval of substitutions. C. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. D. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. E. Requests for interpretation of ENGINEER'S actions on submittals. F. Incomplete RFIs or RFIs with numerous errors. 1.7 RFI LOG: A. Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log weekly. PART 2- PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3- EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION April 6, 2026 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 01 26 13 - 3 MARYS CREEK WRF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK REQUESTS FOR INFORAMATION April 6, 2026 01 26 13 -4 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRF SECTION 0129 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. Schedule of Values: Submit on Contractor's standard form 2. Schedule of Estimated Progress Payments: a. Submit with initially acceptable Schedule of Values. b. Submit adjustments thereto with Application for Payment. 3. Application for Payment. 4. Final Application for Payment. 1.02 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Prepare a separate Schedule of Values for each schedule of the Work under the Agreement. B. Upon request of Engineer, provide documentation to support the accuracy of the Schedule of Values. C. Unit Price Work: Reflect unit price quantity and price breakdown from conformed Bid Form. D. Lump Sum Work: 1. Reflect specified bid items and alternates, as applicable. 2. List bonds and insurance premiums, mobilization, demobilization, preliminary and detailed progress schedule preparation, equipment testing, facility startup, and contract closeout separately. a. Mobilization includes, at minimum, items identified in Section 01 50 00, Temporary Facilities and Controls. b. Include item(s) for monthly progress schedule update and maintenance of Engineer's trailer. 3. For each Project facility or structure, break down by Division 02 through 49, with appropriate subdivision of each specification. E. An unbalanced or front-end loaded schedule will not be acceptable. F. Summation of the complete Schedule of Values representing all the Work shall equal the Contract Price. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 PAYMENT PROCEDURES APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 01 29 00 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF G. Submit Schedule of Values in a spreadsheet format compatible with latest version of MSExcel. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF ESTIMATED PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. Show estimated payment requests throughout Contract Times aggregating initial Contract Price. B. Base estimated progress payments on initially acceptable progress schedule. Adjust to reflect subsequent adjustments in progress schedule and Contract Price as reflected by modifications to the Contract Documents. 1.04 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Transmittal Summary Form: Attach one Summary Form with each detailed Application for Payment for each schedule and include Request for Payment of Materials and Equipment on Hand as applicable. Execute certification by authorized officer of Contractor. B. Use detailed Application for Payment Form suitable to Engineer and Owner. C. Provide separate form for each schedule as applicable. D. Include accepted Schedule of Values for each schedule or portion of lump sum Work and the unit price breakdown for the Work to be paid on a unit priced basis. E. Include separate line item for each Change Order and Work Change Directive executed prior to date of submission. Provide further breakdown of such as requested by Engineer. F. Preparation: 1. Round values to nearest dollar. 2. Submit Application for Payment, including a Transmittal Summary Form and detailed Application for Payment Form(s) for each schedule as applicable, a listing of materials on hand for each schedule as applicable, and such supporting data as may be requested by Engineer. 3. Submit draft pay estimate each month to resident project representative (RPR) for review. RPR shall review and revise, as necessary, and then return the draft to the CONTRACTOR. Allow RPR 7 days minimum to check pay estimate. 4. CONTRACTOR shall then prepare signed copy for the RPR's signature. Once signed the RPR shall return electronic copy to CONTRACTOR. PAYMENT PROCEDURES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 29 00 -2 APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF 5. CONTRACTOR shall use approved Schedule of Values and Bid Schedule for pay items. Provide signature space for CONTRACTOR, RPR, ENGINEER, and OWNER. 6. Pay Estimate pages should be submitted in this order: a. Summary of Pay Estimate Values with notarized statement. b. Attachment A — Total Value of Contract Performed c. Attachment B — Extra Work on Approved Change Orders d. Attachment C — Materials on Hand e. Copies of new "materials on hand" invoices received during the current payment period placed in the order listed on Attachment C. Copies of invoices for prior periods do not need to be submitted again. f. Attachment D — Project Summary g. Attachment E — American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certificates of Compliance 1) Submit monthly certificates with each outlay report requesting funds associated with construction contracts *i.e. covering construction -related invoices). h. Signature Page 7. CONTRACTOR shall submit signed electronic copy to ENGINEER for review and forward to the OWNER for payment. Pay estimate must be submitted monthly no later than the last day of the month. 8. The ENGINEER will review and if acceptable sign and forward the electronic copy to the OWNER. 9. CONTRACTOR should always check pay estimate remittance copies for any corrections prior to preparation of the next pay estimate. Just because the payment amount is the same as that submitted does not mean there were no errors. 10. Hand written working copies are not acceptable. 11. Materials incorporated into the project are tax-exempt. CONTRACTOR is responsible for all taxes related to construction of this project. 12. Some of this pay estimate process may be able to be performed electronically. 13. Submit monthly photos. Payment application may be rejected if photos are not included. Refer to Section 01 32 35 "Aerial/Photographic Documentation." G. Contractor's Affidavit: Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include a Contractor's Affidavit regarding discharge of payment obligations in accordance with the General Conditions. H. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 PAYMENT PROCEDURES APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 01 29 00 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for OWNER occupancy of designated portions of the Work. I. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including but not limited to, the following: Requirements of General and Supplementary Conditions for final payment. 2. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 3. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 4. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 5. AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims." 6. AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." 7. AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." 8. Evidence that claims have been settled, or provide a list of claims CONTRACTOR believes are unsettled. 9. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when OWNER took possession of and assume responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 10. Final, liquidated damages settlement statement. 11. Submit final certificate after completion of the construction contract and prior to issuance of a Certificate of Approval by the Texas Water Development Board, stating that the project was completed in compliance with the AIS requirements. 1.05 MEASUREMENT —GENERAL A. Weighing, measuring, and metering devices used to measure quantity of materials for Work shall be suitable for purpose intended and conform to tolerances and specifications as specified in National Institute of Standards and Technology, Handbook 44. B. Whenever pay quantities of material are determined by weight, weigh material on scales furnished by Contractor and certified accurate by state agency responsible. Obtain weight or load slip from weigher and deliver to Owner's representative at point of delivery of material. PAYMENT PROCEDURES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 29 00 -4 APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF C. If material is shipped by rail, car weights will be accepted provided that actual weight of material only will be paid for and not minimum car weight used for assessing freight tariff, and provided further that car weights will not be acceptable for material to be passed through mixing plants. D. Vehicles used to haul material being paid for by weight shall be weighed empty daily and at such additional times as required by Engineer. Each vehicle shall bear a plainly legible identification mark. E. Haul materials that are specified for measurement by the cubic yard measured in the vehicle in transport vehicles of such type and size that actual contents may be readily and accurately determined. Unless all vehicles are of uniform capacity, each vehicle must bear a plainly legible identification mark indicating its water level capacity. Load vehicles to at least their water level capacity. Loads hauled in vehicles not meeting above requirements or loads of a quantity less than the capacity of the vehicle, measured after being leveled off as above provided, will be subject to rejection, and no compensation will be allowed for such material. F. Quantities Based on Profile Elevations: Existing ground profiles shown on Drawings were taken from a topographic map drawn with contour intervals of 2 feet. G. Quantities will be based on ground profiles shown. Field surveys will not be made to confirm accuracy of elevations shown. H. Where measurement of quantities depends on elevation of existing ground, elevations obtained during construction will be compared with those shown on Drawings. Variations of 1 foot or less will be ignored, and profiles shown on Drawings will be used for determining quantities. I. Units of measure shown on Bid Form shall be as follows, unless specified otherwise. Item Method of Measurement AC Acre —Field Measure by Engineer CY Cubic Yard —Field Measure by Engineer within limits specified or shown CY-VM Cubic Yard —Measured in Vehicle by Volume EA Each —Field Count by Engineer GAL Gallon —Field Measure by Engineer HR Hour PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 PAYMENT PROCEDURES APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 01 29 00 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF Item Method of Measurement LB Pound(s)—Weight Measure by Scale LF Linear Foot —Field Measure by Engineer MFBM Thousand Foot Board Measure —[Delivery Invoice] [Field Measure by Engineer] ineer SF Square Foot SY Square Yard TON Ton —Weight Measure by Scale (2,000 pounds) 1.06 PAYMENT A. Payment for all Lump Sum Work shown or specified in Contract Documents is included in the Contract Price. Payment will be based on a percentage complete basis for each line item of the accepted Schedule of Values. B. Payment for Lump Sum Work covers all Work specified or shown within the limits or Specification sections as follows: All Work shown on Drawings and in Specification section(s). 1.07 NONPAYMENT FOR REJECTED OR UNUSED PRODUCTS A. Payment will not be made for following: 1. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected material. 2. Quantities of material wasted or disposed of in manner not called for under Contract Documents. 3. Rejected loads of material, including material rejected after it has been placed by reason of failure of Contractor to conform to provisions of Contract Documents. 4. Material not unloaded from transporting vehicle. 5. Defective Work not accepted by Owner. 6. Material remaining on hand after completion of Work. 1.08 PARTIAL PAYMENT FOR STORED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Partial Payment: No partial payments will be made for materials and equipment delivered or stored unless Shop Drawings and preliminary operation and maintenance data is acceptable to Engineer. B. Final Payment: Will be made only for products incorporated in Work; remaining products, for which partial payments have been made, shall revert PAYMENT PROCEDURES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 29 00 - 6 APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF to Contractor unless otherwise agreed, and partial payments made for those items will be deducted from final payment. 1.09 PARTIAL PAYMENT FOR UNDELIVERED, PROJECT -SPECIFIC MANUFACTURED OR FABRICATED EQUIPMENT A. Notwithstanding above provisions, partial payments for undelivered (not yet delivered to Site or not stored in the vicinity of Site) products specifically manufactured for this Project, excluding off the shelf or catalog items, will be made for products listed below when all following conditions exist: 1. Partial payment request is supported by written acknowledgment from Suppliers that invoice requirements have been met. 2. Equipment is adequately insured, maintained, stored, and protected by appropriate security measures. 3. Each equipment item is clearly marked and segregated from other items to permit inventory and accountability. 4. Authorization has been provided for access to storage Site for Engineer and Owner. 5. Equipment meets applicable Specifications of these Contract Documents. B. Applicable Items: Payment terms for delivery of goods of preselected equipment packages 1 and 2 can be found in Sections 00 52 43-PS1 and 00 52 43-PS2 respectively. 2. Specification Section Specific Product 46 53 49 -PS 1 Membrane Equipment System, including membranes, filtrate pumps, air scour blowers, chemical feed systems, membrane tank and cover support system, and instrumentation and controls. 46 21 16-PS2 & 46 21 Flexible Bar Rake Screens, sluice system, 73-PS2 washer compactor 46 23 00-PS2, 44 42 Grit removal equipment, grit pumps, and grit 56.12-PS2 & 46 23 63- washing and dewatering system PS2 46 21 33-PS2 & 41 12 Inclined rotary drum screens and auger 13.16-PS2 screenings conveyor 46 66 56-PS2 Ultraviolet light disinfection equipment PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 PAYMENT PROCEDURES APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 01 29 00 - 7 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF Specification Section Specific Product 44 42 56.05-PS2 Equalization Basin and Peak Flow Storage Basin mixing equipment including chopper pumps and mixing nozzles 46 76 33-PS2 Centrifuge Dewatering Equipment L Payment of 10 percent of manufacturer's quoted price for undelivered, Project -specific manufactured equipment will be made following Shop Drawing approval. Thereafter, monthly payments will be made based on progress of fabrication as determined by Engineer, but in no case will total of payments prior to delivery exceed 75 percent of manufacturer's quoted price. Note this excludes all items that were preselected. D. Failure of Contractor to continue compliance with above requirements shall give cause for Owner to withhold payments made for such equipment from future partial payments. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION PAYMENT PROCEDURES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 29 00 - 8 APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY SECTION 0131 13 PROJECT COORDINATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS A. Informational: 1. Photographs a. Digital Images: Submit one copy of DVD disc containing images within 5 days of being taken. Each image is to have a minimum file size of 1.4 Mb (1,400 Kb) so viewed resolution is high quality. The production of larger file sizes with higher resolution is encouraged. b. Color Prints: Submit two copies, accompanied by negatives, within 5 days of being taken. 2. Video Recordings: Submit one copy within 5 days of being taken. 1.02 RELATED WORK AT SITE A. General: 1. Other work that is either directly or indirectly related to scheduled performance of the Work under these Contract Documents, listed henceforth, is anticipated to be performed at Site by others. 2. Coordinate the Work of these Contract Documents with work of others as specified in General Conditions. 3. Include sequencing constraints specified herein as a part of Progress Schedule. B. Power: 1. Agency and Contact Person: Oncor, Cody Bossio telephone number: 469.724.2759. 2. Work to be performed by Oncor: a. Incoming aerial power lines (dual feed). b. Incoming underground power cables, materials, installation, termination, and connection. c. Transformers supplying main electrical service to the facility. d. Metering facilities, except as indicated. e. Primary 25kV switchgear units. f. Work to be performed by Oncor should be complete prior to substantial completion. 3. Work to be performed by Contractor: PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS PROJECT COORDINATION 013113-1 MARYS CREEK WRF a. Coordinate Contractor's Work with Oncor. b. Incoming power conduit, trench, and backfill, duct bank, and underground pull boxes. c. Transformer site preparation and pad(s). d. Switchgear site preparation and pads(s) e. Primary Metering Unit (PMU) site preparation and pad(s) f. Grounding per Oncor standards. g. Conduits for metering. h. As indicated on the Drawings. i. Perform Work in accordance with Oncor requirements and codes. 4. Owner will be responsible for payment of direct charges from Oncor. 5. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination and costs associated with temporary construction power needs. 6. Refer to Section 26 00 00 for additional information. C. Natural Gas 1. Agency and Contact Person: Atmos Energy, Adrian Rodriguez, telephone number: 469-834-9096. 2. Work to be performed by Atmos Energy: a. The gas meter. b. Piping upstream of the gas meter 3. Work to be performed by Contractor: a. All piping downstream of the gas meter as shown on the Drawings. D. Incoming Force Main 1. Agency and Contact Person: Plummer Associates, George Farah, telephone number: 817-806-1722. 2. Work will be performed by a separate Contractor that will be determined during the construction of the Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility. 3. Work to be performed by Contractor: a. Coordinate connection of incoming force main with plant property. b. The incoming force main must be connected within 24 months of the Notice to Proceed for pipeline testing. 1.03 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. NOT USED PROJECT COORDINATION PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 013113-2 JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY 1.04 UTILITY NOTIFICATION AND COORDINATION A. Coordinate the Work with various utilities within Project limits. Notify applicable utilities prior to commencing Work, if damage occurs, or if conflicts or emergencies arise during the Work. 1. Oncor Electricity Company: a. Contact Person: Larry Baldwin b. Telephone: 817-215-6184 2. Oncor Service Center: a. Contact Person: Terry Lasater b. Telephone: 817-443-3429 3. Oncor ROW: a. Contact Person: Curt Sharp b. Telephone: 817-215-6262 4. AT&T Telephone Company: a. Contact Person: Gary Tilroy b. Telephone: 817-338-6202 5. Water Department: a. Contact Person: Suzy Abbe 6. Atmos Energy Gas Department: a. Contact Person: Adrian Rodriguez b. Telephone: 469-834-9096 1.05 PROJECT MILESTONES A. General: Include the Milestones specified herein as a part of the Progress Schedule required under Section 01 32 00, Construction Progress Documentation. B. Project Milestones: Generally described in the Agreement Form. Following is a detailed description of each: Al. Milestone 0 — The temporary entrance road (Road C) shall be substantially complete by May 1, 2027. Milestone 0 may commence with the Notice to Proceed. Work includes the temporary entrance road from Chapin Road along the east side of the property to the main entrance and south entrance of Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility. Final entrance road (Road C) is required by Final Completion. 2. Milestone 1 — Equalization and Peak Flow Storage Basins and Drain Piping: Work shall include the Equalization Basin and mixing system, Peak Flow Storage Basin and mixing system, influent pipeline entering the tanks, and all drain piping shown on Sheets C-053, C-054, C-055, C-057, and C-059. Contractor may install temporary drain piping. Contractor shall provide training and operations manuals for all PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS PROJECT COORDINATION 01 3113-3 MARYS CREEK WRF processes brought on-line and into operation included in Milestone 1. This milestone must be met in order to conduct testing of the offsite pipeline. The return flow pump station does not have to be operational. 3. Substantial Completion: The date at which the Work has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of the City, the Work is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Agreement and all Contract Documents, so that the Work can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. Final Operation and Maintenance Manuals have been approved, Equipment Testing and Startup has been completed, and Operation and Maintenance Staff training has been completed, and field performance testing as been completed and approved. The terms "Substantially Complete" and "Substantially Completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Startup of the biological process to the point it is meeting the TCEQ TPDES discharge permit and discharging into Mary's Creek, and automatic control using the plant SCADA system shall be complete prior to granting Substantial Completion. 4. Final Completion: The written notice given by the City to the Contractor that the Work specified in the Contract Documents has been completed to the satisfaction of the City. 1.06 WORK SEQUENCING/CONSTRAINTS A. Include the following work sequences in the Progress Schedule: 1. Refer to Section 01 32 16 and Section 0112 16 for additional information. 2. The equalization and peak flow storage basins must be completed and operational within 730 days of the Notice to Proceed for testing of the offsite lift station and forcemain. Work includes the offsite pipeline entering the tanks and all drain piping. Contractor may install temporary drain piping. The return flow pump station does not have to be operational. 3. The equipment, instruments, pipe testing, permanent power connections, SCADA computer systems and project specific programming shall be complete and ready for startup of the water reclamation facility within 1,095 days of the Notice to Proceed. 4. The non -chlorinated service water pump station shall be operational prior to startup of the three odor control systems. 1.07 FACILITY OPERATIONS A. Continuous operation of Owner's facilities is of critical importance. Schedule and conduct activities to enable existing facilities to operate continuously, unless otherwise specified. PROJECT COORDINATION PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 31 13 - 4 JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF B. Perform Work continuously during critical connections and changeovers, and as required to prevent interruption of Owner's operations. C. When necessary, plan, design, and provide various temporary services, utilities, connections, temporary piping and heating, access, and similar items to maintain continuous operations of Owner's facility. D. Do not close lines, open or close valves, or take other action which would affect the operation of existing systems, except as specifically required by the Contract Documents and after authorization by Owner and Engineer. Such authorization will be considered within 48 hours after receipt of Contractor's written request. E. Do not proceed with Work affecting a facility's operation without obtaining Owner's and Engineer's advance approval of the need for and duration of such Work. F. Relocation of Existing Facilities: 1. During construction, it is expected that minor relocations of Work will be necessary. 2. Provide complete relocation of existing structures and Underground Facilities, including piping, utilities, equipment, structures, electrical conduit wiring, electrical duct bank, and other necessary items. 3. Use only new materials for relocated facility. Match materials of existing facility, unless otherwise shown or specified. 4. Perform relocations to minimize downtime of existing facilities. 5. Install new portions of existing facilities in their relocated position prior to removal of existing facilities, unless otherwise accepted by Engineer. 1.08 ADJACENT FACILITIES AND PROPERTIES A. Examination: 1. After Effective Date of the Agreement and before Work at Site is started, Contractor, Engineer, and affected property owners and utility owners shall make a thorough examination of pre-existing conditions including existing buildings, structures, and other improvements in vicinity of Work, as applicable, which could be damaged by construction operations. 2. Periodic reexamination shall be jointly performed to include, but not limited to, cracks in structures, settlement, leakage, and similar conditions. B. Documentation: PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 PROJECT COORDINATION JULY 30, 2026 01 31 13 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF 1. Record and submit documentation of observations made on examination inspections in accordance with Article Construction Photographs and Article Audio -Video Recordings. 2. Upon receipt, Engineer will review, sign, and return one record copy of documentation to Contractor to be kept on file in field office. 3. Such documentation shall be used as indisputable evidence in ascertaining whether and to what extent damage occurred as a result of Contractor's operations, and is for the protection of adjacent property owners, Contractor, and Owner. 1.09 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Submit photographs in accordance with Section 01 32 35. 1.10 AUDIO -VIDEO RECORDINGS A. Prior to beginning the Work on Site or of a particular area of the Work, and again within10 days following date of Substantial Completion, videograph Site and property adjacent to Site. B. In the case of preconstruction recording, no work shall begin in the area prior to Engineer's review and approval of content and quality of video for that area. Refer to Section 01 32 33 for preconstruction video requirements. C. Particular emphasis shall be directed to physical condition of existing vegetation, structures, and pavements within property and areas adjacent to and within the right-of-way or easement, and on Contractor storage and staging areas. D. Engineer shall have right to select subject matter and vantage point from which videos are to be taken. E. Video Format and Quality: 1. DVD format, with sound. 2. Video: a. Produce bright, sharp, and clear images with accurate colors, free of distortion and other forms of picture imperfections. b. Electronically, and accurately display the month, day, year, and time of day of the recording. 3. Audio: a. Audio documentation shall be done clearly, precisely, and at a moderate pace. b. Indicate date, project name, and a brief description of the location of recording, including: 1) Facility name. PROJECT COORDINATION PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 013113-6 JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY 2) Street names or easements. 3) Addresses of private property. 4) Direction of coverage, including engineering stationing, if applicable. F. Documentation: 1. DVD Label: a. DVD number (numbered sequentially, beginning with 001). b. Project name. c. Name of street(s) included. d. Applicable location by engineering stationing. e. Date and time of coverage. 2. Project Video Log: Maintain an ongoing log that incorporates above noted label information for DVDs on Project. 1.11 REFERENCE POINTS AND SURVEYS A. Owner's Responsibilities: 1. Establish bench marks convenient to Work and at least every 500 feet on pipelines and roads. 2. Establish horizontal reference points or coordinate system with bench marks and reference points for Contractor's use as necessary to lay out Work. 3. Establish baseline from which facilities may be located. 4. Establish clearing limits, centerlines of roads and pipelines, set toe of fill and top of cut stakes, and set bench marks convenient for use as necessary to establish basic layout of the Work. 5. For gravity pipelines or sewer lines over 500 feet in length, set offset stakes indicating cut -to -flow line at each manhole or alignment change, 25 feet each side of manhole or alignment change and at approximate 200 -foot intervals along line. 6. For pressure pipelines over 500 feet in length, set offset stakes indicating locations of pipelines at approximate 200 -foot intervals along line and indicate depth of cut when required. 7. Establish location at all poles and anchors. 8. Provide cut data sheets to Contractor. B. Location and elevation of bench marks are shown on Drawings. C. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Provide additional survey and layout required to layout the Work. 2. Notify Engineer at least 3 working days in advance of time when grade and line to be provided by Owner will be needed. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS PROJECT COORDINATION 01 3113-7 MARYS CREEK WRF 3. Check and establish exact location of existing facilities prior to construction of new facilities and any connections thereto. 4. In event of discrepancy in data or staking provided by Owner, request clarification before proceeding with Work. 5. Retain professional land surveyor or civil engineer registered in state of Project who shall perform or supervise engineering surveying necessary for additional construction staking and layout. 6. Maintain complete accurate log of survey work as it progresses as a Record Document. 7. On request of Engineer, submit documentation. 8. Provide competent employee(s), tools, stakes, and other equipment and materials as Engineer may require to: a. Establish control points, lines, and easement boundaries. b. Check layout, survey, and measurement work performed by others. c. Measure quantities for payment purposes. 1.12 ELECTRONIC MANAGEMENT SYSTEM A. The OWNER or ENGINEER or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will subscribe to and manage an Internet -based construction management system specific to this project. B. The project website will provide server space and secured access to staff members representing the OWNER, ENGINEER or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, and CONTRACTOR. Each user will have a separate log -in name and password to access the website. C. Contract management related documents will be submitted, tracked, responded to, and made available to the OWNER, ENGINEER or CONSTRUCITON MANAGER, and CONTRACTOR over the Internet. D. Trimble Unity Construct is the City's online, electronic document management and collaboration system. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CUTTING, FITTING, AND PATCHING A. Cut, fit, adjust, or patch Work and work of others, including excavation and backfill as required, to make Work complete. B. Obtain prior written authorization of Engineer before commencing Work to cut or otherwise alter: PROJECT COORDINATION PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 013113-8 JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY 1. Structural or reinforcing steel, structural column or beam, elevated slab, trusses, or other structural member. 2. Weather -resistant or moisture -resistant elements. 3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of element. 4. Work of others. C. Refinish surfaces to provide an even finish. 1. Refinish continuous surfaces to nearest intersection. 2. Refinish entire assemblies. 3. Finish restored surfaces to such planes, shapes, and textures that no transition between existing work and the Work is evident in finished surfaces. D. Restore existing work, Underground Facilities, and surfaces that are to remain in completed Work including concrete -embedded piping, conduit, and other utilities as specified and as shown on Drawings. E. Make restorations with new materials and appropriate methods as specified for new Work of similar nature; if not specified, use recommended practice of manufacturer or appropriate trade association. F. Fit Work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces and fill voids. G. Remove specimens of installed Work for testing when requested by Engineer. END OF SECTION PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 PROJECT COORDINATION JULY 30, 2026 01 31 13 - 9 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK PROJECT COORDINATION 01 31 13 - 10 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 31 19 - 1 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Page 1 of 4 SECTION 0131 19 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Provisions for the preconstruction meeting to be held prior to the start of Work to clarify construction contract administration procedures B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2A.1 2. Added 1.2A.2 3. Modified 1.4.A.3 4. Modified 1.4.B.l.a 5. Modified 1.4.B.5.o, t, u, and gg. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0— Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Unit Price - Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination 1. Attend preconstruction meeting. 2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 3. Meeting administered by City may be tape recorded. a. If recorded, audio files will be used to prepare minutes and retained by City for future reference. B. Preconstruction Meeting 1. A preconstruction meeting will be held within 14 days after the execution of the Agreement and before Work is started. a. The meeting will be scheduled and administered by the ity-Construction Manager. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised August 17, 2012 013119-2 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Page 2 of 4 2. The Project Representative will preside at the meeting, prepare the notes of the meeting and distribute copies of same to all participants who so request by fully completing the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of the meeting. 3. Attendance shall include: a. Project Representative b. Contractor's project manager c. Contractor's superintendent d. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire to invite or the City may request e. Other City representatives f. Others as appropriate 4. Construction Schedule a. Prepare baseline construction schedule in accordance with Section 01 32 16 and provide at Preconstruction Meeting. b. City will notify Contractor of any schedule changes upon Notice of Preconstruction Meeting. Preliminary Agenda may include: a. Introduction of Project Personnel b. General Description of Project c. Status of right-of-way, utility clearances, easements or other pertinent permits d. Contractor's work plan and schedule e. Contract Time f. Notice to Proceed g. Construction Staking h. Progress Payments i. Extra Work and Change Order Procedures j. Field Orders k. Disposal Site Letter for Waste Material 1. Insurance Renewals m. Payroll Certification n. Material Certifications and Quality Control Testing p. Public Safety and Convenience p. Documentation of Pre -Construction Conditions q. Weekend Work Notification r. Legal Holidays s. Trench Safety Plans t. Confined Space Entry Standards u. Coordination with the City's representative for operations of eexisting water systems v. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan w. Coordination with other Contractors x. Early Warning System y. Contractor Evaluation z. Special Conditions applicable to the project aa. Damages Claims bb. Submittal Procedures cc. Substitution Procedures dd. Correspondence Routing ee. Record Drawings CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised August 17, 2012 013119-3 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Page 3 of 4 ff. Temporary construction facilities gg. N4,13 IRE or TRRR/SBE procedures hh. Final Acceptance ii. Final Payment jj. Questions or Comments 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USEDI PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised August 17, 2012 013119-4 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Page 4 of 4 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised August 17, 2012 01 31 20-1 PROJECT MEETINGS Page 1 of 6 SECTION 01 31 20 PROJECT MEETINGS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Provisions for project meetings throughout the construction period to enable orderly review of the progress of the Work and to provide for systematic discussion of potential problems B. Deviations this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2A.1 2. Added 1.4.C 3. Modified 1.4.D.1 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0— Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination 1. Schedule, attend and administer as specified, periodic progress meetings, and specially called meetings throughout progress of the Work. 2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 3. Meetings administered by City may be tape recorded. a. If recorded, audio files will be used to prepare minutes and retained by City for future reference. 4. Meetings, in addition to those specified in this Section, may be held when requested by the City, Engineer or Contractor. B. Pre -Construction Neighborhood Meeting 1. After the execution of the Agreement, but before construction is allowed to begin, attend 1 Public Meeting with affected residents to: a. Present projected schedule, including construction start date b. Answer any construction related questions 2. Meeting Location a. Location of meeting to be determined by the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 013120-2 PROJECT MEETINGS Page 2 of 6 3. Attendees a. Contractor b. Project Representative c. Other City representatives 4. Meeting Schedule a. In general, the neighborhood meeting will occur within the 2 weeks following the pre -construction conference. b. In no case will construction be allowed to begin until this meeting is held. C. Pre -Installation Meeting Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity when required by other sections and when required for coordination with other construction. a. Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following. 1) Contract Documents 2) Options 3) Related RFIs 4) Related Change Orders 5) Purchases 6) Deliveries 7) Submittals 8) Sustainable design requirements 9) Review of mockups 10) Possible conflicts 11) Compatibility requirements 12) Time schedules 13) Weather limitations 14) Manufacturer's written instructions 15) Warranty requirements 16) Compatibility of materials 17) Acceptability of substrates 18) Temporary facilities and controls 19) Space and access limitations 20) Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction 21) Testing and inspecting requirements 22) Installation procedures 23) Coordination with other work 24) Required performance results 25) Protection of adjacent work 26) Protection of construction and personnel b. Present projected schedule, including construction start date. c. Answer any construction related questions. d. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions. e. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 01 31 20-3 PROJECT MEETINGS Page 3 of 6 f. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date. 2. Meeting Location a. Location of meeting to be held at Contractor's construction trailer at the Mar, Creek Water Reclamation Facility. 3. Attendees a. Contractor/installer b. Representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow. c. Project Representative d. Other City representatives. 4. Meeting Schedule a. In general, the preinstallation meeting will occur 2 weeks prior to commencing work. b. In no case will construction be allowed to begin until this meeting is held. D. Progress Meetings 1. Formal project coordination meetings will be held monthly at the Contractor's construction trailer at Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility. Meetings will be scheduled and administered by Project Representative. 2. Additional progress meetings to discuss specific topics will be conducted on an as - needed basis. Such additional meetings shall include, but not be limited to: a. Coordinating shutdowns b. Installation of piping and equipment c. Coordination between other construction projects d. Resolution of construction issues e. Equipment approval 3. The Project Representative will preside at progress meetings, prepare the notes of the meeting and distribute copies of the same to all participants who so request by fully completing the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of each meeting. 4. Attendance shall include: a. Contractor's project manager b. Contractor's superintendent c. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire to invite or the City may request d. Engineer's representatives e. City's representatives f. Others, as requested by the Project Representative 5. Preliminary Agenda may include: a. Review of Work progress since previous meeting b. Field observations, problems, conflicts c. Items which impede construction schedule d. Review of off -site fabrication, delivery schedules e. Review of construction interfacing and sequencing requirements with other construction contracts f. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 013120-4 PROJECT MEETINGS Page 4 of 6 g. Revisions to construction schedule h. Progress, schedule, during succeeding Work period i. Coordination of schedules j. Review submittal schedules k. Maintenance of quality standards 1. Pending changes and substitutions m. Review proposed changes for: 1) Effect on construction schedule and on completion date 2) Effect on other contracts of the Project n. Review Record Documents o. Review monthly pay request p. Review status of Requests for Information 6. Meeting Schedule a. Progress meetings will be held periodically as determined by the Project Representative. 1) Additional meetings may be held at the request of the: a) City b) Engineer c) Contractor 7. Meeting Location a. The City will establish a meeting location. 1) To the extent practicable, meetings will be held at the Site. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 01 31 20-5 PROJECT MEETINGS Page 5 of 6 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 01 31 20-6 PROJECT MEETINGS Page 6 of 6 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 MARYS CREEK WRF SECTION 0132 16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE PARTI GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following: 1. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Submittals Schedule. 3. Daily construction reports. 4. Field condition reports. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section 01 29 00 "Payment Procedures" for submitting the Schedule of Values. 2. Division 1 Section 01 31 20 "Project Meetings" for submitting and distributing meeting and conference minutes. 3. Division 1 Section 01 3113 "Project Coordination" for project schedule and communications. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources. 1. Critical activities are activities on the critical path. They must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times. 2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network. 3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network. B. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project. APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE © COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 01 32 16 - 1 MARYS CREEK WRF C. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float. D. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity. 1. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either OWNER or CONTRACTOR, but is a jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet schedule milestones and Contract completion date. E. Fragnet: A partial or fragmentary network that breaks down activities into smaller activities for greater detail. F. Major Area: An area of construction, a separate facility, or a similar significant construction element. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals Schedule: Submit per Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures." Arrange the following information in a tabular format: 1. Scheduled date for first submittal. 2. Specification Section number and title. 3. Submittal category (action or informational). 4. Name of subcontractor. 5. Description of the Work covered. 6. Scheduled date for ENGINEER or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S final release or approval. B. Preliminary Network Diagram: Transmit submittals per Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures." large enough to show entire network for entire construction period. Show logic ties for activities. C. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit per Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures." D. CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit per Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures." Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity number, activity description, cost and resource loading, original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish date, late start date, late finish date, and total float in calendar days. 1. Activity Report: List of all activities sorted by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known. 2. Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for all activities, sorted in ascending order by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 01 32 16-2 © COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRF 3. Total Float Report: List of all activities sorted in ascending order of total float. E. Daily Construction Reports: Submit per Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures." F. Field Condition Reports: Submit per Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures." 1.05 COORDINATION A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors. B. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. 1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved. 2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE A. Preparation: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, resubmittal, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. 1. Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts, the Schedule of Values, and Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2.02 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed to date of Final Completion. 1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order. B. Activities: Treat each facility or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each principal element of the Work. Comply with the following: APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE © COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 01 32 16-3 MARYS CREEK WRF 1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than approximately 20 days. 2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery. 3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Division 1 Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's Construction Schedule with Submittals Schedule. 4. Startup and Testing Time: Include time for equipment testing and facility startup as specified in Division 1 Section 01 9114 "Equipment Testing and Facility Startup." 5. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion and allow time for ENGINEER or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. C. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. I. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract. 2. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule: a. Coordination with existing construction. b. Limitations of continued occupancies. c. Uninterruptible services. d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion. e. Use of premises restrictions. f. Provisions for future construction. g. Seasonal variations. h. Environmental control. 3. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work. D. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and Final Completion. E. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its submission, prepare a time -impact analysis using fragnets to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall project schedule. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 01 32 16-4 © COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRF 2.03 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART) A. Gantt -Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Gantt -chart -type, Contractor's Construction Schedule within 15 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. Base schedule on the Preliminary Construction Schedule and whatever updating and feedback was received since the start of Project. B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. For construction activities that require 3 months or longer completing, indicate an estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments within time bar. 2.04 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (CPM SCHEDULE) A. General: Prepare network diagrams using AON (activity -on -node) format. B. Preliminary Network Diagram: Submit diagram within 7 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. Outline significant construction activities for the first 60 days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities. C. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractors Construction Schedule using a computerized, cost- and resource -loaded, time -scaled CPM network analysis diagram for the Work. Acceptable software programs include Microsoft Project or Primavera P6. 1. Develop network diagram in sufficient time to submit CPM schedule so it can be accepted for use no later than 15 days after date established for the Notice to Proceed. a. Failure to include any work item required for performance of this Contract shall not excuse CONTRACTOR from completing all work within applicable completion dates, regardless of ENGINEER or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S approval of the schedule. 2. Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for reporting progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request dates. 3. Use "one workday" as the unit of time. Include list of nonworking days and holidays incorporated into the schedule. D. CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work. Using the preliminary network diagram, prepare a skeleton network to identify probable critical paths. APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 SCHEDULE © COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS 01 32 16-5 MARYS CREEK WRF Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, cost, and relationship of each activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated time frames for the following activities: a. Preparation and processing of submittals. b. Mobilization and demobilization. c. Purchase of materials. d. Delivery. e. Fabrication. f. Utility interruptions. g. Installation. h. Work by OWNER that may affect or be affected by CONTRACTOR'S activities. i. Testing and commissioning. 2. Critical Path Activities: Identify critical path activities, including those for interim completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with Contract milestone dates. 3. Processing: Process data to produce output data on a computer -drawn, time -scaled network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as often as necessary to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations of the Contract Time. 4. Format: Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near center of network; locate paths with most float near the edges. a. Sub -networks on separate sheets are permissible for activities clearly off the critical path. E. Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a list of straight "early start -total float" sort. Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the following: 1. CONTRACTOR or subcontractor and the Work or activity. 2. Description of activity. 3. Principal events of activity. 4. Immediate preceding and succeeding activities. 5. Early and late start dates. 6. Early and late finish dates. 7. Activity duration in workdays. 8. Total float or slack time. 9. Average size of workforce. 10. Cost of each line item. F. Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, prepare tabulated reports showing the following: 1. Identification of activities that have changed. 2. Changes in early and late start dates. 3. Changes in early and late finish dates. 4. Changes in activity durations in workdays. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 01 32 16-6 © COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRF 5. Changes in the critical path. 6. Changes in total float or slack time. 7. Changes in the Contract Time. 2.05 BI -WEEKLY LOOK AHEAD SCHEDULES A. Submit to ENGINEER or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER a two week look ahead schedule no later than the first workday each week. 2.06 CONTRACT TIME A. Contract time cannot be changed by the submission of progress changes. Contract time can only be modified by approved Change Order. 2.07 REPORTS A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site: 1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. Equipment at Project site. 3. Material deliveries. 4. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions. 5. Accidents. 6. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 7. Meter readings and similar recordings. 8. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 9. Services connected and disconnected. 10. Equipment or system tests and startups. B. Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. Submit per Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures." APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 SCHEDULE © COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS 013216-7 MARYS CREEK WRF B. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. C. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. D. As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity. E. Should the project fall 30 days or more behind schedule, the OWNER, ENGINEER or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER may request a Recovery Schedule. F. Contractor's Construction Look Ahead Schedule: At bi-weekly intervals, submit a schedule to reflect planned construction activities for the following two weeks. Issue schedule no later than the first workday of the week. Submit per Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures." G. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to RPR, ENGINEER or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, OWNER, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by CONTRACTOR with a need - to -know schedule responsibility. 1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. END OF SECTION CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 01 32 16-8 © COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 013233-1 PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO Page 1 of2 SECTION 01 32 33 PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for: a. Preconstruction Videos B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2A.1 2. Added 1.2A.2 3. Added 1.4.A.l.b C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0— Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Unit Price - Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preconstruction Video 1. Produce a preconstruction video of the site/alignment, including all areas in the vicinity of and to be affected by construction. a. Provide digital copy of video upon request by the City. b. Document Chapin Road, from the intersection with Old Weatherford Road to the City Limits. 2. Retain a copy of the preconstruction video until the end of the maintenance surety period. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 0132 33-2 PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO Page 2 of 2 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 013235-1 AERIAL/PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION Page 1 of 4 SECTION 0132 35 AERIAL/PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for: a. Aerial Photographs b. Project Photographs B. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. C. Modifications to City Standard Specification 1. Revised 1.4.B.3 2. Added 1.4.B.5.b 3. Modified 1.4.B.6 4. Added 1.4.B.7 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Project Aerials Photographs 1. Take aerial photographs of the project site prior to construction, monthly during the construction of the project, and after completion of the project. 2. Aerial Photographs Provided by: a. Aerial Photography, Incorporated, or approved equal 1) Contact: Michael Chase Eaton a) Phone: 954-568-0484 b) Email: michael@api4.com 3. Aerial Photographs a. Taken with a quality digital camera (300 ppi or greater) b. Provide three (3) photos for each trip, each at a different angle 4. Aerial Photograph Copies a. Format 1) Provide digital copies of all photographs. 2) Provide prints of photographs as follows: a) One glossy color 8.5" x 11" prints for each photograph taken. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 August 2017 01 3235 -2 AERIAL/PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION Page 2 of 4 b) Mark each print to indicate: (1) Project name, (2) Date, (3) Location, 3) Photographs shall be clear and sharp with proper exposure. 5. Preconstruction Aerials a. Provide no less than three (3) aerial photographs of the site prior to construction 6. Progress Aerials a. Starting one month after the date of the preconstruction aerial photographs and continuing as long as the work is in progress, provide: 1) Progress Photos: a) Three (3) monthly aerial photographs taken to accurately record the work that has progressed during that period. b. Prints and Digital photographs are to be submitted with the monthly Partial Pay Request. 1) Provide prints in plastic binder. B. Project Photographs 1. Take photographs of the project site/alignment prior to construction, monthly during the construction of the project, and after completion of the project. 2. Photographs shall be taken with a quality digital camera with date back capability, with lenses ranging from wide angle to 135mm. 3. Photographs shall be taken at locations designated by the Construction Manager or Engineer. 4. Provide digital copies of all photographs. 5. Preconstruction Photos a. Provide no less than forty-eight (48) photographs of the site and alignment prior to construction. b. Provide images of Chapin Road, from the intersection of Old Weatherford Road to the City Limits. 6. Progress Photos a. Starting one month after the date of the preconstruction photographs, and continuing as long as the work is in progress, provide a minimum of twenty- four (24) monthly photographs taken to accurately record the work that has progressed during that period. b. Digital photographs are to be submitted with the monthly Partial Pay Request. 7. Documentation: a. Digital Images: 1) Electronic image shall have date taken embedded into image. 2) Archive using a commercially availably photo management system that provides listing of photographs including date, keyword description, and direction of photograph. 3) Label file folders or database records with Project and Owner's name, and month and year images were produced. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 August 2017 01 3235 -3 AERIAL/PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION Page 3 of 4 1.5 1.12 [NOT USED] PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 August 2017 013235-4 AERIAL/PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION Page 4 of 4 1 J.Th A I►I 1 Ii i! 11117/\ 0 lb d -R 1: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 August 2017 MARYS CREEK WRF SECTION 0133 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittal: Written and graphic information submitted by Contractor that requires Engineer's approval. B. Informational Submittal: Information submitted by Contractor that requires Engineer's review and determination that submitted information is in accordance with the Conditions of the Contract. 1.02 PROCEDURES A. Direct submittals to Engineer at the following, unless specified otherwise. 1. Plummer Associates Attn: Josh Frisinger 2. Submit to City's electronic construction management site Trimble Unity Construct. B. Electronic Submittals: Submittals shall, unless specifically accepted, be made in electronic format. 1. Each submittal shall be an electronic file in Adobe Acrobat Portable Document Format (PDF). Use the latest version available at time of execution of the Agreement. 2. Electronic files that contain more than 10 pages in PDF format shall contain internal bookmarking from an index page to major sections of the document. 3. PDF files shall be set to open "Bookmarks and Page" view. 4. Add general information to each PDF file, including title, subject, author, and keywords. 5. PDF files shall be set up to print legibly at 8.5 -inch by 11 -inch, 11 -inch by 17 -inch, or 22 -inch by 34 -inch. No other paper sizes will be accepted. 6. Submit new electronic files for each resubmittal, with version number included in the file name. 7. Include a copy of the Transmittal of Contractor's Submittal form, located at end of section, with each electronic file. 8. Engineer will reject submittal that is not electronically submitted, unless specifically accepted. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 01 33 00 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF 9. Provide Engineer with authorization to reproduce and distribute each file as many times as necessary for Project documentation. C. Transmittal of Submittal: Contractor shall: a. Review each submittal and check for compliance with Contract Documents. b. Stamp each submittal with uniform approval stamp before submitting to Engineer. 1) Stamp to include Project name, submittal number, Specification number, Contractor's reviewer name, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with Contract Documents. 2) Engineer will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action. 2. Complete, sign, and transmit with each submittal package, one Transmittal of Contractor's Submittal form attached at end of this section or in format approved by Engineer. 3. Identify each submittal with the following: a. Numbering and Tracking System: 1) Sequentially number each submittal. 2) Resubmission of submittal shall have original number with sequential alphabetic suffix. b. Specification section and paragraph to which submittal applies. c. Project title and Engineer's project number. d. Date of transmittal. e. Names of Contractor, Subcontractor or Supplier, and manufacturer as appropriate. 4. Identify and describe each deviation or variation from Contract Documents. D. Format: 1. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of Contract Documents. 2. Package submittal information by individual specification section. Do not combine different specification sections together in submittal package, unless otherwise directed in specification. 3. Present in a clear and thorough manner and in sufficient detail to show kind, size, arrangement, and function of components, materials, and devices, and compliance with Contract Documents. 4. Index with labeled tab dividers in orderly manner. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 33 00 - 2 APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF E. Timeliness: Schedule and submit in accordance Schedule of Submittals and requirements of individual specification sections. 1. Contractor shall provide schedule indicating the time and sequence in which Shop Drawings are to be submitted. This schedule shall take into consideration time for delivery and a reasonable time for review of shop drawings. Proposed order and delivery dates shall be incorporated in the Progress Schedule. 2. Shop drawings will generally be reviewed in the order in which they are received. Drawings marked "Priority" will be reviewed ahead of other shop drawing submittals not so marked which have already been received but are not yet being reviewed. Manufacturer shall be aware that checking of "Priority" shop drawings may delay the review of other drawings which have already been submitted by the Manufacturer and the use of this designation is to be used with discretion. F. Processing Time: 1. Time for review shall commence on Engineer's receipt of submittal. 2. Engineer will act upon Contractor's submittal and transmit response to Contractor not later than 30 days after receipt, unless otherwise specified. 3. Resubmittals will be subject to same review time. 4. No adjustment of Contract Times or Price will be allowed as a result of delays in progress of Work caused by rejection and subsequent resubmittals. G. Resubmittals: Clearly identify each correction or change made. H. Incomplete Submittals: 1. Engineer will return entire submittal for Contractor's revision if preliminary review deems it incomplete. 2. When any of the following are missing, submittal will be deemed incomplete: a. Contractor's review stamp; completed and signed. b. Transmittal of Contractor's Submittal; completed and signed. c. Insufficient number of copies. d. For resubmittals, provide response to Engineer's review comments. I. Submittals not required by Contract Documents: 1. Will not be reviewed and will be returned stamped "Not Subject to Review." 2. Engineer will keep one copy and return submittal to Contractor. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 01 33 00 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual specification sections. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Copies: electronic, unless specifically stated in respective Specification Section. 2. Identify and Indicate: a. Applicable Contract Drawing and Detail number, products, units and assemblies, and system or equipment identification or tag numbers. b. Equipment and Component Title: Identical to title shown on Drawings. c. Critical field dimensions and relationships to other critical features of Work. Note dimensions established by field measurement. d. Project -specific information drawn accurately to scale. 3. Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams as follows: a. Modify to delete information that is not applicable to the Work. b. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the Work. 4. Product Data: Provide as specified in individual specifications. 5. Foreign Manufacturers: When proposed, include names and addresses of at least two companies that maintain technical service representatives close to Project. C. Samples: 1. Copies: Two, unless otherwise specified in individual specifications. 2. Preparation: Mount, display, or package Samples in manner specified to facilitate review of quality. Attach label on unexposed side that includes the following: a. Manufacturer name. b. Model number. c. Material. d. Sample source. 3. Manufacturer's Color Chart: Units or sections of units showing full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. 4. Full-size Samples: a. Size as indicated in individual specification section. b. Prepared from same materials to be used for the Work. c. Cured and finished in manner specified. d. Physically identical with product proposed for use. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 33 00 - 4 APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF D. Action Submittal Dispositions: Engineer will review, comment, stamp, and distribute as noted: Approved: a. Contractor may incorporate product(s) or implement Work covered by submittal. b. Distribution: Electronic. 2. Approved as Noted: a. Contractor may incorporate product(s) or implement Work covered by submittal, in accordance with Engineer's notations. b. Distribution: Electronic. 3. Partial Approval, Resubmit as Noted: a. Make corrections or obtain missing portions, and resubmit. b. Except for portions indicated, Contractor may begin to incorporate product(s) or implement Work covered by submittal, in accordance with Engineer's notations. c. Distribution: Electronic. 4. Revise and Resubmit: a. Contractor may not incorporate product(s) or implement Work covered by submittal. b. Distribution: Electronic. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. General: 1. Copies: Submit electronic copies, unless otherwise indicated in individual specification section. 2. Refer to individual specification sections for specific submittal requirements. Engineer will review each submittal. If submittal meets conditions of the Contract, Engineer will forward copy to appropriate parties. If Engineer determines submittal does not meet conditions of the Contract and is therefore considered unacceptable, Engineer will retain one copy and return remaining copy with review comments to Contractor, and require that submittal be corrected and resubmitted. B. Certificates: General: a. Provide notarized statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. b. Signed by officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. 2. Welding: In accordance with individual specification sections. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 01 33 00 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF 3. Installer: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying installer complies with requirements as specified in individual specification section. 4. Material Test: Prepared by qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements. 5. Certificates of Successful Testing or Inspection: Submit when testing or inspection is required by Laws and Regulations or governing agency or specified in individual specification sections. 6. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance: In accordance with Section 01 61 00, Common Product Requirements. 7. Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation: In accordance with Section 01 43 33, Manufacturers' Field Services. C. Construction Photographs and Video: In accordance with Section 01 3113 Project Coordination, Section 01 32 33 Preconstruction Video, and Section 01 32 35 Aerial Photographic Documentation, and as may otherwise be required in Contract Documents. D. Closeout Submittals: In accordance with Section 01 77 00, Closeout Procedures. E. Contractor -design Data (related to temporary construction): 1. Written and graphic information. 2. List of assumptions. 3. List of performance and design criteria. 4. Summary of loads or load diagram, if applicable. 5. Calculations. 6. List of applicable codes and regulations. 7. Name and version of software. 8. Information requested in individual specification section. F. Manufacturer's Instructions: Written or published information that documents manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures in accordance with individual specification section. G. Operation and Maintenance Data: As required in Section 01 78 23, Operation and Maintenance Data. H. Payment: 1. Application for Payment: In accordance with Section 01 29 00, Payment Procedures. 2. Schedule of Values: In accordance with Section 01 29 00, Payment Procedures. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 33 00 - 6 APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF 3. Schedule of Estimated Progress Payments: In accordance with Section 01 29 00, Payment Procedures. I. Quality Control Documentation: As required in Section 01 45 16.13, Contractor Quality Control. Schedules: Schedule of Submittals: Prepare separately or in combination with Progress Schedule as specified in Section 01 32 00, Construction Progress Documentation. a. Show for each, at a minimum, the following: 1) Specification section number. 2) Identification by numbering and tracking system as specified under Paragraph Transmittal of Submittal. 3) Estimated date of submission to Engineer, including reviewing and processing time. b. On a monthly basis, submit updated Schedule of Submittals to Engineer if changes have occurred or resubmittals are required. 2. Progress Schedules: In accordance with Section 01 32 00, Construction Progress Documentation. K. Special Guarantee: Supplier's written guarantee as required in individual specification sections. L. Statement of Qualification: Evidence of qualification, certification, or registration as required in Contract Documents to verify qualifications of professional land surveyor, engineer, materials testing laboratory, specialty Subcontractor, trade, Specialist, consultant, installer, and other professionals. M. Submittals Required by Laws, Regulations, and Governing Agencies: 1. Promptly submit promptly notifications, reports, certifications, payrolls, and otherwise as may be required, directly to the applicable federal, state, or local governing agency or their representative. 2. Transmit to Engineer for Owner's records one copy of correspondence and transmittals (to include enclosures and attachments) between Contractor and governing agency. N. Test, Evaluation, and Inspection Reports: 1. General: Shall contain signature of person responsible for test or report. 2. Factory: a. Identification of product and specification section, type of inspection or test with referenced standard or code. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 01 33 00 - 7 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY L C. d. e. f. 3. Field: Date of test, Project title and number, and name and signature of authorized person. Test results. If test or inspection deems material or equipment not in compliance with Contract Documents, identify corrective action necessary to bring into compliance. Provide interpretation of test results, when requested by Engineer. Other items as identified in individual specification sections. a. As a minimum, include the following: 1) Project title and number. 2) Date and time. 3) Record of temperature and weather conditions. 4) Identification of product and specification section. 5) Type and location of test, Sample, or inspection, including referenced standard or code. 6) Date issued, testing laboratory name, address, and telephone number, and name and signature of laboratory inspector. 7) If test or inspection deems material or equipment not in compliance with Contract Documents, identify corrective action necessary to bring into compliance. 8) Provide interpretation of test results, when requested by Engineer. 9) Other items as identified in individual specification sections. O. Testing and Startup Data: In accordance with Section 01 9114, Equipment Testing and Facility Startup. P. Training Data: In accordance with Section 01 43 33, Manufacturers' Field Services. 1.05 SUPPLEMENTS A. The supplements listed below, following "End of Section", are part of this specification. Forms: Transmittal of Contractor's Submittal. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 33 00 - 8 APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF TRANSMITTAL OF CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTAL (ATTACH TO EACH SUBMITTAL) DATE: TO: Submittal No.: ❑ New Submittal ❑ Resubmittal Project: Project No.: Specification Section No.: (Cover only one section with each transmittal) Schedule Date of Submittal: FROM: Contractor SUBMITTAL TYPE: El Shop Drawing Sample I El Informational The following items are hereby submitted: Number of Copies Description of Item Submitted (Type, Size, Model Number, Etc.) Spec. and Para. No. Drawing or Brochure Number Contains Variation to Contract No Yes Contractor hereby certifies that (i) Contractor has complied with the requirements of Contract Documents in preparation, review, and submission of designated Submittal and (ii) the Submittal is complete and in accordance with the Contract Documents and requirements of laws and regulations and governing agencies. By: Contractor (Authorized Signature) MARYS CREEK WRF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-2 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS 013513-1 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 1 of 6 SECTION 0135 13 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: The procedures for special project circumstances that includes, but is not limited to: b. Work near High Voltage Lines c. Confined Space Entry Program d. Air Pollution Watch Days e. Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc. f. Water Department Notification g. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction h. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers i. Coordination within Railroad permits areas j. Dust Control k. Employee Parking B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified l.1.A.1 2. Deleted 1.2.A.1 3. Deleted 1.2.A.2 4. Modified 1.2.A.3.a 5. Added 1.2.A.3.b 6. Deleted 1.4.A 7. Deleted 1.4.H. 8. Deleted 1.4.I 9. Deleted 1.4.K C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0— Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. Section 33 12 25 — Connection to Existing Water Mains 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Coordination ation within Railroad permit areas a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be by lump sum. b. Payment 1) Unit P The 1 rfn .l and materials furnished d �ia rzvc--�r'vriiicrnnarccrrrirurcrrcrio-Tarnrancaiirirccorcmrrcc with this item will be paid for ..t the itt sum price bid for Railroad Coordination. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised December 20, 2012 01 35 13 -2 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 2 of 6 IItnhithtLr - - iririi Oil i1L 2) rump Sum Price The work performed rmed and is furnished Lump -ai:cr-aruce� materials in accordance with this item will be included in the total lump sum price. E. The pricebid shall include: 1) Coordination for scheduling flagmen 2)i 3) Other requirements associated with Railroad 3. All other items a. Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the lump sum price bid for Railroad Coordination. b. Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be included in the total lump sum price. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. Health and Safety Code, Title 9. Safety, Subtitle A. Public Safety, Chapter 752. High Voltage Overhead Lines. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised December 20, 2012 01 35 13 -3 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 3 of 6 B. Work near High Voltage Lines 1. Regulatory Requirements a. All Work near High Voltage Lines (more than 600 volts measured between conductors or between a conductor and the ground) shall be in accordance with Health and Safety Code, Title 9, Subtitle A, Chapter 752. 2. Warning sign a. Provide sign of sufficient size meeting all OSHA requirements. 3. Equipment operating within 10 feet of high voltage lines will require the following safety features a. Insulating cage -type of guard about the boom or arm b. Insulator links on the lift hook connections for back hoes or dippers c. Equipment must meet the safety requirements as set forth by OSHA and the safety requirements of the owner of the high voltage lines 4. Work within 6 feet of high voltage electric lines a. Notification shall be given to: 1) The power company (example: ONCOR) a) Maintain an accurate log of all such calls to power company and record action taken in each case. b. Coordination with power company 1) After notification coordinate with the power company to: a) Erect temporary mechanical barriers, de -energize the lines, or raise or lower the lines c. No personnel may work within 6 feet of a high voltage line before the above requirements have been met. C. Confined Space Entry Program 1. Provide and follow approved Confined Space Entry Program in accordance with OSHA requirements. 2. Confined Spaces include: a. Manholes b. All other confined spaces in accordance with OSHA's Permit Required for Confined Spaces D. Air Pollution Watch Days General a. Observe the following guidelines relating to working on City construction sites on days designated as "AIR POLLUTION WATCH DAYS". b. Typical Ozone Season 1) May 1 through October 31. c. Critical Emission Time 1) 6:00 a.m. to 10:00 a.m. Watch Days a. The Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), in coordination with the National Weather Service, will issue the Air Pollution Watch by 3:00 p.m. on the afternoon prior to the WATCH day. b. Requirements 1) Begin work after 10:00 a.m. whenever construction phasing requires the use of motorized equipment for periods in excess of 1 hour. 2) However, the Contractor may begin work prior to 10:00 a.m. if: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised December 20, 2012 013513-4 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 4 of 6 a) Use of motorized equipment is less than 1 hour, or b) If equipment is new and certified by EPA as "Low Emitting", or equipment burns Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD), diesel emulsions, or alternative fuels such as CNG. E. TCEQ Air Permit 1. Obtain TCEQ Air Permit for construction activities per requirements of TCEQ. F. Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc. When Contract Documents permit on the project the following will apply: a. Public Notification 1) Submit notice to City and proof of adequate insurance coverage, 24 hours prior to commencing. 2) Minimum 24 hour public notification in accordance with Section 01 3113 G. Water Department Coordination 1. During the construction of this project, it will be necessary to deactivate, for a period of time, existing lines. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate with the Water Department to determine the best times for deactivating and activating those lines. 2. Coordinate any event that will require connecting to or the operation of an existing City water line system with the City's representative. a. Coordination shall be in accordance with Section 33 12 25. b. If needed, obtain a hydrant water meter from the Water Department for use during the life of named project. c. In the event that a water valve on an existing live system be turned off and on to accommodate the construction of the project is required, coordinate this activity through the appropriate City representative. 1) Do not operate water line valves of existing water system. a) Failure to comply will render the Contractor in violation of Texas Penal Code Title 7, Chapter 28.03 (Criminal Mischief) and the Contractor will be prosecuted to the full extent of the law. b) In addition, the Contractor will assume all liabilities and responsibilities as a result of these actions. .,.fl..pp..1Ut.I.fl.I,t..p...flt,..1...t..SXflfl CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised December 20, 2012 01 35 13 -5 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 5 of 6 2) A sample of the 'pre construction notification' flyer is attached as Exhibit 3) Submit the finish time for schedule showing block the to the consction start and each inspector. of project Ii3'lf:fE!S\P.es[5.S..... �s :: TJIIILUJII JIJI1fluis tL ■_ J. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) 1. At locations in the Project where construction activities occur in areas where USACE permits are required, meet all requirements set forth in each designated permit. 1. At locations in the in project where construction activities occur areas where forth in designated railroad permits are required, meet all requirements set each railroad permit. This includes, ut is not a. Flagmen teeters c. Safety training limitedto, provisionsf CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised December 20, 2012 01 35 13 -6 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 6 of 6 2. Obtain information to the railroad's any supplemental needed comply with I=@n4s. 3. Railroad Flagme., Submit to City for ..o.Ling days that en flagmen a. receipts verificationof were present on Site. railroad L. Dust Control 1. Use acceptable measures to control dust at the Site. a. If water is used to control dust, capture and properly dispose of waste water. b. If wet saw cutting is performed, capture and properly dispose of slurry. M. Employee Parking 1. Provide parking for employees at locations approved by the City. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED] I DRI-1XII O D[yl I•]1i CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised December 20, 2012 0982-003-03 SECTION 01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services to not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specific quality -assurance and -control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit CONTRACTOR'S other quality -assurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3. Provisions of this Section do not limit requirements for CONTRACTOR to provide quality -assurance and -control services required by ENGINEER, OWNER, or authorities having jurisdiction. C. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 01 3113 "Project Coordination." 2. All other Contract Document sections for specific test and inspection requirements. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Quality -Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. B. Quality -Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by ENGINEER. C. Mockups: Full-size, physical assemblies that are constructed on -site. Mockups are used to verify selections made under sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution, and to review construction, coordination, testing, or operation; they are not Samples. Approved mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. D. Laboratory Mockups: Full-size, physical assemblies that are constructed at testing facility to verify performance characteristics. NOVEMBER 2018 05 05 23 Page 1 of 6 METAL FASTENINGS M:\PROJECTS\09821003-03\2-0\2-3\2-EQUIPMENT PRESELECTION\01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS - APAI E. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL), a National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), or a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with industry standards. F. Source Quality -Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, i.e., plant, mill, factory, or shop. G. Field Quality -Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on -site for installation of the Work and for completed Work. H. Independent Testing Agency: An entity engaged by separate contract with the OWNER to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. The terms Independent Testing Laboratory and Independent Testing Agency shall have equivalent meaning. I. Testing Agency: An entity engaged by the CONTRACTOR to perform specific tests, inspections, or both identified as the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility by the Contract Documents. Testing Laboratory shall mean the same as Testing Agency. J. Installer/Applicator/Erector: CONTRACTOR or another entity engaged by CONTRACTOR as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub -subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. 1. Using a term such as "carpentry" does not imply that accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as "carpenter", must perform certain construction activities. It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to trades people of the corresponding generic name. K. Experienced: When used with an entity, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five (5) previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.04 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. General: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to ENGINEER for a decision before proceeding. B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to ENGINEER for a decision before proceeding. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Testing Agencies specified in Paragraph 1.6 "Quality Assurance" to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority. 0982-003-03 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this Article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in- service performance. C. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or products that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. F. Testing Agency Qualifications: 1. Laboratory facilities, including personnel, and equipment, utilized shall meet the criteria detailed in ASTM E329 "Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection and/or Testing", ASTM D3666 "Practice for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Testing and Inspecting Road and Paving Materials," and ASTM D3740 "Practice for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction." 2. Testing Agency shall be accredited by the American Association of Laboratory Accreditation (AALA), National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), NVLAP, the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)), or other nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7. 3. Comply with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities. G. Factory -Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. H. Mockups: If applicable, before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work: 1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by ENGINEER. 2. Notify ENGINEER seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups NOVEMBER 2018 050523 Page 30f6 METAL FASTENINGS M:\PROJECTS\0982\003-03\2-0\2-3\2-EQUIPMENT PRESELECTION\01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS - APAI will be constructed. 3. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 4. Obtain ENGINEER'S approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction. a. Allow seven days for initial review and each re -review of each mockup. 5. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. 6. Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless otherwise indicated. 1.07 QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality -control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. 1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of the types of testing and inspection they are engaged to perform. 2. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to CONTRACTOR. A deductive Change Order will be used to adjust the Contract Sum. B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality -control activities, whether specified or not, to verify and document that the Work complies with requirements. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality -control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality -control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not. 2. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform quality -control services. a. Contractor shall not employ the same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in wiring by the Owner. 3. Notify Testing Agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. 4. Where quality -control services are specifically indicated as CONTRACTOR'S responsibility, the selected Testing Agency shall prepare certified written reports to be submitted by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with Section 01 31 13 "Project Coordination" for each quality -control service. 5. Testing and inspecting desired by CONTRACTOR and not required by the Contract Documents are CONTRACTOR'S responsibility. 6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect field -assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Section 01 33 00 "Submittals." D. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were 0982-003-03 CONTRACTOR'S responsibility, provide quality -control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction of replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. Should laboratory services provided by the OWNER under Paragraph 1.7 A of this Section indicate the work does not meet Contract Document requirements, the cost of additional testing or surveying shall be paid by the CONTRACTOR by deductive Change Order to the Contract Amount. The testing or surveying services required shall be performed by the Independent Testing Agency or other consultant under separate contract with the OWNER. E. Independent Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. The Independent Testing Agency shall: 1. Notify ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in - situ tests are conducted. 3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 4. Submit a certified written report, distribution as indicated, of each test, inspection, and similar quality -control service in accordance with Section 01 31 13 "Project Coordination" for each quality -control service. 5. Not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 6. Not perform any duties of CONTRACTOR. F. Associated Services: CONTRACTOR shall cooperate with all agencies, whether under contract with the OWNER or CONTRACTOR, performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality -control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify all agencies, whether under contract with the OWNER or CONTRACTOR, sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies as applicable. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site. G. Coordination: CONTRACTOR shall coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality -assurance and quality -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. NOVEMBER 2018 050523 Page 50f6 METAL FASTENINGS M:\PROJECTS\0982\003-03\2-0\2-3\2-EQUIPMENT PRESELECTION\01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS - APAI PART 2- PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1. Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to ENGINEER. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and modifications as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for ENGINEER'S reference during normal working hours. 3.02 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality -control service activities. C. Repair and protection are CONTRACTOR'S responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality -control services. END OF SECTION MARYS CREEK WRF SECTION 0142 13 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCE TO STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS OF TECHNICAL SOCIETIES A. Reference to standards and specifications of technical societies and reporting and resolving discrepancies associated therewith shall be as provided in Article 3 of the General Conditions, and as may otherwise be required herein and in the individual specification sections. B. Work specified by reference to published standard or specification of government agency, technical association, trade association, professional society or institute, testing agency, or other organization shall meet requirements or surpass minimum standards of quality for materials and workmanship established by designated standard or specification. C. Where so specified, products or workmanship shall also meet or exceed additional prescriptive or performance requirements included within Contract Documents to establish a higher or more stringent standard of quality than required by referenced standard. D. Where two or more standards are specified to establish quality, product and workmanship shall meet or exceed requirements of most stringent. E. Where both a standard and a brand name are specified for a product in Contract Documents, proprietary product named shall meet or exceed requirements of specified reference standard. F. Copies of standards and specifications of technical societies: 1. Copies of applicable referenced standards have not been bound in these Contract Documents. 2. Where copies of standards are needed by Contractor, obtain a copy or copies directly from publication source and maintain in an orderly manner at the Site as Work Site records, available to Contractor's personnel, Subcontractors, Owner, and Engineer. 1.02 ABBREVIATIONS A. Abbreviations for trade organizations and government agencies: Following is a list of construction industry organizations and government agencies to which references may be made in the Contract Documents, with abbreviations used. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 APRIL 2, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 0142 13- 1 MARYS CREEK WRF 1. AA Aluminum Association 2. AABC Associated Air Balance Council 3. AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association 4. AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 5. ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers' Association 6. ACT American Concrete Institute 7. AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies 8. AGA American Gas Association 9. AGMA American Gear Manufacturers' Association 10. AI Asphalt Institute 11. AISC American Institute of Steel Construction 12. AISI American Iron and Steel Institute 13. AITC American Institute of Timber Construction 14. ALS American Lumber Standards 15. AMCA Air Movement and Control Association 16. ANSI American National Standards Institute 17. APA APA — The Engineered Wood Association 18. API American Petroleum Institute 19. APWA American Public Works Association 20. AHRI Air -Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute 21. ASA Acoustical Society of America 22. ASABE American Society of Agricultural and Biological Engineers 23. ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers 24. ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air -Conditioning Engineers, Inc. 25. ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 26. ASNT American Society for Nondestructive Testing 27. ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering 28. ASTM ASTM International 29. AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute 30. AWPA American Wood Preservers' Association 31. AWPI American Wood Preservers' Institute 32. AWS American Welding Society 33. AWWA American Water Works Association 34. BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers' Association 35. CBM Certified Ballast Manufacturer 36. CDA Copper Development Association 37. CGA Compressed Gas Association 38. CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute 39. CMAA Crane Manufacturers' Association of America 40. CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 0142 13 - 2 APRIL 2, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF 41. CS Commercial Standard 42. CSA Canadian Standards Association 43. CSI Construction Specifications Institute 44. DIN Deutsches Institut fur Normung e.V. 45. DIPRA Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association 46. EIA Electronic Industries Alliance 47. EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents' Committee 48. ETL Electrical Test Laboratories 49. FAA Federal Aviation Administration 50. FCC Federal Communications Commission 51. FDA Food and Drug Administration 52. FEMA Federal Emergency Management Agency 53. FIPS Federal Information Processing Standards 54. FM FM Global 55. Fed. Spec. Federal Specifications (FAA Specifications) 56. FS Federal Specifications and Standards (Technical Specifications) 57. GA Gypsum Association 58. GANA Glass Association of North America 59. HI Hydraulic Institute 60. HMI Hoist Manufacturers' Institute 61. IBC International Building Code 62. ICBO International Conference of Building Officials 63. ICC International Code Council 64. ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers' Association 65. IFC International Fire Code 66. IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. 67. IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America 68. IFI Industrial Fasteners Institute 69. IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturer's Alliance 70. IMC International Mechanical Code 71. INDA Association of the Nonwoven Fabrics Industry 72. IPC International Plumbing Code 73. ISA International Society of Automation 74. ISO International Organization for Standardization 75. ITL Independent Testing Laboratory 76. JIC Joint Industry Conferences of Hydraulic Manufacturers 77. MIA Marble Institute of America 78. MIL Military Specifications 79. MMA Monorail Manufacturers' Association 80. MSS Manufacturer's Standardization Society PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS APRIL 2, 2026 01 42 13 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF 81. NAAMM 82. NACE 83. NBGQA 84. NEBB 85. NEC 86. NECA 87. NEMA 88. NESC 89. NETA 90. NFPA 91. NHLA 92. NICET 93. NIST 94. NRCA 95. NRTL 96. NSF 97. NSPE 98. NTMA 99. NWWDA 100. OSHA 101. PCI 102. PEI 103. PPI 104. PS 105. RMA 106. RUS 107. SAE 108. SDI 109. SDI 110. SJI 111. SMACNA 112. SPI 113. SSPC 114. STI/SPFA 115. SWI 116. TEMA 117. TCA 118. TIA 119. UBC ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 014213-4 National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NACE International National Building Granite Quarries Association National Environmental Balancing Bureau National Electrical Code National Electrical Contractor's Association National Electrical Manufacturers' Association National Electrical Safety Code InterNational Electrical Testing Association National Fire Protection Association National Hardwood Lumber Association National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies National Institute of Standards and Technology National Roofing Contractors Association Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratories NSF International National Society of Professional Engineers National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association National Wood Window and Door Association Occupational Safety and Health Act (both Federal and State) Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute Porcelain Enamel Institute Plastic Pipe Institute Product Standards Section-U.S. Department of Commerce Rubber Manufacturers' Association Rural Utilities Service SAE International Steel Deck Institute Steel Door Institute Steel Joist Institute Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association Society of the Plastics Industry The Society for Protective Coatings Steel Tank Institute/Steel Plate Fabricators Association Steel Window Institute Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers' Association Tile Council of North America Telecommunications Industry Association Uniform Building Code PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 APRIL 2, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF 120. UFC Uniform Fire Code 121. UL formerly Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 122. UMC Uniform Mechanical Code 123. USBR U.S. Bureau of Reclamation 124. WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau 125. WI Wood Institute 126. WWPA Western Wood Products Association B. Project Specific Abbreviations. The following abbreviations are used on the project: 1. MCWRF Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility 2. WRF Water Reclamation Facility 3. EQ Equalization 4. PES Pre -selected equipment supplier 5. PF Peak Flow 6. PTU Preliminary Treatment Unit 7. MES Membrane equipment system 8. OCS Odor Control System 9. RF Return Flow (Drain) 10. RDT Rotary Drum Thickener 11. RS and WS Return and Waste Activated Sludge 12. SHT Sludge Holding Tank 13. SW Service Water 14. SWS Scum Waste Sludge 15. TCEQ Texas Commission on Environmental Quality 16. TWDB Texas Water Development Board 17. TxDOT Texas Department of Transportation 18. WIFIA Water Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act 19. EPA Environmental Protection Agency PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS APRIL 2, 2026 01 42 13 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 01 42 13-6 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 APRIL 2, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY SECTION 0143 33 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 DEFINITIONS A. Person -Day: One person for 8 hours within regular Contractor working hours. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. Training Schedule: Submit, in accordance with requirements of this Specification, not less than 21 days prior to start of equipment installation and revise as necessary for acceptance. 2. Lesson Plan: Submit, in accordance with requirements of this Specification, proposed lesson plan not less than 21 days prior to scheduled training and revise as necessary for acceptance. 3. Training Session Recordings: Furnish Owner with two complete sets of recordings fully indexed and cataloged with printed label stating session and date recorded. 1.03 QUALIFICATION OF MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. Authorized representative of the manufacturer, factory trained, and experienced in the technical applications, installation, operation, and maintenance of respective equipment, subsystem, or system, with full authority by the equipment manufacturer to issue the certifications required of the manufacturer. Additional qualifications may be specified in the individual specification section. B. Representative subject to acceptance by Owner and Engineer. No substitute representatives will be allowed unless prior written approval by such has been given. C. Instructor Qualifications: Field representatives shall be factory -employed personnel and have a minimum of 2 years of experience with the operation of and training on this type of equipment. Sales representatives will only be considered acceptable service technicians if they have 3 years of experience with the operation of and training on this type of equipment from the MANUFACTURER being supplied and have started up 15 units of a similar size and type from the MANUFACTURER. The field representative shall submit a resume for approval before startup assistance can be provided. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES APRIL 6, 2026 014333-1 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FULFILLMENT OF SPECIFIED MINIMUM SERVICES A. Furnish manufacturers' services, when required by an individual specification section, to meet the requirements of this section. B. Where time is necessary in excess of that stated in the Specifications for manufacturers' services, or when a minimum time is not specified, time required to perform specified services shall be considered incidental. C. Schedule manufacturer' services to avoid conflict with other onsite testing or other manufacturers' onsite services. D. Determine, before scheduling services, that conditions necessary to allow successful testing have been met. E. Only those days of service approved by Engineer will be credited to fulfill specified minimum services. F. When specified in individual specification sections, manufacturer's onsite services shall include: 1. Assistance during product (system, subsystem, or component) installation to include observation, guidance, instruction of Contractor's assembly, erection, installation or application procedures. 2. Inspection, checking, and adjustment as required for product (system, subsystem, or component) to function as warranted by manufacturer and necessary to furnish Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation. 3. Providing, on a daily basis, copies of manufacturers' representatives field notes and data to Engineer. 4. Revisiting the Site as required to correct problems and until installation and operation are acceptable to Engineer. 5. Resolution of assembly or installation problems attributable to or associated with respective manufacturer's products and systems. 6. Assistance during functional and performance testing, and facility startup and evaluation. 7. Training of Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance of respective product as required. 8. Additional requirements may be specified in applicable section(s). MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 43 33 - 2 APRIL 6, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY 3.02 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE OF PROPER INSTALLATION A. When so specified, a Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation form, a copy of which is attached to this section, shall be completed and signed by equipment manufacturer's representative. B. Such form shall certify signing party is a duly authorized representative of manufacturer, is empowered by manufacturer to inspect, approve, and operate their equipment and is authorized to make recommendations required to ensure equipment is complete and operational. 3.03 TRAINING A. General: 1. Furnish manufacturers' representatives for detailed classroom and hands-on training to Owner's personnel on operation and maintenance of specified product (system, subsystem, component) and as may be required in applicable Specifications. 2. Furnish trained, articulate personnel to coordinate and expedite training, to be present during training coordination meetings with Owner, and familiar with operation and maintenance manual information specified in Section 01 78 23, Operation and Maintenance Data. 3. Manufacturer's representative shall be familiar with facility operation and maintenance requirements as well as with specified equipment. 4. Furnish complete training materials, to include operation and maintenance data, to be retained by each trainee. B. Training Schedule: 1. List specified equipment and systems that require training services and show: a. Respective manufacturer. b. Estimated dates for installation completion. c. Estimated training dates. 2. Provide two sessions, one in the early morning and one in the late afternoon for multiple shifts. 3. Adjust schedule to ensure training of appropriate personnel as deemed necessary by Owner, and to allow full participation by manufacturers' representatives. Adjust schedule for interruptions in operability of equipment. 4. Coordinate with Section 01 32 16, Construction Progress Schedule, and Section 01 9114, Equipment Testing and Facility Startup. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES APRIL 6, 2026 014333-3 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF C. Lesson Plan: When manufacturer or vendor training of Owner personnel is specified, prepare a lesson plan for each required course containing the following minimum information: 1. Title and objectives. 2. Recommended attendees (such as, managers, engineers, operators, maintenance). 3. Course description, outline of course content, and estimated class duration. 4. Format (such as, lecture, self -study, demonstration, hands-on). 5. Instruction materials and equipment requirements. 6. Resumes of instructors providing training. 7. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module, include instruction for the following: a. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include system and equipment descriptions, operating standards, regulatory requirements, equipment function, operating characteristics, limiting conditions, and performance curves. b. Documentation: Review emergency, operations, and maintenance manuals; Project Record Documents; identification systems; warranties and bonds; and maintenance service agreements. c. Emergencies: Include instructions on stopping; shutdown instructions; operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits; instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages; and required sequences for electric or electronic systems. d. Operations: Include startup, break-in, control, and safety procedures; stopping and normal shutdown instructions; routine, normal, seasonal, and weekend operating instructions; operating procedures for emergencies and equipment failure; and required sequences for electric or electronic systems. e. Adjustments: Include alignments and checking, noise, vibration, economy, and efficiency adjustments. f. Troubleshooting: Include diagnostic instructions and test and inspection procedures. g. Maintenance: Include inspection procedures, types of cleaning agents, methods of cleaning, procedures for preventive and routine maintenance, and instruction on use of special tools. h. Repairs: Include diagnosis, repair, and disassembly instructions; instructions for identifying parts; and review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance. MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 43 33 - 4 APRIL 6, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY i. Evaluation: At conclusion of each training module, assess and document each participant's mastery of module by use of a written performance based -test. 8. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data has been reviewed and approved by ENGINEER. D. Prestartup Training: 1. Coordinate training sessions with Owner's operating personnel and manufacturers' representatives and with submission of operation and maintenance manuals in accordance with Section 01 78 23, Operation and Maintenance Data. 2. Complete at least 14 days prior to beginning of facility startup. E. Post -startup Training: If required in Specifications, furnish and coordinate training of Owner's operating personnel by respective manufacturer's representatives. F. Recording of Training Sessions: 1. Furnish audio and color recording of prestartup and post -startup instruction sessions, including manufacturers' representatives' hands-on equipment instruction and classroom sessions. 2. Use DVD format suitable for playback on standard equipment available commercially in the United States. Blu-ray® DVD format is not acceptable without Engineer's prior approval. 3. DVD may contain multiple training sessions. If multiple training sessions included on a DVD, provide with on -screen menu for playback selection. 3.04 SUPPLEMENTS A. The supplement listed below, following "End of Section," is part of this specification. 1. Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation. END OF SECTION PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES APRIL 6, 2026 014333-5 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE OF PROPER INSTALLATION OWNER EQPT TAG NO: PROJECT NO: EQPT SERIAL NO: EQPT/SYSTEM: SPEC. SECTION: I hereby certify that the above -referenced equipment/system has been: (Check Applicable) ❑ Installed in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. ❑ Inspected, checked, and adjusted. ❑ Serviced with proper initial lubricants. ❑ Electrical and mechanical connections meet quality and safety standards. ❑ All applicable safety equipment has been properly installed. ❑ Functional tests. ❑ System has been performance tested, and meets or exceeds specified performance requirements. (When complete system of one manufacturer) Note: Attach any performance test documentation from manufacturer. Comments: I, the undersigned Manufacturer's Representative, hereby certify that I am (i) a duly authorized representative of the manufacturer, (ii) empowered by the manufacturer to inspect, approve, and operate their equipment and (iii) authorized to make recommendations required to ensure equipment furnished by the manufacturer is complete and operational, except as may be otherwise indicated herein. I further certify that all information contained herein is true and accurate. Date: Manufacturer: By Manufacturer's Authorized Representative: 20 (Authorized Signature) PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES APRIL 6, 2026 01 43 33 SUPPLEMENT - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES 01 43 33 SUPPLEMENT -2 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 APRIL 6, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF SECTION 01 45 16.13 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PART1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. ASTM International (ASTM): a. D3740, Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. b. E329, Use in the Evaluation of Testing and Inspection Agencies as Used in Construction. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Contractor Quality Control (CQC): The means by which Contractor ensures that the construction, to include that performed by subcontractors and suppliers, complies with the requirements of the Contract. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. CQC Plan: Submit, not later than 30 days after receipt of Notice to Proceed. 2. CQC Report: Submit, weekly, an original and one copy in report form. 1.04 OWNER'S QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All Work is subject to Owner's quality assurance inspection and testing at all locations and at all reasonable times before acceptance to ensure strict compliance with the terms of the Contract Documents. B. Owner's quality assurance inspections and tests are for the sole benefit of Owner and do not: 1. Relieve Contractor of responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures; 2. Relieve Contractor of responsibility for damage to or loss of the material before acceptance; 3. Constitute or imply acceptance; or 4. Affect the continuing rights of Owner after acceptance of the completed Work. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 01 45 16.13 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF C. The presence or absence of a quality assurance inspector does not relieve Contractor from any Contract requirement. D. Promptly furnish all facilities, labor, and material reasonably needed for performing such safe and convenient inspections and tests as may be required by Engineer. E. Owner may charge Contractor for any additional cost of inspection or test when Work is not ready at the time specified by Contractor for inspection or test, or when prior rejection makes re -inspection or retest necessary. Quality assurance inspections and tests will be performed in a manner that will not unnecessarily delay the Work. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Maintain an adequate inspection system and perform such inspections as will ensure that the Work conforms to the Contract Documents. B. Maintain complete inspection records and make them available at all times to Owner and Engineer. C. The quality control system shall consist of plans, procedures, and organization necessary to produce an end product that complies with the Contract Documents. The system shall cover all construction and demolition operations, both onsite and offsite, including Work by subcontractors, fabricators, suppliers and purchasing agents, and shall be keyed to the proposed construction sequence. 3.02 COORDINATION MEETING A. After the Preconstruction Conference, but before start of construction, and prior to acceptance of the CQC Plan, schedule a meeting with Engineer and Owner to discuss the quality control system. B. Develop a mutual understanding of the system details, including the forms for recording the CQC operations, control activities, testing, administration of the system for both onsite and offsite Work, and the interrelationship of Contractor's management and control with the Owner's Quality Assurance. C. There may be occasions when subsequent conferences may be called by either party to reconfirm mutual understandings and/or address deficiencies in the CQC system or procedures that may require corrective action by Contractor. CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 45 16.13 - 2 APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF 3.03 QUALITY CONTROL ORGANIZATION A. CQC System Manager: 1. Designate an individual within Contractor's organization who will be responsible for overall management of CQC and have the authority to act in CQC matters for the Contractor. 2. CQC System Manager may perform other duties on the Project. 3. CQC System Manager shall be an experienced construction person, with a minimum of 3 years construction experience on similar type Work. 4. CQC System Manager shall report to the Contractor's project manager or someone higher in the organization. Project manager in this context shall mean the individual with responsibility for the overall quality and production management of the Project. 5. CQC System Manager shall be onsite during construction; periods of absence may not exceed 2 weeks at any one time. 6. Identify an alternate for CQC System Manager to serve with full authority during the System Manager's absence. The requirements for the alternate will be the same as for designated CQC System Manager. B. CQC Staff: 1. Designate a CQC staff, available at the Site at all times during progress, with complete authority to take any action necessary to ensure compliance with the Contract. CQC staff members shall be subject to acceptance by Engineer. 2. CQC staff shall take direction from CQC System Manager in matters pertaining to QC. 3. CQC staff must be of sufficient size to ensure adequate QC coverage of Work phases, work shifts, and work crews involved in the construction. These personnel may perform other duties, but must be fully qualified by experience and technical training to perform their assigned QC responsibilities and must be allowed sufficient time to carry out these responsibilities. 4. The actual strength of the CQC staff may vary during any specific Work period to cover the needs of the Project. Add additional staff when necessary for a proper CQC organization. C. Organizational Changes: Obtain Engineer's acceptance before replacing any member of the CQC staff. Requests for changes shall include name, qualifications, duties, and responsibilities of the proposed replacement. 3.04 QUALITY CONTROL PHASING A. CQC shall include at least three phases of control to be conducted by CQC System Manager for all definable features of Work, as follows: PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 01 45 16.13 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY Preparatory Phase: a. Notify Owner at least 48 hours in advance of beginning any of the required action of the preparatory phase. b. This phase shall include a meeting conducted by the CQC System Manager and attended by the superintendent, other CQC personnel (as applicable), and the foreman responsible for the definable feature. The CQC System Manager shall instruct applicable CQC staff as to the acceptable level of workmanship required in order to meet Contract requirements. c. Document the results of the preparatory phase meeting by separate minutes prepared by the CQC System Manager and attached to the QC report. d. Perform prior to beginning Work on each definable feature of Work: 1) Review applicable Contract Specifications. 2) Review applicable Contract Drawings. 3) Verify that all materials and/or equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved. 4) Verify that provisions have been made to provide required control inspection and testing. 5) Examine the Work area to verify that all required preliminary Work has been completed and is in compliance with the Contract. 6) Perform a physical examination of required materials, equipment, and sample Work to verify that they are on hand, conform to approved Shop Drawing or submitted data, and are properly stored. 7) Review the appropriate activity hazard analysis to verify safety requirements are met. 8) Review procedures for constructing the Work, including repetitive deficiencies. 9) Document construction tolerances and workmanship standards for that phase of the Work. 10) Check to verify that the plan for the Work to be performed, if so required, has been accepted by Engineer. 2. Initial Phase: a. Accomplish at the beginning of a definable feature of Work: 1) Notify Owner at least 48 hours in advance of beginning the initial phase. 2) Perform prior to beginning Work on each definable feature of Work: a) Review minutes of the preparatory meeting. b) Check preliminary Work to verify compliance with Contract requirements. c) Verify required control inspection and testing. CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 45 16.13 - 4 APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF d) Establish level of workmanship and verify that it meets minimum acceptable workmanship standards. Comparison with sample panels is appropriate. e) Resolve all differences. f) Check safety to include compliance with and upgrading of the safety plan and activity hazard analysis. Review the activity analysis with each worker. 3) Separate minutes of this phase shall be prepared by the CQC System Manager and attached to the QC report. Exact location of initial phase shall be indicated for future reference and comparison with follow-up phases. 4) The initial phase should be repeated for each new crew to work onsite, or any time acceptable specified quality standards are not being met. 3. Follow-up Phase: a. Perform daily checks to verify continuing compliance with Contract requirements, including control testing, until completion of the particular feature of Work. b. Daily checks shall be made a matter of record in the CQC documentation and shall document specific results of inspections for all features of Work for the day or shift. c. Conduct final follow-up checks and correct all deficiencies prior to the start of additional features of Work that will be affected by the deficient Work. Constructing upon or concealing nonconforming Work will not be allowed. 4. Additional Preparatory and Initial Phases: Additional preparatory and initial phases may be conducted on the same definable features of Work as determined by Owner if the quality of ongoing Work is unacceptable; or if there are changes in the applicable QC staff or in the onsite production supervision or work crew; or if work on a definable feature is resumed after a substantial period of inactivity, or if other problems develop. 3.05 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN A. General: 1. Plan shall identify personnel, procedures, control, instructions, test, records, and forms to be used. 2. An interim plan for the first 30 days of operation will be considered. 3. Construction will be permitted to begin only after acceptance of the CQC Plan or acceptance of an interim plan applicable to the particular feature of Work to be started. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 01 45 16.13 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF 4. Work outside of the features of Work included in an accepted interim plan will not be permitted to begin until acceptance of a CQC Plan or another interim plan containing the additional features of Work to be started. B. Content: Plan shall cover the intended CQC organization for the entire Contract and shall include the following, as a minimum: a. Organization: Description of the quality control organization, including a chart showing lines of authority and acknowledgment that the CQC staff will implement the three-phase control system (see Paragraph QC Phasing) for all aspects of the Work specified. b. CQC Staff: The name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and authorities of each person assigned a QC function. c. Letters of Authority: A copy of a letter to the CQC System Manager signed by an authorized official of the firm, describing the responsibilities and delegating sufficient authorities to adequately perform the functions of the CQC System Manager, including authority to stop Work which is not in compliance with the Contract. The CQC System Manager shall issue letters of direction to all other various quality control representatives outlining duties, authorities and responsibilities. Copies of these letters will also be furnished to Owner. d. Submittals: Procedures for scheduling, reviewing, certifying, and managing submittals, including those of subcontractors, offsite fabricators, suppliers and purchasing agents. e. Testing: Control, verification and acceptance testing procedures for each specific test to include the test name, frequency, specification paragraph containing the test requirements, the personnel and laboratory responsible for each type of test, and an estimate of the number of tests required. f. Procedures for tracking preparatory, initial, and follow-up control phases and control, verification, and acceptance tests, including documentation. g. Procedures for tracking deficiencies from identification through acceptable corrective action. These procedures will establish verification that identified deficiencies have been corrected. h. Reporting procedures, including proposed reporting formats; include a copy of the CQC report form. C. Acceptance of Plans: Acceptance of the Contractor's basic and addendum CQC plans is required prior to the start of construction. Acceptance is conditional and will be predicated on satisfactory performance during the CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 45 16.13 - 6 APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF construction. Owner reserves the right to require Contractor to make changes in the CQC plan and operations including removal of personnel, as necessary, to obtain the quality specified. D. Notification of Changes: After acceptance of the CQC plan, Contractor shall notify Engineer, in writing, a minimum of 7 calendar days prior to any proposed change. Proposed changes are subject to acceptance by Engineer. 3.06 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REPORT A. As a minimum, prepare a CQC report for every 7 calendar days. Account for all days throughout the life of the Contract. Reports shall be signed and dated by CQC System Manager. Include copies of test reports and copies of reports prepared by QC staff. B. Maintain current records of quality control operations, activities, and tests performed, including the Work of subcontractors and suppliers. C. Records shall be on an acceptable form and shall be a complete description of inspections, the results of inspections, daily activities, tests, and other items, including but not limited to the following: 1. Contractor/subcontractor and their areas of responsibility. 2. Operating plant/equipment with hours worked, idle, or down for repair. 3. Work performed today, giving location, description, and by whom. When a network schedule is used, identify each phase of Work performed each day by activity number. 4. Test and/or control activities performed with results and references to specifications/plan requirements. The control phase should be identified (Preparatory, Initial, Follow-up). List deficiencies noted along with corrective action. 5. Material received with statement as to its acceptability and storage. 6. Identify submittals reviewed, with Contract reference, by whom, and action taken. 7. Offsite surveillance activities, including actions taken. 8. Job safety evaluations stating what was checked, results, and instructions or corrective actions. 9. List instructions given/received and conflicts in Drawings and/or Specifications. 10. Contractor's verification statement. 11. Indicate a description of trades working on the Project; the number of personnel working; weather conditions encountered; and any delays encountered. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 01 45 16.13 - 7 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF 12. These records shall cover both conforming and deficient features and shall include a statement that equipment and materials incorporated in file work and workmanship comply with the Contract. 3.07 SUBMITTAL QUALITY CONTROL A. Submittals shall be as specified in Section 01 33 00, Submittal Procedures. The CQC organization shall be responsible for certifying that all submittals are in compliance with the Contract requirements. Owner will furnish copies of test report forms upon request by Contractor. Contractor may use other forms as approved. 3.08 TESTING QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Procedure: 1. Perform tests specified or required to verify that control measures are adequate to provide a product which conforms to Contract requirements. Perform the following activities and record the following data: a. Verify testing procedures comply with contract requirements. b. Verify facilities and testing equipment are available and comply with testing standards. c. Check test instrument calibration data against certified standards. d. Verify recording forms and test identification control number system, including all of the test documentation requirements, have been prepared. e. Documentation: 1) Record results of all tests taken, both passing and failing, on the CQC report for the date taken. 2) Include specification paragraph reference, location where tests were taken, and the sequential control number identifying the test. 3) Actual test reports may be submitted later, if approved by Engineer, with a reference to the test number and date taken. 4) Provide directly to Engineer an information copy of tests performed by an offsite or commercial test facility. Test results shall be signed by an engineer registered in the state where the tests are performed. 5) Failure to submit timely test reports, as stated, may result in nonpayment for related Work performed and disapproval of the test facility for this Contract. B. Testing Laboratories: Laboratory facilities, including personnel and equipment, utilized for testing soils, concrete, asphalt and steel shall meet criteria detailed in ASTM D3740 and ASTM E329, and be accredited by the CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 45 16.13 - 8 APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF American Association of Laboratory Accreditation (AALA), National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), or other approved national accreditation authority. Personnel performing concrete testing shall be certified by the American Concrete Institute (ACI). 3.09 COMPLETION INSPECTION A. CQC System Manager shall conduct an inspection of the Work at the completion of all Work or any milestone established by a completion time stated in the Contract. B. Punchlist: 1. CQC System Manager shall develop a punchlist of items which do not conform to the Contract requirements. 2. Include punchlist in the CQC report, indicating the estimated date by which the deficiencies will be corrected. 3. CQC System Manager or staff shall make a second inspection to ascertain that all deficiencies have been corrected and so notify the Owner. 4. These inspections and any deficiency corrections required will be accomplished within the time stated for completion of the entire Work or any particular increment thereof if the Project is divided into increments by separate completion dates. END OF SECTION PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL 014516.13-9 MARYS CREEK WRF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL 014516.13-10 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS 01 4523- 1 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES Page 1 of 2 SECTION 0145 23 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Testing and inspection services procedures and coordination B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0— Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. a. Contractor is responsible for performing, coordinating, and payment of all inspections, tests, re -tests, or approvals. b. City is responsible for performing and payment for first set of Quality Assurance Testing. 1) If the first Quality Assurance test performed by the City fails, the Contractor is responsible for payment of subsequent Quality Assurance testing until a passing test occurs. a) Final acceptance will not be issued by City until all required payments for testing by Contractor have been paid in full. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Testing 1. Complete testing in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. Coordination a. When testing is required to be performed by the City, notify City, sufficiently in advance, when testing is needed. b. When testing is required to be completed by the Contractor, notify City, sufficiently in advance, that testing will be performed. 3. Distribution of Testing Reports a. Electronic Distribution 1) Confirm development of Project directory for electronic submittals to be uploaded to City's Trimble Unity Construct site. 2) Upload test reports to designated project directory and notify appropriate City representatives via email of submittal posting. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised March 9, 2020 01 4523-2 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES Page 2 of 2 3) Hard Copies a) 1 copy for all submittals submitted to the Project Representative b. Hard Copy Distribution (if required in lieu of electronic distribution) 1) Tests performed by City a)Distribute 1 hard copy to the Contractor 2) Tests performed by the Contractor a) Distribute 3 hard copies to City's Project Representative 4. Provide City's Project Representative with trip tickets for each delivered load of Concrete or Lime material including the following information: a. Name of pit b. Date of delivery c. Material delivered B. Inspection 1. Inspection or lack of inspection does not relieve the Contractor from obligation to perform work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised March 9, 2020 MARY'S CREEK WRF SECTION 0145 33 SPECIAL INSPECTION, OBSERVATION, AND TESTING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section covers requirements for Special Inspection, Observation, and Testing required in accordance with Chapter 17 of the 2021 IBC and is in addition to and supplements requirements included in Statement of Special Inspections shown on Drawings. 1.02 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE): 7-16, Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures. 2. International Code Council (ICC): a. 2021 International Building Code (IBC). b. Evaluation Service (ICC-ES) Reports and Legacy Reports. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Agencies and Personnel: 1. Agency Having Jurisdiction (AHJ): Permitting building agency; may be a federal, state, local, or other regional department, or individual including building official, fire chief, fire marshal, chief of a fire prevention bureau, labor department, or health department, electrical inspector; or others having statutory authority. AHJ may be Owner when authorized to be self -permitting by governmental permitting agency or when no governmental agency has authority. 2. Approved Agency: An established and recognized agency regularly engaged in conducting tests or furnishing inspection services, when such agency has been approved. 3. Registered Design Professional in Responsible Charge: An individual who is registered or licensed to practice their respective design profession as defined by statutory requirements of professional registration laws of state or jurisdiction in which Project is to be constructed. 4. Special Inspector: Qualified person employed by Owner who will demonstrate competence to the satisfaction of AHJ for inspection of a particular type of construction or operation requiring Special Inspection. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 SPECIAL INSPECTION, MARCH 12, 2026 OBSERVATION, AND TESTING ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 45 33 - 1 MARY'S CREEK WRY B. Statement of Special Inspections: Detailed written procedure contained on Drawings establishing systems and components subject to Special Inspection, Observation, and Testing during construction, type and frequency of testing, extent and duration of Special Inspection, and reports to be completed and distributed by Special Inspector. C. Special Inspection: 1. Special Inspection: Inspection required of materials, installation, fabrication, erection, or placement of components and connections requiring special expertise to ensure compliance with approved Contract Documents and referenced standards. 2. Special Inspection, Continuous: Full-time observation of work requiring Special Inspection by an approved Special Inspector who is present in area where the Work is being performed. 3. Special Inspection, Periodic: Part-time or intermittent observation of the Work requiring Special Inspection by an approved Special Inspector who is present in area where the Work has been or is being performed, and at completion of the Work. D. Structural Systems and Components: 1. Diaphragm: Component of structural lateral load resisting system consisting of roof, floor, or other membrane or bracing system acting to transfer lateral forces to vertical resisting elements of structure. 2. Drag Strut or Collector: Component of structural lateral load resisting system consisting of diaphragm or shear wall element that collects and transfers diaphragm shear forces to vertical force -resisting elements or distributes forces within diaphragm or shear wall. 3. Seismic -Force -Resisting System: That part of structural lateral load - resisting system that has been considered in the design to provide required resistance to seismic forces identified on Drawings. 4. Shear Wall: Component of structural lateral load resisting system consisting of a wall designed to resist lateral forces parallel to plane of the wall. Unless noted otherwise on Drawings, load -bearing walls with direct in -plane connections to roof and floors shall be considered to be shear walls. 5. Wind Force Resisting System: That part of the structural system that has been considered in the design to provide required resistance to wind forces identified on Drawings. SPECIAL INSPECTION, OBSERVATION, AND TESTING 014533-2 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF E. Nonstructural Components: 1. Architectural Component Supports: Structural members or assemblies of members which transmit loads and forces from architectural systems or components to structure, including braces, frames, struts, and attachments. 2. Electrical Component Supports: Structural members or assemblies which transmit loads and forces from electrical equipment to structure, including braces, frames, legs, pedestals, and tethers, as well as elements forged or cast as part of component for anchorage. 3. Mechanical and Plumbing Component Supports: Structural members or assemblies which transmit loads and forces from mechanical or plumbing equipment to structure, including braces, frames, skirts, legs, saddles, pedestals, snubbers, and tethers, as well as elements forged or cast as part of component for anchorage. F. Professional Observation: 1. Does not include or waive responsibility for required Special Inspection or inspections by building official. 2. Requirements are indicated on Statement of Special Inspections provided on Drawings. 3. Geotechnical Observation: Visual observation of selected subgrade bearing surfaces and installation of deep foundation elements by a registered design professional for general conformance to Contract Documents. 4. Structural Observation: Visual observation of structural system(s) by a registered design professional for general conformance to Contract Documents. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. Contractor's Statement of Responsibility: Form shall be completed by entity responsible for construction of listed in Statement of Special Inspections. Refer to Article Supplements located at end of section. 2. Fabricator's Certificate of Compliance: Form shall be completed by entity responsible for shop fabrication of structural load -bearing members and assemblies. Refer to Article Supplements located at end of section. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS SPECIAL INSPECTION, OBSERVATION, AND TESTING 014533-3 MARY'S CREEK WRF 1.05 STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS REQUIREMENTS A. Designated Systems for Inspection: 1. Seismic -force -resisting systems designated under IBC Section 1705 and subject to Special Inspection under Section 1705 and 1707. See Drawings for basic lateral load resisting systems for each structure and other designated seismic systems. 2. Wind -force -resisting systems designated under IBC Section 1705: None required. 3. Architectural, Plumbing, Mechanical, and Electrical Components subject to Special Inspection under IBC Section 1705 for Seismic Resistance: None required. B. Statement of Special Inspections: As included in Drawings and in support of building permit application, Project -specific requirements were prepared by Registered Design Professional in Responsible Charge. The following identifies elements of inspection, observation, and testing program to be followed in construction of the Work: a. Designated seismic systems and main seismic force -resisting systems and components that are subject to Special Inspection and Structural Observation for lateral load resistance. b. Special Inspection and testing required by IBC Section 1705 and other applicable sections and referenced standards therein. c. Type and frequency of Special Inspection required. d. Type and frequency of testing required. e. Required frequency and distribution of testing and Special Inspection reports to be distributed by Special Inspector to Engineer, Contractor, building official, and Owner. f. Geotechnical Observation to be Performed: Required frequency and distribution of Geotechnical Observation reports by registered design professional to Contractor, building official, and Owner. g. Structural Observations to be Performed: Required frequency and distribution of Structural Observation reports by registered design professional to Contractor, building official, and Owner. C. Special Inspection and associated testing of shop fabrication and field construction will be performed by an approved accredited independent agency or by Authority Having Jurisdiction's (AHJ) approved, qualified inspection staff. Owner will secure and pay for services of agency to perform Special Inspection and associated testing. SPECIAL INSPECTION, OBSERVATION, AND TESTING 014533-4 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF D. Code required Special Inspection with associated testing and Professional Observation, as provided in Statement of Special Inspections on Drawings and further provided in this section, is for benefit of Owner and does not: 1. Relieve Contractor of responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures. 2. Relieve Contractor of responsibility for damage to or loss of material before acceptance. 3. Constitute or imply acceptance. 4. Affect continuing rights of Owner after acceptance of completed Work. E. The presence or absence of code required Special Inspector and Professional Observer does not relieve Contractor from Contract requirements. F. Contractor is responsible for additional costs associated with Special Inspection and Testing and Observation when Work is not ready at time identified by Contractor and Special Inspectors and Professional Observer are onsite, but not able to provide contracted services. G. Contractor is responsible for associated costs for additional Special Inspection and Testing and Professional Observation by Special Inspectors and Professional Observers required because of rejection of materials of in place Work that cannot be made compliant to Contract Document without additional inspections and observation and testing. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Requirements of the Statement of Special Inspections are provided by the Owner. All other testing and inspections, unless noted otherwise, are provided by Contractor. B. Provide access to shop or Site for Special Inspection and Testing and Professional Observation requirements. C. Notify Engineer in advance of required Special Inspection and Professional Observation no later than 48 hours prior to date of Special Inspection and Professional Observation. D. Provide access for Special Inspector to construction documents. E. Retain special inspection records on -site to be readily available for review. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 SPECIAL INSPECTION, MARCH 12, 2026 OBSERVATION, AND TESTING ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 4533-5 MARY'S CREEK WRY F. Cooperate with Special Inspector and provide safe access to the Work to be inspected. G. Submit Fabricator's Certificates of Compliance for approved fabricators. H. Provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested by the Special Inspector. Auxiliary services required include, but not limited to: 1. Providing access to the Work and furnishing incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate inspections and tests to assist the Special Inspector in performing test/inspections. 2. Providing storage space for the Special Inspector's exclusive use, such as for storing and curing concrete test samples and delivery of samples to testing laboratories. 3. Providing the Special Inspector with access to all approved submittals. 4. Providing security and protection of samples and test equipment at the Project Site. 5. Provide samples of materials to be tested in required quantities. I. Materials and systems shall be inspected during placement where Continuous Special Inspection is required. J. Where Periodic Special Inspection is indicated in the Statement of Special Inspections: 1. Schedule inspections for either during or at completion of their placement or a combination or both. 2. Schedule periodically inspected Work (either inspected during or after its placement) so that corrections can be completed and re -inspected before Work is inaccessible. 3. Sampling a portion of the Work is not allowed. Schedules shall provide for inspection of all Work requiring periodic inspection. 3.02 SUPPLEMENTS A. The supplements listed below, following "End of Section," are a part of this specification: 1. Contractor's Statement of Responsibility. 2. Fabricator's Certificate of Compliance. END OF SECTION SPECIAL INSPECTION, OBSERVATION, AND TESTING 014533-6 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY (Project) (Name of Contracting Company) (Business Address) (Telephone) (Fax) I, (We) hereby certify that I am (we are) aware of the Special Inspection and Testing and Professional Observation requirements contained in Contract Documents for this Project as listed in Statement of Special Inspections on Drawings and Section 01 45 36, Equipment Seismic Certification, and that: 1. I, (We) aware of the systems and the requirements of the special inspection and acknowledge our responsibility in the implementation of the Statement of Special Inspections for the constructions. 2. Control of this Work will be exercised to obtain conformance with Contract Documents approved by building official. 3. Procedures within the Contractor's organization to be used for exercising control of the Work, method and frequency of reporting, and distribution of reports required under Statement of Special Inspections for Project are attached to this statement. 4. I, (We) will provide 48 -hour notification to Engineer and approved inspection agency as required for structural tests and Special Inspection for Project. The following person is hereby identified as exercising control over requirements of this section for the Work designated above: Name: Qualifications: (Print name and official title of person signing this form) PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 SPECIAL INSPECTION, MARCH 12, 2026 OBSERVATION, AND TESTING ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 45 33 SUPPLEMENT 1 - 1 MARY'S CREEK WRF Signed by: Date: Project Name: SPECIAL INSPECTION, PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 OBSERVATION, AND TESTING MARCH 12, 2026 01 45 33 SUPPLEMENT 1 -2 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF FABRICATOR'S CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE Each approved fabricator that is exempt from Special Inspection of shop fabrication and implementation procedures per section 1704.2.5 of 2021 IBC must submit Fabricator's Certificate of Compliance at the completion of fabrication. (Project) (Fabricator's Name) (Business Address) (Certification or Approval Agency) (Certification Number) (Date of Last Audit or Approval) Description of structural members and assemblies that have been fabricated: I hereby certify that items described above were fabricated in strict accordance with approved construction documents. (Name and Title) type or print (Signature and Date) Attach copies of fabricator's certification or building code evaluation service report and fabricator's quality control manual. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 SPECIAL INSPECTION, MARCH 12, 2026 OBSERVATION, AND TESTING ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 45 33 SUPPLEMENT 2- 1 MARYS CREEK WRY SECTION 0150 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Association of Nurserymen (AAN): American Standards for Nursery Stock. 2. Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA). 3. National Fire Prevention Association (NFPA): 241, Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations. 4. Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA); Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA): 568B, Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard. 5. U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA): Urban Hydrology for Small Watersheds. 6. U.S. Weather Bureau: Rainfall -Frequency Atlas of the U.S. for Durations from 30 Minutes to 24 Hours and Return Periods from 1 to 100 Years. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. Copies of permits and approvals for construction as required by Laws and Regulations and governing agencies. 2. Temporary Utility Submittals a. Electric power supply and distribution plans. b. Water supply and distribution plans. c. Dewatering well locations. Note: dewatering plans require a permit from the local groundwater conservation district. Contractor is responsible for all permit and operating fees associated with any groundwater wells. d. Sanitary. 3. Temporary Construction Submittals: a. Access Roads: Routes, cross -sections, and drainage facilities. b. Parking area plans. c. Contractor's field office, storage yard, and storage building plans, including gravel surfaced area. d. Fencing and protective barrier locations and details. e. City's Construction Manager's field office plans. f. Staging area location plan. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 1 MARYS CREEK WRF 4. Temporary Control Submittals: a. Noise control plan. b. Dust control plan. 1.03 MOBILIZATION A. Mobilization includes, but is not limited to, these principal items: 1. Obtaining required permits. 2. Moving Contractor's field office and equipment required for first month operations onto Site. 3. Installing temporary construction power, wiring, and lighting facilities. 4. Providing onsite Internet service and emergency telephone service.. 5. Providing onsite sanitary facilities and potable water facilities as specified and as required by Laws and Regulations, and governing agencies. 6. Arranging for and erection of Contractor's work and storage yard. 7. Posting OSHA required notices and establishing safety programs and procedures. 8. Having Contractor's superintendent at Site full time. 9. Providing City's Construction Manager's facilities. B. Use area designated for Contractor's temporary facilities as shown on Drawings. 1.04 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY A. Comply with Owner's safety rules while on Owner's property. B. Keep Owner informed of serious onsite accidents and related claims. C. Use of Explosives: No blasting or use of explosives will be allowed onsite. 1.05 VEHICULAR TRAFFIC A. Traffic Control Plan: Adhere to traffic control plan reviewed and accepted by Engineer. Changes to this plan shall be made only by written approval of appropriate public authority. Secure approvals for necessary changes so as not to delay progress of the Work. B. Traffic Routing Plan: Show sequences of construction affecting use of roadways, time required for each phase of the Work, provisions for decking over excavations and phasing of operations to provide necessary access, and TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 015000-2 JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY plans for signing, barricading, and striping to provide passages for pedestrians and vehicles. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CITY'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S FIELD OFFICES A. Furnish equipment specified for exclusive use of City's Construction Manager and its' representatives. B. Ownership of equipment furnished under this article will remain, unless otherwise specified, that of Contractor. C. Equipment furnished shall be new or like new in appearance and function. D. Minimum Features: 1. 110 -volt lighting and wall plugs. 2. Fluorescent ceiling lights. 3. Electric heating and self-contained air conditioning unit, properly sized for Project locale and conditions. Provide ample electric power to operate installed systems. 4. Covered entrances with railed stairways, landings, and exterior lighting at entrances. 5. Sign on entrance door reading [NAME OF CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S FIRM], letter height 4 inches minimum. 6. Exterior Door(s): a. Number: Two. b. Type: Solid core. c. Lock(s): Cylindrical keyed alike. 7. Number of Windows: Two. 8. Minimum Interior Height: 8 feet. E. Floor Space: Minimum 225 square feet. F. Offices: Four, with minimum private office floor space of 80 square feet, two restrooms, and remainder configured for open meeting or storage space. G. Plan table; plan rack; four double desk(s) with desk surface located 29 inches from floor; two 2 -drawer, steel file cabinets; and overhead shelf(s). H. Plan table; plan rack; double desk with desk surface located 29 inches from floor; two 2 -drawer, steel file cabinets; and overhead shelf. I. Trailer Type Mobile Structure: One, double wide trailer. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS JULY 30, 2026 01 50 00 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF J. Floor Space: Minimum 1400 square feet. K. All -metal frame; all -metal exterior, sides, and roof; and insulated double walls, floor, and roof. L. Security guard screens on windows. M. Toilet and wash basin in separate compartment with hot and cold water and drains. N. Number of Private Offices: Four, 10 feet by 10 feet. O. Storage Room: One, with door with cylinder lock, keyed differently than exterior door locks. Provide two sets of keys. P. Shelving in Storage Room: 72 linear feet, 18 inches deep. Q. Blinds or drapes on windows. R. Office Equipment —General: 1. Bottled Water Service: One , with cooler capable of producing hot water and cold water. 2. Paper Cup Dispenser with Cups: One. 3. Paper Towel Dispenser with Towels: One. 4. Desk: Four, steel, 30 inches by 60 inches with desk surface located 29 inches from floor. 5. Desk Chair:Four, with the following characteristics: a. Five castor base. b. Adjustable height. c. Swivels. d. Locking Back. e. Adjustable seat back for height and angle. f. Adjustable arms. 6. Folding Table: Four, 36 inches by 72 inches. 7. Steel Folding Chairs: [N: Twenty. 8. Four -Drawer Steel File with Lock: One, legalwidth. 9. Drawing Rack with Drawing Hangers: One. 10. Bookcase: Two, 36 inches wide by 48 inches high. 11. Refrigerator: One. 12. Microwave: One. 13. TV: One. 60 -inch minimum, capable of projecting meetings from a computer. 14. Copy Machine/Printer: One, capable of printing/copying 11x17 documents. 15. Wastepaper Basket: Six. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 015000-4 JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY 16. Blue Recycling Basket: Two. 17. First -Aid Kit: One. 18. Tri-Class (ABC), Dry Chemical Fire Extinguisher, 10 -Pound: One. 2.02 PROJECT SIGN A. Provide and maintain one, 8 -foot -wide by 4 -foot -high sign constructed of 3/4 -inch exterior high density overlaid plywood. Sign shall bear name of Project, Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and other participating agencies. Lettering shall be blue applied on white background by an experienced sign painter. Include Owner's logo in full color. Provide exterior type enamel paint. Information to be included and logo graphic will be provided by Engineer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S FIELD OFFICE A. Make available for Construction Manager's use prior to start of the Work at Site and to remain on Site for minimum of 30 days after final acceptance of the Work. B. Locate where directed by Construction Manager; level, block, tie down, skirt, provide stairways, and relocate when necessary and approved. Construct on proper foundations, and provide proper surface drainage and connections for utility services. C. Provide minimum 100 square feet of gravel or crushed rock base, minimum depth of 4 inches, at each entrance. D. Raise grade under field office, as necessary, to elevation adequate to avoid flooding. E. Provide sanitary facilities in compliance with state and local health authorities. F. Exterior Door Keys: Furnish four set(s) of keys. G. Telecommunications: 1. Provide cable or fiber Internet connection with minimum of five live portable computer (PC) ports. 2. Provide appropriate jacks, wiring, and equipment required for a complete telecommunications system. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-5 MARYS CREEK WRF 3. Arrange and provide for telecommunication service for use during construction. Pay costs of installation, maintenance, and monthly service of internet connection. H. Maintain in good repair and appearance, and provide weekly cleaning service and replenishment, as required, of paper towels, paper cups, hand soap, toilet paper, first -aid kit supplies, and bottled water. I. Replenish, as needed, copy paper and toner. 3.02 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Power: 1. No electric power is available at Site. Make arrangements to obtain and pay for electrical power used until final payment and acceptance by Owner. 2. Cost of electric power will be borne by Contractor. B. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting to meet applicable safety requirements to allow erection, application, or installation of materials and equipment, and observation or inspection of the Work. C. Heating, Cooling, and Ventilating: 1. Provide as required to maintain adequate environmental conditions to facilitate progress of the Work, to meet specified minimum conditions for installation of materials, and to protect materials, equipment, and finishes from damage because of temperature or humidity. 2. Provide adequate forced air ventilation of enclosed areas to cure installed materials, to dispense humidity, and to prevent hazardous accumulations of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. 3. Pay costs of installation, maintenance, operation, removal, and fuel consumed. 4. Provide portable unit heaters, complete with controls, oil- or gas -fired, and suitably vented to outside as required for protection of health and property. 5. If permanent natural gas piping is used for temporary heating units, do not modify or reroute gas piping without approval of utility company. Provide separate gas metering as required by utility. D. Water: 1. No construction or potable water is currently available at Site. Contractor may connect to existing 16 -inch potable water connection shown on drawing C-052. Connection to 16 -inch connection shall be TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 015000-6 JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY provided and paid for by Contractor. Obtain a temporary water meter from the Owner. Owner will pay for water used during construction. Contractor will pay for water used for trailer and for construction activities throughout the project. Owner will pay for water used for commissioning and startup activities. Contractor shall coordinate and move 16 -inch potable water connection to the permanent water supply when required for use by the water reclamation plant. E. Sanitary and Personnel Facilities: 1. Provide and maintain facilities for Contractor's employees, Subcontractors, and other onsite employers' employees. Service, clean, and maintain facilities and enclosures. F. Telephone Service: 1. Contractor: Arrange and provide onsite internet service for use during construction. Pay costs of installation and monthly bills. G. Fire Protection: Furnish and maintain on Site adequate firefighting equipment capable of extinguishing incipient fires. Comply with applicable parts of NFPA 241. 3.03 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY A. General: 1. Perform Work within right-of-way and easements in a systematic manner that minimizes inconvenience to property owners and the public. 2. No residence or business shall be cut off from vehicular traffic. 3. Maintain in continuous service existing oil and gas pipelines, underground power, telephone or communication cable, water mains, irrigation lines, sewers, poles and overhead power, and other utilities encountered along line of the Work, unless other arrangements satisfactory to owners of said utilities have been made. 4. Where completion of the Work requires temporary or permanent removal or relocation of existing utility, coordinate activities with owner of said utility and perform work to their satisfaction. 5. Protect, shore, brace, support, and maintain underground pipes, conduits, drains, and other underground utility construction uncovered or otherwise affected by construction operations. 6. Keep fire hydrants and water control valves free from obstruction and available for use at all times. 7. In areas where Contractor's operations are adjacent to or near a utility, such as gas, telephone, television, electric power, water, sewer, or PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS JULY 30, 2026 01 50 00 - 7 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF irrigation system, and such operations may cause damage or inconvenience, suspend operations until arrangements necessary for protection have been made by Contractor. 8. Notify property owners and utility offices that may be affected by construction operation at least 2 days in advance: Before exposing a utility, obtain utility owner's permission. Should service of utility be interrupted due to Contractor's operation, notify proper authority immediately. Cooperate with said authority in restoring service as promptly as possible and bear costs incurred. 9. Do not impair operation of existing sewer system. Prevent construction material, pavement, concrete, earth, volatile and corrosive wastes, and other debris from entering sewers, pump stations, or other sewer structures. 10. Maintain original Site drainage wherever possible. B. Site Security: Contractor has ultimate responsibility for site security. Provide and maintain temporary security fences as necessary to protect the Work and Contractor -furnished products not yet installed. C. Signs and Equipment: 1. Conform to requirements of manual published by the Texas Department of Transportation. 2. Portable TOW -AWAY -NO STOPPING Signs: Place where approved by police department and Owner. 3. Traffic Cones: Provide to delineate traffic lanes to guide and separate traffic movements. 4. High -Level Warning Flag Units: Provide two in advance of traffic approaching the Work, each displaying three flags mounted at a height of 9 feet. 5. ROAD CONSTRUCTION AHEAD Signs: Provide four, size 48 inches by 48 inches. Place in conspicuous locations, approximately 200 feet in advance of the Work, and facing approaching traffic. 6. DETOUR Signs: Provide two, right arrow or left arrow, placed as approved by Owner. 7. RIGHT or LEFT LANE CLOSED AHEAD Signs: Provide two, place in advance of lane to be closed. 8. Provide at obstructions, such as material piles and equipment. 9. Use to alert general public of construction hazards, which would include surface irregularities, unramped walkways, grade changes, and trenches or excavations in roadways and in other public access areas. D. Trees and Plantings: TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 015000-8 JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY 1. Protect from damage and preserve trees, shrubs, and other plants outside limits of the Work and within limits of the Work, which are designated on Drawings to remain undisturbed. a. Where practical, tunnel beneath trees when on or near line of trench. b. Employ hand excavation as necessary to prevent tree injury. c. Do not stockpile materials or permit traffic within drip lines of trees. d. Provide and maintain temporary barricades around trees. e. Water vegetation as necessary to maintain health. f. Cover temporarily exposed roots with wet burlap, and keep burlap moist until soil is replaced around roots. g. No trees, except those specifically shown on Drawings to be removed, shall be removed without written approval of Engineer. h. Dispose of removed trees in a legal manner off the Site. 2. Balling and burlapping of trees indicated for replacement shall conform to recommended specifications set forth in the American Standards for Nursery Stock, published by American Association of Nurserymen. Balls shall be firm and intact and made -balls will not be accepted. Handle ball and burlap trees by ball and not by top. 3. In event of damage to bark, trunks, limbs, or roots of plants that are not designated for removal, treat damage by corrective pruning, bark tracing, application of a heavy coating of tree paint, and other accepted horticultural and tree surgery practices. 4. Replace each plant that dies as a result of construction activities. E. Finished Construction: Protect finished floors and concrete floors exposed as well as those covered with composition tile or other applied surfacing. F. Waterways: 1. Keep ditches, culverts, and natural drainages continuously free of construction materials and debris. G. Dewatering: Construct, maintain, and operate cofferdams, channels, flume drains, sumps, pumps, or other temporary diversion and protection works. Furnish materials required, install, maintain, and operate necessary pumping and other equipment for the environmentally safe removal and disposal of water from the various parts of the Work. Maintain foundations and parts of the Work free from water. H. Archaeological Finds: 1. General: Should finds of an archaeological or paleontological nature be made within Site limits, immediately notify Owner, Engineer, and PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS JULY 30, 2026 01 50 00 - 9 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF American Archaeology Group LLC (512-843-0135), and proceed in accordance with General Conditions. Continue the Work in other areas without interruption. a. Contractor shall in no instance make contact with any parties other than those referenced above. 2. Archaeological Finds: Evidence of human occupation or use of an area within contract limits prior to the Year 1840. Evidence may consist of skeletons, stone, or other utensils, or evidence of habitations or structures. 3. Paleontological Finds: Evidence of prehistoric plant or animal life, such as skeletons, bones, fossils, or casts and other indications such as pictographs. 4. Owner may order the Work stopped in other areas if, in Owner's opinion, find is more extensive than may appear from uncovered material. 5. Protection of Finds: a. Cover, fence, or otherwise protect finds until notice to resume the Work is given. b. Cover finds with plastic film held in place by earth, rocks, or other weights placed outside the find. Should additional backfilling be necessary for safety or to prevent caving, place backfill material loosely over plastic film. c. Sheet or shore as necessary to protect excavations underway. Place temporary fence to prevent unauthorized access. d. Dewater fmds made below water table as necessary to protect construction Work underway. Divert groundwater or surface runoff away from find by ditching or other acceptable means. 6. Removal of Finds: a. Finds are property of Owner. Do not remove or disturb fmds without Owner's written authorization. b. Should Owner elect to have a fmd removed, provide equipment, labor, and material to permit safe removal of find without damage. Provide transportation for delivery to individuals, institutions, or other places as Owner may find desirable, expedient, or required by law. I. Endangered and Threatened Species: 1. Take precautions necessary and prudent to protect native endangered and threatened flora and fauna. 2. Notify Engineer of construction activities that might threaten endangered and threatened species or their habitats. No activity is authorized that is likely to jeopardize the continued existence to a threatened or endangered species as listed, or proposed for listing, under the Federal Endangered Species Act (ESA), and/or the State of Texas TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 50 00- 10 JULY30,2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY Parks and Wildlife Code on Endangered Species, or to destroy or adversely modify the habitat of such species. 3. If a threatened or endangered species is encountered during construction, the CONTRACTOR, shall immediately cease work in the area of the encounter and notify the Construction Manager, who will immediately implement actions in accordance with the ESA and applicable State statutes. These actions shall include reporting the encounter to the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, obtaining any necessary approvals or permits to enable the continuation of work, or implement other mitigation actions. 4. The CONTRACTOR shall not resume construction in the area of the encounter until authorized to do so by the Construction Manager. 3.04 TEMPORARY CONTROLS A. Air Pollution Control: 1. Minimize air pollution from construction operations. 2. Burning: a. Of waste materials, rubbish, or other debris will not be permitted on or adjacent to Site. 3. Conduct operations of dumping rock and of carrying rock away in trucks to cause a minimum of dust. Give unpaved streets, roads, detours, or haul roads used in construction area a dust -preventive treatment or periodically water to prevent dust. Strictly adhere to applicable environmental regulations for dust prevention. 4. Provide and maintain temporary dust -tight partitions, bulkheads, or other protective devices during construction to permit normal operation of existing facilities. Construct partitions of plywood, insulating board, plastic sheets, or similar material. Construct partitions in such a manner that dust and dirt from demolition and cutting will not enter other parts of existing building or facilities. Remove temporary partitions as soon as need no longer exists. B. Noise Control: 1. Provide acoustical barriers so noise emanating from tools or equipment will not exceed legal noise levels. 2. Noise Control Ordinance: Texas Penal Code Chapter 42 3. Noise Control Plan: Propose plan to mitigate construction noise and to comply with noise control ordinances, including method of construction, equipment to be used, and acoustical treatments. C. Water Pollution Control: PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00- 11 MARYS CREEK WRF 1. Divert sanitary sewage and nonstorm waste flow interfering with construction and requiring diversion to sanitary sewers. Do not cause or permit action to occur which would cause an overflow to existing waterway. 2. Prior to commencing excavation and construction, obtain Engineer's and Owner's agreement with detailed plans showing procedures intended to handle and dispose of sewage, groundwater, and dewatering pump discharges. 3. Comply with Section 01 57 13, Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control, for stormwater flow and surface runoff. 4. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil, chemicals, or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains. Disposal of wastes into streams or waterways is prohibited. Provide acceptable containers for collection and disposal of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. D. Erosion, Sediment, and Flood Control: Provide, maintain, and operate temporary facilities as specified in Section 01 57 13, Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control, to control erosion and sediment releases, and to protect the Work and existing facilities from flooding during construction period. 3.05 STORAGE YARDS AND BUILDINGS A. Coordinate requirements with Section 01 61 00, Common Product Requirements. B. Temporary Storage Yards: Construct temporary storage yards for storage of products that are not subject to damage by weather conditions. C. Temporary Storage Buildings: 1. Provide environmental control systems that meet recommendations of manufacturers of equipment and materials stored. 2. Arrange or partition to provide security of contents and ready access for inspection and inventory. 3. Store combustible materials (paints, solvents, fuels) in a well -ventilated and remote building meeting safety standards. 3.06 PARKING AREAS A. Control vehicular parking to preclude interference with public traffic or parking, access by emergency vehicles, Owner's operations, or construction operations. B. Provide parking facilities for personnel working on Project. No employee or equipment parking will be permitted on Owner's existing paved areas. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 50 00- 12 JULY30,2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY 3.07 VEHICULAR TRAFFIC A. Comply with Laws and Regulations regarding closing or restricting use of public streets or highways. No public or private road shall be closed, except by written permission of proper authority. Ensure the least possible obstruction to traffic and normal commercial pursuits. B. Conduct the Work to interfere as little as possible with public travel, whether vehicular or pedestrian. C. Whenever it is necessary to cross, close, or obstruct roads, driveways, and walks, whether public or private, provide and maintain suitable and safe bridges, detours, or other temporary expedients for accommodation of public and private travel. D. Road Closures: Maintain satisfactory means of exit for persons residing or having occasion to transact business along route of the Work. If it is necessary to close off roadway or alley providing sole vehicular access to property for periods greater than 2 hours, provide written notice to each owner so affected 3 days prior to such closure. In such cases, closings of up to 4 hours may be allowed. Closures of up to 10 hours may be allowed if a week's written notice is given and undue hardship does not result. E. Maintenance of traffic is not required if Contractor obtains written permission from Owner and tenant of private property, or from authority having jurisdiction over public property involved, to obstruct traffic at designated point. F. In making street crossings, do not block more than one-half the street at a time. Whenever possible, widen shoulder on opposite side to facilitate traffic flow. Provide temporary surfacing on shoulders as necessary. G. Maintain top of backfilled trenches before they are paved, to allow normal vehicular traffic to pass over. Provide temporary access driveways where required. Cleanup operations shall follow immediately behind backfilling. H. When flaggers and guards are required by regulation or when deemed necessary for safety, furnish them with approved orange wearing apparel and other regulation traffic control devices. I. Notify fire department and police department before closing street or portion thereof. Notify said departments when streets are again passable for emergency vehicles. Do not block off emergency vehicle access to consecutive arterial crossings or dead-end streets, in excess of 300 linear feet, without written permission from fire department. Conduct operations with the least interference to fire equipment access, and at no time prevent such access. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00- 13 MARYS CREEK WRF Furnish Contractor's night emergency telephone numbers to police department. J. Coordinate traffic routing with that of others working in same or adjacent areas. 3.08 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Refer to Section 01 74 23 Cleaning. END OF SECTION TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 14 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY SECTION 01 5639 TREE PROTECTION, REMOVAL, AND PRUNING PART I - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish all work and materials, appliances, tools, equipment, facilities, transportation, and services necessary for and incidental to performing all operations in connection with the protection, pruning, care, and removal of trees. B. The Contractor shall provide protection and care of existing trees or other designated plant material in order to maintain a healthy, vigorous condition. C. The Contractor shall perform tree removal, stump grinding and pruning as specified, utilizing acceptable horticultural standards as adopted by the Texas Association of Landscape Contractors (TALC) or Texas Nurseryman Association. D. Such work shall include, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Protection of individual and stands of existing trees and landscape to remain from the following types of damage: a. Compaction of root zone by foot, vehicular traffic or material storage. b. Trunk, branch and canopy damage from construction, construction access clearances, construction equipment operations, material storage, or from nailing or bolting. c. Root poisoning from spilled or dumped solvents, gasoline, paint, and other noxious materials. d. Truck wash out. e. Branch damage due to improper pruning or trimming. f. Damage from lack of water due to: 1) Cutting or altering natural water migration patterns near root zones. 2) Failure to provide adequate watering. g. Damage from alteration of soil pH factor caused by depositing lime, concrete, plaster or other base materials near roots. h. Damage to root zone by coverage of soil. i. Invasive insect, pest, mite, borer, disease and stress/decline inspection and recommendation for treatment. 2. Pruning roots where indicated or specified. 3. Removal and grinding of stump. 4. Removal of understory vegetation. 5. Removal and pruning of tree branches and roots adjacent to new construction and excavation or where construction access route is to occur to reduce damage to tree canopy and roots. 6. Application of wound treatment to Quercus species branch cuts. 7. Removal of existing gravel drives, asphalt roads, road bedding and existing concrete curbs and/or sidewalk within root zone areas of existing trees to remain. March 29, 2026 TREE PROTECTION, REMOVAL, AND PRUNING ©COPYRIGHT 2026 CCA LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS 01 56 39 - 1 MARYS CREEK WRF NO excavating procedures shall take place under or around the trees. 8. Removal of abandoned existing utilities to prevent damage to root systems above. 9. Removal of dead wood and broken or hanging branches from the existing trees. 10. Removal of small seedling trees, vines, excessive surface vegetative debris, seeds, nuts and trash. 11. Application of mulch product and root stimulant at trees to be root pruned and trees to be protected. 12. Placement of plywood over mulch in areas between tree protection fencing and face of vertical features or retaining walls to prevent compaction of soils. 13. Watering and maintenance of root pruned trees. 14. Supplemental hand watering as needed to existing trees. 15. Documentation of tree removal, damage and treatment shall be recorded and submitted. E. All work of this section is to be performed and supervised by ISA Certified Arborist with minimum of ten (10) years of experience. 1.2 INSPECTION OF THE SITE A. Verify and examine site conditions with the Owner's Authorized Representative prior to any ground disturbing activities. B. Document the conditions of the existing trees on the site prior to the start of any work as part of the pre -construction photo documentation, tree status report, and assessment under this section. C. Proceed when official notice is given to the Contractor that the work site is ready. Proceed with tree protection prior to any site work, demolition or grading. D. The Contractor shall verify with the Owner's Authorized Representative the extent of tree protective fencing and specific trees to be removed. E. The Contractor shall verify with the Owner's Authorized Representative the understory trees to remain and be protected with the adjacent trees. F. Submit application for Tree Removal Permit. G. Utilities: Determine and mark locations of underground utilities to be removed and perform work in a manner which is intended to avoid possible damage to trees and plant root systems. 1.3 DOCUMENTATION SUBMITTAL A. Document the condition of every tree to remain and every tree to be protected by dated photograph submitted to the Owner. Submit six (6) photographs per tree showing the tree, branching, and roots at various angles. Photograph existing trees to remain with Owner's Authorized Representative present to verify and record tree designation and health at time of commencing site work. Provide one (1) copy of photos to Owner. Contractor to maintain one (1) copy of tree photos and record of tree health in notebook (or pdf file) for entire construction period. TREE PROTECTION, REMOVAL, AND PRUNING March 29, 2026 01 5639-2 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 CCA LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS MARYS CREEK WRY B. Understory trees of minimum of two (2) inch caliper will remain and be protected under or adjacent to the canopy of large existing trees to remain. These trees are not reflected in the survey due to their size, but they have value in the character of this site development. Determination of species, character and condition shall be assessed on site prior to any grubbing or vegetation removal under existing trees to remain. Photos shall be taken to document understory trees. Refer to City codes for protected trees. C. TREE STATUS REPORTS - Submit quarterly (4) reports issued by Arborist regarding the status of tree health, for the remaining trees within the area of construction contract, and care along with recommendations to preserve tree health. Existing trees have not been regularly irrigated and are susceptible to stress due to the site construction conditions and duration. The report shall include a narrative from the Arborist and a minimum of two (2) photos per tree to document the tree's health or any damage. Additional reports shall be required should tree damage (e.g. loss of large branches or limbs) occur due to construction or act of God (snow, ice, wind) which are due within one week of the event. 1. Submit a written inventory in Excel spreadsheet format of all trees on the site. The report must be prepared and submitted by Contractor's Arborist. The Arborist shall record the tree identification number and size in caliper inches (as shown on the drawings). The spread sheet shall record all trees on site including type of protection, care, and the type of damage received (e.g. part of root zone removed due to excavation, compaction of root zone due to vehicular access or construction, etc.). The inventory shall document the type of treatment that damaged trees received. A sample inventory follows which is not meant to be comprehensive. XYZ Project — TREE INVENTORY of Health, Damage, Repair and Removal Prepared by XYZ Arborist, License/Certification No.; Date Tree No. Tree ID Caliper Inches Remain Removed Status Treatment* 01 Live Oak 26 Protected; no change M 02 Live Oak 10 Removed per plans - 03 Red Oak 12 Damage - 20% of root zone removed RP, CT, M 04 Cedar Elm 14 Damage — 30% of root zone removed RP, CT, M 05 Hackberry 15 Removed due to ice storm damage -- 06 Pecan 24 Removed 2 limbs for construction access M, W 07 Post Oak 12 Damage — root zone compaction Aeration, M 08 Live Oak 18 Damage — canopy loss, large branch broken by concrete truck M, WP, RP Etcet era March 29, 2026 TREE PROTECTION, REMOVAL, AND PRUNING ©COPYRIGHT 2026 CCA LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS 01 5639-3 MARYS CREEK WRF TOTAL INCHES 25 REMOVED *A *Aeration — Performed hydraulic aeration of root zone, 24 " on center. *CT_ Performed canopy trimming to remove branches proportional to root loss *M — Mulch applied to root zone *RP — Root pruning and root stimulant applied * W, WP — Branch trimmed and Wound paint applied for Quercus Describe other treatments 2. The inventory shall include photos of damaged and trees to show status of health, damage, and signs of insect, disease, mite, pests, mistletoe, mosses, lichen or stress/decline. Submit at least four (4) photos per tree from various angles/viewpoints arranged on 8-1/2 x 11 format with trees labeled corresponding to "Tree Inventory" and site plan. Use a digital camera with at least 5.0 megapixels of resolution to document observations. 3. Submit inventory with corresponding photos in digital format (pdf) and with one copy printed on 8-1/2 x 11 paper and organized into three -hole binder. The four (4) photos per tree shall be organized onto one (1) sheet of paper. 4. Tree photographs must be accompanied by assessment of tree health and existing damage by the Contractor's ISA Certified Arborist. 5. The photo documentation and assessment will serve as a bench mark for future comparisons when a tree is damaged or in decline after any on -site clearing, grubbing, grading, or other work activity. 6. Receive approval of tree photo documentation prior to starting tree protection and site work. 7. Proceeding with site work without approval on pre -construction tree assessment from the Owner's Authorized Representative will make the Contractor responsible for existing damage. 8. The inventory shall include photos of tree protection fencing in place prior to site work at all locations. Include at least four (4) photos of fencing in place prior to construction activities at each location. 9. Monthly Tree Assessments shall be performed by the Contractor's arborist throughout the duration of construction and landscape establishment period. Monthly Tree Assessments shall be submitted in accordance with submittal requirements. 10. Submit inventory as work progresses and at end of project as part of Final Acceptance. TREE PROTECTION, REMOVAL, AND PRUNING March 29, 2026 01 5639-4 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 CCA LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS MARYS CREEK WRF 11. Prior to Closeout and with approval of the Owner' Representative a final Post - Construction Tree Assessment shall be performed. The Post Construction Tree Assessment shall be performed no more than two (2) months prior to Project Closeout. 1.4 ARBORIST INVOLVEMENT AND QUALIFICATIONS A. Submit resume and relevant tree preservation experience of ISA Certified Arborist prior to commencing work. Arborist shall have a minimum of ten (10) years of experience in tree preservation and care. The Arborist shall submit ten (10) example tree preservation projects along with the project site address and project representative's name and phone number. B. Submit manufacturer's product information for root sealant, limb sealant, root stimulant, or other item recommended by the Arborist. C. The Contractor is required to his Arborist prior to any construction activity near the protected trees. The Contractor Arborist's report shall be the guide for any construction activity within the vicinity of trees identified for preservation. D. The Arborist shall be required to regularly monitor the health of the trees being preserved. The Arborist shall inspect trees monthly and issue monthly assessment reports documenting tree health and tree care measures employed to preserve or enhance the tree's health. 1.5 SEQUENCING A. Coordinate installation of protection devices and other related units of Work specified in other Sections to ensure that protection of existing trees is complete prior to any site work, demolition, grading or construction activities. B. Trees designated for root or branch pruning must be pruned prior to commencing site work or demolition. 1.6 DAMAGES A. Trees that are designated to remain but, during the course of construction, are removed, severely damaged, in significant decline or have died due to Contractor's work or neglect shall be replaced and/or damages paid by the Contractor to the Owner per the schedule below at the Contractor's expense. B. For trees four (4) inch caliper or greater, the Owner's Authorized Representative will assess the following damages for damaged, dead or dying, or removed trees to be paid by the Contractor to the Owner. Tree size — Diameter/Caliper in Inches Replacement Tree or Value Each tree Equal to4andup to 6 $ 1,500.00 Equal to 6 and up to 8 $ 3,000.00 Greater than 8 and up to 12 $ 6,000.00 Greater than 12 inches $ 1,000 per caliper inch March 29, 2026 TREE PROTECTION, REMOVAL, AND PRUNING ©COPYRIGHT 2026 CCA LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS 01 5639-5 MARYS CREEK WRF Size will be determined by measuring caliper at twelve (12) inches above grade for trees from four (4) to twelve (12) inch caliper and at six (6) inches above grade for trees from zero (0) to four (4) inch in caliper. Trees that are larger than twelve (12) inch in caliper shall be measured at four (4) feet above natural ground elevation, or from top of stump, if removed. Multi -trunk trees shall be measured at twelve (12) inches above grade of each trunk. The largest trunk's diameter shall be counted as 100% caliper; the remaining trunks shall be counted at 50% caliper. In the event the tree cannot be measured, the diameter values as stated on the drawings plus two (2) inches will be used for the determination. C. For Damaged trees twelve (12) inch caliper and greater — If a major branch is damaged, the cost will be assessed by the percentage of the tree canopy that is lost. For example, if the loss of a branch results in one -fifth of the canopy loss, then the penalty on a twenty (20) inch tree would be one -fifth or $4,000.00. D. Slight Damage: shall be defined as damage that may heal. 1. Examples include but are not limited to: scaring of the trunk into the cambial layer one-half ('/2) inch to two (2) inches in width but less than one-third (1/3) trunk circumference or breaking of limbs less than two (2) inches in diameter or limbs less than one-third (1/3) trunk caliper, whichever is less. 2. Slight damage shall also include removal or lying down of protective tree fencing prior to end of construction, storing equipment or supplies within the critical root zone (CRZ), or disposing of paint or concrete within the CRZ but not closer to the trunk than 50% radius of the CRZ. Slight damage to trees shall be assessed at a rate of $100.00 for each instance. Each day tree fencing is not properly placed, equipment or supplies are stored within CRZ or fill is stored within the CRZ shall be considered one instance. E. Moderate Damage: shall be defined as damage that contributes to the poor health and reduced longevity of the tree. 1. Examples include but are not limited to: scaring of the trunk into the cambial layer greater than two (2) inches but less than one-third (1/3) the trunk circumference or breaking of limbs more than two (2) inches in diameter but less than one-third (1/3) trunk caliper. 2. Moderate damage shall also include compaction of soil, grading or filling in 20% of the CRZ on one of four sides but outside the 50% radius of the CRZ, disposing of paint or concrete within 50% radius of the CRZ. Moderate damages shall be calculated at a rate of one-half (1/2) the assessed value of the tree per each instance of damage. F. Severe Damage: shall include removal or damage no defined as slight or moderate. 1. Examples include but are not limited to: scaring of the trunk to the cambial layer greater than one-third (1/3) the trunk circumference, uprooting or causing a tree to lean, damage to a scaffolding branch or branch greater than one-third (1/3) of trunk caliper. 2. Severe damage shall also include compaction of soil, grading or filling more than 20% of the CRZ, or within 50% radius of the CRZ or on more than one (1) of four TREE PROTECTION, REMOVAL, AND PRUNING March 29, 2026 01 5639-6 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 CCA LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS MARYS CREEK WRY (4) sides. Cutting one-third (1/3) of the buttress roots within three (3) times the distance of the DBH of the trunk, or cutting four (4) roots four (4) inches or greater in diameter within four (4) foot of the trunk shall also be considered severe damage. 3. Severely damaged trees shall be designated by the Owner's Authorized Representative and shall be scheduled for removal. The Contractor shall pay the Owner penalty as described in the table above. G. Assessment of Tree Mitigation: The Owner's Authorized Representative opinion is final regarding tree damage penalties. The Owner's Authorized Representative my exercise the right to stop any work if any level of tree damages are being incurred due to the execution of the work until the Contractor and develop a work plan which prevents further damage to the existing trees. H. Trees that must be removed due to damage caused by the Contractor shall be removed at the Contractor's expense. I. All damages shall be paid to the Owner. Failure to replace or pay for damaged trees shall result in a breach of contract and the Contractor will be automatically assessed damages. Damages as described herein shall be deducted from payments otherwise due to the Contractor. 1.7 WATER Potable water is available on site. If potable water is not available, contractor shall provide watering by means approved by the Owner or Contractor. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 WOUND PAINT For trees within protection fencing area that may need limb pruning/removal, use petroleum or latex base tree wound paint, dark gray, brown or black in color. Spray type paints are acceptable for use on genus Quercus only. 2.2 TREE PROTECTION FENCING A. Refer to the drawings for the location of proposed tree protection fencing. B. Fencing: Non -movable chain link fencing. 1. All elements hot dip galvanized and unless otherwise shown. 2. All elements consist of the following: a. Chain link fencing: Nine (9) gauge, two (2) inch mesh, four (4) foot height. b. Posts: two and three -eighths (2 3/8) inches outside diameter, minimum, steel driven and set a minimum of two (2) feet into ground. Posts are set maximum eight (8) feet on center. c. Brace rails: one and five -eighths (1 5/8) inch outside diameter, minimum. d. Stretcher bars: one -quarter (1/4) inch by three-quarter (3/4) inch, minimum. C. Orange Safety Fencing for trees (as shown on plans): March 29, 2026 TREE PROTECTION, REMOVAL, AND PRUNING ©COPYRIGHT 2026 CCA LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS 01 5639-7 MARYS CREEK WRF 1. Orange safety fencing: polyvinyl mesh, four (4) foot height. 2. Posts: Metal T -posts, minimum of four (4) foot above finished grade and two (2) feet below grade. D. Refer to drawings for additional fencing requirements. E. Temporary enclosures and wrapping 1. The Contractor shall protect tree trunks and root zones from damage. If fencing is not possible due to proximity of construction, then the Contractor is obligated to wrap the trunk with material sufficient to protect the trunk from any damage. The Contractor is obligated to protect the root zone from compaction and damage. The Contractor may use 2x4 pieces wired together to protect the trunk to a minimum height of eight (8) feet above grade. Mulch, gravel and plywood boards should be used to cover 100% of the root zone. 2. Miscellaneous materials: burlap, coarsely shredded hardwood mulch, septic (rounded) gravel. 3. The Contractor shall be aware and flag, if necessary, existing overhead canopies of trees to remain. Equipment shall operate with lowered boom or cranes to protect the existing tree canopies from damage. 2.3 MULCH AND COMPOST A. Mulch — Commercially available decomposed coarsely shredded hardwood mulch at three (3) inch depth. Mulch shall have been decomposing for a minimum of sixty (60) days. B. Shredded tree mulch — Undecomposed, twice shredded hardwood mulch from on -site trees that do not include invasive tree species. This mulch must be utilized with a compost bottom layer that shall be one-half (1/2) to one (1) inch and the undecomposed hardwood added for a minimum three (3) inch combined thickness. C. Compost - commercially available, mature, fully decomposed compost that complies with Section 32 9200 Turf and Grasses. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS A. Tree Fertilizer: Fertilize all trees with a combination of PHC for trees 27-9-9 and Mycor Tree Injectable. Mix 8 pounds of PHC for trees and A and B packets of Mycor Tree Injectable per one hundred (100) gallons of water. B. Herbicides, Insecticides, Miticides and Fungicides: Legal commercial quality non- staining materials with original manufacturers' containers, properly labeled with guaranteed analysis, least toxic required. C. Water: Clean fresh, free of substances toxic to plant growth. D. Sterilant: Use a horticulturally accepted sterilant for sterilizing pruning equipment. E. Root Sealant: Use a horticulturally accepted sealant appropriate for each species of tree. F. Erosion Control Net (Jute Mesh): Shall be heavy, twisted jute mesh, weighing approximately 1.22 pounds per linear yard and four (4) feet wide with mesh openings of approximately one (1) inch square. TREE PROTECTION, REMOVAL, AND PRUNING March 29, 2026 01 5639-8 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 CCA LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS MARYS CREEK WRY G. Plywood: three-quarter (3/4) inch non -treated. 2.5 MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT A. Machinery or tools requirements listed under this Section are NOT intended to be restrictive of specific manufacturers or models, unless so stated. Specific mention of the manufacturers is intended as a guide to illustrate the final product of the maintenance operations desired. B. All equipment and pruning tools shall be maintained in a safe working condition and cutting edges shall be sharp at all times. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: Verify trees to remain and trees to remove with Owner's Authorized Representative. Verify health of trees to remain and provide photo documentation prior to commencing demolition or site work. B. Verify locations of existing utilities in area of tree removal and root grinding. Contractor shall protect all utility lines to remain. C. Verity locations of existing utilities and old pavements to be removed in areas of trees to remain. Contractor shall protect tree's root systems. D. Verify staging of access into site for removal or trees, and protection of trees and areas to be preserved. Utilize existing pavement surfaces to be demolished to prevent compaction of soils into protected areas. E. By beginning Work, Contractor accepts conditions and assumes responsibility for correcting unsuitable conditions encountered at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.2 TREE PRESERVATION A. Protect and preserve trees, understory trees, shrubs, native grasses, and plants not to be removed by the use of fencing, temporary enclosures, wrapping or other means. TREE PROTECTION MUST OCCUR PRIOR TO ANY SITE WORK, DEMOLITION, EXISTING ABANDONED UTILITY REMOVAL, OR GRADING. B. Abandoned Utilities to be Removed: Determine locations of underground utilities and perform work in a manner which is intended to avoid possible damage to trees and protected vegetation. Hand excavate or use air -spade technology where required. C. Tree protection must receive approval of the Owner's Authorized Representative prior to starting any site work. D. Protected trees shown to remain must maintain a full 75% existing undisturbed root zone minimum to be counted as a protected site tree per the local city code or ordinance. E. Protect trees shown with approved fencing as indicated on the drawings and as needed to protect from construction activities. F. Per assessment report, protect existing understory trees and shrubs to remain under and adjacent to existing trees to remain. March 29, 2026 TREE PROTECTION, REMOVAL, AND PRUNING ©COPYRIGHT 2026 CCA LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS 01 5639-9 MARYS CREEK WRF G. Repair injuries, abrasions and other damage to plants by cleanly removing broken members, loose and torn bark, and shape edges in order to permit drainage of rainwater from wounds. Paint wounds with an approved tree wound paint. Provide photo documentation of all tree injuries and repairs. H. Where depth of soil over root system of existing plantings is to be modified by final grading, provide the following: 1. Where increase of one (1) foot or more in elevation is shown, spread continuous layer of rock aggregate, graded one quarter (1/4) inch to two (2) inches, six (6) inches deep from trunk to drip line of branches prior to installation of fill. 2. Provide proper aeration by installing within perimeter of spread, a system of four (4) inch clay drain tile. Install vertically flush with soil surface and penetrating into layer of aggregate fill. I. Install tree guard fencing at a minimum of three (3) feet past the tree drip line or as noted on the drawings. J. Do not install gates in tree guard fencing. Do not stack or store any equipment inside the tree fence. K. Do not clean construction equipment, dump liquids, nor perform field maintenance on vehicles in the vicinity of the trees to be preserved. L. Apply three (3) inches of coarsely shredded hardwood mulch over tree root zone within fencing, unless shown otherwise. M. Install plywood over mulch in areas reflected on plans for access between the tree protection fencing and the face of building or edge of retaining wall construction. N. Trees inside fencing with native turf areas to remain: DO NOT install mulch or disturb soils in areas shown without mulch due to in -situ soils ability to percolate and drain. 3.3 TREE, LIMB, AND VEGETATION REMOVAL A. Receive approval from the Owner's Authorized Representative in the field for trees and vegetation to be removed. Trees that have died or have been approved for removal shall be removed by felling with chain saws. Fell trees to avoid injuring protected trees and vegetation or damaging utilities and existing pavement or structures. Use felling methods that comply with OSHA and American Association of Nurserymen. B. Undergrowth identified and designated for removal within existing tree stands to be preserved shall be removed by hand with machinery and tools that do not harm the root systems, trunks, limbs, or any other part of the trees, understory trees, understory shrubs or native grasses designated to be preserved. C. Grind stumps to a depth of eighteen (18) inches within a three (3) foot diameter of the trunk in areas where rough grading does not exceed two (2) feet of cut. Remove ground mulch from area and fill hole with select fill or site stockpiled topsoil compacted to 90% proctor density. Trees will not need to have stumps ground that are removed within area of building construction and excavation or where rough grading exceeds two (2) feet of cut. D. Trees within heavily rooted zones of other trees will have stumps ground to same depth as above, but grind main root laterals out three (3) feet from tree. DO NOT grind over TREE PROTECTION, REMOVAL, AND PRUNING March 29, 2026 01 5639-10 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 CCA LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS MARYS CREEK WRY or into other tree's root systems. E. Arborist shall prune trees to remove limbs and branches that hinder Contractor's work. Owner's Authorized Representative shall approve any pruning that removes more than ten (10) percent of the tree's canopy. F. Prune branches of trees per approved horticultural practices, for balanced overall canopy appearance, and to prevent one-sided canopy pruning to provide for: 1. Construction equipment access clearance to fourteen (14) feet height from finished grades. 2. Building vertical face clearance to allow scaffolding, lifts and equipment access. 3. Building projected finished roof or parapet elevation clearance of five (5) feet. 4. Fire truck access lanes and drives clearance of fourteen (14) feet above finished pavement elevation. G. Prune trees to remove dead wood, broken branched, mistletoe and suckers from canopies as needed. Thin prune by removing no more than twenty (20) percent of growth. Sterilize pruning tools between individual plants to keep down spread of disease. H. Neatly cut limbs and branches to be trimmed or removed close to the bole of the tree or main branches. Paint cuts more than one and one -quarter (1 1/4) inches in diameter with an approved tree wound paint. Use 3 -cut process to remove branches. I. Limb up trees to provide seven (7) foot minimum clearance over adjacent pedestrian walks, plazas, or accessible pavements to be constructed. Tree shall be limbed up by Arborist to provide balanced shape and to allow for interior branch development. J. Remove poison ivy and other vines from tree trunks, treat and remove roots of ivy to prevent reestablishment (If applicable). K. Hand grub to remove small seedling trees, excessive surface vegetative debris, seeds, nuts and trash. Retain a minimum layer or naturally decomposed surface litter over top of existing grade below tree canopy. Grubbing shall not extend into the surface roots of the tree to remain to prevent damage to the surface roots. Apply coarsely shredded hardwood mulch over root zone if area previously had excessive debris depth to help retain surface moisture over root zone. L. Remove all branches and debris. Legally dispose of vegetation, branches and debris off site. M. Leave site in a clean and orderly manner. 3.4 ROOT PRUNING A. Root pruning as indicated on the drawings must occur prior grading or excavation in the root zone. B. Arborist — Major root pruning (one (1) inch caliper and larger) should be supervised by an ISA Certified Arborist where indicated on the plan or if roots are exposed due to grading or excavation. Use sharp instruments that leave a clean cut, with no ragged edges. C. Root pruning guidelines: 1. Do not mechanically trench under trees, Trench using Air Spade Technology offered by Root Flare Services, Dallas, TX (or approved equal), hand dig or bore underneath. March 29, 2026 TREE PROTECTION, REMOVAL, AND PRUNING ©COPYRIGHT 2026 CCA LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS 01 56 39 - 11 MARYS CREEK WRF If roots greater than one (1) inch are encountered and severed, dig back along the root and fmd solid root wood, then cut flush and treat with an acceptable root sealant immediately. If the roots cannot be treated immediately, cover with moist burlap to prevent desiccation until they can be treated. 2. Any roots broken and disturbed during construction trenching operations shall be immediately cleanly cut and sprayed with root sealant. Do not leave uncut, frayed roots without immediate treatment. Owner is to inspect any trench before filling occurs. 3. Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out. 4. Do not remove more than 25 % of the tree's roots, with no more than 20% from one side. 5. For trees twelve (12) inches in diameter and less, roots should not be removed within four (4) feet of the outer edge of the tree trunk base. Trees other than Post Oaks with diameter more than twelve (12) inches should be allowed an additional twelve (12) inches for every three (3) inches of trunk diameter measured at a point three (3) feet above the ground. Root prune all trees adjacent to proposed pavement locations. 6. Oak trees with diameter more than twelve (12) inches should be allowed an additional twelve (12) inches for every one (1) inch of trunk diameter measured at a point three (3) feet above the ground. 7. Root prune all trees adjacent to proposed pavement and excavation locations with proper pruning technique to provide clean cuts at roots with no ragged edges. Do not cut within five (5) feet of trunk. D. Arborist will review root pruning prior to backfilling. E. Backfill the excavation as soon as possible after sealing cuts with root sealant and water the soil around the roots to avoid leaving air pockets. F. Backfill with five (5) parts native topsoil and one (1) part compost. G. Apply root fertilizer / stimulator to root zone of trees where root pruning has occurred. Apply fertilizer at rates recommended by manufacturer. Inject fertilizer at depths prescribed by manufacturer. H. The Arborist must receive field approval from Owner's Authorized Representative or the Landscape Architect for tree and root pruning not shown in the drawings. 3.5 BORING NEAR TREES A. Bores within the root zone of large trees shall be horizontal directional bores. For pipe installation, mechanically bore the tunnel under the roots with a horizontal directional drill and hydraulic or pneumatic air excavation technology. In all cases, install the utility pipe immediately, backfill with soil and soak within the same day. B. Installation shall be tunnel bored beneath the tree and roots per the following chart: Trenching Distance When the Tree Diameter (at Trenching will be Replaced with Boring at this Min. 4.5' height) is Distance (l0x tree diameter) from the Face of the Tree in any Direction TREE PROTECTION, REMOVAL, AND PRUNING March 29, 2026 01 5639-12 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 CCA LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS MARYS CREEK WRY 6-9" measured at 6" 5— 8' 10-14" measured at 54" 10— 13' 15-19" measured at 54" 14- 16' 19-24" measured at 54" 17-19' Over 25" measured at 54" 20'+ Depth of Tunneling 9" or less measured at 6" 2.0' 10-14" measured at 54" 2.5' 15-19" measured at 54" 3.0' More than 19" measured at 54" depth of tunnel 3.5' Bore pits shall be located at a minimum distance as specified by trenching distance table above. 3.6 WATERING A. The Contractor shall provide watering as needed to keep existing trees to remain in vigorous condition. B. The Contractor shall water protected trees during construction by deep root watering trees once every two weeks during the months of June, July, August, and September. Should drought of more than three (3) weeks occur from October through May, the Contractor shall provide additional deep root watering of protected trees as needed to keep trees in healthy, growing condition. A dripping hose or gator bag or other means may be used to deep root water the trees. Soil should be saturated within the drip line after deep root watering. C. For large masses of protected trees, water trees that are located along the outside edge of protected area as described above. 3.7 MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING TREES A. Trees shall be continuously and routinely inspected for distress caused by construction activities. Notify Owner's Authorized Representative at first sign of distress. B. Maintain fence taut, stable and secure until soil preparation and seeding activity is needed within the fenced area. C. The Contractor shall maintain a three (3) inch cover of mulch on the tree root zone though out construction on individual trees. After initial mulch application re -apply mulch twice per year. Mulch shall be refreshed to specified depth within seven (7) calendar days of January 1 and July 1. Use erosion control net (jute mesh) as needed to secure mulch in place from potential heavy erosion adjacent to drainage. D. Remove mulch when sodding commences within tree root zone. E. For masses of protected trees, unmown grass should be left within fifteen (15) feet of the trunk line along the outside edge of the trees. F. Native and existing turf grasses are to be retained and maintained, if necessary, during project construction period. If grass stops growing within tree protective fencing, of if the March 29, 2026 TREE PROTECTION, REMOVAL, AND PRUNING ©COPYRIGHT 2026 CCA LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS 01 56 39 - 13 MARYS CREEK WRF tree shows signs of stress such as leaf drop, sucker growth, wilting, or if tree shows signs of insects or disease, the Contractor shall notify the Owner immediately. It is the Contractor's responsibility to maintain the health of the trees during the construction period. G. Any Fire Ant mounds around or on top of a tree root zone of a specimen tree shall be treated immediately and the mound removed physically. Do not allow the mound to build on the tree trunk as this will cover the tree root flare and possibly cause injury or death. Ensure that any chemical application to the Fire Ant mound is safe for application atop tree root zones. Ant mounds do not need to be treated in tree masses. 3.8 DISPOSAL A. Haul off and legally dispose of any debris from the work of this section. B. Dispose of debris off the Site only with permission of property owner where such debris is to be deposited and in accordance with codes and regulations of the jurisdictional authorities. C. Burning and burying debris on the Worksite is prohibited. 3.9 CLEAN-UP Remove and dispose of any debris, trash, protective materials, enclosures and fencing upon completion of the Work. 3.10 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. The trees designated for protection will be examined as part of final acceptance when all site work has reached final acceptance. B. The Arborist shall issue a final Post Construction Tree Assessment regarding the status of the tree health for each specimen tree and for the large tree groupings. The report should identify if future care is required to maintain the health of the specimen trees. The report should identify what specific treatment the trees should receive coordinated with a time schedule to the treatment to promote tree health. C. If grading impacts the critical root zone, the Contractor's Arborist will be required to report specifically on the impacted tree. The Arborist shall recommend tree treatment and maintenance after final acceptance. D. Request inspection for final acceptance at least thirty (30) calendar days from project close out. E. Receive approval from the Owner's Authorized Representative for the work of this section completed. END OF SECTION TREE PROTECTION, REMOVAL, AND PRUNING March 29, 2026 01 5639-14 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 CCA LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS 015713-1 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION Page 1 of 4 SECTION 01 5713 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Procedures for Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plans B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2.A.1. 2. Added 1.2.A.1.b 3. Added 1.4.B.2.b.3 4. Added 1.4.B.3.b.5 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0— Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 3. Section 31 25 00 — Erosion and Sediment Control 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Unit Price - Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 1. Notice of Intent: NOT 2. Notice of Termination: NOT 3. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan: SWPPP 4. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality: TCEQ 5. Notice of Change: NOC A.Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. Integrated Storm Management (iSWM) Technical Manual for Construction Controls CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 01 57 13 -2 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION Page 2 of 4 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. General 1. Contractor is responsible for resolution and payment of any fines issued associated with compliance to Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. B. Construction Activities resulting in: 1. Less than 1 acre of disturbance a. Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with Section 31 25 00 and Drawings. 2. 1 to less than 5 acres of disturbance a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction Permit is required b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements 1) TCEQ Small Construction Site Notice Required under general permit TXR150000 a) Sign and post at job site b) Prior to Preconstruction Meeting, send 1 copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division, (817) 392- 6088. 2) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with: a) Section 31 25 00 b) The Drawings c) TXR150000 General Permit d) SWPPP e) TCEQ requirements 3) SWPPP shall be signed and sealed by a licensed Professional Engineer in the State of Texas. 5 acres or more of Disturbance a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction Permit is required b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements 1) Prepare a TCEQ NOI form and submit to TCEQ along with required fee a) Sign and post at job site b) Send copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division, (817) 392-6088. 2) TCEQ Notice of Change required if making changes or updates to NOI 3) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with: a) Section 31 25 00 b) The Drawings c) TXR150000 General Permit d) SWPPP e) TCEQ requirements 4) Once the project has been completed and all the closeout requirements of TCEQ have been met a TCEQ Notice of Termination can be submitted. a) Send copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division, (817) 392-6088. 5) SWPPP shall be signed and sealed by a licensed Professional Engineer in the State of Texas. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 01 57 13 -3 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION Page 3 of 4 [W YID 1 II\__M A. SWPPP 1. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00, except as stated herein. a. Prior to the Preconstruction Meeting, submit a draft copy of SWPPP to the City as follows: 1) 1 copy to the City Project Manager a) City Project Manager will forward to the City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division for review B. Modified SWPPP 1. If the SWPPP is revised during construction, resubmit modified SWPPP to the City in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 015713-4 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION Page 4 of 4 1 J.Th A I►I1Ii i! 1111315.10lb d -R 1: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 015813-1 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE Page 1 of 4 SECTION 01 58 13 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Temporary Project Signage Requirements B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Added 2.2.A.2 and 2.2.A.3. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0— Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS A. Design Criteria 1. Provide free standing Project Designation Sign in accordance with City's Standard Details for project signs for Water Department projects. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 01 58 13 -2 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE Page 2 of 4 2. Provide free standing Project Designation Sian in accordance with Texas Water Development Board (TWDB)specifications for TWDB funded projects. 3. Provide free standing Project Designation Sign in accordance with Water Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act (WIFIA) specifications for WIFIA funded projects. B. Materials 1. Sign a. Constructed of 3/4 -inch fir plywood, grade A -C (exterior) or better 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Provide vertical installation at extents of project. 2. Relocate sign as needed, upon request of the City. B. Mounting options a. Skids b. Posts c. Barricade 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [ox] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE A. General 1. Maintenance will include painting and repairs as needed or directed by the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 01 58 13 -3 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE Page 3 of 4 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 015813-4 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE Page 4 of 4 1 J.Th A I►I1Ii i! 11113/\ 0l'L n1 1: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 MARYS CREEK WRY SECTION 0161 00 COMMON PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 DEFINITIONS A. Products: 1. New items for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased by Contractor or Owner for the Project, or taken from previously purchased stock, and may also include existing materials or components required for reuse. 2. Includes the terms material, equipment, machinery, components, subsystem, system, hardware, software, and terms of similar intent and is not intended to change meaning of such other terms used in Contract Documents, as those terms are self-explanatory and have well recognized meanings in construction industry. 3. Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model designation, indicated in manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1.02 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Where Contractor design is specified, design of installation, systems, equipment, and components, including supports and anchorage, shall be in accordance with provisions of latest edition of International Building Code (IBC) by International Code Council. 1. Wind: Basic wind speed 3 -second, V: 116 mph, with exposure category C, and an importance factor, I, of 1.0. 2. Snow Load: Basic ground snow load pg 5 psf, and an importance factor, I, of 1.1. 3. Seismic: Risk Category III, importance factor, I, of 1.0, Site Class Definition D, mapped maximum considered earthquake, 5 percent damped, spectral response at short periods, SS 0.09g, mapped maximum considered earthquake, 5 percent damped, spectral response at a period of 1 second, Si 0.05g, unless specified otherwise, Seismic Design Category: B. 1.03 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Altitude: Provide materials and equipment suitable for installation and operation under rated conditions at approximately 770 feet above sea level. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 COMMON PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS APRIL 6, 2026 01 61 00 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF B. Provide equipment and devices installed outdoors or in unheated enclosures capable of continuous operation within an ambient temperature range of 10 degrees F to 110 degrees F. C. The environment will be moist, and corrosive, exhibiting hydrogen sulfide and other corrosive gases encountered in municipal wastewater treatment plants. D. Equipment shall be compatible with heat tracing and insulation, which is furnished and installed by the CONTRACTOR. Equipment MANUFACTURERs shall design piping systems with ample clearances and material compatibility to accept required heat tracing and insulation. If additional freeze protection beyond heat tracing and insulation is required, it shall be furnished by the Equipment Manufacturer. Equipment Manufacturers and Preselected Equipment suppliers shall coordinate with CONTRACTOR to provide direction on where heat tracing is required, and shall verify that the CONTRACTOR has provided adequate heat tracing and insulation during startup activities. 1.04 PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT A. When practical, factory assemble products. Mark or tag separate parts and assemblies to facilitate field assembly. Cover machined and unpainted parts that may be damaged by the elements with strippable protective coating. B. Package products to facilitate handling and protect from damage during shipping, handling, and storage. Mark or tag outside of each package or crate to indicate its purchase order number, bill of lading number, contents by name, name of Project and Contractor, equipment number, and approximate weight. Include complete packing list and bill of materials with each shipment. C. Extra Materials, Special Tools, Test Equipment, and Expendables: 1. Furnish as required by individual Specifications. 2. Schedule: a. Ensure that shipment and delivery occurs concurrent with shipment of associated equipment. 1) Spare parts shall be delivered at Final Completion. b. Transfer to Owner shall occur immediately subsequent to Contractor's acceptance of equipment from Supplier. 3. Packaging and Shipment: a. Package and ship extra materials and special tools to avoid damage during long term storage in original cartons insofar as possible, or in appropriately sized, hinged -cover, wood, plastic, or metal box. b. Prominently displayed on each package, the following: COMMON PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 61 00 - 2 APRIL 6, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY 1) Manufacturer's part nomenclature and number, consistent with Operation and Maintenance Manual identification system. 2) Applicable equipment description. 3) Quantity of parts in package. 4) Equipment manufacturer. 4. Deliver materials to Site. 5. Notify Engineer and Construction Manager upon arrival for transfer of materials. 6. Replace extra materials and special tools found to be damaged or otherwise inoperable at time of transfer to Owner. D. Request a minimum 7 -day advance notice of shipment from manufacturer. Upon receipt of manufacturer's advance notice of shipment, promptly notify Engineer of anticipated date and place of equipment arrival. E. Factory Test Results: Reviewed and accepted by Engineer before product shipment as required in individual Specification sections. 1.05 DELIVERY AND INSPECTION A. Deliver products in accordance with accepted current Progress Schedule and coordinate to avoid conflict with the Work and conditions at Site. Deliver anchor bolts and templates sufficiently early to permit setting prior to placement of structural concrete. B. Deliver products in undamaged condition, in manufacturer's original container or packaging, with identifying labels intact and legible. Include on label, date of manufacture and shelf life, where applicable. C. Unload products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for unloading or as specified. Record receipt of products at Site. Promptly inspect for completeness and evidence of damage during shipment. D. Remove damaged products from Site and expedite delivery of identical new undamaged products, and remedy incomplete or lost products to provide that specified, so as not to delay progress of the Work. E. Contractor shall inspect all deliveries within 10 days. 1.06 HANDLING, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Handle and store products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and in a manner to prevent damage. Store in approved storage yards or sheds provided in accordance with Section 01 50 00, Temporary PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 COMMON PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS APRIL 6, 2026 01 61 00 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF Facilities and Controls. Provide manufacturer's recommended maintenance during storage, installation, and until products are accepted for use by Owner. B. Manufacturer's instructions for material requiring special handling, storage, or protection shall be provided prior to delivery of material. C. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. Make periodic inspections of stored products to ensure that products are maintained under specified conditions, and free from damage or deterioration. Keep running account of products in storage to facilitate inspection and to estimate progress payments for products delivered, but not installed in the Work. D. Store electrical, instrumentation, and control products, and equipment with bearings in weather -tight structures maintained above 60 degrees F. Protect electrical, instrumentation, and control products, and insulate against moisture, water, and dust damage. Connect and operate continuously space heaters furnished in electrical equipment. E. Store fabricated products above ground on blocking or skids, and prevent soiling or staining. Store loose granular materials in well -drained area on solid surface to prevent mixing with foreign matter. Cover products that are subject to deterioration with impervious sheet coverings; provide adequate ventilation to avoid condensation. F. Store finished products that are ready for installation in dry and well -ventilated areas. Do not subject to extreme changes in temperature or humidity. G. After installation, provide coverings to protect products from damage due to traffic and construction operations. Remove coverings when no longer needed. H. Hazardous Materials: Prevent contamination of personnel, storage area, and Site. Meet requirements of product specification, codes, and manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Provide manufacturer's standard materials suitable for service conditions, unless otherwise specified in the individual Specifications. B. Where product specifications include a named manufacturer, with or without model number, and also include performance requirements, named manufacturer's products must meet the performance specifications. COMMON PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 61 00 - 4 APRIL 6, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY C. Like items of products furnished and installed in the Work shall be end products of one manufacturer and of the same series or family of models to achieve standardization for appearance, operation and maintenance, spare parts and replacement, manufacturer's services, and implement same or similar process instrumentation and control functions in same or similar manner. D. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically permitted by Contract Documents. E. Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacturer, for similar components, unless otherwise specified. F. Equipment, Components, Systems, and Subsystems: Design and manufacture with due regard for health and safety of operation, maintenance, and accessibility, durability of parts, and shall comply with applicable OSHA, state, and local health and safety regulations. G. Regulatory Requirement: Coating materials shall meet federal, state, and local requirements limiting the emission of volatile organic compounds and for worker exposure. H. Safety Guards: Provide for all belt or chain drives, fan blades, couplings, or other moving or rotary parts. Cover rotating part on all sides. Design for easy installation and removal. Use 16 -gauge or heavier; galvanized steel, aluminum coated steel, or galvanized or aluminum coated 1/2 -inch mesh expanded steel. Provide galvanized steel accessories and supports, including bolts. For outdoors application, prevent entrance of rain and dripping water. I. Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ): 1. Provide the Work in accordance with NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). Where required by the AHJ, material and equipment shall be labeled or listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory or other organization acceptable to the AHJ in order to provide a basis for approval under NEC. 2. Materials and equipment manufactured within the scope of standards published by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. shall conform to those standards and shall have an applied UL listing mark. Equipment Finish: 1. Provide manufacturer's standard finish and color, except where specific color is indicated. 2. If manufacturer has no standard color, provide equipment with gray finish as approved by Owner. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 COMMON PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS APRIL 6, 2026 01 61 00 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF K. Special Tools and Accessories: Furnish to Owner, upon acceptance of equipment, all accessories required to place each item of equipment in full operation. These accessory items include, but are not limited to, adequate oil and grease (as required for first lubrication of equipment after field testing), light bulbs, fuses, hydrant wrenches, valve keys, handwheels, chain operators, special tools, and other spare parts as required for maintenance. L. Lubricant: Provide initial lubricant recommended by equipment manufacturer in sufficient quantity to fill lubricant reservoirs and to replace consumption during testing, startup, and operation until final acceptance by Owner. M. Components and Materials in Contact with Water for Human Consumption: Comply with the requirements of the Safe Drinking Water Act and other applicable federal, state, and local requirements. Provide certification by manufacturer or an accredited certification organization recognized by the Authority Having Jurisdiction that components and materials comply with the maximum lead content standard in accordance with NSF/ANSI 61 and NSF/ANSI 372. Use or reuse of components and materials without a traceable certification is prohibited. 2.02 FABRICATION AND MANUFACTURE A. General: Manufacture parts to U.S.A. standard sizes and gauges. 2. Two or more items of the same type shall be identical, by the same manufacturer, and interchangeable. 3. Design structural members for anticipated shock and vibratory loads. 4. Use 1/4 -inch minimum thickness for steel that will be submerged, wholly or partially, during normal operation. 5. Modify standard products as necessary to meet performance Specifications. B. Lubrication System: 1. Require no more than weekly attention during continuous operation. 2. Convenient and accessible; oil drains with bronze or stainless steel valves and fill -plugs easily accessible from the normal operating area or platform. Locate drains to allow convenient collection of oil during oil changes without removing equipment from its installed position. 3. Provide constant -level oilers or oil level indicators for oil lubrication systems. COMMON PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 61 00 - 6 APRIL 6, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY 4. For grease type bearings, which are not easily accessible, provide and install stainless steel tubing; protect and extend tubing to convenient location with suitable grease fitting. 2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Where Specifications call for factory testing to be witnessed by Engineer, notify Engineer not less than 14 days prior to scheduled test date, unless otherwise specified. B. Calibration Instruments: Bear the seal of a reputable laboratory certifying instrument has been calibrated within the previous 12 months to a standard endorsed by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). C. Factory Tests: Perform in accordance with accepted test procedures and document successful completion. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Inspect materials and equipment for signs of pitting, rust decay, or other deleterious effects of storage. Do not install material or equipment showing such effects. Remove damaged material or equipment from the Site and expedite delivery of identical new material or equipment. Delays to the Work resulting from material or equipment damage that necessitates procurement of new products will be considered delays within Contractor's control. 3.02 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE A. When so specified, a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance, a copy of which is attached to this section, shall be completed in full, signed by entity supplying the product, material, or service, and submitted prior to shipment of product or material or execution of the services. B. Engineer may permit use of certain materials or assemblies prior to sampling and testing if accompanied by accepted certification of compliance. C. Such form shall certify proposed product, material, or service complies with that specified. Attach supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. D. May reflect recent or previous test results on material or product, if acceptable to Engineer. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 COMMON PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS APRIL 6,2026 016100-7 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Equipment Drawings show general locations of equipment, devices, and raceway, unless specifically dimensioned. B. No shimming between machined surfaces is allowed. C. Install the Work in accordance with NECA Standard of Installation, unless otherwise specified. D. Repaint painted surfaces that are damaged prior to equipment acceptance. E. Do not cut or notch any structural member or building surface without specific approval of Engineer. F. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition, and adjust products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, and as may be specified. Retain a copy of manufacturers' instruction at Site, available for review at all times. G. For material and equipment specifically indicated or specified to be reused in the Work: 1. Use special care in removal, handling, storage, and reinstallation to assure proper function in the completed Work. 2. Arrange for transportation, storage, and handling of products that require offsite storage, restoration, or renovation. Include costs for such Work in the Contract Price. 3.04 FIELD FINISHING A. In accordance with Section 09 90 00, Painting and Coating, and individual Specification sections. 3.05 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. Perform required adjustments, tests, operation checks, and other startup activities. 3.06 LUBRICANTS A. Fill lubricant reservoirs and replace consumption during testing, startup, and operation prior to acceptance of equipment by Owner. B. Contractor shall furnish initial supply of oil and grease based on recommendations from equipment supplier. COMMON PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 61 00 - 8 APRIL 6, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY 3.07 SUPPLEMENTS A. The supplement listed below, following "End of Section", is part of this specification. 1. Form: Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance. END OF SECTION PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 COMMON PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS APRIL 6, 2026 01 61 00 - 9 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE OWNER: PROJECT NAME: PROJECT NO: Comments: PRODUCT, MATERIAL, OR SERVICE SUBMITTED: I hereby certify that the above -referenced product, material, or service called for by the Contract for the named Project will be furnished in accordance with all applicable requirements. I further certify that the product, material, or service are of the quality specified and conform in all respects with the Contract requirements, and are in the quantity shown. Date of Execution: Manufacturer: 20 Manufacturer's Authorized Representative (print): (Authorized Signature) PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 COMMON PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS APRIL 6, 2026 01 61 00 SUPPLEMENT - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK COMMON PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 61 00-2 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 APRIL 6, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 70 00 - 1 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 1 of 4 SECTION 01 70 00 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Mobilization and Demobilization a. Mobilization 1) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies to the Site 2) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's operation at the Site 3) Premiums paid for performance and payment bonds 4) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies to another location within the designated Site 5) Relocation of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's operation from 1 location to another location on the Site. b. Demobilization 1) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies away from the Site including disassembly 2) Site Clean-up 3) Removal of all buildings and/or other facilities assembled at the Site for this Contract c. Mobilization and Demobilization do not include activities for specific items of work that are for which payment is provided elsewhere in the contract. Remobilization a. Remobilization for Suspension of Work specifically required in the Contract Documents or as required by City includes: 1) Demobilization a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies from the Site including disassembly or temporarily securing equipment, supplies, and other facilities as designated by the Contract Documents necessary to suspend the Work. b) Site Clean-up as designated in the Contract Documents 2) Remobilization a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies to the Site necessary to resume the Work. b) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's operation at the Site necessary to resume the Work. 3) No Payments will be made for: a) Mobilization and Demobilization from one location to another on the Site in the normal progress of performing the Work. b) Stand-by or idle time c) Lost profits 3. Mobilizations and Demobilization for Miscellaneous Projects a. Mobilization and Demobilization CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised November 22, 2016 017000-2 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 2 of 4 1) Mobilization shall consist of the activities and cost on a Work Order basis necessary for: a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies to the Site for the issued Work Order. b) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's operation at the Site for the issued Work Order 2) Demobilization shall consist of the activities and cost necessary for: a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies from the Site including disassembly for each issued Work Order b) Site Clean-up for each issued Work Order c) Removal of all buildings or other facilities assembled at the Site for each Work Oder b. Mobilization and Demobilization do not include activities for specific items of work for which payment is provided elsewhere in the contract. 4. Emergency Mobilizations and Demobilization for Miscellaneous Projects a. A Mobilization for Miscellaneous Projects when directed by the City and the mobilization occurs within 24 hours of the issuance of the Work Order. B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0— Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Mobilization and Demobilization a. Measure 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no other compensation will be allowed. Remobilization for suspension of Work as specifically required in the Contract Documents a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each remobilization performed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price per each "Specified Remobilization" in accordance with Contract Documents. c. The price shall include: 1) Demobilization as described in Section I.1.A.2.a.1) 2) Remobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.2.a.2) d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this Item. CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised November 22, 2016 017000-3 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 3 of 4 Remobilization for suspension of Work as required by City a. Measurement and Payment 1) This shall be submitted as a Contract Claim in accordance with Article 10 of Section 00 72 00. 2) No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated with this Item. 4. Mobilizations and Demobilizations for Miscellaneous Projects a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be for each Mobilization and Demobilization required by the Contract Documents b. Payment 1) The Work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price per each "Work Order Mobilization" in accordance with Contract Documents. Demobilization shall be considered subsidiary to mobilization and shall not be paid for separately. c. The price shall include: 1) Mobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.3.a.1) 2) Demobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.3.a.2) d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this Item. 5. Emergency Mobilizations and Demobilizations for Miscellaneous Projects a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be for each Mobilization and Demobilization required by the Contract Documents b. Payment 1) The Work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price per each "Work Order Emergency Mobilization" in accordance with Contract Documents. Demobilization shall be considered subsidiary to mobilization and shall not be paid for separately. c. The price shall include 1) Mobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.4.a) 2) Demobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.3.a.2) d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised November 22, 2016 017000-4 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 4 of 4 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised November 22, 2016 017123-1 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 1 of 6 SECTION 01 71 23 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Requirements for construction staking and construction survey B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2.A.I.b.1 2. Added 1.2.A.1.b.2 3. Modified 1.2.A.2.b.1 4. Added 1.2.A.2.b.2 5. Modified 1.9.A.1-3 6. Modified 1.9.B.2-3 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0— Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Construction Staking a. Measurement 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. b. Payment 1) Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 2. Construction Survey a. Measurement 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. b. Payment 1) Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 3. As -Built Survey a. Measurement 1) This item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. b. Payment 1) Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 2) Documentation and submittal of as -built survey data onto contractor redline plans and digital survey files. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Defmitions CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised December 20, 2012 01 71 23 -2 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 2 of 6 1. Construction Survey — The survey measurements made prior to or while construction is in progress to control elevation, horizontal position, dimensions, and configuration of structures/improvements included in the Project Drawings. 2. As -Built Survey — The measurements made after the construction of the improvement features are complete to provide position coordinates for the features of a project. 3. Construction Staking — The placement of stakes and markings to provide offsets and elevations to cut and fill in order to locate on the ground the designed structures/improvements included in the Project Drawings. Construction staking shall include staking easements and/or right of way if indicated on the plans. 4. Survey "Field Checks" — Measurements made after construction staking is completed and before construction work begins to ensure that structures marked on the ground are accurately located per Project Drawings. B. Technical References 1. City of Fort Worth — Construction Staking Standards (available on City's Trimble Unity Construct website) — 01 71 23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards 2. City of Fort Worth— Standard Survey Data Collector Library (fxl) files (available on City's Trimble Unity Construct website). 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor's selection of a surveyor must comply with Texas Government Code 2254 (qualifications based selection) for this project. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals, if required, shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Certificates Provide certificate certifying that elevations and locations of improvements are in conformance or non-conformance with requirements of the Contract Documents. a. Certificate must be sealed by a registered professional land surveyor in the State of Texas. B. Field Quality Control Submittals 1. Documentation verifying accuracy of field engineering work. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. As -Built Redline Drawing Submittal 1. Submit As -Built Survey Redline Drawings documenting the locations/elevations of constructed improvements signed and sealed by Registered Professional Land Surveyor (RPLS) responsible for the work (refer to 01 71 23.16.01_Attachment A Survey Staking Standards). CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised December 20, 2012 01 71 23 -3 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 3 of 6 2. Contractor shall submit the proposed as -built and completed redline drawing submittal one (1) week prior to scheduling the project final inspection for City review and comment. Revisions, if necessary, shall be made to the as -built redline drawings and resubmitted to the City prior to scheduling the construction final inspection. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Construction Staking 1. Construction staking will be performed by the Contractor. 2. Coordination a. Contact City's Project Rcprcscntativc at least 2 weeks in advance for scheduling of Construction Staking. b. It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate staking such that construction activities are not delayed or negatively impacted. 3. General a. Contractor is responsible for preserving and maintaining stakes furnished by Qty. b. If in the opinion of the City, a sufficient number of stakes or markings have been lost, destroyed or disturbed, by Contractor's neglect, such that the contracted Work cannot take place, then the Contractor will be required to re - stake the deficient areas. pay the City for new staking with a 25 percent markup. The cost for staking will be deducted from the payment due to the Contractor for the Project. B. Construction Survey 1. Construction Survey will be performed by the Contractor. 2. Coordination a. Contractor to verify that control data established in the design survey remains intact. b. Coordinate with the City prior to field investigation to determine which horizontal and vertical control data will be required for construction survey. c. It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate Construction Survey such that construction activities are not delayed or negatively impacted. d. Contractor shall restore or replace any control data needs to be restored or reseed due to damage caused during construction operations. 1) City shall perform replacements and/or restorations. 3. General a. Construction survey will be performed in order to maintain complete and accurate logs of control and survey work as it progresses for Project Records. b. The Contractor shall will need to ensure coordination is maintained with the City to perform construction survey to obtain construction features, including but not limited to the following: 1) All Utility Lines a) Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each manhole or junction structure 2) Water Lines CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised December 20, 2012 017123-4 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 4 of 6 a) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for waterlines at the following locations: (1) Every 250 linear feet (2) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. (All Fittings) (3) Cathodic protection test stations (4) Sampling stations (5) Meter boxes/vaults (All sizes) (6) Fire lines (7) Fire hydrants (8) Gate valves (9) Plugs, stubouts, dead-end lines (10) Air Release valves (Manhole rim and vent pipe) (11) Blow off valves (Manhole rim and valve lid) (12) Pressure plane valves (13) Cleaning wyes (14) Casing pipe (each end) b) Storm Sewer (1) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates at the following locations: (a) Every 250 linear feet (b) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. c) Sanitary Sewer (1) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for sanitary sewer lines at the following locations: (a) Every 250 linear feet (b) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. (c) Cleanouts c. Construction survey will be performed in order to maintain complete and accurate logs of control and survey work associated with meeting or exceeding the line and grade required by these Specifications. d. The Contractor shall will nccd to ensure coordination is maintained with the City to perform construction survey and to verify control data, including but not limited to the following: 1) Established benchmarks and control points provided for the Contractor's use are accurate 2) Benchmarks were used to furnish and maintain all reference lines and grades for tunneling 3) Lines and grades were used to establish the location of the pipe 4) Submit to the City copies of field notes, if requested, used to establish all lines and grades and allow the City to check guidance system setup prior to beginning each tunneling drive. 5) Provide access for the City, when requested, to verify the guidance system and the line and grade of the carrier pipe on a daily basis. 6) The Contractor remains fully responsible for the accuracy of the work and the correction of it, as required. 7) Monitor line and grade continuously during construction. 8) Record deviation with respect to design line and grade once at each pipe joint and submit daily records to City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised December 20, 2012 01 71 23 -5 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 5 of 6 9) If the installation does not meet the specified tolerances, immediately notify the City and correct the installation in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 APPLICATION 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [oR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL A. It is the Contractor's responsibility to maintain all stakes and control data placed by the City in accordance with this Specification. B. Do not change or relocate stakes or control data without approval from the City. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised December 20, 2012 01 7123 -6 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 6 of 6 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised December 20, 2012 MARYS CREEK WRF SECTION 01 73 00 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Construction layout. 2. Field engineering and surveying. 3. General installation of products. 4. Progress cleaning. 5. Starting and adjusting. 6. Protection of installed construction. 7. Correction of the Work. 8. Basin dewatering and cleaning. 9. Workmanship. 10. Firearms. 11. Handling materials not approved. 12. Salvaged material. 13. Blasting and burning. 14. Pipe closure and buoyancy of structures. 15. OSHA Standards 1.02 REFERENCES A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section 01 43 33 "Manufacturers' Field Services" for information pertaining to the qualifications and requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by land surveyor certifying that location and elevation of improvements comply with requirements. B. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal. C. Certified Surveys: Submit two copies signed by land surveyor. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land -surveying services of the kind indicated. April 6, 20264/6/2026 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 01 73 00- 1 MARYS CREEK WRF PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions and Utilities: When appropriate, the existence and location of site improvements, underground and other utilities, and other construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and verify the existence and location of mechanical and electrical systems and other construction affecting the Work. 1. Before construction, verify the location and points of connection of utility services. 2. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water -service piping; and underground electrical services. 3. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site. B. Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. 2. Examine rough -in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 3. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 4. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utility that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction. B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS April 6, 20264/6/2026 01 73 00-2 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRF D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to ENGINEER. Include a detailed description of problem encountered, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify ENGINEER promptly. B. General: Engage a land surveyor to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices. 1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project. 2. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions. 3. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply. 4. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses. 5. Notify ENGINEER when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances. 6. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and invert elevations. D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations. E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by ENGINEER. 3.04 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations. B. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark. April 6, 20264/6/2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7300-3 MARYS CREEK WRF 1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. 3.05 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produces harmful noise levels. F. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. G. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by ENGINEER. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. H. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. I. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous. EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS April 6, 20264/6/2026 01 73 00-4 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRF 3.06 CORRECTION OF THE WORK A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. 1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition. C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without visible evidence of repair. D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces. 3.07 HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENT/CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PLANS A. CONTRACTOR shall develop and implement Hazardous Environment/Confined Space Entry Plans for this Project. Plans shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for record purposes prior to the pre -construction conference. Plans shall include all local, state and federal requirements for entrance to and working in hazardous environments and confined spaces and shall include a written safety plan for the Project. B. CONTRACTOR shall have a safety officer present at the j obsite whenever the CONTRACTOR'S activities require entering or working in a hazardous environment or confined space. 3.08 PLAN OF ACTION A. CONTRACTOR shall prepare a detailed, written plan of action covering all shutdowns, material deliveries, confined space/hazardous environment entries, plant protection system, construction sequence for major facilities and modifications to existing facilities, trench/excavation protection, for review and coordination with the OWNER and ENGINEER at the pre -construction conference. The pre -construction conference will be held prior to beginning construction activities. Ki A. The CONTRACTOR shall clean basins, pipelines and equipment as specified and, when necessary to complete the work. No additional payment will be made for such work. Washdown water shall be contained and disposed of properly. April 6, 20264/6/2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 017300-5 MARYS CREEK WRF 3.010 WORKMANSHIP A. Specifications contain detailed instructions and descriptions of the major items of construction and workmanship necessary for building and completing the various elements of the Project. The Specifications are intended to be written so that only first-class workmanship and finish of the best grade and quality will result. The fact that these Specifications may fail to be so complete as to cover all details will not relieve the CONTRACTOR of full responsibility for providing a completed project of high quality, first class fmish and appearance and satisfactory for operation, all within the apparent intent of the Plans and Specifications. 3.011 FIREARMS A. Neither the Contractor nor any of his employees shall be allowed to carry firearms on the Project, either on their persons or within their automobiles. Any violation of this requirement will result in the permanent removal from the Project of the employee committing the violation. 3.012 HANDLING MATERIALS NOT APPROVED A. The CONTRACTOR shall remove from the site any materials found to be damaged, and any materials not meeting the specifications. These materials shall be removed promptly, unless the ENGINEER will accept the materials after repairing. Materials found to be damaged, or not acceptable to the ENGINEER, shall be removed. Examination before installation shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from any responsibility to furnish good quality materials. 3.013 SURPLUS AND SALVAGED MATERIAL A. Surplus equipment or material, which is removed by the CONTRACTOR as specified in the Drawings and Specifications, shall become the property of the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the disposal of salvage material offsite. B. Equipment and material designated to be salvage shall be transported by the CONTRACTOR to a location as directed by the Resident Project Representative. A. Explosives: Do not use explosives. B. Burning and Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on -site will not be permitted. Washing waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted. Trees and brush removed shall be shredded onsite with disposal off -site. 3.015 PIPE CLOSURE AND BUOYANCY OF STRUCTURES A. At the end of each working day, the CONTRACTOR shall plug the ends of all exposed pipeline to prevent any material or objects from entering the pipeline. EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS April 6, 20264/6/2026 01 73 00-6 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRF B. The CONTRACTOR shall anchor all pipelines and structures to prevent their flotation should rain occur prior to the completion of backfilling to proposed final grade. 3.016 OSHA STANDARDS A. All work performed under this Contract shall meet the applicable requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). It is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to become familiar with the provisions of regulations published by OSHA in the Federal Register and to perform all of the responsibilities thereunder. It is the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to see that the Project is constructed in accordance with OSHA regulations and to indemnify and save harmless the OWNER from any penalties resulting from the CONTRACTOR's failure to so perform. END OF SECTION April 6, 20264/6/2026 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 01 73 00-7 MARYS CREEK WRF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 0173 00-8 April 6, 20264/6/2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 017423-1 CLEANING Page 1 of 4 SECTION 01 74 23 CLEANING PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Intermediate and final cleaning for Work not including special cleaning of closed systems specified elsewhere B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2.A.1 2. Added 1.2.A.2 3. Modified 3.10.D.2 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0— Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. Section 32 92 13 — Hydro -Mulching, Seeding and Sodding 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Unit Price - Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Scheduling 1. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants disturbed by cleaning process will not fall on newly painted surfaces. 2. Schedule final cleaning upon completion of Work and immediately prior to final inspection. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 0174 23-2 CLEANING Page 2 of 4 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Store cleaning products and cleaning wastes in containers specifically designed for those materials. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] A. Cleaning Agents 1. Compatible with surface being cleaned 2. New and uncontaminated 3. For manufactured surfaces a. Material recommended by manufacturer CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 0174 23-3 CLEANING Page 3 of 4 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 APPLICATION [NOT USED] 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING A. General 1. Prevent accumulation of wastes that create hazardous conditions. 2. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with laws and safety orders of governing authorities. 3. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains or sewers. 4. Dispose of degradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site. 5. Dispose of nondegradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site or in an alternate manner approved by City and regulatory agencies. 6. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible. 7. Thoroughly clean, sweep, wash and polish all Work and equipment associated with this project. 8. Remove all signs of temporary construction and activities incidental to construction of required permanent Work. 9. If project is not cleaned to the satisfaction of the City, the City reserves the right to have the cleaning completed at the expense of the Contractor. 10. Do not burn on -site. B. Intermediate Cleaning during Construction 1. Keep Work areas clean so as not to hinder health, safety or convenience of personnel in existing facility operations. 2. At maximum weekly intervals, dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish. 3. Confine construction debris daily in strategically located container(s): a. Cover to prevent blowing by wind CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 017423-4 CLEANING Page 4 of 4 b. Store debris away from construction or operational activities c. Haul from site at a minimum of once per week 4. Vacuum clean interior areas when ready to receive finish painting. a. Continue vacuum cleaning on an as -needed basis, until Final Acceptance. 5. Prior to storm events, thoroughly clean site of all loose or unsecured items, which may become airborne or transported by flowing water during the storm. C. Interior Final Cleaning 1. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other foreign materials from sight -exposed surfaces. 2. Wipe all lighting fixture reflectors, lenses, lamps and trims clean. 3. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors. 4. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine. 5. Ventilating systems a. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated during construction. b. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if units were operated without filters during construction. 6. Replace all burned out lamps. 7. Broom clean process area floors. 8. Mop office and control room floors. D. Exterior (Site or Right of Way) Final Cleaning 1. Remove trash and debris containers from site. a. Re -seed areas disturbed by location of trash and debris containers in accordance with Section 32 92 13. 2. Sweep flatwork, paving, and roadway to remove all rocks, pieces of asphalt, concrete or any other object that may hinder or disrupt the flow of traffic along the roadway. 3. Clean any interior areas including, but not limited to, vaults, manholes, structures, junction boxes and inlets. 4. If no longer required for maintenance of erosion facilities, and upon approval by City, remove erosion control from site. 5. Clean signs, lights, signals, etc. 3.11 -3.14 [NOT USED] END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 MARY'S CREEK WRY SECTION 0175 01 EQUIPMENT FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TESTING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Scope: B. Submittals. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Drawings and requirements of the contract as put forth in the various portions of the Project Manual, including General Conditions, any Special Provisions, and other Division 1 through Division 46 Specification Sections and addenda apply to this section. A Partial list of specification sections where Equipment Factory Acceptance Testing are indicated as being required is presented for convenience in the table appearing below but this summary is not guaranteed to be all inclusive of all references and related sections for Equipment Factory Acceptance Testing that may appear elsewhere in the Contract Documents (Contractor's attention to any addenda modifications is of particular importance). Title of Specification Specification Reference Section Number Comments B. Manufacturer Product Warranties are included in Section 01 78 36. /\ Commissioningo E� c nn (See PART C. Requirements anddSequen$ ,e Section 1 for the Commissioning Requirements and Sequence flow ,.1..,,.E associated with this section). Refer to Section 01 9114 Equipment Testing and Facility Startup for the following items: 1. Commissioning Requirements and Sequence 2. Equipment Startup Form 3. Clean Water Functional Test 4. Clean Water Performance Test 5. Facility Performance Demonstration D. Equipment Startup and Checkout, Section 01 75 . F. Process Performance Testing, eetion 01 75 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT FACTORY ACCEPTANCE JULY 30, 2026 TESTING ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 75 01 - 1 MARY'S CREEK WRF G. Operational TestinSection 01 75 05. ,,,/\ H. 45 Day Acceptance Test, Section 01 75 5 . 1.03 SCOPE A. Equipment Factory Acceptance Testing ("FAT") shall be performed to verify proper assembly, per the manufacturer's documentation and technical specifications. Drawings by the DESIGN -BUILDER are also reviewed to verify accuracy and completeness. B. Equipment FAT shall be performed by the DESIGN -BUILDER. At the CITY's discretion, some or all Equipment FAT's may be witnessed by the CITY. C. Equipment FAT shall be performed for all fully assembled control panels, cabinets, and other pertinent control systems and devices. Equipment FAT also includes static and dynamic testing of wiring and devices, mechanical connections, and preliminary mechanical functionality, as required by the Contract Documents. D. Equipment FAT shall be performed at the location where the equipment or panel was assembled, immediately prior to shipment to the CITY's facility or storage facility. Equipment FAT shall be initiated and performed by the DESIGN -BUILDER after the equipment or system has been fabricated and assembled in the factory. Prior to Equipment FAT, all mechanical connections shall have been completed, and all power and temporary wiring shall be terminated, as applicable. E. All Equipment FAT procedures and results shall be documented, indicating compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the requirements of the Contract Documents. The accuracy and completeness of the drawings and documentation shall also be verified and corrected as necessary. F. In accordance with Section O1 75 00, Commissioning Requirements and Sequence 01 91 14 Equipment Testing and Facility Startup, Equipment FAT shall be successfully completed in compliance with Part 3, Execution and approved prior to execution of all subsequent verification sections, including Section Equipment Checkout and Startup Equipment Startup Form in Section 01 9114. G. DESIGN -BUILDER shall submit FAT report documenting testing results when applicable including, but not limited to: 1. Verification of all equipment with submitted Bill of Material (BOM). 2. I/O List checkoff. EQUIPMENT FACTORY ACCEPTANCE PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 TESTING JULY 30, 2026 01 75 01 -2 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRY 3. Functional test of protective devices including circuit breakers, fuses, etc. 4. Power supply voltage output. 5. UPS testing and holdup time with full load. 6. Interposing and control relay functionality. 7. Enclosure rating, UL label and serial number. 8. All labeling, tagging and wire numbers match approved Shop Drawings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Equipment FAT Plan. The DESIGN -BUILDER shall submit all of the following documents to the CITY for approval (referred to as the "Equipment FAT Plan"). Upon receipt of the CITY's approval, the DESIGN -BUILDER shall coordinate Equipment FAT activities with the CITY's staff at least two (2) weeks prior to the proposed date Equipment FAT is to begin. B. Submittal Documents: 1. Proposed start day of Equipment FAT tasks to be performed, including testing procedures and what functionality or document detail is to be verified. 2. Examples of the forms to be used to document tasks, successful completion and deficiencies. 3. Detailed panel layout drawing, including itemized bill of materials, when applicable. 4. Control panel schematic diagrams, when applicable. 5. PLC input and output (I/O) drawings, when applicable. 6. Controls sequences and functional descriptions, when applicable. 7. Digital network diagrams and riser diagrams, when applicable. 8. PLC source files, when applicable. 9. PLC documentation, complete, in PDF format, including all available aspects of the project report available within the PLC programming software, when applicable. 10. HMI documentation, in PDF format, including a full -page screenshots of every overview and control screen, complete tag database, complete driver database and all custom programming scripts, when applicable. 11. Mechanical assembly documentation and drawings. 12. FAT Test Report. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS EQUIPMENT FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TESTING 01 7501 -3 MARY'S CREEK WRF PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. At least three (3) work days prior to Equipment FAT activities and arrival of the CITY, the DESIGN -BUILDER shall verify that the equipment is powered and ready for testing. All installations shall be complete. All temporary connections shall be made, and all electrical and mechanical aspects of each component and equipment are properly installed. Electrical control power, uninterruptible power supplies, and reduced voltage power supplies shall be energized and verified. B. The CITY shall be notified immediately of any circumstances which may hinder, delay or interrupt the Equipment FAT. C. All test equipment and analysis instruments to be used for Equipment FAT verification shall be calibrated and prepared for testing. 3.02 EXECUTION: EQUIPMENT FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TESTING A. Equipment FAT may begin 14 calendars days after approval of each applicable Equipment FAT Plan, subject to the following stipulations: 1. Refer to each applicable technical specification section for clarifications or additional installation and Equipment FAT requirements or expectations. 2. All Equipment FAT activities shall be coordinated with the CITY, at least 14 calendar days in advance. At the CITY's discretion, the CITY may elect to witness some or all of these activities. 3. Once started, Equipment FAT shall continue or be repeated until successful completion is accomplished. All requests to interrupt, suspend, or restart Equipment FAT activities shall be submitted to CITY for approval. 4. Equipment FAT shall be successfully completed, and FAT Report submitted and approved prior to shipment, as well as Execution of all subsequent verification sections, including Section 01 75 02 Equipment Startup and Checkout Equipment Startup Form in Section 01 9114. B. Electrical Equipment FAT shall be performed when applicable, including the following, per the manufacturer's documentation and the technical specifications: 1. With power off, verify each detail of each drawing for completeness and accuracy. Verify that all panel equipment, components and wires are EQUIPMENT FACTORY ACCEPTANCE PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 TESTING JULY 30, 2026 01 75 01 -4 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRY properly labeled and tagged. Verify terminal and tag lists. Verify physical layout and measurements. 2. Verify that the Bill of Materials adequately describes the equipment installed and that all equipment meets the requirements of the design and approved Submittal documents per each applicable technical section. 3. Record identification information of all parts with a Serial Number. 4. Verify that all installations of electrical equipment and conductors are per the manufacturer's recommendations, especially regarding proper sizing, color coding, grounding, insulation, resistance and protection. 5. Verify wire routing and labels, including separation of AC and DC wiring. 6. Verify and record UL approval label identification. 7. With power applied, verify proper and functional circuit and motor protection equipment, such as disconnects, breakers, fuses and overloads. Measure, verify and record the current through each protected device. 8. Verify the functionality of each panel device. 9. Verify all PLC modules match approved Bill of Material. Document hardware and firmware version of each module including CPU, communication, specialty and I/O modules. 10. Perform complete PLC I/O test using I/O listing developed from approved Shop Drawings. 11. Test Discrete Inputs by applying appropriate voltage at each input's field terminal block. Observe LED status indicator and record results. 12. Test Discrete Outputs by forcing PLC output. Observe LED light and confirm interposing relay, if used, is energized and verify relay contact output is on at field terminals. Test analog inputs by injecting a 4 mA to 20 mA signal at field terminals and verify in PLC data table. Simulate 0, 25, 50, 75 and 100 percent (0, 4, 8, 12, 16 and 20 mA). 13. Test analog outputs by setting output value in PLC data table and reading at field terminals. Set output at 0. 25, 50, 75 and 100 percent and observe 0, 4, 8, 12, 16 and 20 mA signal at field terminals. C. DESIGN -BUILDER will provide a PLC program if required for specific FAT testing. It will be the DESIGN-BUILDER's responsibility to load the required firmware version to PLC CPU to perform FAT. D. The DESIGN -BUILDER is responsible for providing PLC programming software for their use during testing. E. E. Instrument and Control Equipment FAT shall be performed, including the following, per the manufacturer's documentation and the technical specifications: PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT FACTORY ACCEPTANCE JULY 30, 2026 TESTING ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 7501 -5 MARY'S CREEK WRF Note: — Not applicable if Programming by DESIGN -BUILDER. a. Verify each point, one point at a time, applying the applicable voltage or current to each field input termination point. Verify proper functionality of the hardware, software and HMI indication. By making database adjustments, cause the proper signal to each field output termination, then measure and record. b. Perform functional tests of each algorithm described in the Functional Description. Use simulation software or test assembly to simulate field devices. c. Make connections to each field termination as necessary to simulate each Control Sequence. Verify all outputs, PLC programming and HMI configurations. d. Verify correct operation of each HMI element, including navigation, graphics, numerical displays, controls, alarms and trends. e. Verify program tag identifications, including PLC program and HMI configuration. f. Perform fault tolerance (what -if) and failure recovery testing. F. Mechanical Equipment FAT shall be performed, including the following, per the manufacturer's documentation and the technical specifications: 1. Verify that all equipment and components have been fully and properly installed. 2. Verify mechanical connections, fittings and mountings. 3. Verify equipment alignment. 4. Verify proper operation. G. If any Equipment FAT cannot be completed successfully, necessary modifications, adjustments, repairs or field engineering shall be performed as required for successful completion. Equipment FAT shall continue or be repeated prior to submittal of any completed documentation for approval, until successful completion is accomplished. H. No equipment shall ship to the Project Site or storage facility until all Equipment FAT is successfully completed and approved. I. Any proposed deviation from the approved plans or schedules shall require written authorization by the CITY. 3.03 DOCUMENTATION A. Only the forms and documents submitted to and approved by CITY shall be used to document Equipment FAT. As each activity is completed, all related forms shall be completed, dated and signed by the DESIGN -BUILDER. EQUIPMENT FACTORY ACCEPTANCE PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 TESTING JULY 30, 2026 01 75 01 -6 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRY B. The DESIGN -BUILDER shall maintain a list of Equipment FAT deficiencies, which shall be updated and sent to the CITY at the end of each week during testing. All deficiencies shall be corrected prior to submittal of any completed documentation for approval. C. Upon completion of all Equipment FAT, all completed and witnessed (when required) documents shall be compiled and formally submitted for approval. 3.04 FLOW CHART A. Refer to Section 01 75 00, Commiioning Requirements and Sequence 01 91 14 Equipment Testing and Facility Startup for the Equipment Factory Acceptance Testing workflow. END OF SECTION PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS EQUIPMENT FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TESTING 01 7501 -7 MARY'S CREEK WRF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK EQUIPMENT FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TESTING 01 75 01 - 8 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 011100-1 ASSET MANAGEMENT Page 1 of 2 SECTION 01 76 00 ASSET MANAGEMENT PART1- GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and services necessary for all work as indicated in accordance with the provisions of the contract documents to provide asset attribute data and asset tags for the equipment being supplied under this Contract. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner or their agents and other project Contractors or their agents and shall allow reasonable provisions for the prosecution of any other work by the Owner, or others, to be done in connection with his work, or in connection with normal use of the facilities. B. Periodic coordinating conferences shall be held as required to coordinate the format, content, and completeness of the asset management information. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT TAGS A. Equipment tags shall be constructed of stainless steel and engraved as specified below. 1. Stainless steel equipment tags shall be constructed of minimum 22 -gauge 316 stainless steel. Lettering shall be engraved with black infill. The size of each tag shall be determined by the Owner and shall be one of the following sizes: 4" x 6", 2" x 4", 2" diameter, 1-1/2" diameter or 1" x 3". Tags shall have rounded corners and 3/16" hole when attaching with wire or chain. Stainless steel tags shall be mounted by adhesion, anchored into wall/equipment using stainless steel anchors/screws or attached with six -ply wound 304 stainless steel wire meter seals or stainless -steel ball chain. When meter seals are utilized, provide Owner with minimum 10% extra meter seals and one sealing press. Contractor shall coordinate attachment method with Owner. 2. For each asset, the tag shall include equipment description, equipment location, and Equipment Record Number (ERN) information as provided in the Equipment List. The initial Equipment List can be downloaded from BIM 360. 3. Contractor shall also provide a physical sample of each size and material of tags that will be used to identify the assets for approval by the Owner. 4. These tags are for the Fort Worth Asset Management System and are in addition to the equipment requirements in other specification sections and shall be coordinated with other tags required. PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED] 3.1 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall perform and meet the following requirements for asset management: CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised December 22, 2022 011100-2 ASSET MANAGEMENT Page 2 of 2 Prior to substantial completion, the Contractor shall submit any applicable revisions or updates to the initial Equipment List and will work with the Owner to finalize the list. The initial Equipment List is included as Attachment 1 at the end of this section. 2. The Contractor shall fill in data on the final Equipment List and return it to the Owner. A preliminary equipment list for this project is included at the end of the specification. 3. For each asset, the Contractor shall engrave and install one tag. The tag shall include the equipment description, equipment location, and Equipment Record Number (ERN) information as provided in the finalized Equipment List. 4. The Owner's Inspector will confirm that the tags match the finalized Equipment List. Contractor shall correct any deviations and have all tags installed prior to substantial completion. END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS C01239 Revised December 22, 2022 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST Project Name: Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility Project Number: C01239 FORT T�H 1 Equalization Basin EQ Mixing Pump 43 22 56.01 M-203 EQB01_B01_PMPIO Equalization Basin EQ Mixing Pump 43 22 56.01 M-203 EQBOI_B01_PMPI I Equalization Basin EQ Mixing Pump 43 2256.01 M-203 EQBOI_BOl_PMP12 Equalization Basin Sump Pump - EQ Influent Valve Vault 444256.04 1-200 EQB01_BO1_SUP01 Equalization Basin Sump Pump - EQ Effluent Valve Vault 444256.04 M-211 EQB01_B01_SUP02 Equalization Basin Sump Pump - EQ Chopper Pump Vault 4442 56.04 M-203 EQBOI_BOl_SUP10 Peak Flow Storage Basin Sump Pump - PFS Influent Valve Vault 4442 56.04 1-210 PFS01_B0l_SUPOI Peak Flow Storage Basin Sump Pump - PFS Effluent Valve Vault 4442 56.04 M-221 PFSOI_B01_SUP02 Peak Flow Storage Basin Sump Pump - PFS Chopper Pump Vault 44 42 56.04 M-203 PFSO1_B01_SUPI0 Peak Flow Storage Basin PFS Mixing Pump 43 22 56.01 M-203 PFSOI_B01_PMP 10 Peak Flow Storage Basin PFS Mixing Pump 43 22 56.01 M-203 PFS0l_B01_PMPI l Peak Flow Storage Basin PFS Mixing Pump 43 22 56.01 M-203 PFSOI_B01_PMP12 Equalization Basin/Peak Flow Storage Basin Washdown System Booster Pump 46 46 23 M-201 EQPF01_C01_PMPOI Equalization Basin/Peak Flow Storage Basin Washdown System Booster Pump 46 46 23 M-201 EQPFOI_C01_PMP02 Equalization Basin/Peak Flow Storage Basin Overflow to PFS Valve Vault 444256.04 M-221 EQPFOI_Bol SUPOI Preliminary Treatment Unit Coarse Screen 40 47 00 M-301 CSCOI COl CS01 Preliminary Treatment Unit Coarse Screen 4047 00 M-301 CSC01 C02 CSOI Preliminary Treatment Unit Coarse Screen 4047 00 M-301 CSCOI_CO3_CSO1 Preliminary Treatment Unit Coarse Screen Washer/Compactor 4047 00 M-301 CSC01_COO_WSH01 Preliminary Treatment Unit Coarse Screen Washer/Compactor 4047 00 M-301 CSCOI COO WSH02 Preliminary Treatment Unit Grit Removal Unit 4048 00 M-302 GRT01 C01 GRU01 Preliminary Treatment Unit Grit Removal Unit 4048 00 M-302 GRT0I_C02_GRU01 Preliminary Treatment Unit Grit Pump 4442 56.04 M-302 GRT01 C01 GPOI Preliminary Treatment Unit Grit Pump 4442 56.04 M-302 GRT01_C02 GPOI Preliminary Treatment Unit Grit Classifier Agitator 4048 23 M-303 GRT01 C01_GCA0I Preliminary Treatment Unit Grit Classifier Auger 40 48 23 M-303 GRT01_C01_GCAU01 Preliminary Treatment Unit Grit Classifier Agitator 40 48 23 M-303 GRTOI C02 GCA01 Preliminary Treatment Unit Grit Classifier Auger 40 48 23 M-303 GRT0I_C02_GCAU01 Preliminary Treatment Unit Fine Screen Solids Conveyor 40 47 23 M-304 FSCOI C00 SSC01 Preliminary Treatment Unit Fine Screen 1 404723 M-304 FSCOI C01 FS01 Preliminary Treatment Unit Fine Screen 2 40 47 23 M-304 FSC01 C02 FS01 Preliminary Treatment Unit Fine Screen 3 40 47 23 M-304 FSC01_C03_FSOl Preliminary Treatment Unit PTU Lift Station Submersible 4442 56.04 G-011 PTU01 C00 SMP01 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Preliminary Treatment Unit PTU Lift Station Submersible 4442 56.04 G-011 PTUOI C00 SMP02 �. Preliminary Treatment Unit DumpsterVeyor 4047 00 M-306 PTUOI C00 DVOI Preliminary Treatment Unit DumpsterVeyor 40 47 00 M-306 PTU0I_C00_DV02 Preliminary Treatment Unit Bridge Crane 41 22 13.13B M-300 PTUOI_COO_BRCOI Bioreactors FermenterMixer 432256.01 M-512 BRBOI_FERMOI_MXOI Bioreactors Fermenter Mixer 43 2250.0! M-512 BRB01_FERM01_MX02 Bioreactors Fermenter Mixer 43 22 56.01 M-512 BRB02_FERM0I_MX0l Bioreactors Fermenter Mixer 43 2256.0! M-512 BRB02_FERM0l_MX02 Bioreactors Fermenter Mixer 43 22 56.01 M-514 BRB03_FERM01_MXOI Bioreactors Fermenter Mixer 43 2256.0! M-514 BRB03_FERM0I_MX02 Bioreactors Fermenter Mixer 432256.0! M-514 BRB04_FERMOI_MXOI Bioreactors Fermenter Mixer 43 2256.0! M-514 BRB04_FERM01_MX02 Bioreactors Anaerobic Mixer 43 22 56.01 M-512 BRBOI_ANOI_MX01 Bioreactors Anaerobic Mixer 43 2256.0! M-512 BRB02_AN0I_MX01 Bioreactors Anaerobic Mixer 432256.0! M-512 BRB03_ANOI_MXO1 Bioreactors Anaerobic Mixer 43 2256.01 M-512 BRB04_ANOI_MX01 Bioreactors Anaerobic Mixer 43 22 56.01 M-514 BRB01_AN02_MX01 Bioreactors Anaerobic Mixer 43 2256.0! M-514 BRB02_AN02_MX01 Bioreactors Anaerobic Mixer 4322 56.01 M-514 BRB03_AN02_MX01 Bioreactors Anaerobic Mixer 43 2256.0! M-514 BRB04_AN02_MX01 Bioreactors Pre -anoxic Mixer 43 22 56.01 M-512 BRB01_AXOI_MX01 Bioreactors Pre -anoxic Mixer 43 2256.0! M-512 BRB02_AX01_MX01 Bioreactors Pre -anoxic Mixer 43 22 56.01 M-512 BRB03_AXOI_MXO1 Bioreactors Pre -anoxic Mixer 43 2256.0! M-512 BRB04_AXOI_MX01 Bioreactors Pre -anoxic Mixer 43 22 56.01 M-514 BRB01_AX02_MX01 Bioreactors Pm -arsenic Mixer 43 2256.0! M-514 BRB02_AX02_MX01 Bioreactors Pre -anoxic Mixer 43 22 56.01 M-514 BRB03_AX02_MX0 J Bioreactors Pre -anoxic Mixer 43 2256.0! M-514 BRB04_AX02_MX01 Bioreactors Post -anoxic Mixer 43 22 56.01 M-512 BRBOt_AX03_MXO1 Bioreactors Post -anoxic Mixer 432256.0! M-512 BRB02_AX03_MX01 Bioreactors Post -anoxic Mixer 432256.0! M-512 BRB03_AX03_MXO1 Bioreactors Post -anoxic Mixer 43 2256.0! M-512 BRB04_AX03_MX01 Bioreactors Post -anoxic Mixer 43 22 56.01 M-514 BRBOt_AX04_MX01 Bioreactors Post -anoxic Mixer 43 22 56.01 M-514 BRB02_AX04_MX01 Bioreactors Post -anoxic Mixer 432256.0! M-514 BRB03_AX04_MXO1 Bioreactors Post -anoxic Mixer 43 2256.0! M-514 BRB04_AX04_MX01 Bioreactors Fermenter Pump 444256.04 M-512 BRBOI_FERMOI_PMP01 Bioreactors Fermenter Pump 4442 56.04 M-512 BRB02_FERM01_PMP01 Bioreactors Fermenter Pump 4442 56.04 M-514 BRB03_FERMOI_PMPOI Bioreactors Fermenter Pump 44 42 56.04 M-514 BRB04_FERM01_PMP01 Bioreactors Pump 4442 56.04 M-512 BRBOt_ARCYO1_PMP01 Bioreactors Pump 444256.04 M-512 BRB02_ARCYO1_PMP01 Bioreactors Pump 444256.04 M-514 BRB03_ARCYO1_PMP01 Bioreactors Pump 444256.04 M-514 BRB04_ARCY01_PMP01 Bioreactors Nitrate Recycle Pump 4442 56.04 M-512 BRBOI _NRCYOI_PMPOI Bioreactors Nitrate Recycle Pump 4442 56.04 M-512 BRB02_NRCYOI_PMP01 Bioreactors Nitrate Recycle Pump 44 42 56.04 M-514 BRB03_NRCYOI_PMPOI Bioreactors Nitrate Recycle Pump 444256.04 M-514 BRB04_NRCYOI_PMPOI Bioreactors Sump Pump - Bioreactor Gallery (Train 1) 4442 56.04 M-508 BRBOI BOI_SUPOI Bioreactors Sump Pump - Bioreactor Gallery (Train 1) 444256.04 M-508 BRBO1_BO1_SUPO2 Bioreactors Sump Pump - Bioreactor Gallery (Train 2) 4442 56.04 M-508 BRB02_B01_SUPOI Bioreactors Sump Pump - Bioreactor Gallery (Train 2) 4442 56.04 M-508 BRB02_B01_SUP02 Bioreactors Sump Pump - Bioreactor Gallery (Train 3) 4442 56.04 M-508 BRB03_B01_SUPO1 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Bioreactors Sump Pump - Bioreactor Gallery (Train 3) 4442 56.04 M-508 BRB03_BOl_SUP02 �. Bioreactors Sump Pump - Bioreactor Gallery (Train 4) 4442 56.04 M-508 BRB04_BOl_SUPOI Bioreactors Sump Pump - Bioreactor Gallery (Train 4) 4442 56.04 M-508 BRB04_BO1_SUP02 Bioreactors Bioreactor Air Compressor 431112 1-602 BRB02_I-1PA0I_CPM II Bioreactors Bioreactor Air Compressor 43 11 12 I-602 BPB02_HPA01_CPM21 SWS Pump Station SWS Pump 4442 56.04 M-570 SWS01_BOl_PMP01 SWS Pump Station SWS Pump 444256.04 M-570 SWS0I_BOl_PMP02 SWS Pump Station SWS Air Compressor 43 11 12 M-570 SWS0I_BOl BLOI Chemical Feed Building Ferric Sulfate Feed Pump 56.16 M-580 FERO I_T01_CFP01 Chemical Feed Building Ferric Sulfate Feed Pump 56.16 M-580 FERO I_T0I_CFP02 Chemical Feed Building Micro C Feed Pump 56.16 M-580 CBNO 1_TO I_CFP05 Chemical Feed Building Micro C Feed Pump 56.16 M-580 CBN01_T01_CFPO1 Chemical Feed Building Micro C Feed Pump 56.16 M-580 CBNO1TOlCFP02 Chemical Feed Building Micro C Feed Pump 56.16 M-580 CBNO1_T01_CFP03 Chemical Feed Building Micro C Feed Pump 56.16 M-580 CBNO 1_ TO 1_CFP04 Operations Building Air Ejector Hot Box N/A I-601 20-E-601-1 Operations Building Air Ejector Hot Box N/A I-601 20 -E -S01-2 Operations Building Air Ejector Hot Box N/A I-601 20-E-801-3 Operations Building Air Ejector Hot Box N/A I-601 20-E-801-4 Operations Building Filtrate Pump 4442 56.04 M-703 20 -P -301-I Operations Building Filtrate Pump 44 42 56.04 M-703 20-P-301-2 Operations Building Filtrate Pump 4442 56.04 M-703 20-P-301-3 Operations Building Filtrate Pump 44 42 56.04 M-703 20-P-301-4 Operations Building Process Aeration Blowers 43 11 12 M-705 BLEOI_TOt_BLOI Operations Building Process Aeration Blowers 43 11 12 M-705 BLEO I_T0l_BLO2 Operations Building Process Aeration Blowers 43 11 12 M-705 BLR01_TOl_BL03 Operations Building Process Aeration Blowers 43 1 112 M-705 BLEO I_TOI_BL04 Operations Building Membrane Scour Blowers 43 1112 M-705 20 -B -201A Operations Building Membrane Scour Blowers 43 11 12 M-705 20 -B -201B Operations Building. Membrane Scour Blowers 43 11 12 M-705 20-B-20IC Operations Building Membrane Scour Blowers 431112 M-705 20 -B -201D Operations Building Air Compressor 43 1112 M-701 90-CO-S0I A Operations Building Air Compressor 43 11 12 M-701 90-CO-0OIB Operations Building. Backpulse Pump 4442 56.04 M-703 20-P-601 A Operations Building Backpulse Pump 44 42 56.04 M-703 20 -P -601B Operations Building Citric Acid Feed Pump 56.16 M-702 23 -P -301A Operations Building Citric Acid Feed Pump 56.16 M-702 23 -P -301B Operations Building Sodium Hypochlorite Feed Pump 43 32 69,4442 56.16 M-702 23 -P -IOTA Operations Building Sodium Hypochlorite Feed Pump 43 32 69,4442 56.16 M-702 23-P-IOIB RS and WS Pump Station RS Pump 43 21 39 M-650 RSOI BOl_PMPI1 RS and WS Pump Station RS Pump 4321 39 M-650 RSOI_B0I_PMP21 RS and WS Pump Station RS Pump 43 21 39 M-650 RSOI_B01_PMP31 RS and WS Pump Station RS Pump 43 21 39 M-650 RS01 B01_PMP41 RS and WS Pump Station RS Pub 43 21 39 M-650 RSOI BOl PMP51 RS and WS Pump Station RS Submersible Mixers 43 22 56.01 M-651 RS0I_BO1_MX01 RS and WS Pump Station RS Submersible Mixers 43 2256.01 M-651 RSOI BOl MX02 RS and WS Pump Station RS Submersible Mixers 43 22 56.01 M-651 RSOI_BO1_MX03 RS and WS Pump Station WS Pump 43 21 39 M-651 WSOI BOI PMPII 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H :uuI RS and WS Pump Station WS Pump 4321 39 M-651 WS0I_B0I_PMP21 RS and WS Pump Station Sump Pump 4442 56.04 M-652 RSOI_B01_SUP01 UV Disinfection UV Banks 46 33 00 M-800 UVROI_COI_UVBOI UV Disinfection UV Banks 46 33 00 M-800 UVROI_C0I_UVB02 UV Disinfection UV Banks 46 33 00 M-800 UVROI_COI_UVB03 CVDisinfection UV Banks 46 33 00 M-800 UVR01 CO2 UVB0l UV Disinfection UV Banks 4633 00 M-800 UVROI_CO2_UVB02 UV Disinfection UV Banks 4633 00 M-800 UVR0I_C02_UVB03 UV Disinfection Sodium Hypochlorite Feed Pump 43 32 69 M-1303 CSTOI_CO2_CFPOI UV Disinfection Sodium Hypochlorite Feed Pump 43 32 69 M-1303 CSTOI_CO2_CFP02 CV Disinfection Sodium Hypochlorite Feed Pump (Transfer Pump) 4442 56.16 M-1303 CSTOl CO1 CFPOI UV Disinfection Sodium Hypochlorite Feed Pump (Transfer Pump) 444256.16 M-1303 CSTOI_COI_CFP02 Reuse Pump Station Plant Water Vertical Turbine Pump 4442 56.03 M-850 SWSOI_T01_PMPOI Reuse Pump Station Plant Water Vertical Turbine Pump 444256.03 M-850 SWSOI_TOl_PMP02 Reuse Pump Station Plant Water Vertical Turbine Pump 444256.03 M-850 SWS0l_TOI_PMP03 Reuse Pump Station Plant Water Vertical Turbine Pump 4442 56.03 M-850 SWSOI_TOI_PMP04 Solids Building Sludge Blower 43 11 12 M-1200 SBLBOI_BOI_BLOI Solids Building Sludge Blower 431112 M-1200 SBLB0I_B0l_BL02 Solids Building Sludge Blower 431112 M-1200 SBLBOI_BOl_BL03 Solids Building RDT Feed Pump 44 42 56.13 M-1210 RDTOI TOI PMPOI Solids Building RDT Feed Pump 44 42 56.13 M-1210 RDT02_T02_PMP02 Solids Building RDT 44 46 26.03 M-1210 RDTOI_TOI_DTOI Solids Building RDT 44 46 26.03 M-1210 RDT02_T02_DT02 Solids Building RDT- Flocculation Tank 43 40 01 M-1210 RDTOI TOI FTNKOl Solids Building RDT- Flocculation Tank 43 40 01 M-1210 RDT02_T02_FTNK02 Solids Building RDT Booster Pump 444256.13 M-1210 RDTOI_TOI_BPOI Solids Building RDT Booster Pump 4442 56.13 M-1210 RDT02_T02_BPO2 Solids Building TWAS Transfer Pump 44 42 56.13 M-1211 RDTOI TOI PMPOI Solids Building TWAS Transfer Pump 44 42 56.13 M-1211 RDTOI_T02_PMP02 Solids Building Centrifuge Feed Pump 44 42 56.13 M-1227 SLPOI_TOI_PMPOI Solids Building Centrifuge Feed Pump 44 42 56.13 M-1227 SLPOI_T02_PMP02 Solids Building Centrifuge Feed Pump 44 42 56.13 M-1227 SLP01_T03_PMP03 Solids Building Centrifuge 444626.03 M-1220 CDWOI_TOl_CEN01 Solids Building Centrifuge 4446 26.03 M-1220 CDWOI_T02_CEN02 Solids Building RDT 56.16 M-1201 RPBOI_BOI_PMXOI Solids Building RDT 56.16 M-1201 RPBOI B02 PMXOI Solids Building Polymer Blend System Centrifuge 43 32 69, 44 42 56.16 M-1201 CPB01_BOl_PMXOI Solids Building Polymer Blend System Centrifuge 43 32 69,4442 56.16 M-1201 CPBOI_B02_PMXOI Solids Building Polymer Recirculation Pump 43 32 69,4442 56.16 M-1201 PSTOI_BOl_PMPOI Solids Building Polymer Recirculation Pump 43 32 69,4442 56.16 M-1201 PSTOI_B02_PMP02 Solids Building Neat Polymer Metering Pump RDT 43 32 69,4442 56.16 M-1201 RPBOI_BOI_PMPOI Solids Building Neat Polymer Metering Pump RDT 43 32 69,4442 56.16 M-1201 RPBOI_B02_PMPOI Solids Building Neat Polymer Metering Pump RDT 43 32 69,4442 56.16 M-1201 RPBOI B03_PMP01 Solids Building Neat Polymer Metering Pump Centrifuge 43 32 69,4442 56.16 M-1201 CPBOI_BOl_PMPO1 Solids Building Neat Polymer Metering Pump Centrifuge 43 32 69,4442 56.16 M-1201 CPBOI_B02 PMPOI 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Neat Polymer Metering 43 32 69,4442 Solids Building Pump Centrifuge 56.16 M-1201 CPBOI_B03_PMPOI Neat Polymer Metering 43 32 69,4442 Solids Building Pump Centrifuge 56.16 M-1201 CPBOI_B04_PMP01 Cake Solids Conveyor - Solids Building Along Track Bay 1 414700 M-1221 CCF01_T01_SC01 Cake Solids Conveyor - Solids Building Along Track Bay 2 4047 00 M-122 I CCFOI _T02_SCO2 Solids Building Dumpster Veyor 4047 00 M-1221. CCF01_TOl_DV01 Solids Building Dumpster Veyor 4047 00 M-1221 CCF0I_T02_DV02 Solids Building Bridge Crane 4122 13.13B M-1200 SBOI_COO_BRCOI Solids Building Bridge Crane 4122 13.13B M-1200 SB0l_C00_BRC02 Solids Building Sump Pump 4442 56.04 M-1200 PSTOI_BOl_SUPOI Odor Control System I - PTU Nutrient Feed Pump 43 32 69 M-1400 ODC0I T0l_NFPOI Odor Control System I - PTU Make-up Water Heater 23 82 00 M-1400 ODC0I_T0I_HT01 Odor Control System I - PTU Recirculation Pump 444256.04 M-1400 ODCOI_TO]_RCP01 Odor Control System 1 - Motorized Bubble Tight PTU Damper 40 05 64.43 M-1400 ODC0I_T0l_BTD01 Odor Control System I - Motorized Bubble Tight PTU Damper 40 05 64.43 M-1400 ODCOI_TOI_BTD02 Odor Control System I - PTU Foul Air Blower 431119 M-1400 ODC0I_T0I_FAB0I Odor Control System I - PTU Foul Air Blower 43 11 19 M-1400 ODC0IT0IFAB02 Odor Control System 2 - Bioreactors Nutrient Feed Pump 43 32 69 M-1410 ODC02_T0l_NFP0I Odor Control System 2 - Bioreactors Make-up Water Heater 23 82 00 M-1410 ODC02_T0I_HT01 Odor Control System 2 - Bioreactors Recirculation Pump 444256.04 M-1410 ODCO2_TOI_RCPOI. Odor Control System 2 - Motorized Bubble Tight Bioreactors Damper 400564.43 M-1410 ODC02_T0I_BTD0I Odor Control System 2- Motorized Bubble Tight Bioreactors Damper 4005 64.43 M-1410 ODC02_T0I_BTD02 Odor Control System 2 - Bioreactors Foul Air Blower 431119 M-1410 ODC02T01FAB01 Odor Control System 2 - Bioreactors Foul Air Blower 43 11 19 M-1410 ODCO2_TOl_FAB02 Odor Control System 3 - Solids Nutrient Feed Pump 43 32 69 M-1420 ODC03 TO]_NFPOI Odor Control System 3 - Solids Make-up Water Heater 23 82 00 M-1420 ODC03_T0l_HT01 Odor Control System 3 - Solids Recirculation Pump 4442 56.04 M-1420 ODC03 TOI_RCP01 Odor Control System 3 - Motorized Bubble Tight Solids Damper 40 0564.43 M-1420 ODC03_T0I_BTD01 Odor Control System 3- Motorized Bubble Tight Solids Damper 40 0564.43 M-1420 ODC03_TOl_BTD02 Odor Control System 3 - Solids Foul Air Blower 43 11 12 M-1420 ODC03_T0l_FAB0I Odor Control System 3 - Solids Foul Air Blower 43 11 12 M-1420 ODC03T01FAB02 Return Flow Pump Station Return Flow Pump 43 22 56.01 M-1501 RPSOI TO1 PMPOI Return Flow Pump Station Return Flow Pump 4322 56.01 M-1501 RPS0I_T0I_PMP02 Return Flow Pump Station Return Flow Pump 43 22 56.01 M-1 501 RPSOI TO1 PMP03 Controls influent flow from Equalization Basin the Influent Force Main to 40 27 20 1-200 EQBOI_BOl_PVOI the E B 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Controls influent flow from Equalization Basin the Return Flow PS to the 40 27 20 I-1500 EQB0I_B01_PV02 E B Controls effluent flow from Equalization Basin the EQB to the Chopper 40 27 20 I-200 EQBOI_B01_PV03 Pump Mixing System and the PTU Controls effluent flow from Equalization Basin the EQB lathe PTU after 40 27 20 1-200 EQBOI_BO1_PV04 the flow split Controls effluent flow from Equalization Basin the EQB to the drain 40 27 20 1-200 EQBOI_BOl_PVOS system (towards the Return Flow PS) after the flow Controls overflow from Equalization Basin EQB Pump Vault to drain 40 27 20 1-200 EQBOI_B01_CVOI system Controls suction flow of Equalization Basin Chopper Pump #1, Tag 40 27 20 1-200 EQBOI_B01_PV 10 No. E Q BOl BO] PMPIO Controls suction flow of Equalization Basin Chopper Pump #2, Tag 40 27 20 I-200 EQBOI_Bol_PV l l No. E BOI BOl PMP11 Controls suction flow of Equalization Basin Chopper Pump #3, Tag 40 27 20 1-200 EQBOI_B01_PV 12 No. E Q BOI BO] PMPI2 Controls discharge flow of Equalization Basin Chopper Pump #1, Tag 402720 1-200 EQBOI_B01_PV13 No. E Q BOl B01 PMPIO Controls discharge flow of Equalization Basin Chopper Pump #2, Tag 40 27 20 1-200 EQB01_B01_PV 14 No. E BOI BOl PMPI I Controls discharge flow of Equalization Basin Chopper Pump #3, Tag 40 27 20 1-200 EQBOI _B01_PV I S Na. E B0l BOl PMPI2 Controls service water flow Equalization Basin town EQ Basin washdown 40 27 20 1-200 EQBOI_B01_BVOI nozzle Controls service water flow Equalization Basin teen EQ Basin washdown 40 27 20 I-200 EQB0I_B01_BV02 nozzle Controls service water flow Equalization Basin to an EQ Basin washdown 40 27 20 1-200 EQBOI_BOl_BV03 nozzle Controls service water flow Equalization Basin to an EQ Basin washdown 40 27 20 1-200 EQBOI_B01_BV04 nozzle Controlsair flows within Equalization Basin the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-200 EQBOI_B01_MBDOI from the EBasin Controls air flows within Equalization Basin the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-200 EQB0I_B0l_MBD02 from the EQ Basin Controls air flows within Equalization Basin the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-200 EQBOI_BOl_MBD03 from the EQ Basin Controls air flows within Equalization Basin the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-200 EQBOI_Bol_MBD04 from the EBasin Controls air flows within Equalization Basin the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-200 EQBOI_B01_MBD05 from the EQ Basin Controls air flows within Equalization Basin the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-200 EQB0I_B0l_MBD06 from the EQ Basin Relieves pressure within Equalization Basin foul air duct system at the 40 27 20 1-200 EQBOI_B0l_PIUDOI EQ Basin 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Relieves pressure within Equalization Basin foul air duct system at the 4027 20 I-200 EQB0I_B0l_PRD02 EQ Basin Equalization Basin EQ Basin ventilation 40 27 20 1-200 EQBOI_B01_VRDOI Equalization Basin EQ Basin ventilation 4027 20 1-200 EQBOI_B01_VRD02 Isolation valve for block Equalization Basin and bleed for SW to EQ 40 27 20 M-211 YPOI-SOI-PVO1 hose stations Isolation valve for block Equalization Basin and bleed for SW to EQ 40 27 20 M-211 YPO1-SOI-PV02 WashdownSystem Isolation valve for block Peak Flow Storage and bleed for SW to PFS 40 27 20 M-221 YPOI-SOI-PV03 hose stations Isolation valve for block Peak Flow Storage and blood for SW to PFS 40 27 20 M-221 YPOI-SOI-PV04 Washdown System Controls influent flow from Peak Flow Storage Basin the Influent Force Main to 40 27 20 1-201 PFS01_B01_PVOl the PFS Controls effluent flow from Peak Flow Storage Basin the Return Flow PS to the 40 27 20 1-1500 PFS01_BOI_PV02 PFS Controls effluent flow from Peak Flow Storage Basin the PFS to the Chopper 40 27 20 1-201 PFS01BOI PV03 Pump Mixing System and __ PTU Controls effluent flow from Peak Flow Storage Basin the PFS to the PTU after 40 27 20 1-201 PFS01_B0l_PV04 the flow split Controlseffluent flow from Peak Flow Storage Basin the PFS to the drain system 4027 20 1-201 PFSOIBOI PV05 (towards the Return Flow _ _ PS) after the flow split Controls overflow from Peak Flow Storage Basin EQB Pump Vault to drain 40 27 20 1-201 PFSO1_BO I_CVOI system Controls suction flow of Peak Flow Storage Basin Chopper Pump #1, Tag 40 27 20 1-201 PFSOI_BOI_PVIO No. PFSOI BOI PMPIO Controls suction flow of Peak Flow Storage Basin Chopper Pump #2, Tag 40 27 20 1-201 PFS01_BOI_PVl 1 No. PFSOI BOI PMPI I Controls suction flow of Peak Flow Storage Basin Chopper Pump #3, Tag 40 27 20 1-201 PFSOI_BOI_PV 12 No. PFSOI Bol PMP12 Controls discharge flow of Peak Flow Storage Basin Chopper Pump #l, Tag 40 27 20 I-201 PFSol_BOI_PV l3 No. PFS01 BOI PMP10 Controls discharge flow of Peak Flow Storage Basin Chopper Pump #2, Tag 402720 1-201 PFS01_BOI_PV 14 No. PFSOI BOI PMPI I Controls discharge flow of Peak Flow Storage Basin Chopper Pump #3, Tag 4027 20 1-201 PFSO]_BOI_PV 15 No. PFS01 BOl PMP12 Controls service water flow Peak Flow Storage Basin to a PFS Basin washdown 40 27 20 1-201 PFS01_B01_BVOI nozzle Controls service water flow Peak Flow Storage Basin to a PFS Basin washdown 40 27 20 1-201 PFS01_BOI_BV02 nozzle Controls service water flow Peak Flow Storage Basin too PFS Basin washdown 40 27 20 1-201 PFSOI_BOI_BV03 nozzle Controls service water flow Peak Flow Storage Basin tea PFS Basin washdown 40 27 20 1-201 PFS01_BOI_BV04 nozzle Controls air flows within Peak Flow Storage Basin the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 I-201 PFSBO1 BOl_MBDO1 from the PFS Basin 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Controls air flows within Peak Flow Storage Basin the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 I-201 PFSBOt_BOl_MBD02 from the PFS Basin Controls air flows within Peak Flow Storage Basin the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-201 PFSB01_BOl_MBD03 from the PFS Basin Controls air flows within Peak Flow Storage Basin the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-201 PFSBOl_B0l _MBD04 from the PFS Basin Controlsair flows within Peak Flow Storage Basin the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-201 PFSBOI_B0l_MB605 from the PFS Basin Controls air flows within Peak Flow Storage Basin the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-201 PFSBOI_BOl_MBD06 from the PFS Basin Relieves pressure within Peak Flow Storage Basin foul air duct system at the 40 27 20 1-201 PFSBOI_B0I_PRDOI PFS Basin Relieves pressure within Peak Flow Storage Basin foul air duct system at the 40 27 20 1-201 PFSB01_B0I_PRD02 PFS Basin Peak Flow Storage Basin PFS Basin ventilation 40 27 20 1-201 PFSB01_BOI_VRDOI Peak Flow Storage Basin PFS Basin ventilation 40 27 20 1-201 PFSBOI_B0I_VRD02 Equalization Basin/Peak Check valve for Washdown Flow Storage Basin Booster Pump #1 dischar e 4027 20 1-202 EQPFOIC0I CVOI _ — Equalization Basin/Peak Check valve for Washdown 40 27 20 1-202 EQPFOI CO2 CVOI Flow Storage Basin Booster Pump #2 dischar e __ Isolation valve for Equalization Basin/Peak Washdown Booster Pomp 40 27 20 1-202 EQPFOI_C01_BFVOI #1 suction Isolation valve for Equals• zation Basin/Peak Washdown Booster Pump 40 27 20 1-202 EQPFOICOlBFV02 __ Flow Storage Basin #1 discharge Isolation valve for Equali• zation Basin/Peak Flow Storage Basin Washdown Booster Pump 40 27 20 1-202 EQPFOI CO2 BFVOI __ #2 suction Equali• zation Basin/Peak Isolation valve for Washdown Booster Pump 40 27 20 1-202 EQPF01_C02_BFV02 Flow Storage Basin #2 discharge Equalization Basin/Peak Controls overflow from the Flow Store a Basin E B to the PFS 40 27 20 1-200 EQPF0I_BOl_PV01 Equalization Basso/Peak Drain isolation valve for Flow Storage Basin 60" OF 40 27 20 1-200 EQPF0I BOl PV02 Preliminary Treatment Unit Controls S W flow to 40 27 20 1-301 CSCO1_C00_BVII Coarse Screen Sluice Regulates flow to Preliminary Treatment Unit Washer/Compactor I 40 27 20 1-301 CSC01 COONO01 _ Preliminary Treatment Unit Regulates flow to 40 27 20 1-301 CSC01_C00_NG02 Washes/Compactor 2 Controls flow to the Coarse Preliminary Treatment Unit 40 27 20 1-301 CSCOI C00_PVNO1 Set=hnfluent Channel Preliminary Treatment Unit Controls flow to the Coarse 40 27 20 1-301 CSCOI COO PVN02 Screen Influent Channel _ _ Preliminary Treatment Unit Controls flow to the Coarse 40 27 20 I-301 CSCO1COO PV01 Screen Influent Channel _ _ Preliminary Treatment Unit Controls flow to the Coarse 40 27 20 1-301 CSCOICOO P V03 Screen Influent Channel _ _ Preliminary Treatment Unit Controlsflow to the Coarse 40 27 20 1-301 CSCOI_C00 PV02 Screen Influent Channel Preliminary Treatment Unit Controls flow lathe Coarse 4027 20 1-301 CSCOICOO PV04 Screen Influent Channel _ _ Controls flow to Preliminary Treatment Unit Washer/Compactor 1 4027 20 1-301 CSCOl_C00_SVOI Hollow Shaft Controls flow to Preliminary Treatment Unit Washer/Compactor 1 40 27 20 1-301 CSCOI_C00_SV02 Washing Zone 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Controls flow to Preliminary Treatment Unit Washer/Compactor 1 40 27 20 I-301 CSC01_C00_SVO3 Dewatering Zone Controls flow to Preliminary Treatment Unit Washer/Compactor 1 40 27 20 1-301 CSCOI_COO_SV04 Drain Pan Controls flow to Preliminary Treatment Unit Washer/Compactor 2 40 27 20 I-301 CSCO2_COO_SVOI Hollow Shaft Controlsflow to Preliminary Treatment Unit Washer/Compactor 2 40 27 20 1-301 CSCO2_COO_SVO2 Washing Zone Controls flow to Preliminary Treatment Unit Washer/Compactor 2 40 27 20 1-301 CSCO2_COO_SV03 Dewatering Zone Controls flow to Preliminary Treatment Unit Washer/Compactor 2 40 27 20 1-301 CSC02_C00_SV04 Drain Pan Isolation Valve for return Preliminary Treatment Unit 40 27 20 1-301 CSCOI_COO_P V05 flow to the PTU Controls air flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-301 CSCBOl_C00_MBDOI at the PTU Du stet Controls air flows within the foul air duet segments Preliminary Treatment Unit 40 27 20 I-301 CSCBOI COO MBDO2 to the Coarse Screen Influent Channel Controls air flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-301 CSCBO1COO MBD03 lathe Coarse Screen _ _ Effluent Channel Controls air flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-301 CSCBO1_C01._MBD01 to the Coarse Screen Channel l Controls air flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 I-301 CSCB01C01MBD02 to the Coarse Screen _ _ Channel 2 Controls air flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-301 CSCBO1 CO]MBD03 to the Coarse Screen Channel 3 Preliminary Treatment Unit Isolation for connection to 40 27 20 M-3 II CSC01_COO_GVOl Service Water in PTU Preliminary Treatment Unit Isolation for connection to 40 27 20 M-310 CSCOI COO GVO2 Service Water from Yard Preliminary Treatment Unit Isolation for connection to 40 27 20 M-310 CSCOI_COO_GV03 Potable Water Preliminary Treatment Unit Check Valve for connection 40 27 20 M-310 CSCOI C00_CVOl to Service Water from Preliminary Treatment Unit Check Valve for connection 40 27 20 M-310 CSC01COO CV02 to Potable Water __ Backflow Preventor for Preliminary Treatment Unit connection to Potable 40 27 20 M-310 CSC01_COO_BFPOI Water Preliminary Treatment Unit Compactor and floor drain 40 27 20 M-305 CSC01COO PVPOI Isolation _ _ Preliminary Treatment Unit Reg fates SW flow to Grit 40 27 20 1-330 GRTOIC01BVO1 Removal Unit I Preliminary Treatment Unit Regulates SW flow to Grit 40 27 20 1-330 GRTOI_CO2_BVOI Removal Unit 2 Preliminary Treatment Unit Prevents backflow into Grit 40 27 20 1-330 GRTOI COI CVOI Pum I Preliminary Treatment Unit Prevents backflow into Grit 4027 20 1-330 GRTOI_CO2_CVOI Pum 2 Isolation Valve for Grit Preliminary Treatment Unit 40 27 20 1-330 GRTOlC01PVOI Ptnop 1 Suction Preliminary Treatment Unit Isolation Valve for Grit 40 27 20 I-330 GRTOICOlPV02 Pump 1 Discharge — — 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H ' Isolation Valve for Grit Prelimnary Treatment Unit 40 27 20 1-330 GRTOI, CO2 PV01 "um2 Suction _ Preliminary Treatment Unit Isolation Valve for Grit 40 27 20 1-330 GRTOI CO2 PV02 Pump 2 Discharge _ _ Preliminary Treatment Unit Grit Cyclone I Return 40 27 20 1-330 GRTOIC0lPV03 Overflow Isolation Preliminary Treatment Unit Grit Cyclone 2 Return 4027 20 1-330 GRTO I Overflow Isolation _CO2_PV03 Preliminary Treatment Unit Grit Cyclone 1 Organics 40 27 20 1-330 GRTOI COI PV04 Return Isolation _ _ Preliminary Treatment Unit Grit Cyclone 2 Organics 40 27 20 I-330 GRT01C02PV04 Return Isolation _ _ Modulates flow to Grit Preliminary Treatment Unit 40 27 20 1-330 GRTOI_CO1_S V01 C clone 1 Preliminary Treatment Unit Modulates flow to Grit 40 27 20 1-330 GRT0I_C02_SV0I C clone 2 Modulates flow to Grit Preliminary Treatment Unit 40 27 20 1-330 GRT0I_C0I_SV02 C clone 1 Preliminary Treatment Unit Modulates flow to Grit 40 27 20 1-330 GRTO l_CO2_S V02 C clone 2 Preliminary Treatment Unit Sump Pump 1 Discharge 40 27 20 1-330 GRTOI_COI_CV03 Preliminary Treatment Unit Sump Pump 2 Discharge 40 27 20 1-330 GRT01_C02_CV03 Controls air flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-330 GTROI_COO_MBDOI at the Grit Effluent Controls air flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-330 GTROI_COI_MBD01 at the Grit Removal Unt I Controls air flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-330 GTR0I_C02_MBD01 at the Grit Removal Unt 2 Preliminary Treatment Unit Sump Pump 1 Discharge 40 27 20 1-331 GRTOI_COI_CV05 Isolation Sump Pump 2 Discharge Preliminary Treatment Unit 40 27 20 1-332 GRT0IC02CV05 Isolation Preliminary Treatment Unit Controls flow from Fine 40 27 20 1-360 FSCOI_COl_PV01 Screen 1 to drain Controls flow from Fine Preliminary Treatment Unit 40 27 20 1-360 FSC0IC02PV01 Screen 2 to drain _ _ Preliminary Treatment Unit Controls flow from Fine 40 27 20 1-360 FSCOI_CO3_PV01 Screen 3 to drain Controls flow from Fine Preliminary Treatment Unit 40 27 20 1-360 FSCOI C04_PVOI Set= 4 to drain Modulates Service Water Preliminary Treatment Unit Flow to Wash Point 1 - 40 27 20 1-360 FSCOI_COl_S VOl Fine Screen I Modulates Service Water Preliminary Treatment Unit Flow to Wash Point I - 40 27 20 1-360 FSCOI_CO2_SV01 Fine Screen 2 Modulates Service Water Preliminary Treatment Unit Flow to Wash Point l - 40 27 20 1-360 FSCOI_CO3_SVOI Fine Screen 3 Modulates Service Water Preliminary Treatment Unit Flow to Wash Point 2 - 4027 20 1-360 FSCOI_COl_S V02. Fine Screen I Modulates Service Water Preliminary Treatment Unit Flow to Wash Point 2- 40 27 20 1-360 FSC0I_C02_SV02 Fine Screen 2 Modulates Service Water Preliminary Treatment Unit Flow to Wash Point 2 - 40 27 20 1-360 FSCOI_CO3_SV02 Fine Screen 3 Modulates Service Water Preliminary Treatment Unit Flow to Wash Point 3 - 40 27 20 1-360 FSCOI_C0l_S V03 Fine Screen I Modulates Service Water Preliminary Treatment Unit Flow to Wash Point 3 - 40 27 20 1-360 FSCOI_CO2_S V03 Fine Screen 2 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Modulates Service Water Preliminary Treatment Unit Flow to Wash Point 3 - 40 27 20 I-360 FSC01_CO3_SVO3 Fine Screen 3 Controls air flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 I-360 FSCOI at the Fine Screen Influent _COO_MBDOI Channel Controls air flows within the foul air duct segments Preliminary Treatment Unit 40 27 20 1-360 FSC0I_C00_MBD02 at the Fine Screen Effluent Channel Controls air flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-360 FSCO1_COO_MBDO3 at the PTU Dum ster Controls air flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-360 FSCOI_C0l_MBDOI at the Fine Screen Channel 1 Controls air flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-360 FSCOI CO2 MBDOl at the Fine Screen Channel _ _ 2 Controls air flows within the foul air duct segments Preliminary Treatment Unit 40 27 20 I-360 FSCOI CO3 MBDOl at the Fine Screen Channel _ _ 3 Controls air flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-360 FSC01 at the Fine Screen Channel _C04_MBDOl 4 Controls air flows within the foul air duct segments Preliminary Treatment Unit 40 27 20 1-502 BRB01FERMOIMBDOI at the Fermenter of Train no. 1 Controls air flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-502 BRB0I_FERM01_MBD02 at the Fermenter of Train no. 1 Controls air flows within the foul air duct segments Preliminary Treatment Unit 402720 1-502 BRBO I ANSI MBDO 1 at anaerobic zone 1 of Train no. I Controls air flows within the foul air duct segments Preliminary Treatment Unit 40 27 20 1-502 BRBOI ANSI MBDO2 at anaerobic zone I of _ _ Train no. 1 Controls air flows within the foul air duct segments Preliminary Treatment Unit 40 27 20 1-502 BRBOI AN02 MBDol at anaerobic zone 2 of Train no, I Controlsair flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-502 BRB01_AN02_MBD02 at anaerobic zone 2 of Train no. 1 Controls air flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-502 BRBOI AXOlMBDOI at pre -anoxic zone 1 of _ Train no. 1 Controls air flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 I-502 BRB0IAX02MBD0l at pre -anoxic zone 2 of _ _ Train no. 1 Controls air flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-504 BRB02 FERM01_MBDOl at the Fermenter of Train no. 2 Controls air flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 I-504 BRB02_FERM01_MBD02 at the Fermenter of Train no. 2 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Controls air flows within the foul air duct segments Preliminary Treatment Unit 4027 20 I-504 BRB02 ANSI MBDO1 at anaerobic zone I of Train no. 2 Controlsair flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 I-504 BRB02_AN0I_MBD02 at anaerobic zone I of Train no. 2 Controls air flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-504 BRB02 AN02MBDOI at anaerobic zone 2 of _ Train no. 2 Controls air flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 I-504 BRB02_AN02_MBD02 at anaerobic zone 2 of Train no. 2 Controls air flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-504 BRB02AXO1MBDO1 at pre -anoxic zone 1 of _ _ Train no. 2 Controls air flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 I-504 BRB02 AX02 MBDO1 at pre -anoxic zone 2 of _ _ Train no. 2 Controls air flows within the foul air duct segments Preliminary Treatment Unit at the Fermenter of Train 40 27 20 1-506 BRB03FERMOIMBDOI _ _ no. 3 Controls air flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-506 BRB03FERMI IMBDO2 at the Fermenter of Train _ _ no. 3 Controls air flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-506 BRB03_ANO t_MBDOI at anaerobic zone I of Train no. 3 Controls air flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-506 13RB03_ANOI_MBD02 at anaerobic zone 1 of Train no. 3 Controls air flows within the foul air duct segments Preliminary Treatment Unit 40 27 20 I-506 BRB03 AN02 MBDOI at anaerobic zone 2 of Train no. 3 Controls air flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 4027 20 I-506 BRB03_AN02_MBD02 at anaerobic zone 2 of Train no. 3 Controls air flows within the foul air duct segments Preliminary Treatment Unit 40 27 20 1-506 BRB03 AX01MBDO1 at pre -anoxic zone t of _ Train no. 3 Controls air flows within Preliminary Treatment Unit the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-506 BRB03_AX02_MBDO1 at pre -anoxic zone 2 of Train no. 3 Controls air flows within the foul air duct segments Preliminary Treatment Unit 40 27 20 1-508 BRB04FERMO tMBDO I at the Fermenter of Train _ _ no. 4 Controls air flows within the foul air duct segments Preliminary Treatment Unit 40 27 20 1-508 BRB04FERM0lMBD02 at the Fermenter of Train _ _ no. 4 Controls air flows within the foul air duct segments Preliminary Treatment Unit 40 27 20 1-508 BRB04 ANSI MBDO1 at anaerobic zone I of Train no. 4 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Controls air flows within the foul air duct segments Preliminary Treatment Unit 4027 20 1-508 BRB04 ANOI MBDO2 at anaerobic zone I of Train no. 4 Controlsair flows within the foul air duct segments Preliminary Treatment Unit 40 27 20 I-508 BRB04_AN02_MBD0 I at anaerobic zone 2 of Train no. 4 Controls air flows within the foul air duct segments Preliminary Treatment Unit 40 27 20 1-508 BRB04 AN02MBD02 at anaerobic zone 2 of _ Train no. 4 Controls air flows within the foul air duct segments Preliminary Treatment Unit 40 27 20 I-508 BRB04AXOIMBDOl at pre -anoxic zone 1 of _ _ Trauma, 4 Controls air flows within the foul air duct segments Preliminary Treatment Unit 40 27 20 1-508 BRB04AX02MBD01 _ at pre -anoxic zone 2 of _ Train no. 4 Controls air flows within the foul air duct segments Bioreactors at the Bioreactor 40 27 20 I-500 BDB01COI MBDOI _ _ Distribution Box Controls air flows within the foul air duct segments Bioreactors at the Bioreactor 40 27 20 1-500 BDBOI CO2 MBDO1 _ _ Distribution Box Controls air flows within the foul air duct segments Bioreactors at the Bioreactor 40 27 20 1-500 BDBOI C04 MBDOI — — Distribution Box Controls air flows within the foul air duct segments Bioreactors at the Bioreactor 40 27 20 1-500 BDB0l C06MBD01 _ Distribution Box Prevents backflow into Bioreactors anaerobic zone l of train 402720 1-503 BRBOIFERMOtCVOI no. 2 Prevents backflow into pre -402720 Bioreactors anoxic zone 2 of train no. I 1-501 BRBOI ARCYOt CVOI Prevents backflow into Bioreactors aerobic zone 3 of train no. 40 27 20 I-501 BRBOI NRCYOI CVOI — — Drain isolation valve for Bioreactors bioreactor train no.1 40 27 20 1-501 BRB01FM0 ER1 PV02 _ Bioreactors Drain isolation valve for 402720 1-501 BRBOI AN02 PVOI bioreactor train no.1 — — Bioreactors Drain isolation valve fm 40 27 20 1-501 13RBOIAX02 PVO1 bioreactor train no.1 _ Bioreactors Drain isolation valve for 40 27 20 1-501 BRBOI A603 PVOI bioreactor train no.l. — — Drain isolation valve for Bioreactors bioreactor train no.1 40 27 20 1-501 BRBOI AX03 PVO1 Bioreactors Drain isolation valve for 40 27 20 1-501 BRBOI AX04 PV01 bioreactor train no.1 — — Controls flow from Bioreactors anaerobic zone Ito 40 27 20 1-503 BRBOI_FERMOI_PV03 fermenter Controls flow from pre- Bioreactors anoxic zone 2 to anaerobic zone I 40 27 20 1-501 BRB0l ARCY01PV01 Controls flow from pre- Bioreactors anoxic zone 2 to anaerobic 40 27 20 1-501 BRBOl_ARCYO 1_PV02 zone I Controls flow from aerobic Bioreactors zone 3 to re -anoxic zone 1 40 27 20 1-501 BRB01NRCYOI PVOI _ — Controls flow from pre- Bioreactors anoxic zone 2 to anaerobic 40 27 20 1-501 BRBOI_NRCYOI_PV02 zone I 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H ' Controls flow from RS Bioreactors um s to aerobic zone 1 40 27 20 1-501 BRBOI RS01PVOI Controls flow from RS Bioreactors 40 27 20 1-501 BRBOI RSOI PV02 lumps to aerobic zone 1 —_ Bioreactor train no.I air Bioreactors isolation valve to diffuser 402720 1-502 BRBOI_ALPOI_BFVOI grid Bioreactor train no.I air Bioreactors isolation valve to diffuser 40 27 20 I-502 BRB01ALPOI_BFV02 grid Bioreactor train no.I air Bioreactors isolation valve to diffuser 40 27 20 I-502 BRBOI_ALP01_BFV03. grid Controls airflow to post Bioreactors anoxic zone 1 diffuser grid 40 27 20 I-502 BRBOI ALPOI DCV02 — — Controls airflow to post Bioreactors anoxic zone 2 diffuser grid 402720 I-502 BRBOI ALP01 DCV03 Header airflow control. Bioreactors Controls airflow balancing 402720 I-502 BRBOI—ALPOI_DCVOI to bioreactor I Prevents backflow into Bioreactors anaerobic zone I of train 40 27 20 1-503 BRB02_FERM01_CV0I no. 2 Bioreactors Prevents backflow into pre- 40 27 20 1-503 BRB02 ARCY01 CVOI anoxic zone 2 of train no. 2 —_ Prevents backflow into Bioreactors aerobic zone 3 of train no. 402720 I-503 BRB02 NRCYOI CVOI Bioreactors Drain isolation valve for 40 27 20 1-503 BRB02 FERMOI PV02 bioreactor train no.2 — — Drain isolation valve for Bioreactors bioreactor train no.2 40 27 20 1-503 BRB02 AN02 PV01 Bioreactors Drain isolation valve for 4027 20 1-503 BRB02 AX02 PVOI. bioreactor train no.2 — — Bioreactors Drain isolation valve far 40 27 20 1-503 BRB02AE03PV0I bioreactor train no.2 __ Drain isolation valve for Bioreactors bioreactor train no.2 40 27 20 I-503 BRB02 AX03 PV01 — — Drain isolation valve for Bioreactors 40 27 20 1-503 BRB02 AX04PV01 bioreactor train no.2 —_ Controls flow from Bioreactors anaerobic zone I to 40 27 20 1-503 BRB02 FERM01_PVOI fermenter Controls flow from Bioreactors anaerobic zone I to 40 27 20 I-503 BRB02_FERM01_PV03 fermenter Controls flow from pre- Bioreactors anoxic zone 2 to anaerobic zone I 40 27 20 1-503 BRB02ARCY01FYI! Controls flow from pre- Bioreactors anoxic zone 2 to anaerobic 4027 20 1-501 13RB02_ARCY01_PV02 zone I Bioreactors Controls flow from aerobic 4027 20 1-503 BRB02 NRCYOI PV01 zone 3 to re -anoxic zone I — — Controls flow from pre- Bioreactors anoxic zone 2 to anaerobic 4027 20 1-501 13RB02_NRCYOI_PV02 zone I Controls flow Cram RS Bioreactors 4027 20 1-503 BRB02 RSOI PV01 s to aerobic zone 1 — — Controls flow from RS Bioreactors s to aerobic zone 1 402720 1-501 BRB02RS0I PV02 _ Bioreactor train no.2 air Bioreactors isolation valve to diffuser 402720 1-504 BRB02ALP01BFV0I grid Bioreactor train no.2 air Bioreactors isolation valve to diffuser 4027 20 1-504 BRB02_ALP0I_BFV02 d Bioreactor train no.2 air Bioreactors isolation valve to diffuser 40 27 20 1-504 BRB02ALP01BFV03 grid 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Controls airflow to post Bioreactors anoxic zone 1 diffuser grid 40 27 20 1-504 BRB02ALP0I DCV02 _ _ Controls airflow to post Bioreactors anoxic zone 2 diffuser grid 40 27 20 1-504 BRB02 ALPOI DC V03 — — Header airflow control. Bioreactors Controls airflow balancing 40 27 20 1-504 BRB02_ALP0I_DCV0I to bioreactor 2 Prevents backflow into Bioreactors anaerobic zone I of train 40 27 20 I-505 BRB03FERM01CVO I no. 3 Prevents backflow into pre- Bioreactors anoxic zone 2 of train no.3 40 27 20 1-505 BRB03ARCY01C VOI __ Prevents backflow into Bioreactors aerobic zone 3 of train no. 40 27 20 1-505 BRB03 NRCYOI CV01 — — Drain isolation valve for Bioreactors bioreactor train no.3 40 27 20 1-505 BRB03 FERMI 1PV02 _ Bioreactors Drainisolation valve for 402720 1-505 BRB03 AN02 PVol bioreactor train no.3 — — Bioreactors Drain isolation valve for 40 27 20 1-505 BRB03 AX02 PVOI bioreactor train no.3 Drain isolation valve for Bioreactors bioreactor train no.3 40 27 20 I-505 BRBO3 AEO3 PVOI — — Drain isolation valve for Bioreactors 40 27 20 1-505 BRB03 AX03 PV01 bioreactor train no.3 _ Bioreactors Drain isolation valve for 40 27 20 1-505 BRB03 AX04 PVOI bioreactor train no.3 — — Controls flow from Bioreactors anaerobic zone 110 40 27 20 1-505 BRB03_FERM01_PVOI fermenter Controls flow from Bioreactors anaerobic zone Ito 402720 1-503 BRB03FERM01PV03 fermenter Controls flow from pre- Bioreactors anoxic zone 2 to anaerobic 40 27 20 I-505 BRB03_ARCY01_PVOI zone I Controls flow from pre- Bioreactors anoxic zone 2 to anaerobic zone I 402720 1-501 BRB03ARCY01PV02 Controls flow from aerobic Bioreactors zone 3 to re -anoxic zone I 402720 1-505 BRB03NRCYOI PVOI _ Controls flow from pre- Bioreactors anoxic zone 2 to anaerobic zone I 402720 1-501 BRB03NRCY01PV02 Controls flow from RS Bioreactors s to aerobic zone 1 402720 1-505 BRB03RS01PV01 _ Controls flow from RS Bioreactors nuns to aerobic zone 1 40 27 20 I-501 BRB03 RSOI PV02 — — Bioreactor train no.3 air Bioreactors isolation valve to diffuser 40 27 20 I-506 BRB03_ALPO 1_BFVOI grid Bioreactor train no.3 air Bioreactors isolation valve to diffuser 40 27 20 1-506 BRB03ALP01_BFV02 grid Bioreactor train no.3 air Bioreactors isolation valve to diffuser 4027 20 1-506 13RB03_ALPOI_BFV03 d Controls airflow to post Bioreactors anoxic zone I diffuser grid 4027 20 1-506 BRB03 ALPOI DCV02 — — Controls airflow to post Bioreactors anoxic zone 2 diffuser grid 402720 1-506 BRB03 ALPO1 DCV03 Header airflow control. Bioreactors Controls airflow balancing 402720 1-506 BRB03_ALP01_DCVII to bioreactor 3 Prevents backflow into Bioreactors anaerobic zone 1 of train 40 27 20 1-507 BRB04_FERM01_CVOI no. 4 Bioreactors Prevents backflow into pre- 402720 1-507 BRB04 ARCY01CVO] anoxic zone Z of train n4.4 —_ Prevents backflow into Bioreactors aerobic zone 3 of train no. 402720 1-507 BRBO4 NRCYOI CVOI 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Drain isolation valve for Bioreactors bioreactor train no.4 40 27 20 1-507 BRB04 FERM01 PV02 —_ Bioreactors Drain isolation valve for 40 27 20 1-507 BRB04 AN02 PV01 bioreactor train no.4 — — Drain isolation valve for Bioreactors bioreactor train no.4 40 27 20 1-507 BRB04 AX02 PV01 — Bioreactors Fain isolation valve for 4027 20 1-507 BRB04 AE03 PVOI bioreactor train no.4 — — Bioreactors Drain isolation valve for 402720 1-507 BRBO4 AX03 PV01 bioreactor train no.4 Drain isolation valve for Bioreactors bioreactor train no.4 40 27 20 I-507 BRB04 AX04 PV01 — — Controls flow from Bioreactors anaerobic zone 110 40 27 20 I-507 BRB04_FERM01_PVOI £ermenter Controls flow from Bioreactors anaerobic zone l to 40 27 20 1-503 BRB04FERMI IPV03 fermenter Controls flow from pre- Bioreactors anoxic zone 2 to anaerobic 40 27 20 1-507 BRB04_ARCY01_PVO1 zone I Controls flow from pre- Bioreactors anoxic zone 2 to anaerobic zone 1 40 27 20 1-501 BRBO4ARCY01PV02 Bioreactors Controlsflow from aerobic 40 27 20 1-507 BRB04 NRCYOI PV01 zone 3 to re -anoxic zone I — Controls flow from pre- Bioreactors anoxic zone 2 to anaerobic zone I 40 27 20 1-501 BRB04NRCY0lPV02 Controlsflow from RS Bioreactors s to aerobic zone I 40 27 20 1-507 BItB04RSOIPVO1 __ Controls flow from RS Bioreactors 4027 20 1-501 BRB04 RSOI PV02 s to aerobic zone 1 — — Bioreactor train no.4. air Bioreactors isolation valve to diffuser 4027 20 1-508 13RB04_ALPOI_BFV01 grid Bioreactor train no.4 air Bioreactors isolation valve to diffuser 402720 1-508 BRB04_ALP01_BFV02 grid Bioreactor train no.4 air Bioreactors isolation valve to diffuser 40 27 20 1-508 BRB04_ALPOI_BFV03 grid Controls airflow to post Bioreactors anoxic zone 1 diffuser grid 40 27 20 1-508 BRB04 ALPOI DC V02 — — Controlsairflow to post Bioresctors anoxic zone 2 diffuser id 40 27 20 1-508 BRBO4 ALP01DCV03 —_ Header airflow control. Bioreactors Controls airflow balancing 40 27 20 1-508 BRB04ALPOIDCVOI to bioreactor 4 Controlsspray timer for Bioreactors re anoxic zone I per basin 40 27 20 1-502 BRB01 SWOT SVOI — Controls spray timer for Bioreactors re anoxic zone 2 er basin 4027 20 1-502 BRB01 SWOP SV02 — — Controls spray timer for Bioreactors aerobic zone 1 per basin 402720 I-502 BRBOI SWOt SV03 Controls spray timer for Bioreactors aerobic zone 2 er basin 40 27 20 I-502 BRBOI SWOT SVO4 — — Controls spray tenor for Bioreactors aerobic zone 3 per basin 40 27 20 1-502 BRB01 S WO t S VO5 — Controls spray timer for Bioreactors post anoxic zone l per 402720 1-502 BRB01_SW01_SV06 basin Controls spray timer for Bioreactors post anoxic zone 2 per 40 27 20 I-502 BRBOI_SWOI_SVO7 basin Controls spray timer for Bioreactors re anoxic zone I per basin 40 27 20 I-504 BRB02 SWOT SVOI — — Controls spray tenor for Bioreactors re anoxic zone 2per basin— 402720 1-504 BIiB02 SW01 SV02 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Controls spray timer for Bioreactors aerobic zone I per basin 40 27 20 1-504 BRB02, SWOT SVO3 Controls spray timer for Bioreactors aerobic zone 2 per basin 40 27 20 1-504 BRB02 SW01 SVO4 — — Controlsspray timer for Bioresctors aerobic zone 3 per basin 40 27 20 1-504 BRB02 SWOT SVO5 Controls spray timer for Bioreactors post anoxic zone 1 per 402720 1-504 BRB02_SWOI_SVO6 basin Controls spray timer for Bioreactors post anoxic zone 2 per 40 27 20 1-504 BRB02_SW0I_SV07 basin Controls spray timer for Bioreactors re anoxic zone I per basin 40 27 20 1-506 BRB03 SW01 SVOI — — Controlsspray timer for Bioreactors re anoxic zone 2 per basin 402720 1-506 BRB03 SWOT SVO2 Controls spray timer for Bioreactors aerobic zone 1 per basin 4027 20 1-506 BRB03 SWOT SV03 — — Controls spray timer for Bioreactors aerobic zone 2 per basin 402720 1-506 BRB03 SWOI SVO4 Controls spray timer for Bioreactors aerobic zone 3 per basin 40 27 20 I-506 BRB03 SWOT SV05 — — Controls spray timer for Bioreactors post anoxic zone I per 40 27 20 I-506 BRB03_SW0I_SV06 basin Controls spray timer for Bioreactors post anoxic zone 2 per 40 27 20 1-506 BRB03_SWOI_SVO7 basin Controls spray timer for Bioreactors re anoxic zone 1 per basin 402720 1-508 BRB04 SWOT SVOI Controls spray timer for Bioreactors re anoxic zone 2 per basin 40 27 20 I-508 BRB04 SWOT SVO2 — — Controls spray timer for Bioreactors aerobic zone 1 per basin 40 27 20 1-508 BRB04 S WOI SVO3 Controls spray timer for Bioreactors aerobic zone 2 er basin 40 27 20 1-508 BRB04 S WOI S VO4 — — Controls spray timer for Bioreactors aerobic zone 3 per basin 402720 1-508 BRB04 SWOT SVO5 Controls spray timer for Bioreactors post anoxic zone l per 402720 1-508 BRB04_SWOI_SVO6 basin Controls spray timer for Bioreactors post anoxic zone 2 per 40 27 20 1-508 BRB04_SW0l_SV07 basin Controls spray timer for Bioreactors mixed liquor channel 40 27 20 1-570 BRBOI S WOI S VO8 — — Controls spray timer for Bioreactors mixed 0 uor channel 402720 1-508 BRB02 SWOT SVO8 Controls spray timer for Bioreactors mixed liquor channel 40 27 20 1-506 BRB03 SWOT SVO8 — — Controls spray timer for Bioreactors mixed liquor channel 40 27 20 1-504 BRB04 SWOT SV08 Controls spray timer for Bioreactors mixed liquor channel 402720 1-502 WSW SWOT SVOI — — Controls timer for air blast Bioreactors system 40 27 20 1-502 BRBOI 1-IPAOI S V01 Bioreactors Controls timer for air blast 40 27 20 1-502 BRBOI HPAOI SV02 s stem Controls timer for air blast Bioreactors 40 27 20 1-504 BRB02 HPAOI S V01 system Controls timer for air blast Bioreactors system 40 27 20 I-504 BRB02 HPAOI S V02 — — Controls timer for air blast Bioreactors 40 27 20 1-504 BPB02 HPA01 SVO3 system Controls timer for air blast Bioreactors 40 27 20 1-504 BRB02_HPAOI _SVO4 Controlstimer for air blast Bioreactors 40 27 20 1-506 BRB03 HPAOI SV01 system Controls timer for air blast Bioreactors s stem 4027 20 1-506 BRB03 HPAOI SV02 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Controls timer for air blast Bioreactors 40 27 20 1-506 BRB03, HPAOI SVO3 system Controls timer for an blast Bioreactors 40 27 20 1-506 BRB03_HPAOI _S VO4 Controlstimer for air blast Bioreactors 40 27 20 1-508 BRB04 I1PA01 S V01 system Controls timer for air blast Bioreactors 4027 20 1-508 BRB04 HPAOI 5V02 s stem Controls drain for air Bioreactors receiving tank 40 27 20 1-504 BRB02HPA0I S VO5 _ Bioreactors Airflow isolation to one 40 27 20 Yard BRBOO ALPOI BFVOI header _ _ Airflow isolation to the Bioreactors 40 27 20 Yard BRB00 ALPO1BFV02 other header _ SWS and Scum Pump Releases trapped air from Station SWS Pump 40 27 20 1-570 SWSOI BOI ARVOI — — SWS and Scum Pump Releases trapped air from Station SWS Pump 40 27 20 1-570 SWSOI BOI ARV02 SWS and Scum Pump Releases trapped air from Station SWS Pump 40 27 20 I-570 SWSOI BOI ARV03 — — SWS and Scum Pump Pump 1 check valve, prevent backflow into 402720 I-570 SWS0l_BOl_CV01 Station SWS and Scum Pump Pump 2 check valve, prevent backflow into 402720 1-570 SWS01_BO]_CV02 Station u SWS. and Scum Pump Discharge isolation valve on pump I to WS and 402720 1-570 SWSOI_BOl_PVOl Station scum aerated tanks SWS and Scum Pump Discharge isolation valve on pump 2 to WS and 40 27 20 1-570 SWS01fill PV02 Station scum aerated tanks SWS and Scum Pump Discharge to distribution Station box 402720 1-570 SWSOI B01 PV03 SWS and Scum Pump Flow meter isolation point 40 27 20 1-570 SWSOI_BOl_PV04 Station Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank I cassette 40 27 20 1-601 20-HV-31 OA -1 1 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank I cassette 40 27 20 1-601 20-HV-31 0B-1 2 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank I cassette 40 27 20 I-601 20-HV-31 OC-1 3 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 1 cassette 40 27 20 1-601 20-HV-310D-1 4 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank I cassette 4027 20 1-601 20-HV-310E-1 5 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 1 cassette 40 27 20 1-601 20-HV-31OF-I 6 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank I cassette 40 27 20 1-601 20-HV-310G-I 7 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank I cassette 402720 I-601 20-HV-31OH-1 8 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank I cassette 40 27 20 1-601 20-HV-3101-1 9 Membrane Basins Air header isolation valve 40 27 20 I-601 20-FV-205-1 for Membrane Tank I Filtrate isolation valve for [Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 2 cassette 40 27 20 I-601 20-HV-31OA-2 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 2 cassette 40 27 20 I-601 20-HV-3IOB-2 2 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 2 cassette 40 27 20 1-601 20-HV-310C-2 3 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 2 cassette 40 27 20 1-601 20-HV-3 I OD -2 4 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 2 cassette 40 27 20 1-601 20-HV-310E-2 5 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 2 cassette 40 27 20 1-601 20-HV-31 OF -2 6 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 2 cassette 40 27 20 1-601 20-HV-31 0G-2 7 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 2 cassette 40 27 20 1-601 20-HV-31 OH -2 8 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 2 cassette 40 27 20 1-601 20-HV-3101-2. 9 Air bender isolation valve Membrane Basins for Membrane Tank 2 40 27 20 1-601 20-FV-205-2 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 3 cassette 40 27 20 1-601 20-HV-31 OA -3 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 3 cassette 40 27 20 1-601 20-HV-31 OB-3 2 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 3 cassette 40 27 20 1-601 20-HV-31 OC-3 3 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 3 cassette 40 27 20 I-601 20-HV-310D-3 4 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 3 cassette 40 27 20 1-601 20-HV-310Fr3 5 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 3 cassette 40 27 20 1-601 20 -1 -TV -31 OF -3 6 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 3 cassette 40 27 20 1-601 20-H V-3 t OG-3 7 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 3 cassette 40 27 20 1-601 20-HV-310H-3 8 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 3 cassette 402720 I-601 20-HV-3101-3 9 Ate header isolation valve Membrane Basins for Membrane Tank 3 40 27 20 1-601 20-FV-205-3 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 4 cassette 1 40 27 20 I-601 20-HV-31OA-4 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 4 cassette 40 27 20 I-601 20-HV-31OB-4 2 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 4 cassette 40 27 20 I-601 20-HV-31OC-4 3 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 4 cassette 40 27 20 1-601 20-HV-310D-4 4 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 4 cassette 40 27 20 1-601 20-FIV-310E-4 5 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 4 cassette 40 27 20 I-601 20-HV-31OF-4 6 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 4 cassette 40 27 20 1-601 20-HV-310G-4 7 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 4 cassette 40 27 20 1-601 20-HV-31 OH -4 8 Filtrate isolation valve for Membrane Basins Membrane Tank 4 cassette 40 27 20 1-601 20 -I -IV -3101-4 9 Air header isolation valve Membrane Basins for Membrane Tank 4 40 27 20 1-601 20-FV-205-4 Membrane Basins Controls Membrane Tank 40 27 20 1-601 20-FV-502-1 1 drain to Return Flow PS Controls Membrane Tank Membrane Basins 2 dram to Return Flow PS 40 27 20 1-601 20-FV-502-2 Membrane Basins Controls Membrane Tank 40 27 20 I-601 20-FV-502-3 3 drain to Return Flaw PS Membrane Basins Controls Membrane Tank 40 27 20 I-601 20-FV-502-4 4 drain to Return Flow PS Controls flow from Membrane Basins compressors to Membrane 40 27 20 I-601 20-FV-802-1 Tank 1 for filtrate priming Controls flow from Membrane Basins compressors to Membrane 40 27 20 1-601 20-FV-802-2 Tank 2 for filtrate priming Controls flow from Membrane Basins compressors to Membrane 40 27 20 1-601 20-FV-802-3 Tank 3 for filtrate priming Controls flow from Membrane Basins compressors to Membrane 40 27 20 I-601 20-FV-802-4 Tank 4 for filtrate pritnino RS and WS Pomp Station Releases trapped air from WS Pum I 40 27 20 I-650 WSOI_BOl_ARVI l Releases trapped air from RS and WS Pump Station 40 27 20 1-650 WSOI BOlARV21 WSP 2 RS and WS Pump Station Hi p, int air release for 40 27 20 I-650 RSOI_BOI_ARVI I High point air release for RS and WS Pump8tation 402720 1-650 RS0I_B0lARV21 um 2 _ Him point air release for RS and WS Pump Station 40 27 20 1-650 RSOI_B01_ARV31 RS and WS Putnp Station High point air release for 40 27 20 1-650 RIO! BOlARV41 u 4 __ RS and WS Pump Station High point air release for 4027 20 1-650 RS01_B01_ARV51 s WS Pump I check valve, RS and WS Pump Station prevent backflow into 402720 1-650 WSOI_BOI_CVl1 WI Pump 2 check valve, RS and WS Pump Station prevent backflow into stomp 40 27 20 1-650 WSOI_B01_CV21 RS Pump 1 check valve, RS and WS Pump Station prevent backflow into um 40 27 20 1-650 RSOI_BOl_CVl1 RS Pump 2 check valve, RS and WS Pump Station prevent backflow into um 40 27 20 1-650 RIO I_BOl_CV21 RS Pump 3 check valve, RS and WS Pump Station prevent backflow into 40 27 20 I-650 RSOI_B01_CV31 RS Pump 4 cheek valve, RS and WS Pump Station prevent backflow into 402720 1-650 RIO t_BO1_CV41 RS Pump 5 check valve, RS and WS Pump Station prevent backflow into um 40 27 20 1-650 RIO I_BO1_CV51 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H RS and WS Pump Station R' Pump 1 Suction 40 27 20 1-650 WS0I B0lPV1I Isolation Valve _ RS and WS Pump Station WS Pump I Discharge 40 27 20 1-650 WS0I_B0l_PV 12 Isolation Valve Pump Station RS and WS P WS Pump 2 Suction 40 27 20 1-650 WS0I_B0l PV21 Isolation Valve RS and WS Pump Station Flow meter isolation point 402720 1-650 WS0f_B0l_PV31 RS and WI P ump Station W S Pump 2 Discharge 40 27 20 1-650 WS0I_B0l_PV22 Isolation Valve RS and WS Pump Station RS Pump I suction 40 27 20 I-650 RS01B0lPV 1 I isolation valve _ _ RS and WS Pump Station RS Pump 1 discharge 40 27 20 1-650 RS01_B01_PV 12 isolation valve RS and WS Pump Station RS Pu2 suction mp 40 27 20 1-650 RS0I_B01_PV21 isolation valve Pomp Station RS and WS P RS Pump 2 discharge 40 27 20 1-650 RS0I B01 PV22 isolation valve __ RS and WS Pump Station RS Pump 3 suction 40 27 20 1-650 RS0I_B0l_PV31 isolation valve RS and WS Pump Station RS Pump 3 discharge 40 27 20 1-650 RIO! B0lPV32 isolation valve _ _ RS and WS Pump Station RS Pump 4 suction 40 27 20 1-650 RIO! B0lPV41 isolation valve _ _ RS and WS Pump Station RS. Pump 4 discharge 40 27 20 1-650 RS0IBillPV42 isolation valve _ _ RS and WS Pump Station AS Pump 5 suction 40 27 20 1-650 RS01_B0l_PV51 isolation valve RS and WS Pump Station RS Pump 5 discharge 40 27 20 1-650 RS0I B0lPV52 isolation valve —_ RS and WS Pump Station RS Pump 6 suction 402720 I-650 RS0I_B0l_PV61 isolation valve RS and WI Pump Station RS Pump 6 discharge 40 27 20 1-650 RIO! isolation valve _B0lPV62 _ RS and WS Pump Station RS Pump 7 suction 40 27 20 1-650 RS0I_B01_PV71 isolation valve RS and WS Pump Station RS Pump 7 discharge 40 27 20 1-650 RS0I B0lPV72 isolation valve _ RS and WS Pump Station Controlsflow to spray bar 4027 20 1-650 RS01_B0l_SV0I RS and WS Pump Station Controls flow to spray bar 4O2720 1-650 RS0IB0l_SV02 RS and WS Pump Station Controls flow to spray bar 40 27 20 I-650 RS01_B01_SV03 Releases trapped air from Operations Building filtrate discharge for pump 40 27 20 I-710 MFP0t_T0l_ARV0I 1 Releases trapped air from Operations Building filtrate discharge for pump 4O2720 1-710 MFP01_T01_ARV02 2 Releases trapped air from Operations Building filtrate discharge for pump 4027 20 1-710 MFP0I_T01_ARV03 3 Releases trapped air from Operations Building filtrate discharge for pump 40 27 20 1-710 MFP01_T01ARV04 4 Operations Building Releases trapped air from 40 27 20 1-710 MFP01 T01 ARV05 bac ulse header Operations Building Controls backpulse to 4027 20 1-710 20-F V-602-1 membrane tank 1 Operations Building Controls backpulse to 4O2720 1-710 20-FV-602-2 membrane tank 2 Operations Building Controls backpulse to 40 27 20 I-710 20-FV-602-3 membrane tank 3 Operations Building Controls backpulse to 40 27 20 1-710 20-FV-602-4 membrane tank 4 Operations Building Isolation valve for 40 27 20 1-710 20-FV-302-1 membrane tank 1 Operations Building Isolation valve for filtrate 40 27 20 1-710 20-13V-301-1 I discharge 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Isolation valve for Operations Building 40 27 20 1-710 20-FV-302-2 membrane tank 2 Isolation valve for filtrate Operations Building 40 27 20 1-710 20-FIV-301-2 2 discharge Operations Building Isolation valve for 40 27 20 1-710 20-FV-302-3 membrane tank 3 Operations Building Isolation valve for filtrate 4027 20 I-710 20 -ITV -301-3 3 discharge Isolation valve for Operations Building 40 27 20 1-710 20-FV-302-4 membrane tank 4 Operations Building Isolation valve for filtrate 40 27 20 I-710 20.HV-301-4 nungt 4 discharge Prevents backflow into Operations Building 40 27 20 1-710 20-C V-301-1 filtrate pomp 1 Prevents backflow into Operations Building 40 27 20 1-710 20 -CV -301-2 filtrate pump 2 Prevents backflow into Operations Building 40 27 20 1-710 20 -CV -301-3 filtrate pump 3 Operations Building Prevents backflow into 40 27 20 1-710 20 -CV -301-4 filtrate um 4 Controls flow to Operations Building 40 27 20 I-710 22-F V-324-1 turbidimeter on puits 1 Controls discharge from Operations Building 40 27 20 I -7I0 22-FV-323-1 turbidimeter on pump I Controls flow to Operations Building 40 27 20 1-710 22-FV-324-2 turbidimeter on pump 2 Operations Building Controls discharge from 40 27 20 1-710 22-FV-323-2 turbidimeter on u 2 Controls flow to Operations Building 40 27 20 1-710 22-FV-324-3 turbidimeter on putto, 3 Operations Building Controls discharge from 40 27 20 I-710 22-FV-323-3 turbtdmteter on pump 3 Controls flow to Operations Building 40 27 20 1-710 22-FV-324-4 turbidimeter on u 4 Operations Building Controls discharge from 40 27 20 1-710 22-FV-323-4 turbidimeter on pump 4 Control valve for NaOCL Operations Building injection to backpulse s 40 27 20 1-715 23-FV-102 Control valve for citric acid Operations Building injection to backpulse pumps 40 27 20 1-715 23-FV-302 Isolation valve for Operations Building 40 27 20 1-715 20-HV-602A backpulse pomp 1 suction Isolation valve for Operations Building 40 27 20 t-7 IS 20-HV-602B backpulse pump 2 suction Operations Building Prevents bnekflow into 40 27 20 1-715 20 -CV -601A sachpulse Operations Building Prevents backflow into 4027 20 1-715 20 -CV -601 B backpulse pump 2 Isolation valve for Operations Building backpulse pump 1 402720 1-715 20 -RV -601A discharge Isolation valve for Operations Building backpulse pump 2 40 27 20 1-715 20-H V-60its discharge Operations Building Isolation valve for 40 27 20 1-715 20-HV-604 bac ulse tank Operations Building Bypass valve for backpulse 4027 20 1-715 20-IIV-605 Operations Building Drain for backpulse tank 40 27 20 I-715 20-HV-606 Effluent isolation for Operations Building 40 27 20 I-715 20-HV-607 bac utse tank Control valve for Operations Building 40 27 20 1-715 20-FCV-607 backpulse system Operations Building Blower I discharge 40 27 20 1-770 13LROIT01BFV01 isolation valve __ Operations Building Blowee 2 discharge 4027 20 1-770 13LROI_T01_BFV02 isolation valve 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H ' �. Blower 3 discharge Operations Building 40 27 20 1-770 BLROI, TOIBFV03 isolation valve Operations Building Blower 4.discharge 40 27 20 1-770 BLROI_TOI_BFV04 isolation valve Operations Building Header I isolation valve 40 27 20 1-770 BLROI_TOI_BFV05 Operations Building Loop isolation valve 40 27 20 1-770 BLR0I_T0I_BFV06 Operations Building Header 2 isolation valve 40 27 20 1-770 BLRO I_TOI_BFV07 Blower I discharge check Operations Building valve, prevent backflow 40 27 20 I-770 BLROI_TOI_DDCVOI into blower Blower 2 discharge check Operations Building valve, prevent backflow 402720 1-770 BLR01TOI_DDCV02 into blower Blower 3 discharge check Operations Building valve, prevent backflow 402720 1-770 BLRO I_TOI_DDCV03 into blower Blower 4 discharge check Operations Building valve, prevent backflow 40 27 20 1-770 BLROI_TOI_DDCV04 into blower Operations Building Blower I discharge 40 27 20 1-780 20HV-201A isolation valve Operations Building Blower 2 discharge 4027 20 1-780 20-HV-201B isolation valve Operations Building Blower 3 discharge 4O2720 1-780 20-HV-201 C isolation valve Operations Building Blower 4 discharge 40 27 20 I-780 20HV-201D isolation valve Operations Building Header 1 isolation valve 40 27 20 1-780 20-HV-202 Operations Building Header 2 isolation valve 40 27 20 1-780 20-HV-203 Combined header isolation Operations Building 40 27 20 1-780 20-HV-205 valve Blower I discharge check Operations Building valve, prevent backflow 40 27 20 1-780 20-C V-20 IA into blower Blower 2 discharge check Operations Building valve, prevent backflow 40 27 20 1-780 20 -CV -201B into blower Blower 3 discharge check Operations Building valve, prevent backflow 40 27 20 1-780 20 -CV -201C into blower Blower 4 discharge check Operations Building valve, prevent backflow 40 27 20 1-780 20 -CV -201D into blower Drain isolation valve for UV Disinfection ChannelI 40 27 20 1-800 UVR01 C01 PVOI — Drain isolation valve for UV Disinfection Channel2 40 27 20 1-800 1118201 CO2 PVOI UV Disinfection Fain isolation valve for 40 27 20 1-800 UVR01 CO3 PVol Channel3 — — Isolation valve for UV Disinfection ReusefNPW Pans Station 40 27 20 1-800 UVROI COl BFV01 UV Disinfection Air release for Odor 40 27 20 I-800 UVROI COl ARVOI Control System Check valve for Odor UV Disinfection Control System, prevent 40 27 20 I-800 UVROI_COI_CVOI backflow Regulate flow of non - UV Disinfection chlorinated non -potable 402720 1-800 UVR01 C01 GVOI water to odor control — — s stems Regulate flow of non - CV Disinfection chlorinated non -potable 40 27 20 1-800 UVROI_COI_GV02 water to pressure tank Reuse Pump Station lire point air release for 40 27 20 1-850 RSW01_T01_ARVO1 Reuse P ump Station High point air release for 40 27 20 1-850 RSWOIT01ARV02 u2 __ Reuse Pump Station High point air release for 40 27 20 I-850 RSWO1_TOl_ARV03 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Reuse Pump Station High point air release for 402720 1-850 ASWUITOlARV04 um 4 __ Reuse Pump Station High point air release for sure relese. 40 27 20 1-850 RSWOITot ARV 12 __ Reuse Pump Station High point air release for 40 27 20 1-850 RSW01 TOtARV09 service water 16" header. _ Reuse Pump Station High point air release for 4027 20 1-850 RSWO]TOtARVl1 service water 16" header. _ _ Reuse Pump Station Pump I isolation valve 40 27 20 1-850 RSW01_TO1_BFVOI Reuse Pump Station Pump 2 isolation valve 402720 1-850 RSWO1_Tol_BFV02 Reuse Pump Station Pump 3 isolation valve 40 27 20 1-850 RSWOI_T01_BFV03 Reuse Pump Station Pump 4 isolation valve 40 27 20 1-850 RS WO1_TO1 BFV04 Reuse Pump Station Isolates Pressure Relief 40 27 20 1-850 RSWOI Valve for service. _ _ Reuse Pump Station Isolates Cla-Flo Valve for service. 40 27 20 1-850 RSWOI_T00_BFVOI Reuse Pump Station Regulates flow to service 40 27 20 1-850 RS WOlTOOGVO1 water pumps _ _ Reuse Pump Station Prevents backflow into 40 27 20 1-850 RSWOI_Tot _CVO1 Reuse Pump Station Prevents backflow into 402720 I -S50 RSWOlT01CV02 2 __ Reuse Pump Station Prevents backflow into 40 27 20 1-850 RSWOI_T01_CV03 3 Reuse Pump Station Prevents backflow into 40 27 20 1-850 RSWO1_Tot _CV04 Prevent system from Reuse Pump Station overpressure, releases 40 27 20 1-850 RSWOITOIPRVOI water to pump station wet well _ _ Float valve controls backup water discharge to wet well Reuse Pump Station while via stilling well and 40 27 20 1-850 RSWOIT01_FV-PSOI float, while maintaining a _ set upstream potable water stem pressure Sludge Holding Tanks WS isolation valve for 40 27 20 1-1100 SHT01B01PV01 SHT 1 Sludge Holding Tanks SWS isolation valve for 40 27 20 1-1100 SHTOI_BOl_PV02 SHT 1 Isolation valve for sludge Sludge Holding Tanks from SHT I to Centrifuge 40 27 20 1-1100 SHTOI_BOl_PV03 Feed Pumps Sludge Holding Tanks Isolation valve for SHT 1 40 27 20 1-1100 SHTOI_BOl_PV04 drain to Return Flow PS Isolation valve for sludge Sludge Holding Tanks from SHT Ito RDT Feed 40 27 20 1-1100 SHTOI_BOt_PV05 Pumps Sludge Holding Tanks Isolation valve for TWS to 402720 1-1100 SHTOI_BOt_PV06 SHT 1 Sludge Holding Tanks WS isolation valve for 40 27 20 1-1100 SHT02_BOI_PVOI SHT 2 Sludge Holding Tanks SWS isolation valve for 402720 1-1100 SHT02_B0l_PV02 SHT 2 Isolation valve for sludge Sludge Holding Tanks from SHT 2 to Centrifuge 40 27 20 1-1100 SHT02_BOI_PV03 Feed P°eed Pumps Sludge Holding Tanks Isolation valve for SHT 2 40 27 20 1-1100 SFTT02BOIPV04 drain to Return Flow PS _ _ Isolation valve for sludge Sludge Holding Tanks from SHT 2 to RDT Feed 40 27 20 1-1100 SHT02_BOI_PV05 Pumps Sludge Holding Tanks Isolation valve for TWS to 40 27 20 1-1100 SHT02_B0I_PV06 SHT 2 Solids Building Sludge blower 1 isolation 40 27 20 1-1210 SBLOIBOlBFVOI valve __ Solids Building Sludge blower 2 isolation valve 40 27 20 1-1210 SBL0I_B0l_BFV02 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H ,B01BFV03 Sludge blower 3 isolation Solids Building valve 40 27 20 1-1210 SBLOI _ Solids Building Blower 2 isolation valve to 40 27 20 1-1210 SBL01_B01_BFV04 SHT 1 Solids Building Blower 2 isolation valve to 40 27 20 1-1210 SBLOI B01BFV05 SHT 2 Solids. Building Prevents backflow into 4027 20 1-1220 RDTOI_TOI_CVOI RDT feed 1 Prevents backflow into Solids Building RDT feed pump2 40 27 20 1-1220 RDT02 T02 CV02 _ _ Bypass RDT line: Prevents Solids Building backflow into RDT Feed 40 27 20 1-1220 RDT01_T0I_CV02 Pumps Solids Building Pump 1 suction isolation 402720 1-1220 RDTO1T01PVOI valve _ _ Pump 1 discharge isolation Solids Building valve 40 27 20 I-1220 RDTOI_TOl_PV03 Pump 2 suction isolation Solids Building 40 27 20 1-1220 PDT02 T02PV01 valve Solids Building Pump 2 discharge isolation valve 40 27 20 1-1220 RDT02_T02_PV02 Suction header connection Solids Building between Pump I and Pump 40 27 20 1-1220 RDT0I_T0I_PV02 2 Discharge header Solids Building connection between Pump 40 27 20 1-1220 RDTOI_TOI_PV04 1 and B ass Line Discharge header Solids Building connection between Bypass 40 27 20 1-1220 RDTOI_TOl_PV05 Line and Pump 2 RDT Bypass Line Isolation Solids Building Valve 40 27 20 1-1220 RDTOITO! PV06 _ _ Controls service water flow Solids Building pressure to RDT Feed parrots 40 27 20 I-1220 RDTOI_TOI_PRVOI Solids Building TWS pump I check valve 402720 1-1230 RDTOI_TO1_CV03 Solids Building TWS pump 2 check valve 40 27 20 1-1230 RDT02_T02_CV02 Solids Building RDT filtrate Check valve 40 27 20 1-1230 RDT02_T02_CV03 to Return Flow PS Solids Building Flow to RDT 1 40 27 20 1-1230 RDTOI T01_PV07 Solids Building Flow to RDT 1 40 27 20 1-1230 RDT01_T01_PV08 Solids Building Flow to RDT 2 40 27 20 1-1230 PDT02_T02_PV03 Solids Building Flow to RDT 2 40 27 20 1-1230 RDT02_T02_PV04 TWS pump I discharge Solids Building isolation valve 40 27 20 1-1230 RDT01TO! PV09 _ _ Solids Building RDT filtrate drain valve to 40 27 20 I-1230 RDT02 TO2 PVOS Return Flow PS _ _ TWS pump 2 discharge Solids Building isolation valve 40 27 20 1-1230 RDTOI T02 PV06 _ Controls air flows within Solids Building the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-1230 RDT01_T01_MBDO1 at RDT I Controls air flows within Solids Building the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 I-1230 RDT02_T02_MBD0I at RDT 2 Solids Building Centrifuge feed pump 1 40 27 20 I-1250 SLPOI C01 CVOI check valve _ _ Centrifuge feed pump 2 Solids Building check valve 40 27 20 1-1250 SLPOICO2CV01 _ _ Centrifuge Feed Pump 1 Solids Building 40 27 20 1-1250 SLPOICO]PVOI suction isolation valve _ _ Solids Building Centrifuge Feed Pump 1 40 27 20 1-1250 SLPOl C01 PV02 discharge isolation valve I Solids. Building Centrifuge Feed Pump 1 40 27 20 1-1250 SLPOICOIPV03 discharge isolation valve 2 _ _ Centrifuge Feed Pump 2 Solids Building 402720 1-1250 SLPOI CO2 PVOI suction isolation valve _ _ Centrifuge Feed Pump 2 Solids Building discharge isolation valve 1 40 27 20 I-1250 SLPu1CO2PV02 — — 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H ,CO2PV03 Centrifuge Feed Pump 2 Solids Building discharge isolation valve 2 40 27 20 I-1250 SLPOI _ Centrifuge Feed Pump 2 Solids Building discharge isolation valve to 40 27 20 I-1250 SLP01_CO2_PV04 centrifuge I Centrifuge Feed Pump 2 Solids Building discharge isolation valve to 40 27 20 1-1250 SLPOI_CO2_PVO5 future centrifuge 3 Control Service Water Solids Building Pressure to Centrifuge 40 27 20 1-1250 CFGOI_COO_PRV01 Feed Pumps Solids Conveyor to Solids Building Dumpster Conveyor 40 27 20 1-1260 CCFOI_TOI_GV01 System Solids Conveyor to Solids Building Dumpster Conveyor 402720 1-1260 CCFOI_T01_GV02 System Solids Conveyor to Solids Building Dumpster Conveyor 40 27 20 1-1260 CCF02_Tol_GV0l System Solids Conveyor to Solids Building Dumpster Conveyor 40 27 20 1-1260 CCF02_Till_GV02 System Post Dilution Water - Solids Building 40 27 20 1-1260 CDW01TOlBVOI Centrifuge I _ _ Solids Building Post Dilution Water - 40 27 20 1-1260 CDW02 T02 BV01 Centrifuge 2 _ _ Solids Building Polymer Injection Point 3 - 40 27 20 1-1260 CCFO IT01CV01 Centrifuge 1 _ _ Solids Building Polymer Injection Point 2- 40 27 20 1-1260 CCFOI_T01_CV02 Centrifu e 1 Polymer Injection Point I - Solids Building g Cent ifu e 1 40 27 20 1-1260 CCFO ITOlCV03 __ Solids Building SW to Chute 40 27 20 1-1260 CCFOI_TOI_CVO4 Solids Building Polymer Injection Point 3 - 40 27 20 1-1260 CCF01 T02 CVOI Centrifuge 2 _ _ Solids Building Polymer Injection Point 2- 40 27 20 1-1260 CCFO IT02_CV02 Centrifuge 2 _ Solids Building Polymer Injection Point I - 40 27 20 1-1260 CCF0I_T02_CV03 Centrifu g e 2 Solids Building SW to Chute 402720 1-1260 CCF01T02CV04 Controls air flows within Solids Building the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-1260 CCFOI_TOI_MBDOI at Centrifuge 1 Controls air flows within Solids Building the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-1260 CCF0I_T01_MBD02 at Centrifuge I Controls air flows within Solids Building the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-1260 CCF01_T02_MBD0I at Centrifuge 2 Controls air flows within Solids Building the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-1260 CCF01_T02_MBD02 at Centrifuge 2 Solids Building Relieves pressure to 40 27 20 1-1270 PSTOIBOlSRVOI ofr storage units _ _ Solids Building Relieves pressure to 40 27 20 1-1270 PST01BOlSRV02 polymer storage units __ Solids Building Isolation Valve at PW 40 27 20 I-1270 PST01B01BV02 Solids Building Back flow preventer 40 27 20 1-1270 PSTOISot GV01 assembly on PW Line— _ Back flow preventer Solids Building assembly on PW Line 40 27 20 I-1270 PST0IB0lGV02 _ _ Solids Building Back flow preventer 40 27 20 1-1270 PST01_B01_CV01 assembl on PW Line Solids Building Back flow preventec 40 27 20 1-1270 PST01_BOl_CV02 assembl on PW Line Bulk Polymer Tank -1 Solids Building 40 27 20 1-1270 PSTOI B01 BVOI Outlet Line to Blending_ _ Solids Building Bulk Polymer Tank -2 40 27 20 1-1270 PSTOI_B02_BVOI Outlet Line to Blendin 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Solids Building Relieves pressure to 40 27 20 I-1271 CPB01 BOl PRVOI nolymer m,xmu units- 1 Solids Building Relieves pressure to ' 40 27 20 1-1271 CPB01_B02_ of er units- 2 Solids Building Centrifuge PW going to the 40 27 20 1-1271 _____ CPBO I_ Bill._CV01 PoI er Blendin Unit -I Solids. Building Centrifuge PW going to the 402720 1-1271 CPBOI_B02_CV01 Pol er Blendin Unit -2 Solids Building Relieves pressure to 40 27 20 1-1272 RPBOI_B01_PRVOl o] er mixin unit- 1 Solids Building Relieves pressure to 40 27 20 I-1272 RPBOI_B02_PRVOl polymer mixin unit -2 RDT PW going to the Solids Building Pot. er I lendin Unit -1 40 27 20 I-1272 RPB01BOlC VOl Solids Building ROT PW going to the 40 27 20 1-1272 RPBOI_B02_CV01 Pol er Blendin Unit -2 Solids Building Foul Air Line from Solids 40 27 20 1-1280 CCFOI_BOI_BFV01 Chute Solids Building Foul Air Line from Solids 40 27 20 1-1280 CCFO I_B02_BFVOI Chute Controls air flows within the foul air duct segments Solids Building 40 27 20 1-1280 CCFOI_TOO_MBD01 at Solids Building D ster Room Controls air flows within the foul air duct segments Solids Building at Solids Building 40 27 20 I-1280 CCF02_T00_MBD0I Oany,ster Room Controls air flows within Solids. Building the foul air duct segments 4027 20 1-1280 CCFOI_T0l_MBDO3 at Screw Conveyer I Controls air flows within Solids Building the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-1280 CCF02_T01_MBD03 at Screw Conveyor 2 Odor Control System I - Make-up water valve for 40 27 20 1-1400 ODC0I T01 BVOI PTU odor controls stem I Controls air flows within Odor Control System 1 - the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-1400 ODC0I_T0I_MBD01 PTU going to Bioscrubber I Controls air flows within Odor Control System I - the foul air duct segments PTU going to Foul Air Blower 1.1 40 27 20 I-1400 ODC0I TOl MBD02 Controls air flows within Odor Control System I - the foul air duct segments PTU going to Foul Air Blower 40 27 20 I-1400 ODC0I T01 MBD03 — — 1.2 Odor Control System I - Controls air flows from PTU Carbon Adsorber I outlet 40 27 20 1-1400 ODC0I_T0l_MBD04 stack Controls air flows from Odor Control System I - PTU Carbon Adsorber I outlet stack 402720 1-1400 ODC0I TO1MBD05 Controls air flows within Odor Control System 1 - the foul air duct segments PTU going to Carbon Adsorber 40 27 20 1-1400 ODC0I TOl MBD06 1 Controls air flows within Odor Control System I - the foul air duct segments PTU going to Carbon Adsorber 40 27 20 I-1400 ODC0I_T0l_MBD07 1 bypass outlet stack Odor Control System I - Isolation of Foul Air PTU Blower 1.1 4O2720 1-1400 ODC0I TOl IVD01 Odor Control System I - Isolation of Foul Air PTU Blower 1.2 40 27 20 I-1400 ODC0I TOl IVD02 — — Odor Control System I - Isolation of Foul Air 40 27 20 1-1400 ODC0I T01 BTDO1 PTU Blower 1.1 Odor Control System I - Isolation of Foul Air 40 27 20 1-1400 ODC0I Tol BTD02 PTU Blower 1.2 — — 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H �. Odor Control System 2,- Make-up water valve for Bioreactors odor control system 2 40 27 20 1-1401 ODC02 T01 BV01 Controls air flows within Odor Control System 2 - the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 I-1401 ODC02_T0l_MBD0I Bioreactors going to Bioscrubber 2 Controls air flows within Odor Control System 2 - the foul air duct segments Bioreactors going to Foul Air Blower 40 27 20 1-1401 ODC02 T0l MBD02 2.1 Controlsair flows within Odor Control System 2 - the foul air duct segments Bioreactors going to Foul Air Blower 402721 1-1401 ODC02 T0l MBD03 — — 2.2 Odor Control System 2 - Controls air flows from Bioreactors Carbon Adsorber 2 outlet stack 40 27 20 1-1401 ODC02_T0I_MBD04 Controls air flows from Odor Control System 2 - Bioreactors Carbon Adsorber 2 outlet stack 40 27 20 1-1401 ODC02T0lMBD05 Controls air flows within Odor Control System 2 - the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-1401 ODC02 T0I MBD06 Bioreactors going to Carbon Adsorber 2 Controls air flows within Odor Control System 2 - the foul air duct segments Bioreactors going to Carbon Adsorber 40 27 20 1-1401 ODC02 TOl MBD07 — — 2 bypass outlet stack Odor Control System 2 - Isolation of Foul. Air 40 27 20 1-1401 ODC02 T0I IVD0I Bioreactors Blower 2.1 Odor Control System 2 - Isolation of Foul Air Bioreactors Blower 2.2 4027 20 1-1401 ODC02 T0I IVD02 — — Odor Control System 2 - Isolation of Foul Air Bioreactors Blower 2.1 40 2720 1-1401 ODC02 T0I BTD0I Odor Control System 2 - Isolation of Foul Air Bioreactors Blower 2.2 40 27 20 I-1401 ODC02 T0I BTD022 — — Odor Control System 3 - Make-up water valve for Solids odor control system 3 40 27 20 1-1402 ODC03 T01 BV01 Controls air flows within Odor Control System 3 - the foul air duct segments 40 27 20 1-1402 ODC03_T0I_MBD0I Solids going to Bioscrobber 3 Controls air flows within Odor Control System 3 - the foul air duct segments Solids. going to Foul Air Blower 27 20 1-1402 ODC03 T0l_MBD02 3.1 Controls air flows within Odor Control System 3 - the foul air duct segments Solids going to Foul Air Blower 40 27 20 1-1402 ODC03 TSI MBD03 — — 3.2 Controls air flows from Odor Control System 3 - Carbon Adsorber 3 outlet 40 27 20 I-1402 ODC03_T0I Solids stack _MBD04 Odor Control System 3 - Controls air flows from Solids Carbon Adsorber 3 outlet 40 27 20 1-1402 ODC03 T01MBD05 stack Controls air flows within Odor Control System 3 - the foul air duct segments Solids going to Carbon Adsorber 40 27 20 1-1402 ODC03 To l MBD06 3 Controls air flows within Odor Control System 3 - the foul air duct segments Solids going to Carbon Adsorber 40 27 20 1-1402 ODC03 T0l MBD07 — — 3 bypass outlet stack Odor Control System 3 - Isolation of Foul Air Solids Blower 3.1 40 27 20 1-1402 ODC03 T0l IVD01 Odor Control System 3 - Isolation of Foul Air Solids. Blower 3.2 40 27 20 1-1402 ODC03 T0l IVD02 Odor Control System 3 - Isolation of Foul Air Solids Blowee3.1 40 27 20 1-1402 ODC03 T01 BTD0I Odor Control System 3 - Isolation of Foul Air 40 27 20 1-1402 ODC03 T0I BTD02 Solids Blower 3.2 — — 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H ,TOI Return Flow Pump Station Discharge air back to wet 40 27 20 I-1500 RPSOI ARVOI well from ptains 1 Return Flow Pump Station Discharge air back to wet 40 27 20 I-1500 RPSOI TOI ARV02 well from 2 _ _ Return Flow Pump Station Discharge air back to wet 40 27 20 1-1500 RPSOITOlARV03 well from u 3 _ _ Return Flow Pump Station Releases trapped air from 4027 20 1-1500 RPSOI_TOI_ARV04 header Prevents backflow into Return Flow Pump Station 40 27 20 I-1500 RPSOI TOI CVOI Reuse P 1 _ _ Prevents backflow into Return Flow Pump Station 40 27 20 I-1500 RPS0IT0lCV02 Reuse Pu 2 _ _ Prevents backflow into Return Flow Pump Station 40 27 20 I-1500 RPSOI_TOI_CV03 Reuse Pum 3 316 SS Valve isolates flow to dischargepipmg Return Flow Pump Station 40 27 20 I-1500 RPSOI TOI BV01 _ _ pressure sensor and Air Release Valve 316 SS Valve isolates flow Return Flow Pump Station to discharge piping 40 27 20 1-1500 RPS01 T01BV02 pressure sensor and Air _ Release Valve 316 SS Valve isolates flow Return Flow Pump Station to dischargepiping 40 27 20 I-1500 RPSOITOlBVO3 pressure sensor and Air _ _ Release Valve 316 SS Valve isolates flow Return Flow Pump Station 40 27 20 1-1500 RPS01T01BVO4 to header pressure sensor _ _ Return Flow Pump Station Isolation Valve of flow 40 27 20 I-1500 RPSOI_TOl_PV01 from um 1 Isolation Valve of flow Return Flow Pump Station 40 27 20 I-1500 RPSOI TOI PV02 tun from 2 __ Isolation Valve of flow Return Flow Pump Station 40 27 20 1-1500 RPSOIT01PV03 from 3 _ _ Return Flow Pump Station Isolation valve for flow 40 27 20 1-1500 RPSOITOlPV04 meter. _ _ Return Flow Pump Station Regulates flow to EQ and 4027 20 1-1500 RPSOITOlPV05 PFS Basins.— _ Regulates flow to Coarse Return Flow Pump Station 402720 1-1500 RPS01T0lPV06 Screens _ _ Isolation valve for block Return Flow Pump Station and bleed assembly of the 4027 20 1-1500 RPSOI_TOl_PV07 12" RF Line at the Peak Flow Storage Basin Backflow Preventor for Yard Piping Potable Water coming onto 40 27 20 I-850 YPOlPOIBFP01 Plant site - in heated enclosure Yard Piping Service Water Isolation 40 27 20 C-053 YP0l-SOI-GVO1 Valve Service Water Isolation Yard Piping 40 27 20 C-053 YPOl-SO1-GV02 Valve Yard Piping Service Water Isolation 40 27 20 C-053 YPOI-SOI-GV03 Valve Yard Piping Service Water Isolation 40 27 20 C-055 YP01-SOI-GV04 Valve Yard Piping Service Water Isolation 402720 C-055 YPOI-SOI-GV05 Valve Yard Piping Potable Water Isolation 402720 C-052 YPOI-POt-GVOl Valve Potable Water Isolation Yard Piping Valve 40 27 20 C-052 YPOl-POl-GV02 Potable Water Isolation Yard Piping. 40 27 20 C-053 YPOI-POI-GV03 Valve Yard Piping Potable Water Isolation 40 27 20 C-053 YPOl-POI-GV04 Valve Potable Water Isolation Yard Piping 402720 C-053 YPOI-P01-GV05 Valve Yard Piping Potable Water Isolation 40 27 20 C-053 YPOI-POI-GV06 Valve 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H �. Potable Water Isolation Yard Ping p` g 40 27 20 C-055 YPOI-P01-GV07 Valve Yard Piping Potable Water Isolation 402720 C-055 YP0I-POI-GV08 Valve Coarse Screen Channel Preliminary Treatment Unit Upstream gates 35 20 16.25 1-301 CSC01_C01_SGOI Coarse Screen Channel Preliminary Treatment Unit Upstream gates 35 20 16.25 1-301 CSC0I_C02_SG0I Coarse Screen Channel Preliminary Treatment Unit Upstream gates 35 20 16.25 1-301 CSCO1_CO3_SG01 Coarse Screen Channel Preliminary Treatment Unit Downstream gates 35 20 16.25 1-301 CSCOI_COl_SGO2 Coarse Screen Channel Preliminary Treatment Unit Downstream gates 3520 16.25 I-301 CSC0I_C02_SG02 Coarse Screen Channel Preliminary Treatment Unit Downstream gates 3520 16.25 1-301 CSCO] CO3 SGO2 Preliminary Treatment Unit Grit Influent Channel gate 35 20 16.25 1-330 GRTOI COI SGOI Preliminary Treatment Unit Grit Influent Channel gate 35 20 16.25 1-330 GRTOI CO2_SGOI Preliminary Treatment Unit Grit Diversion Channel 35 20 16.25 1-330 GRT0l_CO3_SGOI Fine Screen Channel Preliminary Treatment Unit Upstream gate 35 20 16.25 1-360 FSC01_COI_SG01 Fine Screen Channel Preliminary Treatment Unit Upstream gate 35 20 16.25 1-360 FSC0l_C02_SG0I Fine Screen Channel Preliminary Treatment Unit Upstream gate 3520 16.25 1-360 FSC0l_CO3_SG01 Fine Screen Channel Preliminary Treatment Unit Upstream gate 35 20 16.25 1-360 FSCOI_C04_SGOI Fine Screen Channel Preliminary Treatment Unit Downstream gate 35 20 1625 I-360 FSCOI_C01_SG02 Fine Screen Channel Preliminary Treatment Unit Downstream gate 35 20 16.25 1-360 FSC0I_C02. SG02 Fine Screen Channel Preliminary Treatment Unit Downstream gate 3520 16.25 I-360 FSC01 _CO3_SG02 Fine Screen Channel Preliminary Treatment Unit Downstream gate 35 20 16.25 1-360 FSC0I_C04_SG02 Distribution Box channel Bioreactors gates 35 20 16.25 1-500 BDBOI_C0l_SGOI Distribution Box channel Bioreactors gates 35 20 16.25 1-500 BDB0I_C02_SG0I Distribution Box channel Bioreactors gates 35 20 16.25 1-500 BDBOI_CO3_SGOI Distribution Box channel Bioreactors gates 3520 16.25 1-500 BDB01_C04_SGOI Bioreactor effluent channel SWS. Pump Station gate 3520 16.25 1-570 SCPOI_BOl_WG01 Membrane Tank I isolation Membrane Basins gate 35 20 16.25 1-601 20-FV-209-1 Membrane Tank 2 isolation Membrane Basins gate 3520 16.25 1-601 20-FV-209-2 Membrane Tank 3 isolation Membrane Basins gate 35 20 16.25 1-601 20-FV-209-3 Membrane Tank 4 isolation Membrane Basins gate 35 20 16.25 1-601 20-FV-209-4 RS compartment I RS and WS Pump Station isolation gate 35 20 16.25 1-650 IPSO I_B01_SGO1 RS compartment 2 RS and WS Pump Station isolation gate 3520 16.25 I-650 RS0I_B01_SG02 UV Disinfection UV channel Inlet gates 3520 16.25 1-800 UVROI_COI_SGOI UV Disinfection UV channel Inlet gates 35 20 16.25 1-800 UVR0I_C02_SG0I UV Disinfection UV channel Inlet gates 35 20 16.25 I-800 UVROI_CO3_SGOI Equalization Basin/Peak Flow Storage Basin Exhaust Fan _233400 H-202 200-EF-I 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H I Equalization Basin/Peak Flow Storage Basin Exhaust Fan 23 3400 �. H-202 200-EF-2 Equalization Basin/Peak Flow Storage Basin Make Up Air Unit With Gas Heat 23 81 00 H-202 200-MAU-1 Equalization Basin/Peak Flow Storage Basin Make Up Air Unit With Gas Heat 23 81 00 H-202 200-MAU-2 Equalization Basin/Peak Flow Storage Basin Positive Pressure Unit 23 81 00 H-203 200-PPU-1 Equalization Basita/Peak Flow Storage Basin Wall Mount Packaged DX Air Conditioning Unit 238100 H-203 200 -PAC -1 Equalization Basin/Peak Flow Storage Basin Wall Mount Packaged DX Air Conditioning Unit 23 81 00 H-203 200 -PAC -2 Preliminary Treatment Unit Make Up Air Unit With Gas Heat 23 81 00 H-302 300-MAU-1 Preliminary Treatment Unit Make Up Air Unit With Gas Heat 23 81 00 H-302 300-MAU-2 Preliminary Treatment Unit Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-304 300-EF-]A Preliminary Treatment Unit Exhaust Fan 2334 00 H-304 300-EF-1 B -BACKUP Preliminary Treatment Unit Exhaust Fan 23 3408 H-302 300-EF-2 Preliminary Treatment Unit Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-304 300-EF-3 Preliminary Treatment Unit Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-302 300-EF-4 Preliminary Treatment Unit Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-304 300-EF-5 Preliminary Treatment Unit Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-304 300-EF-6 Preliminary Treatment Unit Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-302 300-EF-7 Preliminary Treatment Unit Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-304 300-EF-8 Preliminary Treatment Unit Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-302 300-EF-9 Preliminary Treatment Unit Exhaust Fan 23 34 00 H-304 300-EF-BACKUP-1 Preliminary Treatment Unit Electric Unit Heater 23 82 00 H-301 300-EUH-1 Preliminary Treatment Unit Electric Unit Heater 23 82 00 H-301 300-EUH-2 Preliminary Treatment Unit Positive Pressure Unit 23 3400 H-302 300-PPU-1 Preliminary Treatment Unit Split System Ceiling Cassette AC Unit, Ductless 23 81 00 H-302 300-AHU-1 Preliminary Treatment Unit Split System Ceiling Cassette AC Unit, Ductless 23 81 00 H-302 300-AHU-2 Preliminary Treatment Unit Split System Ceiling Cassette AC Unit, Ductless 23 St 00 H-302 300-AHU-3 Preliminary Treatment Unit Split System Ceiling Cassette AC Unit, Ductless 23 81 00 H-302 300-AHU-4 Preliminary Treatment Unit Split System AC Outdoor Unit 23 81 00 H-302 300-ACU-1 Preliminary Treatment Unit Split System AC Outdoor Unit 23 81 00 H-302 300-ACU-2 Preliminary Treatment Unit Split System AC Outdoor Unit 23 81 00 H-302 300-ACU-3 Preliminary Treatment Unit Split System AC Outdoor Unit 23 81 00 H-302 300-ACU-4 Bioreactor Exhaust Fan 23 34 00 H-501 500-EF-1 Bioreactor Exhaust Fan 23 34 00 H-501 500-EF-2 Bioreactor Supply Fan 23 34 00 H-501 500 -SF -1 Bioreactor Supply Fan 23 3400 H-501 500 -SF -2 Bioreactor Positive Pressure Unit 23 34 00 H-532 500-PPU-I. Bioreactor Split System Ceiling Cassette AC Unit, Ductless 23 81 00 H-532 500-AHU-1 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Bioreactor Split System Ceiling Cassette AC Unit, Ductless 23 81 00 H-532 500-AHU-2 Bioreactor Split System Ceiling Cassette AC Unit, Ductless 23 81 00 H-532 500-AHU-3 Bioreactor Split System Ceiling Cassette AC Unit, Ductless 23 81 00 H-532 500-AHU-4 Bioreactor Split System AC Outdoor Unit 2381 00 H-532 500-ACU-t Bioreactor Split System AC Outdoor Unit 23 81 00 H-532 500-ACU-2 Bioreactor Split System AC Outdoor Unit 23 81 00 H-532 500-ACU-3 Bioreactor Split System AC Outdoor Unit 23 81 00 H-532 500-ACU-4 Bioreactor Electric Unit Heater 23 82 00 H-501 500-EUH-1 Bioreactor Electric Unit Heater 23 82 00 H-501 500-EUH-2 Bioreactor Electric Unit Heater 23 82 00 H-501 500-EUH-3 Bioreactor Electric Unit Heater 23 82 00 H-501 500-EUH-4 Bioreactor Electric Unit Heater 23 82 00 H-501 500-EUH-5 Bioreactor Electric Unit Heater 23 82 00 H-501 500-EUH-6 Chem Feed Building Make Up Air Unit With Gas Heat 23 81 00 H-581 580 -MAO -1 Chem Feed Building Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-581 580-EF-1 Operations Building Packaged Rooftop Unit (Ground Mounted) 23 81 00 H-701 700-PAHU-1 Operations Building Packaged Rooftop Unit (Ground Mounted) 23 81 00 H-702 700-PAHU-2A Operations Building Packaged Rooftop Unit (Ground Mounted) 23 81 00 H-702 700-PAHU-2B Operations Building Packaged Rooftop Unit (Ground Mounted) 23 81 00 H-701 700-PAHU-3 Operations Building Packaged Rooftop Unit (Ground Mounted) 23 81 00 H-704 700-DOAS-1 Operations Building Make Up Air Unit With Gas Heat 23 81 00 H-704 700-MAU-1 Operations Building Spit System AC Indoor Unit 23 81 00 H-704 700-AHU-1 Operations Building Spit System AC Indoor Unit 23 81 00 H-704 700-AHU-2 Operations Building Spit System AC Indoor Unit 23 81 00 H-704 700-AHU-3 Operations Building Spit System AC Indoor Unit 23 81 00 H-702 700-AHU-4 Operations Building Split System Heavy Duty AC Outdoor Unit 23 81 00 H-704 700-ACU-1 Operations Building Split System AC Outdoor Unit 23 81 00 H-704 700-ACU-2 Operations Building Split System AC Outdoor Unit 23 81 00 H-704 700-ACU-3 Operations Building Split System AC Outdoor Unit 23 81 00 H-702 700-ACU-4 Operations Building Positive Pressure Unit 23 3400 H-702 700-PPU-1 Operations Building Positive Pressure Unit 23 3400 H-702 700-PPU-2 Operations Building Positive Pressure Unit 23 3400 H-702 700-PPU-3 Operations Building Positive Pressure Unit 23 34 00 H-702 700-PPU-4 Operations Building Positive Pressure Unit 23 34 00 H-702 700-PPU-5 Operations Building Positive Pressure Unit 23 3400 H-702 700-PPU-6 Operations Building Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-704 700-EF-1 Operations Building Exhaust Fan 23 34 00 H-702 700-EF-2 Operations Building Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-702 700-EF-3 Operations Building Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-705 700-EF-4 Operations Building Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-702 700-EF-5 Operations Building Exhaust Fan 23 34 00 H-704 700-EF-6 Operations Building Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-704 700-EF-7 Operations Building Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-702 700-EF-8 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Operations Building Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-702 700-EF-9 Operations Building Infrared Heater 23 82 00 H-702 700-TH-1 Operations Building Infrared Heater 23 82 00 H-702 700-TH-2 Operations Building Infrared Heater 23 82 00 H-702 700-TH-3 Operations Building Infrared Heater 23 82 00 H-702 700-TH-4 Operations Building Variable Air Volume Box 23 82 00 H-704 700-VAV-1 Operations Building Variable Air Volume Box 23 82 00 H-704 700-VAV-2 Operations Building Variable Air Volume Box 23 82 00 H-704 700-VAV-3 Operations Building Variable Air Volume Box 23 82 00 H-704 700-VAV-4 Operations Building Variable Air Volume Box 23 82 00 H-704 700-VAV-5 Operations Building Variable Air Volume Box 23 82 00 H-704 700-VAV-6 Operations Building Variable Air Volume Box 23 82 00 H-704 700-VAV-7 Operations Building Variable Air Volume Box 23 82 00 H-704 700-VAV-8 UV Disinfection Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-811 810-EF-1 UV Disinfection Make Up Air Unit With Gas Heat 23 81 00 H-811 810-MAU-1 UV Disinfection Positive Pressure Unit 23 81 00 H-811 810-PPU-1 UV Disinfection Spit System AC Indoor Unit 23 81 00 H-81 I 810-AHU-1 UV Disinfection Spit System AC Indoor Unit 23 81 00 H-811 810-AHU-2 UV Disinfection Split System Heavy Duty AC Outdoor Unit 23 81 00 H-811 810-ACU-1 UV Disinfection Split System Heavy Duty AC Outdoor Unit 23 81 00 H-811 810-ACU-2 Solids Building Spit System AC Indoor Unit 23 81 00 H-1205 1200-AHU-1 Solids Building Spit System AC Indoor Unit 23 81 00 H-1205 1200-AHU-2 Solids Building Spit System AC Indoor Unit 23 81 00 H-1203 1200-AHU-3 Solids Building Spit System AC Indoor Unit 23 81 00 H-1202 1200-AHU-4 Solids Building Spit System AC Indoor Unit 23 81 00 H-1202 1200-AHU-5 Solids Building Spit System AC Indoor Unit 23 81 00 H-1202 1200-AHU-6 Solids Building Split System AC Outdoor Unit 23 81 00 H-1207 1200-ACU-1 Solids Building Split System AC Outdoor Unit 23 81 00 H-1207 1200-ACU-2 Solids Building Split System Heavy Duty AC Outdoor Unit 23 81 00 H-1203 1200-ACU-3 Solids Building Split System AC Outdoor Unit 23 81 00 H-1202 1200-ACU-4 Solids Building Split System Heavy Duty AC Outdoor Unit 23 81 00 H-1202 1200-ACU-5 Solids Building Split System Heavy Duty AC Outdoor Unit 23 81 00 H-1202 1200-ACU-6 Solids Building Indoor Make Up Air Unit With Gas Heat 23 81 00 H-1203 1200 -MAO -I Solids Building Indoor Make Up Air Unit With Gas Heat 23 81 00 H-1203 1200-MAU-2 Solids Building Make Up Air Unit With Gas Heat 23 81 00 H-1202 1200-MAU-3 Solids Building Make Up Air Unit With Gas Heat 23 81 00 H-1202 1200-MAU-4 Solids Building Positive Pressure Unit 23 34 00 H-1201 1200-PPU-1 Solids Building Positive Pressure Unit 23 3400 H-1201 1200-PPU-2 Solids Building Positive Pressure Unit 23 3400 H-1201 1200-PPU-3 Solids Building Positive Pressure Unit 23 3400 H-1201 1200-PPU-4 Solids Building Electric Unit Heater 23 82 00 H-1203 1200-EUH-1 Solids Building Electric Unit Heater 23 82 00 H-1203 1200-EUH-2 Solids Building Electric Unit Heater 23 82 00 H-1205 1200-EUH-3 Solids Building Electric Unit Heater 23 8200 H-1205 1200-EUH4 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Solids Building Electric Unit Heater 238208 H-1205 1200-EUH-5 Solids Building Electric Unit Heater 23 82 00 H-1205 1200-EUH-6 Solids Building Electric Unit Heater 23 82 00 H-1201 1200-EUH-7 Solids Building Electric Unit Heater 23 82 00 H-1201 1200-EUH-8 Solids Building Electric Unit Heater 23 82 00 H-1201 1200-EUH-9 Solids Building Electric Unit Heater 23 82 00 H-1201 1200-EUH-10 Solids Building Electric Unit Heater 23 82 00 H-1201 1200-EUH-11 Solids Building Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-1203 1200-EF-1 Solids Building Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-1207 1200-EF-2 Solids Building Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-1207 1200-EF-3 Solids Building Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-1207 1200-EF-4 Solids Building Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-1207 1200-EF-5 Solids Building Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-1207 1200-EF-6 Solids Building Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-1207 1200-EF-7 Solids Building Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-1203 1200-EF-8 Solids Building Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-1203 1200-EF-9 Solids Building Exhaust Fan 23 34 00 H-1207 1200-EF-10 Solids Building Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-1207 1200-EF-I I Solids Building Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-1207 1200-EF-12 Solids Building Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-1203 1200-EF-13 Solids Building Exhaust Fan 23 3400 H-1207 1200-EF-BACKUP-1 Solids Building Exhaust Fan 23 34 00 H-1207 1200-EF-BACKUP-2 ;s Equalization Basin/Peak Flow Storage Basin Motor Control Center 262419 E-206 MCC -200 Preliminary Treatment Unit Motor Control Center 2624 19 E-301 MCC -300 Preliminary Treatment Unit Pad Mounted Transformer 26 12 19 E-017 TX -300A Preliminary Treatment Unit Pad Mounted Transformer 26 12 19 E-018 TX -300B Preliminary Treatment Unit Automatic Transfer Switch 26 36 23 E-301 ATS-300 Bioreacters Motor Control Center 26 24 19 E-501 MCC -500 Bioreactors Automatic Transfer Switch 26 36 23 E-503 ATS-500 Operations Building Switchboard 26 24 13 E-701 S W BD -700-1A Operations Building Switchboard 26 24 13 E-702 SWBD-700-1B Operations Building Switchboard 26 24 13 E-770 WBD-770-1A Operations Building Switchboard 262413 E-770 SWBD-770-1B Operations Building Motor Control Center 26 24 19 E-772 MCC -770 -IA Operations Building Motor Control Center 26 24 19 E-772 MCC-770-IB Operations Building Automatic Transfer Switch 26 36 23 E-701 ATS-700 Operations Building Unintemptible Power Supply 26 33 54 E-713 UPS -700 Operations Building Pad Mounted Transformer 26 12 19 E-017 TX -700A Operations Building Pad Mounted Transformer 26 12 19 E-018 TX -700B Operations Building Pad Mounted Transformer 26 12 19 E-017 TX -770A Operations Building Pad Mounted Transformer 26 12 19 E-018 TX -770B Operations Building Engine Generator Set 26 32 13 E-019 GEN-1 Operations Building Engine Generator Set 26 32 13 E-019 GEN-2 Operations Building Variable Frequency Drive 26 29 23 I-710 20-VFD-301-1 Operations Building Variable Frequency Drive 27 29 23 I-710 20-VFD-301-2 Operations Building Variable Frequency Drive 28 29 23 I-710 20-VFD-301-3 Operations Building Variable Frequency Drive 29 29 23 I-710 20-VFD-301-4 Operations Building Variable Frequency Drive 292923 I-650 VFDRS01_B0I_PMPI 1. Operations Building Variable Frequency Drive 29 29 23 I-650 VFDRS01_B01 PMP21 Operations Building Variable Frequency Drive 29 29 23 I-650 VFD_RS0I_B01_PMP31 Operations Building Variable Frequency Drive 92923 I-650 VFD_RS0I_B01_PMP41 Operations Building Variable Frequency Drive 29 29 23 1-650 VFD_RS01_B0I_PMP51. UV Disinfection Motor Control Center 26 24 19 E-803 MCC -800 UV Disinfection Pad Mounted Transformer 26 12 19 E-017 TX -800A 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H UV Disinfection Pad Mounted Transformer 26 12 19 E-018 TX -800B UV Disinfection Variable Frequency Drive 29 29 23 E-804 VFD_RSW0I_TOl_PMPOI UV Disinfection. Variable Frequency Drive 29 29 23 E-804 VFD_RSW01_T01_PMP02 UV Disinfection Variable Frequency Drive 292923 E-804 VFD_RSWOI_T01_PMP03 UV Disinfection Variable Frequency Drive 292923 E-804 VFD_RSWOI_TOI_PMP04 UV Disinfection Automatic Transfer Switch 26 36 23 E-803 ATS-800 UV Disinfection Uninteruptible Power Supply 26 33 54 E-808 UPS -800 Solids Building Pad Mounted Transformer 26 12 19 E-017 TX -1200A Solids Building Pad Mounted Transformer 26 12 19 E-018 TX -1200B Solids Building Switchboard 26 24 13 E-1201 S WBD-1200 Solids Building Motor Control Center 26 24 19 E-1205 MCC -1200 -IA Solids Building Motor Control Center 26 24 19 E- 1206 MCC-1200-IB Solids Building Variable Frequency Drive 92923 E-1204 VFD_CFP0I_T0I_PMP0I Solids Building Variable Frequency Drive 29 29 23 E-1204 VFD_CFPOI_T0I_PMP02 Solids Building Variable Frequency Drive 29 29 23 E-1204 VFD_CFP01_T01_PMP03 Solids Building Variable Frequency Drive 29 29 23 E- 1204 VFD_RFP01_T01_PMPOI Solids Building Variable Frequency Drive 29 29 23 E-1204 VFD_RFPOI_TOI_PMP02 Solids Building Variable Frequency Drive 29 29 23 E-1201 VFD_SBL01_B0 I_BLOI Solids Building Variable Frequency Drive 29 29 23 E-1204 VFD_SBL0I_B01_BL02 Solids Building Variable Frequency Drive 29 29 23 E-1204 VFD_SBLOI_B0I_BL03 Solids Building Automatic Transfer Switch 26 36 23 E-1204 ATS-1200 Solids Building Uninteruptihle Power Supply 26 33 54 E-1215 UPS -1200 Operations Building Medium Voltage Switchgear 26 13 13 E-017 MVSWGR-lA Operations Building Medium Voltage Switchgear 26 13 13 E-018 MVSWGR-IB Operations Building Equalization Basin/Peak Flow Storage Basin Medium Voltage Switchgear PLC 26 13 13 40 63 002.01 E-019 1-200 PSG PLC -200 Preliminary Treatment Unit Security Backbone Switch 40 66 002.04 1-050 SWITCH 3 Preliminary Treatment Unit Fiber Optic Patch Panel 40 66 00 2.04 1-050 FOPP3 Preliminary Treatment Unit PLC 40 63 002.01 I-360 PLC -300 Preliminary Treatment Unit Vendor PLC 40 63 002.01 1-360 VPLC-361 Preliminary Treatment Unit Fine Screens 1-3 Control Panels 40 63 002.01 1-360 VPLC-362 Preliminary Treatment Unit Vendor PLC 40 63 002.01 I-360 VPLC-364 Preliminary Treatment Unit PLC 4063 002.01 I-301 PLC -300 Preliminary Treatment Unit Vendor PLC 40 63 002.01 1-301 VPLC-301 Preliminary Treatment Unit PLC -300 4063 002.01 I-330 PLC -300 Preliminary Treatment Unit Vendor PLC 40 63 002.01 1-330 VPLC-331 Preliminary Treatment Unit Grit Removal 1-2 Control Panels 4063 002.01 1-330 VPLC-332 Preliminary Treatment Unit Vendor PLC 40 63 002.01 I-301 VPLC-302 Preliminary Treatment Unit Vendor PLC 4063 002.01 1-301 VPLC-303 Bioreactors PLC 40 63 00 2.01 1-500 PLC -500 Bioreactors Vendor PLC 40 63 00 2.01 1-770 VPLC-550 Bioreactors Fiber Optic Patch Panel 40 66 00 2.04 1-050 FOPP2 Bioreactors Security Backbone Switch 40 66 002.04 1-050 SWITCH 2 Operations Building Vendor PLC 40 63 00 2.01 I-601 VPLC-600 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H 1 �. 1-650 PLC -700 Operations Building PLC 40 63 00 2.01 Operations Building Vendor PLC 4063002.01 1-715 VPLC-600 Operations Building Vendor PLC 4063 002.01 I-740 MCVPLC-603 Operations Building. Vendor PLC 40 63 002.01 1-780 BMPC-SCRBLR Operations Building Security Backbone Switch 4066 002.04 1-050 SWITCH 1 Operations Building Fiber Optic Patch Panel 4066 002.04 1-050 FOPP I CV Disinfection Security Backbone Switch 4066 002.04 I-050 SWITCH 5 CV Disinfection Vendor PLC 40 63 00 2.01 1-800 VPLC-801 UV Disinfection PLC 40 63 002.01 1-850 PLC -S00 CV Disinfection Fiber Optic Patch Panel 4066 002.04 1-050 FOPP5 Solids Building Security Backbone Switch 4066 082.04 I-050 SWITCH 6 Solids Building Fiber Optic Patch Panel 40 66 002.04 1-050 FOPP6 Solids Building PLC 40 63 00 2.01 1-1220 PLC -1200 Solids Building Vendor PLC 4063 002.01 1-1230 VPLC-1231 Solids Building Vendor PLC 40 63 002.01 I-1230 VPLC-1232 Solids Building Vendor PLC 40 63 002.01 1-1260 CDW01_COO_LCPOI Odor Control Vendor PLC 40 63 002.01 1-1400 VPLC-1401 Odor Control VendorPLC 4063 002.01 1-1401 VPLC-1402 Odor Control Vendor PLC 40 63 002.01 I-1402 VPLC- 1403 Conununications House Security Backbone Switch 40 66 00 2.04 1-050 SWITCH 4 C'ommunicutions House Fiber Optic Patch Panel 40 66 0(1 2.)14 1-050 FOPP4 Equalization Basin Gas Detector - C'onirol ler - 4076(1(12.07 A 1-200 GQ601_B01_AIT01_LGL Multi Channel Li t Equalization Basin Radar Level Indicating 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-200 EQB01_BOl_LCr01_LE Transmitter Equalization Basin Pressure Gauge Peak Flow 40 73 00 2.04 A 4200 EQBOI BOlPII O Cho er P 10 __ Equalization Basin Pressure Gauge Peak Flow 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-200 EQB01Bill Pill Chopper Pomp 10 _ _ Equalization Basin Pressure Gauge Peak Flow 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-200 EQBOIBOlPI P112 Cho er Pomp 11 __ Equalization Basin Pressure Gauge Peak Flow 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-200 EQBOI BOlP113 Cho er Pum 1 I _ _ Equalization Basin Pressure Gauge Peak Flow 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-200 EQBOI BolP114 Chopper P 12 _ _ Equalization Basin Pressure Gauge Peak Flow 40 73 00 2.04 A I-200 EQBOI Bill P115 Chopper Pump 12 _ _ Equalization Basin Pressure Gauge Peak Flow 40 73 00 2.04 A I-200 EQB01BOlP101 Storage Tank _ _ Equalization Basin Pressure Gauge Peak Flow 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-200 EQBOI_B01_PIO2 Stora a Tank Equalization Basin Pressure Gauge Peak Flow 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-200 EQBOI BOlPI03 Storage Tank __ Equalization Basin Pressure Gauge Peak Flow 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-200 EQBOI_B01_PI04 Stora a Tank Equalization Basin Float Level High Peak 4072 00 2.06 A 1-200 EQBOIBOlLSH01 Flow Storage Tank __ Equalization Basin 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-200 EQBOI_BOl_LELOI Equalization Basin Radar Level Transmitter 4072000 2.04 A 1-200 EQBOI_BO l_LEOI Peak Flow Storage Basin Gas Detector- Controller - 40 76 00 2.04 A 1-201 PFS01 BOI LEL01 Mixin Multi Channel Li [ _ — Peak Flow Storage Basin Radar Level Indicating 40 76 00 2.07 A 1-201 PFS01 B01 AIT01 Mixin Transmitter Peak Flow Storage Basin Magnetic Flow Meter 40 71 00 2.04 A I-201 PFSO1 Bill FEI O Mixin Chopper Pomp I Pressure — — Peak Flow Storage Basin Magnetic Flow Meter 40 71 00 2.04 A I-201 PFS01 B01 FIT 10 Mixing Chopper P 2 Pressure Peak Flow Storage Basin Magnetic Flow Meter 4071 00 2.04 A 1-201 PFSOI Bill FE! 1 Mixing Chopper Pump 3 Pressure — Peak Flow Storage Basin Flow Sensor Chopper 40 71 002.04 A 1-201 PFS01 B01 FITI 1 Masan Pump I Pressure Peak Flow Storage Basin Flow Sensor Chopper 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-201 PFS01 B01 FE 12 Mixin Pump 2 Pressure Peak Flow Storage Basin Flow Sensor Chopper 40 71 002.04 A 1-201 PFS01 Bill FIT12 mixing Pump 3 Pressure 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Peak Flow Storage Basin Pressure Gauge Peak Flow 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-201 PFS01 601 PI10 Mixing Chopper Pump 10 Peak Flow Storage Basin Pressure Gauge Peak Flow 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-201 PFS0] B0l PI l l Mixing Chopper Pump 10 — — Peak Flow Storage Basin Pressure Gauge Peak Flow 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-201 PFS01 B0I P112 Mixing Chopper Pump II Peak Flow Storage Basin Pressure Gauge Peak Flow 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-201 PFS01 Bol PI13 Mixin Chopper P. 1 I — — Peak Flow Storage Basin Pressure Gauge Peak Flow 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-201 PFS0I B0l P114 Mixing Chopper Pump 12 Peak Flow Storage Basin Pressure Gauge Peak Flow 40 73 00 2.04 A I-201 PFS01 B0l PI15 Mixing Chopper Pomp 12 — — Peak Flow Storage Basin Pressure Gauge Peak Flow 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-201 PFS01 B01 PI01 Mining Storage Tank Peak Flow Storage Basin Pressure Gauge Peak Flow 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-201 PFS01 B01 P102 Mixing Storage a Tank — — Peak Flow Storage Basin Pressure Gauge Peak Flow 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-201 PFS01 B01 P103 Mixing Storage Tank Peak Flow Storage Basin Pressure Gauge Peak Flow 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-201 PFS01 Bo I PIo4 MixingStorage Tank — — Peak Flow Storage Basin Level Gauge - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-201 PFS01_B0I_LE01 Mixing Peak Flow Storage Basin Level Transmitter - Radar Mixing Type 40 72 00 2.04 A I-201 PFS0I B0I LIT0I Peak Flow Storage Basin Level Switch - Float Type - 40 72 00 2.06 A 1-201 PFS0I B0I LSH0I Mixing Suspended Or Fixed Mount Equalization Basso/Peak Pressure Gauge Booster 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-202 EQPF0I_C0I PI01 g Flow Storage Basin Pump 1 Inlet Pressure — Equalization Basin/Peak Pressure Gauge Booster 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-202 EQPF0I COI P102 Flow Storage Basin Pump 1 Discharge Pressure Equalization Basin/Peak Pressure Gauge Booster 40 73 00 2.04 A I-202 EQPF0I_C02 Plol Flow Storage Basin Pump 2 Inlet Pressure — Equalization Basin/Peak Pressure Gauge Booster 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-202 EQPF0I_C02_PI02 Flow Storage Basin Pump 2 Discharge Pressure Flow Meter - Electromagnetic Type - Preliminary Treatment Unit Flanged From Equalization 40 71 002.04 A 1-301 CSC0I_C00_FE01 Basin To PTU Coarse Screen Influent Channel Flow Flow Indicating Preliminary Treatment Unit Transmitter From 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-301 CSC0I_C00_FIT0I Equalization Basin To Pm Coarse Screen Influent Flow Meter - Electromagnetic Type - Preliminary Treatment Unit Flanged From Equalization 40 71 00 2.04 A I-301 CSC0l_C00_FE02 Basin To PTU Coarse Screen Influent Channel Flow Flow Indicating Preliminary Treatment Unit Transmitter From 40 71 002.04 A 1-301 CSC01_C00_FIT02 Equalization Basin To PTU Coarse Screen Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Switch - Float Type - 40 72 00 2.06 A 1-301 CSC0I_C00_LSII01 Sus ended Or Fixed Moun[ Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Gauge - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-301 CSC01_C01_LE0I Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Transmitter - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-301 CSC0I_C01_LIT0I Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Gauge - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-301 CSC0I_C0 l_LE02 Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Transmitter - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-301 CSC0 l _C01_LIT02 Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Gauge - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-301 CSC02_C02_LE0I Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Transmitter - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-301 CSC02_C02_LIT01 Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Gauge - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-301 CSC02_C02_LE02 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Transmitter - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-301 CSC02 C02 LIT02 Type Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Gauge - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-301 CSC03_C03_LE01 Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Transmitter - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-301 CSC03_C03_LITOI Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Gauge - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-301 CSC03_C03_LE02 Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Transmitter - Radar 4072002.04 A 1-301 CSC03_C03_LIT02 Preliminary Treatment Unit Pressure Gauge Booster 40 73 00 2.04 A I-301 CSCOlC00PI01 Pump Pum I Inlet Pressure __ Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Switch - Float Type - 40 72 00 2.06 D 1-330 GRT0I_C00_LSH0I Sus ended Or Fixed Mount Preliminary Treatment Unit Grit Removal Pump 01 40 73 00 2.06 A 1-330 GRTOI_C0I_PSLOI Inlet Pressure Low Preliminary Treatment Unit Grit Removal Pump 01 40 73 00 2.06 A 1-330 GRTOIC01_PSHOI Inlet Pressure Hi Preliminary Treatment Unit Grit Removal Pump 02 40 73 00 2.06 A 1-330 GRTOIC02PSL0l Isle[ Pressure Low _ _ Preliminary Treatment Unit Gri[ Removal Pump 02 40 73 00 2.06 A 1-330 GRT0I_C02_PSHOI Inlet Pressure Hi Level Switch - Stacked Preliminary Treatment Unit Stacked Tray Grit Removal 1 40 72 00 2.06 A 1-330 GRT0I_C0I_LSHHOl Level Switch - Stacked Preliminary Treatment Unit Stacked Tray Grit Removal 40 72 00 2.06 A 1-330 GRTOI_C02_LSHH02 2 Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Transmitter - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-330 GRT01_C00 _LIT01 Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Gauge - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-330 GRT0I_O00_LE01 Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Switch - Float Type - 40 72 00 2.06 D 1-360 FSC0l_COl_LSH01 Sus ended Or Fixed Mount Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Gauge - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-360 FSC0I_C0I_LE01 Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Transmitter - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-360 FSC01 _C0t_LIT01 Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Gauge - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-360 FSC0I_COI_LE02 Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Transmitter - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A I-360 FSC01 _COl_LIT02 Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Switch -Float Type - 40 72 00 2.06 D I-360 FSCOIC02LSHOI Sus' ended Or Fixed Mount Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Gauge - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-360 FSC01 _C02_LE01 Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Transmitter - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-360 FSC0l_C02_LITOI Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Gauge - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-360 FSC0I _C02_LE02 Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Transmitter- Radar 4O72 00 2.04 A 1-360 FSC01_C02_LIT02 Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Switch - Float Type 40 72 002.0613 I-360 FSCOI_C03_LSHOI t Sus ended Or Fixed Mount Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Gauge - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-360 FSC0I_C03_LE01 Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Transmitter - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-360 FSC0I_CO3 LITOI Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Gauge - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-360 FSCOI_C03_LE02 Preliminary Treatment Unit Level Transmitter - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-360 FSC0I _C03_LIT02 Bioreactors Level Switch - Float Type - 40 72 002.0613 I-500 BD01 C00 LSH01 Suspended Or Fixed Mount Bioreactors Level Gauge - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-500 BDOI_C00_LE01 Bioreactors Level Transmitter - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-500 BDOIC00 LITO1 — _ Bioreactors Gas Detector - Sensor - 40 76 00 2.04 C 1-500 BGOI C00 AE01 Combustible — — 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Gas Detector - Sensor - Bioreaclors H dro en Sulfide 40 76 00 2.04 C 1-500 BDO I COO AE02 Bioreactors Gas Detector - Controller - 40 76 00 2.07 C 1-500 BDOI C00 AITOI Multi -Channel — — Gas Detector - Switch - Bioreactors Combustible 40 76 00 2.04 C 1-500 BDOI COO ASH01 Gas Detector - Switch - Bioreactors Hydrogen Sulfide 40 76 00 2.04 C 1-500 BDOI COO ASH02 — — Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 4075 002.08 A 1-501 13RBOI_AN02_AE 100 Potential (ORP) Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-501 BRB0I_AN02_AITI00 Flow Meter - Bioreactors Electromagnetic Type - 40 71 002.04 A 1-501 BRBOI_FERMOl_FEI OO Flanged Bioreactors 40 71 002.04 A 1-501 BRB01FERM01_FITl0O Flow Meter - Bioreactors Electromagnetic Type - 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-501 BRBOI_ARCYO1_FE100 Flanged Bioreactors mWoUOnog 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-501 BRB0l _ARCY01_FIT I OO Flow Meter - Bioreactors Electromagnetic Type - 40 71 002.04 A 1-501 BRBOI_RSO1_FE100 Flanged Bioreactors 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-501 BRBOIRSOIFITIOO Flow Meter - Bioreactors Electromagnetic Type - 40 71 002.04 A 1-501 BRBOI_NRCYOI_FEIOO Flanged Bioreactors 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-501 BRBOI_NRCYOI_FITIOO Bioreactors Level Gauge - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-501 BRBOI SCPOI LEO]. Bioreactors Level Transmitter - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-501 BRBOISCPOILIT01 e _ _ Level Switch - Float Type - Bioreactors Sus ended Or Fixed Mount 40 72 00 2.06 D 1-501 BRBOI SCPOl LSHOI Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-501 BRBOIFERM01 AE100. Potential (ORP) Bioreaclors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B I-501 BRBOI_FERM01_AIT l00 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-501 13RBOI_FERM01_AE101 Potential (ORP) Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-501 BRBO1_FERMOI_AIT 101 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-501 BRBOI AN02AE101 Potential (ORP) Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-501 BRB0I_AN02_AIT 101 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-501 BRBOI_AE03_AE102 Potential ORP Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-501 BRBO l _AE03_AlT 102 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 4075 00 2.08 A 1-501 BRBO I AE03AE 103 Potential (ORP) Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-501 BRBOI_AE03_AIT 103 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A I-501 BRBOI_AX03_AEIOI Potential (ORP) Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-501 BRBOI_AX03_AIT101 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-501 BRB0IAX03AEl02 Potential ORP Bioreactors Analyzer- Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-501 BRBOI_AX03_AIT102 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A I-501 BRBOI_AX04_AEI OI Potential ORP Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-501 BRB0l _AX04_AIT I O I Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreaclors Oxidation Reduction 4075 00 2.08 A I-501 BRB0IAX04AE102 Potential ORP) 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-501 BRB01AX04AIT102 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-501 BRBOI_SCP01_AE100 Potential (OR?) Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-501 BRB0l_SCP01_AITl00 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-501 BRB01AX02 AE100 Potential (OR?) Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-501 BRBOI AX02_AIT100 Bioreactors Flow Meter - Thermal 40 71 002.05 C 1-502 BRBOI ALP01FE100 Mass Type - Insertion — Bioreactors 40 71 00 2.05 C 1-502 BRB01_ALPOI_FIT100 Bioreactors Flow Meter - Thermal 40 71 00 2.05 C 1-502 BRBOI ALP01 FE101 Mass T e - Insertion —_ Bioreactors OWiiiUi 40 71 002.05 C 1-502 BRB01ALP01FIT101 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Ammonia 40 75 00 2.14 A 1-502 BRBOI AE03AE100 _ Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B I-502 BRB01_AE03_AIT 100 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Dissolved Ox en 40 75 00 2.09 A 1-502 BRBOI AE03 AElS I Bioreactors Analyzer- Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-502 BRB01_AE03_AIT101 Bioreactors Analyzer - Sensor - 40 75 00 2.09 A 1-502 BRBOI AX03 AE 100 Dissolved Ox en — Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B I-502 BRBOI _AX03_AIT100 Bioreactors A aly a Sensor - 40 75 00 2.14 A 1-502 13RB0l_AX04_AE100 Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-502 BRB01_AX04_AIT100 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Dissolved Oxygen 40 75 00 2.09 A 1-502 BRBOI AXO4 AE103 — — Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-502 BRB01_AX04_AITt03 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-503 BRB02AN02AE100 Potential ORP Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 4075 00 2.04 B 1-503 BRB02 AN02_AIT 100 Flow Meter - Bioreactors Electromagnetic Type - 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-503 BRB02_FERM01_FE100 Flanged Bioreactors 40 71 00 2.04 A I-503 BRB02_FERM01_FIT100 Flow Meter - Bioreactors Electromagnetic Type - 4071 00 2.04 A 1-503 BRB02_ARCY01_FE100 Flanged Bioreactors 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-503 BRB02 ARCY01FIT100 Flow Meter - Bioreactors Electromagnetic Type - 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-503 BRB02_RS01_FE100 Flanged Bioreactors 40 71 00 2.04 A I-503 BRB02_RS01_FITI00 Flow Meter - Bioreactors Electromagnetic Type - 40 71 002.04 A 1-503 BRB02_NRCY01_FE 100 Flanged Bioreactors 40 71 00 2.04 A I-503 BRB02NRCY0IFIT100 Bioreactors Level Gauge - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-503 BRBO2_SCPOI_LE01 Level Transmitter- Radar Bioreactors 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-503 BRB02SCP01LIT01 __ Bioreactors Level Switch -Float Type - 40 72 002.060 1-503 BRB02 SCPOI LSH01 Sus ended Or Fixed Moun[— — Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-503 BRB02_FERMO1_AE100 Potential OFP Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-503 BRB02_FERM01_AFF100 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-503 BRB02FERM01AE101 Potential ORP Bioreactors Analyzer -Controller 4075 00 2.04 B 1-503 BRB02_FERM01_AIT101 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors ]Analyzer Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-503 BRB02 — AN02 —AE101 Potential ORP Bioreactors - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B I-503 BRB02_AN02_AIT101 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A I-503 BRB02_AE03_AE102 Potential (OR?) Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-503 BRB02_AE03_AIT 102 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-503 BRB02NE03AE 103 Potential (OR?) Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-503 BRB02_AE03_AIT 103 Analyzer - Sensor - Biorcactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 002.08 A I-503 BRB02_AX03_AEI01 Potential (OR?) Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-503 BRB02_AX03_AIT101 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactcrs Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-503 BRB02AX03 AE102 Potential (OR?) Bioreactors Analyzer -Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B I-503 BRB02_AX03_AIT102 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-503 BRB02_AX04_AEI0I Potential(OR?) Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-503 13RB02_AX04_AIT 101 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-503 BRB02AX04 AE 102 Potential (ORP) Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-503 BRB02 AX04_AIT102 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-503 BRB02_SCP0I_AE100 Potential ORP Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-503 BRB02_SCP0I_AIT100 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-503 BPB02AX02AEI00 Potential ORP Bioreactors Analyzer -Controller 4075 00 2.04 B 1-503 BRB02 AX02_AIT l00 Flow Meter - Thermal Bioreactors Mass Type - Insertion 40 71 002.05 C 1-504 13RB02ALPOIFE100 __ Bioreactors iOwnOssiznag4071002.05C 1-504 BRB02_ALP01_FIT100 Flow Meter - Thermal Bioreactors Mass T e - Insertion 40 71 00 2.05 C I-504 BRB02 ALPS FE101 — — Bioreactors 40 71 002.05 C 1-504 BRB02 ALPOIFIT101 Bioreactorsn a_ Sensor - 40 75 00 2.14 A 1-504 BRB02AE03AE 100 Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-504 BRB02_AE03_AIT100 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Dissolved Oxygen 40 75 00 2.09 A I-504 BRB02 AE03 AE 101 — — Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B I-504 BRB02_AE03_AIT101 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Dissolved Ox en 40 75 00 2.09 A 1-504 BRBO2 AX03 AE 100 Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B I-504 BRB02_AX03_AIT 100 Bioreactors Analyzer- Sensor - Ammonia 40 75 00 2.14 A 1-504 BRB02_AX04 AE 100 Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-504 BRB02_AX04_AITI00 Bioreactors Analyzer - Sensor - 40 75 00 2.09 A 1-504 BRB02 AX04 A0103 Dissolved Oxygen Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B I-504 BRB02_AX04_AlT103 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-505 BRB03AN02AE I00 Potential ORP Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-505 BRB03 AN02_AIT 100 Flow Meter - Bioreactors Electromagnetic Type - 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-505 BRB03_FERMO1_FEI00 Flanged Bioreactors 40 71 002.04 A I-505 BRB03_FERM01_FIT100 Flow Meter - Bioreactors Electromagnetic Type - 40 71 002.04 A 1-505. BRB03_ARCY01_FE100 Flanged Bioreactors 4071 002.04 A 1-505 BRB03 ARCY01 FIT100 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H 1 �. Flow Meter - Bioreactors Electromagnetic Type - 40 71 00 2.04 A I-505 BRB03_RSOI_FE100 Flanged Bioreactors 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-505 BRB03_RS01_FIT100 Flow Meter - Bioreactors Electromagnetic Type - 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-505 BRB03_NRCY01_FEIOO Flanged Bioreactors 40 71 002.14 A 1-505 BRB03NRCYOIFIT100 Bioreactors Level Gauge - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-505 BRB03_SCP0I_LE01 Bioreactors Level Transmitter - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-505 BRB03SCP01LITO1 __ Level Switch - Float Type - 00 Bioreactors Sus ended Or Fixed Moun[ 40 72 2.06 D 1-505 BRB03 SCPOI LSH01 _ — Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-505 13RB03_FERMO1_AEI00 Potential (ORP) Bioreactors Analyzer -Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-505 BRB03_FERMOI_AIT 100 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-505 BRB03FERM01AE101 Potential (ORP) Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-505 BRB03_FERMO1_AIT 101 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-505 BRB03_AN02_AE 101 Potential ORP Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-505 BRB03_AN02_AIT 101 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 4075 00 2.08 A 1-505 BRB03AE03AE 102 Potential (ORP) Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-505 BRB03_AE03_AIT 102 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A I-505 BRB03_AE03_AE 103 Potential ORP Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-505 BRB03_AE03_AIT 103 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-505 BRB03 AX03 AE101 Potential (ORP) Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-505 BRB03_AX03_AIT101 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreacters Oxidation Reduction 40 75 002.08 A I-505 BRB03_AX03_AE102 Potential ORP Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-505 BRB03_AX03_AIT102 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A I-505 BRB03AX04 AE101 Potential ORP Bioreactors Analyzer -Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-505. BRB03_AX04_AIT101 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-505 BRB03_AX04_AE102 Potential (ORP) Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-505 13RB03_AX04_AIT 102 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-505 BRB03SCP01AE100 Potential (ORP) Bioreactors Analyzer -Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-505 BRB03_SCPOI_AITI00 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-505 BRB03_AX02_AEI 00 Potential ORP Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-505 BRB03_AX02_AIT 100 Flow Meter - Thermal Bioreactors Mass T. e - Insertion 40 71 00 2.05 C 1-506 BRB03 ALP01 FEI00 — — Bioreactors 40 71 002.05 C I-506 BRB03ALPO1_FIT100 Flow Meter - Thermal Bioreactors Mass Type - Insertion 40 71 00 2.05 C 1-506 BRB03ALP01 FE101 _— Bioreactors 40 71 00 2.05 C 1-506 13RB03_ALP01_FIT101 Bioreactors Analyzer - Sensor - Ammonia 40 75 00 2.14 A 1-506 BRB03 AE03_AE100 Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-506 BRB03 AE03_AIT 100 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Bioreactors Analyzer - Sensor - 40 75 00 2.09 A 1-506 BRB03' AE03AE101 Dissolved Ox en — _ Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-506 BRB03_AE03_AIT101 Bioreactors Analyzer - Sensor - 40 75 00 2.09 A 1-506 BRB03 AX03 AE I00 Dissolved Oxygen — — Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-506 BRB03_AX03_AIT I00 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Ammonia 40 75 00 2.14 A 1-506 BRB03AX04AE 100 Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-506 BRB03_AX04_AITI00 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Dissolved Oxygen 40 75 00 2.09 A 1-506 BRB03 AX04 AE 103 — Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B I-506 BRBO3_AX04_AIT103 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-507 BRB04_AN02_AE 100 Potential (ORP) Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-507 BRB04_AN02_AITI o0 Flow Meter - Bioreactors Electromagnetic Type - 40 71 002.04 A 1-507 BRB04_FERM01_FE100 Flanged Bioreactors 40 71 002.04 A 1-507 BRB04 FERM01FIT 100 Flow Meter - Bioreactors Electromagnetic Type - 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-507 BRB04_ARCY01_FE100 Flanged Bioreactors OWOOUU 4071 00 2.04 A 1-507 BRB04_ARCY01_FIT 100 Flow Meter - Bioreactors Electromagnetic Type - 4071 00 2.04 A 1-507 BRBO4_RS01FE100 Flanged Bioreactors 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-507 BRB04RSOIFITI00 Flow Meter - Bioreactors Electromagnetic Type - 40 71 002.04 A 1-507 BRB04_NRCYOI_FEI00 Flanged Bioreactors 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-507 BRB04_NRCY01_FITI00 Bioreactors Level Gauge - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-507 BRB04_SCPOI_LEO]. Bioreactors Level Transmitter - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-507 BRB04 SCPOI LIT01 e _ _ Bioreactors Level Switch - Float Type - 40 72 002.060 1-507 BRB04 SCPOI LSH01 Sus ended Or Fixed Mount — Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-507 BRB04FERM01 ALtOS Potential (OR?) Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B I-507 BRBO4_FERM01_AIT 100 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-507 13RB04_FERMOI_AE101 Potential (OR?) Bioreactors Analyzer -Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-507 BRB04_FERMOI_AIT 101 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-507 BRB04 AN02AE101 Potential ORP Bioreactors Analyzer -Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-507 BRB04_AN02 AIT 101 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-507 BRB04_AE03_AE102 Potential OPP Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-507 BRB04_AE03_AIT 102 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 4075 00 2.08 A 1-507 BRB04 AE03AE103 Potential ORP Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 002.0410 1-507 BRB04_AE03_AIT 103 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A I-507 BRB04_AX03_AEI 01 Potential OPP Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-507 BRB04_AX03_AIT 101 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-507 BRB04AX03AE102 Potential (OR?) Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-507 13RB04_AX03_AIT102 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A I-507 BRB04_AX04_AE101 Potential (ORP) Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-507 BRB04_AX04_AITI OI Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-507 BRB04 AX04 AE102 Potential (ORP) Bioreactors Analyzer- Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-507 BRB04_AX04_AIT102 Analyzer - Sensor- Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A I-507 BRB04_SCPOI_AEI00 Potential ORP Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-507 BRB04_SCPOI_AITI O0 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Oxidation Reduction 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-507 BRBO4AX02 AEl 00 Potential (ORP) Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B I-507 BRB04_AX02_AITI OO Flow Meter - Thermal Bioreactors Mass Te-Insertion 40 71 00 2.05 C 1-508 BRB04 ALPO1 FE100 Bioreactors 40 71 002.05 C 1-508 BRB04_ALP01_FIT100 Flow Meter - Thermal Bioreactors Mass T Type - Insertion 40 71 00 2.05 C 1-508 BRB04 ALP0I FEI OI _ — Bioreactors 40 71 002.05 C 1-508 BRB04ALPOIFIT l01 Bioreactors Analyzer- Sensor - 40 75 00 2.14 A 1-508 BRB04 AE03_AE 100 Ammonia Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B I-508 BRB04_AE03_AIT 100 Bioreactors Analyzer - Sensor - 40 75 00 2.09 A 1-508 BRB04 AE03 AEI OI Dissolved Oxygen — — Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-508 BRB04_AE03_AIT 101 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Dissolved Oz en 40 75 00 2.09 A I-508 BRBO4 AX03 API SO — — Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-508 BRB04_AX03_AIT100 Bioreactors Analyzer Sensor 40 75 00 2.14 A 1-508 BRB04 AX04 AEI OO Ammona Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-508 BRB04_AX04_AIT 100 Analyzer - Sensor - Bioreactors Dissolved Oxygen 40 75 00 2.09 A 1-508 BRB04 AX04 AEl03 Bioreactors Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-508 BRB04_AX04_AIT 103 SWS Pump Station Level Gauge - Radar Type 40 72 00 2.04 A I-570 SPCP0l_BOl_LE01 SWS Pump Station Level Transmitter - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-570 SPCPOI_B0I _LIT0I SWS Pump Station LevelSwitch-FloatType- 4072 002.06O 1-570 SPCPOI_B01_LSHOI Sus ended Or Fixed Mount Flow Meter - SWS Pump Station Electromagnetic Type - 40 71 002.04 A 1-570 SPCP01_B0I_FE01 Flanged SWS Pump Station 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-570 SPCPOIB01 FITS! Level Transmitter - Radar Chemical Feed Building 40 72 00 2.04 A I-590 FER01_T0! _LT0I Chemical Feed Building Level Transmitter- Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-590 FER01_T0! Type _LT02 Chemical Feed Building Level Switch - Float Type - 40 72 002.07O 1-590 FEROIT0! D Well / Bilge Style _ _LSHOl Chemical Feed Building Level Switch - Float Type - 40 72 00 2.07 D 1-590 FEROI_T02_LSH02 D Well/Bil eS le Chemical Feed Building Level Switch - Float Type - 4072 002.061) 1-590 FER01T00 LSH0I Suspended Or Fixed Mount_ _ Flow Meter - Chemical Feed Building Electromagnetic Type - 40 71 002.04 A 1-590 FER0I_T0I FE01 Flanged Chemical Feed Building 41 71 00 2.04 A 1-590 FER01T0! FITOI Flow Meter - Chemical Feed Building Electromagnetic Type - 42 71 00 2.04 A 1-590 FEROI_TOl_FE02 Flanged Chemical Feed Building 43 71 00 2.04 A 1-590 FER0I_T0l_FIT02 Chemical Feed Building Pressure Gauge Feed Pump 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-590 FER0I_TOl_PI01 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Chemical Feed Building Pressure Gauge Feed Pump 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-590 FEROI'TOlP102 Chemical Feed Building Flow Emergency Wash 40 71 00 2.06 A 1-590 FER01 TOO FSHOI Shower I Alarm _ _ Chemical Feed Building Flow Emergency Wash 40 71 002.06 A 1-590 FEROITOO FSH02 Shower 2 Alarm _ _ Chemical Feed Building Radar Level Transmitter 1 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-590 FEROI_TO] Ferric Panel _LI01 Chemical Feed Building Radar Level Transmitter 2 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-590 FERO IT02LI02 Ferric Panel _ _ Chemical Feed Building High Level Ferric Panel 40 72 00 2.07 D 1-590 FEROI_TOl_LAH01 Chemical Feed Building High Level Ferric Panel 40 72 002.071) 1-590 FEROI_TOl_LAH02 Chemical Feed Building Level Transmitter - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-595 CBNO1_TOl_LT01 Type Chemical Feed Building LevelTransmitter - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-595 CBN01_TOl_LT02 Chemical Feed Building Level Switch - Float Type - 40 72002.071) I-595 CBNO1_T00_LSHOI D Well / Bile 5 le Chemical Feed Building Level Switch - Float Type - 40 72 002.061) I-595 CBNO1_T01_LSHO1 Sus ended Or Fixed Mount Chemical Feed Building Lovel Switch - Float Type - 41 72 00 2.06 D 1-595 CBN01_TOl_LSH02 Sus ended Or Fixed Mount Flow Meter- Chemical Feed Building Electromagnetic Type - 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-595 CBNOl_T0l_FE01 Flanged Chemical Feed Building 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-595 CBNO1_TOI_FIT01 Flow Meter - Chemical Feed Building Electromagnetic Type - 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-595 CBNO1_TO1 FE02 Flanged Chemical Feed Building 40 71 002.04 A 1-595 CBNO I_TOI_FIT02 Flow Meter - Chemical Feed Building Electromagnetic Type - 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-595 CBN01_TO1_FE03 Flanged Chemical Feed Building 40 71 00 2.04 A I-595 CBNO1TOIFTT03 Flow Meter - Chemical Feed Building Electromagnetic Type - 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-595 CBN01_TO1_FE04 Flanged Chemical Feed Building 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-595 CBN01TOl_FIT04 Flow Meter - Chemical Feed Building Electromagnetic Type - 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-595 CBN01_TO1_FE05 Flanged Chemical Feed Building 40 71 00 2.04 A I-595 CBNOl_TO1_FIT05 Chemical Feed Building Emergency Shower/ Eye 40 71 00 2.06 A 1-595 CBNO1_TOO_FSHOI Wash Flow Chemical Feed Building Pressure Gauge Carbon 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-595 CBN01TOl_PI01 Feed Pump To Bioreactor Chemical Feed Building Pressure Gauge Carbon 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-595 CBNOITOlPI02 Feed Pump To Bioreaclor Chemical Feed Building Pressure Gauge Carbon 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-595 CBN01_T01 P103 Feed Pump To Bioreaetor Chemical Feed Building Pressure Gauge Carbon 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-595 CBNO 1_TO 1_P104 Feed Pum To Biareactor Chemical Feed Building Pressure Gauge Carbon 40 73 00 2.04 A I-595 CBNOlTOlPI05 Feed Pump To Bioreactor Chemical Feed Building Radar Level Transmitter 1 40 72 00 2.04 A I-595 CBNO1T01LI01 Ferric Panel. Chemical Feed Building Radar Level Transmitter 2 40 72 00 2.04 A I-595 CBNO1T02LI02 Ferric Panel Chemical Feed Building High Level Carbon Panel 40 72 002.071) 1-595 CBNO1_TOI_LAH01 Chemical Feed Building High Level Carbon Panel 40 72 002.071) I-595 CBNOl_TOl_LAH02 Membrane Basins Presume Transmitter - 40 73 00 2.06 A 1-601 20 -PTT -301-1 Gauge And Absolute Membrane Basins Level Switch - Stacked 40 72 00 2.06 A 4601 20-LSLL-201-1 Stacked Low Low Membrane Basins Level Transmitter - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-601 20 -LIT -203-1 Membrane Basins Level Switch - Stacked 40 72 00 2.06 A 1-601 20-LSHH-201-1 Stacked Hi Hi 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Pressure Switch Low Membrane Basins Compressor I 40 73 00 2.06 A 1-602 90-PSL-OOIA Membrane Basins Pressure Indicator 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-602 90 -PI -001A Compressor I Pressure Switch Low Membrane Basins Compressor 2 40 73 00 2.06 A 1-602 90-PSL-OOIB Membrane Basins Pressure Indicator 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-602 90-PI-OOIB Compressor 2 Pressure Differential Membrane Basins Indicator Component Kit 40 73 002.11 1-602 90-PDI-001 Pressure Switch Low Membrane Basins Component Kit 40 73 00 2.06 A I-602 90-PSL-OOIB Pressure Switch Low Low Membrane Basins Component Kit 40 73 00 2.06 A 1-602 90-PSLL-OOIB RS And WS Pump Station Level Switch RS/WS 40 72 00 2.06 D 1-650 RSOIBOtLSLOI Pump Station Mixer 1 Low _ _ Level Switch RS/WS RS And WS P ump Station 40 72 002.061) 1-650 RSOIBOlLSHOI Pum Station Mixer 1_ _ RS And WS Pump Station Level Transmitter RS/WS 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-650 RS01BOlLITOI Pump Station Mixer I _ _ Level Switch RS/WS RS And WS Pump Station Pump Station Mixers 2 40 72 002.0613 1-650 RS0I_B01_LSL02 And 3 Low Level Level Switch RS/WS RS And WS Pump Station Pump Station Mixers 2 40 72 002.0613 1-650 RS0I_B01_LSH02 And 3 High Level Level Transmitter RS/WS RS And WS Pump Station Pump Station Mixers 2 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-650 RS01_B01_LIT02 And 3 Leve] Flow Meter - Electromagnetic Type - RS And WS Pump Station Flanged Ws Pumps I And 40 71 002.04 A 1-650 WSOI_B01FE1 I 2 To Sludge Holding Tanks Discharge Flow Flow Indicating Transmitter WS Pumps 1 RS And WS Pump Station 40 71 00 2.04 A I-650 WSOI_B01_FIT11 And 2 To Sludge Holding Tanks Discharge Flow RS And WS Pump Station Pressure RS & WS Pump TBD I-650 RSOI_B0t_PT01 Station Submersible Level RS And WS Pump Station Pressure RS & WS Pump TBD 1-650 RS01BOlPTO2 Station Submersible Level _ _ RS And WS Pump Station Pressure WS Pump 1 Inlet Pressure 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-650 WS01_B01_Pil I RS And WS Pump Station Pressure WS Pump 1 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-650 WSOIBOlPIl2 Discharge Pressure __ RS And WS Pump Station Pressure WS Pump 2 Inlet Pressure 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-650 WSOIBOlPI21 _ _ RS And WS Pump Station Pressure Ss Pump 2 4073 00 2.04 A 1-650 WSO1B01P122 Discharge Pressure _ _ RS And WS Pump Station RS Pressure Pump 1 Inlet 40 73 00 2.04 A I-650 RS01_BOI_PIl Pressure RS And WS Pump Station Pressure RS Pump 1 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-650 RIO! B01P112 Discharge Pressure _ _ RS And WS Pump Station Pressure AS Pump 1 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-650 RIO! BO]PSHI I Discharge Pressure Hi _ _ Pressure RS Pump 2 Inlet RS And WS Pump Station Pressure 40 73 00 2.04 A I-650 RSOIBOlP121 _ _ RS And WS Pump Station Pressure RS Pump 2 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-650 RSOIBOlPI22 Discharge Pressure _ _ RS And WS Pump Station Pressure RS Pump 2 40 73 00 2.04 A I-650 RIO! BOlPSH21 Discharge Pressure High_ _ RS And WS Pump Station Pressure RS Pump 3 Inlet 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-650 RIO! BOlPI31 Pressure _ _ RS And WS Pump Station Pressure RS Pump 3 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-650 RSOLBillPI32 Discharge Pressure __ And WS Pump Station Pressure RS Pump 3 40 73 002.04 A 1-650 RS01_BOl_PSH31 rRS Dischar g e Pressure Hi AndWS Pump Station Pressure RS Pump 4 Inlet Pressure 40 73 002.04 A 1-650 RSOIBOlPI41 — — 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H RS And WS Pump Station Pressure RS Pump 4 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-650 RS0I B01 PI42 Discharge Pressure _ RS And WS Pump Station Pressure AS Pump 4 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-650 RSOI_B01_PSH41 Dischar a Pressure Hi RS And WS Pump Station Pressure RS Pump 5 Inlet Pressure 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-650 RS01BOlPL51 __ RS And WS Pump Station Pressure AS Pump 5 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-650 RSOI_BO1P152 Discharge Pressure _ RS And WS Pump Station Pressure RS Pump 5 4073 00 2.04 A 1-650 RSOI_BOlPSH51 Discharge Pressure Hi _ Temperature Switch WS RS And WS Pump Station Pump 1 Temperature 40 74 00 2.06 C I-650 WS0IB0lTS0I _ _ RS And WS Pump Station Temperature Switch WS 40 74 00 2.06 C 1-650 WS01BOlTS02 Pump 2 Temperature _ _ RS And WS Pump Station Temperature Switch RS 40 74 00 2.06 C 1-650 RS01 BO]TSII Pump I Temperature _ _ RS And WS Pump Station Temperature Switch RS 40 74 00 2.06 C I-650 RSOIBOlTS21 P 2 Temperature _ _ RS And WS Pump Station Temperature Switch RS 40 74 00 2.06 C 1-650 RSOIB01TS31 Pump 3 Temperature _ _ RS And WS Pump Station Temperature Switch RS 40 74 00 2.06 C 1-650 Kb! BOlTS41 Pumpq Temperature _ _ RS And WS Pump Station Temperature Switch RS 40 74 00 2.06 C 1-650 RSOIBOlTS51 Pump 5 Temperature _ _ Temperature Transmitter - Operations Building Outdoor Common Header 40 74 00 2.05 1 1-710 20 -TIT -301-1 Of Four Flatrate Pump Analyzer - Sensor - Operations Building Ammonia Filtrate Pumps. 40 75 00 2.14 A 1-710 MFPOIT00 AE01 To UV System NH3 Analyzer - Controller Operations Building Filtrate Pumps To UV 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-710 MFPOI_T00_ATT01 S stemNH3 Analyzer - Orthophosphate Operations Building Filtrate Pumps To UV 40 75 00 2.16 A 1-710 MFPOI_T00_AE02 System PO4 Analyzer - Controller Operations Building Filtrate Pumps To UV 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-710 MFPOI_T00_AIT02 System PO4 Operations Building Pressure Indicator Filtrate 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-710 20 -PI -304-1 Operations Building Pressure Indicator Filtrate 41 73 00 2.04 A 1-710 20 -PI -304-2 Pump Operations Building Pressure Indicator Filtrate 42 73 00 2.04 A 1-710 20 -PI -304-3 Puro 3 Operations Building Indicator Filtrate P� 43 73 00 2.04 A 1-710 20 -PI -304-4 p4 Operations Building Pressure Indicator Filtrate 44 73 00 2.04 A 1-710 20 -PI -303-1 Pum 1 Operations Building PressureIndicator Filtrate 45 73 00 2.04 A 1-710 20 -PI -303-2 Operations Building Pressure Indicator Filtrate 46 73 00 2.04 A 1-710 20 -PI -303-3 Pum 3 Operations Building Pressure Indicator Filtrate 47 73 00 2.04 A 1-710 20 -PI -303-4 Pump 4 Operations Building 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-710 20 -FE -307-1 Operations Building 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-710 20 -FE -307-2 Operations Building 40 71 00 2.04 A I-710 20 -FE -307-3 Operations Building ion main raaaia OiiiP 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-710 20 -FE -307-4 Operations Building Flow Indicating 40 71 00 2.04 A I-710 20 -FIT -307-1 Transmitter Filtrate Pump Operations Building Flow Indicating 4071 00 2.04 A I-710 20 -FIT -307-2 Transmitter Filtrate Pump Operations Building Flow Indicating 4071 00 2.04 A 1-710 20 -FIT -307-3 Transmitter Filtrate P Operations Building Flow Indicating 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-710 20 -FIT -307-4 Transmitter Filtrate Pump Operations Building Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-710 22-AIT-323-I Filtrate Pump I 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Operations Building Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-710 22-AIT-323-2 Filtrate Pum 2 Operations Building Analyzer - Controller 40 75 00 2.04 B I-710 22-AIT-323-3 Filtrate Pump 3 Analyzer - Controller Operations Building Filtrate Pun 4 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-710 22-AIT-323-4 Operations Building Pressure Indicator 47 73 00 2.04 A 1-714 20 -PI -304-1 Permeate Pump Operations Building Pressure Indicator 47 73 00 2.04 A I-714 20 -PI -303-1 Permeate P Operations Building Flow Indicating 40 71 00 2.04 A I-714 20 -FIT -307-1 Transmitter Permeate Operations Building Temperature Switch High 40 74 00 2.06 C 1-714 20-TSH-301-1 Operations Building Level Gauge - Radar Tank 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-715 20 -LE -603 Level Operations Building Level Transmitter - Radar 41 72 00 2.04 A 1-715 20 -LIT -603 Type Tank Level Operations Building Backpulse Pump A 47 73 00 2.04 A 1-715 20 -PI -603A Discharge Pressure Operations Building Backpulse Pump B 47 73 00 2.04 A I-715 20 -PI -603B Discharge Pressure From Filtrate Pumps To Operations Building 47 73 00 2.04 A 1-715 20 -PI -604 Bac ulse Tank B Pressure Backpulse Pump B To Operations Building Membrane Tanks Pressure 40 73 00 2.06 A 1-715 20-PSHH-610 High High Operations Building Flow Indicating 4071 002.04 A 1-715 20 -FIT -607 Transmitter Pulse Pumps Operations Building Flow Meter Pulse Pumps 40 71 00 2.04 A I-715 20 -FE -607 Operations Building Soochlorite Day 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-740 CHL0I_T00_LE0I Tank Level Sodium Hypochlorite Day Operations Building Tank Level 4072 00 2.04 A 1-740 CHL0IT00 LIT0I Citric Acid Bulk Storage Operations Building Tote Low Leve] 40 72 00 2.06 D I-740 CAC0l_T00_LSL0I Pressure Indicator 1 Operations Building 47 73 00 2.04 A 1-740 23 -PI -101 Sodium Pump Operations Building Pressure Indicator 2 47 73 00 2.04 A 1-740 23 -PI -102 Sodium Pump Operations Building Flow Indicating Sodium 40 71 002.04 A 1-740 23 -FIT -10 1 Pump Operations Building Flow Meter Sodium Pump 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-740 23 -FE -101 Operations Building Pressure Indicator 1 Citric 47 73 00 2.04 A I-740 23 -PI -301 Acid Bulk Pressure Indicator 2 Citric Operations Building Acid Bulk 47 73 00 2.04 A 1-740 23 -PI -302 Operations Building Flow Indicating Citric Acid 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-740 23 -FIT -301 Bulk Operations Building 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-740 23 -FE -301 Operations Building High Level Switch 40 72 00 2.06 A 1-740 CST0 I-TOO-HS01 Operations Building High Level Switch 40 72 00 2.06 A 1-740 CHL0I-T00-HS02 Flow Meter- Thermal Operations Building Mass Type Process 40 71 00 2.05 C 1-770 BLR0IT01FE01 Blowers l And 2 Low Pressure Air To Flow Indicating Operations Building Transmitter Process 40 71 002.05 C 1-770 BLR0I_T0l_FIT0I Blowers 1 And 2 Low Pressure Air To Flow Meter - Thermal Operations Building Mass Type Process 40 71 00 2.05 C 1-770 BLR01 T0I_FE02 Blowers 3 And 4 Low Pressure Ain To Flow Indicating Operations Building Transmitter Process 40 71 00 2.05 C 1-770 BLR0I_T0l_FIT02 Blowers 3 And 4 Low Pressure Air To 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Pressure Transmitter Low Operations Building Pressure Air To 40 73 00 2.05 A I-770 BLR0I_T0l_PIT01 Bioreactors I And 2 Pressure Transmitter Low Operations Building Pressure Air To 40 73 00 2.05 A 1-770 BLROI_TO l_PIT02 Bioreactors 3 And 4 Operations Building Pressure Transmitter I - 40 73 00 2.06 A 1-780 20-PIT-l0l Gouge Operations Building Pressure Transmitter 1 - 40 73 00 2.06 A I-780 20-PFF-102 Radar Parshall Flume To UV Disinfection Cascade Aerator Flow 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-800 UVROI COO LE01 Open Channel Flow UV Disinfection Tmnsmiter Parshall Flume 40 71 00 2.07 B 1-800 URV01COO FITO1 To Cascade Aerator Flow Uv System Pressure Tank UV Disinfection Pressure 41 73 00 2.05 1 1-800 UVROICOO PITO1 _ _ UV Disinfection Well Pump To Odor 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-800 UVROI COO PlOt Control Pressure — — UV Disinfection Level Switch Channel 1 40 72 002.060 1-800 UVR01COILSHO1 UV Disinfection Level Switch Channel 1 40 72 002.060 1-800 UVR01C01LSLOI UV Disinfection Level Switch Channel 2 40 72 002.060 1-800 UVRO IC02LSHO1 CV Disinfection Level Switch Channel 2 40 72 002.060 1-800 UVROI C02 LSL01 CV Disinfection Level Switch Channel 3 40 72 002.060 1-800 UVR01C03LSH0I UV Disinfection Level Switch Channel 3 4072002.060 1-800 UVROI C03LSLOI CV Disinfection Analyzer - Controller UV 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-800 UVROI COO AITO1 System/Post Aeration Level Switch Service Reuse Pump Station 4072002.060 1-850 S WS0I_B01_LSH01 Water Pum Station Hi h Level Switch Service Reuse Pump Station 40 72 002.060 1-850 SWS01BOlLSLOI Water P Station Low _ _ Level Gauge - Radar Reuse Pump Station Service Water Pump 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-850 S WS0I_BOl_LE01 Station Level Level Transmitter - Radar Reuse Pump Station Service Water Pump 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-850 SWS01_BOl_LIT01 Station Level Service Water & Reuse Reuse Pump Station Non Potable Water Pump 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-850 SWS0I_T0l_FE01 Station To Plant Service Connections Flow Service Water & Reuse Reuse Pump Station Non Potable Water Pump 40 71 002.04 A I-850 SWS01.TO! FTTol Station To Plant Service _ _ Connections Flow Service Water Pumps To Reuse Pump Station Plant Service Water 40 73 002.05 1 1-850 SWSOI_TOt_PITOI Reuse Pump Station Service Water Pumps To 40 73 00 2.05 1 1-850 SWS01TO! PIT02 Plant Service Water _ _ Reuse Pump Station Service Water Pump 1 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-850 SWSOITO! Pl01 Discharge Pressure _ _ Reuse P ump Station Service Water Pump 1 40 73 00 2.06 A I-850 S WS01_T01_PSHOI Dischar a Pressure Hi Service Water Pump 2 Reuse Pump Station Dischar a Pressure 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-850 SWSOI_TOt_P102 Reuse Pump Station Service Water Pump 2 40 73 00 2.06 A 1-850 SWS01TO! PSH02 Discharge Pressure Hi _ _ Reuse Pump Station Service Water Pump 3 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-850 SWS0I_T0l_P103 Dischar a Pressure Service Water Pump 3 Reuse Pump Station 40 73 00 2.06 A 1-850 SWS01_TOI_PSH03 Dischar a Pressure Hi Reuse Pump Station Service Water Pump 4 40 73 00 2.06 A I -S50 SWSOI_T01_PSH04 Dischar a Pressure Hi Reuse Pump Station Service Water Pump 4 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-850 SWSOIT01P104 Discharge Pressure _ _ Reuse Pump Station Analyzer - Chlorine Plant 40 75 00 2.07 A I-850 SWSOI_TOl_AE01 Service Water C12 Analyzer - Controller Plant Reuse Pump Station Service Water C12 40 75 00 2.07 A 1-850 SWSOI TO! AITOI 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Reuse Pump Station Analyzer - Turbidity Plant 40 75 00 2.10 B 1-850 S WS0 I' TO1AE02 Service Water Turb _ Reuse Pump Station Analyzer - Controller Plant 40 75 00 2.10 B 1-850 SWS0I Service Water Turb _ _ Analyzer Level Gauge Sludge Holding Tanks Sludge Holding Tank l 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-1100 SHTO1_BOl_LEOI Level Analyzer Level Sludge Holding Tanks Transmitter Sludge 40 72 00 2.04 A I-1100 SHT0I_B0I_LIT01 Holding Tank I Level Analyzer Level Gauge Sludge Holding Tanks Sludge Holding Tank 2 40 72 00 2.04 A I-1100 SHT02_B0I _LE01 Level Analyzer Level Sludge Holding Tanks Transmitter Sludge 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-1100 SHT02_BOI LIT0I Holding Tank 2 Level Sludge Holding Tanks Analyzer Sludge Holding 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-1100 SHT0IB0I AE01 Tank 1 ORP Sludge Holding Tanks Analyzer Sludge Holding 40 75 00 2.04 B I-1100 SHTOI_B0l_AITOI Tank 1 ORP Sludge Holding Tanks Analyzer Sludge Holding 40 75 00 2.10 A I-1100 SHTOIBSIAE02 Tank 1 TSS Sludge Holding Tanks Analyzer Sludge Holding 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-1100 SHTOI_BOl_AIT02 Tank 1 TSS Sludge Holding Tanks Analyzer TWS From RDT 40 75 00 2.10 A 1-1100 SHTOI_BOl_AE03 To Sludge Holding Tank 1 Sludge Holding Tanks Analyzer TWS From RDT 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-1100 SHTOI_B0l_AIT03 To Sludge Holding Tank 1 Sludge Holding Tanks Analyzer Sludge Holding 40 75 00 2.08 A 1-1100 SHT02BSI AE01 Tank 2 OPP Sludge Holding Tanks Analyzer Sludge Holding 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-1100 SHT02B0I_AIT0I Tank 2 ORP Sludge Holding Tanks Analyzer Sludge Holding 40 75 00 2.10 A 1-1100 SHT02_B0I AE02 Tank 2 TSS Sludge Holding Tanks Analyzer Sludge Holding 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-1100 SHT02_BOl_AIT02 Tank 2 TSS Sludge Holding Tanks Analyzer TWS From RDT 40 75 00 2.10 A 1-1100 SHT02_BOl_AE03 To Sludge Holding Tank 2 Sludge Holding Tanks Analyzer TWS From RDT 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-1100 SHT02_B0I_AIT03 To Sludge Holding Tank 2 Solids Building Sludge Blowers To Sludge 40 73 00 2.05 1 1-1210 SBL0I_B0l_PIT0I Holding Tank 2 Pressure Solids Building Sludge Blowers To Sludge 40 73 00 2.05 1 I-1210 SBLOIB01PIT02 Holding Tank 1 Pressure Solids Building Pressure Transmitter 40 73 002.04 A I-1210 SBLOIB01PI01 Sludge Blower 1 Pressure _ _ Pressure Transmitter Solids Building Sludge Blower I Pressure 40 73 00 2.06 A I-1210 SBLo1_B01_PSH0I High Differential Pressure Solids Building Sludge Blower 1 40 73 00 2.11 1 I-1210 SBLO1_BOI_PDI01 Differential Pressure Solids Building Pressure Gauge Sludge 40 73 00 2.04 A I-1210 SBL0I B0I P102 Blower 2 Pressure _ _ Solids Building Pressure Switch Sludge 40 73 00 2.06 A I-1210 SBLOIB01PSH02 Blower 2 Pressure Hi _ _ Differential Pressuresludge Solids Building Blower 2 Differential 40 73 00 2.11 1 I-1210 SBLo1BOlPD102 Pressure Solids Building Pressure Gauge Sludge 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-1210 SBLO1B01P103 Blower 3 Pressure— _ Solids Building Pressure Switch Sludge 40 73 00 2.06 A 1-1210 SBLOI_B0I_PSH03 Blower 3 Pressure Hi 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Differential Pressure Solids Building Sludge Blower 3 40 73 00 2.11 1 I-1210 SBLOI_BOI_PDI03 Differential Pressure Temperature Gauge Sludge Solids Building Blower I Motor 40 74 00 2.07 C 1-1210 SBL01_B0l_TI01 Temperature Temperature Switch Solids Building Sludge Blower I Motor 40 74 00 2.06 C 1-1210 SBL01_B01_TSH01 lOch Temperature Temperature Gauge Sludge Solids Building Blower 2 Motor 40 74 00 2.07 C 1-1210 SBL01B01TIO2 Temperature Temperature Switch Solids Building Sludge Blower 2 Motor 40 74 00 2.06 C 1-1210 SBL0I_B01_TSH02 High Tcmprratoer Temperature Gauge Sludge Solids Building Blower 3 Motor 40 74 00 2.07 C 1-1210 SBLOIB01TI03 Temperature Temperature Switch Solids Building Sludge Blower 3 Motor 40 74 00 2.06 C 1-1210 SBLOI_BOI_TSH03 Hiuin Temperature Pressure Gauge WS Solids Building Holding Tank No 1. To 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-1220 RDTOI_TOl_PI01 RDT Feed Pump 1 Inlet Pressure Pressure Switch WS Solids Building Holding Tank No 1. To 40 73 00 2.06 A 1-1220 RDTOITO! PSHOI PDT Feed Pump l Inlet Pressure High h Solids Building Pressure Gauge PDT Feed 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-1220 RDTOITO! P104 Pump I Discharge Pressure— _ Pressure Switch RDT Feed Solids Building Pump I Discharge Pressure 40 73 00 2.06 A 1-1220 RDTOI_TOI_PSH04 High Pressure Gauge WS Solids Building Holding Tank No 1. To 40 73 00 2.04 A I-1220 RDTOI TOl_P102 RDT Feed Pump 2 Inlet Pressure Pressure Switch WS Solids Building Holding Tank No 1. To 40 73 00 2.06 A I-1220 RDTOI TO1PSH02 ROT Feed Pump 1 Wet Pressure High Solids Building Pressure Gauge PDT Feed 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-1220 RDTOIT01PI05 Pump 2 Discharge Pressure _ _ Pressure Switch ROT Feed Solids Building Pump 2 Discharge Pressure 40 73 00 2.06 A 1-1220 RDTOI_TOl_PSH05 High Solids Building Level Switch - Float Type - 40 72 00 2.06 D 1-1230 RDTOI_T0l_LSHOI Suspended Or Fixed Mount Solids Building Level Transmitter - Radar 40 72 00 2.04 A I-1230 RDT01_TO! _LIT01 Solids Building Level Switch - Float Type - 40 72 00 2.06 D I-1230 RDTOITO! LSLOI Suspended Or Fixed Mount Flow Meter From Rdt Feed Solids Building To Pork- Pump No. 1°2 40 71 002.04 A I-1230 RDTOI TOI_FE01 Flocculation Tank 1 Inlet Flow From ROT Feed Pump No. Solids Building I To PTNK-Flocculation 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-1230 RDTOI_TOI_FITOI Tank I Wet Flow Flow Transmiter From Solids Building ROT Feed Pump No. 2 To 40 71 00 2.04 A I-1230 RDT02 T02FIT01 PTNK-Flocculation Tank 2 Inlet Flow 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H Flow Meter TWS Pump To Solids Building WAS Storage Tank I Or 2 40 71 00 2.04 A I-1230 TWS0I_T01_FEW Flow Flow Transmitter TWS Solids Building Pump To WAS Storage 40 71 002.04 A 1-1230 TWS0I_T01_FIT01 Tank 1 Or 2 Flow Rdt Booster Pump I To Solids Building Rotary Drum Thickener 1 40 73 00 2.05 1 1-1230 RDT0I_T0I_PIT0I Pressure Solids Building Twas Pump t Discharge 40 73 00 2.06 A 1-1230 RDT0I_T01_PSH0I Pressure Hi Rdt Booster Pump 2 To Solids Building Rotary Drum Thickener 2 40 73 00 2.05 1 1-1230 RDT02_T02_PI01 Pressure Rotary Drum Thickeners Solids Building To WAS Storage Tank No. 40 73 00 2.05 1 1-1230 TWS0I_T01_PIT01 1 And 2 Pressure Analyzer Sensor TWS Solids Building Pump To WS Storage 40 75 00 2.10 A 1-1230 RDT0I_T02_AE01 Tank N0. 1 And 2 TSS Analyzer Controller TWS Solids Building Pump To WS Storage 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-1230 ROTS l_T02_AIT0I Tank NO. 1 And 2 TSS Service Water To Solids Building Dewatering Centrifuge 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-1250 CFG0I_C0o_PI01 Pump I Inlet Pressure Solids Building Progessive Cavity Pump l 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-1250 SLP0I C0lP101 Inlet Pressure _ _ Solids Building Progessive Cavity Pump 1 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-1250 SLP0I C0l P102 Discharge Pressure Solids Building Progessive Cavity Pump I 40 73 00 2.06 A 1-1250 SLP0I C01 PSH0I Discharge Pressure High Solids Building Progessive Cavity Pump 2 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-1250 SLP0I C02P101 Inlet Pressure Solids Building Progessive Cavity Pump 2 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-1250 SLP01_C02_P102 Discltar a Pressure Solids Building Progessive Cavity Pump 2 40 73 00 2.06 A 1-1250 SLP0IC02PSH0I Discharge Pressure High __ Dewatering Centrifuge Solids Building Feed Pump I Motor High 40 74 00 2.06 A 1-1250 SLP0I_C01_TSH0I Temperature Dewatering Centrifuge Solids Building Feed Pump 1 Outlet 40 74 00 2.07 D 1-1250 SLP01_C0I_TE0I Tensperalure Dewatering Centrifuge Solids Building Feed Pump 1 Outlet High 40 74 00 2.06 A 1-1250 SLP01_C0l_TSH02 Temperature Dewatering Centrifuge Solids Building Feed Pump I Motor High 40 74 00 2.06 A 1-1250 SLP0I_C02_TSH0I Tcieratsre Dewatering Centrifuge Solids Building Feed Pump 1 Outlet 4074002.07O 1-1250 SLP01_C02_TE0I Temperature Dewatering Centrifuge Solids Building Feed Pump 1 Outlet High 40 74 00 2.06 A 1-1250 SLP01_C02_TSH02 Tensperature Solids Building Analytical Sensor Pump 1 40 75 00 2.08 E 1-1250 RDT01_C0I_AE01 Solids Building Analytical Instrument 4075 00 2.04 B 1-1250 ROTS! C01 AIT0I Controller Pamp 1 Solids Building Analytical Sensor Pump 2 40 75 00 2.10 E 1-1250 RDT0I_C02_AE0I Analytical Instrument Solids Building Controller Transmiler 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-1250 RDT0I_C02_AIT0I Pura 1 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H .. Flow Meter From Solids Building Centrifuge Feed To 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-1260 CDWOI TOI FEOI Polymer Injection __ Ring/Mixer 1 Flow Flow Indicating From Solids Building Centrifuge Feed To 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-1260 CDWOIT01FIT01 Polymer Injection __ Ringfli4ixer I Flow Temperature Switch High Solids Building From Centrifuge Feed To 40 74 00 2.06 C 1-1260 CENOITot TSHOI Polymer Injection __ Ring/Mixer I Flow Flow Indicating From Centrifuge Feed To Solids Building Polymer Injection 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-1260 CDWOI T02 FIT01 __ Ring/Mixer 2 Flow Service Water To Polymer Solids Building Blending Units (Centrifuge 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-1270 PST0I_B00_PI01 And RDT) Pressure Switch Service Water To Solids Building Polymer Blending Units 40 73 00 2.06 A 1-1270 PSTOI_BOO_PSLOI (Centrifuge And RUT) Pressure Low Neat Polymer Solids Building Recirculation Pump 1 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-1270 PSTOI_B01_PI01 Discharge Pressure Switch Neat Polymer Solids Building Recirculation Pump 1 40 73 00 2.06 A 1-1270 PSTOI_BOl_PSH01 Discharge Pressure High Neat Polymer Solids Building Recirculation Pump 2 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-1270 PSTOI_B02_PI01 Discharge Pressure Switch Neat Polymer Solids Building Recirculation Pump 2 40 73 00 2.06 A 1-1270 PSTOI_B02_PSH01 Discharge Pressure Hi Neat Polymer Storage Solids Building Tank 1 To Neat Polymer 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-1270 CENO1_TO l_PIO2 Recirculation Pump I Neat Polymer Storage Solids Building Tank 2 To Neat Polymer 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-1270 CEN01_T02_P102 Recirculation Pumtp 2 Solids Building Level Transmiter Neat 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-1270 PSTOIBO1LTO1 Pol er Storage Tank 1 _ _ Level Gauge Transmitter Solids Building Neat Polymer Storage 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-1270 PST0I_B01_LE0I Tank I Solids Building Level Transmiter Neat 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-1270 PST0IB02LT01 Pol er Storage Tank 2 _ _ Level Gauge Transmitter Solids Building Neat Polymer Storage 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-1270 PST0I_B02_LE0I Tank 2 Solids Building Level Switch High High 40 72 002.06 A 1-1270 PST01_B0lLSHH01 Sump Pump Control Panel Solids Building Level Switch High Sump 40 72 00 2.06 A 1-1270 PST0I_B0tLSH01 Pump Control Panel Solids Building Level Switch Low Sump 40 72 00 2.06 A 1-1270 PSTOI B01 LSLOI Pump Control Panel _ _ Solids Building Float Level High Peak 4072000 2.06 A 1-1270 PSTOIBO]LSH01 Polymer Unloading Panel Solids Building Float Level High Peak 4072000 2.06 A 1-1270 PST01B02LSH02 Pol er Unloadin Panel _ _ Level Indicating Solids Building Transmiter 2 Polymer 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-1270 CBNO1_TOl_L101 Unloading Panel Level Indicating Solids Building Transmiter 2 Polymer 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-1270 CBN01T02L102 Unloading Panel 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H 1801 Solids Building High Level I Polymer 40 72 00 2.07 D 1-1270 PSTOI LAHOI 'ioloadmg Panel Solids Building High Leve12 Polymer L: 40 72 00 2.07 D 1-1270 PSTOI_BOl_LAH02 Unlo Panel Dewatering Centrifuge Solids Building Feed Pump I Outlet 40 74 00 2.07 D 1-1271 CPBOI_BO1_TEOI Temperature Solids Building Polymer Metering Pump 40 73 00 2.06 A 1-1271 CPBOI_BO1_PSHOI Dischar a Pressure Hi Solids Building Polymer Metering Pump 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-1271 CPB01B01PI0l Pressure Indicator _ _ Solids. Building Flow Indicating Polymer 40 71 002.04 A 1-1271 CPBOIBOtFITOI Meterin Pump _ _ Solids Building Flow Melee Polymer 1 40 71 002.04 A 1-1271 CPBOIB01FE01 Meterm P _ _ Solids Building Flow Meter Polymer 2 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-1271 CPBO]B01FE02 Meterin Pomp _ _ Flow Indicating From Solids Building Centrifuge Feed To 40 71 002.04 A 1-1271 CPBOI B01 FIT02 Polymer Injection— _ Ring/Mixer 2 Flow Dewatering Centrifuge Solids Building Feed Pump 1 Outlet 4074002.070 1-1272 RPB0I_BOl_TE01 Temperature Solids Building Polymer Metering Pump 40 73 00 2.06 A 1-1272 RPBOI BO1 PSHOI Discharge Pressure Hi _ _ Solids. Building Polymer Metering Pump 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-1272 RPBOI BOlPI01 Pressure Indicator _ _ Solids Building Flow Indicating Polymer 40 71 002.04 A 1-1272 RPB01BOlFITOI Meterin P _ _ Solids Building Flow Meter Polymer 1 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-1272 RPBOI BO1FE01 Meterin Pomp _ _ Solids Building Flow Meter Polymer 2 40 71 002.04 A 1-1272 RPBOI 801 FE02 Metering Pump_ Flow Indicating From Centrifuge Feed To Solids Building Polymer Injection 4071002.04A 1-1272 RPBOI B01 FIT02 __ Ring/Miner 2 Flow Solids Building Level Switch - Flout Type - 4072 002.060 1-1280 CCF02TOlLSHO1 Conveyor 2_ _ Solids Building High Level Switch 40 72 00 2.06 A 1-1280 CCF02 TO] HSOI Solids Building Speed Switch Conveyor 2 1-1280 CCF02_T01_SS01 Solids Building Mist Eliminator Conveyor 1-1280 CCF02_T01._ME01 Solids Building Weight Force I Conveyor 1-1280 CCF02_TOl_WE01 Solids Building Weight Force 2 Conveyor 1-1280 CCF02_T01_WE02 Solids Building Weight Force 3 Conveyor I-1280 CCF02_TOl_WE03 Solids Building Weight Force 4 Conveyor 1-1280 CCF02_TOl_WE04 Solids Building High Level Switch 40 72 00 2.06 A I-1280 CCF02_TOI _HSOI Solids. Building Speed Switch Conveyor 1 1-1280 CCF02_TOl_SSOI Solids Building Mist Eliminator Conveyor 1-1280 CCF02_T01_ME0I Solids Building Weight Force 1 Conveyor I-1280 CCF02_TO 1_WEOI Solids Building Weight Force 2 Conveyor 1-1280 CCF02_TO1_WE02 Solids Building Weight Force 3 Conveyor 1-1280 CCF02_TOI_WE03 Solids Building Weight Force 4 Conveyor 1-1280 CCF02TOlWE04 Odor Control System I - Make -Up Water Skid 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-1400 ODC0I TOl PI01 PTU Pressure Indicator — — Odor Control System I - Flow Transmiter Make -Up 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-1400 ODC01 TOI PIT01 PTU Water Skid 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H ,- �. Odor Control System I Flow Indicating Make -Up PTU Water Skid 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-1400 ODC01 T01 FITO1 Odor Control System I - Flow Meter Make -Up 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-1400 ODC0I TOl FEOI PTU Water Skid — — Odor Control System 1 - pressure Differential PTU Indicator Transmiter 2 40 73 002.11 1-1400 ODCOI_TOI _PDIT02 Carbon Adsorber Pressure Differential Odor Control System I - PTU Indicator Transmiter 3 Carbon Adsorber 4073 002.11 I-1400 ODC0I TOIPDIT03 Odor Control System I - Level Switch Low Sump PTU Nutrient Tank 40 72 00 2.06 A I-1400 ODC0I TOI LSLO2 Odor Control System 1 - Level Switch Low Sump 40 72 00 2.06 A 1-1400 ODC0I TOI LSL01 PTU B ioscrubber 1 — — Odor Control System I - Pressure Differential PTU Indicator Transmiter 40 73 002.11 1-1400 ODCOI_TOl_PDITOI Bioscrubber Analytical Instrument Odor Control System I - PTU Controller Transmiter pH 40 75 00 2.04 B I-1400 ODC0I TOIAIT01 Bioscrubber Odor Control System I - Analyzer Sensor pH PTU Bioscrubber 40 75 00 2.10 A I-1400 ODC01 T01 AE01 Odor Control System I - Pressure Differential PTU Indicator Mist Eliminator— 4073 002. 11 1-1400 ODC0I TOI PDI01 — Odor Control System 2 - Make -Up Water Skid Bioreactors Pressure Indicator 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-1401 ODC02 TOt PlOt Odor Control System 2 - Flow Transmiter Make -Up 00 Bioreactors Water Skid 40 71 2.04 A 1-1401 ODC02 TO1 PIT01 — — Odor Control System 2 - Flow Indicating Make -Up Bioreactors Water Skid 40 71 002.04 A 1-1401 ODC02 T01 FITO1 Odor Control System 2 - Flow Meter Make -Up Bioreactors Water Skid 40 71 00 2.04 A I-1401 ODC02 TO1 FEO1 — — Pressure Differential Odor Control System 2 - O r Cons o BCarbon Indicator Transmiter 2 40 73 002.11 I-1401 ODC02_T0l_PDIT02 Adsorber pressure Differential Odor Control System 2 - Bioreactors Indicator Transmiter 3 Carbon Adsorber 4073 002.11 1-1401 ODC02T0lPDIT03 Odor Control System 2 - Level Switch Low Sump 4072 00 2.06 A 1-1401 ODC02 T01 LSL02 Bioreactors Nutrient Tank Odor Control System 2 - Level Switch Low Sump Bioreactors Bioscrubber 2 40 72 00 2.06 A I-1401 ODC02 TOl LSLOI — — Odor Control System 2 2 - Pressure Differential Bioreactors Indicator Transmiter 40 73 002.11 I-1401 ODC02_T0I_PDIT0I Bioscrubber Analytical Instrument Odor Control System 2 - Bioreactors Controller Transmiter pH Bioscrubber 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-1401 ODC02 TO] AITOI Odor Control System 2 - Analyzer Sensor pH 4075 00 2.10 A 1-1401 ODC02 TO1 AEOI Bioreactors Bioscrubber Odor Control System 2 - Pressure Differential Bioreactors Indicator Mist Eliminator— 40 73 002.11 I-1401 ODC02 TO1 PDI01 — Odor Control System 3 - Make -Up Water Skid 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-1402 ODC03 TOI PIOI Solids Pressure Indicator Odor Control System 3 - Flow Transmiter Make -Up 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-1402 ODC03 TOI PIT01 Solids Water Skid — — Odor Control System 3 - Flow Indicating Make -Up 40 71 002.04 A 1-1402 ODC03 TOl FITO1 Solids Water Skid Odor Control System 3- Flow Meter Make -Up Solids. Water Skid 40 71 00 2.04 A 1-1402 ODC03 TOl FEO1 — — Odor Control System 3 - pressure Differential Solids Indicator Transmiter 2 40 73 002.11 1-1402 ODC03_T0I_PDIT02 Carbon Adsorber pressure Differential Odor Control System 3 - Solids Indicator Transmiter 3 40 73 002.11 1-1402 ODC03TOlPDIT03 Carbon Adsorber Odor Control System 3 - Level Switch Low Sump Solids Nutrient Tank 40 72 00 2.06 A 1-1402 ODC03 TOl LSLO2 Odor Control System 3 - Level Switch Low Sump 40 72 00 2.06 A 1-1402 ODC03 TOI LSLOI Solids. Bioscrubber3 — — 01 7600 EQUIPMENT LIST FORT T�H , Odor Control System 31- Pressure Differential Solids Indicator Transmiter 40 73 002.11 I-1402 ODC03T0] PDTT01 __ Bioscrubber Odor Control System 3 - Analytical Instrument Solids Controller Transmiter pH 40 75 00 2.04 B 1-1402 ODC03 T0l_AIT01 Bioscrubber Odor Control System 3 - Analyzer Sensor pH 40 75 00 2.10 A 1-1402 ODC03 TO] AE01 Solids Bioscrubber — — Odr Control System 3 - o Pressure Differential 40 73 002.11 I-1402 ODC03 T0I PDI0I Solids Indicator Mist Eliminator — — Return Flow Pump Station Level Switch Return Flow 40 72 002.06O I-1500 RPS0IT0! LSH04 Pump Station High Level _ _ Return Flow Pump Station Level Transmitter Return 40 72 00 2.04 A 1-1500 RPS0IT0! LIT0I Flow Pump Station Level _ _ Return Flow Pump Station Flow Meter Return Flow 40 71 002.04 A 1-1500 RPS0IT0! FE01 Pump Station Outlet Flow _ _ Flow Indicating Return Flow Pump Station Transmitter Return Flow 40 71 002.04 A 1-1500 RPS0I_T0l_FIT01 Pump Station Outlet Flow Pressure Gauge Return Return Flow Pump Station Flow Pump I Discharge 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-1500 RPS0I_T0!_PI0I Pressure Pressure Gauge Return Return Flow Pump Station Flow Pump 2 Discharge 40 73 00 2.04 A 1-1500 RPS0I_T0l_P102 Pressure Pressure Gauge Return Return Flow Pump Station Flow Pump 3 Discharge 40 73 00 2.04 A I-1500 RPS0I _T0l_P103. Pressure Pressure Transmitter Return Flow Pump Station Return Flow Pump Station 4073002.05! 1-1500 RPS01_T0l_PIT01 Discharge Pressure Return Flow Pump Station Level Switch Return Flow 40 72 002.06O 1-1500 RPS0IT0! LSL0I uW55 Station Low Level _ _ Return Flow Pump Station Temperature Switch High 40 74 00 2.06 C 1-1500 RPS0IT0! TSH0I Relum Flow Pump l _ _ Return Flow Pump Station Level Switch - Float Type 40 72002.06O 1-1500 RPS01T0! LSH0I Return Flow Pump L _ _ Return Flow Pump Station Temperature Switch High 40 74 00 2.06 C I-1500 RPS01_T0l_TSH02 Return. Flow Pum 2 Return Flow Pump Station Level Switch - Float Type 40 72 002.06O I-1500 RPS0IT01LSH02 rn RetuFlow Pump 2 _ _ Return Flow Pump Station Temperature Switch High 40 74 00 2.06 C 1-1500 RPS0IT0! TSH03 Return Flow Pump 3 _ _ Return Flow Pump Station Level Switch - Float Type 40 72 002.06O 1-1500 RPS0IT0! LSH03 Return Flow Pump 3 __ MARYS CREEK WRF SECTION 01 77 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. Submit prior to application for final payment. a. Record Documents: As required in General Conditions. b. Approved Shop Drawings and Samples: As required in the General Conditions. c. Special bonds, Special Guarantees, and Service Agreements. d. Consent of Surety to Final Payment: As required in General Conditions. e. Releases or Waivers of Liens and Claims: As required in General Conditions. f. Releases from Agreements. g. Final Application for Payment: Submit in accordance with procedures and requirements stated in Section 01 29 00, Payment Procedures. h. Extra Materials: As required by individual Specification sections. 1.02 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Quality Assurance: 1. Furnish qualified and experienced person, whose duty and responsibility shall be to maintain record documents. 2. Accuracy of Records: a. Coordinate changes within record documents, making legible and accurate entries on each sheet of Drawings and other documents where such entry is required to show change. b. Purpose of Project record documents is to document factual information regarding aspects of the Work, both concealed and visible, to enable future modification of the Work to proceed without lengthy and expensive Site measurement, investigation, and examination. 3. Make entries within 24 hours after receipt of information that a change in the Work has occurred. 4. Prior to submitting each request for progress payment, request Engineer's review and approval of current status of record documents. Failure to properly maintain, update, and submit record documents may PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 01 77 00 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF result in a deferral by Engineer to recommend whole or any part of Contractor's Application for Payment, either partial or final. 1.03 RELEASES FROM AGREEMENTS A. Furnish Owner written releases from property owners or public agencies where side agreements or special easements have been made, or where Contractor's operations have not been kept within the Owner's construction right-of-way. B. In the event Contractor is unable to secure written releases: 1. Inform Owner of the reasons. 2. Owner or its representatives will examine the Site, and Owner will direct Contractor to complete the Work that may be necessary to satisfy terms of the side agreement or special easement. 3. Should Contractor refuse to perform this Work, Owner reserves right to have it done by separate contract and deduct cost of same from Contract Price, or require Contractor to furnish a satisfactory bond in a sum to cover legal Claims for damages. 4. When Owner is satisfied that the Work has been completed in agreement with Contract Documents and terms of side agreement or special easement, right is reserved to waive requirement for written release if: (i) Contractor's failure to obtain such statement is due to grantor's refusal to sign, and this refusal is not based upon any legitimate Claims that Contractor has failed to fulfill terms of side agreement or special easement, or (ii) Contractor is unable to contact or has had undue hardship in contacting grantor. 1.04 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request. 1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete. 2. Advise OWNER of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 5. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, Final Completion construction photographs, CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 77 00 - 2 APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by OWNER. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. 7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to OWNER. Advise OWNER'S personnel of changeover in security provisions. 8. Complete startup testing of systems. 9. Submit test/adjust/balance records. 10. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 11. Advise OWNER of changeover in heat and other utilities. 12. Submit changeover information related to OWNER'S occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. 13. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 14. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, ENGINEER will either proceed with inspection or notify CONTRACTOR of unfulfilled requirements. ENGINEER will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify CONTRACTOR of items, either on CONTRACTOR'S list or additional items identified by ENGINEER, which must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion. 1.05 FINAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final Completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to the provisions in the Agreement Form. 2. Submit certified copy of ENGINEER'S Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by ENGINEER. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Submit pest -control final inspection report and warranty, as applicable. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 01 77 00 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. Submit demonstration and training videotapes. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request, ENGINEER will either proceed with inspection or notify CONTRACTOR of unfulfilled requirements. ENGINEER will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. C. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. D. The retainage and its interest earnings, if any, shall not be paid to the Contractor until the OWNER, and/or TWDB or other funding agency, has authorized a reduction in, or release of, retainage on the contract work. 1.06 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Preparation: Can be electronic. Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1. Organize list in sequential order. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS A. General: 1. Promptly following commencement of Contract Times, secure from Engineer at no cost to Contractor, one complete set of Contract Documents. Drawings will be full size. 2. Label or stamp each record document with title, "RECORD DOCUMENTS," in neat large printed letters. 3. Record information concurrently with construction progress and within 24 hours after receipt of information that change has occurred. Do not cover or conceal Work until required information is recorded. B. Preservation: CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 77 00 - 4 APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF 1. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. 2. Make documents and Samples available at all times for observation by Engineer. C. Making Entries on Drawings: 1. Using an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil), clearly describe change by graphic line and note as required. a. Color Coding: 1) Green when showing information deleted from Drawings. 2) Red when showing information added to Drawings. 3) Blue and circled in blue to show notes. 2. Date entries. 3. Call attention to entry by "cloud" drawn around area or areas affected. 4. Legibly mark to record actual changes made during construction, including, but not limited to: a. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finished first floor data if not shown or where depth differs from that shown. b. Horizontal and vertical locations of existing and new Underground Facilities and appurtenances, and other underground structures, equipment, or Work. Reference to at least two measurements to permanent surface improvements. c. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the construction referenced to visible and accessible features of the structure. d. Locate existing facilities, piping, equipment, and items critical to the interface between existing physical conditions or construction and new construction. e. Changes made by Addenda and Field Orders, Work Change Directive, Change Order, and Engineer's written interpretation and clarification using consistent symbols for each and showing appropriate document tracking number. Dimensions on Schematic Layouts: Show on record drawings, by dimension, the centerline of each run of items such as are described in previous subparagraph above. a. Clearly identify the item by accurate note such as "cast iron drain," "galv. water," and the like. b. Show, by symbol or note, vertical location of item ("under slab," "in ceiling plenum," "exposed," and the like). c. Make identification so descriptive that it may be related reliably to Specifications. END OF SECTION PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 01 77 00 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700-6 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 APRIL 6, 20264/6/2026 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF SECTION 0178 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Detailed information for the preparation, submission, and Engineer's review of Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Data, as required by individual Specification sections. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Preliminary Data: Initial and subsequent submissions for Engineer's review. B. Final Data: Engineer -accepted data, submitted as specified herein. C. Maintenance Operation: As used on Maintenance Summary Form is defined to mean any routine operation required to ensure satisfactory performance and longevity of equipment. Examples of typical maintenance operations are lubrication, belt tensioning, adjustment of pump packing glands, and routine adjustments. 1.03 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Equipment and System Data: 1. Preliminary Data: a. Do not submit until Shop Drawing for equipment or system has been reviewed and approved by Engineer. b. Submit prior to shipment date. 2. Final Data: Submit Instructional Manual Formatted data not less than 30 days prior to equipment or system field functional testing. Submit Compilation Formatted and Electronic Media Formatted data prior to Substantial Completion of Project. B. Materials and Finishes Data: 1. Preliminary Data: Submit at least 15 days prior to request for final inspection. 2. Final Data: Submit within 10 days after final inspection. 1.04 DATA FORMAT A. Prepare preliminary and final data in the form of an instructional manual. Prepare fmal data in hard copy and electronic media. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA APRIL 6,20269:25 AM 017823-1 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF Instructional Manual Format: 1. Binder: Commercial quality, permanent, three-ring or three -post binders with durable plastic cover. 2. Size: 8-1/2 inches by 11 inches, minimum. 3. Cover: Identify manual with typed or printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA" and list: a. Project title. b. Designate applicable system, equipment, material, or finish. c. Identity of separate structure as applicable. d. Identify volume number if more than one volume. e. Identity of equipment number and Specification section. 4. Spine: a. Project title. b. Identify volume number if more than one volume. 5. Title Page: a. Contractor name, address, and telephone number. b. Subcontractor, Supplier, installer, or maintenance contractor's name, address, and telephone number, as appropriate. 1) Identify area of responsibility of each. 2) Provide name and telephone number of local source of supply for parts and replacement. c. Name and Address of Project d. Name and Address of Owner e. Name and Address of Engineer f. Cross-reference related to other systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. g. Identity of general subject matter covered in manual. 6. Table of Contents: a. Neatly typewritten and arranged in systematic order with consecutive page numbers. b. Identify each product by product name and other identifying numbers or symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. c. Electronic version: Hyperlink table of contents to corresponding section within document. 7. Paper: 20 -pound minimum, white for typed pages. 8. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten. 9. Three -hole punch data for binding and composition; arrange printing so that punched holes do not obliterate data. 10. Material shall be suitable for reproduction, with quality equal to original. Photocopying of material will be acceptable, except for material containing photographs. C Electronic Media Format: OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 78 23 - 2 APRIL 6, 20269:25 AM ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF 1. Portable Document Format (PDF): a. After all preliminary data has been found to be acceptable to Engineer, submit Operation and Maintenance data in PDF format on CD or USB. b. Files to be exact duplicates of Engineer -accepted preliminary data. Arrange by specification number and name. Bookmark sections which mirror the Table of Contents. c. Hyperlink table of contents to corresponding section. d. Files to be fully functional and viewable in most recent version of Adobe Acrobat. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Informational: 1. Data Outline: Submit electronic copy of a detailed outline of proposed organization and contents of Final Data prior to preparation of Preliminary Data. 2. Preliminary Data: a. Submit electronic copy for Engineer's review. b. If data meets conditions of the Contract, Contractor will be notified to proceed with final data. c. If data does not meet conditions of the Contract, copy will be returned to Contractor with Engineer's comments (on separate document) for revision. 3. Final Data: Submit 3 hard copies of complete manual. Submit electronic copy on CD-ROM or USB drive. 1.06 DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Content For Each Unit (or Common Units) and System: 1. Product Data: a. Include only those sheets that are pertinent to specific product. b. Clearly annotate each sheet to: 1) Identify specific product or part installed. 2) Identify data applicable to installation. 3) Delete references to inapplicable information. c. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. d. Performance curves, engineering data, nameplate data, and tests. e. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 APRIL 6, 20269:25 AM ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823-3 MARYS CREEK WRF f. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, detailed assembly drawings showing each part with part numbers and sequentially numbered parts list, and diagrams required for maintenance. g. Spare parts ordering instructions. h. Where applicable, identify installed spares and other provisions for future work (e.g., reserved panel space, unused components, wiring, terminals). 2. As -installed, color -coded piping diagrams. 3. Charts of valve tag numbers, with the location and function of each valve. 4. Drawings: Supplement product data with Drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: a. Format: 1) Provide reinforced, punched, binder tab; bind in with text. 2) Reduced to 8-1/2 inches by 11 inches, or 11 inches by 17 inches folded to 8-1/2 inches by 11 inches. 3) Where reduction is impractical, fold and place in 8 -1/2 -inch by 11 -inch envelopes bound in text. 4) Identify Specification section and product on Drawings and envelopes. b. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems. c. Control and flow diagrams. d. Wiring diagrams. e. Piped system drawings. Diagram piping as installed, and identifies color -coding where required for identification. f. Coordinate drawings with Project record documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation. 5. Instructions and Procedures: Within text, as required to supplement product data. a. Format: 1) Organize in consistent format under separate heading for each different procedure. 2) Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure. 3) Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel, including: a) Proper procedures in event of failure. b) Instances that might affect validity of guarantee or Bond. b. Installation Instructions: Including alignment, adjusting, calibrating, and checking. c. Operating Procedures: 1) Startup, break-in, routine, and normal operating instructions. 2) Test procedures and results of factory tests where required. 3) Regulation, control, stopping, and emergency instructions. 4) Description of operation sequence by control manufacturer. 5) Shutdown instructions for both short and extended duration. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 78 23 - 4 APRIL 6, 20269:25 AM ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF 6) Summer and winter operating instructions, as applicable. 7) Weekend operating instructions. 8) Safety precautions. 9) Special operating instructions. 10) Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 11) Describe the sequence of operation and diagram controls as installed. d. Maintenance and Overhaul Procedures: 1) Routine maintenance. 2) Guide to troubleshooting. 3) Disassembly, removal, repair, reinstallation, and re- assembly. 6. Guarantee, Bond, and Service Agreement: In accordance with Section 01 77 00, Closeout Procedures. B. Content for Each Electric or Electronic Item or System: 1. Description of Unit and Component Parts: a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data, nameplate data, and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. d. Interconnection wiring diagrams, including control and lighting systems. 2. Circuit Directories of Panelboards: 3. Electrical service. 4. Control requirements and interfaces. 5. Communication requirements and interfaces. 6. List of electrical relay settings, and control and alarm contact settings. 7. As installed, color coded electrical interconnection wiring diagram, including as applicable, single -line, three -line, schematic and internal wiring, and external interconnection wiring. 8. As -installed control diagrams by control manufacturer. 9. Operating Procedures: a. Routine and normal operating instructions. b. Startup and shutdown sequences, normal and emergency. c. Safety precautions. d. Special operating instructions. 10. Maintenance Procedures: a. Routine maintenance. b. Preventative maintenance schedule. c. Guide to troubleshooting. d. Adjustment and checking. e. List of relay settings, control and alarm contact settings. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA APRIL 6,20269:25 AM 017823-5 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF 11. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 12. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 13. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications. C. Maintenance Summary: 1. Compile individual Maintenance Summary for each applicable equipment item, respective unit or system, and for components or sub -units. 2. Format: a. Use Maintenance Summary Form bound with this section or electronic facsimile of such. b. Each Maintenance Summary may take as many pages as required. c. Use only 8 -1/2 -inch by 11 -inch size paper. d. Complete using typewriter or electronic printing. 3. Include detailed lubrication instructions and diagrams showing points to be greased or oiled; recommend type, grade, and temperature range of lubricants and frequency of lubrication. 4. Recommended Spare Parts: a. Data to be consistent with manufacturer's Bill of Materials/Parts List furnished in O&M manuals. b. "Unit" is the unit of measure for ordering the part. c. "Quantity" is the number of units recommended. d. "Unit Cost" is the current purchase price. 5. Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures: a. Test and inspection instructions. b. Troubleshooting guide. c. Precautions against improper maintenance. d. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. e. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. f. Demonstration and training videotape, if available. 6. Maintenance Service Contracts: If applicable, include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent. D. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 78 23 - 6 APRIL 6, 20269:25 AM ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF 1.07 DATA FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Content for Architectural Products, Applied Materials, and Finishes: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products: a. Catalog number, size, and composition. b. Color and texture designations. c. Information required for reordering special -manufactured products. 2. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods. b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods that are detrimental to product. c. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. 3. Submit specific manual information for the specific application and location, avoid submitting generic or typical manual information if it is not applicable. B. Content for Moisture Protection and Weather Exposed Products: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products: a. Applicable standards. b. Chemical composition. c. Details of installation. 2. Instructions for inspection, maintenance, and repair. 1.08 SUPPLEMENTS A. The supplements listed below, following "End of Section", are part of this Specification. 1. Forms: Maintenance Summary Form. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA APRIL 6,20269:25 AM 017823-7 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF MAINTENANCE SUMMARY FORM PROJECT: 1. EQUIPMENT ITEM 2. MANUFACTURER CONTRACT NO.: 3. EQUIPMENT/TAG NUMBER(S) 4. WEIGHT OF INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS (OVER 100 POUNDS) 5. NAMEPLATE DATA (hp, voltage, speed, etc.) 6. MANUFACTURER'S LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE a. Name Telephone No. b. Address 7. MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Maintenance Operation Comments Frequency Lubricant (If Applicable) List briefly each maintenance operation required and refer to specific information in manufacturer's standard maintenance manual, if applicable. (Reference to manufacturer's catalog or sales literature is not acceptable.) List required frequency of each maintenance operation. Refer by symbol to lubricant required. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA APRIL 6, 20269:25 AM 01 78 23 SUPPLEMENT - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF 8. LUBRICANT LIST Reference Symbol Shell Exxon Mobile Chevron Texaco BP Amoco Or Equal List symbols used in No. 7 above. List equivalent lubricants, as distributed by each manufacturer for the specific use recommended. Part No. Description Unit Quantity Unit Cost Note: Identify parts provided by this Contract with two asterisks. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 7823 SUPPLEMENT -2 APRIL 6, 20269:25 AM ©COPYRIGHT 20264/6/2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY SECTION 01 7836 WARRANTIES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Sections, apply to this Section. B. Section includes: 1. Preparation and submittal of warranties. 2. Time and schedule of submittals. 3. Transfer of Maintenance responsibility. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Related Sections: 1. Section 00 21 13 "Instruction to Offerors." 2. Section 01 33 00 "Submittals" 3. Section 01 78 23 "Operation and Maintenance Data" 4. Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures." 5. Warranties required for specific products or work included in individual technical specification Sections. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Form 1. Provide two copies of all warranty information in an electronic format on a USB drive. 2. Provide one copy of all warranty information in a commercial quality 8 1/2 x 11 -inch three-ring hardback, plastic binder. 3. USB drives and binder shall be labeled WARRANTIES with current year, project name, contractor name and telephone number, and equipment supplier name and telephone number. 4. Prepare table of contents in the same sequence as the manual submitted per Section 01 78 23 "Operation and Maintenance Data." 5. Separate each warranty with index tab sheets keyed to the table of contents listing. April 6, 2026 WARRANTIES COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 01 78 36 - 1 MARYS CREEK WRF 6. Behind each index sheet, or within each warranty file, include an information sheet labeled WARRANTIES, with current year, project name, contractor name and telephone number, subcontractor name and telephone number, equipment supplier name and telephone number, manufacturer name and telephone number, and applicable Section number and title. B. Preparation 1. Warranty shall be on the company's' original forms signed by authorized agent only. 2. No warranty shall start prior to equipment being put into operation. 3. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized. 4. Co -execute submittals when required. 5. Retain warranties until time specified for submittal. 6. All of the above shall be included in each submittal. C. Conditions 1. Warranty date of beginning shall be the date of project Final Completion. 2. Equipment warranty period shall be for a minimum of two years from the warranty date of beginning, unless specifically stated otherwise. D. Schedule 1. Submittals shall be submitted by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with Section 01 33 00 "Submittals." 2. Provide the responsible subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers' warranties in duplicate, within ten days after completion of the applicable item of work. 3. Warranties shall be submitted prior to final Application for Payment. 4. Provide a separate letter for each maintenance responsibility transference to include the mutually agreed time and date of the transfer of responsibility. 1.04 SPECIAL EQUIPMENT WARRANTY A. Special Equipment Warranty The SUPPLIER shall jointly warrant to the OWNER and CONTRACTOR that all equipment, including all components of the complete assembly furnished by it hereunder, complies in all material respects with the design and specifications of these documents and contains no defects of material or workmanship. In the event of failure of any part or parts of the equipment during the warranty period, due to defects of design, materials, or workmanship, the affected part or parts shall be replaced or repaired at SUPPLIER's option promptly upon notice by the OWNER. All replacement parts shall be furnished, delivered, and installed at the expense of the WARRANTIES April 6, 2026 01 7836-2 O0 COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER MARYS CREEK WRF SUPPLIER. 2. Unless specifically stated otherwise, the warranty period shall be interpreted as the 24 -month period of beneficial use following the Project Final Completion, which requires successful completion of the performance testing of the SUPPLIER -furnished equipment by the OWNER as provided below, final inspection, punch list items addressed, O&M manuals delivered, training completed, and shall be exclusive of the time of use of the equipment in installation, testing, adjusting, etc., during the construction period, or of the time in storage, after delivery and prior to installation. Provisional acceptance of the equipment as described in 00 52 43 Agreement, shall not affect the determination of the beginning of service. All equipment shall be operated for a minimum 30 -day startup period and shall successfully complete the performance testing before final acceptance and before the start of the 24 -month warranty period. 3. If the equipment does not meet the requirements of the Specifications, the SUPPLIER shall correct or service the equipment at no additional cost to Owner, as necessary to meet the specified requirements. In the event the equipment is unable to meet the specified requirements within the warranty period, the equipment SUPPLIER shall refund an amount equal to the original purchase price of the equipment. 4. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for ensuring that the SUPPLIER's special equipment warranty is not voided by acceptance of the terms of purchase agreements between the CONTRACTOR and the SUPPLIER. In all events, the CONTRACTOR will be held ultimately responsible for enforcement of the requirements of this warranty at his expense. 5. Payment for equipment as "Materials -On -Hand" will not be made until the OWNER receives an approved Special Equipment Warranty. April 6, 2026 WARRANTIES COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 01 7836-3 MARYS CREEK WRF PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 WARRANTY CERTIFICATES A. The installation contractor shall complete all warranty certificates and register the product with the manufacturer. B. Use the date of substantial completion as the installation date. C. List the product model, product serial number, and any additional information required by the manufacturer on each certificate. D. Provide a copy of the original certificate in lieu of the original certificate in the warranty manual if the manufacturer requires the original copy in lieu of a copy. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 PRODUCT WARRANTY A. The CONTRACTOR shall fill out all product warranty forms during the manufacturer's required time limit. 1. Failure to do so may result in the OWNER's loss of standard product coverage in which the CONTRACTOR shall become liable for the same coverage and time limit forfeited due to their omission. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the owner, prior to installation, of all optional extended warranties provided by the manufacturer and make available to the owner the opportunity to purchase the extended warranty. 3. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all warranty documents, including copies of completed registration forms, are included in the closeout documents into their closeout documents as required by Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures." B. Warranty pre -expiration equipment review The CONTRACTOR, OWNER, and ENGINEER shall conduct an on -site review of equipment and systems covered by warranties. a. This review will be scheduled approximately 2 -months prior to expiration of the Warranty. b. The purpose of the review will be to evaluate the condition of the equipment and systems to determine if Warranty repairs of claims are necessary. c. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate to notify the issuer of the Warranty and to schedule necessary repairs or corrective actions prior to expiration of the Warranty. END OF SECTION WARRANTIES April 6, 2026 01 7836-4 © COPYRIGHT 2025 PLUMMER 01 78 39 - 1 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 6 SECTION 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Work associated with the documenting the project and recording changes to project documents, including: a. Record Drawings b. Record Specifications c. Record Project Data d. Addenda e. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract f. Engineer's Field Orders or written instructions g. Approved Shop Drawings, Working Drawings, and Samples h. Field Test Reports i. Construction Photographs j. Water Meter Service Reports k. Sanitary Service Reports 1. Large Water eter Reports B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.A.1 2. Modified 1.2.A.1 3. Added 1.2.A.2 4. Added 1.5.B 5. Added 1.10.A.1 and 2 6. Modified 1.10.A.3 7. Added 1.10.A.5 and 6 8. Added 2.2.C 9. Modified 3.4.A.2.c 10. Added 3.4.A.4.a.1 through 5 C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0— Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Unit Price - Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Lump Sum Price - Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 017839-2 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 6 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to submitting a request for Final Inspection, deliver Project Record Documents to City's Project Representative. B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing: 1. Date 2. Project title and number 3. Contractor's name and address 4. Title and number of each Record Document 5. Signature of Contractor or his authorized representative 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Accuracy of Records 1. Thoroughly coordinate changes within the Record Documents, making adequate and proper entries on each page of Specifications and each sheet of Drawings and other Documents where such entry is required to show the change properly. 2. Accuracy of records shall be such that future search for items shown in the Contract Documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved Project Record Documents. 3. To facilitate accuracy of records, make entries within 24 hours after receipt of information that the change has occurred. 4. Provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Work, both concealed and visible, to enable future modification of the Work to proceed without lengthy and expensive site measurement, investigation and examination. 1.10 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Store record documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from documents used for construction. 2. File documents and samples in accordance with CSI/CSC format. 3. Maintain the job set of Record Documents completely protected from deterioration and from loss and damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all recorded data to the final Project Record Documents. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. 4. In the event of loss of recorded data, use means necessary to again secure the data to the City's approval. a. In such case, provide replacements to the standards originally required by the Contract Documents. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 017839-3 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 6 5. Make documents and samples available at all times for inspection by the Engineer. 6. As a prerequisite for monthly progress payments, the Contractor is to exhibit the currently updated "record documents" for review by the Engineer and the City. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 RECORD DOCUMENTS A.Job set 1. Promptly following receipt of the Notice to Proceed, secure from the City, at no charge to the Contractor, 1 complete set of all Documents comprising the Contract. B.Final Record Documents 1. At a time nearing the completion of the Work and prior to Final Inspection, provide the City 1 complete set of all Final Record Drawings in the Contract. C.Miscellaneous Record Submittals Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Prior to Substantial Completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order, properly identified and found or filed, ready for use and reference. Miscellaneous records include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Field records on excavation and foundations. b. Field records on underground construction and similar work. c. Surveys showing locations and elevations of underground lines. d. Invert elevations of drainage pipes. e. Surveys establishing building lines and levels. f. Records of equipment testing, start-up, and operation. g. Certifications received in lieu of labels on bulk products. h. Batch mixing and bulk delivery tickets. i. Documented qualifications of installation firms. j. Inspections and certification of governing agencies. k. Load and performance testing, 1. Results of pressure testing of lines. m. Final inspection and correction procedures. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 017839-4 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 6 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTS A.Maintenance of Job Set 1. Immediately upon receipt of the job set, identify each of the Documents with the title, "RECORD DOCUMENTS - JOB SET". 2. Preservation a. Considering the Contract completion time, the probable number of occasions upon which the job set must be taken out for new entries and for examination, and the conditions under which these activities will be performed, devise a suitable method for protecting the job set. b. Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review by the City, until start of transfer of data to final Project Record Documents. c. Maintain the job set at the site of work. Upload a copy of job set monthly, to City's electronic construction site. 3. Coordination with Construction Survey a. At a minimum, in accordance with the intervals set forth in Section 01 71 23, clearly mark any deviations from Contract Documents associated with installation of the infrastructure. 4. Making entries on Drawings a. Record any deviations from Contract Documents. 1) All undergroundpiping with elevations and dimensions. Changes to piping location. Horizontal and vertical locations of pipe fittings, underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. Actual installed pipe material, class, etc. a) Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b) Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. 2) Field changes of dimension and detail. 3) Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. 4) Details not on original contract drawings. 5) Equipment relocations and piping. b. Use an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil), clearly describe the change by graphic line and note as required. c. Date all entries. d. Call attention to the entry by a "cloud" drawn around the area or areas affected. e. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for the overlapping changes. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 017839-5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 6 Conversion of schematic layouts a. In some cases on the Drawings, arrangements of conduits, circuits, piping, ducts, and similar items, are shown schematically and are not intended to portray precise physical layout. 1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the City's approval. 2) However, design of future modifications of the facility may require accurate information as to the final physical layout of items which are shown only schematically on the Drawings. b. Show on the job set of Record Drawings, by dimension accurate to within 1 inch, the centerline of each run of items. 1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the City's approval. 2) Show, by symbol or note, the vertical location of the Item ("under slab", "in ceiling plenum", "exposed", and the like). 3) Make all identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be related reliably to the Specifications. c. The City may waive the requirements for conversion of schematic layouts where, in the City's judgment, conversion serves no useful purpose. However, do not rely upon waivers being issued except as specifically issued in writing by the City. B. Final Project Record Documents 1. Transfer of data to Drawings a. Carefully transfer change data shown on the job set of Record Drawings to the corresponding fmal documents, coordinating the changes as required. b. Clearly indicate at each affected detail and other Drawing a full description of changes made during construction, and the actual location of items. c. Call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around the area or areas affected. d. Make changes neatly, consistently and with the proper media to assure longevity and clear reproduction. 2. Transfer of data to other Documents a. If the Documents, other than Drawings, have been kept clean during progress of the Work, and if entries thereon have been orderly to the approval of the City, the job set of those Documents, other than Drawings, will be accepted as final Record Documents. b. If any such Document is not so approved by the City, secure a new copy of that Document from the City at the City's usual charge for reproduction and handling, and carefully transfer the change data to the new copy to the approval of the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 017839-6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 6 of 6 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - WATER FACILITY PROJECTS C01239 Revised July 1, 2011 MARY'S CREEK WRF SECTION 0178 43 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Scope. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Operating and Maintenance information is included in Section 01 78 23, Equipment Operating and Maintenance Manual Information. B. Reference Forms per MSD Standard templates. 1.03 SCOPE A. DESIGN -BUILDER shall furnish spare parts and maintenance materials as specified in Section 01 35 00, Special Provisions. B. DESIGN -BUILDER shall submit a spare parts list to CITY for Review and Comment once preliminary O&M manuals are completed. The spare parts list shall be submitted using Form 01 78 43-A Construction Project Spare Parts Material Handover Sheet. C. Parts and materials shall be furnished in manufacturer's unopened cartons, boxes, crates or other protective covering suitable for preventing corrosion or deterioration for the maximum length of storage which may be normally anticipated. They shall be clearly marked and identified as to their contents and storage instructions including manufacture part number and reorder number. D. After City Acceptance of Spare Parts Form 01 78 43—A, the parts and materials shall be delivered to the CITY upon substantial completion of the Work or when the CITY assumes Partial Utilization in accordance with Section 01 77 19, Substantial Completion. E. Provide a letter of transmittal including the following information for turnover to the City: 1. Date of letter and transfer of spare parts and material. 2. Contract title and project number. 3. DESIGN -BUILDER'S name and address. 4. A copy of the City Accepted Construction Project Spare Parts Handover Sheet. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MARCH 12, 2026 MATERIALS ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 78 43 - 1 MARY'S CREEK WRF 5. No parts maybe turned over to the CITY until all parts shown on Construction Project Spare Parts Handover Sheet are present. 6. A place for the CITY to sign and signify receipt of the parts and materials. F. DESIGN -BUILDER shall be fully responsible for loss or damage to parts and materials until they are received by the CITY. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SPARE PARTS NOT REQUIRED OR ACCEPTED A. The following spare parts are typically not required unless otherwise specifically requested: 1. Fuses. 2. Relays. 3. Terminal blocks. 4. Breakers. 5. Lights. 6. Indicator lights. 7. Push buttons. 8. Electrical switches. 9. Control transformers. 10. Pump seals. 11. Oil seals. 12. Fasteners. 13. Gaskets. 14. Lubricants. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION PROJECT SPARE PARTS HANDOVER SHEET N SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MATERIALS MARCH 12, 2026 01 7843-2 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF SECTION 0188 15 ANCHORAGE AND BRACING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section covers requirements for anchorage and bracing of equipment, distribution systems, and other nonstructural components required in accordance with the 2021 International Building Code (IBC), for seismic, wind, gravity, soil, and operational loads. 1.02 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) 360, Specification for Structural Steel Buildings. 2. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE): ASCE 7 - 16, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. 3. International Code Council (ICC): International Building Code (IBC). 4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ): Permitting building agency; may be a federal, state, local, or other regional department, or individual including building official, fire chief, fire marshal, chief of a fire prevention bureau, labor department, or health department, electrical inspector; or others having statutory authority. AHJ may be Owner when authorized to be self -permitting by governmental permitting agency or when no governmental agency has authority. B. Designated Seismic System: Architectural, electrical, and mechanical system or their components for which component importance factor is greater than 1.0. 1.04 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: 1. Anchorage and bracing systems shall be designed by a qualified professional engineer registered in the State of Texas. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 ANCHORAGE AND BRACING MARCH 23, 2026 01 88 15 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF 2. Design anchorage into concrete including embedment in accordance with ACI 318-19; Chapter 17 (or other industry standard approved by Engineer), and Project Specifications. a. Unless otherwise noted, design for cracked concrete condition. 3. Design anchorage and bracing of architectural, mechanical, and electrical components and systems in accordance with this section, unless a design is specifically provided within Contract Documents or where exempted hereinafter. 4. Design attachments, braces, and anchors for equipment, components, and distribution systems to structure for gravity, seismic, wind, and operational loading. 5. Anchor and brace piping and ductwork, whether exempt or not exempt for this section, so that lateral or vertical displacement does not result in damage or failure to essential architectural, mechanical, or electrical equipment. 6. Architectural Components: Includes, but are not limited to, nonstructural walls and elements, partitions, cladding and veneer, access flooring, signs, cabinets, suspended ceilings, and glass in glazed curtain walls and partitions. 7. Provide supplementary framing where required to transfer anchorage and bracing loads to structure. 8. Adjust equipment pad sizes or provide additional anchorage confinement reinforcing to provide required anchorage capacities. 9. Design seismic anchorage and bracing for: a. Equipment and components that weigh more than 400 pounds and are mounted have center of mass located4 feet or less above adjacent finished floor. b. Equipment weighing more than 20 pounds that is mounted has center of mass located more than 4 feet above adjacent finished floor. c. Mechanical and electrical components that are not provided with flexible connections between components and associated ductwork, piping, or conduit. d. Distribution systems that weigh more than 5 pounds per foot that are mounted have center of mass located more than 4 feet above adjacent finished floor. 10. Design seismic anchorage and bracing for Designated Seismic Systems regardless of weight or mounting height. a. Component Important Factor: Ip = 1.0, unless noted otherwise. 11. For components exempted from design requirements of this section, provide bolted, welded, or otherwise positively fastened attachments to supporting structure. ANCHORAGE AND BRACING PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 88 15 - 2 MARCH 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF B. Design Loads: 1. Gravity: Design anchorage and bracing for self -weight and superimposed loads on components and equipment. 2. Wind: Design anchorage and bracing for wind criteria provided on General Structural Notes on Drawings for exposed architectural components and exterior and wind -exposed mechanical and electrical equipment. Alternately, manufacturer certification may be provided for components such as roofing and flashing to verify attachments meet Project -specific design criteria. 3. Operational: a. For loading supplied by equipment manufacturer for IBC required load cases. b. Loads may include equipment vibration, torque, thermal effects, effects of internal contents (weight and sloshing), water hammer, and other load -inducing conditions. c. Locate braces to minimize vibration to or movement of structure. d. For vibrating loads, use anchors meeting requirements of Section 05 05 19, Post -Installed Anchors, for anchors with designated capacities for vibratory loading per manufacturer's ICC-ES report. 4. Hydraulic: Design of anchorage for submerged gates and other mechanical equipment shall include hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads determined in accordance with Section 15.5 of ASCE 7-16. 5. Seismic: a. In accordance with 2021 IBC, Section 1613, and Chapter 13 of ASCE 7. b. Design anchorage and bracing for design criteria listed on General Structural Notes on Drawings. c. Design anchorages for parts or elements of architectural, mechanical, and electrical systems in accordance with provisions of IBC and on Drawings: d. Design forces for anchors in concrete or masonry shall be in accordance with ASCE 7, Section 13.4.2 as applicable for Project Seismic Design Category. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: a. List of architectural, mechanical, and electrical equipment requiring Contractor -designed anchorage and bracing, unless specifically exempted. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 ANCHORAGE AND BRACING MARCH 23, 2026 01 88 15 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF b. Manufacturers' engineered seismic and non -seismic hardware product data. c. Attachment assemblies' drawings including seismic attachments; include connection hardware, braces, and anchors or anchor bolts for nonexempt components, equipment, and systems. d. Submittal will be rejected if proposed anchorage method would create excessive stress to supporting member. Revise anchorages and strengthen structural support to eliminate overstressed condition. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Anchorage and Bracing Calculations: For attachments, braces, and anchorages, include IBC and Project -specific criteria as noted on General Structural Notes on Drawings, in addition to manufacturer's specific criteria used for design; sealed by a civil or structural engineer registered in the State of Texas. 2. Manufacturer's hardware installation requirements. C. Deferred Submittals: 1. Submitted anchorage drawings and calculations are identified as IBC deferred submittals and will be submitted to and must be accepted by AHJ prior to installation of component, equipment, or distribution system. 2. Submit deferred Action Submittals such as Shop Drawings with supporting deferred informational submittals such as calculations no less than 4 weeks in advance of installation of component, equipment or distribution system to be anchored to structure. 1.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Contractor and supplier responsibilities to accommodate Owner -furnished shop fabrication related special inspections and testing are provided in Project's Statement of Special Inspections on Drawings, and Section 01 45 33, Special Inspection, Observation, and Testing. B. Provide all other specified, regulatory required, or required repair verification inspection and testing that is not listed in Statement of Special Inspections in accordance with Section 01 45 16.13, Contractor Quality Control. C. Provide Source Quality Control for welding and hot -dip galvanizing of anchors in accordance with Section 05 50 00, Metal Fabrications. ANCHORAGE AND BRACING PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 88 15 - 4 MARCH 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Design and construct attachments and supports transferring seismic and non - seismic loads to structure of materials and products suitable for application and in accordance with design criteria shown on Drawings and nationally recognized standards. B. Provide anchor bolts for anchorage of equipment to concrete or masonry in accordance with Section 05 50 00, Metal Fabrications. Provide anchor bolts of the size, minimum embedment, and spacing designated in calculations submitted by Contractor and accepted by Engineer. C. Provide post -installed concrete and masonry anchors for anchorage of equipment to concrete or masonry in accordance with Section 05 05 19, Post - Installed Anchors. Provide post -installed anchors of the size, minimum embedment, and spacing designated in calculations submitted by Contractor and accepted by Engineer. D. Do not use powder -actuated fasteners or sleeve anchors for seismic attachments and anchorage where resistance to tension loads is required. Do not use expansion anchors, other than undercut anchors, for nonvibration isolated mechanical equipment rated over 10 horsepower. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Make attachments, bracing, and anchorage in such a manner that component lateral force is transferred to lateral force resisting system of structure through a complete load path. B. Design, provide, and install overall seismic anchorage system to provide restraint in all directions, including vertical, for each component or system so anchored. C. Provide snubbers in each horizontal direction and vertical restraints for components mounted on vibration isolation systems where required to resist overturning. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS ANCHORAGE AND BRACING 01 88 15 -5 MARYS CREEK WRF D. Provide piping anchorage that maintains design flexibility and expansion capabilities at flexible connections and expansion joints. Piping and ductwork suspended more than 12 inches below supporting structure shall be braced for to avoid significant bending of hangers and their attachments unless high- or limited- deformability piping is used per ASCE 7, Section 13.6.8 or HVAC ducts have a cross-sectional area of less than 6 square feet or weigh 17 pounds per foot or less. E. Anchor tall and narrow equipment such as motor control centers and telemetry equipment at base and within 12 inches from top of equipment, unless approved otherwise by Engineer. F. Do not attach architectural, mechanical, or electrical components to more than one element of a building structure at a single restraint location where such elements may respond differently during a seismic event. Do not make such attachments across building expansion and contraction joints. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Do not install components or their anchorages or restraints prior to review and acceptance by Engineer and AHJ. B. Notify Engineer upon completion of installation of seismic restraints in accordance with Section 01 45 33, Special Inspection, Observation, and Testing. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL A. In accordance with Section 05 05 19, Post -Installed Anchors. B. Owner -Furnished Quality Assurance, in accordance with IBC Chapter 17 requirements, is provided in Statement of Special Inspections Plan on Drawings. Contractor responsibilities and related information are included in Section 01 45 33, Special Inspection, Observation, and Testing. C. Provide any other specified, regulatory required, or required repair verification inspection and testing that is not listed in Statement of Special Inspections in accordance with Section 01 45 16.13, Contractor Quality Control. END OF SECTION ANCHORAGE AND BRACING PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 01 88 15 - 6 MARCH 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY IiJllU PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 30, 2026 FACILITY STARTUP ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 91 14 - 1 MARYS CREEK WRF ..:.'�� rer;rss rresste;r� I. and 9) Operation and maintenance support. 3. Equipment Startup Fon (sample attached), to minimally include the following: EQUIPMENT TESTING AND FACILITY STARTUP 019114-2 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY ..-,n..nn.sr..., jiIL t •• (!WpwA.A ._ •L!I 4. 4_$Lj1!,!It1lt1[IiLL*U ... etas d. Contractor certification facility is capable of performing its intended function(s), including fully automatic operation. e. Signature spaces for Contractor and Engineer. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 30, 2026 FACILITY STARTUP ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 9114-3 MARYS CREEK WRF • !.� .......... .s( �.• .:ELI \ii������i:. L � I:�...... I:ns..:.�1 • 1 I . • 1___ 111111 Ii Wifl1 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND FACILITY STARTUP 01 91 14 - 4 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 30, 2026 FACILITY STARTUP ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 9114-5 MARYS CREEK WRF ;Iir1Ti run ONi.!fbeer_rs:!!!erire!!tsrse!�eer.� _ 1O1IJiJll!.1.IIiILJPLJJI .' , rs vy� iIIGA ri �}iMR4ilAl[1 AIIrM!1A�AM'kRnwklll'AI�gPL EQUIPMENT TESTING AND FACILITY STARTUP 019114-6 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF :�r� eevse! . iwLru.IjLyliJiiffl,J riin wr .. -_1su1IEJiLmb1ilIri1jLjtJnr1j1 IIJIW1ft1 j I L -A p-s.a.. I.- 1. Provide temporary valves, gauges, ,';ping, test quipment,,-carne other materials and equipment required for testing and startup. 2. The membrane manufacturer will require recirculation of water during their clean water testing. Contractor shall provide temporary piping and pumping as needed to recirculate water. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS FACILITY STARTUP 01 9114-7 MARYS CREEK WRF Li fJi11If(1L1IJ! inIiimii rU TjJEtiL1iLl1Ll11jtUj] IIIIMUIt JAIL U uirm w.wrimwr itifllLlllflhirJi$ • VA EQUIPMENT TESTING AND FACILITY STARTUP 01 91 14 - 8 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 30, 2026 FACILITY STARTUP ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 9114-9 MARYS CREEK WRF I. ILUIJiUlliW .... . _ - r: voltage. g. Adjust clearances and torque. h. Test rpipmg for leaks.. 4. Ready to test detennination will be by Engineer based on the following EQUIPMENT TESTING AND PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 FACILITY STARTUP JULY 30, 2026 01 91 14 - 10 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY •_ • erssss!e�rsye!�!e�:e�resrr: rte: ee!�. 4. Performance testing shall not , o o until equipment has been accepted by Engineer as having satisfied functional test requirements specified. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS FACILITY STARTUP 019114-11 MARYS CREEK WRF 5. Unless otherwise indicated,Contractor shall thrnish labor, materials, and supplies for conducting the test and taking samples and performance measurements. I. TTrrYnflTr:'EfIs awa....ii nL 'Oi:. ._WA.Afl.!A,l.J r. . U t'AIUUS •LE!flWffipflM iT zu:�u 111111] iIUf11ItiUhJEC.. '_ iLJ,i )iIJillWiU I1i1 ■ C. The performance test shall utilize clean water and including the following EQUIPMENT TESTING AND PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 FACILITY STARTUP JULY 30, 2026 01 91 14 - 12 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY aYa,.r,.SaY3 in ii 11 -J aI:;IiwsirI a*iu- 2. Contract.,- shall furnish a sign in sheet for each train;,,g sessionand submit the completed gnsheet with the final trains agenda for record p 3. Training shall be completed for equipment prior to the Owner taking over operation of the equipment. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS FACILITY STARTUP 01 91 14 - 13 MARYS CREEK WRF .fl!fltfl_,.flUtfl. ZY vItv1 pi! .• EQUIPMENT TESTING AND PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 FACILITY STARTUP JULY 30, 2026 01 91 14 - 14 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY [dIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIrlIn.nrr5i,LhJIrJirAI n.SsaPr..W.p.tI9..a &- a. awn :use!e!sr�!!�esr.1e�sa�.! 3 •a . SS S -, fls•� !eI. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 30, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS EQUIPMENT TESTING AND FACILITY STARTUP 01 91 14 - 15 MARYS CREEK WRF Testing Procedure for testing including to be (Describe procedure opened/closed, design conditions, etc.): and evaluation, valves/gates Evaluation Comments: PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 30, 2026 FACILITY STARTUP ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 9114 SUPPLEMENT - 1 MARYS CREEK WRY Unit Processes Startup Sequence (Describe for including sequence startup, ii any): computerized operations, Contractor Certification that Facility is its intended function(s), including fully capable of performing automatic operation: Contractor: Date: , 20 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 30, 2026 FACILITY STARTUP ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 9114 SUPPLEMENT -2 MARYS CREEK WRY PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 30, 2026 FACILITY STARTUP ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 9114 SUPPLEMENT -2 ATTACHMENT 7-39 MARYS CREEK WRF SECTION 0191 14 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND FACILITY STARTUP PART1 GENERAL 1.01 DEFINITIONS A. Facility: Entire Project, including all of its unit processes. B. Unit Process: As used in this section, a unit process is a portion of the facility that performs a specific process function. Examples include, but are not limited to, the bioreactors, membrane tanks, and UV disinfection. C. SCADA Integration: Startup the SCADA system, including HMI screens, communication with PLCs, automatic controls of equipment, and monitoring of instruments to a point where the Contractor and Owner may operate the plant in automatic mode. D. Clean Water Functional Test: Test or tests in presence of Engineer and Owner to demonstrate that each item of installed equipment meets manufacturer's installation, calibration, and adjustment requirements and other requirements as specified. Test shall demonstrate and confirm unit processes controlled and operated automatically through plant SCADA system meets performance requirements specified in individual specification sections and the Contract Drawings. Owner/Engineer acceptance of Equipment Test Report is required. Test is performed using potable water. E. Clean Water Performance Test: Test performed after required clean water functional test in presence of Engineer and Owner to demonstrate and confirm unit processes operate as designed for the duration specified in this section uninterrupted while controlled and operated automatically through plant SCADA system. Test is performed using continuously recirculated potable water. F. Membrane Equipment Supplier (MES) Performance Limits Testing: Performance testing of the membrane filtration system as described in specification section 46 53 49 -PS 1 of Appendix I. Initial phase of the test is performed using potable water. Subsequent testing is performed using wastewater. G. Biological Startup: Bringing the biological process online through addition of activated sludge with raw wastewater to produce an effluent water quality that meetings the permit limits. Contractor has ultimate responsibility for biological startup. Biological startup includes trucking waste activated sludge from the Owner's Village Creek WRF to the Mary's Creek WRF to provide PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 20, 2026 FACILITY STARTUP ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 91 14 - 1 ATTACHMENT 7-39 MARYS CREEK WRF biological organisms to start the biological process in the bioreactors. Contractor is responsible for the trucking of waste activated sludge (WAS), providing staff and making connections at the pickup point as designated by Owner at Village Creek WRF, and providing staff and temporary piping at the discharge point at Mary's Creek WRF. Contractor, with input from the Owner, shall run equipment and adjust valves. Owner, with assistance of Engineer, will oversee set -point adjustments and decisions on chemical dosages. H. Sampling and Testing: Water quality sample collection and laboratory testing to be provided by Owner starting at biological startup. I. Facility Performance Demonstration: 1. A demonstration, conducted by Contractor, with input from Owner, to demonstrate and document the performance of the entire operating Facility, both manually and automatically, based on criteria developed in conjunction with Owner and as accepted by Engineer. Demonstrate that installed equipment meets manufacturer's installation, calibration, and full operational range of equipment as specified 2. Such demonstration is for the purposes of (i) verifying to Owner entire Facility performs as a whole including effluent that meets discharge permit limits, and (ii) documenting performance characteristics of completed facility for Owner's records. Test is performed using wastewater for a 14 -day continuous period. Treated effluent will be discharged back into the Owner's gravity sewer main through the plant drain system. J. Odor Control System (OCS) Performance Testing — A 14 -day test in presence of Engineer and Owner to demonstrate that the installed odor control system meets the manufacturer's installation, calibration, and adjustment requirements as specified. Test will verify treatment performance of the odor control system. Test is performed using wastewater. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 20, 2026 FACILITY STARTUP ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 9114-2 ATTACHMENT 7-39 MARYS CREEK WRY 1.02 SUMMARY OF TESTS, MILESTONES, AND PRE -REQUISITES Test / Milestone / Pre -requisite Water Source Duration Responsible Party Milestone 1: EQ/PFS and Main Wastewater from Refer to Section 00 Contractor Drain System Functional offsite testing 52 43 Concurrent with Clean SCADA Integration N/A Water Contractor Functional Test Varies by Clean Water Functional Test Potable Water equipment and by unit Contractor process. Refer to Membrane Equipment Supplier Section 46 (MES) Performance Limits Test Potable/wastewater 53 49-PS1, Contractor Section 3.06, B. Clean Water Performance Test Potable Water 5 Days (continuous) Contractor Prerequisite: Lift Station / Force Prior to City (Other Mains Substantially Complete N/A biological Project startup Contractors) Minimum of Prerequisite: Laboratory facilities 14 days available for Owner N/A prior to Contractor biological startup Minimum of Prerequisite: Solids Handling 14 days Systems Functional N/A prior to Contractor biological startup PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 20, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS EQUIPMENT TESTING AND FACILITY STARTUP 01 9114-3 ATTACHMENT 7-39 MARYS CREEK WRY Minimum of Biological Startup - Biological 90 days Contractor with process startup plan submitted by N/A prior to City Input Contractor biological startup Biological Startup - Waste VCWRF WAS Up to 60 Contractor activated sludge trucking Days Minimum of Prerequisite: Biological Startup - 14 days Chemical feed system online N/A prior to Contractor biological startup Minimum of Prerequisite: Biological Startup - 14 days Chemical deliveries N/A prior to Owner biological startup Biological Startup - Collect samples, set -point adjustment, VCWRF WAS + Up to 60 Owner Facility treating wastewater to Wastewater Days effluent permit limits Up to 60 Days Sampling and Testing Wastewater (concurrent with Owner biological startup) Minimum Facility Performance Wastewater 14 Contractor Demonstration Consecutive Days Minimum OCS Performance Testing Wastewater 14 Consecutive Contractor Days Refer to Substantial Completion Wastewater Section 00 Per Contract 5243 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 20, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS EQUIPMENT TESTING AND FACILITY STARTUP 019114-4 ATTACHMENT 7-39 MARYS CREEK WRY Refer to Final Completion Wastewater Section 00 Per Contract 5243 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall include the following: 1. Facility Startup and Performance Demonstration Plan. 2. Manufacturer Certificate of Proper Installation. 3. Training Plan. 4. Startup and Commissioning Schedule. 5. WAS Trucking Plan. 6. Functional test results. 7. Performance test results. 8. Completed Facility Performance Demonstration/Certification Form. 1.04 FACILITY STARTUP AND PERFORMANCE DEMONSTRATION PLAN A. Develop a written plan, in conjunction with Owner's operations personnel and Engineer; to include the following: 1. Identify Contractor personnel that will be involved in the planning and execution. Identify overall startup manager and provide contact information (phone number and email address) for each member involved in the startup and commissioning process. The startup manager shall have experience in wastewater treatment plant startup, including membrane bioreactor systems. 2. Step-by-step instructions for startup of each unit process and the complete facility. a. Submit startup plan for each piece of equipment, each structure, and entire facility no less than 90 days prior to planned initial startup of equipment and/or system. The final plan shall be approved not less than 30 days prior to planned initial startup. b. Startup plan shall include the methodology, timeline, and identify roles and responsibilities between the Contractor, Owner, and Engineer for the following components: 1) Process and electrical equipment checkout. 2) Hydrostatic testing plan with water calculations and structure testing sequences. 3) Piping testing plan, including flushing and testing of all piping connected to structures. 4) Lock -out procedures and safety precautions. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 20, 2026 FACILITY STARTUP ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 9114-5 ATTACHMENT 7-39 MARYS CREEK WRY 5) Utility requirements. 6) Related items and piping which must be complete and the schedule for completion. 7) Instrumentation, motor, and variable frequency drive (VFD) settings. 8) Temporary pumps, piping, and systems necessary for testing and startup. 9) Operation and maintenance support. 3. Equipment Startup Form (sample attached), to minimally include the following: a. Description of the unit process, including equipment numbers/nomenclature of each item of equipment and all included devices. b. Detailed procedure for startup of the equipment, including valves and gates to be opened/closed, order of equipment startup, etc. c. Startup requirements for each equipment item, including water, power, chemicals, etc. d. Space for evaluation comments. e. A separate form shall be provided for the different equipment items and may be combined as applicable and if approved by the Engineer. Electrical, instrumentation, controls, HVAC, plumbing, architectural, mechanical, and equipment components and features shall be included in the facility startup. The following areas shall be included and may be combined as appropriate and approved by the Engineer: 1) Equalization Storage Tank, Peak Flow Storage Tank, and the associated pump vaults. 2) Preliminary Treatment Unit (PTU) Building. 3) Bioreactors and Scum Pump Station. 4) Chemical Storage and Feed, which includes the carbon, metal salt, and chemical feed building. 5) Membrane Tanks. 6) Operations Building. 7) Ultraviolet (UV) Disinfection, Effluent Flow Metering, 8) Cascade Aeration, and the Outfall. a) The Cascade Aeration and Outfall will not be required to undergo performance or overall facility testing but must be water tested and inspected per specifications. 9) Sodium Hypochlorite system adjacent to UV Disinfection. 10) Non -Potable Water and Reuse Pump Station. 11) Return Activated Sludge (RS) and Waste Activated Sludge (WS) Pump Station. 12) Sludge Storage Tanks. 13) Solids Building. 14) Return Flow Pump Station. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 20, 2026 FACILITY STARTUP ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 9114-6 ATTACHMENT 7-39 MARYS CREEK WRY 15) Odor Control System (OCS) No. 1. 16) OCS No. 2. 17) OCS No. 3. 18) Generator System. 19) Communications House and Tower. 20) UV Electrical Building. 4. Facility Performance Demonstration/Certification Form (sample attached), to minimally include the following: a. Description of unit processes included in the facility startup. b. Sequence of unit process startup to achieve facility startup. c. Description of computerized operations, if any, included in the facility. d. Contractor shall certify facility is capable of performing its intended function(s), including fully automatic operation. e. Signature spaces for Contractor and Engineer. 1.05 MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATE OF PROPER INSTALLATION A. For each equipment item, submit a manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation (COPI) and completed checklists to certify that the equipment system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. B. Use the COPI form provided in Section 01 43 33. Approved COPIs shall be included in the final operations and maintenance (O&M) manuals. 1.06 TRAINING PLAN A. Submit a master equipment training plan a minimum of 90 days prior to equipment startup and checkout commencing. Plan shall be approved a minimum of 30 days prior to conducting training. The plan shall include the following items: 1. Master schedule that includes the proposed date for each equipment training. 2. General topics and information to be covered in each training, which shall meet the requirements in Section 01 43 33. 3. Contractor's plan for shadowing the Owner's operations and maintenance personnel. 4. Contractor's plan for conducting and recording the training sessions, which shall meet the requirements in Section 01 43 33. 5. List of preliminary O&M manuals and status. Preliminary O&M manuals must be approved prior to conducting training. B. Training agendas shall be submitted separately for approval by the Engineer and Owner as required in Section 01 43 33. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 20, 2026 FACILITY STARTUP ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 9114-7 ATTACHMENT 7-39 MARYS CREEK WRY 1.07 STARTUP AND COMMISSIONING SCHEDULE A. Contractor shall submit an overall startup and commissioning schedule a minimum of 90 days prior to starting commissioning. B. The schedule shall include sections for each facility and provisions for equipment manufacturer checkout, clean water functional testing, clean water performance testing, the biological startup process, and the Facility Performance Demonstration. C. The following milestones shall be included in the schedule submittal: 1. All construction activities shall be completed prior to startup and commissioning activities commencing. 2. The startup and commissioning period, including the biological startup process shall occur prior to Substantial Completion. The following activities shall be included in the startup and commissioning process and are described in more detail in Part 3: a. Permanent Power. 1) Contractor shall obtain permanent power prior to commencing startup and commissioning activities. b. Equipment Startup and Testing (Clean Water Functional Testing). 1) Contractor shall coordinate the manufacturers to startup and functionally test equipment. 2) Equipment training shall be conducted during this time. 3) Equipment startup and testing shall be completed after permanent power is obtained and prior to other startup and commissioning activities. c. Odor Control System Startup and Testing d. Clean Water Performance Testing. 1) Contractor shall confirm the operating conditions of the equipment using clean water. 2) A separate completed Equipment Startup Form shall be submitted and approved for each area prior to commencing the Facility Performance Demonstration test. e. Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) System and Integration. 1) Contractor shall be responsible for installing, terminating, and testing the connections for electrical and communications conduit to each panel and inside each panel. 2) Contractor shall be responsible for completing input/output (I/O) checkouts for each unit process and equipment, systems testing, integration of controls, and development of PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 20, 2026 FACILITY STARTUP ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 9114-8 ATTACHMENT 7-39 MARYS CREEK WRY SCADA graphics screens. Refer to Division 40 for full requirements. 3) The SCADA system development and integration may be concurrent with performance testing but initial development shall be completed prior to the Facility Performance Demonstration test. 4) It is expected the system will require modifications determined during testing and introduction of wastewater. These modifications may be made during the biological startup process. f. Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (HVAC). 1) Contractor shall startup, test, and prove successful operation of the HVAC systems for each building. 2) Engineer shall integrate controls to the HVAC systems as specified in the Contract Documents, and the Contractor shall provide assistance as detailed in Part 3. 3) HVAC system work may be completed concurrently with performance testing and SCADA integration. HVAC systems shall be fully operational prior to the Facility Performance Demonstration test starting. g. Facility Performance Demonstration 1) Contractor shall test the entire facility using wastewater. 2) The Facility Performance Demonstration shall be conducted after clean water functional and performance testing, HVAC system work, and preliminary SCADA integration are completed. h. Laboratory facilities shall be available for the Owner's use a minimum of 14 days prior to biological startup. i. Biological Startup Process. 1) Owner and Engineer shall lead the biological startup process plan development and execution. 2) The biological startup process is expected to require up to 60 days to complete. 3. Substantial Completion is defined in Section 00 52 43 and shall meet the following conditions: a. The biological startup process is considered complete when effluent from the secondary treatment system (bioreactors and membranes) meets permit limits. b. Treated effluent is being discharged to the outfall and continuously meeting the effluent permit limits for a minimum of fourteen consecutive days. The effluent permit limits include: 1) cBOD5: 5 mg/L 2) Total suspended solids: 5 mg/L 3) Ammonia as nitrogen: 2 mg/L PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 20, 2026 FACILITY STARTUP ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 9114-9 ATTACHMENT 7-39 MARYS CREEK WRY 4) Total nitrogen: 6 mg/L 5) Total phosphorus: 0.2 mg/L 6) E. coli: 126 CFU c. All other requirements of substantial completion as defined in the Supplementary Conditions have been met. d. Discharge of treated effluent to Mary's Creek will begin at substantial completion. 4. Final Completion, refer to Section 00 52 43, includes but is not limited to: a. Final SCADA integration and debugging work are completed. b. Punchlist items are verified as completed. A Substantial Completion walkthrough shall be conducted with representatives from the Owner and Engineer, which shall generate this set of punchlist items. c. All final O&M manuals are submitted and approved. d. The Contractor has submitted and the Owner and Engineer have accepted the As -built drawings. e. Refer to Section 01 78 36, "Warranties" for Contractor Warranty requirements. 5. Milestone 1 — Equalization and Peak Flow Storage Basins and Drain Piping a. The Equalization and Peak Flow Storage Basin shall be online within 730 days after the date when Contract Time commences for the offsite lift station testing. Refer to 00 52 43 Part 4.1.A for additional information regarding this milestone. b. The tanks, mixing systems, influent pipes including the valve vaults, and effluent piping including the drain lines and valve vaults, must be online for Milestone 1. c. The 36 -inch main drain piping shown on Sheets C-052, C-053, C- 054, C-055, C-057, and C-059 must be online for Milestone 1. Contractor may install temporary plugs for the drain connections from other areas that are not associated with the Equalization and Peak Flow Storage Basin area. The full plant drain system is not required to be online for the testing. d. Odor Control System 1 is not required to be online for Milestone 1. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Meetings: PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 20, 2026 FACILITY STARTUP ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 91 14 - 10 ATTACHMENT 7-39 MARYS CREEK WRY 1. Contractor shall schedule and facilitate a startup and commissioning workshop. Contractor shall provide an agenda and prepare and distribute meeting notes. This workshop shall cover the following items: a. Confirm roles and responsibilities between the Contractor, Owner, and Engineer for startup and commissioning. b. Review the schedule, training requirements, and components required for successfully starting up the facility. c. Review risks associated with the startup and commissioning process and develop strategies for mitigating these risks. 2. Engineer shall schedule and facilitate a workshop to review the biological startup process. Engineer shall prepare a meeting agenda and prepare and distribute meeting notes. The workshop shall cover the following topics: a. Confirm roles and responsibilities between the Contractor, Owner, and Engineer for biological startup. b. Review the schedule and process required for successfully biological startup of the facility. c. Review risks associated with the biological startup process and develop strategies for mitigating these risks. B. Contractor's Testing and Startup Representative: 1. Designate a startup manager with experience in the startup and commissioning of membrane bioreactor treatment facilities. 2. Designate one or more personnel to coordinate and expedite testing and facility startup. 3. Representatives shall be present during startup meetings and shall be available at all times during testing and startup. C. Contractor shall be responsible for the following items: 1. Provide temporary valves, gauges, piping, test equipment, and other materials and equipment required for testing and startup. 2. The membrane manufacturer will require recirculation of water during clean water testing. a. The expected flow rate required for recirculation through one membrane tank at a time is 1,390 gpm to 1,735 gpm, Contractor shall coordinate the final flow rate with the membrane manufacturer prior to startup. b. Contractor shall ensure there is sufficient clean water in the system to continuously test the membrane system. c. Contractor has two options to recirculate water: 1) Provide temporary piping and pumping from the Backpulse Tank to the Membrane Tank influent channel. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 20, 2026 FACILITY STARTUP ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 91 14 - 11 ATTACHMENT 7-39 MARYS CREEK WRY 2) Pipe from the Backpulse Tank to the Return Flow Pump Station to recirculate water via PTU and Bioreactors to the Membrane Tank influent channel. a) The Return Flow Pump Station capacity is approximately 2,200 gpm (two pumps online). 3. Provide Subcontractor and equipment manufacturers' staff adequate to prevent delays. Schedule ongoing work so as not to interfere with or delay testing and startup. 4. Maintenance of equipment until Final Completion is achieved. 5. Operation of equipment for testing purposes until the biological startup process commences, except for the odor control system. 6. Instrument and probe calibration completed prior to biological startup commencing. Submit calibration certificates for record purposes. 7. WS trucking during the biological startup process. 8. Other items specified in this Section and the Contract Documents. D. Owner shall be responsible for the following items: 1. Provide licensed operator to direct operations of the Facility starting at the point of discharge of treated effluent to Mary's Creek. 2. Provide water, power, chemicals, as required for startup and testing, unless otherwise indicated. a. Contractor may use the City's potable water supply for testing. Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring enough clean water is in the system to sufficiently test equipment and systems. 3. Permanent power shall be paid for by the Owner. 4. Provide labor and materials as required for laboratory analyses. 3.02 ODOR CONTROL SYSTEM STARTUP AND SEQUENCING A. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing 1. Testing, adjusting, and balancing (TAB) of the three OCS collection systems shall be completed in accordance with the requirements in Section 44 31 83. 2. Contractor shall use the flow rates on Drawing G-023 to balance each OCS. 3. TAB shall be completed after manufacturer checkout of the odor control equipment and startup of the foul air fans but prior to the introduction of wastewater to the facility. 4. Clean water shall be used for TAB activities. Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring sufficient water is in place for each OCS collection system as noted. a. OCS No. 1 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 20, 2026 FACILITY STARTUP ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 91 14 - 12 ATTACHMENT 7-39 MARYS CREEK WRY 1) The Equalization Storage Tank and Peak Flow Storage Tank may be empty. 2) The PTU Building and channels may be empty. b. OCS No. 2 1) The Bioreactor Distribution Box and all bioreactor zones shall be filled to the weir elevations. c. OCS No. 3 1) The rotary drum thickeners and centrifuges may be empty. 2) All equipment in the Solids Building and truck bay shall be in place, including the dumpsters. 5. If TAB activities cannot be successfully completed per the requirements in Section 44 31 83 with clean water, Contractor may complete TAB activities once wastewater is introduced to the system at no additional cost to the Owner. The bioscrubber seeding and performance testing activities shall be re -sequenced accordingly at no additional cost to the Owner. The bioreactor trains for OCS No. 2 must be full. B. Bioscrubber Seeding 1. Each OCS includes a bioscrubber, which is a biological process and will require seed sludge to startup. 2. Contractor shall truck and feed WS into the three OCSs to start the biological process. a. Contractor shall use WS from the same source as the biological seeding process. b. Contractor shall obtain recommended WS quantities from the bioscrubber manufacturer. c. Contractor shall plan for two rounds of WS trucking and feed into each of the three bioscrubbers. 1) The bioscrubbers for OCS No. 1 and OCS No. 2 shall be seeded when: a) The biological seeding process commences. b) The facility is treating wastewater as intended. 2) The bioscrubber for OCS No. 3 shall be seeded when a) WS is sent to the Solids Building. b) The facility is treating wastewater as intended and dewatered solids are being sent to the dumpsters. 3. The Contractor shall operate each OCS continuously once seed sludge has been introduced. This includes the bioscrubber, foul air fans, and the carbon adsorber. C. OCS Performance Testing 1. Performance testing of each OCS shall be completed after the bioscrubbers are fully acclimatized. The system shall be considered acclimatized after the second injection of seed WS has occurred and the PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 20, 2026 FACILITY STARTUP ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 91 14 - 13 ATTACHMENT 7-39 MARYS CREEK WRF bioscrubber condensate pH is between 2.0 and 2.5 for at least five consecutive days. 2. Performance testing shall be conducted for the bioscrubbers in accordance with the requirements in Section 44 31 11 and the carbon adsorbers in Section 44 31 16. 3. Contractor shall be responsible for the odor control equipment operation until the performance testing is complete and through Substantial Completion. 3.03 EQUIPMENT TESTING A. Preparation: 1. Complete installation before testing. 2. Obtain and submit from equipment manufacturer's representative Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation Form, in accordance with Section 01 43 33. 3. Cleaning and Checking: Prior to beginning functional testing: a. Calibrate testing equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. b. Inspect and clean equipment, devices, connected piping, and structures to ensure they are free of foreign material. c. Lubricate equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. d. Turn rotating equipment by hand when possible to confirm that equipment is not bound. e. Open and close valves and gates by hand and operate other devices to check for binding, interference, or improper functioning. f. Check power supply to electric -powered equipment for correct voltage. g. Adjust clearances and torque. h. Test piping for leaks. 4. Ready -to -test determination will be by Engineer based on the following criteria: a. Submitted and approved preliminary O&M manual. b. Notification by Contractor of equipment readiness for testing. c. Receipt of Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation. d. Adequate completion of work adjacent to, or interfacing with, equipment to be tested. e. Availability and acceptability of manufacturer's representative, when specified, to assist in testing of respective equipment. f. Satisfactory fulfillment of other specified manufacturer's responsibilities. g. Equipment and electrical tagging labels complete. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 20, 2026 FACILITY STARTUP ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 91 14 - 14 ATTACHMENT 7-39 MARYS CREEK WRY h. Delivery of all spare parts and special tools. B. Clean Water Functional Testing: 1. Conduct as specified in this Section and individual Specification sections. 2. Notify Owner and Engineer in writing at least 10 days prior to scheduled date of testing. 3. Functional testing may be conducted as part of the equipment manufacturer's startup and checkout process. The purpose of the functional test is to ensure the equipment operates. 4. Prepare Equipment Test Report summarizing test method and results using the sample form provided in this Section. 5. When, in Engineer's opinion, equipment meets functional requirements specified, such equipment will be accepted for purposes of advancing to performance testing phase. Such acceptance will be evidenced by Engineer's signature as witness on Equipment Test Report. C. Clean Water Performance Testing: 1. Conduct as specified in this Section and individual Specification sections. 2. Performance testing shall utilize clean water. Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring there is sufficient clean water in the system to test the equipment. a. Contractor may utilize the Return Flow Pump Station for recirculation and shall provide additional temporary piping and pumping as needed. 3. Notify Engineer and Owner in writing at least 10 days prior to scheduled date of test. 4. Performance testing shall not commence until equipment has been accepted by Engineer as having satisfied clean water functional test requirements specified. 5. All bioreactor basins shall be included in the clean water performance test. 6. Unless otherwise indicated, Owner shall furnish labor, materials, and supplies for conducting the test and taking samples and performance measurements. 7. Contractor shall ensure no water is discharged to the outfall during this testing period. a. The UV equipment shall be included in the performance testing. Contractor shall plug both 42 -inch effluent pipes and provide temporary piping and pumping to recirculate water during the test. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 20, 2026 FACILITY STARTUP ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 91 14 - 15 ATTACHMENT 7-39 MARYS CREEK WRF b. The Cascade Aeration system does not need to undergo performance testing. 8. Performance testing shall meet the following requirements: a. Each test shall be conducted as outlined in each equipment specification section or for a minimum of four hours. b. Contractor shall operate equipment through the range of design conditions as outlined in individual equipment specification sections. c. Equipment may be manually controlled during this test. d. If the equipment experiences a significant interruption during the test, the test shall be stopped, the Contractor shall make repairs and adjustments as needed, and the test shall be restarted. A significant interruption includes: 1) Equipment not meeting the specified operating and design conditions. 2) Equipment faulting or failing during the test. 3) As determined by the Owner or Engineer. e. Contractor may elect to combine equipment for the performance test. For example, this could include the grit removal equipment and fine screens within the PTU Building. Test plan submittal shall identify proposed combinations for the Engineer's review. 9. Prepare Equipment Test Report for each test conducted. 10. When, in Engineer's opinion, equipment meets performance requirements specified, such equipment will be accepted as to conforming to Contract requirements. Such acceptance will be evidenced by Engineer's signature on Equipment Test Report. 3.04 FACILITY PERFORMANCE DEMONSTRATION A. When, in the opinion of Engineer, startup and performance testing of all unit processes has been achieved and preliminary SCADA integration has been completed, the Facility Performance Demonstration may commence. B. The purpose of the test is to demonstrate proper operation of required interfaces within and between individual unit processes. Demonstration shall include full automatic operation and equipment operating through the full specified range. C. The performance test shall utilize wastewater and including the following requirements: 1. Unit processes operate as designed and intended for fourteen continuous days without significant interruption using wastewater. This period is in addition to functional or performance test periods. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 20, 2026 FACILITY STARTUP ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 91 14 - 16 ATTACHMENT 7-39 MARYS CREEK WRY 2. Water shall be recirculated through the Equalization Storage Tank, PTU Building, Bioreactors, Membrane Tanks, RS Pumps, and up to the Backpulse Tank. a. The solids handling (WS Pump, Sludge Storage Tanks, and Solids Building), UV Disinfection, Non -Potable Water and Reuse Pump Station, chemical facilities, and odor control systems are not considered a part of this demonstration test. 3. Contractor shall be responsible for piping and pumping to recirculate water during this period and may utilize the Return Flow Pump Station for this flow. The minimum flow rate for this test is 2,200 gpm (two pumps running). 4. Significant interruption may include any of the following events: a. Failure of Contractor to provide and maintain qualified onsite startup personnel as scheduled continuously for 14 -days. b. Failure to meet specified functional and performance operation for more than two consecutive hours. c. Failure of any equipment or unit process that is not satisfactorily corrected within four hours after failure. d. Failure of any noncritical equipment or unit process that is not satisfactorily corrected within eight hours after failure. e. As determined by Owner or Engineer. 5. A significant interruption will require startup then in progress to be stopped. After corrections are made, startup test period to start from beginning again. D. Certify, on the Facility Performance Demonstration/Certification Form, that facility is capable of performing its intended function(s), including fully automatic operation. 3.05 TRAINING AND SHADOWING A. Contractor shall conduct training in accordance with the requirements in Section 01 43 33. 1. Preliminary O&M manuals must be submitted and approved prior to conducting training for the equipment. 2. Contractor shall furnish a sign in sheet for each training session and submit the completed sign in sheet with the final training agenda for record purposes. 3. Training shall be completed for equipment prior to the Owner taking over operation of the equipment. 4. If training of equipment does not occur prior to the biological startup process commencing, Contractor shall be responsible for equipment operation until the training is complete. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 20, 2026 FACILITY STARTUP ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 91 14 - 17 ATTACHMENT 7-39 MARYS CREEK WRY B. Contractor shall provide a minimum of five personnel to shadow the Owner's operations and maintenance staff from the commencement of the biological startup process to two weeks after Substantial Completion is granted. 1. Contractor's personnel are not expected to operate the equipment; however, they must have sufficient knowledge to provide guidance in the operation of the equipment as well as the maintenance of equipment after Substantial Completion. 2. Contractor shall conduct daily, 30 -minute training sessions, at the start of biological startup through 2 -weeks after Substantial Completion with the Owner's operations and maintenance staff showcasing specific requirements for operating and maintaining the equipment. The equipment shall be operational during these sessions. a. Sessions shall be conducted five days a week in the early morning and late afternoon to accommodate multiple shifts. b. Contractor shall submit a training plan a minimum of 60 days prior to the biological startup process commencing for review. The plan shall include all process equipment and controls as well as HVAC and building mechanical equipment. 3.06 BIOLOGICAL STARTUP PROCESS A. Contractor shall drain all clean water from basins and pipelines used for functional, performance, unit, and facility demonstration testing prior to the biological startup process. 1. Water may be directed to the City's gravity sewer main next to Mary's Creek up to 6,944 gpm. 2. Contractor shall provide temporary piping and pumping as needed to remove clean water from the system prior to biological startup. B. Contractor shall provide WS trucking and pumping from the Owner's Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility (VCWRF) located at 4500 Wilma Ln, Arlington, Texas 76012 to the Mary's Creek Water Reclamation Facility (MCWRF). 1. Trucks shall be provided for the duration of the biological startup process. Contractor shall provide a minimum of 70,000 gallons of WAS per day, seven days a week. 2. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating truck drivers between the VCWRF and the MCWRF, inside the MCWRF, and inside the VCWRF. a. Contractor shall establish the truck route inside the VCWRF with the Owner. b. Contractor shall provide personnel to assist truck drivers with hooking up to the correct location inside the VCWRF. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 20, 2026 FACILITY STARTUP ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 91 14 - 18 ATTACHMENT 7-39 MARYS CREEK WRF 3. At the MCWRF, WS shall be pumped into the Fine Screen Influent Channel inside the Preliminary Treatment Unit (PTU) Building. 4. Contactor shall provide, install, and operate temporary piping and pumps to convey the WS from the truck to the Fine Screen Influent Channel. C. Contractor shall have the laboratory in the Operations Building available for the Owner's use a minimum of 14 -days prior to biological startup to give ample time for Owner supplied testing equipment to be installed. D. Contractor shall have the Solids Handling Systems and Storage operational up to 14 -days prior to biological startup to allow for wasting during the acclimation period of startup for the bioreactors as needed. Owner to direct the wasting time period during the biological startup. E. Contractor shall feed biological mass to one bioreactor basin (basin 2 with a capacity of 2.5 MGD) initially targeting a minimum MLSS of 3,000 mg/L. Trucked WS from VCWRF will be mixed with raw wastewater pumped from the Mary's Creek Confluence Lift Station through the EQ Basin to the PTU. Owner with Engineer and Membrane Equipment Supplier will direct when flow can leave the first bioreactor and proceed to the membrane tanks. Owner with Engineer will direct on when wasting to the solids handling system is needed. After Bioreactor 2 is biologically started up, Contractor shall proceed to seed and fill Bioreactor 3. If sufficient raw wastewater flow is available, other bioreactor basins shall be started up after Bioreactor 3. F. Owner to collect samples, direct set -point adjustments with Engineer, direct operation of facility to treat wastewater to effluent permit limits. During biological startup no wastewater shall discharge through the Outfall. All flow shall be recirculated through the WRF or directed to the overflow manhole routing flow back to the interceptor running south of the facility. G. Contractor shall have metal salt and carbon chemical feed and storage systems functioning and operational in automatic a minimum of 14 -days before biological startup commences. H. Owner to purchase and provide chemicals needed for biological startup. Feed rates and timing of chemical addition will be determined by Owner with Engineer support. I. Contractor shall provide a minimum of five (5) personnel for seven days a week to support the Owner and Engineer during this process. These personnel shall be in addition to those required for WS trucking operations. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 20, 2026 FACILITY STARTUP ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 91 14 - 19 ATTACHMENT 7-39 MARYS CREEK WRY 3.07 SUPPLEMENTS A. Supplements listed below, following "End of Section," are a part of this Specification: 1. Unit Process Startup Form. 2. Facility Performance Demonstration/Certification Form. END OF SECTION PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND JULY 20, 2026 FACILITY STARTUP ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 01 9114-20 ATTACHMENT 7-39 MARYS CREEK WRY EQUIPMENT STARTUP FORM OWNER: PROJECT: Equipment Description: (Include description and equipment number of all equipment and devices): Testing Procedure (Describe procedure for testing and evaluation, including valves/gates to opened/closed, design conditions, etc.): Testing Requirements (Water, power, chemicals, personnel, etc.): Evaluation Comments: Contractor Certification that equipment is capable of performing its intended function(s) and meets the operational requirements: Contractor: Date: , 20 Engineer: (Authorized Signature) PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 20, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS Date: 20 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND FACILITY STARTUP 01 9114 SUPPLEMENT - 1 ATTACHMENT 7-39 MARYS CREEK WRY FACILITY PERFORMANCE DEMONSTRATION/CERTIFICATION FORM OWNER: PROJECT: Unit Processes Description (List unit processes involved in facility startup): Unit Processes Startup Sequence (Describe sequence for startup, including computerized operatio if any): Contractor Certification that Facility is capable of performing its intended function(s), including fully automatic operation: Contractor: Date: , 20 Engineer: (Authorized Signature) PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 20, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS Date: 20 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND FACILITY STARTUP 01 9114 SUPPLEMENT -2 MARYS CREEK WRY SECTION 02 41 00 DEMOLITION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this Section: 1. Air -Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI): Guideline K, Containers for Recovered Non-flammable Fluorocarbon Refrigerants. 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): A10.6, Safety Requirements for Demolition Operations. 3. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), U.S. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Title 29 Part 1926 —Occupational Safety and Health Regulations for Construction. 4. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), U.S. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Title 40: a. Part 61 National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants. b. Part 82 —Protection of Stratospheric Ozone. c. Part 273 —Standards for Universal Waste Management. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. ACM: Asbestos -containing material. B. Demolition: Dismantling, razing, destroying, or wrecking of any fixed building or structure or any part thereof. Demolition also includes removal of pipes, manholes tanks, conduit, and other underground facilities, whether as a separate activity or in conjunction with construction of new facilities. C. Modify: Provide all necessary material and labor to modify an existing item to the condition indicated or specified. D. Relocate: Remove, protect, clean and reinstall equipment, including electrical, instrumentation, and all ancillary components required to make the equipment fully functional, to the new location identified on the Drawings. E. Renovation: Altering a facility or one or more facility components in any way. F. Salvage/Salvageable: Remove and deliver, to the specified location(s), the equipment, building materials, or other items so identified to be saved from destruction, damage, or waste; such property to remain that of Owner. Unless PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 DEMOLITION APRIL 6, 2026 02 41 00 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF otherwise specified, title to items identified for demolition shall revert to Contractor. G. Universal Waste Lamp: In accordance with 40 CFR 273, the bulb or tube portion of an electric lighting device, examples of which include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, high -intensity discharge, neon, mercury vapor, high- pressure sodium, and metal halide lamps. H. Universal Waste Thermostat: A temperature control device that contains metallic mercury in an ampule attached to a bimetal sensing element, and mercury -containing ampules that have been removed from these temperature control devices in compliance with the requirements of 40 CFR 273. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. Submit proposed Demolition/Renovation Plan, in accordance with requirements specified herein, for approval before such Work is started. 2. Submit copies of any notifications, authorizations and permits required to perform the Work. 3. Copies of reports and other documentation required for abandoning wells. 1.04 REGULATORY AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. When applicable, demolition Work shall be accomplished in strict accordance with 29 CFR 1926 -Subpart T. B. Comply with federal, state, and local hauling and disposal regulations. In addition to the requirements of the General Conditions, Contractor's safety requirements shall conform to ANSI A10.6. C. Furnish timely notification of this demolition project to applicable federal, state, regional, and local authorities in accordance with 40 CFR 61 -Subpart M. 1.05 DEMOLITION/RENOVATION PLAN A. Demolition/Renovation Plan shall provide for safe conduct of the Work and shall include: 1. Detailed description of methods and equipment to be used for each operation; 2. The Contractor's planned sequence of operations, including coordination with other work in progress; DEMOLITION PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 02 41 00 - 2 APRIL 6, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY 1.06 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. The Work of this Specification shall not commence until Contractor's Demolition Plan has been approved by Engineer. B. Include the Work of this Specification in the progress schedule, as specified in Section 01 32 00, Construction Progress Documentation. C. Areas in which the Work is to be accomplished will be available after notice to proceed is issued and the Demolition Plan has been approved by the Engineer.: 1.07 USE OF EXPLOSIVES A. Explosives are prohibited. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXISTING FACILITIES TO BE DEMOLISHED OR RENOVATED A. Facilities: 1. Buildings scheduled for complete demolition are as shown on the drawings. B. Structures: 1. Existing above -grade structures indicated shall be removed to 2 feet below grade. C. Utilities and Related Equipment: 1. Notify Owner or appropriate utilities to turn off affected services at least 48 hours before starting demolition activities. 2. Remove existing utilities as indicated and terminate in a manner conforming to the nationally recognized code covering the specific utility and approved by Engineer. 3. When utility lines are encountered that are not indicated on the Drawings, notify Engineer prior to further work in that area. 4. Remove meters and related equipment and deliver to a location as determined by the Owner. 5. Excavate and remove utility lines serving buildings to be demolished to a distance of 3 feet beyond the outside perimeter of the demolition. 6. Provide a permanent leak -proof closure for water and gas lines. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 DEMOLITION APRIL 6, 2026 02 41 00 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF 7. Plug sewer lines with concrete to a minimum plug length of 3 feet to prevent groundwater infiltration. D. Electrical: 1. Cut off concealed or embedded conduit, boxes, or other materials a minimum of 3/4 inch below final finished surface. 2. When removing designated equipment, conduit and wiring may require rework to maintain service to other equipment. 3. Rework existing circuits, or provide temporary circuits as necessary during renovation to maintain service to existing lighting and equipment not scheduled to be renovated. Existing equipment and circuiting shown are based upon limited field surveys. Verify existing conditions, make all necessary adjustments, and record the Work on the Record Drawings. This shall include, but is not limited to, swapping and other adjustments to branch circuits and relocation of branch circuit breakers within panelboards as required to accomplish the finished work. 4. Reuse of existing luminaires, devices, conduits, boxes, or equipment will be permitted only where specifically indicated. 5. Raceways and cabling not scheduled for reuse. 6. Inaccessibly Concealed: Cut off and abandon in place. 7. Exposed or Concealed Above Accessible Ceilings: Remove. 8. Raceways and Cabling Scheduled for Future Use: Cap/seal and tag. 9. Relocating Equipment: Extend existing wiring or run new wiring from the source. 10. Where the existing raceway is concealed, the outlet box shall be cleaned, and a blank cover plate installed. 11. Where the concealed raceway is uncovered remove raceway (or extended to new location if appropriate). 12. Provide new typewritten panelboard circuit directory cards. E. Overhead Electrical: 1. Existing overhead Oncor electrical service on site serving existing to be demolished structures shall be demolished. Refer to Civil drawings for extent of existing overhead electric lines within the site. 2. Coordinate with Oncor for disconnection of existing line and removal of Oncor-owned infrastructure. 3. Demolish all overhead electric infrastructure not removed by Oncor, including but not limited to poles, guys, anchors, conductors, pole -top assemblies, transformers, meters, conduits, etc. 4. Remove poles and backfill, tamp, and mound holes. F. Universal Waste Lamps and Thermostats: Manage, contain, package, and label in strict accordance with 40 CFR 273. DEMOLITION PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 02 41 00 - 4 APRIL 6, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRY 3.02 PROTECTION 3.03 BURNING A. The use of burning at the Site for the disposal of refuse and debris will not be permitted 3.04 BACKFILL A. Do not use demolition debris as backfill material. 3.05 FILL EXCAVATIONS, OPEN BASEMENTS AND OTHER HAZARDOUS OPENINGS TO EXISTING GROUND LEVEL OR FOUNDATION LEVEL OF NEW CONSTRUCTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 31 23 23, FILL AND BACKFILL. TITLE TO MATERIALS A. All salvaged equipment will remain the property of Owner. If the Owner does not want to retain the equipment, equipment will become the property of the Contractor for disposal offsite. 3.06 DISPOSITION OF MATERIAL A. Do not remove equipment and materials without approval of Contractor's Demolition Plan by Engineer. 3.07 UNSALVAGEABLE MATERIAL A. Concrete, masonry, and other noncombustible material, except concrete permitted to remain in place, shall be disposed of off the Site. B. Combustible material shall be disposed of off the Site. C. Universal Waste Lamps and Thermostats: Dispose of in strict accordance with 40 CFR 273. 3.08 CLEANUP A. Debris and rubbish shall be removed from basement and similar excavations. Debris and rubbish shall be removed and transported in a manner that prevents spillage on streets or adjacent areas. Local regulations regarding hauling and disposal shall apply. END OF SECTION PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 DEMOLITION APRIL 6, 2026 02 41 00 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARYS CREEK WRF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK DEMOLITION 024100-6 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 APRIL 6, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF SECTION 03 0132 REPAIR OF VERTICAL AND OVERHEAD CONCRETE SURFACES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A82/A82M, Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. b. Al 85/Al 85M, Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete. c. A615/A615M, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. d. A706/A706M, Standard Specification for Low -Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. e. C42/C42M, Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. f. C78/C78M, Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength of Concrete (Using Simple Beam with Third -Point Loading). g. C109/C109M, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2 -in. or [50 -mm] Cube Specimens). h. C157/C157M, 157M, Standard Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic -Cement Mortar and Concrete. i. C293/C293M, Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength of Concrete (Using Simple Beam with Center -Point Loading. j. C348, Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength of Hydraulic -Cement Mortars. k. C496/C496M, Standard Test Method for Splitting Tensile Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. 1. C53 1, Standard Test Method for Linear Shrinkage and Coefficient of Thermal Expansion of Chemical -Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer Concretes. m. C596, Standard Test Method for Drying Shrinkage of Mortar Containing Hydraulic Cement. n. C666/C666M, Standard Test Method for Resistance of Concrete to Rapid Freezing and Thawing. o. C882/C882M, Standard Test Method for Bond Strength of Epoxy - Resin Systems Used with Concrete by Slant Shear. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS REPAIR OF VERTICAL AND OVERHEAD CONCRETE SURFACES 0301 32- 1 MARY'S CREEK WRY p. C 1202, Standard Test Method for Electrical Indication of Concrete's Ability to Resist Chloride Ion Penetration. q. C1583/C1583M, Standard Test Method for Tensile Strength of Concrete Surfaces and the Bond Strength or Tensile Strength of Concrete Repair and Overlay Materials by Direct Tension (Pull - off Method). r. D4258, Standard Practice for Surface Cleaning Concrete for Coating. s. D4259, Standard Practice for Abrading Concrete. t. E699, Standard Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Involved in Testing, Quality Assurance, and Evaluating of Building Components. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Abrasive Blasting: Surface preparation method that uses compressed air intermixed with an abrasive medium to clean surface of substrate concrete, exposed steel, and steel reinforcement. Compressed air and abrasive medium is projected at high speed through a nozzle directly at the surface. Method is used to remove corrosion by-products, laitance, or other materials that may inhibit bond of repair concrete. B. Defective Area: As defined in Section 03 30 00, Cast -in -Place Concrete. C. High -Pressure Water Blasting: Sometimes referred to as hydro -demolition. Uses water that may contain an abrasive medium, projected under high pressure and high velocity. Used for demolition, cutting, partial or full depth removal, cleaning, scarifying, or roughening of concrete surfaces, or removing existing coatings, for preparation of substrate concrete surfaces. D. Low -Pressure Spray Mortar: Mortar suitable to be applied by low-pressure spraying, and in small areas may be applied by hand troweling. E. New Concrete: As defined in Section 03 30 00, Cast -in -Place Concrete. F. Rebound: Shotcrete material, mostly aggregates, that bounce off a surface against which shotcrete was projected. G. Shotcrete: Mortar pumped through hose and projected at high velocity. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product data sheets for each material supplied. REPAIR OF VERTICAL AND OVERHEAD PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONCRETE SURFACES MARCH 12, 2026 03 01 32-2 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 2. Drawings supplemented by photographs indicating location, size, estimated quantity, and proposed repair mortar for each repair location in existing concrete. 3. Drawings indicating results of sounding for hollow areas including location, size, and estimated quantity of hollow -sounding areas for each repair location. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Repair Mortar System: Manufacturer's preparation and installation instructions. 2. Written description of equipment proposed for concrete removal and surface preparation. 3. Certificates: a. Shotcrete Nozzleman: Current ACT Certification for each proposed nozzleman. b. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance, in accordance with Section 01 61 00, Common Product Requirements, that proposed repair mortar systems are prepackaged, shrinkage compensated, specially designed for use on vertical and overhead surfaces that are exposed to weather. c. Mortar Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation. 4. Statements of Qualification: a. Repair mortar system applicator. b. Repair mortar system manufacturer's representative. c. Independent Testing Laboratory. 5. Repair mortar system manufacturer's proposed modified test procedures for ASTM C109/C109M, ASTM C882/C882M, and ASTM C 157/C 157M test methods. 6. Field and laboratory test reports. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Repair Mortar System Applicator: a. For Repair System A — Shotcrete Mortar, trained and experienced applicator recognized or certified by repair mortar system manufacturer. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS REPAIR OF VERTICAL AND OVERHEAD CONCRETE SURFACES 030132-3 MARY'S CREEK WRY b. For Repair System B — Low -Pressure Spray Mortar, in lieu of recognition or certification, demonstrate application of repair mortar manufacturer's system and obtain Certification of Proper Installation, in accordance with Article Manufacturer's Services. 2. Repair Mortar System Manufacturer's Representative: Knowledgeable and experienced on technical data and application requirements for specified products. B. Independent Testing Laboratory: Meet criteria stated in ASTM E699. C. Demonstration Mockup for Repair System A — Shotcrete Mortar and Repair System B — Low -Pressure Spray Mortar Repair System: 1. For each noted type of repair mortar system to be used, prepare one demonstration mockup in each vertical and overhead orientation of at least 10 feet by 10 feet with average thickness, and containing reinforcement, representative of area being repaired on Project. Alternatively, a repair area in each vertical and overhead orientation that is representative of areas to be repaired in terms of size, thickness, and reinforcement, may be used for demonstration in lieu of mockups; subject to acceptance by Engineer. 2. Repair Mortar System Manufacturer's Demonstration: a. Schedule time for manufacturer's demonstration of repair system proposed for Project. b. Prepare mortar to specified consistency for testing and placement. c. Cure portions of each type of surface to be repaired using proposed curing procedure and materials, including overhead and vertical applications. d. Prepare surface area in advance of demonstration and obtain manufacturer's acceptance of preparation for each type of application. e. Demonstrate the following: 1) Mixing and application equipment capabilities and procedures, including flow of material from nozzle or sprayer. 2) Nozzle operator and person in charge of low-pressure sprayer, capabilities and ability to follow prescribed application procedures and properly operate equipment and apply surface repair materials. f. Compression Strength Test: Make compression test samples from wet mortar during demonstration placement and deliver to independent testing laboratory for testing at 7 days and 28 days. g. Tensile Bond Test: Test in situ or take a core of demonstration placement and test as specified herein below for tensile bond at 7 days as specified in Paragraph Direct Tension Bond Test. REPAIR OF VERTICAL AND OVERHEAD PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONCRETE SURFACES MARCH 12, 2026 03 01 32-4 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF D. Where Required by Engineer: Demonstration Mockup for Repair System C — Polymer Modified Repair Mortar System: 1. Prepare one demonstration mockup in each vertical and overhead orientation of average size and thickness, and containing reinforcement, representative of area being repaired on Project. Alternatively, a repair area in each vertical and overhead orientation that is representative of areas to be repaired in terms of size, thickness, and reinforcement, may be used for demonstration in lieu of mockups; subject to acceptance by Engineer. 2. Repair Mortar System Manufacturer's Demonstration: a. Schedule time for manufacturer's demonstration of repair system proposed for Project. b. Prepare mortar to specified consistency, for testing and placement. c. Cure portions of each type of surface to be repaired using proposed curing procedure and materials, including overhead and vertical applications. d. Prepare surface area in advance of demonstration and obtain manufacturer's acceptance of preparation for each type of application. e. Demonstrate mixing and application procedures. f. Compression Strength Test: Make compression test samples from wet mortar during demonstration placement and deliver to independent testing laboratory for testing at 7 days and 28 days. g. Tensile Bond Test: Test in situ or take a core of demonstration placement and test for tensile bond at 7 days as specified in Paragraph Direct Tension Bond Test. E. Pre -repair Conference: 1. Required Meeting Attendees: a. Contractor. b. Repair Subcontractor. c. Technical representative for repair material manufacturer. d. Engineer. 2. Schedule and conduct prior to conducting mockups and incorporation of respective products into Project. Notify Engineer of location and time. 3. Agenda shall include, but not limited to: a. Review of field conditions. Conduct field observations of Work to be performed. b. Based on above observations, repair material manufacturer's technical representative shall confirm material selection and make Project -specific repair method recommendations. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS REPAIR OF VERTICAL AND OVERHEAD CONCRETE SURFACES 030132-5 MARY'S CREEK WRY c. Technical representative for repair material manufacturer shall review proposed surface preparation, material application, consolidation, finishing, curing, and protection of repair material from weather conditions. d. Other specified requirements requiring coordination. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Package repair mortar system products in moisture -resistant bags, pails, or moisture -resistant bulk bags. B. Deliver, store, and handle repair materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REPAIR SYSTEM A — SHOTCRETE MORTAR A. Mortar Materials: 1. Blend of selected portland cements, microsilica, and specially graded aggregates and fibers applicable for vertical and overhead surfaces. 2. Materials shall not contain asbestos, chlorides, nitrates, added gypsum, added lime, or high aluminum cements. 3. Noncombustible before and after cure. 4. Furnish in factory proportioned unit. 5. Workability from 1/4 inch in depth and greater. B. Mixed Mortar Properties: 1. Working Time: 5 minutes to 10 minutes. 2. Finishing Time: 10 minutes to 20 minutes. 3. Color: Dark gray. C. Cured Mortar Properties: 1. Compressive strength for 2 -inch cubes in accordance with ASTM C109/C109M, or 3 -inch cubes in accordance with manufacturer's modification to ASTM C 109/C 109M: a. 7 Days: 6,000 psi minimum. b. 28 Days: 7,000 psi minimum. 2. Flexural Strength (Modulus of Rupture), ASTM C78/C78M or ASTM C348 (Modified) at 28 Days: 1,100 psi minimum. 3. Splitting Tensile Strength, ASTM C496/C496M at 28 Days: 400 psi minimum. REPAIR OF VERTICAL AND OVERHEAD CONCRETE SURFACES 03 0132-6 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 4. Chloride Ion Permeability Based on Charge Passed, ASTM C1202: 800 coulombs maximum. 5. Mortar shall not produce a vapor barrier. D. Manufacturers and Products: 1. BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC - Building Systems, Shakopee, MN; MasterEmaco S 211 SP. 2. Sika Corp., Lyndhurst, NJ; SIKACEM 103F. 3. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Eucoshot F Eucoshot with Tuf-Strand SF added per manufacturer's recommendations. 2.02 REPAIR SYSTEM B - LOW-PRESSURE SPRAY MORTAR A. One or two -component, cement based, fiber reinforced, shrinkage compensated, gray in color, with a minimum 30 -minute working time. B. Cured materials mixed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions shall conform to the following criteria: 1. Compressive Strength, ASTM C109/C109M at 28 Days: 6,000 psi minimum. 2. Flexural Strength, ASTM C348 at 28 Days: 1,100 psi minimum. 3. Slant Shear Bond Strength, ASTM C882/C882M Test Method Modified with No Bonding Agent, at 28 Days: 3,000 psi minimum. 4. Splitting Tensile Strength, ASTM C496/C496M at 28 Days: 600 psi minimum. 5. Drying Shrinkage, ASTM C157/C157M Modified at 28 Days or ASTM C531: 0.1 percent maximum. 6. Chloride Ion Permeability Based on Charge Passed, ASTM Cl 202: 1,000coulombs maximum. 7. System shall not produce a vapor barrier. 8. Sprayable, extremely low permeability, sulfate resistant, easy to use and requiring only addition of water. 9. Free of chlorides and other chemicals causing corrosion. C. Manufacturers and Products: 1. BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC - Building Systems, Shakopee, MN; MasterEmaco S 488CI. 2. Sika Corp., Lyndhurst, NJ; SikaRepair 224. 3. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Tamms Structural Mortar. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS REPAIR OF VERTICAL AND OVERHEAD CONCRETE SURFACES 030132-7 MARY'S CREEK WRF 2.03 REPAIR SYSTEM C - POLYMER -MODIFIED REPAIR MORTAR A. Polymer -modified, one- or two -component, cementitious based, chloride resistant, flowable, gray in color, working time of 20 minutes minimum, surface renovation mortar. B. Cured Mortar Properties: 1. Compressive Strength, ASTM C109/C109M at 28 Days: 7,000 psi minimum. 2. Flexural Strength, ASTM C348 at 28 Days: 1,200 psi minimum. 3. Slant Shear Bond Strength, ASTM C882/C882M Test Method Modified with No Bonding Agent at 28 Days: 2,000 psi minimum. 4. Splitting Tensile Strength, ASTM C496/C496M at 28 Days: 500 psi minimum. 5. Drying Shrinkage, ASTM C596 at 28 Days: 0.12 percent maximum. Not required for small repair areas approximately 1 square foot in area or less. 6. Freeze Thaw Resistance, ASTM C666/C666M, at 300 Cycles: 90 percent RDM. 7. Chloride Ion Permeability Based on Charge Passed, ASTM C 1202: 800 coulombs maximum for liquid holding and belowgrade repairs. C. Manufacturers and Products: 1. BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC - Building Systems, Shakopee, MN; MasterEmaco N 300CI. 2. Sika Corp., Lyndhurst, NJ; SikaTop 123 PLUS. 3. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; DuralTop Gel. 2.04 REPAIR SYSTEM D - SITE -MIXED PORTLAND -CEMENT MORTAR A. Mortar Materials: 1. Use same materials as concrete to be repaired with no coarse aggregate, per Section 03 30 00, Cast -in -Place Concrete. Use of 3/8 -inch nominal pea gravel acceptable where repairs are in excess of 1 inch deep. 2. For repairs to exposed concrete, make trial batches to check color compatibility of repair mortar with existing surrounding concrete. 3. When repair is too dark, substitute white portland cement for part of the gray portland cement to produce desired color closely matching color of surrounding concrete. REPAIR OF VERTICAL AND OVERHEAD CONCRETE SURFACES 0301 32-8 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 2.05 WATER A. Clean and free from oil, acid, alkali, organic matter, or other deleterious substances, meeting federal drinking water standards, as specified in Section 03 30 00, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 2.06 REINFORCEMENT A. Deformed Steel Reinforcement: 1. Per Section 03 21 00, Steel Reinforcement. 2. ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60, where welding is not required. 3. ASTM A706/A706M, Grade 60, for steel reinforcement to be welded. B. Mesh Reinforcement: Welded wire fabric flat sheets with spacing of wires and wire size in accordance with ASTM A185/A185M, wire 75 ksi minimum tensile strength per ASTM A82/A82M, [B: and repair mortar system manufacturer's recommendations. C. Tie Wire: 16 -gauge, galvanized. D. Mesh Anchors: 1. Manufacturers and Products: a. Powers Fastening, Inc., Brewster, NY; Tie Wire Version of Power -Stud. b. Hilti Fastener Systems, Tulsa, OK; Kwik Bolt II HHDCA, 1/4 -inch ceiling hanger. 2.07 CEMENTITIOUS BONDING AGENT AND REINFORCEMENT COATING A. Cementitious adhesive, specifically formulated for bonding plastic portland cement concrete or mortar to hardened portland cement concrete. 1. Mixed Bonding Agent Properties: a. Pot Life: 75 minutes to 105 minutes. b. Contact Time: 24 hours. c. Color: Concrete gray. 2. Cured Cementitious Adhesive Properties: a. Splitting Tensile Strength, ASTM C496/C496M at 28 Days: 500 psi minimum. b. Flexural Strength, ASTM C348: 1,000 psi minimum. c. Slant Shear Bond Strength, ASTM C882/C882M at 14 Days: 1) 2 -Hour Open Time: 2,500 psi minimum. 2) 24 -Hour Open Time: 2,000 psi minimum. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS REPAIR OF VERTICAL AND OVERHEAD CONCRETE SURFACES 030132-9 MARY'S CREEK WRF 3. Bonding agent shall not produce a vapor barrier. 4. Compatible with and from same manufacturer as the repair system used. B. Manufacturers and Products: 1. BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC - Building Systems, Shakopee, MN; MasterEmaco P 124. 2. Sika Corp., Lyndhurst, NJ; Sika Armatec 110 EpoCem. 3. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH: Dural Prep AC. 2.08 EVAPORATION RETARDANT A. As specified in Section 03 39 00, Concrete Curing. 2.09 CURING COMPOUND A. As specified in Section 03 39 00, Concrete Curing. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. New Concrete Work: Repair deficiencies in new concrete structures constructed under this Contract with applicable repair system. Refer to Section 03 30 00, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 3.02 APPLICATION A. General: 1. Repair System A: Large areas and number of repair areas. 2. Repair System B: Medium to large areas and number of repair areas. 3. Repair System C: Small and limited areas and number of repair areas. 4. Repair System D: Not used for liquid containment or below grade structures. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Identify unsound and deteriorated concrete by sounding techniques, or as directed by Engineer, and review proposed extent of repair with Engineer. B. Remove unsound, honeycombed, deteriorated, or otherwise defective areas of concrete from work areas. 1. Use 8,000 psi minimum high-pressure water blasting machine as required for Site conditions. REPAIR OF VERTICAL AND OVERHEAD PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONCRETE SURFACES MARCH 12, 2026 03 01 32- 10 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 2. Remove concrete to abrade substrate concrete surfaces to a minimum amplitude roughness of 3/16 inch measured between high and low points with a 3 -foot -long straightedge, in accordance with ASTM D4259. 3. Where fmal surface is required to be flush with existing adjacent surface remove existing concrete depth as required for application of minimum thickness of repair mortar. C. Do not use power -driven jackhammers, chipping hammers, or scabblers unless water blasting is not permitted or practical because of Site conditions, or may cause other damage to equipment or facilities. In such cases where chipping hammers are required, limit size of chipping hammer to 16 pounds or lighter, or use small electric chipping hammer, to reduce formation of micro -fractures in substrate concrete surface. D. Following removal of unsound or deteriorated concrete, check substrate concrete surface by sounding techniques to identify unsound concrete remaining or resulting from use of chipping hammer. E. Remove unsound concrete to satisfaction of Engineer. F. Square edges of patch areas by sawing or chipping to avoid tapered shoulders or featheredges. Avoid cutting embedded steel reinforcement. Roughen polished saw -cut edge by high-pressure water blasting or abrasive blasting. G. Remove concrete adjacent to steel reinforcement to a minimum of 1 -inch clearance around steel reinforcement for application and bonding of new repair mortar to circumference of exposed steel reinforcement if one or more of the following surface conditions exist: 1. 50 percent or more of circumference around steel reinforcement is exposed during concrete removal. 2. 25 percent or more of circumference around steel reinforcement is exposed during concrete removal and corrosion is present to extent that more than 25 percent loss of section has occurred. 3. Otherwise evident that bond between existing concrete and steel reinforcement has been destroyed or has deteriorated as determined by Engineer. H. Clean exposed steel reinforcement of loose rust and concrete splatter per recommendations of repair material manufacturer and in accordance with ASTM D4258. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS REPAIR OF VERTICAL AND OVERHEAD CONCRETE SURFACES 030132-11 MARY'S CREEK WRY I. Keep areas from which concrete has been removed free of dirt, dust, and water blasting waste slurry. Remove laitance and other bond inhibiting contaminants from prepared areas. J. Dampen repair areas at least 6 inches beyond area to receive repair mortar for at least 24 hours to provide saturated surface dry (SSD) condition without standing water at time of application of mortar as required by and in accordance with repair mortar manufacturer's printed instructions. K. Collect and dispose of spent water and concrete debris from removal operations offsite in manner and location acceptable to Owner. 3.04 REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION A. Provide steel reinforcement when reinforcement is not exposed, and when mortar application is more than 3 inches deep, unless otherwise shown on Drawings. B. Install mesh anchors in accordance with mesh manufacturer's instructions. C. Fasten steel reinforcement to mesh anchors with tie wire to prevent from moving during placement of repair mortar. D. Lap reinforcement mesh a minimum of one mesh spacing and securely fasten mesh to mesh anchors, or to reinforcement fastened to mesh anchors, with tie wire at intervals no more than 12 inches to prevent movement during application of repair mortar. 3.05 PROTECTION A. If cementitious coating or bonding agent is used, protect adjacent surfaces from over application. Promptly remove bonding agent applied beyond repair area. B. Protect adjacent surfaces, and equipment, from being damaged by overshooting, rebound, and dust, as applicable for repair mortar system used, from shotcrete mortar or low-pressure spray mortar. 3.06 REPAIR SYSTEM A - SHOTCRETE MORTAR PLACEMENT A. Apply shotcrete mortar in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not reuse rebound materials. C. Apply mortar using dry mix process, in accordance with ACI 506.2. REPAIR OF VERTICAL AND OVERHEAD PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONCRETE SURFACES MARCH 12, 2026 03 01 32- 12 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF D. Shotcrete mortar shall emerge from nozzle in a steady, uninterrupted flow. If flow becomes intermittent, direct flow away from the Work until flow of mortar becomes constant. E. Applied Shotcrete Mortar: Minimum thickness of 1-1/2 inches to 2 inches of cover over existing reinforcement, or to level of surrounding concrete surface, whichever results in thicker coat. F. Nozzle Position: Hold nozzle approximately at right angles to and at a distance from surface in accordance with shotcrete repair mortar system manufacturer's instructions for type of application, nozzle, and air pressure used. G. Steel Reinforcement Encasement: 1. Modify procedure of shooting shotcrete mortar to better direct material around reinforcement bars. 2. Prevent shotcrete mortar from building up on reinforcement steel when shooting on, around, through, and behind steel to eliminate voids. 3. Provide dense void -free encasement of reinforcement steel. H. Shotcreting More than One Layer: In accordance with shotcrete repair mortar system manufacturer's printed instructions. I. Slice off excess material with a wire screed approximately 5 minutes to 10 minutes after initial set. Apply finish to exposed shotcrete mortar surface to match existing surface natural gun finish and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Leave exposed shotcrete mortar surface with natural gun finish. Steel trowel finish when finish coat is not applied. Apply full strength evaporation retardant. K. Rebound Removal: Continuously throughout shotcrete mortar application, remove rebound, sand, and miscellaneous debris, and dispose off Site at an approved disposal facility. L. Cure as specified in Article Curing. 3.07 REPAIR SYSTEM B — LOW-PRESSURE SPRAY MORTAR PLACEMENT A. Mix mortar in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. B. After priming prepared substrate concrete surface per manufacturer's recommendations, apply mortar by low-pressure spraying equipment, unless noted otherwise. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS REPAIR OF VERTICAL AND OVERHEAD CONCRETE SURFACES 030132-13 MARY'S CREEK WRY C. Bonding Agent: 1. Use bonding agent when manufacture required for hand applied areas, in accordance with repair mortar manufacturer's instructions. 2. Application of repair mortar over bonding agent shall be completed within time frame recommended by bonding agent manufacturer. 3. Consult with manufacturer for optimum and minimum acceptable degrees of surface tackiness of coat. D. Work mortar firmly and quickly into repair area. E. Finish repair mortar to match adjacent concrete surface. F. Provide evaporation retardant at full strength. G. Cure as specified in Article Curing. 3.08 REPAIR SYSTEM C - POLYMER -MODIFIED REPAIR MORTAR PLACEMENT A. Mix mortar in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. B. Bond Coat: Apply to prepared substrate concrete surface before application of mortar in accordance with repair mortar manufacturer's printed instructions. Do not apply more bond coat than can be covered with mortar before bond coat dries. Do not retemper bond coat. C. Place mortar by hand or low-pressure spray and trowel to specified surface finish, in accordance with requirements of repair material's printed instructions. D. Finish repair mortar to smooth even surface to match adjacent concrete surface. E. Cure as specified in Article Curing, and in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 3.09 REPAIR SYSTEM D - SITE -MIXED PORTLAND -CEMENT REPAIR MORTAR PLACEMENT A. Prepare mortar to a stiff consistency with no more mixing water necessary for handling and placing. B. Mix site -mixed portland-cement repair mortar in accordance with requirements of ACI 301. REPAIR OF VERTICAL AND OVERHEAD PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONCRETE SURFACES MARCH 12, 2026 03 01 32- 14 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF C. Apply scrub coat of mortar worked into existing substrate surface with a stiff bristled brush. Use of epoxy resin bonding agent is not acceptable. D. Work mortar firmly and quickly into repair area before scrub slurry coat begins to dry. E. Finish repair mortar to match adjacent concrete surface. 3.10 CURING A. Prior to curing, apply water fog to repair mortar system in accordance with repair mortar system manufacturer's printed instructions. B. Cure in accordance with repair mortar manufacturer's printed instructions. C. Where permitted by repair mortar manufacturer's printed instructions, commence water continue water fog curing after repair mortar system application and when curing will not cause erosion of mortar. D. Continuously water fog cure repair mortar system for a period of 7 days. E. Do not cure using curing compound or membrane, unless method is part of repair mortar system manufacturer's printed instructions and approval is obtained from Engineer. F. Cure intermediate layers of repair mortar in accordance with repair mortar manufacturer's printed instructions. G. Where curing compound is permitted by repair mortar system manufacturer, apply curing compound in accordance with Section 03 39 00, Concrete Curing. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Sounding for Hollow Areas: 1. Light hammer tap repaired areas listening for hollow sound to determine areas that have not properly bonded to substrate concrete. 2. Mark hollow areas for removal and replacement. B. Compression Strength Test: 1. Test in accordance with ASTM C 109/Cl 09M, except modified by making samples using repair mortar. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS REPAIR OF VERTICAL AND OVERHEAD CONCRETE SURFACES 030132-15 MARY'S CREEK WRY 2. Obtain production samples of mixed wet mortar materials from nozzle, or mixer, during construction for compliance with Specifications for testing at 7 days, and 28 days. Alternatively, take core samples in accordance with ASTM C42/C42M from applied mortar material for testing at 7 days and 28 days. 3. Provide a minimum of three samples for each 200 square feet of mortar repair, and a minimum of three samples in total, whichever is greater, for testing. 4. Record location where repair mortar is being applied at time production samples are obtained. C. Direct Tension Bond Test: 1. In Situ Bond Testing: Perform tension bond test in accordance with ASTM C1583/C1583M. 2. Record locations on in situ bond tests on each type of applied repair mortar. 3. Laboratory Bond Testing: a. Core two 2 -1/2 -inch or 3 -inch -diameter core drilled samples per ASTM C42/C42M for each 2,000 square feet of repair work for direct tension bond testing. Where total area repaired is less than 2,000 square feet, core two 2 -1/2 -inch or 3 -inch diameter samples for direct tension bond testing. Record locations of core drilled samples extracted from each type of applied repair mortar. b. Cut core samples through cured mortar repair and into base concrete to total depth equal to at least 2.5 times repair mortar thickness. Avoid core drilling through structural element. c. Saw cut core samples after removal to trim base concrete thickness to same thickness as mortar so bond line is at center of prepared core sample. d. Bond core samples to steel plates at each end using epoxy bonding agent. e. Perform tension bond testing using calibrated independent test laboratory equipment and eyebolts or threaded connectors tapped and threaded into baseplate in order that tension load is concentric with center of core sample. f. Bond Strength of Repair Mortar to Substrate Concrete: 300 psi minimum in direct tension without failure or movement. REPAIR OF VERTICAL AND OVERHEAD CONCRETE SURFACES 03 01 32 - 16 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF D. Testing laboratory retained by Contractor will provide the following: 1. Compression Strength Test: a. Testing will follow a "modified" ASTM C 109/C 109M. b. A minimum of three production samples of mixed material will be obtained from each 200square feet of mortar repair, and a minimum of three samples in total, whichever is greater, for testing at 7 days, and 28 days. Alternatively, take core samples in accordance with ASTM C42/C42M from applied mortar material for testing at 7 days and 28 days. c. Record location where repair mortar is being applied at time production samples are obtained. 2. Direct Tension Bond Test: a. Two core samples will be obtained and tested for each 2,000 square feet of repair work. b. Cores will be 2 -1/2 -inch or 3 -inch diameter to a total depth equal to at least 2.5 times repair mortar thickness. c. Bond Strength of Repair Mortar to Substrate Concrete: 300 psi minimum in direct tension without failure or movement. d. Record locations of Bond Tests on each type of applied repair mortar tested. E. Retest mortar repairs that do not meet test requirements. F. Repair and fill holes using same repair mortar where core samples have been removed. 3.12 MORTAR REPAIR FAILED TEST A. Remove and replace unacceptable Work. B. Hollow Sounding Areas: Saw cut hollow sounding areas to a new square edge. Remove unsound mortar repair. Prepare substrate surface and reapply repair mortar as specified herein above. C. Failed Compression Strength Test: Remove affected areas of repair mortar represented by failed compression strength test results. Prepare substrate surface and reapply repair mortar as specified herein above. D. Failed Bond Tests: Remove affected areas of repair mortar represented by failed bond test results. Prepare substrate surface and reapply repair mortar as specified herein above. E. Retest areas where repair mortar was removed and replaced, in accordance with test requirements specified herein above. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 REPAIR OF VERTICAL AND OVERHEAD MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS CONCRETE SURFACES 030132-17 MARY'S CREEK WRF 3.13 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES A. Provide repair mortar system manufacturer's representative at Site to review acceptability of surface preparation, mixing and installation assistance, training of repair mortar system applicators, inspection, and Certification of Proper Installation. 3.14 CLEANING A. Remove overshot shotcrete, Repair System A low-pressure spray, Repair System B site -mixed portland-cement, Repair System D repair mortar and rebound materials as the Work proceeds. Remove waste materials, unsound material from concrete surfaces, material chipped from structure, and water used in preparation of or repair areas, finishing, and curing, and dispose offsite at an approved disposal site. END OF SECTION REPAIR OF VERTICAL AND OVERHEAD CONCRETE SURFACES 03 01 32 - 18 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF SECTION 03 0133 REPAIR OF HORIZONTAL CONCRETE SURFACES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): T277, Standard Method of Test for Electrical Indication of Concrete's Ability to Resist Chloride Ion Penetration. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A82/A82M, Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. b. Al 85/Al 85M, Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete. c. A615/A615M, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. d. A706/A706M, Standard Specification for Low -Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. e. C42/C42M, Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. f. C78/C78M, Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength of Concrete (Using Simple Beam with Third -Point Loading). g. C109/C109M, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2 -in. or [50 -mm] Cube Specimens). h. C157/C157M, Standard Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic -Cement Mortar and Concrete. i. C348, Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength of Hydraulic - Cement Mortars. j. C469, Standard Test Method for Static Modulus of Elasticity and Poisson's Ratio of Concrete in Compression. k. C496/C496M, Standard Test Method for Splitting Tensile Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. 1. C666/C666M, Standard Test Method for Resistance of Concrete to Rapid Freezing and Thawing. m. C779/C779M, Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Horizontal Concrete Surfaces. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS REPAIR OF HORIZONTAL CONCRETE SURFACES 03 01 33- 1 MARY'S CREEK WRY n. C882/C882M, Standard Test Method for Bond Strength of Epoxy - Resin Systems Used with Concrete by Slant Shear. o. C928/C928M, Standard Specification for Packaged, Dry, Rapid - Hardening Cementitious Materials for Concrete Repairs. p. C 1012/C 1012M, Standard Test Method for Length Change of Hydraulic -Cement Mortars Exposed to a Sulfate Solution. q. C 1202, Standard Test Method for Electrical Indication of Concrete's Ability to Resist Chloride Ion Penetration. r. C1583/C1583M, Standard Test Method for Tensile Strength of Concrete Surfaces and the Bond Strength or Tensile Strength of Concrete Repair and Overlay Materials by Direct Tension (Pull - off Method). s. D638, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. t. D695, Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics. u. D4258, Standard Practice for Surface Cleaning Concrete for Coating. v. D4259, Standard Practice for Abrading Concrete. w. E699, Standard Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Involved in Testing, Quality Assurance, and Evaluating of Building Components. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Abrasive Blasting: Surface preparation method that uses compressed air intermixed with an abrasive medium to clean surface of substrate concrete, exposed steel, and steel reinforcement. Compressed air and abrasive medium is projected at high speed through a nozzle directly at the surface. Method is used to remove corrosion by-products, laitance, or other materials that may inhibit bond of repair concrete. B. Defective Area: As defined in Section 03 30 00, Cast -in -Place Concrete. C. High -Pressure Water Blasting (sometimes referred to as hydro -demolition): Uses water that may contain an abrasive medium, projected under high pressure and high velocity. Used for demolition, cutting, partial or full depth removal, cleaning, scarifying, or roughening of concrete surfaces, or removing existing coatings, for preparation of substrate concrete surfaces. D. New Concrete: As defined in Section 03 30 00, Cast -in -Place Concrete. REPAIR OF HORIZONTAL PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONCRETE SURFACES MARCH 12, 2026 03 01 33 -2 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product data sheets for each material supplied. 2. Drawings supplemented by photographs indicating location, size, estimated quantity, and proposed repair mortar system for each repair location in existing concrete. 3. Drawings indicating results of sounding for hollow areas including location, size, and estimated quantity of hollow -sounding areas for each repair location. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Repair Mortar System: Manufacturer's preparation and installation instructions. 2. Written description of equipment proposed for concrete removal and surface preparation. 3. Certificates: a. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance in accordance with Section 01 61 00, Common Product Requirements, that proposed repair mortar systems meet requirements of ASTM C928/C928M. b. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance, in accordance with Section 01 61 00, Common Product Requirements, that repair mortar systems are prepackaged, shrinkage compensated, specially designed for use on horizontal surfaces that are exposed to weather and receive traffic. c. Mortar Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation. d. Confirmation epoxy resin bonding agents conform to ASTM C882/C882M. 4. Statements of Qualification: a. Repair mortar system applicator. b. Independent Testing Laboratory. 5. Field and laboratory test results. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Repair Mortar System Applicator: Trained and experienced applicator endorsed by repair mortar system manufacturer. 2. Repair Mortar System Manufacturer's Representative: Knowledgeable and experienced on technical data and application requirements for specified products. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS REPAIR OF HORIZONTAL CONCRETE SURFACES 03 01 33-3 MARY'S CREEK WRY B. Independent Testing Laboratory: Meet criteria stated in ASTM E699. C. Demonstration Mockup for Repair Mortar: D. Pre -repair Conference: 1. Required Meeting Attendees: a. Contractor. b. Repair Subcontractor. c. Technical representative for repair material manufacturer. d. Engineer. 2. Schedule and conduct prior to incorporation of respective products into Project. Notify Engineer of location and time. 3. Agenda shall include, but not limited to: a. Review of field conditions. Conduct field observations of the Work to be performed. b. Based on above observations, repair material manufacturer's technical representative shall confirm material selection and make Project specific repair method recommendations. c. Technical representative for repair material manufacturer shall review proposed surface preparation, material application, consolidation, finishing, curing, and protection of repair material from weather conditions. d. Other specified requirements requiring coordination. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Package repair mortar system products in moisture -resistant bags, pails, or moisture -resistant bulk bags. B. Deliver, store, and handle repair materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REPAIR MORTAR SYSTEM NO. 1 -MAGNESIUM PHOSPHATE REPAIR MORTAR A. One or two -component, magnesium -ammonium -phosphate concrete mortar. B. Compressive Strength, ASTM C109/C109M modified: 1. 1 Hour: 2,000 psi minimum. 2. 3 Hours: 5,000 psi minimum. 3. 1 Day: 6,000 psi minimum. 4. 28 Days: 7,500 psi minimum. REPAIR OF HORIZONTAL PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONCRETE SURFACES MARCH 12, 2026 03 01 33 -4 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF C. Flexural Strength, ASTM C78/C78M Modified (3 -inch by 4 -inch by 16 -inch prism) at 1 Day: 550 psi minimum. D. Modulus of Elasticity, ASTM C469 at 7 Days: 4.18 by 106 psi minimum. E. Freeze -thaw Resistance and Resistance to Deicing Chemicals, ASTM C666/C666M, Procedure A, at 300 Cycles: 80 percent RDM minimum. F. Sulfate Resistance, ASTM C1012/C1012M, Length Change after 52 Weeks: 0.09 percent maximum. G. Application Temperature Range: 20 degrees F to 85 degrees F for normal weather applications 85 degrees F to 100 degrees F for hot weather applications. H. Manufacturers and Products: 1. BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC - Building System, Shakopee, MN; MasterEmaco T 545 T 545HT. 2. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Eucospeed MP Eucospeed MP Hot Weather. 2.02 REPAIR MORTAR SYSTEM NO. 2 -HIGH EARLY STRENGTH REPAIR MORTAR A. One or two -component, fast -setting, high early strength repair mortar. B. Compressive Strength, ASTM C109/C109M: 1. 2 Hours: 1,500 psi minimum. 2. 1 Day: 4,500 psi minimum. 3. 7 Days: 8,000 psi minimum. 4. 28 Days: 9,000 psi minimum. C. Flexural Strength, ASTM C348: 1. 1 Day: 850 psi minimum. 2. 7 Days: 1,000 psi minimum. 3. 28 Days: 1,100 psi minimum. D. Modulus of Elasticity, ASTM C469: 1. 1 Day: 3.8 by 106 psi minimum. 2. 28 Days: 4.5 by 106 psi minimum. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 REPAIR OF HORIZONTAL MARCH 12, 2026 CONCRETE SURFACES ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 03 01 33-5 MARY'S CREEK WRF E. Slant Shear Bond Strength, ASTM C882/C882M (Modified): 1. 1 Day: 2,500 psi minimum. 2. 7 Days: 2,900 psi minimum. 3. 28 Days: 3,100 psi minimum. F. Splitting Tensile Strength, ASTM C496/C496M: 1. 1 Day: 850 psi minimum. 2. 7 Days: 1,200 psi minimum. 3. 28 Days: 1,300 psi minimum. G. Freeze -thaw Resistance, ASTM C666/C666M, Procedure A, at 300 Cycles: 98 percent RDM. H. Chloride Ion Permeability Based on Charge Passed, ASTM C 1202 or AASHTO T277, 28 Days: 960 coulombs maximum. I. Manufacturers and Products: 1. BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC - Building Systems, Shakopee, MN; MasterEmaco T 415. 2. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; VersaSpeed. 2.03 REPAIR MORTAR SYSTEM NO. 3 —SHRINKAGE COMPENSATED REPAIR MORTAR A. One or two -component cement -based, flowable, shrinkage compensated repair mortar system. B. Compressive Strength, ASTM C109/C109M: 1. 1 Day: 2,500 psi minimum. 2. 7 Days: 6,000 psi minimum. 3. 28 Days: 8,000 psi minimum. C. Flexural Strength, ASTM C348 at 28 Days: 770 psi minimum. D. Modulus of Elasticity, ASTM C469 at 28 Days: 5.9 by 106 psi minimum. E. Slant Shear Bond Strength, ASTM C882/C882M Modified: 1. 7 Days: 2,150 psi minimum. 2. 28 Days: 3, 000 psi minimum. REPAIR OF HORIZONTAL PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONCRETE SURFACES MARCH 12, 2026 03 01 33 -6 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF F. Freeze -thaw Resistance, ASTM C666/C666M, Procedure A, at 300 Cycles: 97.0 percent RDM. G. Chloride Ion Permeability Based on Charge Passed, ASTM C1202 at 28 Days: 650 coulombs maximum. H. Sulfate Resistance, ASTM C1012/C1012M after 6 Months: 0.01 percent length change maximum. I. Manufacturers and Products: 1. BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC - Building Systems, Shakopee, MN; MasterEmaco S 466 CI. 2. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Eucocrete Supreme. 2.04 REPAIR MORTAR SYSTEM NO. 4 -METALLIC AGGREGATE REPAIR MORTAR A. One or two -component cement -based, flowable, metallic -aggregate repair mortar system: B. Compressive Strength, ASTM C109/C109M: 1. 1 Day: 5,000 psi minimum. 2. 7 Days: 8,800 psi minimum. 3. 28 Days: 12,000 psi minimum. C. Abrasion Resistance, ASTM C779/C779M, Procedure A: Eight times more wear resistance than plain concrete 0.017 inch maximum. D. Density: 215 pound per cubic foot. E. Manufacturers and Products: 1. BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC - Building Systems, Shakopee, MN; Master T 300. 2. Euclid Chemical Co. (The), Cleveland, OH; Super Euco-Top. 2.05 REPAIR MORTAR SYSTEM NO. 5 -POLYMER MODIFIED REPAIR MORTAR A. One or two -component, fast -setting, polymer modified cementitious based repair mortar system. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 REPAIR OF HORIZONTAL MARCH 12, 2026 CONCRETE SURFACES ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 03 01 33-7 MARY'S CREEK WRY B. Compressive Strength, ASTM C109/C109M: 1. 1 Day: 2,500 psi minimum. 2. 7 Days: 5,000 psi minimum. 3. 28 Days: 7,000 psi minimum. C. Flexural Strength, ASTM C348 at 28 Days: 1,500 psi minimum. D. Slant Shear Bond Strength, ASTM C882/C882M Modified at 28 Days: 2,000 psi minimum. E. Splitting Tensile Strength, ASTM C496/C496M at 28 Days: 600 psi minimum. F. Abrasion Resistance Depth of Wear, ASTM C779/C779M, Procedure A, at 60 Minutes: 0.033 inch maximum. G. Drying Shrinkage, ASTM C 157/Cl 57M Modified, at 28 Days: 0.09 percent maximum. H. Rapid Chloride Ion Permeability Based on Charge Passed, ASTM C1202: 28 Days: Under 850 coulombs maximum. I. Manufacturers and Products: 1. BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC - Building Systems, Shakopee, MN; MasterEmaco T 310 CI. 2. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Duraltop Flowable Mortar. 3. Sika Corp., Lyndhurst, NJ; SikaTop Series. 2.06 WATER A. Clean and free from oil, acid, alkali, organic matter, or other deleterious substances, meeting federal drinking water standards, as specified in Section 03 30 00, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 2.07 REINFORCEMENT A. Deformed Steel reinforcement: 1. Per Section 03 21 00, Steel Reinforcement. 2. ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60, where welding is not required. 3. ASTM A706/A706M, Grade 60, for steel reinforcement to be welded. REPAIR OF HORIZONTAL PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONCRETE SURFACES MARCH 12, 2026 03 01 33 -8 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF B. Mesh Reinforcement: Welded wire fabric flat sheets with spacing of wires and wire size in accordance with ASTM A185/A185M, wire 75 ksi minimum tensile strength per ASTM A82/A82M, and repair mortar system manufacturer's recommendations C. Tie Wire: 16 -gauge, galvanized. D. Mesh Anchors: 1. Manufacturers and Products: a. Powers Fastening, Inc., Brewster, NY; Tie Wire Version of Power -Stud. b. Hilti Fastener Systems, Tulsa, OK; Kwik Bolt II HHDCA, 1/4 -inch ceiling hanger. 2.08 CEMENTITIOUS BONDING AGENT AND REINFORCEMENT COATING A. Cementitious adhesive, specifically formulated for bonding plastic portland cement concrete or mortar to hardened portland cement concrete. 1. Mixed Bonding Agent Properties: a. Pot Life: 75 minutes to 105 minutes. b. Contact Time: 24 hours. c. Color: Concrete gray. 2. Cured Cementitious Adhesive Properties: a. Splitting Tensile Strength, ASTM C496/C496M at 28 Days: 600 psi minimum. b. Flexural Strength, ASTM C348: 1,000 psi minimum. c. Slant Shear Bond Strength, ASTM C882/C882M: 1) 2 -Hour Open Time: 2,500 psi minimum. 2) 24 -Hour Open Time: 2,000 psi minimum. 3. Bonding agent shall not produce a vapor barrier. 4. Compatible with, and from same manufacturer as the, repair mortar system used. B. Manufacturers and Products: I. BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC - Building Systems, Shakopee, MN; MasterEmaco P 124. 2. Sika Corp., Lyndhurst, NJ; Sika Armatec 110 EpoCem. 3. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Dural Prep AC. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 REPAIR OF HORIZONTAL MARCH 12, 2026 CONCRETE SURFACES ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS 03 01 33-9 MARY'S CREEK WRY 2.09 EPDXY BONDING AGENT A. Two -component, moisture insensitive, 100 percent solids epoxy resin. B. Tensile Strength, ASTM D638, at 14 Days: 4,400 psi minimum. C. Elongation at Break, ASTM D638: 1.49 percent minimum. D. Compressive Strength, ASTM D695, at 28 Days for Application Temperature of 73 Degrees F to 77 Degrees F: 8,000 psi minimum. E. Bond Strength, ASTM C882/C882M, at 14 Days: 1,800 psi minimum. F. Pot Life, at 73 Degrees F to 77 Degrees F: 75 minutes minimum. G. Manufacturers and Products: BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC - Building Systems, Shakopee, MN; MasterEmaco ADH 326 when ambient temperature is 73 degrees F or higher. 2.10 EVAPORATION RETARDANT A. As specified in Section 03 39 00, Concrete Curing. 2.11 CURING COMPOUND A. As specified in Section 03 39 00, Concrete Curing. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. New Concrete Work: Repair deficiencies in new concrete structures constructed under this Contract with applicable repair system. 3.02 APPLICATION A. General: 1. Repair Mortar System No. 1: Patches, joints, and overlays 1/2 inch to 3 inches thick. Return to service in 1 hour. 2. Repair Mortar System No. 2: Patches, joints, or overlays 1/2 inch to 3 inches thick. Return to service in 3 hours to 7 days. 3. Repair Mortar System No. 3: Patches, joints, or overlays 1 inch thick or greater. Return to service in 7 days or more. REPAIR OF HORIZONTAL PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONCRETE SURFACES MARCH 12, 2026 03 01 33 - 10 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 4. Repair Mortar System No. 4: Heavy-duty joints or overlays 2 inches thick or greater. Return to service in 7 days or more. 5. Repair Mortar System No. 5: a. Patches and Overlays: 1/4 inch to 3 inches thick. b. Return to service for foot traffic in 4 hours; wheel traffic in 7 days. c. Working Time: 30 minutes at 70 degrees F. d. Application Temperature Range: 45 degrees F to 90 degrees F. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Identify unsound and deteriorated concrete by sounding techniques, or as directed by Engineer. Review proposed extent of repair with Engineer. B. Remove unsound, deteriorated, or otherwise defective areas of concrete from Work areas. 1. Use 8,000 psi minimum high-pressure water blasting machine, as appropriate to suit Site conditions. 2. Remove concrete to abrade substrate concrete surface to a minimum amplitude roughness of 3/16 inch measured between high and low points with a 3 -foot -long straightedge, in accordance with ASTM D4259. 3. Where final surface is required to be flush with existing adjacent surface, remove existing concrete depth as required for application of minimum thickness of repair mortar. C. Do not use power -driven jackhammers, chipping hammers, scabblers, or scarifiers unless water blasting is not permitted or practical because of Site conditions, or may cause other damage to equipment or facilities. In such cases where chipping hammers are required, limit size of chipping hammer to 16 pounds or lighter, or use small electric chipping hammer, to reduce formation of micro -fractures in substrate concrete surface. D. Following removal of unsound or deteriorated concrete, check substrate concrete surface by sounding techniques to identify unsound concrete remaining or resulting from use of chipping hammer. E. Remove unsound concrete to satisfaction of Engineer. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS REPAIR OF HORIZONTAL CONCRETE SURFACES 03 01 33- 11 MARY'S CREEK WRY F. Square edges of patch areas by sawing or chipping to avoid tapered shoulders or featheredges. Avoid cutting embedded steel reinforcement. Roughen polished saw -cut edge by high-pressure water blasting or abrasive blasting. G. Remove concrete adjacent to steel reinforcement to a minimum of 1 -inch clearance around steel reinforcement for application and bonding of new repair mortar to entire circumference of exposed steel reinforcement if one or more of the following surface conditions exist: 1. 50 percent or more of circumference around steel reinforcement is exposed during concrete removal. 2. 25 percent or more of circumference around steel reinforcement is exposed during concrete removal and corrosion is present to extent that more than 25 percent loss of section has occurred. 3. Otherwise evident that bond between existing concrete and steel reinforcement has been destroyed or has deteriorated as determined by Engineer. H. Clean exposed steel reinforcement of loose rust and concrete splatter per recommendations of repair material manufacturer and in accordance with ASTM D4258. I. Keep areas from which concrete has been removed free of dirt, dust, and water blasting waste slurry. Remove laitance and other bond inhibiting contaminants from prepared areas. J. Preparation of Substrate Concrete Surface in Areas to Receive Repair Mortar System Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 5: Dampen repair areas at least 6 inches beyond area to receive repair mortar for at least 24 hours to provide saturated surface dry (SSD) condition without standing water at time of application of mortar, as required by and in accordance with repair mortar manufacturer's printed instructions. K. Preparation of Substrate Concrete Surface in Areas to Receive Repair Mortar System No. 4 Repair Mortar: Dry, in accordance with material manufacturer's printed instructions. L. Spalled Joints: 1. Saw cut edge 1 inch deep and 6 inches back from old joint. 2. Remove unsound concrete and concrete between saw cut and joint. 3. Place wood or fiber spacer to thickness of joint at joint line. REPAIR OF HORIZONTAL PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONCRETE SURFACES MARCH 12, 2026 03 01 33 - 12 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF M. Overlays: 1. Square cut edges to a minimum of 1/4 inch deep. 2. Do not feather edge area. 3. Perform special preparation recommended by mortar manufacturer. N. Collect and dispose of spent water and concrete debris from removal operations offsite in manner and location acceptable to Owner. 3.04 REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION A. Provide steel reinforcement when steel reinforcement is not exposed and when mortar application is more than 4 inches deep, unless otherwise shown on Drawings. B. Install mesh anchors in accordance with mesh manufacturer's instructions. C. Fasten steel reinforcement to chairs or mesh anchors with tie wire to prevent from moving during placement of repair mortar. D. Lap reinforcement mesh a minimum of one mesh spacing and securely fasten mesh to mesh anchors, or to steel reinforcement fastened to mesh anchors, with tie wire at intervals no more than 12 inches to prevent movement during application of repair mortar. E. Coat exposed new steel reinforcement with cementitious reinforcement coating at the same time as substrate concrete is coated, as specified below, per repair mortar and cementitious reinforcement coating manufacturers' printed instructions. 3.05 PROTECTION A. If cementitious coating or bonding agent is used, protect adjacent surfaces from over application. Promptly remove bonding agent applied beyond repair area. B. Protect adjacent surfaces, and equipment from spillage of repair mortar and dust, as applicable for repair mortar system used. 3.06 PLACEMENT A. Repair Mortar System Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 5: 1. Remove standing and free water from prepared area. 2. Apply bond scrub coat of mortar to prepared surface in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not apply more scrub coat of mortar than can be covered with repair mortar before scrub coat begins drying. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 REPAIR OF HORIZONTAL MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS CONCRETE SURFACES 03 01 33- 13 MARY'S CREEK WRF 3. Immediately place mixed repair mortar into prepared area from one side to the other side. 4. Work material firmly into bottom and sides of patch to ensure a good continuous bond. 5. Level repair mortar and screed to elevation of existing concrete. 6. Finish to same texture as existing concrete around patch. 7. Repair Mortar System No. 5 screed or use self -leveling mixture to obtain a uniform and plane surface. B. Repair Mortar System No. 4: 1. Remove free water from prepared area. 2. Apply bonding agent to prepared surface in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not apply more bonding agent than can be covered with mortar before bonding agent cures, past tacky to the touch. 3. Immediately place mixed repair mortar into prepared area from one side to the other side. 4. Work material firmly into bottom and sides of patch to ensure a good continuous bond. 5. Level repair mortar and screed to elevation of existing concrete. 6. Finish to same texture as existing concrete around patch. C. Joint Repair: 1. Remove joint spacer when repair mortar is hard enough that a pointed trowel will penetrate surface less than 1/2 inch. 2. When repair mortar is cured and ready for use, fill joint in accordance with repair mortar system manufacturer's instructions. 3.07 FINISHING A. Spray full strength evaporation retardant on fresh concrete to prevent rapid drying during hot and windy weather. 3.08 CURING A. Repair Mortar System No. 1: 1. No curing is required. 2. Protect from rain immediately after placing. 3. Liquid -membrane curing compounds or plastic sheeting may be used in accordance with repair mortar manufacturer's instructions to protect the surface from precipitation. 4. Never wet cure. REPAIR OF HORIZONTAL PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONCRETE SURFACES MARCH 12, 2026 03 01 33 - 14 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF B. Repair Mortar System Nos. 2, 3, 4, or 5: Apply curing compound in accordance with Section 03 39 00, Concrete Curing. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Sounding for Hollow Areas: 1. Chain drag or light hammer tap repaired areas listening for hollow sound to determine areas that have not properly bonded to substrate concrete. 2. Mark hollow areas for removal and replacement. B. Compression Strength Test: 1. Test in accordance with ASTM C 109/C109M, except modified by making samples using repair mortar. 2. Obtain production samples of mixed materials from mixer during construction for compliance with Specifications. 3. Provide minimum of three samples for each 200 square feet of mortar repair, and a minimum of three samples in total, whichever is greater for testing. 4. Record location where repair mortar is being applied at time production samples are obtained. C. Direct Tension Bond Test: 1. In Situ Bond Testing: Perform tension bond test in accordance with ASTM C1583/C1583M. 2. Record locations on in situ bond tests on each type of applied repair mortar. 3. Laboratory Bond Testing: a. Core two 2 -1/2 -inch or 3 -inch diameter core drilled samples per ASTM C42/C42M for each 2,000 square feet of repair work for direct tension bond testing. Where total area repaired is less than 2,000 square feet, core two 2 -1/2 -inch or 3 -inch diameter samples for direct tension bond testing. Record locations of core drilled samples extracted from each type of applied repair mortar. b. Cut core samples through cured mortar repair and into base concrete to total depth equal to at least 2.5 times repair mortar thickness. c. Saw cut core samples after removal to trim base concrete thickness to same thickness as mortar so bond line is at center of prepared core sample. d. Bond core samples to steel plates at each end using epoxy bonding agent. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 REPAIR OF HORIZONTAL MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS CONCRETE SURFACES 03 01 33- 15 MARY'S CREEK WRY e. Perform tension bond testing using calibrated independent test laboratory equipment and eyebolts or threaded connectors tapped and threaded into baseplate in order that tension load is concentric with the center of the core sample. f. Bond Strength of Repair Mortar to Substrate Concrete: 300 psi minimum in direct tension without failure or movement. D. Testing laboratory retained by Contractor will provide the following: 1. Compression Strength Test: a. Testing will follow a "modified" ASTM C 109/C 109M. b. A minimum of three production samples of mixed material will be obtained from each 200 square feet of mortar repair, and a minimum of three samples in total, whichever is greater, for testing at 7 days, and 28 days. Alternatively, take core samples in accordance with ASTM C42/C42M from applied mortar material for testing at 7 days, and 28 days. c. Record location where repair mortar is being applied at time production samples are obtained. 2. Direct Tension Bond Test: a. Two core samples will be obtained and tested for each 2,000 square feet of repair work. b. Cores will be 2 -1/2 -inch or 3 -inch diameter to a total depth equal to at least 2.5 times repair mortar thickness. c. Bond Strength of Repair Mortar to Substrate Concrete: 300 psi minimum in direct tension without failure or movement. d. Record locations of bond tests on each type of applied repair mortar tested. E. Retest mortar repairs that do not meet test requirements. F. Repair and fill holes using same repair mortar where core samples have been removed. 3.10 MORTAR REPAIR FAILED TEST A. Remove and replace unacceptable Work. B. Hollow Sounding Areas: Saw cut hollow sounding areas to a new square edge, remove unsound mortar repair. Prepare substrate surface and reapply repair mortar as specified herein above. C. Failed Compression Strength Test: Remove affected areas of repair mortar represented by failed compression strength test results. Prepare substrate surface and reapply repair mortar as specified herein above. REPAIR OF HORIZONTAL PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONCRETE SURFACES MARCH 12, 2026 03 01 33 - 16 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF D. Failed Bond Tests: Remove affected areas of repair mortar represented by failed bond test results. Prepare substrate surface and reapply repair mortar as specified herein above. E. Retest areas where repair mortar was removed and replaced, in accordance with test requirements specified herein above. 3.11 MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES A. Provide mortar manufacturer's representative at Site to advice on product selection, review acceptability of surface preparation, mixing and installation assistance, inspection, and Certification of Proper Installation. 3.12 CLEANING A. Remove excess repair mortar materials as the Work proceeds. Remove waste materials, unsound material from concrete surfaces, material chipped from structure, and water used in preparation of repair areas, finishing, and curing, and dispose offsite at approved disposal site. END OF SECTION PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS REPAIR OF HORIZONTAL CONCRETE SURFACES 03 01 33- 17 MARY'S CREEK WRF SECTION 03 10 00 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. 117, Specification for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. a. 350.5, Specifications for Environmental Concrete Structures. b. 350, Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Architectural Concrete: See definition in Section 03 30 00, Cast -in -Place Concrete. B. Defective Areas: See definition in Section 03 30 00, Cast -in -Place Concrete. C. Exposed Concrete: See definition in Section 03 30 00, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 1.03 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design formwork in accordance with ACI 350.5 and ACI 350 to provide concrete finishes specified in Section 03 30 00, Cast -in -Place Concrete. B. Unless otherwise specified, limit deflection of facing materials for concrete surfaces to comply with ACI 350.5. Limit deflection of facing materials to comply with tolerance limits established by Contract Documents and with tolerances required by equipment manufacturers. Coordinate tolerance requirements with equipment manufacturers. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Formwork drawings signed and sealed by a licensed professional engineer in the state of the Project. b. Layout of panel joints. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES MARCH 12, 2026 03 10 00 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRY 2. Product Data: a. Form release agent. b. Form ties. c. Products to be used for sealing tie holes. 3. Samples: One each as follows: Form ties. B. Informational Submittals: Statement of qualifications for formwork designer. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Formwork Designer: Formwork, falsework, and shoring design shall be designed by an engineer licensed in the state of Project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORM MATERIALS A. Wall Forms and Underside of Slabs and Beams: 1. Materials: Plywood, hard plastic finished plywood, overlaid waterproof particle board, or steel in "new and undamaged" condition, of sufficient strength and surface smoothness to produce specified finish. 2. Where steel forms are used, treat steel surfaces to prevent rusting using products approved for use on steel forms. 3. Circular Structure: a. Wall forms shall conform to circular shape of structure. b. Straight panels may be substituted for circular forms provided panels do not exceed 2 feet in horizontal width and angular deflection is no greater than 3-1/2 degrees per joint. B. Column Forms: 1. Rectangular Columns: As specified for walls. 2. Circular Columns: Fabricated steel or fiber -reinforced plastic with bolted sections or spirally wound laminated fiber form. Internally treat with release agent for full height of column. C. Sandblasted Surface Forms: Medium -density overlay plywood for flat concrete surfaces to be sandblasted. D. Painted Surface Forms: High -density overlay plywood for flat concrete surfaces to be painted. E. All Other Forms: Materials as specified for wall forms. CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 10 00 - 2 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Form Release Agent: 1. Material: a. Shall not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces. b. Shall not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces when applied to forms. c. Ready -to -use water based material formulated to reduce or eliminate surface imperfections. d. Contain no mineral oil or organic solvents. 2. Manufacturers and Products: Not for surfaces exposed to potable water. a. BASF, Shakopee, MN; MBT MasterFinish RL 211. b. Cresset Chemical Company; Crete -Lease 20-VOC-Xtra. B. Rustication Grooves and Beveled Edge Corner Strips: Nonabsorbent material, compatible with form surface, fully sealed on all sides prohibiting loss of paste or water between the two surfaces. C. Form Snap -Ties: 1. Material: Steel. 2. Spreader Inserts: a. Conical or spherical type. b. Design to maintain positive contact with forming material. c. Furnish units that will leave no metal closer than 1.5 inches to concrete surface when forms, inserts, and tie ends are removed. 3. Wire ties not permitted. 4. Flat bar ties for panel forms; furnish plastic or rubber inserts with minimum 1.5 -inch depth and sufficient dimensions to permit patching of tie hole. D. Form Snap -Ties with Water Stop: 1. For water -holding structures, basements, pipe galleries, and accessible spaces below finish grade, furnish one of the following: a. Integral steel water stop 0.103 -inch thick and 0.625 -inch diameter tightly and continuously welded to tie. b. Neoprene water stop 3/16 -inch thick and 15/16 -inch diameter whose center hole is one-half diameter of tie, or molded plastic water stop of comparable size. c. Orient water stop perpendicular to tie and symmetrical about center of tie. d. Design ties to prevent rotation or disturbance of center portion of tie during removal of ends and to prevent water leaking along tie. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES MARCH 12, 2026 03 10 00 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF E. Through -Bolts: 1. At Contractor's option, may be used as alternate to form snap -tie or form snap -tie with water stop. 2. Tapered minimum 1 -inch diameter at smallest end. 3. Elastic Vinyl Plug for Through -Bolt Tie Holes: a. Design and size of plug to allow insertion with tool to enable plug to elongate and return to original length and diameter upon removal; forms watertight seal. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Dayton Superior, Miamisburg, OH; A58 Sure Plug. 2) Greenstreak Group, Inc., St Louis, MO; X -Plug. PART 3 3.01 EXECUTION FORM SURFACE PREPARATION A. Prior to coating surface, thoroughly clean form surfaces that will be in contact with concrete or that have been in contact with previously cast concrete, dirt, and other surface contaminants. B. Exposed Wood Forms in Contact with Concrete: Apply form release agent as recommended by manufacturer. C. Steel Forms: Apply form release agent as soon as they are cleaned to prevent discoloration of concrete from rust. 3.02 ERECTION A. General: In accordance with ACI 301, unless otherwise specified. B. Beveled Edges (Chamfer): 1. Form 3/4 -inch bevels at concrete edges, unless otherwise shown. 2. Where beveled edges on existing adjacent structures are other than 3/4 inch, obtain Engineer's approval of size prior to placement of beveled edge. C. Wall Forms: 1. Do not reuse forms with damaged surfaces. 2. Locate form ties and joints in uninterrupted uniform pattern. 3. Inspect form surfaces prior to installation to ensure conformance with specified tolerances. CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 10 00 - 4 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF D. Curb, Sidewalk, and Driveway Forms: 1. Provide standard steel or wood forms. 2. Set forms to true lines and grades, and securely stake in position. E. Form Tolerances: 1. Provide forms in accordance with ACI 117 and ACI 318, and the following tolerances for finishes specified: a. See the Schedule of Concrete Finishes in Section 03 30 00, Cast -in -Place Concrete, for beam, column, and wall types related to required form tolerances. b. Wall Tolerances: 1) Straight Vertical or Horizontal Wall Surface: Flat planes within tolerance specified. 2) Wall Type W -A: a) Plumb within 1/4 inch in 10 feet or within 1 inch from top to bottom for walls over 40 feet high. b) Depressions in Wall Surface: Maximum 5/16 inch when 10 -foot straightedge is placed on high points in all directions. 3) Wall Type W -B: a) Plumb within 1/8 inch in 10 feet or within 1/2 inch from top to bottom for walls over 40 feet high. b) Depressions in Wall Surface: Maximum 1/8 inch when 10 -foot straightedge is placed on high points in all directions. 4) Thickness: Maximum 1/4 inch minus or 1/2 inch plus from dimension shown. 5) Form Offset: Between adjacent pieces of formwork, facing material shall not exceed 1/8 inch for architectural concrete, otherwise 1/4 inch. c. Beams and Columns Tolerances: 1) Exposed Straight Horizontal and Vertical Surfaces: Flat planes within tolerances specified. 2) Lateral Alignment: a) Centerlines shall be within plus or minus 1/2 inch from dimensions shown. b) At intersections, centerlines shall intersect within plus or minus 1/2 inch of dimensions shown. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES MARCH 12, 2026 03 10 00 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 3) Beam Type B -A: a) Physical Dimensions: Maximum 1/4 inch minus or 1/2 inch plus from dimension shown. b) Elevations: Within plus or minus 1/2 inch, except where tops of beams become part of finished slab. In this case refer to slab tolerances. 4) Column Type C -A: a) Physical Dimensions: Maximum 1/4 inch minus or 1/2 inch plus from dimension shown. b) Plumb within 1/4 inch in 10 feet in all directions with maximum 1/2 inch out -of -plumb at top with respect to bottom. 3.03 FORM REMOVAL A. Nonsupporting forms, sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of Work, may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 degrees F for 24 hours from time of concrete placement if: 1. Concrete is sufficiently hard so as not to sustain damage by form removal operations. 2. Curing and protection operations are maintained. B. Elevated Structural Slabs or Beams: In accordance with ACT 318, Chapter 6, and at such time as concrete has reached compressive strength equal to 80 percent of specified 28 -day compressive strength as determined by test cylinders. C. Form Ties: Remove conical inserts or through bolts and plug holes as specified in Section 03 30 00, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner -Furnished Quality Assurance, in accordance with IBC Chapter 17 requirements, is provided in Statement of Special Inspections Plan on Drawings. Contractor responsibilities and related information are included in Section 01 45 33, Special Inspection, Observation, and Testing. B. Contractor -Furnished Quality Control: Inspection and testing as required in Section 01 45 16.13, Contractor Quality Control. END OF SECTION CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 10 00 - 6 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF SECTION 03 15 00 CONCRETE JOINTS AND ACCESSORIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A36/A36M, Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. b. A615/A615M, Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. c. A653/A653M, Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process. d. A767/A767M, Specification for Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. e. C920, Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. f. D226, Specification for Asphalt -Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing. g. D227, Specification for Coal -Tar Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing. h. D994, Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type). i. D 1056, Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials —Sponge or Expanded Rubber. j. D1171, Standard Guide for Evaluating Nonwoven Fabrics. k. D1751, Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). 1. Dl 752, Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. m. D2240, Standard Test Method for Rubber Property — Durometer Hardness. 2. Corps of Engineers (COE): CRD-C-572, Corps of Engineers Specifications for Polyvinylchloride Waterstop. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS CONCRETE JOINTS AND ACCESSORIES 03 1500- 1 MARY'S CREEK WRF 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Waterstop: Details of splices, method of securing and supporting waterstop in forms to maintain proper orientation and location during concrete placement. b. Construction Joints, Expansion Joints, and Control Joints: Layout and location for each type. Include joint locations shown on Drawings, additional required joint locations, and any proposed alternate locations. 2. Product Data: a. Waterstops. b. Bond breaker. c. Premolded joint fillers. d. Pourable joint fillers. e. Preformed control joints. f. Epoxy -coated dowels. g. Roofing felt. h. Accessories not specified in other sections. 3. Samples: PVC waterstop splice, joint, and fabricated cross of each size, shape, and fitting of waterstop. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Certification: a. Joint Filler(s) for Aeration: Certificate of conformance for oxygen content provided in facility process. b. Letter stating compatibility between liquids being contained and materials used for: 1) Waterstops. 2) Joint fillers. c. Manufacturer's application instructions for: 1) Bonding agent. 2) Bond breaker. 2. Manufacturer's written instructions for product shipment, storage, handling, installation/application, and repair for: a. Waterstops. b. Bond breaker. c. Bonding agent. d. Premolded joint fillers. e. Pourable joint fillers (sealant proportions not required as products used only as a filler). f. Preformed control joints. CONCRETE JOINTS AND ACCESSORIES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 15 00 - 2 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Acceptance at Site: Verify delivered materials are in accordance with Specifications, regulatory agencies, and Manufacturer's product data sheets prior to unloading and storing onsite. B. Storage: Store materials under tarps to protect from oil, dirt, and sunlight or as required by Manufacturer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 THERMOPLASTIC VULCANIZATE (TPV) OR THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMERIC RUBBER (TPER) WATERSTOP A. Extruded from thermoplastic vulcanizate rubber compound. Compound shall not contain scrapped material, reclaimed material, or pigment. B. Shore Durometer Type A Hardness: Approximately 85. C. Ozone Resistance: Per ASTM D1171, must pass at 600 pphm. D. Type Required in Expansion, Contraction, and Control Joints: 6 inches wide or 9 inches wide with center bulb and parallel longitudinal ribs or protrusions on each side of strip center, as indicated on the Drawings. E. Type Required in Construction Joints: Flat ribbed with same dimensional properties as described above. F. Thickness: Constant from bulb edge (or center of waterstop) to outside stop edge. G. Factory Fabrications: Use only factory fabrications for intersections, transitions, and changes of direction. H. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, NJ; (TPE-R), Envirostop 600 Series. 2. Vinylex, St. Louis, MO; Model VRB6316 (6 inches by 3/8 inch) and VRB9316 (9 inches by 3/8 inch). 2.02 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) WATERSTOP A. Extruded from elastomeric plastic compound of which basic resin shall be prime virgin polyvinyl chloride (PVC). Compound shall not contain scrapped material, reclaimed material, or pigment. B. Specific Gravity: Approximately 1.37. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONCRETE JOINTS AND ACCESSORIES MARCH 12, 2026 03 15 00 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF C. Shore Durometer Type A Hardness: Approximately 80. D. Performance Requirements: COE Specification CRD-C-572. E. Type Required in Expansion Joints: Where waterstop is indicated on Drawings, provide 9 inches wide with center bulb and parallel longitudinal ribs or protrusions on each side of strip center. F. Type Required in Contraction and Control Joints: Where waterstop is indicated on the Drawings, provide 6 inches wide or 9 inches wide with center bulb and parallel longitudinal ribs or protrusions on each side of strip center. G. Type Required in Construction Joints: Where waterstop is indicated on Drawings, provide flat ribbed, 6 inches wide or 9 inches wide with parallel longitudinal ribs or protrusions on each side of strip center. Center bulb is optional. H. Corrugated or tapered type waterstops are not acceptable. I. Thickness: Constant from bulb edge (or center of waterstop) to outside stop edge. J. Minimum Weight per Foot of Waterstop: 1. 1.60 pounds for 3/8 inch by 6 inches. 2. 2.30 pounds for 3/8 inch by 9 inches. K. Factory Fabrications: Use only factory fabrications for intersections, transitions, and changes of direction. L. Manufacturers and Products for Center Bulb Type: Use same manufacturers for flat ribbed profile: a. Vinylex Corp., St. Louis, MO; No. RB638H (6 inches by 3/8 inch) and No. RB938H (9 inches by 3/8 inch). b. Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, NJ; Style 732 (6 inches by 3/8 inch) and Style 735 (9 inches by 3/8 inch). c. Durajoint, Garrettsville, OH; Type 9 (6 inches by 3/8 inch), and Type 10 (9 inches by 3/8 inch). d. JP Specialties, Inc., Murrieta, CA; PVC638 (6 inches by 3/8 inch ribbed center bulb), and PVC938 (9 inches by 3/8 inch). e. BoMetals, Carrollton, GA; No. RCB-638LB (6 inches by 3/8 inch) and No. RCB-938NT (9 inches by 3/8 inch). f. Dacon Plastics LLC, Jacksonville, TX; No. RCB 17 (6 inches by 3/8 inch) and No. RCB 18 (9 inches by 3/8 inch). CONCRETE JOINTS AND ACCESSORIES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 15 00 - 4 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 2.03 WIRE LOOPED PLASTIC WATERSTOP A. Furnish as alternative to plastic waterstops. B. Same material and geometry as plastic waterstops. C. Furnish with continuous galvanized wire looping at edge for convenience in positioning and securing stop in place in forms. D. Manufacturer and Product: Paul Murphy Plastics, Roseville, MI; "Wire Stop Waterstop"; geometry numbers ACR 6380, ACR 9380, as shown on Paul Murphy Plastics Co. Drawing No. CCP-120-12M. 2.04 HYDROPHILIC WATERSTOP A. For use at construction joints only, where new concrete is placed against existing concrete and as shown on the Drawings. B. Material shall be a nonbentonite hydrophilic rubber compound. C. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, NJ; Hydrotite CJ -1020-2K with Leakmaster LV- 1 adhesive and sealant. 2. Adeka Ultra Seal, OCM Inc., Grayslake, IL; MC -2010M with 3M-2141 adhesive and P-201 sealant. 3. JP Specialties, Inc., Murrieta, CA; Type NB 190 Profile A with Type NB 190 Waterstop Paste and NB 190 Waterstop Adhesive sealant. 2.05 INJECTION -TYPE WATERSTOP A. Re -injectable waterstop hose system for use where shown on the Drawings. B. Re -injectable Water Stop Hose: 1. Contain discharge openings to allow for disbursement of an injection material into expansion joint. 2. Discharge openings designed to be sealed tight during concreting operation to prevent entry of mixing water and cement slurry. 3. Allows free and uniform discharge of injection material over entire length of hose during injection process. 4. Able to be internally cleaned by using water and vacuum pressure. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS CONCRETE JOINTS AND ACCESSORIES 031500-5 MARY'S CREEK WRF C. Injection Material: Hydrophilic or hydrophobic resin grout for use in expansion joints as recommended by re -injectable waterstop hose manufacturer. D. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Sika, Lyndhurst, NJ; SikaFuko VT Injection Hose System with Sika Inject 306. 2. GCP Applied Technologies, Cambridge, MA; TRIOject Injection Hose System with Hydro Active Grout. 2.06 SPLIT FACE PVC WATERSTOP A. Material: See Article Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Waterstop. B. Splice face PVC waterstop are for vertical applications only, where no directional changes or intersections will be required. C. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Vinylex Corp., St Louis, MO; No. RBB638 (6 inches by 3/8 inch) and No. RBB938 (9 inches by 3/8 inch). 2. Greenstreak, St. Louis, MO; Style 724 (6 inches by 3/8 inch) and Style 653 (9 inches by 3/8 inch). 3. Dacon Plastics LLC, Jacksonville, TX; No. SR15 (6 inches by 3/8 inch). 2.07 RETROFIT PVC WATERSTOP A. Material: See Article Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Waterstop. B. Factory Fabrications: Use only factory fabrications for intersections, transitions, and changes of direction. C. Stainless Steel Batten Bar: AISI Type 304. Size and configuration in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Vinylex Corp., St Louis, MO; No. RET638 (6 inches by 3/8 inch) and No. RET912 (9 inches by 3/8 inch). 2. Greenstreak, St. Louis, MO; Style 609 (6 inches by 3/8 inch) and Style 667 (9 inches by 1/2 inch). 3. BoMetals, Carrollton, GA; No. RF-912 (9 inches by 1/2 inch). CONCRETE JOINTS AND ACCESSORIES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 15 00 - 6 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 2.08 BOND BREAKER A. Tape for Joints: Adhesive -backed glazed butyl or polyethylene tape. Same width as joint that will adhere to premolded joint material or concrete surface. B. Use bond prevention material as specified in Section 03 30 00, Cast -in -Place Concrete, except where bond breaker tape is specifically called for on Drawings. 2.09 PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER A. Bituminous Type: ASTM D994 or ASTM Dl 751. B. Sponge Rubber: 1. Neoprene, closed cell, expanded; ASTM D1056, Type 2C5, with compression deflection, 25 percent deflection (limits), 119 kPa to 168 kPa (17 psi to 24 psi) minimum. Use in joints for potable and nonpotable water containment structures. 2. Manufacturer and Product: Monmouth Rubber and Plastics, Corp, Long Branch, NJ; Durafoam DK5151. C. Self -Expanding Cork: 1. ASTM D1752, Type III. 2. Manufacturer and Product: WR Meadows, Inc., York, PA; self -expanding cork. 2.10 BUILDING PREFORMED CONTROL JOINT A. One -Piece, Flexible, Polyvinyl Chloride Joint Former: 1. Manufacturer and Product: WR Meadows, Inc., Hampshire, IL; Keyway. B. One -Piece Galvanized Steel Strip with Preformed Groove: 1. Manufacturer and Product: BoMetals, Inc. Carrollton, GA; QuickKey or ProKey Joint. C. Furnish in full-length, unspliced pieces. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONCRETE JOINTS AND ACCESSORIES MARCH 12, 2026 03 15 00 - 7 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 2.11 POURABLE JOINT FILLERS A. General: Although product is a sealant, it is being specified as a filler to prevent debris accumulation and allow expansion and contraction under shrinkage and thermal loads. It does not need to meet proportional sealant geometry requirements. B. Filler for Potable or Non -Potable Water Containment Structures: 1. Multicomponent sealant, self -leveling, or nonsag as required for level, sloping, or vertical joints. 2. Color: White. 3. Manufacturer and Product: Sika Corp., Lyndhurst, NJ; Sikaflex-2c. 2.12 STEEL EXPANSION JOINT DOWELS A. Dowels: ASTM A36/A36M round smooth steel bars. B. Bar Coating: As specified in Section 09 90 00, Painting and Coating, with factory -applied epoxy coating and factory or field applied lubrication coating. 2.13 ACCESSORIES A. Joint Sealant: Polyurethane as specified in Section 07 92 00, Joint Sealants. B. One -Part Polyurethane, Immersible: 1. Polyurethane base, single -component, moisture curing; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS or Grade P, Class 25. 2. Capable of being continuously immersed in water. 3. Manufacturers and Products for Nonsag: a. Sika Chemical Corp.; Sikaflex-la. b. Tremco; Vulkem 116. 4. Manufacturers and Products for Self -leveling: a. BASF; Sonneborn, SL -1. b. Tremco; Vulkem 45. c. Sika Chemical Corp.; Sikaflex lc SL. C. Roofing Felt: ASTM D226, Type II, 30 -pound asphalt -saturated or equal weight of ASTM D227 coal -tar saturated felt. D. Steel Reinforcement: As specified in Section 03 21 00, Steel Reinforcement. E. Nails: Galvanized, as required for securing premolded joint filler. CONCRETE JOINTS AND ACCESSORIES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 15 00 - 8 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF F. Galvanized Rebar at Control Joints: ASTM A767/A767M and ASTM A615/A615M Grade 60 prior to galvanizing. G. Ties for PVC Waterstop: "Hog Rings" or grommets for each edge at 12 -inch maximum spacing. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Commence concrete placement after joint preparation is complete. B. Time Between Concrete Pours: As specified in Section 03 30 00, Cast -in -Place Concrete. C. Prestressed Reservoir Walls: 1. Horizontal construction joints are not permitted. 2. Vertical joints in addition to those shown may be used; meet design requirements for joints in walls. 3. As specified in Section 03 15 20, Concrete Wall Base and Top Joints. 3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Construction Joints: Clean concrete surface prior to placement of abutting concrete. 1. Remove laitance and spillage from steel reinforcement and dowels. 2. Roughen surface to minimum of 1/4 -inch amplitude: a. Sandblast after concrete has fully cured. b. Water blast after concrete has partially cured. c. Green cut fresh concrete with high-pressure water and hand tools. 3. If present in joint, do not damage waterstop. B. Expansion Joint: 1. Use wire brush or motorized device to mechanically roughen and thoroughly clean concrete surfaces on each side of joint from plastic waterstop to top of joint. 2. Use dry, high-pressure air to remove dust and foreign material, and dry joint. 3. Prime surfaces as required before placing joint filler. 4. If present in joint, do not damage waterstop. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONCRETE JOINTS AND ACCESSORIES MARCH 12, 2026 03 15 00 - 9 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRY C. Construction Joint with Hydrophilic Waterstop: 1. Follow hydrophilic waterstop manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Concrete surface along which waterstop will be installed must be smooth, clean, and dry. Grind concrete as required. 3. Clean debris, dirt, dust, and foreign material from concrete and waterstop surfaces. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF WATERSTOPS A. General: 1. Continuous waterstop shall be installed in all construction joints in walls and slabs of liquid -containing basins and channels and in walls of belowgrade structures, unless specifically noted otherwise. 2. Join waterstop at intersections to provide continuous seal. 3. Center waterstop on joint. 4. Secure waterstop in correct position. Tie waterstop to steel reinforcement using grommets, "Hog Rings," or tiewire at maximum spacing of 12 inches. Do not displace waterstop during concrete placement. 5. Repair or replace damaged waterstop. 6. Place concrete and vibrate to obtain impervious concrete in vicinity of joints. 7. Joints in Footings and Slabs: a. Ensure that space beneath horizontal waterstop is completely filled with concrete. b. During concrete placement, make visual inspection of waterstop area. c. Limit concrete placement to elevation of waterstop in first pass, vibrate concrete under waterstop, lift ribbed waterstop to confirm full consolidation without voids, then place remaining concrete to full height of slab. B. Plastic (PVC) Waterstops: Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Splice in accordance with waterstop manufacturer's written instructions using Teflon -coated thermostatically controlled heating iron at approximately 380 degrees F. a. Allow at least 10 minutes before new splice is pulled or strained in any way. b. Finished splices shall provide cross section that is dense and free of porosity with tensile strength of not less than 80 percent of unspliced materials. CONCRETE JOINTS AND ACCESSORIES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 15 00 - 10 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF c. Use only factory made waterstop fabrications for all intersections, changes of directions and transitions. d. Field splice permitted only for straight butt welds. e. Edge welding not permitted. f. Additional splicing defects which are unacceptable and are cause for rejection: 1) Misalignment of center bulbs and ribs greater than 1/16 inch or where waterstop cross-section is reduced by more than 15 percent. 2) Charred or burnt material. 3. Wire looped plastic waterstop may be substituted for plastic waterstop. C. Thermoplastic Vulcanizate (TPV) and Thermoplastic Elastomer Rubber Waterstop (TPER): 1. Install similar to Plastic Waterstops in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Use only factory made waterstop fabrications for all intersections, changes of directions and transitions. 3. Field splice permitted only for straight butt welds. Use heat butt weld splices. D. Hydrophilic Waterstop: 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Provide minimum of 2-1/2 inches of concrete cover over waterstop. When structure has two layers of steel reinforcement, locate centered between layers of steel or as shown. 3. Apply adhesive to concrete surface and allow to dry for specified time before applying waterstop strip. 4. Lap ends of waterstop strip together at splices and corners and join with sealant. 5. Verify that waterstop is anchored firmly in place before placing concrete. Do not allow vibrator to come into contact with waterstop. 6. Lap hydrophilic waterstop 2 feet minimum with intersecting plastic waterstops. E. Injection -Type Waterstop: 1. Install re -injectable waterstop hose in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONCRETE JOINTS AND ACCESSORIES MARCH 12, 2026 031500-11 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 2. After concrete has been placed and cured for a minimum of 28 days, inject specified injection material into re -injectable waterstop hose in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3. Upon completion of injection process, clean out remaining injection material in hose in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to allow for future injections. F. Split Face PVC Waterstop: Install split face PVC waterstop in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. G. Retrofit PVC Waterstop: 1. Install retrofit PVC waterstop in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Prepare surface of existing concrete in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Apply a bed of epoxy, approximately 1/8 inch thick and slightly wider than waterstop base, to concrete surface. 3. Place the retrofit waterstop in place prior to the curing of the epoxy, securing waterstop with stainless steel batten bars and stainless steel post -installed anchors. Fasten one side at a time, making sure retrofit profile is positioned to eliminate any air pockets or voids between waterstop and existing concrete. 4. Butt splice by thermally fusing the free ends together prior to attaching to wall in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.04 EXPANSION JOINT INSTALLATION A. Premolded Joint Filler: 1. Sufficient in width to completely fill joint space where shown. 2. Install per manufacturer's written instructions. 3. If waterstop is in joint, cut premolded joint filler to butt tightly against waterstop and concrete face. 4. Precut premolded joint filler to required depth at locations where joint filler or sealant is to be applied. 5. Form cavities for joint filler with either precut, premolded joint filler, or smooth removable accurately shaped material. Entire joint above waterstop, in slabs, shall be formed and removed so that entire space down to waterstop can be filled with the pourable joint filler. 6. Vibrate concrete thoroughly along joint form to produce dense, smooth surface. CONCRETE JOINTS AND ACCESSORIES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 15 00 - 12 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF B. Bituminous Type Premolded Joint Filler: 1. Drive nails approximately 1 foot 6 inches on center through filler, prior to installing, to provide anchorage embedment into concrete during concrete placement. 2. Secure premolded joint filler in forms before concrete is placed. 3. Install in walkways, at changes in direction, at intersections, at each side of driveway entrances, and at 45 -foot intervals, maximum. C. Sponge Rubber Joint Filler: Install per manufacturer's written instructions. D. Self -Expanding Cork Premolded Joint Filler: Install per manufacturer's written instructions. E. Pourable Joint Filler: 1. General: a. Install in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions, except as specified below: 1) Apply primer prior to pouring joint filler. 2) Fill entire joint above the waterstop with joint filler as shown. 3) Use masking tape on top of slabs at sides of joints. Clean spillage. Remove masking tape afterwards. 4) Sealant products used as fillers need not meet sealant geometry parameters. Do not use backing rods. F. Steel Expansion Joint Dowels: 1. Install coated and lubricated bars parallel to wall or slab surface and in true horizontal position perpendicular to joint in both plan and section view, to permit joint to expand or contract without bending dowels. 2. Secure dowels tightly in forms with rigid ties. 3. Install steel reinforcement in concrete as shown. 3.05 CONTROL JOINT INSTALLATION A. Locate galvanized steel reinforcement as shown. B. Install waterstop. C. Vibrate concrete thoroughly along the joint form to produce a dense, smooth surface. Do not roughen surface. D. Install bond breaker to concrete surfaces above and below waterstop. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONCRETE JOINTS AND ACCESSORIES MARCH 12, 2026 03 15 00 - 13 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRY 3.06 PREFORMED CONTROL JOINTS A. Use only where specifically shown; do not use in water -holding basins. B. Locate slightly below top of slab. C. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions in straight, full-length pieces. D. Steel Strip Type with Preformed Groove: Brace to withstand pressure of concrete during and after placement using only approved stakes and other secondary installation materials. 3.07 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES A. Provide manufacturer's representative at Site for installation assistance, inspection, and certification of proper installation for products specified. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner -Furnished Quality Assurance, in accordance with IBC Chapter 17 requirements, is provided in the Statement of Special Inspections Plan on the Drawings. Contractor responsibilities and related information are included in Section 01 45 33, Special Inspection, Observation, and Testing. B. Contractor -Furnished Quality Control: Inspection and testing as required in Section 01 45 16.13, Contractor Quality Control. END OF SECTION CONCRETE JOINTS AND ACCESSORIES PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 15 00 - 14 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF SECTION 03 21 00 STEEL REINFORCEMENT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Unless otherwise specified, Work shall conform to requirements of ACI 301-20, Specifications for Concrete Construction. B. Unless otherwise specified, requirements of this section shall comply with requirements for corresponding term in ACI 301. C. Scope: In accordance with 3.1.1 Scope of ACI 301. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Unless otherwise noted, see 1.4 Referenced standards of ACI 301 for referenced standards. B. Additional references include the following: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 301-20, Specifications for Structural Concrete. 2. International Code Council (ICC): Evaluation Services Report. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Unless specified otherwise, in accordance with 3.1.2 Submittals of ACI 301. B. Action Submittals: 1. Unless otherwise specified, comply with the following before fabrication and execution of Work: a. Placing Drawings: In accordance with 3.1.2.1(b) of ACI 301. b. Splices: In accordance with 3.1.2.1(c) of ACI 301. c. Column Dowels: In accordance with 3.1.2.1(e) of ACI 301. d. Field Bending or Straightening: In accordance with 3.1.2.1(f) of ACI 301. e. Field Cutting of Reinforcing Bars: In accordance with 3.1.2.1(h) of ACI 301. f. Welding: In accordance with Section 05 05 23, Welding. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 STEEL REINFORCEMENT MARCH 23, 2026 032100-1 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRY C. Informational Submittals: 1. Reinforcement: In accordance with 3.1.2.1(a) of ACI 301. 2. Mechanical Splicing Systems: a. Data in accordance with 3.1.2.1(d) of ACI 301 and the following: 1) Current ICC Evaluation Services Report or equivalent code agency report listing findings to include acceptance, special inspection requirements, and restrictions. 2) Manufacturer's written instructions for storage, handling, and installation. 3. Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Reinforcement: Written certification in accordance with c 1:10.1 of ASTM A767/A767M. 4. Epoxy -Coated Reinforcement: In accordance with 3.1.2.1(g) of ACI 301. and the following: a. Written certification in accordance with 14.1 of ASTM A775/A775M. b. Written certification in accordance with 15.1 of ASTM A934/A934M. 5. Zinc -Coated and Epoxy Dual -Coated Reinforcement: Written certification in accordance with 14.1 of ASTM A1055/A1055M. 6. Supports: In accordance with 3.1.2.1(i) of ACI 301. 7. Welding: a. In accordance with Section 05 05 23, Welding, and the following: 1) ASTM reinforcing bar specification shall be supplemented to require a report of material properties necessary to conform to requirements in AWS Dl .4/D 1.4M. 8. Test results of field testing. 1.04 MATERIAL STORAGE AND HANDLING A. In accordance with 3.1.3 Material storage and handling of ACI 301. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise specified, in accordance with 3.2.1 Materials of ACI 301 and the following: 1. Steel Reinforcing Bars: a. Unless otherwise specified, in accordance with 3.2.1.1 of ACI 301 and shall conform to ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60 1) Unless otherwise specified in Contract Documents, steel reinforcing bars shall be deformed. STEEL REINFORCEMENT PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 032100-2 MARCH 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 2. Coated Reinforcing Bars: In accordance with 3.2.1.2 of ACI 301 and the following: a. Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Reinforcing Bars: 1) Unless otherwise noted, in accordance with 3.2.1.2(a) of ACI 301, shall conform to ASTM A767/A767M. a) Type of Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615/A615M. b) Grade: 60. c) Unless otherwise specified in Contract Documents, steel reinforcing bars shall be deformed. 2) Epoxy -Coated Reinforcing Bars: a) Unless otherwise noted, in accordance with 3.2.1.2(b) of ACI 301 and shall conform to ASTM A775/A775M and the following: (1) Type of Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615/A615M. (2) Grade: 60. b. Headed Reinforcing Bars: 1) In accordance with 3.2.1.4. of ACI 301 and the following: a) Type of Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615/A615M. b) Grade: 60. c) Reinforcing bars shall be deformed. d) Furnish metal mechanical anchor with internal threads engaging threaded ends of bars. e) Mechanical anchors shall be classified as Class HA per ASTM A970/A970M. f) Manufacturers and Products: (1) nVent LENTON, Solon, OH; D14 nVent LENTON Terminator, or DR14 nVent LENTON Ultimate Terminator Mechanical Anchors. 3. Headed Shear Stud Reinforcement: In accordance with 3.2.1.7 of ACI 301. 4. Reinforcement Supports and Spacers: a. Use precast concrete bar supports or all -plastic bar supports and side form spacers, unless noted otherwise. Do not use other types of supports or spacers. b. Bar supports shall have sufficient strength and stiffness to carry loads without failure, displacement, or significant deformation. Space bar supports so minimum concrete cover is maintained for reinforcing between supports. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 STEEL REINFORCEMENT MARCH 23, 2026 032100-3 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRY c. Use only precast concrete bar supports where concrete surfaces are exposed to weather, earth, water, chloride intrusion, or corrosive chemicals. Bar supports shall be nonconductive and have geometry and bond characteristics that deter movement of moisture from the surface to the reinforcement. d. Precast concrete supports shall have same minimum strength and shall be made from same materials as that of the concrete in which they are to be embedded. Precast concrete supports shall be cast and properly cured for at least 7 days before use and shall have a wire or other device cast into each block for the purpose of attaching them securely to steel reinforcement. e. In Beams, Columns, Walls, and Slabs Exposed to View after Form Removal: Use small precast concrete blocks made of same color as concrete in which they are embedded. All -plastic bar supports and side form spacers may be used, except where surface is exposed as described above. f. Design and fabricate special bar supports for top reinforcing bars in slabs where standard bar supports do not possess necessary geometry, strength, or stiffness. f. Use supports made of dielectric material for epoxy -coated reinforcing bars supported from formwork. g. If epoxy -coated reinforcing is used, furnish epoxy -coated reinforcing bars for spreader bars. h. Plastic Bar Supports: Manufactured by Aztec Concrete Accessories, Bloomington, CA. i. Precast Concrete Supports: 1) Total bond precast, high-performance concrete bar supports as supplied by: Dayton Superior, Miamisburg, OH, Dobies. 5. Tie Wire: a. Unless Otherwise Specified: Black, soft -annealed 16 -gauge wire. b. Epoxy -Coated or Dual Coated Reinforcement: Tie wires coated with epoxy or other polymer. c. Stainless Steel Reinforcement: Stainless steel or plastic -coated tie wires. 6. Mechanical Splices: a. In accordance with 3.2.1.9 of ACI 301 and following: 1) Capable of developing reinforcing in tension or compression. 2) Specific product within system/series shall be certified to comply with ACI 318 Type 2. STEEL REINFORCEMENT PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 032100-4 MARCH 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 3) Shall be configured such that concrete cover over coupler complies with specified minimum cover for steel reinforcement and maintains position of reinforcement within specified placement tolerances. 4) Manufacturers and Products: a) nVent Erico, Solon, OH; Erico CAD WELD. b) nVent LENTON, Solon, OH; Mechanical Splice System. c) Dayton Superior Corporation, Miamisburg, OH; 100 Series through 400 Series. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Unless otherwise specified, fabrication shall be in accordance with 3.2.2 Fabrication of ACI 301. B. Bending: 1. In accordance with 3.2.2.1 of ACI 301 and the following: a. Minimum inside bend diameters are specified in other Contract Documents. b. Minimum finished bend diameters for reinforcing bars that are galvanized before fabricating shall be equal to or greater than those specified in Table 2 of ASTM A767/A767M. C. Welding: 1. Steel reinforcement shall not be welded except for the following welded assemblies produced under factory conditions: Deformed bar anchors. 2. In accordance with 3.2.2.2 of ACI 301, Section 05 05 23, Welding, and the following: Steel Reinforcement: As specified in Article Materials and in accordance with AWS Dl .4/D 1.4M. 3. Proceed with Work only after welding Action Submittals have been approved and Informational Submittals have been accepted. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. In accordance with 3.3.1 Preparation of ACI 301. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS STEEL REINFORCEMENT 032100-5 MARY'S CREEK WRF 3.02 PLACING A. Tolerances: 1. Reinforcing Bars: In accordance with 3.3.2.1 of ACI 301. B. Reinforcement Relocation: In accordance with 3.3.2.2 of ACI 301. C. Concrete Cover: In accordance with requirements specified elsewhere in Contract Documents. 1. Precast nonprestressed or prestressed concrete members manufactured under plant conditions shall have concrete cover for reinforcement in accordance with Section 03 40 00, Precast Concrete. 2. Minimum concrete cover around and over headed reinforcing bars and mechanical anchor assemblies shall equal minimum concrete cover of reinforcement. D. Tying Reinforcing Bars: 1. Unless otherwise specified, reinforcing bars shall be tied as required to maintain position of reinforcing bars within specified tolerances, after concrete has been placed. 2. Tie every other intersection on mats of reinforcing steel made up of No. 3, No. 4, No. 5, and No. 6 bars. E. Reinforcement Around Openings: Unless otherwise specified, provide one half the equivalent area of reinforcing bars interrupted by opening and penetration, on each side, above, and below openings and penetrations. Extend reinforcing bars lap length beyond opening at each end, which shall be calculated based on the minimum net spacing between typical and additional reinforcement. 1. Headed shear stud reinforcement: In accordance with 3.3.2.3(e) of ACI 301. 2. Minimum concrete cover around and above headed shear stud shall equal specified minimum concrete cover of reinforcement. STEEL REINFORCEMENT PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 032100-6 MARCH 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF F. Reinforcement Supports and Spacers: 1. Install reinforcement in accordance with 3.3.2.4 of ACI 301 and the following: a. Bar supports and spacers shall have sufficient strength and stiffness to carry loads without failure, displacement, or significant deformation. Space bar supports so minimum concrete cover is maintained for reinforcing between supports, and location of reinforcement remains within tolerance throughout work. b. Bar supports and spacers in contact with waterproofing barrier or vapor barrier, shall not damage barrier system. c. Place reinforcement supported from ground or mud mat on precast cementitious reinforcement supports. G. Dowels: In accordance with 3.3.2.6 of ACI 301. H. Headed Reinforcing Bars and Mechanical Anchors for Steel Reinforcement: 1. Provide only where shown on the Drawings. 2. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and in accordance with ICC Evaluation Services Report or equivalent code agency report. 3. Maintain position of reinforcement within specified placement tolerances. I. Dowels: In accordance with 3.3.2.6 of ACI 301. Lap Splices, Mechanical Splices, and Development of Reinforcement: In accordance with 3.3.2.7 of ACI 301 and the following: 1. Lap Splice Lengths and Development Lengths of Reinforcing Bars: Refer to other Contract Documents for additional information and requirements. 2. Stagger splices in adjacent bars where indicated. 3. Mechanical Splices: a. Provide mechanical splices where shown on the Drawings. b. Install assembly in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and in accordance with ICC Evaluation Services Report or equivalent code agency report. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 STEEL REINFORCEMENT MARCH23,2026 032100-7 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRY K. Field Bending or Straightening: 1. Unless otherwise specified, steel reinforcement shall not be field bent or straightened. 2. Where field bending and straightening is specified in the Contract Documents, field bending and straightening may be performed only once per reinforcing bar and shall be in accordance with 3.3.2.8 of ACI 301. 3. Unless otherwise specified, bend diameters shall comply with 3.3.2.8(c) of ACI 301. L. Field cutting reinforcement: In accordance with 3.3.2.9 of ACI 301. M. Reinforcement through Movement Joints: In accordance with 3.3.2.10 of ACI 301 and the following: 1. Movement joints include expansion joints and control joints. 2. Smooth dowels may continue through movement joints when unbonded on one side of joint. N. Where reinforcement does not extend through a joint, terminate reinforcement 2 inches from face of joint. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner -Furnished Quality Assurance, in accordance with IBC Chapter 17 requirements, is provided in the Statement of Special Inspections Plan on the Drawings. The Contractor responsibilities and related information are included in Section 01 45 33, Special Inspection, Observation, and Testing. B. Contractor -Furnished Quality Control: Inspection and testing as required in Section 01 45 16.13, Contractor Quality Control. END OF SECTION STEEL REINFORCEMENT PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 032100-8 MARCH 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF SECTION 03 30 00 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Unless otherwise specified, Work must be in accordance with ACI 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete. 1.02 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards that may be referenced in this section: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. 117, Specification for Tolerances for Concrete Construction Materials. b. 301, Specifications for Concrete Construction. c. 305.1, Specification for Hot Weather Concreting. d. 306.1, Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting. e. 350.1, Specification for Tightness Testing of Environmental Engineering Concrete Containment Structures. f. CP- 1, Technical Workbook for Concrete Field Testing Technician — Grade I. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. C31/C31M, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. b. C33/C33M, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. c. C39/C39M, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. d. C94/C94M, Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. e. C143/C143M, Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic - Cement Concrete. f. C138/C138M, Standard Test Method for Density (Unit Weight), Yield, and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete. g. C 150/C 150M, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. h. C 157/C 157M, Standard Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic -Cement Mortar and Concrete. i. C231/C231M, Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. j. C260/C260M, Standard Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. k. C494/C494M, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 1 MARY'S CREEK WRF 1. C595/C595M, Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements. m. C618, Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete. n. C881/C881M, Standard Specification for Epoxy -Resin -Base Bonding Systems for Concrete. o. C979/C979M, Standard Specification for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete. p. C989/C989M, Standard Specification for Slag Cement for Use in Concrete and Mortars. q. C 1017/Cl 017M, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Use in Producing Flowing Concrete. r. C1064/C1064M, 1064M, Standard Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed Hydraulic -Cement Concrete. s. C1074, Standard Practice for Estimating Concrete Strength by the Maturity Method. t. C 1077, Standard Practice for Agencies Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Testing Agency Evaluation. u. C 1218/C 1218M, Standard Test Method for Water -Soluble Chloride in Mortar and Concrete. v. C 1240, Standard Specification for Silica Fume Used in Cementitious Mixtures. w. C 1260, Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali Reactivity of Aggregates (Mortar -Bar Method). x. C1293, Standard Test Method for Determination of Length Change of Concrete Due to Alkali -Silica Reaction. y. C 1567, Standard Test Method for Determining the Potential Alkali -Silica Reactivity of Combinations of Cementitious Materials and Aggregate (Accelerated Mortar -Bar Method). z. ASTM C1581/C1581M, Standard Test Method for Determining Age at Cracking and Induced Tensile Stress Characteristics of Mortar and Concrete under Restrained Shrinkage. aa. C 1582/C 1582M, Standard Specification for Admixtures to Inhibit Chloride -Induced Corrosion of Reinforcing Steel in Concrete. bb. C1583/C1583M, Standard Test Method for Tensile Strength of Concrete Surfaces and the Bond Strength or Tensile Strength of Concrete Repair and Overlay Materials by Direct Tension (Pull -off Method). cc. C 1602/C 1602M, Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. dd. C 1610/C 1610M, Standard Test Method for Static Segregation of Self -Consolidating Concrete Using Column Technique. ee. C1611/C1611M, Standard Test Method for Slump Flow of Self - Consolidating Concrete. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 033000-2 JULY 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF ff. C1621/C1621M, Standard Test Method for Passing Ability of Self - Consolidating Concrete by J -Ring. gg. D4580, Standard Practice for Measuring Delaminations in Concrete Bridge Decks by Sounding. hh. D479 1, Standard Test Method for Flat Particles, Elongated Particles, or Flat and Elongated Particles in Coarse Aggregate. ii. E329, Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection, Testing, or Special Inspection. jj. El 155, Standard Test Method for Determining FF Floor Flatness and FL Floor Levelness Numbers. 3. International Concrete Repair Institute (ICRI): PC 1-10, Concrete Surface Profile Chip Set. 4. National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA). 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Architectural Concrete: Concrete indicated as such in Contract Documents, and requires specified care in selection of concrete materials, forming, placing, and finishing to obtain desired architectural appearance. B. Basin Train: Series of interconnected basins that operate as a unit with same water level. C. Cold Weather: When ambient temperature is below 40 degrees F or is approaching 40 degrees F and falling. D. Defective Area: 1. Surface defects that include honeycomb, rock pockets, indentations, and surface voids greater than 3/16 -inch deep, surface voids greater than 3/4 -inch in diameter, cracks in liquid containment structures and belowgrade habitable spaces that are 0.005 -inch wide and wider, and cracks in other structures with visible leakage or that are 0.010 -inch wide and wider, spalls, chips, embedded debris, sand streaks, mortar leakage from form joints, deviations in formed surface that exceed specified tolerances and include but are not limited to fins, form pop -outs, and other projections. 2. At exposed concrete, defective areas also include texture irregularities, stains, and other color variations that cannot be removed by cleaning. 3. Cold joints. E. Exposed Concrete: Concrete surface that can be seen inside or outside of structure regardless of whether concrete is above water, dry at all times, or can be seen when structure is drained. Surfaces must be considered exposed concrete, even if covered by paint, sealers, or similar applications. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000-3 MARY'S CREEK WRF F. Flat and Elongated Particles of Aggregates: Those particles having a ratio of length to thickness greater than a 5 to 1. G. Hot Weather: As defined in ACI 305.1. H. Hydraulic Structure: Liquid containment structure and below -grade structures. I. Mass Concrete: Concrete sections with a minimum specified dimension that is equal to or greater than 3 feet 0 inches. J. New Concrete: Less than 60 days old. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Mix Designs: a. Contain proportions of materials and admixtures to be used on Project, signed by mix designer. b. Documentation of average strength for each proposed mix design in accordance with ACI 301. c. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance, for the following: 1) Portland cement. 2) Blended cement. 3) Fly ash. 4) Slag cement. 5) Silica fume. 6) Aggregates, including specified class designation for coarse aggregate. 7) Admixtures. 8) Concrete producer has verified compatibility of constituent materials in design mix. d. Test Reports: 1) Cement: Chemical analysis report. 2) Supplementary Cementitious Materials: Chemical analysis report and report of other specified test analyses. 3) Aggregates: a) Deleterious substances in fine aggregate per ASTM C33/C33M, Table 2. b) Deleterious substances in coarse aggregate per ASTM C33/C33M, Table 4. 4) Water -Soluble Chloride -Ion Content in Hardened Concrete: a) One of the following: (1) Test report in accordance with ASTM C1218/C1218M at an age between 28 days and 42 days. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 033000-4 JULY 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF (2) Calculation of water-soluble chloride content based on certified chloride content of each constituent material and proportion of constituent material in concrete mixture. (3) All of the following: (a) Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance that each admixture does not intentionally add chlorides and/or that chloride content of each admixture does not exceed trace amounts. (b) Verification that potable water is used in concrete mix or test data documenting chloride content of water. (c) Letter from concrete supplier stating that fine aggregates and coarse aggregates are from sources that are not known to be susceptible to chlorides in aggregates. 5) Shrinkage Test Results: In accordance with ASTM C157/C157M 157M as modified herein. 6) Resistance to Alkali Silica Reaction: Supporting information for one of the options for mitigating alkali silica reaction listed in Article Concrete Mix Design. Include documentation of test results per applicable standards. 7) Self -consolidating Concrete: a) Passing ability in accordance with ASTM C1621/C1621M. b) Static segregation in accordance with ASTM C 1610/C 1610M. 2. Product Data: a. Admixtures: Manufacturer's catalog cut sheets and product data sheets for each admixture used in proposed mix designs. b. Specified ancillary materials. 3. Detailed plan for curing and protection of concrete placed and cured in cold weather. Details must include, but not be limited to, the following: a. Methods for temperature protection during placement. b. Curing methods to be used during and following protection period. c. Use of strength accelerating admixtures. d. Methods for verification of in -place strength. e. Procedures for measuring and recording concrete temperatures. f. Procedures for preventing drying during dry, windy conditions. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE JULY 23, 2026 033000-5 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 4. Detailed plan for hot weather placements including curing and protection for concrete placed in ambient temperatures over 80 degrees F. Plan must include, but not be limited to, the following: a. Procedures for measuring and recording temperatures of reinforcement and other embedded items prior to concrete placement. b. Use of retarding admixture. c. Methods for controlling temperature of reinforcement and other embedded items and concrete materials before and during placement. d. Types of shading and wind protection to be provided. e. Curing methods, including use of evaporation retardant. f. Procedures for measuring and recording concrete temperatures. g. Procedures for preventing drying during dry, windy conditions. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Preinstallation conference minutes. 2. Manufacturer's application instructions for bonding agent and bond breaker. 3. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance to specified standards: a. Bonding agent. b. Bond breaker. 4. Statement of Qualification: a. Batch Plant: Certification as specified herein. b. Mix designer. c. Installer. d. Testing agency. 5. Field test reports. 6. Thermal Control Plan: For mass concrete sections in accordance with ACT 301 Section 8, Mass Concrete. 7. Recorded temperature data from concrete placement where specified. 8. Liquid tightness test results. 9. Concrete Delivery Tickets: a. For each batch of concrete before unloading at Site. b. In accordance with ASTM C94/C94M, including requirements 14.2.1 through 14.2.10. c. Indicate amount of mixing water withheld and maximum amount that is permitted to be added at Site. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 033000-6 JULY 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Batch Plant: National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA) Program for Certification of Ready -Mixed Concrete Production Facilities or approved equivalent program. 2. Mix Designer: Person responsible for developing concrete mixture proportions certified as NRMCA Concrete Technologist Level 2 or Department of Transportation (DOT) -certified mix designer in jurisdiction of the Work. Requirement may be waived if Mix Designer is a Professional Engineer registered in the state where the Project is located. 3. Testing Agency: Unless otherwise permitted, an independent agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM C1077 and ASTM E329 for testing indicated. a. Where field testing is required of Contractor, personnel conducting field tests must be qualified as ACI Concrete Field -Testing Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-1 or an equivalent certification program. b. Personnel performing laboratory tests must be ACI-certified Concrete Strength Testing Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade I. Testing Agency laboratory supervisor must be an ACI-certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade II. 4. Thermal Control Plan: Shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the state of the Project. B. Preinstallation Conference: 1. Required Meeting Attendees: a. The Contractor, including pumping, placing, and finishing, and curing subcontractors. b. Ready -mix producer. c. Admixture representative. d. Steel reinforcement installer. e. Testing and sampling personnel. f. The Owner and/or the Owner's designee. 2. Schedule and conduct Preinstallation Conference prior to incorporation of respective products into Project. Notify the Owner of location and time. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000-7 MARY'S CREEK WRF 3. Agenda must include: a. Admixture types, dosage, performance, and redosing at Site. b. Mix designs, test of mixes, and Submittals. c. Placement methods, techniques, equipment, consolidation, and form pressures. d. Slump and placement time to maintain slump. e. Finish, curing, and water retention. f. Steel reinforcement details. g. Thermal control plan. h. Protection procedures for weather conditions. i. Other specified requirements requiring coordination. 4. Conference minutes as specified in Section 01 31 19, Project Meetings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Unless otherwise specified, Work must be in accordance with ACI 301. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Cementitious Materials: Cement: a. Portland Cement: Unless otherwise specified, conform to requirements of ASTM C150/C150M. b. Blended Hydraulic Cement: 1) Unless otherwise specified, excluding Type IS (greater than 70), conforming to ASTM C595/C595M. 2) Portland cement used in blended hydraulic cement, conform to requirements of ASTM C150/C150M. c. Furnish from one source. 2. Supplementary Cementitious Materials (SCM): a. Fly Ash (Pozzolan): Class F fly ash in accordance with ASTM C618, except as modified herein: 1) When air -entrainment is specified, fly ash shall comply with uniformity requirements of Table 3 of ASTM C618. b. Slag Cement: In accordance with ASTM C989/C989M, Grade 100 or Grade 120. c. Silica Fume: In accordance with ASTM C 1240. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 033000-8 JULY 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF B. Aggregates: Furnish from one quarry location for each aggregate type used in a mix design. 1. Aggregates: a. In accordance with ACI 301, except as modified herein. b. Free of materials and aggregate types causing popouts, discoloration, staining, or other defects on surface of concrete. c. Aggregates that are susceptible to alkali -carbonate reactions shall not be used. d. Resistance to Alkali Silica Reaction: See Article Concrete Mix Design. 2. Fine Aggregates: a. In accordance with ACI 301, except as modified herein. b. In the event manufactured sand is included in mix design, material must be from same source as coarse aggregate. c. Limit deleterious substances in accordance with ASTM C33/C33M, Table 2 and as follows: 1) Limit material finer than 75-µm (No. 200) sieve to 5 percent mass of total sample. 2) Limit coal and lignite to 1.0 percent. 3. Coarse Aggregate: a. Crushed gravels, crushed stone, or combination of these materials containing no more than 15 percent flat or elongated particles as determined by ASTM D479 1. b. Class designation in accordance with ASTM C33/C33M, Table 4: 4Sunless otherwise specified. c. Limit deleterious substances in accordance with ASTM C33/C33M, Table 4 for specified class designation. C. Admixtures: 1. Characteristics: a. Compatible with other constituents in mix. b. Contain at most, only trace amount chlorides in solution. c. Furnish type of admixture as recommended by manufacturer for anticipated temperature ranges. d. Do not use calcium chloride admixtures. 2. Air -entraining Admixture: ASTM C260/C260M. 3. Water -reducing Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M, Type A or Type D. a. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Master Builders Solutions US, Shakopee, MN; MasterPozzolith Series or MasterPolyheed Series. 2) Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Eucon Series. 3) GCP Applied Technologies., Cambridge, MA; Mira Series. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000-9 MARY'S CREEK WRF 4. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M, Type B. 5. Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M, Type C. 6. Do not use calcium chloride as an admixture. 7. High Range Water -reducing Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M, Type F or Type G. a. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Master Builders Solutions US, Shakopee, MN; MasterGlenium Series or MasterRheobuild 1000. 2) Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Eucon Series or Plastol Series. 3) GCP Applied Technologies, Cambridge, MA; ADVA Series. 8. Viscosity Modifying Admixture (VMA): ASTM C494/C494M, Type S. a. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Master Builders Solutions US, Shakopee, MN; MasterMatrix VMA Series. 2) Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Visctrol. 3) GCP Applied Technologies, Cambridge, MA; V -MAR Series. 9. Shrinkage Reducing Admixture: a. ASTM C494/C494M, Type S. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) BASF Admixtures Inc., Shakopee, MN; MasterLife SRA 035 or MasterLife CRA 007. 2) Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Eucon SRA-XT. 3) GCP Applied Technologies Inc., Cambridge, MA; Eclipse 4500. 10. Shrinkage-reducing/Compensating Admixture: a. ASTM C494/C494M, Type S. b. Designed to provide both of the following characteristics: 1) Expands at a rate that closely compensates for shrinkage of concrete mix. 2) Reduces capillary surface tension of concrete pore water. c. Provides at least 80 percent shrinkage reduction as measured and documented by field performance. d. Formulated for use in freezing and thawing weather. e. Dosage rate and mixing sequence shall be per manufacturer's recommendations. f. Shall have documented performance of ASTM C1581/C1581M, run with concrete (maximum aggregate size not to exceed 0.5 inch): No cracking for minimum 120 days. g. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Premier Construction Products Group, West Conshohocken, PA; PREVent-C Series. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 033000-10 JULY 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 2) "Or -equal" prior to submittal of Bid. a) May be supplied by one product that provides both expansion and pore water surface tension or two separate products each added at dosage recommended by manufacturer's technical data sheets. 11. Crack Reducing Admixture: a. ASTM C494/C494M, Type S. b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Master Builders Solutions US, Shakopee, MN; MasterLife CRA007. 12. Color Pigment: ASTM C979/C979M, inert, synthetic mineral or metaloxide pigments or colored water -reducing admixtures; color stable, free of carbon black, nonfading, and resistant to lime and other alkalis. a. Color: As indicated by manufacturer's designation. D. Water and Ice: Mixing water for concrete and water used to make ice must be potable water unless alternative sources of water are permitted. Water from alternative sources must comply with requirements of ASTM C 1602/Cl 602M, and concentration of chemicals in combined mixing water must be less than: a. Chloride Content: 1,000 ppm. b. Sulfate Content as SO4: 3,000 ppm. c. Alkalis as (Na2O + 0.658 K2O): 600 ppm. d. Total Solids by Mass: Less than 50,000 ppm. 2.03 ANCILLARY MATERIALS A. Bonding Agent: 1. Unless otherwise specified, in accordance with the following: a. ASTM C881/C881M, Type V. b. Two -component, moisture insensitive, 100 percent solids epoxy. c. Consult manufacturer for surface finish, pot life, set time, vertical or horizontal application, and forming restrictions. 2. Manufacturers and Products: a. Master Builders Solutions US, Shakopee, MN; Masterinject 1500. b. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Euco #452 Epoxy System. c. Prime Resins, Conyers, GA; Prime Bond 3000 and 3900 Series. d. Sika Chemical Corp., Lyndhurst, NJ; Sikadur 32 Hi -Mod. B. Bond Breaker: Nonstaining type, providing positive bond prevention. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-11 MARY'S CREEK WRF 2. Manufacturers and Products: a. Dayton Superior Corporation, Miamisburg, OH; Sure Lift J6WB. b. Nox-Crete Products Group, Omaha, NE; Silcoseal Select. C. Repair Material: 1. In accordance with requirements of Section 03 01 32, Repair of Vertical and Overhead Concrete Surfaces. 2. In accordance with requirements of Section 03 01 33, Repair of Horizontal Concrete Surfaces. D. Structural Non -Moving Crack Repair: In accordance with requirements of Section 03 64 23, Crack Repair Epoxy Injection Grouting. E. Moving Crack Repair: In accordance with requirements of Section 03 64 24, Crack Repair Polyurethane Injection Grouting. 2.04 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. General: 1. See supplement at end of this section for mix design requirements for each class of concrete used on Project. 2. Unless otherwise specified, prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, in accordance with requirements of ACI 301. 3. Unless specified otherwise, selection of constituent materials and products in mix design are optional. 4. Use water -reducing admixture or water -reducing admixture and high -range water -reducing admixture for the following: a. Concrete mixtures that will be pumped. b. Concrete mixtures with a water-cementitious materials ratio below 0.50. c. Concrete mixtures used in elements of a liquid -containment structure. d. Concrete mixtures used in columns, piers, pilasters, and walls. e. When needed to achieve fresh properties that facilitate handling, placing, and consolidating of concrete mixtures, and to achieve specified hardened properties. f. When anticipated high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions can adversely affect fresh properties of concrete. Unless otherwise specified, desired fresh properties of concrete must be determined by Contractor and coordinated with concrete producer. Fresh properties of concrete must remain stable to satisfaction of Contractor, for duration of placement and consolidation, and must remain in conformance with requirements of Contract Documents. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 033000-12 JULY 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 6. Concrete producer is encouraged to employ environmentally sustainable concrete mix design technologies such as supplementary cementitious materials and aggregate packing. 7. Color Pigment: Where required in Supplement, add color pigment to concrete mixture according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Proportions: 1. Concrete mixtures must meet specified aesthetic, durability, and strength requirements. 2. Where fly ash is included in mix, minimum fly ash content shall be 15 percent of weight of total cementitious materials. 3. Where silica fume is included in mix, minimum silica fume content shall be 5 percent of weight of total cementitious materials. C. Resistance to Alkali -Silica Reaction: 1. Unless otherwise specified, or unless members are designated as being dry in service and not in contact with ground, or assigned to Exposure Class WO, use one of the three following options for qualifying concrete mixtures to reduce potential of alkali -silica reaction. a. For each aggregate used in concrete, expansion result determined in accordance with ASTM C 1293 must not exceed 0.04 percent at 1 year. b. For each aggregate used in concrete, expansion result of aggregate and cementitious materials combination determined in accordance with ASTM C 1567 must not exceed 0.10 percent at age of 16 days. Submit supporting data for each aggregate showing expansion in excess of 0.10 percent at 16 days when tested in accordance with ASTM C1260. c. Alkali content in concrete (LBA), excluding that from supplementary cementitious materials and the pozzolans and slags in blended cements, must not exceed 4 lb/yd3 for aggregates with expansions more than or equal to 0.04 percent and less than 0.12 percent or 3 lb/yd3 for aggregates with expansions greater than or equal to 0.12 percent and less than 0.24 percent. Reactivity must be determined by testing in accordance with ASTM C1293. Alkali content must be calculated as follows: 1) LBA = (cement content, lb/yd3) x (equivalent alkali content of portland cement in percent/100 percent). PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE JULY 23, 2026 033000-13 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 2. Option 1.c. shall not be used with natural pozzolan or fly ash that has a CaO content greater than 18 percent, or for aggregate with expansion at 1 year greater than or equal to 0.24 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C1293. 3. Fly ash with an alkali content greater than 4.0 percent shall not be used in Option 1.b. or Option l.c. D. Concrete Shrinkage Limits: 1. If shrinkage limits are specified, design mix for the following shrinkage limits and test in accordance with ASTM C 157/C 157M, with the following modifications: a. Prisms shall have 4 -inch square cross section. b. Prisms must be moist cured for 7 days prior to 28 -day drying period. c. Comparator reading at end of 7 -day moist cure must be used as initial length in length change calculation. d. Reported results must be average of three prisms. e. If shrinkage of a specimen departs from average of that test age by more than 0.004 percent, disregard results obtained from that specimen. 2. Results at end of 28 -day drying period shall not exceed 0.040 percent. E. Slump: 1. Unless otherwise specified, select a target slump at point of delivery for concrete mixtures used for Work. Selected target slump shall not exceed 9 inches. 2. Concrete shall not show visible signs of segregation. 3. Target slump indicated on submittal shall be used as basis for acceptance during the Project. 4. Determine slump by ASTM C143/C143M. 5. Slump tolerances shall be in accordance with ACT 117. F. Self -Consolidating Concrete: 1. Unless otherwise specified, select a target slump flow at point of delivery for self -consolidating concrete mixtures. 2. Selected target slump flow shall not exceed 30 inches. 3. Concrete shall not show visible signs of segregation. 4. Target slump flow value indicated on submittal shall be used as basis for acceptance during the Project. 5. Determine slump flow in accordance with ASTM C1611/C1611M. 6. Slump flow tolerances shall be in accordance with ASTM C94/C94M. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 033000-14 JULY 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF G. Size of Coarse Aggregate: 1. Unless otherwise specified, nominal maximum size of coarse aggregate shall not exceed: a. Three -fourths of minimum clear spacing between reinforcement. b. One -fifth of narrowest dimension between sides of forms. c. One-third of thickness of slabs or toppings. H. Combined Gradation Limits: Limits shown are for coarse aggregates and fine aggregates mixed together (combined). Sieve Sizes Combined Gradation Percentage Passing 1-1/2" Max. 1" Max. 3/4" Max. 2" -100 - - 1-1/2" 95-100 -100 - 1" 65-85 90-100 -100 3/4" 55-75 70-90 92-100 1/2" - - 68-86 3/8" 40-55 45-65 57-74 No. 4 30-45 31-47 38-57 No. 8 23-38 23-40 28-46 No.16 16-30 17-35 20-36 No.30 10-20 10-23 14-25 No.50 4-10 2-10 5-14 No.100 0-3 0-3 0-5 No.200 0-2 0-2 0-2 2.05 CONCRETE MIXING A. General: Unless otherwise specified, in accordance with ACT 301. B. Temperature Limits: 1. Maintain concrete temperature below 95 degrees F at time of placement, or furnish test data or other proof that admixtures and mix ingredients do not produce flash set plastic shrinkage, or cracking as a result of heat of hydration. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain fresh concrete temperatures as specified or less. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00- 15 MARY'S CREEK WRF 2. For mass concrete sections, provide documentation that maximum concrete temperature in structure will not exceed 160 degrees F, and maximum temperature differential between center of section and external surfaces of concrete will not exceed 35 degrees F. a. Accelerating admixture may not be used in mass concrete sections unless the thermal control plan specifically addresses the concrete mixtures with the same accelerating admixture, at a dosage equal to or greater than being proposed for the mass concrete. 2.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Source Quality Control Inspection: Engineer must have access to and have right to inspect batch plants, cement mills, and supply facilities of suppliers, manufacturers, and Subcontractors, providing products included in this section. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Unless otherwise specified, in accordance with ACI 301. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Preparation: In accordance with ACI 301 and the following: 1. Where vapor retarder or barrier is required, coordinate subgrade preparation with requirements in Division 07 of Specifications. 2. Provide at least one standby vibrator in operable condition at Site prior to placing concrete. B. Inspection: Notify Engineer and Special Inspector at least 1 full working day in advance before starting to place concrete. C. Mass Concrete: 1. Strength measurement must be representative of in -place concrete within 2 inches of concrete surface. 2. Concrete strength must be verified through correlation of concrete temperature and compressive strengths established by cylinder compressive tests and in accordance with ASTM C 1074. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 033000-16 JULY 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 3. Unless otherwise specified, control concrete temperatures to within specified limits from time concrete is placed until time internal temperature has cooled from its maximum, such that difference between average daily ambient and maximum internal concrete temperature at time of protection removal, is less than specified temperature difference limit. 4. Unless otherwise specified, place one temperature sensor at center of mass of placement and one temperature sensor at a depth 2 inches from center of nearest exterior surface. Place additional sensor at each location to serve as a backup in event that other temperature sensor fails. In addition, provide temperature sensor in shaded location for monitoring ambient onsite temperature. a. Unless otherwise specified, monitor temperatures hourly using electronic sensors capable of measuring temperature from 32 degrees F to 212 degrees F to an accuracy of 2 degrees F. b. Ensure temperature sensors are operational before placing concrete. c. Unless otherwise specified, provide data from sensors to Engineer daily, until requirements are met. d. Compare temperatures and temperature differences with maximum limits specified in Article Temperature Limits every 12 hours, unless otherwise permitted. If either exceeds specified limits, take immediate action as described in accepted thermal control plan to remedy situation. Do not place additional mass concrete until cause of excessive temperature or temperature difference has been identified and corrections are accepted. 3.03 CONCRETE BONDING A. Construction Joints in New Concrete Members: Prepare surface of construction joint as specified in Section 03 15 00, Concrete Joints and Accessories. B. Construction Joints at Existing Concrete: 1. Thoroughly clean and mechanically roughen existing concrete surfaces to a roughness profile range between CSP 7 to CSP 9 when verified by comparison to PC1-10. 2. Saturate surface with water for 24 hours prior to placing new concrete. 3.04 PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE A. Unless otherwise specified, in accordance with ACT 301. B. Placement frequency must be such that lift lines will not be visible in exposed and architectural concrete finishes. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE JULY 23, 2026 033000-17 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF C. Retempering: Not permitted for concrete where cement has partially hydrated. D. Pumping of Concrete: Provide standby pump, conveyor system, crane and concrete bucket, or other system onsite during pumping, for adequate redundancy to ensure completion of concrete placement without cold joints in case of primary placing equipment breakdown. E. Joints in Footings and Slabs with Waterstops (Excluding Hydrophilic and Injection -Type): Verify space beneath plastic waterstop completely fills with concrete and is consolidated along entire length of waterstop. F. Maximum Size of Concrete Placements: 1. Locate expansion, and control, joints where shown on the Drawings. 2. Construction Joints: Locate additional construction joints as follows: a. Where approved in joint location submittal required in Section 03 15 00, Concrete Joints and Accessories. b. Provide vertical construction joints in walls and slabs at maximum spacing of 40 feet, unless shown or approved otherwise. c. When vertical expansion, or control joint spacing does not exceed 60 feet, intermediate construction joints are not required. 3. Should placement sequence result in cold joint located below finished water surface, install waterstop in joint. 3.05 CURING A. In accordance with Section 03 39 00, Concrete Curing, unless otherwise specified. 3.06 REPAIRING CONCRETE A. General: 1. Repair defective areas of concrete. 2. Repair horizontal concrete surfaces in accordance with Section 03 01 33, Repair of Horizontal Concrete Surfaces. 3. Repair vertical and overhead concrete surfaces in accordance with Section 03 01 32, Repair of Vertical and Overhead Concrete Surfaces. 4. Unless otherwise specified, cracks which meet definition of defective area must be repaired by injecting epoxy resin as specified in Section 03 64 23, Epoxy Resin Injection Grouting. 5. Moving cracks deemed as nonstructural by Owner must be repaired by injecting polyurethane resin as specified in Section 03 64 24, Polyurethane Injection Grouting. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 033000-18 JULY 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 6. Develop repair techniques with material manufacturer on surface that will not be visible in final construction prior to starting actual repair work and show how finish color will blend with adjacent surfaces. Obtain approval from Owner. 7. Obtain quantities of repair material and manufacturer's detailed instructions for use to provide repair with finish to match adjacent surface or apply enough repair material adjacent to repair to blend finish appearance. 8. Repair of concrete must provide structurally sound surface finish, uniform in appearance or upgrade finish by other means until acceptable to Owner. B. Tie Holes: 1. Unless otherwise specified, fill with specified repair material. a. Prepare substrate and mix, place, and cure repair material per manufacturer's written recommendations. C. Alternate Form Ties, Through -Bolts: 1. Mechanically roughen entire interior surface of through hole. 2. Apply bonding agent to roughened surface and drive elastic vinyl plug to half depth. 3. Dry pack entire hole from both sides of plug with nonshrink grout, as specified in Section 03 62 00, Grouting. 4. Use only enough water to dry pack grout. 5. Dry pack while bonding agent is still tacky. 6. If bonding agent has dried, remove bonding agent by mechanical means and reapply new coat of bonding agent. 7. Compact grout using steel hammer and steel tool to drive grout to high density. 8. Cure grout with water and in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. D. Exposed Metal Objects: 1. Remove metal objects not intended to be exposed in as -built condition of structure including wire, nails, and bolts, by chipping back concrete to depth of 1 inch and then cutting or removing metal object. 2. Repair area of chipped -out concrete as specified for defective areas. E. Blockouts at Pipes or Other Penetrations: Where shown install in accordance with requirements of Drawings. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE JULY 23, 2026 033000-19 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 3.07 FORMED SURFACE FINISHES A. Concrete Walls Finishes: 1. Trowel and round off top exposed edges of walls with 1/4 -inch radius steel edging tool. 2. Type W-1 (Ordinary Wall Finish): a. Patch tie holes. b. Remove projections. c. Repair defective areas to provide smooth uniform appearance. d. Inject cracks. 3. Type W-2 (Smooth Wall Finish): a. Patch tie holes. b. Remove projections. c. Repair defective areas to provide smooth uniform appearance. d. Inject cracks. 4. Type W-4 (Finish for Cementitious Coatings): a. In accordance with requirements for Type W-2 except as follows: 1) Leave surface ready for cementitious coating specified in Section 09 97 26, Cementitious Coatings. 5. Type W-5 (Finish for Painting): a. In accordance with requirements for Type W-2 except as follows: 1) Leave surface ready for painting as specified in Section 09 90 00, Painting and Coating. 6. Type W-6 (Finish for Prestressed Tanks): a. Remove form ridges, pieces of wood, and excess concrete from formed surfaces same day forms are removed. b. If forms are removed within 7 days of placement, minimize interruption of curing. C. In accordance with requirements for Type W-2 except as follows: 1) Sandblast core wall exterior surface. 2) Exposed edge of roof must have Type W-5 finish. B. Concrete Beam and Column Finishes: 1. Type B-1: Match wall Type W- 1. 2. Type B-2: Match wall Type W-2. 3. Type B-3: a. Repair rock pockets. b. Fill air voids. c. Match wall Type W-4 or W-5. 4. Type C-1: Match wall Type W-1. 5. Type C-2: Match wall Type W-2. 6. Type C-3: a. Fill air pockets. b. Match wall Type W-4 or W-5. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 033000-20 JULY 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS D MARY'S CREEK WRF 3.08 CONCRETE SLAB FINISHES A. General: 1. Use manual screeds, vibrating screeds, or roller compacting screeds to place concrete level and smooth. 2. Do not use "jitterbugs" or other special tools designed for purpose of forcing coarse aggregate away from surface and allowing layer of mortar, which will be weak and cause surface cracks or delamination, to accumulate. 3. Finish slab in accordance with specified slab finish. 4. Do not dust surfaces with dry materials nor add water to surfaces. 5. Cure concrete as specified in Section 03 39 00, Concrete Curing. B. Type S-1 (Steel Troweled Finish): 1. Finish by screeding and floating with straightedges to bring surfaces to required finish elevation. 2. Wood float to true, even plane with no coarse aggregate visible. 3. Use enough pressure on wood floats to bring moisture to surface. 4. After surface moisture has disappeared, hand steel trowel concrete to produce smooth, smooth dense surface, free from trowel marks. 5. Provide light steel -troweled finish (two trowelings) at air -entrained slabs. Provide hard steel -troweled finish (ringing sound from the trowel) for non -air entrained slabs. 6. Do not use dry cement or additional water during troweling, nor will excessive troweling be permitted. 7. Power Finishing: a. Approved power machine may be used in lieu of or in addition to hand finishing in accordance with directions of machine manufacturer. b. Do not use power machine when concrete has not attained necessary set to allow finishing without introducing high spots and low spots in slab. c. Do first steel troweling for slab S-1 finish by hand. C. Type S-2 (Wood Float Finish): 1. Finish slab to receive fill and mortar setting bed by screeding with straightedges to bring surface to required finish plane. 2. Wood float finish to compact and seal surface. 3. Remove laitance and leave surface clean. 4. Coordinate with other fmish procedures. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE JULY 23, 2026 033000-21 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF D. Type S-3 (Underside Elevated Slab Finish): When forming is removed, grind off projections on underside of slab and repair defective areas, including small shallow air pockets where schedule of concrete finishes requires: Prepare surfaces to match Type W-2 (Smooth Wall Finish). E. Type S-5 (Broomed Finish): 1. Finish as specified for Type S-1 floor finish, except use only a light -steel troweled finish, and then finish surface by drawing fine -hair broom lightly across surface. 2. Broom in same direction and parallel to expansion joints, or, in case of inclined slabs, perpendicular to slope, except for round roof slab, broom surface in radial direction. F. Type S-6 (Sidewalk Finish): 1. Slope walks down 1/8 inch per foot away from structures, unless otherwise shown. 2. Strike off surface by means of strike board and float with wood or cork float to true plane, then flat steel trowel before brooming. 3. Broom surface at right angles to direction of traffic or as shown. 4. Lay out sidewalk surfaces in blocks, as shown or as directed by Engineer, with grooving tool. G. Concrete Curbs: 1. Float top surface of curb smooth and finish all discontinuous edges with steel edger. 2. After concrete has taken its initial set, remove front form and give exposed vertical surface an ordinary wall finish, Type W-1. 3.09 CONCRETE SLAB TOLERANCES A. General: 1. Deviation from elevation for top surface of base slab, base mat, foundation slab, or foundations that is integral with any previously listed elements of a hydraulic structure, shall be in accordance with ACI 117 tolerances for a slab -on -ground, for cast -in -place concrete building. 2. Concrete slab tolerances are in accordance with ACI 117 tolerances for random traffic floor surface finishes, for cast -in -place concrete buildings. 3. Coordinate tolerance requirements with equipment manufacturers and comply with equipment manufacturers' requirements. a. The most restrictive of equipment manufacturer's tolerance and tolerances specified below, must govern. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 033000-22 JULY 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF B. Slab Tolerances: 1. Slab Flatness and Levelness: a. Levelness and flatness tolerances do not apply to slabs placed on unshored form surfaces or shored form surfaces after removal of shores. b. Levelness measurements are not applicable to cambered or sloped surfaces. c. Slab tolerances must be in accordance with the following floor surface classifications as shown in Table 4.8.5.1 of ACI 117: 1) Slab Type S -A: Floor Surface Classification: Moderately flat. 2) Slab Type S -B: Floor Surface Classification: Flat. 3) Slab Type S -C: Floor Surface Classification: Very flat. 2. Slab Elevation and Thickness: a. Finish Slab Elevation: Slope slabs to floor drains and gutter. Slabs must adequately drain regardless of tolerances. b. Thickness: Maximum 1/4 inch minus or 1/2 inch plus from thickness shown. 3.10 BACKFILL AGAINST STRUCTURES A. Do not backfill against walls until concrete has obtained specified 28 -day compressive strength. B. Refer to General Structural Notes on the Drawings for additional requirements, including elevated slab and diaphragm completion prior to backfill. C. Unless otherwise permitted, place backfill simultaneously on both sides of structure, where such fill is required, to prevent differential pressures. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: 1. Unless otherwise specified, concrete field-testing services will be in accordance with ACI 301 and Section 01 45 33, Special Inspection, Observation, and Testing. 2. Unless otherwise specified, refer to ACI 301 and Section 01 45 33, Special Inspection, Observation, and Testing for additional information regarding requirements related to concrete field quality assurance. 3. Unless otherwise specified, concrete field-testing services will be provided by Owner. 4. Provide electrical and water services to area of site for safe storage and curing of concrete test specimens prior to transport of test specimens to testing lab. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE JULY 23, 2026 03 30 00 - 23 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 5. Concrete testing agency will provide storage facility for proper curing of concrete test specimens onsite prior to transport of test specimens to testing lab. 6. Unless otherwise specified, concrete will be sampled for making test specimens, from point of delivery. 7. For additional information regarding requirements of the Contractor related to concrete field quality assurance, refer to Section 01 45 33, Special Inspection, Observation, and Testing. 8. Unless otherwise specified, sampled concrete used to mold strength test specimens (ASTM C31/C31M) will be tested for slump (ASTM C143/C143M) or slump flow (ASTM C1611/Cl6l1M), air content (ASTM C23 1 /C23 1 M), temperature (ASTM C 1064/Cl 064M), and density (ASTM C138/C138M). 9. Measured Air Content at Point of Delivery: a. When measured air content at point of delivery is greater than specified limit, a check test of air content will be performed immediately on a new sample from delivery unit. If check test fails, concrete has failed to meet requirements of Contract Documents. b. If measured air content is less than lower specified limit, adjustments will be permitted in accordance with ASTM C94/C94M, unless otherwise specified. If check test of adjusted mixture fails, concrete has failed to meet requirements of Contract Documents. c. Concrete that has failed to meet requirements of Contract Documents must be rejected. 10. If concrete is pumped, concrete will be sampled for air content testing at point of delivery and at point of placement. 1) For each concrete mixture that will be pumped, once two consecutive results of air content testing taken at the point of placement are within specified tolerances: 2) Average of the corresponding measured air content at point of delivery for the two consecutive test results, shall become the target air content. 3) Subsequent testing will be performed at point of placement based on the following criteria: a) Every 100 cubic yards of concrete placed by pumping. b) Every 4 hours minimum. c) When measured air content at point of delivery deviates from the target air content by an amount beyond the specified tolerance. d) When fresh characteristics of the concrete mixture is visibly different at the point of placement is visibly different than what was observed when the two consecutive test results were measured. e) When required by Special Inspector or Owner. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 033000-24 JULY 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 11. Test specimens must be stored and cured in accordance with ASTM C31/C31M and tested in accordance with ASTM C39/C39M. 12. Frequency of testing may be changed at discretion of Special Inspector or Owner. 13. Evaluation and acceptance will be in accordance with ACI 301 and the Contract Documents. B. Concrete Strength Test: 1. Unless otherwise specified, specimens will be made and tested as follows: a. One standard test specimen at age of 7 days for information. b. Minimum of two standard test specimens at age of 28 days for acceptance. c. A minimum of one spare standard test specimen per sample. 2. If result of 7 -day concrete strength test is less than 50 percent of specified 28 -day strength, moist cure in situ concrete in accordance with Section 03 39 00, Concrete Curing, for an additional 7 days. 3. Spare cylinder will be tested as directed by Owner. C. Tolerances: 1. Concrete tolerances must comply with the more stringent of equipment manufacturers' tolerances and specified tolerances. 2. Formed Surfaces: a. Formed surface finishes must comply with specified requirements. b. Tolerances of formed surfaces must comply with specified requirements and with ACI 117 for cast -in -place concrete buildings. 3. Unformed Surfaces: a. Surface finishes must comply with specified requirements. b. Unless otherwise specified, tolerances for unformed surface must conform to requirements of ACI 117 for cast in place concrete buildings. c. Concrete slab tolerances must comply with specified requirements and with ACI 117 flat floor surface finish tolerances unless otherwise specified. d. Slab Elevation: 1) Slabs must slope to drains. 2) Top of concrete elevations must comply with specified requirements and ACI 117 for cast -in -place concrete buildings. Slab thickness tolerance must comply with specified requirements and ACI 117 for cast in place concrete buildings. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-25 MARY'S CREEK WRF D. Liquid Tightness Tests: 1. Purpose: To determine integrity and liquid -tightness of finished exterior and interior concrete surfaces of liquid containment structures. 2. Contractor shall conduct liquid tightness testing. 3. Structures shall be filled with test water only after the following conditions are satisfied: a. Strength of concrete in walls of containment structure has attained specified 28 -day compressive strength. b. Concrete slab(s) that brace top of containment walls (if any) are complete, and strength of concrete in those slab(s) has attained specified 28 -day compressive strength. 4. Test the following structures for liquid -tightness: a. 200 EQ & PFS Tanks. b. 300 Preliminary Treatment Unit Building. c. 500 Bioreactor, Bioreactor Distribution Box & Scum Pump Station. d. 590 Ferric Sulfate Storage Containment Structure. e. 595 Supplemental Carbon Storage Containment Structure. f. 600 Membrane Tanks. g. 650 Pump Well & Backpulse Tank of WS/RS Pump Station. h. 800 UV Disinfection Building. i. 820 Post Aeration. j. 850 Reuse and Service Water Pump Station. k. 1100 Sludge Holding Tanks. 1. 1300 Sodium Hypochlorite Storage Containment Structure. m. 1500 Return Flow Pump Station. 5. Water for initial tightness test must be provided by Contractor. a. Provide means to transport water to structure to be tested. b. If additional tightness tests are required because of failure to meet criteria, provide water for subsequent tests. 6. After testing has been completed, dispose of test water in a manner approved by Owner. 7. Liquid -Tightness Test Requirement: a. Perform tightness tests in accordance with ACI 350.1 and as specified herein. b. Do not place backfill or install brick facing, topping slab, coatings, or other work that will cover concrete surfaces until tightness testing has been completed and approved. c. Measure evaporation, precipitation, and temperature as specified. 8. Measure water surface at two points 180 degrees apart when possible where attachments, such as ladders, exist at 24 -hour intervals. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 033000-26 JULY 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 9. Acceptance Criteria: a. Acceptance of liquid holding structure must be based on criteria for both Part 1 and Part 2. Liquid holding structures must be retested until compliance is achieved. b. Part 1, Qualitative: If moisture is observed on liquid holding structure surfaces, exterior to contained liquid, where moisture can be picked up on a dry hand, containment structure is noncompliant. c. Part 2, Quantitative: 1) Volume loss must not exceed 0.050 percent of contained liquid volume per 24 -hour period, adjusted for evaporation, precipitation, and temperature. 2) Acceptance that structure has passed Part 2 of tightness test must be based on total volume loss at end of specified test period. 10. Repairs when test fails: a. Dewater structure. Fill leaking cracks with crack repair epoxy as specified in Section 03 64 23, Epoxy Resin Injection Grouting. For moving cracks, repair cracks as specified in Section 03 64 24, Polyurethane Injection Grouting. b. Patch areas of damp spots previously recorded and repeat water leakage test in its entirety until structure successfully passes test. 3.12 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES A. Provide representative at Site in accordance with Section 01 43 33, Manufacturers' Field Services, for installation assistance, inspection, and certification of proper installation for concrete ingredients, mix design, mixing, and placement. 1. Concrete Producer Representative: a. Assist with concrete mix design, performance, placement, weather problems, and problems as may occur with concrete mix throughout Project, including instructions for redosing. b. Establish control limits on concrete mix designs. c. Provide equipment for control of concrete redosing for air entrainment or high range water reducing admixture, superplasticizers, at Site to maintain proper slump and air content if needed. 2. Admixture Manufacturer's Representative: Available for consultations as required to ensure proper installation and performance of specified products. 3. Bonding Agent Manufacturer's Representative: Available for consultations as required to ensure proper installation and performance of specified products. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE JULY 23, 2026 03 30 00 - 27 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 3.13 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. After curing as specified in Section 03 39 00, Concrete Curing, and after applying final floor finish, cover slabs with plywood or particle board or plastic sheeting or other material to keep floor clean and protect it from material and damage because of other construction work. B. Repair areas damaged by construction, using specified repair materials and approved repair methods. 3.14 SCHEDULE OF CONCRETE FINISHES A. C. Form Tolerances: As specified in Section 03 10 00, Concrete Forming and Accessories. Special Floor Finishes: As specified in Section 03 35 00, Concrete Finishing. Unless otherwise specified, provide concrete finishes and tolerances as scheduled: Type of Required Area Finish Tolerances Exterior Wall Surfaces Abovegrade/exposed (above point 6" below W-2 W -B finish grade Abovegrade/covered with brick veneer or W-1 W -A other finish material Backfilled/waterproofed (below point 6" W-1 W -A below finish rade Backfilled/not waterproofed (below point 6" W-1 W -A below fmal rade Walls to receive cementitious coatings W-4 W -B CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 033000-28 JULY 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF Area Type of Required Finish Tolerances Interior Wall Surfaces Open top hydraulic structures not painted or coated W-2 W -A Covered hydraulic structures not painted or coated W- 1 W -A Hydraulic structures painted or coated W-5 W -A Buildings, pipe galleries, and other dry areas not ainted or coated W-2 W -A Buildings, pipe galleries, and other dry areas ainted or coated W-5 W -A Exterior Slabs Roof slab/exposed S-5 S -B Roof slab/covered with roofing material S-1 S -A Top of wall S-5 S -B Top of footing S-2 S -A Slabs in hydraulic structures unless otherwise_specified ecified S-1 S -A Stairs and landings s S-5 S -B Sidewalks S-6 S -B Exterior slabs unless otherwise specified S-5 S -A Interior Slabs Buildings, pipe galleries, and other dry areas S-1 S -B Slabs to receive mortar setting bed for tile S-2 S -A Slabs to receive resilient flooring or carpet S-1 S -A Hydraulic channels S-1 S -A Underside of elevated slabs S-3 S -A PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 JULY 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-29 MARY'S CREEK WRF 3.15 Area Type of Required Finish Tolerances Beams and Columns Beams/coated B-3 B -A Beams/not coated B-2 B -A Columns/coated C-3 C -A Columns/not coated C-2 C -A SUPPLEMENTS A. Requirements of concrete mix designs (CMD) following "End of Section," are a part of this specification and supplement requirements of Part 1 through Part 3 of this section: 1. Concrete Mix Design—CMD-1. 2. Concrete Mix Design—CMD-2. 3. Concrete Mix Design—CMD-3. 4. Concrete Mix Design—CMD-4. 5. Concrete Mix Design—CMD-6. END OF SECTION CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 033000-30 JULY 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF Concrete Mix Design CMD-1 A. Mix Locations: Typical, unless otherwise specified. B. Exposure Categories and Classifications: F 1 S 1 W2C 1 as defined in ACT 318-19. C. Mix Properties: 1. Limit water to cementitious materials ratio (W/Cm) in mix design to maximum value of 0.42. 2. Minimum concrete compressive strength (f c) must be 4,500 psi at 28 days and 5,000 psi at 56 days. 3. Air -entraining admixtures are prohibited in concrete mixtures and total air content must not be greater than 3 percent, for the following: a. Slabs to receive a hard -troweled finish. b. Slabs to receive a dry shake floor hardener. c. Slabs to receive a topping placed monolithically as a two -course floor on top of plastic concrete. 4. Unless otherwise specified, provide air content based on nominal maximum size of aggregate as follows: Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size Air Content (%)* 3/8 7.5 1/2 7.0 3/4 6.0 1 6.0 1-1/2 5.5 2 5.0 3 § 4.5 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE JULY 23, 2026 03 30 00 SUPPLEMENT CMD-1 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF $ See ASTM C33/C33M for tolerance on oversize for various nominal maximum size designations. * Tolerance of air content is +1-1/2 percent. § Air contents apply to total mixture. When testing concretes, however, aggregate particles larger than 1-1/2 inches are to be removed by sieving and air content will be measured on sieved fraction (tolerance on air content as delivered applies to this value). Air content of total mixture is computed from value measured on sieved fraction passing 1 -1/2 -inch sieve in accordance with ASTM C231/C231 M. 5. Limit supplementary cementitious materials as follows: Limits on Cementitious Materials for Concrete Assigned to Exposure Class F3'* Maximum Percent of Total Cementitious Supplementary Cementitious Materials Materials by Mass Fly as or natural pozzolans conforming to 25 ASTM C618 Slag cement conforming to ASTM C989 50 Silica fume conforming to ASTM C1240 10 Total of fly ash or natural pozzolans and 35 silica fume Total of fly ash or natural pozzolans, slag 50 cement, and silica fume $Supplementary cementitious materials, including fly ash and natural pozzolans, slag cement, and silica fume, used in the manufacture of ASTM C595/C595M and ASTM C1157/Cl 157M blended cements shall be included in assessing compliance with these limits. *Individual limits shall apply regardless of the number of cementitious materials in a concrete mixture. 6. Provide cementitious materials in accordance with one of the following: a. ASTM C 150/C 150M Type II or Type V; inclusion of supplementary cementitious materials in design mix is optional. b. ASTM C150/C150M types other than Type II or Type V in accordance with the following: 1) Tricalcium Aluminate Content of Total Cementitious Materials: Maximum 8 percent by weight. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 30 00 SUPPLEMENT CMD-1 -2 JULY 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF c. ASTM C595/C595M Types excluding Type IS (greater than 70), conforming to ASTM C595/C595M and having (MS) designation. d. ASTM C1157/Cl157M having (MS) designation. 7. Limit water-soluble, chloride ion content in hardened concrete, percent by mass of cementitious materials to 0.15. a. Limits are stated in terms of water-soluble chloride ions (Cl-) in percent by mass of cementitious materials. D. Refer to PART 1 through PART 3 of this section for additional requirements. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE JULY 23, 2026 03 30 00 SUPPLEMENT CMD-1 -3 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF Concrete Mix Design CMD-2 A. Locations where mix must be used: 1. Elements of hydraulic structures, and liquid holding basins, including below -grade structures, Pump Stations, Valve Vaults, Galleries and Precast Vaults. Exposure Categories and Classifications: F 1 S 1 W2C 1 as defined in ACT 318-19. C Mix Properties: 1. Limit water to cementitious materials ratio (W/Cm) in mix design to maximum value of 0.40. 2. Minimum concrete compressive strength (f c) must be 4,500 psi at 28 days, and 5,000 psi at 56 days. 3. Concrete mix must be designed to conform to shrinkage limits. 4. Air -entraining admixtures are prohibited in concrete mixtures and total air content must not be greater than 3 percent, for the following: a. Slabs to receive hard -troweled finish. b. Slabs to receive dry shake floor hardener. c. Slabs to receive topping placed monolithically as two -course floor on top of plastic concrete. 5. Unless otherwise specified, provide air content based on nominal maximum size of aggregate as follows: Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size Air Content in. $ (%)* 3/8 7.5 1/2 7.0 3/4 6.0 1 6.0 1-1/2 5.5 2§ 5.0 3 § 4.5 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE JULY 23, 2026 03 30 00 SUPPLEMENT CMD-2 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size Air Content in. ± (%1* $See ASTM C33/C33M for tolerance on oversize for various nominal maximum size designations. *Tolerance of air content is +1-1/2 percent. §Air contents apply to total mixture. When testing concretes, however, aggregate particles larger than 1-1/2 inches are to be removed by sieving and air content will be measured on sieved fraction (tolerance on air content as delivered applies to this value). Air content of total mixture is computed from value measured on the sieved fraction passing the 1 -1/2 -inch sieve in accordance with ASTM C23 1/C23 1M. 6. Limit supplementary cementitious materials as follows: Limits on Cementitious Materials for Concrete Assigned to Exposure Class F3 $* Maximum Percent of Total Cementitious Supplementary Cementitious Materials Materials by Mass Fly as or natural pozzolans conforming to 25 ASTM C618 Slag cement conforming to ASTM C989 50 Silica fume conforming to ASTM C1240 10 Total of fly ash or natural pozzolans and 35 silica fume Total of fly ash or natural pozzolans, slag 50 cement, and silica fume Supplementary cementitious materials, including fly ash and natural pozzolans, slag cement, and silica fume, used in the manufacture of ASTM C595/C595M blended cements shall be included in assessing compliance with these limits. *The individual limits shall apply regardless of the number of cementitious materials in a concrete mixture. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 30 00 SUPPLEMENT CMD-2 -2 JULY 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 7. Provide cementitious materials in accordance with one of the following: a. ASTM C 150/C 150M Type II or Type V; inclusion of supplementary cementitious materials in design mix is optional. b. ASTM C 150/C 150M types other than Type II or Type V in accordance with the following: 1) Tricalcium Aluminate Content of Total Cementitious Materials: Maximum 8 percent by weight. c. ASTM C595/C595M Types excluding Type IS (greater than 70), conforming to ASTM C595/C595M and having (MS) designation. 8. Unless otherwise permitted, minimum cementitious materials content in mix design shall be as follows: a. 515 pounds per cubic yard for concrete with 1 -1/2 -inch nominal maximum size aggregate. b. 535 pounds per cubic yard for 1 -inch nominal maximum size aggregate. c. 560 pounds per cubic yard for 3/4 -inch nominal maximum size aggregate. d. 580 pounds per cubic yard for 1/2 -inch nominal maximum size aggregate. e. 600 pounds per cubic yard for 3/8 -inch nominal maximum size aggregate. f. Unless otherwise permitted, limit cementitious materials content to 100 pounds per cubic yard greater than specified minimum cementitious materials content in mix design. 9. Limit water-soluble, chloride ion content in hardened concrete, percent by mass of cementitious materials to 0.10: a. Limits are stated in terms of water-soluble chloride ions (Cl-) in percent by mass of cementitious materials. D. Refer to PART 1 through PART 3 of this section for additional requirements. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE JULY 23, 2026 03 30 00 SUPPLEMENT CMD-2 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF Concrete Mix Design CMD-3 A. Mix Locations: 1. Provide this concrete mix for the following elements: a. Electrical duct banks. b. Pipe encasements that are not cast monolithically with concrete base mats or slabs. c. Where specified in Contract Documents. Exposure Categories and Classifications: F 1 S 1 W0C 1 as defined in ACT 318-19. C. Mix Properties: 1. Limit water to cementitious materials ratio (W/Cm) in mix design to maximum value of 0.50. 2. Minimum concrete compressive strength (f c) must be 3,000 psi at 28 days and 3,500 psi at 56 days. 3. Air -entraining admixtures are prohibited in concrete mixtures and total air content must not be greater than 3 percent, for the following: a. Slabs to receive hard -troweled finish. b. Slabs to receive dry shake floor hardener. c. Slabs to receive topping placed monolithically as two -course floor on top of plastic concrete. 4. Unless otherwise specified, provide air content based on nominal maximum size of aggregate as follows: Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size Air Content in. I (%)* 3/8 6.0 1/2 5.5 3/4 5.0 1 4.5 1-1/2 4.5 2§ 4.0 3§ 3.5 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE JULY 23, 2026 03 30 00 SUPPLEMENT CMD-3 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRY $See ASTM C33/C33M for tolerance on oversize for various nominal maximum size designations. *Tolerance of air content is +1-1/2 percent. §Air contents apply to total mixture. When testing concretes, however, aggregate particles larger than 1-1/2 inches are to be removed by sieving and air content will be measured on the sieved fraction (tolerance on air content as delivered applies to this value). Air content of total mixture is computed from value measured on the sieved fraction passing the 1 -1/2 -inch sieve in accordance with ASTM C231/C231M. 5. Provide cementitious materials in accordance with one of the following: a. ASTM C150/C150M Type II or Type V; inclusion of supplementary cementitious materials in design mix is optional. b. ASTM C 150/C 150M types other than Type II or Type V in accordance with the following: 1) Tricalcium Aluminate Content of Total Cementitious Materials: Maximum 8 percent by weight. c. ASTM C595/C595M Types excluding Type IS (greater than 70), conforming to ASTM C595/C595M and having (MS) designation. d. ASTM Cl 157/C1157M having (MS) designation. 6. Provide color dye for ductbank concrete, with the specific color chosen by the Owner. 7. Limit water-soluble, chloride ion content in hardened concrete, percent by mass of cementitious materials to 0.30. a. Limits are stated in terms of water-soluble chloride ions (Cl-) in percent by mass of cementitious materials. D. Refer to PART 1 through PART 3 of this section for additional requirements. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 30 00 SUPPLEMENT CMD-3 -2 JULY 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF Concrete Mix Design CMD-4 A. Mix Locations: 1. Provide concrete fill where specified in Contract Documents. B. Exposure Categories and Classifications: F 1 S 1 W0C 1 as defined in ACT 318-19. C. Mix Properties: 1. Limit water to cementitious materials ratio (W/Cm) in mix design to maximum value of 0.45. 2. Minimum concrete compressive strength (f c) must be 3,000 psi at 28 days and 3,500 psi at 56 days. 3. Air -entraining admixtures are prohibited in concrete mixtures and total air content must not be greater than 3 percent, for the following: a. Slabs to receive hard -troweled finish. b. Slabs to receive dry shake floor hardener. 4. Unless otherwise specified, provide air content based on nominal maximum size of aggregate as follows: Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size Air Content in. t (%)* 3/8 7.5 1/2 7.0 3/4 6.0 1 6.0 1-1/2 5.5 2§ 5.0 3 § 4.5 PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE JULY 23, 2026 03 30 00 SUPPLEMENT CMD-4 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size Air Content in. I (%)* $ See ASTM C33/C33M for tolerance on oversize for various nominal maximum size designations. * Tolerance of air content is +1-1/2 percent. § Air contents apply to total mixture. When testing concretes, however, aggregate particles larger than 1-1/2 inches are to be removed by sieving and air content will be measured on the sieved fraction (tolerance on air content as delivered applies to this value). Air content of total mixture is computed from value measured on the sieved fraction passing the 1 -1/2 -inch sieve in accordance with ASTM C231/C231M. 5. Provide cementitious materials in accordance with one of the following: a. ASTM C150/C150M Type II or Type V; inclusion of supplementary cementitious materials in design mix is optional. b. ASTM C 150/C 150M types other than Type II or Type V in accordance with the following: 1) Tricalcium Aluminate Content of Total Cementitious Materials: Maximum 8 percent by weight. c. ASTM C595/C595M Types excluding Type IS (greater than 70), conforming to ASTM C595/C595M and having (MS) designation. 6. Limit water-soluble, chloride ion content in hardened concrete, percent by mass of cementitious materials to 0.30: a. Limits are stated in terms of water-soluble chloride ions (C1-) in percent by mass of cementitious materials. D. Refer to PART 1 through PART 3 of this section for additional requirements. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 30 00 SUPPLEMENT CMD-4 -2 JULY 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF Concrete Mix Design CMD-6 A. Mix Locations: Concrete curbs and sidewalks. B. Exposure Categories and Classifications: FOS 1 WOCO as defined in ACT 318-19. C. Mix Properties: 1. Limit water to cementitious materials ratio (W/Cm) in mix design to maximum value of 0.50. 2. Minimum concrete compressive strength (f c) must be 3,000 psi at 28 days and 3,500 psi at 56 days 3. There are no restrictions on air content except that air -entraining admixtures are prohibited in concrete mixtures and total air content must not be greater than 3 percent, for the following: a. Slabs to receive hard -troweled finish. b. Slabs to receive dry shake floor hardener. 4. Provide cementitious materials in accordance with one of the following: a. ASTM C 150/C 150M Type II or Type V; inclusion of supplementary cementitious materials in design mix is optional. b. ASTM C150/C150M types other than Type II or Type V in accordance with the following: 1) Tricalcium Aluminate Content of Total Cementitious Materials: Maximum 8 percent by weight. c. ASTM C595/C595M Types excluding Type IS (greater than 70), conforming to ASTM C595/C595M and having (MS) designation. d. ASTM C1157/Cl157M having (MS) designation. 5. Limit water-soluble, chloride ion content in hardened concrete, percent by mass of cementitious materials to 1.0. a. Limits are stated in terms of water-soluble chloride ions (Cl-) in percent by mass of cementitious materials. D. Refer to PART 1 through PART 3 of this section for additional requirements. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE JULY 23, 2026 03 30 00 SUPPLEMENT CMD-6 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK MARY'S CREEK WRF SECTION 03 35 00 CONCRETE FINISHING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. ASTM International (ASTM): C109, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2 -In. or 50 -Mm Cube Specimens). 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Manufacturer's product data sheet(s). B. Informational Submittals: 1. Agenda: Conference prior to slab placement. 2. Manufacturer's written procedures for slab preparation, product application, protection of finished surface, and post -application cleanup. 3. Product manufacturers representatives' names and phone numbers. 4. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance, in accordance with Section 01 61 00, Common Product Requirements, for products to be furnished. 5. Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation, in accordance with Section 01 43 33, Manufacturers' Field Services. 6. Statement of Qualifications: a. Manufacturer's Product Service Record. b. Application personnel. c. Manufacturer's representative. 7. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 8. Manufacturer's written instructions for maintenance and repair of floor finishes installed. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer's Product Service Record: Five previous projects at least 5 years old where product was used at representative coverage per square foot. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONCRETE FINISHING MARCH 27, 2026 03 35 00 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 2. Floor Product Manufacturer: Manufacture components of floor material, except the epoxy, in own plant and under control of trained quality control manager. 3. Application Personnel: Four previous projects of successful installation of specified materials or manufacturer's training. B. Preinstallation Training: Manufacturer -approved training of application personnel and quality control inspectors for these floor finishes. C. Conference Prior to Slab Placement: 1. Conducted by Contractor. 2. Agenda: a. Concrete mix design. b. Placing techniques. c. Finishing techniques. d. Floor hardener application procedures. e. Equipment required for these procedures. 3. Attendees: a. Contractor's superintendent. b. Subcontractor's representative involved in slab installation and finishing. c. Engineer. D. Mockups: Install one 10 -foot by 20 -foot area for each type of finish floor to demonstrate that the material and methods produce a finished product acceptable to the Engineer. 1. Mockup will establish the standard of quality for floor finishes. 2. Use specified materials at a location designated by Engineer or Owner. 3. Notify Engineer 5 days in advance of commencement of mockup floor slab application and training. 4. Do not purchase floor materials until mockup slab installation has been accepted by the Engineer or Owner. E. Color Samples: Minimum 2 -inch by 2 -inch Sample applications of floor finishes available. 1.04 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish, tag, and box for shipment and storage the concrete finishing materials. B. Deliver to Site and store in the location directed by Engineer or Owner. CONCRETE FINISHING PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 35 00 - 2 MARCH 27, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CLEAR LIQUID SEALER DUST PROOFER A. Colorless, aqueous solution of zinc and magnesium fluorosilicate. B. Each gallon of solution shall contain a minimum of 2 pounds of fluorosilicate compound. C. Manufacturers: 1. Master Builders Co., Cleveland, OH. 2. Sonneborn, Minneapolis, MN. 3. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CLEAR LIQUID SEALER DUST PROOFER APPLICATION A. Before application, thoroughly cure floors to receive treatment for minimum 28 days, keep clean, unpainted, free from membrane curing compounds, and perfectly dry with all Work above them completed. B. Apply hardener evenly to surface, using three coats, allowing 24 hours between coats. 1. First coat 1/3 strength, second coat 1/2 strength, and third coat 2/3 strength, mix with water. 2. Apply each coat so as to remain wet on surfaces for 15 minutes. 3. Apply approved treatment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 4. After final coat is completed and dry, remove surplus hardener from surface by scrubbing and mopping with water. 3.02 TESTS AND INSPECTION A. Vapor Transmission Test: Conduct test on new and existing concrete to show that no surface moisture exists prior to application of specified special floor treatment, as follows: 1. Place polyethylene plastic sheet, minimum 4 feet by 4 feet and sealed along four sides with duct tape to prevent moisture transmission by evaporation, over concrete floor area for 24 hours. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 27, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS CONCRETE FINISHING 033500-3 MARY'S CREEK WRF 2. Indication of moisture transmission will be apparent by accumulation of moisture on enclosed surface of polyethylene plastic sheet. 3. Do not apply concrete bonding agent until test results indicate moisture is not being transmitted from concrete surface. B. Strength Tests: Test metallic aggregate topping for compressive strength by making 2 -inch by 2 -inch cubes in accordance with ASTM C 109. C. Epoxy Joint Filler: 1. Allow 90 days after slab placement before filling joints. 2. Mix and install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3. Fill contraction or construction joints in areas receiving armored joint treatment. 3.03 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES A. Provide manufacturer's representative at Site in accordance with Section 01 43 33, Manufacturers' Field Services, for installation assistance, inspection and certification of proper installation, and training of application personnel. 1. Technical assistance with design and adjustment of concrete mixes to receive floor finishes and toppings. 2. Technical assistance to assure and certify application and installation of system being used. 3. Consultation, direction, and certification of mockup, for full-scale application of floor finishes, and at other times as needed. 4. Attendance at the conference prior to slab placement to finalize proper methods and procedures. END OF SECTION CONCRETE FINISHING PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 35 00 - 4 MARCH 27, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF SECTION 03 39 00 CONCRETE CURING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 308.1, Specification for Curing Concrete. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. C309, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. b. C13 15, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds Having Special Properties for Curing and Sealing Concrete. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Manufacturers' data indicating compliance with the requirements specified herein for the following products: a. Exposed aggregate finish retardant on formed surface. b. Evaporation retardant. c. Curing compound. d. Penetrating water repellent sealer. e. Clear liquid densifier. 2. Curing methods proposed for each type of element such as slab, walls, beams, and columns in each facility. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance, in accordance with Section 01 61 00, Common Product Requirements, for the following: a. Curing compound showing moisture retention requirements. b. Retardants for exposed aggregate finish. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONCRETE CURING MARCH 23, 2026 033900-1 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRY PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Curing Compound: 1. Water -based, high -solids content, nonyellowing, curing compound meeting requirements of ASTM C1315 Type I Class A. 2. Manufacturers and Products: a. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Super Diamond Clear VOX. b. WR Meadows, Inc., Hampshire, IL; VOCOMP-30. c. Vexcon Chemical, Inc.; Philadelphia, PA; Starseal 1315. d. Dayton Superior; Safe Cure and Seal 1315 EF. B. Evaporation Retardant: 1. Optional: Fluorescent fugitive dye color tint that disappears completely upon drying. 2. Manufacturers and Products: a. BASF Construction Chemicals, Shakopee, MN; MasterKure ER 50. b. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Eucobar. C. Penetrating Water Repellent Sealer: Water based, ready to use, single component, silane/siloxane, penetrating, clear water repellant sealer. 1. Viscosity: 50 cps. 2. Flash Point: 200 degrees F. 3. NCHRP No. 244 Reduction in Chloride Content: a. Average: 82 percent. b. Minimum Required: 75 percent. 4. NCHRP No. 244 Reduction in Weight Gain: a. 21 Days: 85 percent. b. VOCs: 50 g/l. c. Depth of Penetration: 1/4 inch. 5. Manufacturers and Products: a. BASF Construction Chemicals, Shakopee MN; MasterProtect H 400. b. Euclid Chemical Co.; Baracade WB 244. D. Clear Liquid Densifier: 1. Colorless, aqueous solution of magnesium fluorosilicate. 2. Each gallon of solution shall contain a minimum of 2 pounds of fluorosilicate compound. CONCRETE CURING PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 033900-2 MARCH 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 3. Manufacturers and Products: a. BASF Construction Chemicals, Shakopee, MN; MasterKure HD 300WB. b. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Surfhard. E. Retardant for Exposed Aggregate Finish on Slabs: 1. Manufacturers and Products: a. Sika Chemical Corp., Lyndhurst, NJ; Rugasol. b. Conrad Sovig Co., San Francisco, CA; Conreveal Top Surface. c. Burke Co., San Mateo, CA; Burke True Etch Surface Retarder. d. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Surface Retarder S. F. Retardant for Exposed Aggregate Finish on Formed Surface: 1. Manufacturers and Products: a. L. M. Scofield Co., Los Angeles, CA; Lithotex Top Surface Retarder. b. Conrad Sovig Co., San Francisco, CA; Control Set. c. Burke Co., San Mateo, CA; Burke True Etch Surface Retarder. d. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Surface Retarder F. G. Water: Clean and potable, containing less than 500 ppm of chlorides. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONCRETE CURING A. General: 1. Cure all concrete in accordance with project specifications and ACI308.1. 2. Where surfaces are to receive coatings, painting, cementitious material, or other similar finishes, use only water curing procedures. Refer to Interior Finish Schedule for surfaces to receive coatings. 3. Where curing compound cannot be used, water curing as described below or special methods using moisture shall be agreed upon by Engineer prior to placing concrete. 4. As required in Section 03 30 00, Cast -in -Place Concrete, if result of 7 -day concrete strength test is less than 50 percent of specified 28 -day strength, extend period of moist curing specified below, by 7 additional days. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS CONCRETE CURING 033900-3 MARY'S CREEK WRY B. Use one of the following methods as approved by Engineer: 1. Vertical Surfaces a. Method 1: Leave concrete forms in place and keep surfaces of forms and concrete wet for 7 days. b. Method 2: Continuously sprinkle with water 100 percent of exposed surfaces for 7 days starting immediately after removal of forms. c. Method 3: Apply curing compound, where allowed, immediately after removal of forms. 2. Horizontal Surfaces: a. Method 1: Protect surface by water ponding for 7 days. b. Method 2: Cover with burlap or cotton mats and keep continuously wet for 7 days. c. Method 3: Cover with 1 -inch layer of wet sand, earth, or sawdust, and keep continuously wet for 7 days. d. Method 4: Continuously sprinkle exposed surface for 7 days. e. Method 5: Apply curing compound, where allowed, immediately after final finishing when surface will no longer be damaged by traffic. 3.02 EVAPORATION RETARDANT APPLICATION A. Use on flatwork when environmental conditions are anticipated to cause rapid drying of the concrete surface. Do not use evaporation retardant on potable water structures, unless product is NSF 61 approved. B. Spray onto surface of fresh flatwork concrete immediately after screeding to react with surface moisture. C. Reapply as needed to ensure a continuous moist surface until final finishing is completed. 3.03 PRESTRESSED TANK CONCRETE CURING A. Keep concrete surfaces and form continuously wet for 7 days where portland cement is used, or 3 days where high -early -strength cement is used. B. Begin curing immediately after initial concrete set has occurred. C. Do not use curing compounds. CONCRETE CURING PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 033900-4 MARCH 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 3.04 PENETRATING WATER REPELLENT SEALER APPLICATION A. Apply where indicated on Interior Finish Schedule. B. Before application and with Work above completed, water cure concrete walls and floors for a minimum of 28 days to receive sealer, keep clean, unpainted, and free from membrane curing compounds. C. Concrete to receive penetrating sealer shall be dry for a minimum 24 hours immediately prior to application. D. Apply per manufacturer's recommendations utilizing low pressure airless spray equipment. 1. Actual coverage and number of coats to be determined by field test sample application and water absorption testing. Final approval by Owner is required. E. Apply at a coverage rate of 125 square feet per gallon to 200 square feet per gallon. Cure penetrating sealer on slabs for the minimum time recommended by manufacturer prior to allowing foot or vehicular traffic. 3.05 CLEAR LIQUID DENSIFIER APPLICATION A. Apply where indicated in Interior Finish Schedule. B. Before application and with Work above completed, water cure concrete walls and floors for a minimum of 28 days to receive sealer, keep clean, unpainted, and free from membrane curing compounds. C. Apply liquid densifier evenly, using three coats, allowing 24 hours between coats. 1. First coat 1/3 strength, second coat 1/2 strength, and third coat 2/3 strength, mix with water. 2. Apply each coat so as to remain wet on surface for 15 minutes. 3. Apply approved liquid densifier in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 4. After final coat is completed and dry, remove surplus liquid densifier from surface by scrubbing and mopping with water. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS CONCRETE CURING 033900-5 MARY'S CREEK WRF 3.06 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES A. Provide manufacturer's representative at Site for installation assistance, inspection, and certification of proper installation for products specified. B. Provide penetrating water repellent sealer manufacturer's representative to demonstrate proper application of product. C. Provide clear liquid densifier manufacturer's representative to demonstrate proper mixing and application of product. D. Provide curing compound manufacturer's representative to demonstrate proper application of curing compound to show coverage in one coat. E. Provide retardant for exposed aggregate surfaces manufacturer's representative to demonstrate proper application and surface mortar removal procedures. END OF SECTION CONCRETE CURING PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 033900-6 MARCH 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF SECTION 03 40 00 PRECAST CONCRETE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 304R, Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A36, Standard Specification for Structural Steel. b. A416, Standard Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven -Wire for Prestressed Concrete. c. C3 1, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. 3. Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI): a. MNL-1 17, Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Architectural Precast Concrete Products. b. MNL-120, Design Handbook for Precast and Prestressed Concrete, Third Edition. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Sealer for Exterior Surfaces: Product data with mixing/application instructions. 2. Calculations and Technical Data: Proposed details and design calculations for stresses in all critical sections of precast members for all loading conditions including transportation, handling, and erection. B. Informational Submittals: For Precasting Manufacturers Not Listed in Article Quality Assurance: a. Experience record on production of precast concrete as shown, with information on precasting plant, that will indicate capability to satisfactorily perform the Work. b. Evidence of current PCI plant certification. c. Complete list of architectural panelwork accomplished in past 2 years, including: 1) Type of structure. 2) Name of owner. 3) Address of completed work. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 PRECAST CONCRETE MARCH 27, 2026 03 40 00 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 2. Certificate of Compliance: Certify admixtures and concrete do not contain calcium chloride. 3. Test Reports: a. For precast manufacturer's concrete test cylinders. b. Inspection of installed panels. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Precasting Manufacturers: 1. Precast Concrete and Precast Prestressed Concrete: Product of manufacturer with 3 years' experience producing precast concrete products of quality specified. 2. Precast Plant: PCI certified plant with current certification. 3. Calculations stamped by an engineer registered in the same state as the Project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Formwork: 1. One-piece, full-length, and without seams. 2. As specified in Section 03 10 00, Concrete Forming and Accessories. B. Reinforcing Steel: As specified in Section 03 21 00, Steel Reinforcement. C. Cement: As specified in Section 03 30 00, Cast -in -Place Concrete. D. Pretensioning Strands: Seven -wire, uncoated, stress relieved, ASTM A416, Grade 270. E. Aggregates: As specified in Section 03 30 00, Cast -in -Place Concrete, for 3/4 -inch maximum size. Furnish of consistent quality, gradation, and color to produce uniformity of appearance. F. Admixtures: As specified in Section 03 30 00, Cast -in -Place Concrete. G. Embedded Items: 1. ASTM A36 steel. 2. Anchor Studs: Headed anchor studs (HAS), deformed bar anchors (DBA), or threaded studs as manufactured by Nelson Stud Welding Co., Lorain, OH. 3. Furnish inserts for lifting members, bolting stiffeners, attaching braces, and as otherwise required. PRECAST CONCRETE PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 40 00 - 2 MARCH 27, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2006 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF H. Grout: Nonshrink, nonmetallic Type II grout as specified in Section 03 62 00, Grouting. I. Sealer for Exterior Surfaces: 1. Silane Sealer: One -component penetrating sealer, hydrophilic (isopropyl alcohol as a carrier) with 40 percent active ingredients. 2. Manufacturers: a. Master Builders Co. b. Euclid Chemical Co. c. Or approved equal. J. Precast Prestressed Concrete Members: double tees. 2.02 CONCRETE MIX A. As specified in Section 03 30 00, Cast -in -Place Concrete unless noted otherwise. B. Design Strength: 5,000 psi at 28 days minimum. C. Water/Cement Ratio: 0.38 maximum. 2.03 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Precast and Prestressed Members: 1. Meet applicable sections of PCI MNL-120. 2. Design for spans and superimposed live and dead loads shown plus dead loads of members. B. Precast Vaults: 1. Manufacturers: a. One of the following: 1) Utility Vault Company. 2) Oldcastle Precast. 3) Or approved equal. 2. Designed and detailed per ACI 350 — latest edition. 3. Configurations: Follow Drawings. 4. Identification: Clearly marked inside of each precast concrete vault section. a. ASTM designation. b. Vault size. c. Date of manufacture. d. Contract station location. e. Name or trademark of manufacturer. f. Mark slabs on top and bottom surfaces. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 PRECAST CONCRETE MARCH 27, 2026 03 40 00 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF g. Design Mix: As specified in Section 03 30 00, Cast -in -Place Concrete, Concrete Mix Design, CMD-2, except aggregate shall be 3/4 -inch maximum size, and concrete minimum 28 day's strength shall be 5000 psi. h. Engraved or stencil marking with waterproof paint or ink in minimum 1 -inch high letters. 5. All precast concrete structures shall be designed by a licensed Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. Each drawing for design shall be stamped and signed by a professional civil or structural engineer. 6. Precast Vault shall be of approved design and sufficient strength to withstand the loads to be imposed on them, including soil load leakage testing load shown and HS -20 truck load driving on top of the vault if traffic load is specified. Vaults to be watertight. 7. Provide openings in precast vaults for piping and access. Provide cast in place inserts in the roof slab and end walls. No field coring of openings is allowed unless noted on Drawings. 8. Provide minimum clear concrete cover over reinforcement at both interior and exterior faces of all members in accordance with the following: 9. Vaults: 2 inches. 10. The structure shall be built by the manufacturer in no more than five major sections including the top slab if required. 11. Where top slabs are used or required, lifting hooks shall be provided. Top slab shall be designed to resist HS -20 load if traffic load is specified. 12. The manufacturer shall notify the Construction Manager at least 5 working days prior to placing concrete during the manufacturing process. The Construction Manager may inspect reinforce steel placement and/or require the manufacturer to provide photographs of each section showing the location of all reinforcing steel prior to the placing of concrete. Should it be found that the placement of steel is not as detailed in the shop drawing submittals, the section in question shall be rejected and a replacement section shall be manufactured at the contractor's expense. Failure to properly notify the Construction Manager prior to placing concrete shall require the precast sections to be rejected and replacement sections to be manufactured at the Contractor's expense. 13. No slab or wall shall be less than 8 inches thick. 14. Where joints are designed in pre -cast concrete vaults, such joints shall be interlocking to secure proper alignment between members and prevent migration of soil or water through the joint. Structural sections at joints shall be sized sufficiently to reinforce the section against localized distress during transportation and handling and against excess contact bearing pressures through the joint. PRECAST CONCRETE PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 40 00 - 4 MARCH 27, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2006 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 15. Vault Shall be Solid Walled Construction: a. Where penetration of the pre -cast concrete vault is required for piping, conduit, or ducts, such penetrations shall be accommodated through precast openings or core -drilled sections if shown on the Drawings. b. Openings for penetrations shall be smooth and free of surface irregularities and without exposed steel reinforcing. c. Vaults need not be designed to resist thrust from piping passing through the vault. d. Coordinate pipe penetration locations with piping arrangement as indicated on Drawings. 16. Slope bottom of vault to drainage sump as indicated on Drawings. 17. Drainage Sump: Dimensions as indicated on Drawings: a. Drainage Sump shall consist of an open knockout in the bottom of the vault. Provide additional reinforcing as required to accommodate knockout. b. Provide Aluminum grating as indicated on Drawings to cover the sump: Grating shall be designed for 150 pounds per square foot load with L/200 maximum deflection. 18. Access Hatch: Where openings for access to the vault are required, the full clear space opening indicated shall be provided, without obstructions from brackets or supports. For large openings where brackets or supports are designed to protrude into the opening for support of required covers, such brackets or supports shall be designed to be easily removed and replaced with a minimum of effort and without cutting or welding. C. Prestressed Members: 1. Calculated tension at full service loads shall not exceed six times the square root of design strength except that in wet or corrosive service conditions and in [ ,] the calculated tension due to live load and dead load shall not exceed zero. 2. Limit long-term camber growth to span length divided by 360. 2.04 FABRICATION A. General: 1. Comply with PCI MNL-117. 2. Reinforcing Steel and Pretensioning Strands: a. Place in position before concrete is cast. b. Keep clean and free from form oil or other substances harmful to bond. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 PRECAST CONCRETE MARCH 27, 2026 03 40 00 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 3. Pretensioning Force, if Used: Determine by elongation and by gauge pressure. a. Method: Meet requirements of Prestressed Concrete Institute. 4. Forms: Produce smooth surfaces. 5. Concrete: Deposit, vibrate, finish, and cure in accordance with recommended practices of ACI 304R. Steam curing is permitted. 6. Release Strength for Pretensioning Method: Minimum 4,000 psi, unless otherwise approved. 7. Coordinate dimensions, determine type, quantity, size, and location of, and furnish necessary embedded items in precast concrete. Coordinate location of embedded items in cast -in -place concrete necessary to connect precast items. B. Surface Finish for Precast Structural Units: Furnish concrete finish, as specified in Section 03 30 00, Cast -in -Place Concrete, to additional concrete field placed on precast units. Other Surfaces: Smooth screeded finishes, unless otherwise shown. 2.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Prepare minimum three standard concrete test cylinders for each 50 cubic yards or fraction thereof of concrete placed in the precast work in accordance with ASTM C31. B. Test and record concrete strengths. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 ERECTION A. Verify that anchorage inserts are in correct locations. B. Handle and erect precast concrete with care as recommended by manufacturer. C. Erect precast units plumb, straight, level, square, and in proper alignment. D. Fasten units securely in place and brace to maintain position, stability, and alignment until permanently connected and structure is complete and stable. E. Field Cutting: Not allowed without prior approval of Engineer. PRECAST CONCRETE PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 40 00 - 6 MARCH 27, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2006 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 3.02 PATCHING A. Mix and place patching mixture to match color and texture of surrounding concrete and to minimize shrinkage. B. Demonstrate patching method and obtain acceptance and approval. 3.03 CLEANING A. After installation, clean soiled precast concrete surfaces with detergent and water, using fiber brush and sponge. B. Use acid solution only to clean particularly stubborn stains after more conservative methods have been tried unsuccessfully. C. Use extreme care to prevent damage to precast concrete surfaces and to adjacent materials. D. Rinse thoroughly with clean water immediately after using cleaner. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection: 1. With Engineer, inspect precast architectural wall panels for chips, cracks, discoloration, and other damage. 2. Compare every panel to approved mockup panel and finish sample panel. 3. Record location and condition of damaged or nonmatching panels. B. Resolution: 1. Repair damage to satisfaction of Engineer and Owner. 2. Remove panels with damage or repairs not acceptable to Engineer. 3. Install new acceptable panels in place of those removed. 4. Perform reinspection and obtain acceptance by Engineer. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect precast units from chipping, spalling, cracking, or other damage to the units after delivery to Site. B. After erection, protect units from damage. END OF SECTION PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 PRECAST CONCRETE MARCH 27,2026 034000-7 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF SECTION 03 62 00 GROUTING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. ASTM International (ASTM): a. C230, Standard Specification for Flow Table for Use in Tests of Hydraulic Cement. b. C307, Standard Test Method for Tensile Strength of Chemical - Resistant Mortar, Grouts, and Monolithic Surfacings. c. C53 1, Standard Test Method for Linear Shrinkage and Coefficient of Thermal Expansion of Chemical -Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer Concretes. d. C579, Standard Test Methods for Compressive Grout Strength of Chemical -Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer Concretes. e. C882, Standard Test Method for Bond Strength of Epoxy -Resin Systems Used With Concrete By Slant Shear. f. C939, Standard Test Method for Flow of Grout for Preplaced- Aggregate Concrete (Flow Cone Method). g. C940, Standard Test Method for Expansion and Bleeding of Freshly Mixed Grouts for Preplaced-Aggregate Concrete in the Laboratory. h. Cl 107/C1107M, Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic -Cement Grout (Nonshrink). i. C1181, Standard Test Methods for Compressive Creep of Chemical -Resistant Polymer Machinery Grouts. j. D4263, Standard Test Method for Indicating Moisture in Concrete by the Plastic Sheet Method. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product data of grouts. 2. Proposed method for keeping existing concrete surfaces wet prior to placing nonshrink grout. 3. Forming method for fluid grout placements. 4. Curing method for grout. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 GROUTING MARCH 23, 2026 03 62 00 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRY B. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturer's Written Instructions: Mixing of grout. 2. Manufacturer's proposed training schedule for grout work. 3. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance in accordance with Section 01 61 00, Common Product Requirements. a. Grout free from chlorides and other corrosion -causing chemicals. b. Nonshrink grout properties of Category II and Category III, verifying expansion at 3 days or 14 days will not exceed the 28 -day expansion and nonshrink properties are not based on gas or gypsum expansion. 4. Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation. 5. Statements of Qualification: Grout manufacturer's representative. 6. Test Reports: a. Test report for 24 -hour evaluation of nonshrink grout. b. Test results and service report from demonstration and training session. c. Field test reports and laboratory test results for field -drawn Samples. 7. List of Contractor's installation staff trained by grout manufacturer's representative in: a. Nonshrink grout installation and curing. b. Epoxy grout installation and curing. 1.03 QUALIFICATIONS A. Grout Manufacturer's Representative: Authorized and trained representative of grout manufacturer. Minimum of 1 -year experience that has resulted in successful installation of grouts similar to those for this Project. B. For grout suppliers not listed herein, provide completed 24 -hour Evaluation of Nonshrink Grout Test Form, attached at the end of this section. Provide independent testing laboratory test results for testing conducted within last 18 months. GROUTING PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 62 00 - 2 MARCH 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 NONSHRINK GROUT AND EPDXY GROUT SCHEDULE A. Furnish nonshrink grout (Category I, II, and III) and epoxy grout for applications as indicated in the following schedule: Temperature Range Max. Placing Time 40 deg F to Greater Than Application 100 deg F 20 Min. 20 Min. Blockouts for gate guides I or II II Precast joints I or II II Column baseplates single- I or II II story Machine bases 25 hp or less II II II Baseplates for columns over II II II one story Baseplates for legs of tanks, 11 I I II pipe supports, nonvibratory equipment Tank bases II II II Form Tie -Through bolt II II H openings Machine bases 26 hp and up III or Epoxy III or III or Epoxy Grout Epoxy Grout Grout Baseplates and/or soleplates III or Epoxy III or III or Epoxy with vibration, thermal Grout Epoxy Grout movement, etc. Grout 2.02 NONSHRINK GROUT A. Category I: 1. Nonmetallic and nongas-liberating. 2. Prepackaged natural aggregate grout requiring only the addition of water. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 GROUTING MARCH 23, 2026 03 62 00 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRY 3. Test in accordance with ASTM C l 107/C 1107M: a. Grout shall have flowable consistency. b. Flowable for 15 minutes. 4. Grout shall not bleed at maximum allowed water. 5. Minimum strength of flowable grout, 3,000 psi at 3 days, 5,000 psi at 7 days, and 7,000 psi at 28 days. 6. Manufacturers and Products: a. Master Builders Solutions, Shakopee, MN; MasterFlow 100. b. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; NS Grout. c. Dayton Superior Corp., Miamisburg, OH; 1107 Advantage Grout. d. US MIX Co., Denver, CO; US SPEC GP Grout. e. Five Star Products Inc., Fairfield, CT; Five Star Grout. B. Category II: 1. Nonmetallic, nongas-liberating. 2. Prepackaged natural aggregate grout requiring only the addition of water. 3. Aggregate shall show no segregation or settlement at fluid consistency at specified times or temperatures. 4. Test in accordance with ASTM C 1107/Cl 107M: a. Fluid consistency 20 seconds to 30 seconds in accordance with ASTM C939. b. Temperatures of 40 degrees F, 80 degrees F, and 90 degrees F. 5. One hour after mixing, pass fluid grout through flow cone with continuous flow. 6. Minimum strength of fluid grout, 3,500 psi at 1 day, 4,500 psi at 3 days, and 7,500 psi at 28 days. 7. Maintain fluid consistency when mixed in 1 -yard to 9 -yard loads in ready -mix truck. 8. Manufacturers and Products: a. Master Builders Solutions, Shakopee, MN; MasterFlow 928. b. Five Star Products Inc., Fairfield, CT; Five Star Fluid Grout 100. c. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Hi Flow Grout. d. Dayton Superior Corp., Miamisburg, OH; Sure -Grip High Performance Grout. e. US MIX Co., Denver, CO; US SPEC MP Grout. C. Category III: 1. Metallic and nongas-liberating. 2. Prepackaged aggregate grout requiring only the addition of water. 3. Aggregate shall show no segregation or settlement at fluid consistency at specified times or temperatures. GROUTING PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 62 00 - 4 MARCH 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 4. Test in accordance with ASTM C1107/Cl 107M: a. Fluid consistency 20 seconds to 30 seconds in accordance with ASTM C939. b. Temperatures of 40 degrees F and 100 degrees F. 5. One hour after mixing, pass fluid grout through flow cone with continuous flow. 6. Minimum strength of fluid grout, 4,000 psi at 1 day, 5,000 psi at 3 days, and 9,000 psi at 28 days. 7. Maintain fluid consistency when mixed in 1 -yard to 9 -yard loads in ready -mix truck. 8. Manufacturer and Product: a. Master Builders Solutions, Shakopee, MN; MasterFlow 885. b. Euclid Chemical Co, Cleveland, OH; Hi -Flow Metallic Grout. 2.03 EPDXY GROUT A. High -strength, nonshrink, high -temperature epoxy grouting material developed for the support of heavy equipment with vibratory loads. B. Three -component mixture of a two -component epoxy resin system (100 percent solids) with a graded, precision aggregate blend. C. Premeasured, prepackaged system. D. Flowable. E. Minimum compressive strength in accordance with ASTM C579 Method B, 9,500 psi at 75 degrees F at 7 days, 11,000 psi at post cure. F. Maximum creep resistance in accordance with ASTM C1181 at 600 psi, 140 degrees F; 6.0 by 103 in/in. G. Minimum bond strength in accordance with ASTM C882, 2,000 psi. H. Minimum tensile strength in accordance with ASTM C307, 2,000 psi. I. Maximum coefficient of thermal expansion in accordance with ASTM C531 at 73 degrees F to 210 degrees F, 23.0 by 10-6 in/in/degrees F. Working Time: Minimum 2 hours at 50 degrees F; 1.5 hours at 70 degrees F; 50 minutes at 90 degrees F. K. Good chemical resistance. L. Good effective bearing area. M. Noncorrosive. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 GROUTING MARCH 23, 2026 03 62 00 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF N. Moisture insensitive. O. Modify resin and aggregate content where recommended by epoxy grout manufacturer to provide desired epoxy grout flow properties. P. Manufacturer and Product: 1. Master Builders Solutions, Shakopee MN; MasterFlow 648. 2. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; E3 -Series. 3. Dayton Superior Corp., Miamisburg, OH; Pro-Poxy 2000 Normal Set. 4. Five Star Products Inc., Fairfield, CT; DP Epoxy Grout. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Unless otherwise specified, prepare and condition concrete substrate in accordance with grout manufacturer's training instructions. B. Mix, place, and cure grout in accordance with grout manufacturer's representative's training instructions. C. Epoxy Grout: Concrete slab shall be fully cured for 28 days to ensure excess water has evaporated. Test concrete surface for moisture in accordance with ASTM D4263 before epoxy grout is placed. D. Form Tie -Through Bolt Holes: Provide nonshrink grout, Category II, fill space with dry pack dense grout hammered in with steel tool and hammer. Through -bolt holes; coordinate dry pack dense grout application with vinyl plug in Section 03 10 00, Concrete Forming and Accessories, and bonding agent in Section 03 30 00, Cast -in -Place Concrete. E. Form Snap -Tie Hole: Fill tie hole in accordance with requirements of Section 03 30 00, Cast -in -Place Concrete. 3.02 GROUTING MACHINERY FOUNDATIONS A. Block out original concrete or finish off at distance shown below bottom of machinery base with grout. Prepare concrete surface by sandblasting, chipping, or by mechanical means to remove any soft material. Surface roughness in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Clean metal surfaces of all paint, oil, grease, loose rust, and other foreign material that will be in contact with grout. GROUTING PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 62 00 - 6 MARCH 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF C. Sandblast to bright metal all metal surfaces in contact with epoxy grout in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. D. Set machinery in position and wedge to elevation with steel wedges, or use cast -in leveling bolts. Remove wedges after grout is set and pack void with grout. E. Form with watertight forms at least 2 inches higher than bottom of plate. F. Fill space between bottom of machinery base and original concrete in accordance with manufacturer's representative's training instructions. G. If grout cannot be placed from one edge and flowed to the opposite edge, air vents shall be provided through the plate to prevent air entrapment. H. Radius corners of grout pad. I. Install expansion joints for epoxy grout placement in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 3.03 TANK BASE A. Prepare concrete surface by sandblasting, chipping, or by mechanical means to remove any soft material. Surface roughness in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Clean metal surfaces of paint, oil, grease, loose rust, and other foreign material that will be in contact with grout. C. Set tank base in position and support using shims as needed. D. Moisture condition existing concrete surfaces that will be in contact with grout. 1. Moisture condition surfaces of concrete substrate that will be covered by grout, plus 3 inches beyond edges of grout. 2. Saturate existing concrete substrate with water as required by grout manufacturer. 3. Surface of concrete substrate shall be damp but free of standing water at time of placement of grout. E. Form with watertight forms at least 2 inches higher than bottom of plate. F. Fill space between bottom of tank base and concrete substrate in accordance with manufacturer's representative's training instructions. G. Cure grout in accordance with grout manufacturer's written instructions. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 GROUTING MARCH 23, 2026 03 62 00 - 7 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: 1. Performed by Project representative's inspection staff. 2. Perform the following quality control inspections. Grout manufacturer's representative shall accompany the Project representative's inspection staff on the first installation of each size and type of equipment. B. Evaluation and Acceptance of Nonshrink Grout: 1. Inspect surface preparation of concrete substrates onto which nonshrink grout materials are to be applied, for conformance to the specified application criteria including, but not limited to, substrate profile, degree of cleanliness, and moisture. 2. Inspect preparation and application of nonshrink grout form work for conformance to the manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Conduct a final review of completed nonshrink grout installation for conformance to these Specifications. 4. Provide a flow cone and cube molds with restraining plates onsite. Continue tests during Project as demonstrated by grout manufacturer's representative. 5. Perform flow cone and bleed tests, and make three 2 -inch by 2 -inch cubes for each 25 cubic feet of each type of nonshrink grout used. Use restraining caps for cube molds in accordance with ASTM C1107/Cl 107M. 6. For large grout applications, make three additional cubes and one more flow cone test. Include bleed test for each additional 25 cubic feet of nonshrink grout placed. 7. Consistency: As specified in Article Nonshrink Grout. Flow cone test in accordance with ASTM C939. Grout with consistencies outside range requirements shall be rejected. 8. Segregation: As specified in Article Nonshrink Grout. Grout when aggregate separates shall be rejected. 9. Nonshrink grout cubes shall test equal to or greater than minimum strength specified. 10. Strength Test Failures: Nonshrink grout work failing strength tests shall be removed and replaced. 11. Perform bleeding test in accordance with ASTM C940 to demonstrate grout will not bleed. 12. Store cubes at 70 degrees F. 13. Independent testing laboratory shall prepare, store, cure, and test cubes in accordance with ASTM C1107/C1107M. 14. All grout, already placed, which fails to meet the requirements of these Specifications, is subject to removal and replacement at no additional cost to the Owner. GROUTING PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 62 00 - 8 MARCH 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF C. Evaluation and Acceptance of Epoxy Grout: 1. Inspect ambient conditions during various phases of epoxy grouting installation for conformance with the epoxy grout manufacturer's requirements. 2. Inspect the surface preparation of concrete substrates onto which epoxy grout materials are to be applied, for conformance to the specified application criteria including, but not limited to, substrate profile, degree of cleanliness, and moisture. 3. Inspect the surface preparation of the metallic substrates onto which the epoxy primer is to be applied. 4. Inspect the epoxy -primed metallic substrate for coverage and adhesion. 5. Inspect preparation and application of epoxy grout form work for conformance to the manufacturer's recommendation. 6. Verify consistency obtained is sufficient for the proper field placement at the installed temperatures. 7. Inspect and record that the "pot life" of epoxy grout materials is not exceeded during the installation. 8. Inspect epoxy grout for cure. 9. Inspect and record that localized repairs made to grout voids are in conformance with the specification requirements. 10. Conduct a final review of completed epoxy grout installation for conformance to these Specifications. 11. Compression tests and fabrication of specimens for epoxy grout shall be made in accordance to ASTM C579, Method B, at intervals during construction as selected by the Project representative. Set of three specimens shall be made for testing at 7 days, and each earlier time period as appropriate. 12. Independent testing laboratory shall prepare, store, cure, and test cubes in accordance with ASTM C579. 13. Grout, already placed, which fails to meet the requirements of these Specifications, is subject to removal and replacement at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.05 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES A. General: 1. Coordinate demonstrations, training sessions, and applicable Site visits with grout manufacturer's representative. Allow 2 -week notice to grout manufacturer's representative for scheduling purposes. 2. Provide and conduct onsite, demonstration and training sessions for bleed tests, mixing, flow cone measurement, cube testing, application, and curing for each category and type of grout. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 GROUTING MARCH 23, 2026 03 62 00 - 9 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRY 3. Necessary equipment and materials shall be available for demonstration. 4. Conduct training prior to equipment mount installation work on equipment pads. 5. Training for each type of grout shall be not less than 4 hours' duration. B. Nonshrink Grout Training: 1. Training is required for all Type II and Type III grout installations. 2. Provide nonshrink grout installation training by the qualified grout manufacturer's representative for Contractor's workers that will be installing nonshrink grout for baseplates and equipment mounts. Schedule training to allow Engineer's attendance. 3. Mix nonshrink grouts to required consistency, test, place, and cure on actual Project, such as, baseplates and form tie -through bolt holes to provide actual on-the-job training. 4. Use minimum of two bags for each grout Category II and Category III. Mix grout to fluid consistency and conduct flow cone and two bleed tests, make a minimum of six cubes for testing of two cubes at 1 day, 3 days, and 28 days. Use remaining grout for final Work. 5. Include recommended grout curing methods in the training. 6. Mix and demonstrate patching through -bolt holes and blockouts for gate guides, and similar items. 7. Transport test cubes to independent test laboratory and obtain test reports. 8. Training by manufacturer's representative does not relieve Contractor of overall responsibility for this portion of the work. 9. Submit a list of attendees that have been satisfactorily trained to perform epoxy grout installation for equipment mounting. C. Epoxy Grout Training: 1. Provide epoxy grout installation training by the qualified epoxy grout manufacturer's representative for Contractor's workers that will be installing epoxy grout for equipment mounts. Schedule training to allow Engineer's attendance. 2. Include training in: a. Performance testing such as compressive strength testing of epoxy grout. b. All aspects of using the products, from mixing to application. 3. Transport test cubes to independent test laboratory and obtain test reports. 4. Training by manufacturer's representative does not relieve Contractor of overall responsibility for this portion of the work. 5. Submit a list of attendees that have been satisfactorily trained to perform epoxy grout installation for equipment mounting. GROUTING PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 62 00 - 10 MARCH 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 3.06 SUPPLEMENTS A. The supplement listed below, following "End of Section," is part of this specification. 1. 24 -hour Evaluation of Nonshrink Grout Test Form and Grout Testing Procedures. END OF SECTION PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 GROUTING MARCH 23, 2026 036200-11 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF SUPPLEMENT 1 (Test Lab Name) (Address) (Phone No.) 24 -HOUR EVALUATION OF NONSHRINK GROUT TEST FORM OBJECTIVE: Define standard set of test procedures for an independent testing laboratory to perform and complete within a 24 -hour period. SCOPE: Utilize test procedures providing 24 -hour results to duplicate field grouting demands. Intent of evaluation is to establish grout manufacturer's qualifications. PRIOR TO TEST: Obtain three bags of each type of grout. 1. From intended grout supplier for Project. 2. Three bags of grout shall be of same lot number. ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS FOR GROUT BEING TESTED FROM LITERATURE, DATA, AND PRINTING ON BAG: A. Product data and warranty information contained in company literature and data? Yes No B. Literature and bag information meet specified requirements? Yes No C. Manufacturer guarantees grout? Yes No D. Guarantee extends beyond grout replacement value and allows participation with Contractor in replacing and repairing defective areas? Yes No E. Water demands and limits printed on bag? Yes No F. Mixing information printed on the bag? Yes No G. Temperature restrictions printed on bag? Yes No *Rejection of a grout will occur if one or more answers are noted NO. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 GROUTING MARCH 23, 2026 03 62 00 SUPPLEMENT - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF GROUT TESTING PROCEDURES A. Bagged Material: 1. List lot numbers. 2. List expiration date. 3. Weigh bags and record weight. Owner's Representative will disqualify grout if bag weights have misstated measure plus or minus 2 pounds by more than one out of three bags. (Accuracy of weights is required to regulate amount of water used in mixing since this will affect properties.) B. Mixing and Consistency Determination: 1. Mix full bag of grout in 10 -gallon pail. 2. Use electric drill with a paddle device to mix grout (jiffy or jiffler type paddle). 3. Use maximum water allowed per water requirements listed in bag instructions. 4. Mix grout to maximum time listed on bag instructions. 5. In accordance with ASTM C939 (flow cone) determine time of mixed grout through the flow cone. seconds 6. Add water to attain 20 -second to 30 -second flow in accordance with ASTM C939. 7. Record time of grout through cone at new water demand. seconds 8. Record total water needed to attain 20- to 30 -second flow. pounds 9. Record percent of water. percent C. When fluid grout is specified and additional water is required beyond grout manufacturer's listed maximum water, ASTM C1107/C1107M will be run at new water per grout ratio to determine whether grout passes using actual water requirements to be fluid. Use new water per grout ratio on remaining tests. D. Bleed Test: 1. Fill two gallon cans half full of freshly mixed grout at ambient temperatures for each category and at required consistency for each. 2. Place one can of grout in tub of ice water and leave one can at ambient temperature. 3. Cover top of both cans with glass or plastic plate preventing evaporation. 4. Maintain 38 degrees F to 42 degrees F temperature with grout placed in ice and maintain ambient temperature for second container for 1 hour. 5. Visually check for bleeding of water at 15 -minute intervals for 2 hours. GROUTING PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 62 00 SUPPLEMENT -2 MARCH 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 6. Perform final observation at 24 hours. If grout bleeds a small amount at temperatures specified, grout will be rejected. E. Extended Flow Time and Segregation Test (for Category II and Category III): Divide the remaining grout into two 3 -gallon cans. Place the cans into the 40 -degree F and 90 -degree F containers and leave for 20, 40, and 60 minutes. Every 20 minutes remove and check for segregation or settlement of aggregate. Use a gloved hand to reach to the bottom of the can, if more than 1/4 inch of aggregate has settled to the bottom or aggregate has segregated into clumps reject the grout. 2. Right after the settlement test mix the grout with the drill mixer for 10 seconds. Take an ASTM C939 flow cone test of grout and record flow time. Maintain this process for 1 hour at ambient temperatures of 40 degrees F and 90 degrees F. a. 20 min b. 40 min c. 60 min d. 20 min e. 40 min f. 60 min , sec. @ 40 degrees F. , sec. @ 40 degrees F. , sec. @ 40 degrees F. , sec. @ 90 degrees F. , sec. @ 90 degrees F. , sec. @ 90 degrees F. All Category II and Category III grout that will not go through the flow cone with continuous flow after 60 minutes will be disqualified. Qualified Disqualified F. 24 -hour Strength Test: 1. Using grout left in mixing cans in accordance with ASTM C 1107/Cl 107M for mixing and consistency determination test and for extended time flow test, make minimum of nine cube samples. 2. Store cubes at 70 degrees F for 24 hours. 3. Record average compressive strength of nine cubes at 24 hours. Grout will be disqualified if 24 -hour compressive strengths are less than 2,500 psi for grouts claiming fluid placement capabilities. Grouts that have not been disqualified after these tests are qualified for use on the Project for the application indicated in Nonshrink Grout Schedule. Signature of Independent Testing Laboratory Date Test Conducted PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 MARCH 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS GROUTING 03 62 00 SUPPLEMENT -3 MARY'S CREEK WRF SECTION 03 63 00 CONCRETE DOWELING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards that may be referenced in this section: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. C881/C881M, Standard Specification for Epoxy -Resin -Base Bonding Systems for Concrete. b. E488, Standard Test Methods for Strength of Anchors in Concrete and Masonry Elements. 3. International Code Council (ICC): a. 2021 International Building Code (IBC). b. Evaluation Services Reports. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. ICC Evaluation Services Report: Published by ICC for products provided by concrete adhesive anchor manufacturers. B. Special Inspection: As defined in the ICC IBC and indicated on the Statement of Special Inspection (Plan) on the Drawings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's catalog information. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturer's instructions for preparation, placement, drilling of holes, installation of anchors and adhesive, and handling of cartridges, nozzles, and equipment. 2. Manufacturer's written letter of certification identifying installer's qualifications to install products. 3. ICC Evaluation Services Report: Specific to proposed doweling system manufacturer. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONCRETE DOWELING MARCH 12, 2026 03 63 00 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRY 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer: At least three similar projects with same products within last 3 years. 2. Installer: Trained and certified by manufacturer. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Container Markings: Include manufacturer's name, product name, batch number, mix ratio by volume, product expiration date, ANSI hazard classification, and appropriate ANSI handling precautions. B. Store adhesive components in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. C. Dispose of when: 1. Shelf life has expired. 2. Stored other than per manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Adhesive: 1. Approved by an ICC Evaluation Services Report for conformance to 2021 IBC requirements for doweling of steel reinforcing bars in cracked concrete. 2. Suitable for long-term loads as well as for wind and seismic loads. 3. Meet requirements of ASTM C881/C881M. 4. Two -component, insensitive to moisture, designed to be used in adverse freeze/thaw environments. 5. Disposable, Self -Contained Cartridge System: a. Capable of dispensing both components in proper mixing ratio. b. Fit into manually or pneumatically operated caulking gun. 6. Mixed Adhesive: Nonsag, light paste consistency with ability to remain in a 1 -inch diameter overhead drilled hole without runout. 7. Cure Temperature, Pot Life, and Workability: Compatible for intended use and anticipated environmental conditions. CONCRETE DOWELING PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 036300-2 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 8. Manufacturers and Products: a. Hilti, Inc., Tulsa, OK; HIT -RE 500 V3 (ESR-3814) or HIT HY 200 (ESR 3187) Adhesive Anchors. b. Powers Fasteners, Brewster, NY; Power PURE 110+ Epoxy Adhesive Anchor System (ESR-3298). c. Simpson Strong -Tie Co., Inc., Pleasanton, CA; SET -XP Epoxy Adhesive Anchors (ESR-2508). B. Mixing Nozzles: 1. Disposable, manufactured in several sizes to accommodate size of reinforcing dowels. 2. Nonremovable internal static mixer required to ensure proper blending of components. C. Reinforcing Dowels: As specified in Section 03 21 00, Steel Reinforcement. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Drilling Equipment: 1. Drilling Hammers for Dowel Holes: a. Electric or pneumatic rotary type with medium or light impact. b. Hollow drills with flushing air systems are preferred. 2. Where edge distances are less than 2 inches, use lighter impact equipment to prevent microcracking and concrete spalling during drilling process. B. Hole Diameter: Use drill bit diameter meeting ICC Evaluation Services Report requirements and as recommended by manufacturer. C. Obstructions in Drill Path: When existing steel reinforcement is encountered during drilling, obtain Engineer approval for proposed fix. D. Doweling: 1. Install per details shown on Drawings and in accordance with adhesive manufacturer's instructions. 2. When using epoxy anchors, dowels may be prebent prior to installation to 15 degrees to align with other bars. Do not heat dowels to bend. 3. Bent Bar Dowels: Where edge distances are critical and intersection with steel reinforcement or other obstruction is likely, slant drill to address edge distance or to clear obstruction. If drill must be slanted more than indicated in the manufacturer's installation instructions to clear obstruction, notify Engineer for direction on how to proceed. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 CONCRETE DOWELING MARCH 12, 2026 03 63 00 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF E. Adhesive: 1. Install in accordance with written manufacturer's instructions. 2. Dispense components through specially designed static mixing nozzle that thoroughly mixes components and places mixed adhesive at base of predrilled hole. 3. Dispensing, Metering, and Mixing Adhesive Components: Use portable, automatic metering and mixing device or machine capable of maintaining prescribed mix ratio within deviation of 5 percent or less, by volume. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner -Furnished Quality Assurance, in accordance with IBC Chapter 17 requirements, is provided in the Statement of Special Inspection (Plan) on Drawings. Contractor responsibilities and related information on special inspection and testing are included in Section 01 45 33, Special Inspection, Observation, and Testing. 1. Special inspection will be performed by the Special Inspector in accordance with ICC ESR requirements and as specified in Section 01 45 33, Special Inspection, Observation, and Testing. 2. Continuous inspection required where noted on Drawings and where concrete dowels are installed in overhead applications. 3. Periodic inspection required where continuous inspection is not specified. 4. Special Inspector will observe installation in accordance with requirements of the ICC Evaluation Services Report and will submit report including the following: a. Product Description: Product name, rod diameter, and length. b. Drill bit compliance. c. Hole diameter, diameter, and depth and cleanliness. d. Adhesive expiration date. 5. Verification of dowel installation in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions B. Contractor -Furnished Quality Control: Inspection and testing as required in Section 01 45 16.13, Contractor Quality Control. END OF SECTION CONCRETE DOWELING PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 036300-4 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF SECTION 03 64 23 EPDXY RESIN INJECTION GROUTING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. ASTM International (ASTM): a. C882, Standard Specification for Test Method for Bond Strength of Epoxy Resin System Used with Concrete by Slant Shear. b. D570, Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics. c. D638, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. d. D648, Standard Test Method for Deflection Temperature of Plastics under Flexural Load in the Edgewise Position. e. D695, Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics. f. D790, Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Crack: Complete or incomplete separation of concrete into two or more parts produced by breaking or fracturing. B. Defective Area: As defined in Section 03 30 00, Cast -in -Place Concrete. C. Hydraulic Structure: Liquid containment structure and/or structure designed to mitigate liquid infiltration. D. Injection: Method of bonding together, addressing or eliminating leakage through cracks or joints by installing resin under pressure to fill the void in crack or joint. E. Joint: A planned and formed discontinuity in concrete structure at junction of adjacent and sequential concrete placements and may contain embedded waterstops. F. Leak or Leakage: Crack or joint exhibiting presence of moisture, sign of efflorescence, intermittently wet to touch, or continuous flow of liquid. G. Narrow Cracks: Width equal to or less than 0.015 inch. H. Wide Cracks: Wider than 0.015 inch. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EPDXY RESIN INJECTION GROUTING MARCH 12, 2026 03 64 23 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Physical and chemical properties for epoxy resin. 2. Technical data for metering, mixing, and injection equipment. 3. Depth of penetration, length, material used, and procedures where epoxy is approved for use. 4. Marked up drawings of proposed epoxy injection repair crack locations, widths, and lengths and direction on structure. 5. Sample bottle. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturer's recommended surface preparation procedures and application instructions for epoxy resins. 2. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance in accordance with Section 01 61 00, Common Product Requirements. Certified test results for each batch of epoxy resin. 3. Statements of Qualification for Epoxy Resin: a. Manufacturer's Site representative. b. Injection applicator. c. Injection pump operating technician. 4. Sample of epoxy resin two component ratio and injection pressure test records for concrete crack repair work. 5. Installation instructions for repairing core holes with repair mortar. 6. Health and Safety Plans for acid flushing work. Test results of epoxy resin bond tests. 7. Epoxy resin two component ratio and injection pressure test records for concrete crack repair work. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications for Injection Staffs: Manufacturer's Site Representative: a. Capable of instructing successful methods of epoxy injection process for concrete structure. b. Understands and is capable of explaining technical aspects of correct material selection and use. c. Experienced in operation, maintenance, and troubleshooting of application equipment. EPDXY RESIN INJECTION GROUTING PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 64 23 - 2 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 2. Injection Crew and Job Foreman: a. Provide written and verifiable evidence showing compliance with the following requirements: 1) Licensed or certified by epoxy resin material manufacturer. 2) Minimum 3 years' experience in successful epoxy injection for at least 10,000 linear feet of successful crack injection, including 2,000 linear feet of wet crack injection to stop water leakage. B. Injected Epoxy Resin: Fill cracks and joints with minimum resin depth penetration no less than 90 percent of: 1. Full thickness of concrete section for cracks or joints. 2. Depth between waterstop and inside face of structure for joints with an embedded waterstop. C. Injected cracks and joints which leak shall be considered deficient work irrespective of depth of penetration. Reinjection of deficient work or, with approval of Engineer, provide other repairs to eliminate leakage. D. Bond Strength Test for Epoxy Resin: 1. Concrete failure before resin failure. 2. 1,500 psi minimum bond strength per ASTM C882 test requirements with no failure of either concrete or epoxy resin. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packing and Shipping: 1. Package resin material in new sealed containers and label with following information: a. Manufacturer's name. b. Product name and lot number. c. ANSI Hazard Classification. d. ANSI recommended precautions for handling. e. Mix ratio by volume for components. B. Storage and Protection: Store epoxy resin material containers in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions and at ambient temperatures below 110 degrees F and above 45 degrees F. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EPDXY RESIN INJECTION GROUTING MARCH 12, 2026 03 64 23 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRY PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS 2.02 A. Materials and accessories specified in this section shall be products of: 1. BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC-Building Systems, Shakopee, MN; SCB Concresive Series products that meet properties indicated in sub- section 2.2.B. 2. Sika Corp., Lyndhurst, NJ; Sikadur Series products that meet properties below. 3. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; Euco Series (#452) products that meet properties below. EPDXY INJECTION RESIN A. Two -component A and B structural epoxy resin for injection into cracks or joints or other voids in concrete structures for bonding or grouting. B. Uncured Resin Properties: 1. When mixed in ratio specified on resin container label: Wide Cracks Narrow Cracks Test Method [A: or Jointsl [A: or Jointsl Pot Life (60 -gram As specified in 13 to 25 minutes 15 to 30 minutes mass) @ 77, plus Article Source or minus 4 deg F Quality Control Pot Life (60 -gram As specified in 3 to 10 minutes 10 to 20 minutes mass) @ 100, plus Article Source or minus 4 deg F Quality Control Viscosity @ 40, Brookfield RVT 4,400 cps 600 cps plus or minus 3 Spindle No. 4 @ de F 20rpm Viscosity @ 75 to Brookfield RVT 375 to 350 cps 175 to 140 cps 77 deg F Spindle No. 2 @ 20 rpm EPDXY RESIN INJECTION GROUTING PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 64 23 - 4 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF C. Epoxy Resin Properties: When cured for 7 days at 77 degree F, plus or minus 3 degrees F and conditioned at test temperature 12 hours prior to test, unless otherwise specified. Wide Cracks or Narrow Cracks or Test Method Joints Joints Ultimate Tensile ASTM D368 8,000 min. 5,000 min. Strength, psi Tensile Elongation ASTM D638 4.2 max. 3.0 max. Break, percent Flexural Strength, ASTM D790 10,000 min. 10,000 min. psi Flexural Modulus, ASTM D790 5.5 x 105 min. 4.5x105 min. psi Compressive Yield ASTM D695* 15,000 min. 12,000 min. Strength, psi Compressive ASTM D695* 4.0x105 min. 4.0x105 min. Modulus, psi Heat Deflection ASTM D648* 130 deg F min. 140 deg F min. Temperature Cured 3 days @40 deg F — Wet Concrete 3,500 psi min. 3,500 psi min. Cured 1 day @ 77 deg F— Dry Concrete 5,000 psi min. 5,000 psi min. Cured 3 days @ 77 deg plus or minus 3 deg 5,000 psi min. 5,000 psi min. F *Cure test specimens so that peak exothermic temperature of resin does not exceed 100 degrees F. Note: See referenced specifications for preparation method of test specimens. 2.03 SURFACE SEAL A. Sufficient strength and adhesion for holding injection fittings firmly in place and to resist pressures preventing leakage during injection. B. Capable of removal after injection resin has cured. 2.04 WATER A. Clean and free from oil, acid, alkali, organic matter, or other deleterious substances. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EPDXY RESIN INJECTION GROUTING MARCH 12, 2026 03 64 23 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 2.05 SAMPLE BOTTLE A. Five -inch natural wide mouth HDPE bottle or 4 -ounce clear PVC cylinder bottle; supplied with caps. 2.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Test Requirements: Perform tests for each batch of epoxy resin. B. Pot Life Test: 1. Condition Component A and Component B to required temperature. 2. Measure components in ratio of Component B as stated on manufacturer's label into an 8 -fluid ounce paper cup. 3. Mix components for 60 seconds using non-metallic stirring instrument. Scrape sides and bottom of cup periodically. 4. Probe mixture once with non-metallic stirring instrument every 30 seconds, starting 2 minutes prior to minimum specified pot life. 5. Pot Life Definition: Time at which a soft stringy mass forms in center of cup. C. Slant Shear Test: Prepare specimens and perform tests in accordance with ASTM C882. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Unless permitted otherwise, structurally repair cracks listed below: 1. Cracks considered to be defective as defined in Section 03 30 00, Cast - in -Place Concrete. 2. All vertical cracks near corners or intersections. 3. All horizontal cracks at wall bases. 4. All cracks in walls of circular tanks. 5. All cracks caused by voids or honeycombs. 6. All horizontal joints with leaks and dampness. 7. All cracks caused by construction overloading. 8. All vertical or diagonal cracks caused by drying shrinkage. Inject 90 days after placement, unless approved otherwise by the project Structural Engineer. 9. All horizontal cracks caused by drying shrinkage. Inject 90 days after placement, unless approved otherwise by the project Structural Engineer. EPDXY RESIN INJECTION GROUTING PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 64 23 - 6 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 10. All cracks as a result of thermal shrinkage where the concrete member being injected has been allowed to dry after placement for a minimum of 90 days. 11. All other cracks as a result of drying shrinkage to be repaired 90 days or more after placement. B. Do not proceed with injection work until submittals have been reviewed and approved by Engineer. C. Perform cracks or joints injection work after removing defective surface materials and after performing surface preparation, but prior to applying surface repair material unless otherwise noted. See Section 03 01 32, Repair of Vertical and Overhead Concrete Surfaces, and Section 03 01 33, Repair of Horizontal Concrete Surfaces, for concrete surface repair system. D. Width of cracks may vary along length and through thickness of concrete section. E. Remove all excess, unused epoxy resin materials on concrete surfaces exposed to view prior to end of Work. 3.02 EQUIPMENT A. Portable, positive displacement type pumps with in -line metering to meter and mix two epoxy resin components and inject mixture into cracks or joints. B. Pumps: 1. Electric or air powered with interlocks providing positive ratio control of proportions for the two components at nozzle. 2. Primary injection pumps for each material of different mix ratio, including a standby backup pump of similar ratio. 3. Capable of immediate compensation for changes in resins. 4. Do not use batch mix pumps. C. Discharge Pressure: Automatic pressure controls capable of discharging mixed epoxy resin at pressures in accordance with epoxy resin manufacturer's printed instruction and able to maintain pressure. D. Automatic Shutoff Control: Provide sensors on both Component A and Component B reservoirs for stopping machine automatically when only one component is being pumped to mixing head. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EPDXY RESIN INJECTION GROUTING MARCH 12, 2026 03 64 23 - 7 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRY E. Proportioning Ratio Tolerance: Maintain epoxy resin manufacturer's prescribed mix ratio within a tolerance of plus or minus 5 percent by volume at discharge pressure up to 160 psi. F. Ratio/Pressure Check Device: 1. Two independent valve nozzles capable of controlling flow rate and pressure by opening or closing valve to restrict material flow. 2. Pressure gauge capable of sensing pressure behind each valve. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Free cracks or joints from loose matter, dirt, laitance, oil, grease, efflorescence, salt, and other contaminants. B. Clean cracks or joints in accordance with epoxy resin manufacturer's instructions. C. Clean surfaces adjacent to cracks or joints from dirt, dust, grease, oil, efflorescence, and other foreign matter detrimental to bond of surface seal system and to expose the full extent of cracks and joints in accordance with manufacturer's printed instruction by low pressure water cleaning using a pressure of 1,000 psi to 3,000 psi. D. Do not use acids and corrosives for cleaning, other than those specified herein unless neutralized prior to injecting epoxy resin. E. During installation and curing of materials, if ambient temperature is expected to drop below manufacturer's recommended minimum temperature, provide enclosures and heat as required. F. Provide work platforms as required. G. Dry out cracks or joints if required by manufacturer's instructions. 3.04 APPLICATION A. All liquid is to be removed from hydraulic structure prior to commencing with epoxy injection, unless approved otherwise. B. Entry Ports: 1. Establish openings for epoxy resin entry in surface seal along crack. 2. Determine space between entry ports equal to thickness of concrete member to allow epoxy resin to penetrate to the full thickness of the member. EPDXY RESIN INJECTION GROUTING PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 64 23 - 8 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 3. Drill injection holes at an angle between 45 degrees and 60 degrees from surface of concrete and perpendicular to alignment of cracks or joints, to intersect crack or joint at midpoint of concrete section, and intersect joints at midpoint between waterstop and interior or exterior concrete surface, except as noted otherwise. 4. Locate drill holes on alternate sides of crack or joint where possible, unless orientation of crack or joint is known or has been verified by non-destructive testing techniques or core drilling. 5. Drill Hole Spacing: Do not to exceed concrete thicknesses or 12 inches maximum, except as noted otherwise. 6. Adjust location and angle of drill holes to suit orientation of crack or joint and at commencement of drilling holes for injection and at beginning of each subsequent shift. 7. Take measures to prevent drilling holes for injection too shallow or too deep. 8. Remove dust and debris in drill holes and on surface of structure resulting from drilling operation, by flushing with water prior to installing the injection packers or ports. 9. Space entry ports closer together to allow adjustment of injection pressure to obtain minimum loss of epoxy to soil at locations where: a. Cracks or joints extend entirely through concrete element. b. Backfill of walls on one side. c. Slab -on -grade. d. Difficult to excavate behind wall to seal both surfaces of crack. 10. Install injection packers or ports in drill holes in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions with zerk coupling or other one-way ball or check valve, to permit testing for watertightness and acid flushing of cracks and joints. C. Acid Flushing of Cracks and Joints: 1. Flush cracks and joints with acid flushing solution in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions, at high pressure or resin injection pressure. Apply acid flushing solution for a sufficient duration to permit solution to penetrate full depth and length of cracks and joints or to waterstop in joints. 2. Following acid flushing, flush cracks and joints with copious quantities of potable water in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. at a pressure of 1,000 psi, or resin injection pressure, whichever is greater. until no evidence of acid flushing solution is visible in flush water. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EPDXY RESIN INJECTION GROUTING MARCH 12, 2026 03 64 23 - 9 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRY 3. Submit in -field health and safety plan for acid flushing operation. As a minimum, identify worker conducting acid flushing by wearing a reflective safety vest and signs indicating "Acid Flushing". Also, clearly identify Work area where acid flushing is underway by signs and isolate by placing orange pylons or other temporary barrier, and signs indicating "Acid Flushing". As work progresses, move pylons or barriers and signs to maintain a safe zone. D. Application of Surface Seal along Cracks and Joints: 1. Apply surface seal in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to designated cracks and joints face prior to injection. Seal surface of cracks or joints to contain and prevent escape of injection epoxy. 2. Cure surface seal in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions before commencing inject work. E. Epoxy Injection: 1. Ensure zerk coupling is not installed in ports or packers next to the one being injected. 2. Start injection into each crack or joint at lowest elevation entry port or packer along vertical or diagonal crack or joint, and at one end of horizontal crack or joint. 3. Where injection entry ports or packers are used, continue injection at first port or packer until resin begins to flow out of port or packer at next highest elevation. Plug first port or packer and start injection at second port or packer until resin flows from next port or packer. 4. Inject entire crack or joint with same sequence. 5. At no time inject more than 6 feet length of first vertical crack or joint before verifying resin in sample bottle has start to set and cure. 6. Prior to commencing injection work along a horizontal crack or joint in structure when processed using ports or packers with zerk couplings are used, remove zerk couplings from injection ports or packers except for two ports or packers located where injection work will commence. Commence injection work in first two ports or packers. Once clean resin is vented from third injection port or packer, cease injection at first port or packer, and install zerk coupling and commence injection at third port or packer. Repeat process for fourth and subsequent ports or packers until full length of crack or joint has been injected. EPDXY RESIN INJECTION GROUTING PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 036423-10 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF F. Finishing: 1. Allow epoxy resin to cure in accordance with manufacturer's instruction after cracks or joints have been completely injected to allow surface seal removal without draining or runback of uncured epoxy resin material from cracks or joints. 2. Remove surface seal and injection packers or ports from cured injection resin along crack. 3. Finish crack or joint faces flush with adjacent concrete. 4. Indentations or protrusions caused by placement of entry ports, packers, drill holes, or damage from removal of surface seal is not acceptable. 5. Grind off protrusions and patch indentations and holes from injection packers and entry ports with a suitable patch material to satisfaction of Engineer. 6. Remove surplus surface seal material splatters and injection resin material runs and spills from concrete surfaces. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Epoxy Resin Two Component Ratio Tests: 1. Disconnect mixing head and pump two resin components simultaneously through ratio check device. 2. Adjust discharge pressure to 160 psi for both resin components. 3. Simultaneously discharge both resin components into separate calibrated containers. 4. Compare amounts simultaneously discharged into calibrated containers during same time period to determine mix ratio. 5. Complete test at 160 psi discharge pressure and repeat procedure for 0 psi discharge pressure. 6. Run ratio test for each injection unit at beginning and end of each injection work day, and when injection work has stopped for more than 1 hour. 7. Document and maintain complete accurate records of ratios and pressure checks. B. Injection Pressure Test: 1. Disconnect mixing head of injection equipment and connect two resin component delivery lines to pressure check device. 2. Pressure Check Device: a. Two independent valved nozzles capable of controlling flow rate and pressure by opening or closing of valve. b. Pressure gauge capable of sensing pressure buildup behind each valve. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 EPDXY RESIN INJECTION GROUTING MARCH 12, 2026 036423-11 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRY 3. Close valves on pressure check device and operate equipment until gauge pressure on each line reads 160 psi. 4. Stop pumps and observe pressure; do not allow pressure gauge to drop below 150 psi within 3 minutes. 5. Run pressure test for each injection equipment unit: a. Beginning and end of each injection work day. b. When injection work stop for more than 45 minutes. 6. Check tolerance to verify equipment capable of meeting specified ratio tolerance. C. Bottled Sample Tests: 1. During injection operation, provide at least one sample of mixed epoxy resin for each injection pump per shift per injection work day in a sample bottle. 2. Provide sufficient sample to demonstrate sample material epoxy resin will set and cure correctly. 3. Label each bottled sample with Contractor's name, date, and time sample was taken, and location in structure where sample was taken. Record details of bottle sample tests. 4. Place filled sample bottle upright in a container and allow sample to cure. 5. After sample has been allowed to cure, cut bottled sample open and visually inspect contents to verify that epoxy resin material has completely reacted and cured. 6. Evaluation and Assessment of Test: a. Should bottled sample(s) indicate a problem; such as epoxy resin not cured or foreign liquid in sample bottle, take verifying core sample immediately from cracks or joints, where material was used. b. Should above -referenced bottle sample(s) and core sample(s) indicate a problem with epoxy resin, arrange to have a Technical Representative of the epoxy resin manufacturer come to Site to review bottled sample(s) and core drilled sample(s) with Engineer and provide technical advice on corrective measures. c. Carry out further investigation work or corrective measures recommended by Technical Representative of epoxy resin manufacturer. END OF SECTION EPDXY RESIN INJECTION GROUTING PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 64 23 - 12 MARCH 12, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF SECTION 03 64 24 POLYURETHANE INJECTION GROUTING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards that may be referenced in this section: 1. ASTM International (ASTM): a. D638, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. b. Dl 622, Standard Test Method for Apparent Density of Rigid Cellular Plastics. c. D 1623, Standard Test Method for Tensile and Tensile Adhesion Properties of Rigid Cellular Plastics. d. D3574, Standard Test Method for Flexible Cellular Material Slab, Bonded, and Molded Urethane Foams. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Crack: Complete or incomplete separation of concrete into two or more parts produced by breaking or fracturing. B. Injection: Method of bonding together; method of addressing or eliminating leakage through cracks or joints by installing polymer under pressure to fill the void in crack or joint. C. Joint: Planned and formed discontinuity in concrete structure at junction of adjacent and sequential concrete placements, and may contain embedded waterstops. D. Leak or Leakage: Crack or joint exhibiting moisture, sign of efflorescence, intermittent wet to touch, or continuous flow of liquid. E. Narrow Cracks: Width equal to or less than 0.015 inch. F. Wide Crack: Wider than 0.015 inch. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 POLYURETHANE INJECTION GROUTING MARCH 23, 2026 03 64 24 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 1.03 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Physical and chemical properties for polyurethane injection resin. 2. Technical data for metering, mixing, and injection equipment. a. Marked up drawings showing locations of proposed polyurethane injection work, including the following: 1) Exact locations for injection. 2) Depth of penetration or crack. 3) Width of crack measured every 4 feet minimum. 4) Length of penetration or crack. b. Proposed materials. c. Injection procedure, including the following: 1) Preparation of penetration for polyurethane. 2) Fittings for installation for injection. 3) Temperature of installation. 4) Measurement and monitoring of injection pressure. 5) Surface cleaning and repair. 3. Sample bottle. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturer's recommended surface preparation procedures and application instructions for polyurethane resin injection. 2. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance in accordance with Section 01 61 00, Common Product Requirements. Certified test results for each batch of polyurethane. 3. Statements of Qualification for Polyurethane Resin Injection: a. Manufacturer's Site representative. b. Injection applicator. c. Injection pump operating technician. 4. Health and Safety Plans for acid flushing work. 5. Sample of polyurethane resin mix ratio and injection pressure test records for concrete crack and joint injection work. 6. Installation instructions for repairing core holes with repair mortar. 7. Polyurethane resins injection pressure test records for concrete crack and joint injection work. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications for Injection Staff: Manufacturer's Site Representative: a. Capable of instructing successful methods of polyurethane injection process for concrete structures. POLYURETHANE INJECTION GROUTING PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 64 24 - 2 MARCH 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF b. Understands and is capable of explaining technical aspects of correct material selection and use. c. Experienced in the operation, maintenance, and troubleshooting of application equipment. 2. Injection crew and job foreman shall provide written and verifiable evidence showing compliance with the following requirements: a. Licensed or certified by polyurethane resin manufacturer. b. Minimum 3 years' experience in successful polyurethane injection. 1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Injected polyurethane resin shall fill cracks and joints, and in no case shall depth of penetration of injection material be less than 90 percent of: 1. Full thickness of the concrete section for cracks. 2. Depth between the waterstop and the inside face of the structure for joints. B. In cured state, injected polyurethane resin forms a dense rubber -like closed cell flexible foam compression gasket -type seal material. C. Notwithstanding the foregoing, injected cracks or joints which exhibit leakage are considered deficient work irrespective of the depth of penetration observed in quality control core drilled samples. Reinject deficient work as required to meet the performance requirements. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packing and Shipping: 1. Package adhesive material in new sealed containers and label with following information: a. Manufacturer's name. b. Product name and lot number. c. ANSI Hazard Classification (formerly SPI Classification). d. ANSI recommended precautions for handling. e. Mix ratio by volume for accelerator. B. Storage and Protection: Store polyurethane resin material containers in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions or in the absence of such information at ambient temperatures below 110 degrees F and above 68 degrees F. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 POLYURETHANE INJECTION GROUTING MARCH 23, 2026 03 64 24 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRY PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Sika Corp., Lyndhurst, NJ; SikaFix HH Hydrophilic. B. Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, OH; DURAL Aqua-Fi1. C. Prime Resins, Inc., Conyers, GA; Prime Flex 900 XLV. 2.02 POLYURETHANE RESIN A. Single -component, water -activated, hydrophilic polyurethane injection resin. B. Accelerator: Compatible with polyurethane resin from same manufacturer. C. Elongation: Minimum 350 percent, in accordance with ASTM D3574 or ASTM D638 test method. D. Tensile Strength: Minimum 150 psi, in accordance with ASTM D3574 or ASTM D638 test method. E. Shrinkage: Less than 2 percent. 2.03 SURFACE SEAL A. Provide seal with sufficient strength and adhesion for holding injection fittings firmly in place, and to resist pressures preventing leakage during injection. B. Capable of removal after injection resin has cured. 2.04 WATER A. Clean and free from oil, acid, alkali, organic matter, or other deleterious substances, meeting federal drinking water standards. 2.05 SAMPLE BOTTLE A. 5 inches natural wide mouth HDPE bottle or 4 ounces clear PVC cylinder bottle, supplied with caps. 2.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Test Requirements: Perform tests for each batch of polyurethane resins. POLYURETHANE INJECTION GROUTING PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 6424 - 4 MARCH 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Use of polyurethane injection shall be limited to locations as determined by Structural Engineer. B. Do not proceed with injection work until action submittals have been reviewed and approved by the Structural Engineer of Record. C. Perform injection work after performing surface preparation. D. Width of the cracks shown may vary along the length and through the thickness of the concrete section. E. Remove all excess unused polyurethane resins materials inside the structure prior to the end of the work. 3.02 EQUIPMENT A. Portable, positive displacement type pumps with in -line metering to meter mixed components, and inject mixture into crack or joint. B. Pumps: 1. Positive displacement type pump. 2. Equip the polyurethane injection equipment with pail heater(s) suitable for plastic pails capable of maintaining the polyurethane resin and accelerator mixture between 50 degrees F and 160 degrees F. 3. A thermometer with each pump for monitoring the temperature of the polyurethane resin. C. Discharge Pressure: Automatic pressure controls capable of discharging mixed polyurethane resin at pressures in accordance with polyurethane resin manufacturer's printed instructions, and able to maintain such pressure. D. Proportioning Ratio Tolerance: Maintain polyurethane manufacturer's prescribed mix ratio within a tolerance in accordance with polyurethane resin manufacturer's printed instructions. E. Pressure gauge capable of sensing pressure behind valve. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 POLYURETHANE INJECTION GROUTING MARCH 23, 2026 03 64 24 - 5 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 3.03 PREPARATION A. Free cracks and joints from loose matter, dirt, laitance, oil, grease, salt, and other contaminants. B. Clean cracks and joints in accordance with polyurethane resins manufacturer's printed instructions. C. Clean surfaces adjacent to cracks and joints from dirt, dust, grease, oil, efflorescence, encrustation, and other foreign matter detrimental to bond of surface seal system and to expose the full extent of cracks and joints in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions D. Do not use acids and corrosives for cleaning, other than those specified herein, unless neutralized prior to injecting polyurethane resin. E. During installation and curing of materials, if the ambient temperature is expected to drop below the manufacturer's recommended minimum temperature, provide enclosures and heat as required. F. Provide work platforms as required. 3.04 APPLICATION A. Injection Ports: 1. Drill holes shall be installed along cracks and joints designated for injection as required to meet the performance requirements for injection. 2. The requirements for installing drill holes for injection provided below represent acceptable minimum standards of practice. 3. Drill holes for injection at an angle between 45 degrees and 60 degrees from the surface of the concrete and perpendicular to the cracks or joints alignment, to intersect the cracks at the midpoint of the concrete section, and intersect the joints at the midpoint between the waterstop and interior concrete surface, except as noted otherwise. 4. Locate drill holes on alternate sides of the crack or joint where possible, unless orientation of the crack or joint is known or has been verified by nondestructive testing techniques or core drilling. 5. The spacing of drill holes not to exceed the concrete thickness or 12 inches (maximum), except as noted otherwise. POLYURETHANE INJECTION GROUTING PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 64 24 - 6 MARCH 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 6. Adjust location and angle of drill holes to suit orientation of crack or joint and at required angle, such as using a template, during the Work especially at the commencement of drilling holes for injection and at the beginning of each subsequent shift. 7. Take measures to prevent drilling holes for injection too shallow, or too deep. Shallow hole injections lead to concrete spalls. Repair spalls at Contractor's expense. 8. Remove dust and debris in drill holes and on interior surface of the structure resulting from drilling operation, by flushing with water prior to installing injection packers or ports. 9. Install injection packers or ports in drill holes in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions with zerk coupling, or other one- way ball or check valve, to permit testing for watertightness and acid flushing of cracks and joints. B. Application of Surface Seal Along Cracks and Joints: 1. Apply surface seal along the length of the cracks and joints designated for injection on the top side and underside of slabs, or both sides of walls, where possible in order to contain, confine, and prevent escape of the injected polyurethane resin, in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 2. Cure the surface seal in accordance with the material's manufacturer's printed instructions. C. Mixing Polyurethane Injection Resin: 1. Add accelerator to polyurethane injection resin at the required dosage to produce cured polyurethane material meeting performance requirements, and mix thoroughly in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions until a homogeneous mixture is obtained outside of the structure. 2. Heat polyurethane injection resin materials prior to and during mixing and injection as required and in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions to a temperature between 85 degrees F and 130 degrees F. Injection of polyurethane resin when it is less than 85 degrees F or more than 130 degrees F is prohibited. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 POLYURETHANE INJECTION GROUTING MARCH 23, 2026 03 64 24 - 7 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRY D. Polyurethane Injection of Cracks and Joints: 1. Inject polyurethane resins, mixed with accelerator or in a neat form, into cracks and joints in a sequential manner, and reinjection as required, to meet the performance requirements. 2. Start injection into each crack or joint at lowest elevation entry port for vertical or diagonal cracks and joints and at one end for horizontal cracks and joints in vertical structure. Continue injection at first port until pure uncontaminated resin begins to flow out of next port. Plug first port and start injection at second port until polyurethane resin flows from next port. Inject crack or joint in a sequential manner until the full length of the crack or joint has been injected. At no time inject more than 6 feet length of vertical crack or joint before verifying that the first 12 inches of injected crack or joint is set and cured. 3. Prior to commencing the injection work along a crack or joint in horizontal structure when packers with zerk couplings are used, remove the zerk couplings from the injection packers or ports except for the two packers located where the injection work will commence. Commence injection work in the first two packers. Once clean resin is vented from the third injection packer, cease injection at the first packer, and install the zerk coupling and commence injection at the third packer. Repeat the process for the fourth and subsequent packers until the full length of the crack or joint has been injected. E. Finishing: 1. Cure polyurethane resins after crack or joints has been completely filled without draining or runback of polyurethane resin material from crack or joints. 2. Remove surface seal and injection packers or ports from along the crack or joints. 3. Finish surface flush and to match surrounding concrete. 4. Indentations or protrusions caused by placement of entry ports drill holes, or damage from removal of surface seal, is not acceptable. 5. Grind off protrusions, and patch indentations and holes from packers and ports with a suitable patch material to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 6. Remove surplus surface seal material on splatters and injection material runs and spills from concrete surfaces. POLYURETHANE INJECTION GROUTING PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 64 24 - 8 MARCH 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRF 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Injection Pressure Test: 1. Disconnect mixing head of injection equipment and connect polyurethane component delivery line to pressure check device. 2. Pressure Check Device: a. Two independent valved nozzles capable of controlling flow rate and pressure by opening or closing of valve. b. Pressure gauge capable of sensing pressure buildup behind each valve. 3. Close valves on pressure check device and operate equipment until gauge pressure on each line reads 160 psi. 4. Stop pumps and observe pressure; do not allow pressure gauge to drop below 150 psi within 3 minutes. 5. Run pressure Test for Each Injection Equipment Unit: a. Beginning and end of each injection work day. b. When injection work has stopped for more than 45 minutes. 6. Check tolerance to verify equipment capable of meeting specified ratio tolerance. B. Bottled Samples: 1. During the injection operation, provide at least one sample of the mixed polyurethane injection resins per shift per injection pump in a sample bottle. 2. Half fill each sample bottle, containing a small amount of water (5 percent by volume) with polyurethane injection resin material from the pump discharge hose. Swirl or lightly shake sample to thoroughly mix resin with the water. When foaming rises near the top of the bottle, install the cap to contain the expanding resin material. 3. Label each bottled sample with Contractor's name, date and time sample was taken, and location in structure where sample was taken. Maintain a log of bottle samples. 4. Place filled sample bottle upright in a box or pail and allow sample to cure. 5. After sample cured, cut bottled sample open and visually inspect contents to verify that polyurethane injection resins material has completely reacted and cured. PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 POLYURETHANE INJECTION GROUTING MARCH 23, 2026 03 64 24 - 9 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS MARY'S CREEK WRY 6. Evaluation and Assessment of Test: a. If a bottled sample(s) indicates a problem with the polyurethane injection resins, such as polyurethane resin not cured; take verifying core sample immediately from the cracks or joints, where the material was used. b. If the above -referenced bottle sample(s) and core sample(s) indicate a problem with the polyurethane injection resins, have a Technical Representative of the polyurethane injection resins manufacturer come to site to review bottled sample(s) and core drilled sample(s) with Engineer and provide technical advice on corrective measures. c. Carry out further investigation work or corrective measures recommended by the Technical Representative of the polyurethane injection resins manufacturer. C. Visual Inspection: 1. Confirm injection of polyurethane has stopped the leaking material. 2. Confirm installation of material is in accordance with manufacturers' requirements. 3. Confirm installation of material is not damaging concrete. END OF SECTION POLYURETHANE INJECTION GROUTING PW\JACOBS AMERICAS\WFXR7900 03 64 24 - 10 MARCH 23, 2026 ©COPYRIGHT 2026 JACOBS